S T A T E   O F   N E W   Y O R K
________________________________________________________________________

    S. 6406                                                  A. 9006

                      S E N A T E - A S S E M B L Y

                            January 14, 2016
                               ___________

IN  SENATE -- A BUDGET BILL, submitted by the Governor pursuant to arti-
  cle seven of the Constitution -- read twice and ordered  printed,  and
  when printed to be committed to the Committee on Finance

IN  ASSEMBLY  --  A  BUDGET  BILL, submitted by the Governor pursuant to
  article seven of the Constitution -- read once  and  referred  to  the
  Committee on Ways and Means

AN  ACT  to amend the education law, in relation to contracts for excel-
  lence and the apportionment of public moneys; to amend  the  education
  law,  in relation to applications for waivers of certain duties by the
  education department; to amend the education law in relation to  char-
  ter  schools;  to  establish  the  empire state pre-kindergarten grant
  board; to amend the  education  law,  in  relation  to  the  statewide
  universal  full-day  pre-kindergarten program; to amend chapter 552 of
  the laws of 1995, amending the education law relating to contracts for
  the transportation of school children, in relation to  the  effective-
  ness  thereof;  to  amend chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, relating to
  funding a program for work force education conducted by the consortium
  for worker education in New York city, in relation  to  reimbursements
  for  the  2015-2016  school  year; to amend chapter 756 of the laws of
  1992, relating to funding a program for work force education conducted
  by the consortium for worker education in New York city,  in  relation
  to  withholding  a portion of employment preparation education aid and
  in relation to the effectiveness thereof; to amend the  state  finance
  law,  in relation to the New York state teen health education fund; to
  amend chapter 169 of the laws of 1994, relating to certain  provisions
  related  to  the  1994-95 state operations, aid to localities, capital
  projects and debt service budgets, in relation  to  the  effectiveness
  thereof;  to amend chapter 82 of the laws of 1995, amending the educa-
  tion law and other laws relating to state aid to school districts  and
  the  appropriation of funds for the support of government, in relation
  to the effectiveness thereof; to amend chapter  147  of  the  laws  of
  2001,  amending  the education law relating to conditional appointment
  of school district, charter school or BOCES employees, in relation  to
  the  effectiveness  thereof; to amend chapter 425 of the laws of 2002,
  amending the education law relating to the provision  of  supplemental
  educational  services,  attendance  at  a  safe  public school and the

 EXPLANATION--Matter in ITALICS (underscored) is new; matter in brackets
              

                      [ ] is old law to be omitted.
                                                           LBD12672-01-6

S. 6406                             2                            A. 9006

  suspension of pupils who bring a firearm to or possess a firearm at  a
  school, in relation to the effectiveness thereof; and to amend chapter
  101 of the laws of 2003, amending the education law relating to imple-
  mentation  of the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, in relation to the
  effectiveness thereof  (Part  A);  to  amend  the  education  law,  in
  relation  to  school  emergency  response plans (Part B); to amend the
  education law, in relation to the city of New  York  assuming  greater
  financial  responsibility  for  the city university of New York senior
  colleges (Part C); to amend the education  law,  in  relation  to  the
  NY-SUNY  2020 challenge grant program act; and to amend chapter 260 of
  the laws of 2011, amending the education law and the  New  York  state
  urban  development corporation act relating to establishing components
  of the NY 2020 challenge grant program, in relation to the  effective-
  ness  thereof (Part D); to amend the state finance law, in relation to
  the creation of the SUNY Stony Brook Affiliation escrow fund (Part E);
  to amend the education law, in relation  to  eligibility  requirements
  and  conditions  governing general awards, academic performance awards
  and student loans; eligibility requirements for assistance  under  the
  higher  education  opportunity programs and the collegiate science and
  technology entry program; the definition of "resident"; financial  aid
  opportunities  for  students  of the state university of New York, the
  city university of New York and community colleges;  and  the  program
  requirements  for  the  New  York state college choice tuition savings
  program; and to repeal subdivision 3 of section 661 of such law relat-
  ing thereto (Part F); to amend the education law, chapter 161  of  the
  laws of 2005 amending the education law relating to the New York state
  licensed  social  worker  loan  forgiveness program, chapter 57 of the
  laws of 2005 amending the education law relating to the New York state
  nursing faculty loan forgiveness incentive program and  the  New  York
  state  nursing faculty scholarship program, and chapter 31 of the laws
  of 1985 amending the education law relating to regents scholarships in
  certain professions, in relation to forgiving loans upon the death  of
  the  recipient  (Part  G);  to  amend  the education law, the business
  corporation law, the partnership law and the limited liability company
  law, in relation to certified public accountants (Part  H);  to  amend
  chapter  91  of the laws of 2002, amending the education law and other
  laws  relating  to  reorganization  of  the  New  York   city   school
  construction  authority,  board  of education and community boards, in
  relation to the effectiveness thereof; and to amend chapter 345 of the
  laws of 2009, amending the education law and other  laws  relating  to
  the  New  York city board of education, chancellor, community councils
  and community superintendents, in relation to the effectiveness there-
  of (Part I); to amend the labor law, in relation to the apprenticeship
  training council (Part J); to amend the labor law, in relation to  the
  minimum  wage;  and  repealing certain provisions of such law relating
  thereto; and providing for the repeal of certain provisions  upon  the
  expiration  thereof  (Part  K); to amend the labor law, in relation to
  enhancing the urban youth jobs program tax credit  by  increasing  the
  sum  of  money  allocated to programs four and five (Part L); to amend
  the family court act, in relation to findings that  must  be  made  at
  permanency hearings, and to amend the social services law, in relation
  to  guardianship  expenses, the reasonable and prudent parent standard
  and the criminal history of prospective foster  and  adoptive  parents
  (Part  M);  to  amend  the  criminal procedure law, the penal law, the
  correction law, the education law, the executive law, the family court
  act and the social services law, in relation  to  proceedings  against

S. 6406                             3                            A. 9006

  juvenile  offenders  and  the  age of juvenile offenders and to repeal
  certain provisions of the criminal procedure law, the family court act
  and the executive law relating thereto (Part N); to amend  the  social
  services  law, in relation to increasing the standards of monthly need
  for aged, blind and disabled persons living in the community (Part O);
  and to utilize reserves in the mortgage  insurance  fund  for  various
  housing purposes (Part P)

  THE  PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, REPRESENTED IN SENATE AND ASSEM-
BLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

  Section 1. This act enacts into law major  components  of  legislation
which are necessary to implement the state fiscal plan for the 2016-2017
state  fiscal  year.  Each  component  is wholly contained within a Part
identified as Parts A through P. The effective date for each  particular
provision contained within such Part is set forth in the last section of
such Part. Any provision in any section contained within a Part, includ-
ing the effective date of the Part, which makes a reference to a section
"of  this  act", when used in connection with that particular component,
shall be deemed to mean and refer to the corresponding  section  of  the
Part  in  which  it  is  found. Section three of this act sets forth the
general effective date of this act.

                                 PART A

  Section 1. Paragraph e of subdivision 1 of section 211-d of the educa-
tion law, as amended by section 1 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of
2015, is amended to read as follows:
  e. Notwithstanding paragraphs a and b of this  subdivision,  a  school
district  that  submitted a contract for excellence for the two thousand
eight--two thousand nine school year shall submit a contract for  excel-
lence  for  the  two  thousand  nine--two  thousand  ten  school year in
conformity with the requirements of subparagraph (vi) of paragraph a  of
subdivision  two  of this section unless all schools in the district are
identified as in good standing  and  provided  further  that,  a  school
district  that  submitted a contract for excellence for the two thousand
nine--two thousand ten school year, unless all schools in  the  district
are  identified  as in good standing, shall submit a contract for excel-
lence for the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school year which
shall, notwithstanding the requirements of subparagraph  (vi)  of  para-
graph  a of subdivision two of this section, provide for the expenditure
of an amount which shall be not less than  the  product  of  the  amount
approved  by the commissioner in the contract for excellence for the two
thousand  nine--two  thousand  ten  school  year,  multiplied   by   the
district's  gap  elimination  adjustment percentage and provided further
that, a school district that submitted a contract for excellence for the
two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school year, unless all schools
in the district are identified as  in  good  standing,  shall  submit  a
contract  for excellence for the two thousand twelve--two thousand thir-
teen school  year  which  shall,  notwithstanding  the  requirements  of
subparagraph  (vi)  of  paragraph  a of subdivision two of this section,
provide for the expenditure of an amount which shall be  not  less  than
the  amount  approved by the commissioner in the contract for excellence
for the  two  thousand  eleven--two  thousand  twelve  school  year  and
provided  further  that, a school district that submitted a contract for

S. 6406                             4                            A. 9006

excellence for the two thousand  twelve--two  thousand  thirteen  school
year,  unless  all  schools  in  the  district are identified as in good
standing, shall submit a contract for excellence for  the  two  thousand
thirteen--two thousand fourteen school year which shall, notwithstanding
the  requirements of subparagraph (vi) of paragraph a of subdivision two
of this section, provide for the expenditure of an amount which shall be
not less than the amount approved by the commissioner  in  the  contract
for excellence for the two thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen school
year  and  provided  further  that,  a  school district that submitted a
contract for excellence for  the  two  thousand  thirteen--two  thousand
fourteen  school year, unless all schools in the district are identified
as in good standing, shall submit a contract for excellence for the  two
thousand   fourteen--two  thousand  fifteen  school  year  which  shall,
notwithstanding the requirements of subparagraph (vi) of paragraph a  of
subdivision  two  of  this  section,  provide  for the expenditure of an
amount which shall be not less than the amount approved by  the  commis-
sioner in the contract for excellence for the two thousand thirteen--two
thousand  fourteen  school  year;  and  provided  further that, a school
district that submitted a contract for excellence for the  two  thousand
fourteen--two  thousand  fifteen  school year, unless all schools in the
district are identified as in good standing, shall submit a contract for
excellence for the two thousand  fifteen--two  thousand  sixteen  school
year  which shall, notwithstanding the requirements of subparagraph (vi)
of paragraph a of subdivision two  of  this  section,  provide  for  the
expenditure  of  an  amount  which  shall  be  not  less than the amount
approved by the commissioner in the contract for excellence for the  two
thousand  fourteen--two  thousand  fifteen  school  year;  AND  PROVIDED
FURTHER THAT A SCHOOL DISTRICT THAT SUBMITTED A CONTRACT FOR  EXCELLENCE
FOR  THE  TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN SCHOOL YEAR, UNLESS
ALL SCHOOLS IN THE DISTRICT ARE IDENTIFIED AS IN  GOOD  STANDING,  SHALL
SUBMIT A CONTRACT FOR EXCELLENCE FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOU-
SAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR WHICH SHALL, NOTWITHSTANDING THE REQUIREMENTS
OF  SUBPARAGRAPH (VI) OF PARAGRAPH A OF SUBDIVISION TWO OF THIS SECTION,
PROVIDE FOR THE EXPENDITURE OF AN AMOUNT WHICH SHALL BE  NOT  LESS  THAN
THE  AMOUNT  APPROVED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN THE CONTRACT FOR EXCELLENCE
FOR THE TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR.  For
purposes  of this paragraph, the "gap elimination adjustment percentage"
shall be calculated as the sum of one minus the quotient of the  sum  of
the  school  district's  net gap elimination adjustment for two thousand
ten--two thousand eleven computed pursuant to chapter fifty-three of the
laws of two thousand ten,  making  appropriations  for  the  support  of
government,  plus  the  school district's gap elimination adjustment for
two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve as computed pursuant to chapter
fifty-three of the laws of two thousand  eleven,  making  appropriations
for  the  support  of the local assistance budget, including support for
general support for public schools, divided by the total aid for adjust-
ment computed pursuant to chapter fifty-three of the laws of  two  thou-
sand  eleven,  making  appropriations  for  the local assistance budget,
including support for general  support  for  public  schools.  Provided,
further,  that  such  amount  shall  be expended to support and maintain
allowable programs and activities approved in the two thousand nine--two
thousand ten school  year  or  to  support  new  or  expanded  allowable
programs and activities in the current year.
  S  2.  The closing paragraph of subdivision 5-a of section 3602 of the
education law, as amended by section 2 of part A of chapter  56  of  the
laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:

S. 6406                             5                            A. 9006

  For the two thousand eight--two thousand nine school year, each school
district  shall  be entitled to an apportionment equal to the product of
fifteen percent and the additional apportionment  computed  pursuant  to
this  subdivision  for the two thousand seven--two thousand eight school
year.  For  the two thousand nine--two thousand ten through two thousand
[fifteen] SIXTEEN--two thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN school  years,  each
school  district  shall  be  entitled  to  an apportionment equal to the
amount set forth for such school district as  "SUPPLEMENTAL  PUB  EXCESS
COST"  under  the  heading  "2008-09  BASE  YEAR AIDS" in the school aid
computer listing produced by the commissioner in support of  the  budget
for  the  two  thousand  nine--two thousand ten school year and entitled
"SA0910".
  S 3. Subdivision 12 of section 3602 of the education law is amended by
adding a fourth undesignated paragraph to read as follows:
  FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR, EACH
SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL BE ENTITLED  TO  AN  APPORTIONMENT  EQUAL  TO  THE
AMOUNT  SET  FORTH  FOR  SUCH  SCHOOL DISTRICT AS "ACADEMIC ENHANCEMENT"
UNDER THE HEADING "2015-16 ESTIMATED AIDS" IN THE  SCHOOL  AID  COMPUTER
LISTING  PRODUCED  BY  THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE BUDGET FOR THE
TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  AND  ENTITLED
"SA151-6",  AND  SUCH APPORTIONMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO SATISFY THE STATE
OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE AN APPORTIONMENT PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION EIGHT  OF
SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED FORTY-ONE OF THIS ARTICLE.
  S  4.  The  opening paragraph of subdivision 16 of section 3602 of the
education law, as amended by section 4 of part A of chapter  56  of  the
laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  Each  school  district  shall  be  eligible  to receive a high tax aid
apportionment in the two thousand eight--two thousand nine school  year,
which  shall equal the greater of (i) the sum of the tier 1 high tax aid
apportionment, the tier 2 high tax aid apportionment and the tier 3 high
tax aid apportionment or (ii) the product of the apportionment  received
by  the school district pursuant to this subdivision in the two thousand
seven--two thousand eight school year,  multiplied  by  the  due-minimum
factor,  which shall equal, for districts with an alternate pupil wealth
ratio computed pursuant to paragraph b  of  subdivision  three  of  this
section that is less than two, seventy percent (0.70), and for all other
districts,  fifty percent (0.50). Each school district shall be eligible
to receive a high tax aid apportionment in the  two  thousand  nine--two
thousand  ten  through two thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen school
years in the amount set forth for such school district as "HIGH TAX AID"
under the heading "2008-09 BASE YEAR AIDS" in the  school  aid  computer
listing  produced  by  the commissioner in support of the budget for the
two thousand nine--two thousand ten school year and  entitled  "SA0910".
Each  school district shall be eligible to receive a high tax aid appor-
tionment in the two thousand  thirteen--two  thousand  fourteen  through
[two  thousand  fifteen--two thousand sixteen] TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO
THOUSAND SEVENTEEN school years equal to the greater of (1)  the  amount
set  forth  for such school district as "HIGH TAX AID" under the heading
"2008-09 BASE YEAR AIDS" in the school aid computer listing produced  by
the commissioner in support of the budget for the two thousand nine--two
thousand  ten  school  year  and entitled "SA0910" or (2) the amount set
forth for such school district as  "HIGH  TAX  AID"  under  the  heading
"2013-14  ESTIMATED AIDS" in the school aid computer listing produced by
the commissioner in support of the  executive  budget  for  the  2013-14
fiscal year and entitled "BT131-4".

S. 6406                             6                            A. 9006

  S  5. The opening paragraph of subdivision 10 of section 3602-e of the
education law, as amended by section 5 of part A of chapter  56  of  the
laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  Notwithstanding  any provision of law to the contrary, for aid payable
in the two thousand eight--two thousand nine school year, the  grant  to
each eligible school district for universal prekindergarten aid shall be
computed  pursuant  to this subdivision, and for the two thousand nine--
two thousand ten and two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school years,
each school district shall be eligible for a maximum grant equal to  the
amount  computed for such school district for the base year in the elec-
tronic data file produced by the commissioner  in  support  of  the  two
thousand  nine--two  thousand ten education, labor and family assistance
budget, provided, however, that in the case of a  district  implementing
programs  for  the  first time or implementing expansion programs in the
two thousand eight--two thousand nine school year  where  such  programs
operate  for a minimum of ninety days in any one school year as provided
in section 151-1.4 of the regulations of the commissioner, for  the  two
thousand nine--two thousand ten and two thousand ten--two thousand elev-
en  school  years,  such school district shall be eligible for a maximum
grant equal to the amount computed pursuant to paragraph a  of  subdivi-
sion  nine  of this section in the two thousand eight--two thousand nine
school year, and for the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school
year each school district shall be eligible for a maximum grant equal to
the amount set forth for such school district as  "UNIVERSAL  PREKINDER-
GARTEN"  under  the  heading  "2011-12 ESTIMATED AIDS" in the school aid
computer listing produced by the commissioner in support of the  enacted
budget  for  the 2011-12 school year and entitled "SA111-2", and for two
thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen through  two  thousand  [fifteen]
SIXTEEN--two  thousand  [sixteen]  SEVENTEEN  school  years  each school
district shall be eligible for a maximum grant equal to the  greater  of
(i)  the amount set forth for such school district as "UNIVERSAL PREKIN-
DERGARTEN" under the heading "2010-11 BASE YEAR AIDS" in the school  aid
computer  listing produced by the commissioner in support of the enacted
budget for the 2011-12 school year and entitled "SA111-2", or  (ii)  the
amount set forth for such school district as "UNIVERSAL PREKINDERGARTEN"
under  the  heading  "2010-11 BASE YEAR AIDS" in the school aid computer
listing produced by the commissioner  on  May  fifteenth,  two  thousand
eleven  pursuant  to  paragraph  b  of subdivision twenty-one of section
three hundred five of this chapter, and provided further that the  maxi-
mum  grant shall not exceed the total actual grant expenditures incurred
by the school district in the current school year  as  approved  by  the
commissioner.
  S  6.  Paragraph  h of subdivision 17 of section 3602 of the education
law, as added by section 5-b of part A of chapter  56  of  the  laws  of
2015, is amended and a new paragraph i is added to read as follows:
  h.  [The  gap  elimination  adjustment  restoration amount for the two
thousand sixteen--two thousand  seventeen  school  year  and  thereafter
shall  equal  the  product  of  the  gap elimination percentage for such
district and  the  gap  elimination  adjustment  restoration  allocation
established  pursuant  to  subdivision eighteen of this section] THE GAP
ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT RESTORATION AMOUNT FOR THE TWO THOUSAND  SIXTEEN-
-TWO  THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  FOR  A SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL BE
COMPUTED BASED ON DATA ON FILE WITH THE COMMISSIONER AND IN THE DATABASE
USED BY THE COMMISSIONER TO PRODUCE AN UPDATED ELECTRONIC DATA  FILE  IN
SUPPORT  OF  THE EXECUTIVE BUDGET REQUEST SUBMITTED FOR THE TWO THOUSAND
SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN STATE FISCAL YEAR AND  SHALL  EQUAL  THE

S. 6406                             7                            A. 9006

SUM  OF  THE  SCALED  EXTRAORDINARY  NEEDS  RESTORATION PLUS THE MINIMUM
RESTORATION, PROVIDED THAT SUCH GAP ELIMINATION  ADJUSTMENT  RESTORATION
AMOUNT  SHALL  NOT  EXCEED  THE  GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT FOR THE BASE
YEAR.
  (I) THE "SCALED EXTRAORDINARY NEEDS RESTORATION" SHALL EQUAL THE PROD-
UCT  OF  THE  GRANT  PER  PUPIL  MULTIPLIED  BY  THE STATE SHARING RATIO
COMPUTED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH G OF SUBDIVISION THREE  OF  THIS  SECTION
MULTIPLIED  BY  THE  BASE  YEAR  PUBLIC  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  ENROLLMENT AS
COMPUTED PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF PARAGRAPH N OF SUBDIVISION  ONE
OF  THIS  SECTION,  WHERE  (A)  THE  GRANT  PER PUPIL SHALL BE SIXTY-SIX
DOLLARS ($66.00) MULTIPLIED BY THE EXTRAORDINARY NEEDS  INDEX  TRUNCATED
TO  TWO  DECIMALS, AND (B) THE EXTRAORDINARY NEEDS INDEX SHALL EQUAL THE
QUOTIENT TRUNCATED TO THREE DECIMALS ARRIVED AT BY DIVIDING THE EXTRAOR-
DINARY NEEDS PERCENT COMPUTED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH W OF SUBDIVISION ONE
OF THIS SECTION BY THE STATEWIDE AVERAGE EXTRAORDINARY NEEDS PERCENT  OF
FIFTY-FOUR AND EIGHT-TENTHS PERCENT (0.548).
  (II) THE MINIMUM RESTORATION SHALL EQUAL THE PRODUCT OF THIRTY PERCENT
(0.3) MULTIPLIED BY THE GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT FOR THE BASE YEAR.
  I.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, FOR THE TWO
THOUSAND SEVENTEEN--TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN SCHOOL  YEAR  AND  THEREAFTER,
THE GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE ZERO.
  S 7. Subdivision 4 of section 3602 of the education law, as amended by
section  5-a  of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to
read as follows:
  4. Total foundation aid. In addition to any other apportionment pursu-
ant to this chapter, a school district, other than a special act  school
district as defined in subdivision eight of section four thousand one of
this  chapter,  shall  be eligible for total foundation aid equal to the
product of total  aidable  foundation  pupil  units  multiplied  by  the
district's  selected  foundation aid, which shall be the greater of five
hundred dollars ($500) or foundation formula aid, provided, however that
for the two thousand seven--two  thousand  eight  through  two  thousand
eight--two  thousand nine school years, no school district shall receive
total foundation aid in excess of the sum of the  total  foundation  aid
base  for  aid  payable  in  the  two thousand seven--two thousand eight
school year computed pursuant to subparagraph  (i)  of  paragraph  j  of
subdivision  one  of this section, plus the phase-in foundation increase
computed pursuant to paragraph  b  of  this  subdivision,  and  provided
further  that  for the two thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen school
year, no school district shall receive total foundation aid in excess of
the sum of the total foundation aid base for  aid  payable  in  the  two
thousand  eleven--two  thousand  twelve school year computed pursuant to
SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF paragraph j of subdivision  one  of  this  section,
plus  the  phase-in foundation increase computed pursuant to paragraph b
of this subdivision, and provided further  that  for  the  two  thousand
thirteen--two  thousand  fourteen  school year and thereafter, no school
district shall receive total foundation aid in excess of the sum of  the
total  foundation  aid  base  computed  pursuant to SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF
paragraph j of subdivision one of this section, plus the phase-in  foun-
dation  increase  computed  pursuant to paragraph b of this subdivision,
AND PROVIDED FURTHER THAT FOR THE  TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL YEAR, FOR A SCHOOL DISTRICT WHERE THE PHASE-IN FOUNDA-
TION INCREASE AND THE DUE MINIMUM ARE LESS THAN THE ALTERNATIVE  MINIMUM
COMPUTED  PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH B-2 OF THIS SECTION, SUCH DISTRICT SHALL
RECEIVE TOTAL FOUNDATION  AID,  IN  LIEU  OF  SUCH  PHASE-IN  FOUNDATION
INCREASE  OR  DUE  MINIMUM,  EQUAL TO THE SUM OF THE FOUNDATION AID BASE

S. 6406                             8                            A. 9006

COMPUTED PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH J OF SUBDIVISION ONE
OF THIS SECTION, PLUS THE ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM COMPUTED PURSUANT TO PARA-
GRAPH B-2 OF THIS SECTION, and provided further  that  total  foundation
aid  shall not be less than the product of the total foundation aid base
computed pursuant to paragraph j of subdivision one of this section  and
the due-minimum percent which shall be, for the two thousand twelve--two
thousand  thirteen  school  year,  one  hundred  and  six-tenths percent
(1.006) and for the two thousand thirteen--two thousand fourteen  school
year  for  city  school  districts of those cities having populations in
excess of one hundred twenty-five thousand and  less  than  one  million
inhabitants  one  hundred  and one and one hundred and seventy-six thou-
sandths percent (1.01176), and for all other districts one  hundred  and
three-tenths  percent  (1.003),  and  for the two thousand fourteen--two
thousand fifteen school year  one  hundred  and  eighty-five  hundredths
percent (1.0085), and for the two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen
school  year,  one hundred thirty-seven hundredths percent (1.0037), AND
FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR,  ONE
PLUS  THE  LESSER  OF  TWO PERCENT (0.02) OR THE PRODUCT OF TWENTY-THREE
HUNDREDTHS PERCENT (0.023) MULTIPLIED BY A CWR RATIO  AND  TRUNCATED  TO
FOUR  DECIMALS, WHERE SUCH CWR RATIO SHALL BE THE DIFFERENCE OBTAINED BY
SUBTRACTING FROM ONE AND THIRTY-SEVEN HUNDREDTHS (1.37) THE  PRODUCT  OF
ONE  AND  FIFTY-FIVE HUNDREDTHS (1.55) MULTIPLIED BY THE COMBINED WEALTH
RATIO FOR TOTAL FOUNDATION AID COMPUTED PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH TWO  OF
PARAGRAPH  C  OF  SUBDIVISION  THREE  OF THIS SECTION TRUNCATED TO THREE
DECIMALS, PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT SUCH CWR RATIO SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN
ONE NOR LESS THAN ZERO, subject to allocation pursuant to the provisions
of subdivision eighteen of this section and any provisions of a  chapter
of  the laws of New York as described therein, nor more than the product
of such total foundation aid base and one hundred fifteen  percent,  and
provided  further  that  for  the  two  thousand  nine--two thousand ten
through two thousand eleven--two  thousand  twelve  school  years,  each
school district shall receive total foundation aid in an amount equal to
the  amount  apportioned  to  such  school district for the two thousand
eight--two thousand nine school year pursuant to this subdivision. Total
aidable foundation pupil units shall be calculated pursuant to paragraph
g of subdivision two of this section. For the  purposes  of  calculating
aid  pursuant  to  this subdivision, aid for the city school district of
the city of New York shall be calculated on a citywide basis.
  a. Foundation formula aid. Foundation  formula  aid  shall  equal  the
remainder  when  the  expected  minimum local contribution is subtracted
from the product of the foundation amount, the regional cost index,  and
the  pupil  need  index,  or: (foundation amount x regional cost index x
pupil need index)- expected minimum local contribution.
  (1) The foundation amount shall reflect the average per pupil cost  of
general  education instruction in successful school districts, as deter-
mined by a statistical analysis of the costs of  special  education  and
general  education  in  successful  school  districts, provided that the
foundation amount shall be adjusted annually to reflect  the  percentage
increase in the consumer price index as computed pursuant to PARAGRAPH E
OF SUBDIVISION FOUR OF section two thousand [twenty-two] TWENTY-THREE of
this  chapter,  provided  that  for the two thousand eight--two thousand
nine school year, for the purpose of  such  adjustment,  the  percentage
increase in the consumer price index shall be deemed to be two and nine-
tenths  percent (0.029), and provided further that the foundation amount
for the two thousand seven--two thousand eight school year shall be five
thousand two hundred fifty-eight dollars, and provided further that  for

S. 6406                             9                            A. 9006

the   two  thousand  seven--two  thousand  eight  through  two  thousand
[fifteen] SIXTEEN--two thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN  school  years,  the
foundation  amount  shall be further adjusted by the phase-in foundation
percent established pursuant to paragraph b of this subdivision.
  (2)  The regional cost index shall reflect an analysis of labor market
costs based on median salaries in professional occupations that  require
similar  credentials  to  those of positions in the education field, but
not including those occupations in the education  field,  provided  that
the regional cost indices for the two thousand seven--two thousand eight
school year and thereafter shall be as follows:
          Labor Force Region  Index
          Capital District    1.124
          Southern Tier       1.045
          Western New York    1.091
          Hudson Valley       1.314
          Long Island/NYC     1.425
          Finger Lakes        1.141
          Central New York    1.103
          Mohawk Valley       1.000
          North Country       1.000
  (3)  The pupil need index shall equal the sum of one plus the extraor-
dinary needs percent, provided, however, that the pupil need index shall
not be less than one nor more than two. The extraordinary needs  percent
shall  be  calculated pursuant to paragraph w of subdivision one of this
section.
  (4) The expected minimum local contribution shall equal the lesser  of
(i)  the product of (A) the quotient arrived at when the selected actual
valuation is divided by total wealth foundation pupil units,  multiplied
by  (B)  the  product  of the local tax factor, multiplied by the income
wealth index, or (ii) the product of (A) the product of  the  foundation
amount, the regional cost index, and the pupil need index, multiplied by
(B)  the  positive  difference,  if  any, of one minus the state sharing
ratio for total foundation aid. The local tax  factor  shall  be  estab-
lished by May first of each year by determining the product, computed to
four  decimal  places  without rounding, of ninety percent multiplied by
the quotient of the sum of the statewide average tax rate as computed by
the commissioner for the current year in accordance with the  provisions
of  paragraph  e of subdivision one of section thirty-six hundred nine-e
of this part plus the statewide average tax rate computed by the commis-
sioner for the base year in accordance with  such  provisions  plus  the
statewide  average  tax  rate  computed by the commissioner for the year
prior to the base year in accordance with such  provisions,  divided  by
three,  provided  however  that for the two thousand seven--two thousand
eight school year, such local tax factor shall  be  sixteen  thousandths
(0.016), and provided further that for the two thousand eight--two thou-
sand  nine  school  year,  such  local  tax  factor shall be one hundred
fifty-four ten thousandths (0.0154). The income wealth  index  shall  be
calculated pursuant to paragraph d of subdivision three of this section,
provided, however, that for the purposes of computing the expected mini-
mum  local  contribution  the income wealth index shall not be less than
sixty-five percent (0.65) and shall not be more than two hundred percent
(2.0) and provided however that such income wealth index  shall  not  be
more  than  ninety-five  percent  (0.95) for the two thousand eight--two
thousand nine school year, and provided further that such income  wealth
index  shall  not  be  less than zero for the two thousand thirteen--two
thousand fourteen school year. The selected actual  valuation  shall  be

S. 6406                            10                            A. 9006

calculated  pursuant  to paragraph c of subdivision one of this section.
Total wealth foundation pupil units  shall  be  calculated  pursuant  to
paragraph h of subdivision two of this section.
  b.  Phase-in foundation increase. (1) The phase-in foundation increase
shall equal the product  of  the  phase-in  foundation  increase  factor
multiplied by the positive difference, if any, of (i) the product of the
total  aidable  foundation  pupil  units  multiplied  by  the district's
selected foundation aid less (ii) the total foundation aid base computed
pursuant to paragraph j of subdivision one of this section.
  (2) (i) Phase-in foundation percent. The phase-in  foundation  percent
shall  equal  one  hundred  thirteen and fourteen one hundredths percent
(1.1314) for the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve  school  year,
one hundred ten and thirty-eight hundredths percent (1.1038) for the two
thousand  twelve--two  thousand  thirteen school year, one hundred seven
and sixty-eight hundredths percent (1.0768) for the two  thousand  thir-
teen--two  thousand  fourteen  school  year,  one  hundred  five and six
hundredths percent (1.0506) for the two thousand fourteen--two  thousand
fifteen  school  year,  and  one  hundred  two  and  five tenths percent
(1.0250) for the two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen school year.
  (ii)  Phase-in  foundation  increase  factor.  For  the  two  thousand
eleven--two   thousand  twelve  school  year,  the  phase-in  foundation
increase factor shall equal thirty-seven and  one-half  percent  (0.375)
and  the phase-in due minimum percent shall equal nineteen and forty-one
hundredths percent (0.1941), for the two thousand  twelve--two  thousand
thirteen school year the phase-in foundation increase factor shall equal
one and seven-tenths percent (0.017), for the two thousand thirteen--two
thousand  fourteen  school  year the phase-in foundation increase factor
shall equal (1) for a city school district in a city having a population
of one  million  or  more,  five  and  twenty-three  hundredths  percent
(0.0523) or (2) for all other school districts zero percent, for the two
thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen school year the phase-in founda-
tion  increase  factor  shall  equal (1) for a city school district of a
city having a population of one million or  more,  four  and  thirty-two
hundredths  percent  (0.0432)  or (2) for a school district other than a
city school district having a population of  one  million  or  more  for
which  (A)  the  quotient  of  the positive difference of the foundation
formula aid minus the foundation aid base computed pursuant to paragraph
j of subdivision one of this section divided by the  foundation  formula
aid  is greater than twenty-two percent (0.22) and (B) a combined wealth
ratio less than thirty-five hundredths (0.35), seven percent  (0.07)  or
(3)  for  all  other  school  districts,  four and thirty-one hundredths
percent (0.0431), and for the two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen
school year the phase-in foundation increase factor shall equal: (1) for
a city school district of a city having a population of one  million  or
more,   thirteen   and  two  hundred  seventy-four  thousandths  percent
(0.13274); or (2) for districts  where  the  quotient  arrived  at  when
dividing  (A)  the  product  of the total aidable foundation pupil units
multiplied by the district's selected  foundation  aid  less  the  total
foundation  aid base computed pursuant to paragraph j of subdivision one
of this section divided by (B) the product of the total aidable  founda-
tion pupil units multiplied by the district's selected foundation aid is
greater  than nineteen percent (0.19), and where the district's combined
wealth ratio is less than  thirty-three  hundredths  (0.33),  seven  and
seventy-five  hundredths percent (0.0775); or (3) for any other district
designated as high need pursuant to clause (c) of  subparagraph  two  of
paragraph  c  of  subdivision  six  of  this  section for the school aid

S. 6406                            11                            A. 9006

computer listing produced by the commissioner in support of the  enacted
budget  for  the  two thousand seven--two thousand eight school year and
entitled "SA0708", four  percent  (0.04);  or  (4)  for  a  city  school
district  in a city having a population of one hundred twenty-five thou-
sand or more but less than one million, fourteen percent (0.14); or  (5)
for school districts that were designated as small city school districts
or  central  school  districts  whose  boundaries include a portion of a
small city for the school aid computer listing produced by  the  commis-
sioner  in support of the enacted budget for the two thousand fourteen--
two thousand fifteen school year and entitled "SA1415", four  and  seven
hundred  fifty-  one thousandths percent (0.04751); or (6) for all other
districts one percent (0.01), and  for  THE  TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO
THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL YEAR THE PHASE-IN FOUNDATION INCREASE FACTOR
SHALL EQUAL THE GREATER OF: (1) FOR A CITY SCHOOL  DISTRICT  OF  A  CITY
HAVING  A  POPULATION  OF  ONE  MILLION  OR  MORE,  NINE  AND THIRTY-TWO
HUNDREDTHS PERCENT (0.0932); OR (2) FOR A CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT OF A CITY
HAVING A POPULATION OF MORE THAN ONE HUNDRED  TWENTY-FIVE  THOUSAND  BUT
LESS  THAN ONE MILLION, THREE AND ONE-HALF PERCENT (0.035); OR (3) FOR A
DISTRICT WITH A SPARSITY COUNT  COMPUTED  PURSUANT  TO  PARAGRAPH  R  OF
SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION GREATER THAN ZERO, THE LESSER OF (I) THE
PRODUCT OF NINE AND THIRTY-TWO HUNDREDTHS PERCENT (0.0932) MULTIPLIED BY
THE  PHASE-IN  CWR SPARSITY RATIO TRUNCATED TO FOUR DECIMALS, WHERE SUCH
PHASE-IN  CWR  SPARSITY  RATIO  SHALL  BE  THE  DIFFERENCE  OBTAINED  BY
SUBTRACTING  FROM  ONE AND THIRTY-SEVEN HUNDREDTHS (1.37) THE PRODUCT OF
ONE AND THIRTY-FIVE HUNDREDTHS (1.35) MULTIPLIED BY THE COMBINED  WEALTH
RATIO  FOR TOTAL FOUNDATION AID COMPUTED PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF
PARAGRAPH C OF SUBDIVISION THREE OF  THIS  SECTION  TRUNCATED  TO  THREE
DECIMALS,  PROVIDED  HOWEVER THAT SUCH PHASE-IN CWR SPARSITY RATIO SHALL
NOT BE GREATER THAN ONE NOR LESS THAN ZERO OR (II) SIX  PERCENT  (0.06);
OR  (4)  THE  LESSER  OF  (I)  THE PRODUCT OF THREE AND ONE-HALF PERCENT
(0.035) MULTIPLIED BY THE PHASE-IN CWR RATIO TRUNCATED TO FOUR DECIMALS,
WHERE SUCH PHASE-IN CWR  RATIO  SHALL  BE  THE  DIFFERENCE  OBTAINED  BY
SUBTRACTING  FROM  ONE AND THIRTY-SEVEN HUNDREDTHS (1.37) THE PRODUCT OF
ONE AND THREE-TENTHS (1.30) MULTIPLIED BY THE COMBINED WEALTH RATIO  FOR
TOTAL  FOUNDATION AID COMPUTED PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF PARAGRAPH
C OF SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS  SECTION  TRUNCATED  TO  THREE  DECIMALS,
PROVIDED  HOWEVER THAT SUCH PHASE-IN CWR RATIO SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN
ONE NOR LESS THAN ZERO OR (II) THREE PERCENT (0.03);  AND  FOR  the  two
thousand [sixteen--two thousand seventeen] SEVENTEEN--TWO THOUSAND EIGH-
TEEN  school  year and thereafter the commissioner shall annually deter-
mine the phase-in  foundation  increase  factor  subject  to  allocation
pursuant  to  the provisions of subdivision eighteen of this section and
any provisions of a chapter of the laws of New York as described  there-
in.
  b-1.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of law to the contrary, for
the two thousand seven--two thousand eight school year  and  thereafter,
the  additional  amount payable to each school district pursuant to this
subdivision in the current year as total foundation aid, after deducting
the total foundation aid base, shall be deemed  a  state  grant  in  aid
identified  by  the commissioner for general use for purposes of section
seventeen hundred eighteen of this chapter.
  B-2. ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM. THE ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM SHALL BE  THE  POSI-
TIVE  DIFFERENCE,  IF  ANY,  OBTAINED  BY  SUBTRACTING  THE  ALTERNATIVE
INCREASE FROM THE PRODUCT OF THE  ALTERNATIVE  BASE  MULTIPLIED  BY  TWO
PERCENT  (0.02).  FOR  PURPOSES  OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ALTERNATIVE BASE"
SHALL MEAN A SCHOOL DISTRICT'S APPORTIONMENT OF FOUNDATION AID  FOR  THE

S. 6406                            12                            A. 9006

TWO  THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN SCHOOL YEAR AS SET FORTH FOR
EACH SCHOOL DISTRICT AS "2015-16  FOUNDATION  AID"  IN  THE  SCHOOL  AID
COMPUTER  LISTING  PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE EXECU-
TIVE BUDGET REQUEST FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN
SCHOOL  YEAR AND ENTITLED "BT161-7" MINUS THE GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT
FOR THE TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR.  FOR
PURPOSES  OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ALTERNATIVE INCREASE" SHALL MEAN THE SUM
OF (1) THE GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT RESTORATION COMPUTED FOR  THE  TWO
THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR PURSUANT TO PARA-
GRAPH H OF SUBDIVISION SEVENTEEN OF THIS SECTION AS SET FORTH  FOR  EACH
SCHOOL  DISTRICT AS "2016-17 GEA RESTORATION" IN THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER
LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE  BUDGET
REQUEST FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR
AND  ENTITLED "BT161-7", PLUS (2) COMMUNITY SCHOOLS AID COMPUTED FOR THE
TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  PURSUANT  TO
SUBDIVISION  NINETEEN  OF  THIS  SECTION  AS  SET  FORTH FOR EACH SCHOOL
DISTRICT AS "2016-17 COMMUNITY SCHOOLS AID" IN THE SCHOOL  AID  COMPUTER
LISTING  PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE BUDGET
REQUEST FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR
AND ENTITLED "BT161-7".
  B-3. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBDIVISION  TO  THE
CONTRARY,  FOR  THE  TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL
YEAR, NO SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN APPORTIONMENT OF FOUN-
DATION AID IN EXCESS OF THE AMOUNT APPORTIONED TO SUCH  SCHOOL  DISTRICT
IN TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN SCHOOL YEAR UNLESS (I) THE
DISTRICT  WAS  DESIGNATED AS HIGH OR AVERAGE NEED PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C)
OF SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF PARAGRAPH C OF SUBDIVISION SIX  OF  THIS  SECTION
FOR  THE  SCHOOL  AID  COMPUTER  LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN
SUPPORT OF THE ENACTED BUDGET FOR THE TWO THOUSAND  SEVEN--TWO  THOUSAND
EIGHT  SCHOOL  YEAR  AND ENTITLED "SA0708," (II) THE DISTRICT WAS DESIG-
NATED AS HIGH OR AVERAGE NEED PURSUANT TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE COMMIS-
SIONER IN THE MOST RECENTLY AVAILABLE STUDY INCLUDED IN THE  SCHOOL  AID
COMPUTER  LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE ENACTED
BUDGET FOR THE TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN--TWO THOUSAND FOURTEEN STATE FISCAL
YEAR AND ENTITLED "SA131-4" OR (III) THE DISTRICT'S ALTERNATIVE INCREASE
COMPUTED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH B-2 OF THIS SUBDIVISION IS LESS THAN  THE
PRODUCT  OF  THE  ALTERNATIVE BASE COMPUTED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH B-2 OF
THIS SUBDIVISION MULTIPLIED BY THREE PERCENT (0.03).
  c. Public excess cost aid setaside. Each  school  district  shall  set
aside from its total foundation aid computed for the current year pursu-
ant  to  this  subdivision  an  amount  equal to the product of: (i) the
difference between the  amount  the  school  district  was  eligible  to
receive in the two thousand six--two thousand seven school year pursuant
to  or  in lieu of paragraph six of subdivision nineteen of this section
as such paragraph existed on June thirtieth, two thousand  seven,  minus
the  amount such district was eligible to receive pursuant to or in lieu
of paragraph five of subdivision nineteen of this section as such  para-
graph  existed  on  June  thirtieth,  two thousand seven, in such school
year, and (ii) the sum of one and the percentage increase in the consum-
er price index for the current year over such consumer price  index  for
the two thousand six--two thousand seven school year, as computed pursu-
ant  to PARAGRAPH E OF SUBDIVISION FOUR OF section two thousand [twenty-
two] TWENTY-THREE of this chapter. Notwithstanding any  other  provision
of  law  to  the  contrary, the public excess cost aid setaside shall be
paid pursuant to section thirty-six hundred nine-b of this part.

S. 6406                            13                            A. 9006

  d. For the two thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen [and two  thou-
sand  fifteen--two  thousand  sixteen] THROUGH TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO
THOUSAND SEVENTEEN school years a city school district of a city  having
a population of one million or more may use amounts apportioned pursuant
to this subdivision for afterschool programs.
  S  8.  Section  3602  of  the education law is amended by adding a new
subdivision 19 to read as follows:
  19. COMMUNITY SCHOOLS AID. EACH SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL BE  ELIGIBLE  TO
RECEIVE  AN  APPORTIONMENT FOR COMMUNITY SCHOOLS AID EQUAL TO THE SUM OF
THE TIER ONE APPORTIONMENT AND THE TIER TWO APPORTIONMENT.
  A. DEFINITIONS.
  (1) "TIER ONE ELIGIBLE SCHOOL DISTRICT" SHALL MEAN ANY SCHOOL DISTRICT
WITH AT LEAST ONE SCHOOL DESIGNATED AS FAILING OR  PERSISTENTLY  FAILING
BY THE COMMISSIONER PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPHS (A) OR (B) OF SUBDIVISION ONE
OF  SECTION  211-F  OF THIS CHAPTER PRIOR TO JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND
SIXTEEN.
  (2)  "TIER  TWO  ELIGIBLE  SCHOOL  DISTRICT"  SHALL  MEAN  ANY  SCHOOL
DISTRICT, EXCEPT A TIER ONE ELIGIBLE SCHOOL DISTRICT, DESIGNATED AS HIGH
NEED PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C) OF SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF PARAGRAPH C OF SUBDI-
VISION  SIX OF THIS SECTION FOR THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING PRODUCED
BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE ENACTED BUDGET FOR THE  TWO  THOU-
SAND  SEVEN--TWO THOUSAND EIGHT SCHOOL YEAR AND ENTITLED "SA0708" OR ANY
DISTRICT DESIGNATED AS HIGH NEED PURSUANT  TO  THE  REGULATIONS  OF  THE
COMMISSIONER IN THE MOST RECENTLY AVAILABLE STUDY INCLUDED IN THE SCHOOL
AID  COMPUTER  LISTING  PRODUCED  BY  THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE
ENACTED BUDGET FOR THE  TWO  THOUSAND  THIRTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  FOURTEEN
STATE FISCAL YEAR AND ENTITLED "SA131-4".
  B. TIER ONE APPORTIONMENT. ANY TIER ONE ELIGIBLE SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL
BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN APPORTIONMENT EQUAL TO THE GREATER OF (I) THE PRODUCT
OF  EIGHT HUNDRED THIRTY DOLLARS AND SIXTY CENTS ($830.60) MULTIPLIED BY
THE DISTRICT'S ENROLLMENT IN THE  TWO  THOUSAND  FOURTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND
FIFTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  IN  SCHOOLS DESIGNATED AS FAILING OR PERSISTENTLY
FAILING PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPHS (A) OR (B) OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF  SECTION
211-F OF THIS CHAPTER ON THE DATE PRIOR TO NOVEMBER FIRST THAT IS SPECI-
FIED BY THE COMMISSIONER AS THE ENROLLMENT REPORTING DATE FOR THE SCHOOL
DISTRICT OR (II) TEN THOUSAND DOLLARS ($10,000).
  C. TIER TWO APPORTIONMENT. ANY TIER TWO ELIGIBLE SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL
BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN APPORTIONMENT EQUAL TO THE GREATER OF (I) THE PRODUCT
OF  THE  GRANT  PER PUPIL MULTIPLIED BY THE STATE SHARING RATIO COMPUTED
PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH G OF SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION  MULTIPLIED
BY  THE BASE YEAR PUBLIC SCHOOL DISTRICT ENROLLMENT AS COMPUTED PURSUANT
TO SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF PARAGRAPH N OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF  THIS  SECTION,
WHERE  (A)  THE  GRANT  PER  PUPIL  SHALL  BE  EIGHTY-NINE  DOLLARS  AND
THIRTY-TWO CENTS ($89.32) MULTIPLIED BY THE  EXTRAORDINARY  NEEDS  INDEX
TRUNCATED  TO  TWO DECIMALS, AND (B) THE EXTRAORDINARY NEEDS INDEX SHALL
EQUAL THE QUOTIENT TRUNCATED TO THREE DECIMALS ARRIVED  AT  BY  DIVIDING
THE  EXTRAORDINARY  NEEDS  PERCENT  COMPUTED  PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH W OF
SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION BY THE STATEWIDE  AVERAGE  EXTRAORDINARY
NEEDS PERCENT OF FIFTY-FOUR AND EIGHT-TENTHS PERCENT (0.548) OR (II) TEN
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($10,000).
  D.  SCHOOL  DISTRICTS  SHALL  USE AMOUNTS APPORTIONED PURSUANT TO THIS
SUBDIVISION TO SUPPORT  THE  TRANSFORMATION  OF  SCHOOL  BUILDINGS  INTO
COMMUNITY  HUBS TO DELIVER CO-LOCATED OR SCHOOL-LINKED ACADEMIC, HEALTH,
MENTAL HEALTH, NUTRITION, COUNSELING, LEGAL  AND/OR  OTHER  SERVICES  TO
STUDENTS  AND  THEIR  FAMILIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROVIDING A

S. 6406                            14                            A. 9006

COMMUNITY SCHOOL SITE COORDINATOR, OR TO SUPPORT OTHER COSTS INCURRED TO
MAXIMIZE STUDENTS' ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT.
  S  9.  Paragraph  a  of subdivision 5 of section 3604 of the education
law, as amended by chapter 161 of the laws of 2005, is amended  to  read
as follows:
  a. State aid adjustments. All errors or omissions in the apportionment
shall  be  corrected by the commissioner. Whenever a school district has
been apportioned less money than that  to  which  it  is  entitled,  the
commissioner may allot to such district the balance to which it is enti-
tled.  Whenever  a  school district has been apportioned more money than
that to which it is entitled, the commissioner may, by an order,  direct
such  moneys  to be paid back to the state to be credited to the general
fund local assistance account for state  aid  to  the  schools,  or  may
deduct  such  amount  from  the  next  apportionment  to be made to said
district, provided, however, that, upon notification of excess  payments
of  aid for which a recovery must be made by the state through deduction
of future aid payments, a school district may request that  such  excess
payments  be  recovered  by  deducting  such  excess  payments  from the
payments due to such school district and payable in the month of June in
(i) the school year in which such notification was received and (ii) the
two succeeding school years, provided further that  there  shall  be  no
interest  penalty  assessed  against  such  district or collected by the
state. Such request shall be made to the commissioner in  such  form  as
the  commissioner  shall  prescribe, and shall be based on documentation
that the total amount to be recovered is in excess of one percent of the
district's total general fund  expenditures  for  the  preceding  school
year.  The  amount to be deducted in the first year shall be the greater
of (i) the sum of the amount of such excess payments that is  recognized
as  a liability due to other governments by the district for the preced-
ing school year and the positive remainder of the district's  unreserved
fund  balance at the close of the preceding school year less the product
of the district's total general  fund  expenditures  for  the  preceding
school year multiplied by five percent, or (ii) one-third of such excess
payments.  The amount to be recovered in the second year shall equal the
lesser of the remaining amount of such excess payments to  be  recovered
or  one-third  of such excess payments, and the remaining amount of such
excess payments shall be recovered in the third year.  Provided  further
that,  notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of this subdivision, any
pending payment of moneys due to such district as a prior  year  adjust-
ment  payable pursuant to paragraph c of this subdivision for aid claims
that had been previously paid as current year aid payments in excess  of
the  amount  to which the district is entitled and for which recovery of
excess payments is to be made  pursuant  to  this  paragraph,  shall  be
reduced  at  the  time  of  actual  payment by any remaining unrecovered
balance of such excess payments, and the remaining scheduled  deductions
of  such  excess payments pursuant to this paragraph shall be reduced by
the commissioner to reflect the amount so recovered.  [The  commissioner
shall certify no payment to a school district based on a claim submitted
later  than three years after the close of the school year in which such
payment was first to be made.  For claims for which payment is first  to
be  made  in  the nineteen hundred ninety-six--ninety-seven school year,
the commissioner shall certify no payment to a school district based  on
a  claim  submitted  later than two years after the close of such school
year.] For claims for which payment is first to be made [in the nineteen
hundred  ninety-seven--ninety-eight]   PRIOR   TO   THE   TWO   THOUSAND
FIFTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND SIXTEEN school year [and thereafter], the commis-

S. 6406                            15                            A. 9006

sioner shall certify no payment to a school district based  on  a  claim
submitted  later than one year after the close of such school year.  FOR
CLAIMS FOR WHICH PAYMENT IS  FIRST  TO  BE  MADE  IN  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
FIFTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  SCHOOL YEAR AND THEREAFTER, THE COMMIS-
SIONER SHALL CERTIFY NO PAYMENT TO A SCHOOL DISTRICT BASED  ON  A  CLAIM
SUBMITTED  LATER  THAN  THE  FIRST  OF  NOVEMBER  OF  SUCH  SCHOOL YEAR.
Provided, however, no payments shall be barred  or  reduced  where  such
payment  is  required  as a result of a final audit of the state. [It is
further provided that, until June thirtieth,  nineteen  hundred  ninety-
six,  the  commissioner  may  grant a waiver from the provisions of this
section for any school district if it is in the best educational  inter-
ests of the district pursuant to guidelines developed by the commission-
er  and  approved  by the director of the budget.] FURTHER PROVIDED THAT
FOR ANY APPORTIONMENTS PROVIDED PURSUANT TO SECTIONS SEVEN HUNDRED  ONE,
SEVEN   HUNDRED   ELEVEN,   SEVEN   HUNDRED   FIFTY-ONE,  SEVEN  HUNDRED
FIFTY-THREE, NINETEEN HUNDRED FIFTY, THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO,  THIRTY-SIX
HUNDRED  TWO-B,  THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED TWO-C, THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO-E AND
FORTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  FIVE  OF  THIS  CHAPTER  FOR   THE   TWO   THOUSAND
FIFTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  AND  TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEARS, THE COMMISSIONER SHALL CERTIFY NO PAYMENT  TO  A
SCHOOL  DISTRICT,  OTHER  THAN  PAYMENTS PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISIONS SIX-A,
ELEVEN, THIRTEEN AND FIFTEEN OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO  OF  THIS
PART, IN EXCESS OF THE PAYMENT COMPUTED BASED ON AN ELECTRONIC DATA FILE
USED  TO PRODUCE THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMIS-
SIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE BUDGET REQUEST SUBMITTED FOR THE  TWO
THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN STATE FISCAL YEAR AND ENTITLED
"BT161-7", AND FURTHER PROVIDED THAT  FOR  ANY  APPORTIONMENTS  PROVIDED
PURSUANT  TO  SECTIONS  SEVEN  HUNDRED  ONE, SEVEN HUNDRED ELEVEN, SEVEN
HUNDRED FIFTY-ONE, SEVEN HUNDRED  FIFTY-THREE  NINETEEN  HUNDRED  FIFTY,
THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED  TWO,  THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED TWO-B, THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED
TWO-C, THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO-E AND  FORTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  FIVE  OF  THIS
CHAPTER  FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND SEVENTEEN--TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN SCHOOL
YEAR AND THEREAFTER, THE COMMISSIONER SHALL  CERTIFY  NO  PAYMENT  TO  A
SCHOOL  DISTRICT,  OTHER  THAN  PAYMENTS PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISIONS SIX-A,
ELEVEN, THIRTEEN AND FIFTEEN OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO  OF  THIS
PART, IN EXCESS OF THE PAYMENT COMPUTED BASED ON AN ELECTRONIC DATA FILE
USED  TO PRODUCE THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMIS-
SIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE  BUDGET  REQUEST  SUBMITTED  FOR  THE
STATE FISCAL YEAR IN WHICH THE SCHOOL YEAR COMMENCES.
  S 10. The opening paragraph of section 3609-a of the education law, as
amended  by  section  6  of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is
amended to read as follows:
  For aid payable in the two thousand seven--two thousand  eight  school
year through the two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen school year,
"moneys apportioned" shall mean the lesser of (i) the sum of one hundred
percent  of  the respective amount set forth for each school district as
payable pursuant to this section in the school aid computer listing  for
the  current  year produced by the commissioner in support of the budget
which includes the appropriation for  the  general  support  for  public
schools  for  the  prescribed  payments  and individualized payments due
prior to April first for the current year plus the apportionment payable
during the current school year pursuant to subdivision six-a and  subdi-
vision  fifteen of section thirty-six hundred two of this part minus any
reductions to current year aids pursuant to subdivision seven of section
thirty-six hundred four of this part or any deduction from apportionment
payable pursuant to this chapter for collection  of  a  school  district

S. 6406                            16                            A. 9006

basic contribution as defined in subdivision eight of section forty-four
hundred  one  of  this  chapter,  less  any  grants provided pursuant to
subparagraph two-a of paragraph b of subdivision four of  section  nine-
ty-two-c  of the state finance law, less any grants provided pursuant to
subdivision six of section ninety-seven-nnnn of the state  finance  law,
less any grants provided pursuant to subdivision twelve of section thir-
ty-six  hundred  forty-one  of  this  article, or (ii) the apportionment
calculated by the commissioner based on data on file  at  the  time  the
payment  is  processed;  provided  however, that for the purposes of any
payments made pursuant to this section prior to the first  business  day
of  June  of  the current year, moneys apportioned shall not include any
aids payable pursuant to subdivisions six and fourteen,  if  applicable,
of  section  thirty-six hundred two of this part as current year aid for
debt service on bond anticipation notes and/or bonds first issued in the
current year or any aids  payable  for  full-day  kindergarten  for  the
current  year pursuant to subdivision nine of section thirty-six hundred
two of this part. The definitions of "base year" and "current  year"  as
set  forth  in subdivision one of section thirty-six hundred two of this
part shall apply to this section. [For aid payable in the  two  thousand
fourteen--two  thousand  fifteen  school year, reference to such "school
aid computer listing for the current  year"  shall  mean  the  printouts
entitled  "SA141-5".  For  aid  payable in the two thousand fifteen--two
thousand sixteen school year, reference to  such  "school  aid  computer
listing  for  the  current  year"  shall  mean  the  printouts  entitled
"SA151-6".] FOR AID PAYABLE IN THE TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  AND THEREAFTER, "MONEYS APPORTIONED" SHALL MEAN
THE LESSER OF: (I) THE SUM OF ONE  HUNDRED  PERCENT  OF  THE  RESPECTIVE
AMOUNT  SET  FORTH  FOR EACH SCHOOL DISTRICT AS PAYABLE PURSUANT TO THIS
SECTION IN THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING FOR THE CURRENT YEAR PRODUCED
BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE  EXECUTIVE  BUDGET  REQUEST  WHICH
INCLUDES  THE  APPROPRIATION  FOR THE GENERAL SUPPORT FOR PUBLIC SCHOOLS
FOR THE PRESCRIBED PAYMENTS AND INDIVIDUALIZED  PAYMENTS  DUE  PRIOR  TO
APRIL  FIRST  FOR THE CURRENT YEAR PLUS THE APPORTIONMENT PAYABLE DURING
THE CURRENT SCHOOL YEAR PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISIONS SIX-A  AND  FIFTEEN  OF
SECTION  THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED  TWO  OF  THIS PART MINUS ANY REDUCTIONS TO
CURRENT YEAR AIDS PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION SEVEN  OF  SECTION  THIRTY-SIX
HUNDRED  FOUR  OF  THIS PART OR ANY DEDUCTION FROM APPORTIONMENT PAYABLE
PURSUANT TO THIS CHAPTER FOR  COLLECTION  OF  A  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  BASIC
CONTRIBUTION  AS  DEFINED  IN  SUBDIVISION  EIGHT  OF SECTION FORTY-FOUR
HUNDRED ONE OF THIS  CHAPTER,  LESS  ANY  GRANTS  PROVIDED  PURSUANT  TO
SUBPARAGRAPH  TWO-A  OF PARAGRAPH B OF SUBDIVISION FOUR OF SECTION NINE-
TY-TWO-C OF THE STATE FINANCE LAW, LESS ANY GRANTS PROVIDED PURSUANT  TO
SUBDIVISION  SIX  OF SECTION NINETY-SEVEN-NNNN OF THE STATE FINANCE LAW,
LESS ANY GRANTS PROVIDED PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION TWELVE OF SECTION THIR-
TY-SIX HUNDRED FORTY-ONE OF THIS  ARTICLE;  OR  (II)  THE  APPORTIONMENT
CALCULATED  BY  THE  COMMISSIONER  BASED ON DATA ON FILE AT THE TIME THE
PAYMENT IS PROCESSED; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT FOR  THE  PURPOSES  OF  ANY
PAYMENTS  MADE  PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION PRIOR TO THE FIRST BUSINESS DAY
OF JUNE OF THE CURRENT YEAR, MONEYS APPORTIONED SHALL  NOT  INCLUDE  ANY
AIDS  PAYABLE  PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISIONS SIX AND FOURTEEN, IF APPLICABLE,
OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO OF THIS PART AS CURRENT YEAR  AID  FOR
DEBT SERVICE ON BOND ANTICIPATION NOTES AND/OR BONDS FIRST ISSUED IN THE
CURRENT  YEAR  OR  ANY  AIDS  PAYABLE  FOR FULL-DAY KINDERGARTEN FOR THE
CURRENT YEAR PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION NINE OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED
TWO OF THIS PART. FOR AID PAYABLE IN THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOU-

S. 6406                            17                            A. 9006

SAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR, REFERENCE TO SUCH "SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LIST-
ING FOR THE CURRENT YEAR" SHALL MEAN THE PRINTOUTS ENTITLED "BT161-7".
  S  11.  Subparagraphs  5, 6 and 7 of paragraph (e) of subdivision 3 of
section 2853 of the education law, as added by section 5 of part  BB  of
chapter 56 of the laws of 2014, are amended to read as follows:
  (5) For a new charter school whose charter is granted or for an exist-
ing  charter  school  whose  expansion  of grade level, pursuant to this
article, is approved by their charter entity [before October first,  two
thousand  sixteen], if the appeal results in a determination in favor of
the charter school, the city  school  district  shall  pay  the  charter
school an amount attributable to the grade level expansion or the forma-
tion of the new charter school that is equal to the lesser of:
  (A)  the  actual  TOTAL  rental cost of an alternative privately owned
site selected by the charter school or
  (B) twenty percent of  the  product  of  the  charter  school's  basic
tuition  for  the  current  school year and (i) for a new charter school
that first commences instruction on or after July  first,  two  thousand
fourteen,  the  charter  school's current year enrollment; or (ii) for a
charter school which expands its grade level, pursuant to this  article,
[before October first, two thousand sixteen,] the positive difference of
the  charter  school's  enrollment  in the current school year minus the
charter school's enrollment in the school year prior to the  first  year
of the expansion.
  (6)  [For  a  new  charter  school  whose charter is granted or for an
existing charter school whose expansion of grade level, pursuant to this
article, is approved by their charter entity on or after October  first,
two  thousand sixteen, if the appeal results in a determination in favor
of the charter school, the city school district shall  pay  the  charter
school an amount attributable to the grade level expansion or the forma-
tion  of the new charter school that is equal to the maximum cost allow-
ance established by the commissioner for leases aidable  under  subdivi-
sion six of section thirty-six hundred two of this chapter.
  (7)]  An  arbitration in an appeal pursuant to this paragraph shall be
conducted by a  single  arbitrator  selected  in  accordance  with  this
subparagraph  from  a  list of arbitrators from the American arbitration
association's panel of labor  arbitrators,  with  relevant  biographical
information,  submitted by such association to the commissioner pursuant
to paragraph a of subdivision three of section three  thousand  twenty-a
of  this  chapter.  Upon request by the charter school, the commissioner
shall forthwith send a copy of such list  and  biographical  information
simultaneously  to  the  charter  school  and  city school district. The
parties shall, by mutual agreement, select an arbitrator from  the  list
within fifteen days from receipt of the list, and if the parties fail to
agree  on  an  arbitrator  within such fifteen day period or fail within
such fifteen day period to notify the commissioner  that  an  arbitrator
has been selected, the commissioner shall appoint an arbitrator from the
list  to  serve as the arbitrator. The arbitration shall be conducted in
accordance with the American arbitration association's rules  for  labor
arbitration,  except  that  the  arbitrator  shall conduct a pre-hearing
conference within ten to fifteen days of agreeing to serve and the arbi-
tration shall be completed and  a  decision  rendered  within  the  time
frames  prescribed for hearings pursuant to section three thousand twen-
ty-a of this chapter. The arbitrator's fee shall  not  exceed  the  rate
established  by  the  commissioner  for  hearings  conducted pursuant to
section three thousand twenty-a of this chapter, and the  cost  of  such
fee,  the  arbitrator's  necessary travel and other reasonable expenses,

S. 6406                            18                            A. 9006

and all other hearing expenses shall be borne equally by the parties  to
the arbitration.
  S 11-a. Subdivision 6-g of section 3602 of the education law, as added
by section 6 of part BB of chapter 56 of the laws of 2014, is amended to
read as follows:
  6-g.  Charter  schools  facilities aid. a. The city school district of
the city of New York, upon documenting that it has incurred total aggre-
gate expenses of forty million dollars or  more  pursuant  to  [subpara-
graphs]  SUBPARAGRAPH  five  [and  six]  of paragraph (e) of subdivision
three of section twenty-eight hundred fifty-three of this chapter, shall
be eligible for an apportionment pursuant to this  subdivision  for  its
annual  approved expenditures for the lease of space for charter schools
incurred in the base year in accordance with paragraph (e)  of  subdivi-
sion three of section twenty-eight hundred fifty-three of this chapter.
  b. The apportionment shall equal the product of (1) the sum of:
  [(A)]  for  aid payable for expenses incurred pursuant to subparagraph
five of paragraph (e)  of  subdivision  three  of  section  twenty-eight
hundred fifty-three of this chapter where the charter school prevails on
appeal,  the  annual  approved  expenses  incurred  by  the  city school
district pursuant to such subparagraph five[; and
  (B) for aid payable for expenses incurred pursuant to subparagraph six
of paragraph (e) of subdivision three of  section  twenty-eight  hundred
fifty-three of this chapter where the charter school prevails on appeal,
the  actual  annual  approved  rental expenses incurred pursuant to such
subparagraph six] multiplied by
  (2) six-tenths.
  c. For purposes of this subdivision, the approved  expenses  attribut-
able  to  a lease by a charter school of a privately owned site shall be
the lesser of the actual TOTAL rent paid under the lease or the  maximum
cost  allowance established by the commissioner for leases aidable under
subdivision six of this section.
  d. Notwithstanding any provision  of  law  to  the  contrary,  amounts
apportioned  pursuant  to this subdivision shall not be included in: (1)
the allowable growth amount computed pursuant to paragraph dd of  subdi-
vision  one  of this section, (2) the preliminary growth amount computed
pursuant to paragraph ff of subdivision one of this section, and (3) the
allocable growth amount computed pursuant to paragraph gg of subdivision
one of this section, and shall not  be  considered,  and  shall  not  be
available for interchange with, general support for public schools.
  S  12.  Subdivision 1 of section 2856 of the education law, as amended
by chapter 378 of the laws of 2007, paragraph (a) as amended  and  para-
graph  (d) as added by section 3 of part BB of chapter 56 of the laws of
2014, paragraph (c) as added by chapter 375 of  the  laws  of  2007,  is
amended to read as follows:
  1.  (a)  The enrollment of students attending charter schools shall be
included in the enrollment, attendance, membership and,  if  applicable,
count  of students with disabilities of the school district in which the
pupil resides. The charter school shall report  all  such  data  to  the
school  districts  of residence in a timely manner. Each school district
shall report such enrollment, attendance  and  count  of  students  with
disabilities  to  the department. The school district of residence shall
pay directly to the charter school for  each  student  enrolled  in  the
charter  school  who  resides  in the school district the charter school
basic tuition, which shall be:
  (i) for school years prior to the two thousand nine--two thousand  ten
school year and for school years following the two thousand sixteen--two

S. 6406                            19                            A. 9006

thousand  seventeen  school year, an amount equal to one hundred percent
of the amount calculated pursuant to paragraph f of subdivision  one  of
section  thirty-six  hundred two of this chapter for the school district
for  the  year prior to the base year increased by the percentage change
in the state total approved operating  expense  calculated  pursuant  to
paragraph t of subdivision one of section thirty-six hundred two of this
chapter from two years prior to the base year to the base year;
  (ii)  for  the  two  thousand  nine--two thousand ten school year, the
charter school basic  tuition  shall  be  the  amount  payable  by  such
district as charter school basic tuition for the two thousand eight--two
thousand nine school year;
  (iii)  for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven through two thou-
sand thirteen--two thousand fourteen school years,  the  charter  school
basic  tuition  shall be the basic tuition computed for the two thousand
ten--two thousand eleven school  year  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of
subparagraph (i) of this paragraph;
  (iv)  for  the  two thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen[,] AND two
thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen [and  two  thousand  sixteen--two
thousand seventeen] school years, the charter school basic tuition shall
be  the  sum  of the lesser of the charter school basic tuition computed
for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school  year  pursuant  to
the  provisions  of  subparagraph  (i)  of this paragraph or the charter
school basic tuition computed for  the  current  year  pursuant  to  the
provisions  of  subparagraph (i) of this paragraph plus the supplemental
basic tuition;
  (V) FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL  YEAR,
THE  CHARTER  SCHOOL  BASIC  TUITION  SHALL BE (A) FOR A SCHOOL DISTRICT
LOCATED IN A CITY OF ONE MILLION OR MORE INHABITANTS, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO
ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OF THE AMOUNT CALCULATED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH F  OF
SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF  SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO OF THIS CHAPTER FOR
THE SCHOOL DISTRICT FOR THE YEAR PRIOR TO THE BASE YEAR INCREASED BY THE
PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN THE STATE TOTAL APPROVED OPERATING  EXPENSE  CALCU-
LATED  PURSUANT  TO PARAGRAPH T OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX
HUNDRED TWO OF THIS CHAPTER FROM TWO YEARS PRIOR TO THE BASE YEAR TO THE
BASE YEAR OR (B) FOR ALL OTHER SCHOOL DISTRICTS, THE SUM OF  THE  LESSER
OF  THE  CHARTER  SCHOOL  BASIC  TUITION  COMPUTED  FOR THE TWO THOUSAND
TEN--TWO THOUSAND ELEVEN SCHOOL  YEAR  PURSUANT  TO  THE  PROVISIONS  OF
SUBPARAGRAPH  (I)  OF THIS PARAGRAPH OR THE CHARTER SCHOOL BASIC TUITION
COMPUTED FOR THE CURRENT YEAR PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUBPARAGRAPH
(I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH PLUS THE SUPPLEMENTAL BASIC TUITION.
  For the purposes of this subdivision, the "supplemental basic tuition"
shall be (A) for a school district for which the  charter  school  basic
tuition  computed  for  the current year is greater than or equal to the
charter school basic tuition for  the  two  thousand  ten--two  thousand
eleven  school  year  pursuant  to the provisions of subparagraph (i) of
this paragraph, (1) for the two thousand fourteen--two thousand  fifteen
school  year two hundred and fifty dollars, and (2) for the two thousand
fifteen--two thousand  sixteen  school  year  three  hundred  and  fifty
dollars,  and  (3)  for the two thousand sixteen--two thousand seventeen
school year five hundred dollars, and (B)  for  a  school  district  for
which  the  charter  school  basic tuition for the two thousand ten--two
thousand eleven school year is greater than  the  charter  school  basic
tuition  for the current year pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph
(i) of this paragraph, the positive difference  of  the  charter  school
basic  tuition for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school year

S. 6406                            20                            A. 9006

minus the charter school basic tuition for the current year pursuant  to
the provisions of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph.
  (b)  The school district shall also pay directly to the charter school
any federal or state aid attributable to a  student  with  a  disability
attending charter school in proportion to the level of services for such
student  with  a disability that the charter school provides directly or
indirectly. Notwithstanding anything in this section  to  the  contrary,
amounts  payable  pursuant to this subdivision from state or local funds
may be reduced pursuant to an agreement between the school and the char-
ter entity set forth in the charter.  Payments  made  pursuant  to  this
subdivision  shall  be  made by the school district in six substantially
equal installments each year beginning on the first business day of July
and every two months thereafter. Amounts payable under this  subdivision
shall  be  determined  by the commissioner. Amounts payable to a charter
school in its first year of operation shall be based on the  projections
of initial-year enrollment set forth in the charter until actual enroll-
ment data is reported to the school district by the charter school. Such
projections  shall  be  reconciled  with the actual enrollment as actual
enrollment data is so reported and at the end of the school's first year
of operation and each subsequent year based on a final report of  actual
enrollment  by the charter school, and any necessary adjustments result-
ing from such final report shall be made to payments during the school's
following year of operation.
  (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of  this  subdivision  to  the
contrary,  payment  of  the federal aid attributable to a student with a
disability attending a charter school shall be made in  accordance  with
the  requirements of section 8065-a of title twenty of the United States
code and sections 76.785-76.799 and 300.209 of title thirty-four of  the
code of federal regulations.
  (d)  School  districts  shall  be eligible for an annual apportionment
equal to (A) the amount of the supplemental basic tuition  paid  to  the
charter  school  in  the  base year for the expenses incurred in the two
thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen[,] AND two thousand fifteen--two
thousand sixteen[, and two  thousand  sixteen--two  thousand  seventeen]
school  years;  AND  (B)  FOR  THE EXPENSES INCURRED IN THE TWO THOUSAND
SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR: (I)  FOR  SCHOOL  DISTRICTS
LOCATED IN A CITY OF ONE MILLION OR MORE INHABITANTS, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO
FIVE  HUNDRED  DOLLARS FOR EACH STUDENT ENROLLED IN A CHARTER SCHOOL WHO
RESIDES IN THE SCHOOL DISTRICT IN THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR, OR (II) FOR ALL OTHER SCHOOL DISTRICTS, AN AMOUNT
EQUAL TO THE AMOUNT OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL BASIC TUITION PAID TO THE  CHAR-
ACTER SCHOOL IN THE BASE YEAR.
  S  13.  Subdivision 1 of section 2856 of the education law, as amended
by section 22 of part A of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, paragraph (a)
as amended and paragraph (c) as added by section 4 of part BB of chapter
56 of the laws of 2014, is amended to read as follows:
  1. (a) The enrollment of students attending charter schools  shall  be
included  in  the  enrollment,  attendance  and, if applicable, count of
students with disabilities of the school district  in  which  the  pupil
resides.  The  charter  school  shall report all such data to the school
districts of residence in a timely manner. Each  school  district  shall
report  such enrollment, attendance and count of students with disabili-
ties to the department. The  school  district  of  residence  shall  pay
directly  to the charter school for each student enrolled in the charter
school who resides in the  school  district  the  charter  school  basic
tuition which shall be:

S. 6406                            21                            A. 9006

  (i)  for school years prior to the two thousand nine--two thousand ten
school year and for school years following the two thousand sixteen--two
thousand seventeen school year, an amount equal to one  hundred  percent
of  the  amount calculated pursuant to paragraph f of subdivision one of
section  thirty-six  hundred two of this chapter for the school district
for the year prior to the base year increased by the  percentage  change
in  the  state  total  approved operating expense calculated pursuant to
paragraph t of subdivision one of section thirty-six hundred two of this
chapter from two years prior to the base year to the base year;
  (ii) for the two thousand nine--two  thousand  ten  school  year,  the
charter  school  basic  tuition  shall  be  the  amount  payable by such
district as charter school basic tuition for the two thousand eight--two
thousand nine school year;
  (iii) for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven through two  thou-
sand  thirteen--two  thousand  fourteen school years, the charter school
basic tuition shall be the basic tuition computed for the  two  thousand
ten--two  thousand  eleven  school  year  pursuant  to the provisions of
subparagraph (i) of this paragraph;
  (iv) for the two thousand fourteen--two thousand  fifteen[,]  AND  two
thousand  fifteen--two  thousand  sixteen [and two thousand sixteen--two
thousand seventeen] school years, the charter school basic tuition shall
be the sum of the lesser of the charter school  basic  tuition  computed
for  the  two  thousand ten--two thousand eleven school year pursuant to
the provisions of subparagraph (i) of  this  paragraph  or  the  charter
school  basic  tuition  computed  for  the  current year pursuant to the
provisions of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph plus  the  supplemental
basic tuition[.];
  (V)  FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR,
THE CHARTER SCHOOL BASIC TUITION SHALL BE  (A)  FOR  A  SCHOOL  DISTRICT
LOCATED IN A CITY OF ONE MILLION OR MORE INHABITANTS, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO
ONE  HUNDRED PERCENT OF THE AMOUNT CALCULATED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH F OF
SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO OF  THIS  CHAPTER  FOR
THE SCHOOL DISTRICT FOR THE YEAR PRIOR TO THE BASE YEAR INCREASED BY THE
PERCENTAGE  CHANGE  IN THE STATE TOTAL APPROVED OPERATING EXPENSE CALCU-
LATED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH T OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF  SECTION  THIRTY-SIX
HUNDRED TWO OF THIS CHAPTER FROM TWO YEARS PRIOR TO THE BASE YEAR TO THE
BASE  YEAR  OR (B) FOR ALL OTHER SCHOOL DISTRICTS, THE SUM OF THE LESSER
OF THE CHARTER SCHOOL  BASIC  TUITION  COMPUTED  FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
TEN--TWO  THOUSAND  ELEVEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  PURSUANT  TO THE PROVISIONS OF
SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH OR THE CHARTER SCHOOL  BASIC  TUITION
COMPUTED FOR THE CURRENT YEAR PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUBPARAGRAPH
(I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH PLUS THE SUPPLEMENTAL BASIC TUITION.
  For the purposes of this subdivision, the "supplemental basic tuition"
shall  be  (A)  for a school district for which the charter school basic
tuition computed for the current year is greater than or  equal  to  the
charter  school  basic  tuition  for  the two thousand ten--two thousand
eleven school year pursuant to the provisions  of  subparagraph  (i)  of
this  paragraph, (1) for the two thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen
school year two hundred and fifty dollars, and (2) for the two  thousand
fifteen--two  thousand  sixteen  school  year  three  hundred  and fifty
dollars, and (3) for the two thousand  sixteen--two  thousand  seventeen
school  year  five  hundred  dollars,  and (B) for a school district for
which the charter school basic tuition for  the  two  thousand  ten--two
thousand  eleven  school  year  is greater than the charter school basic
tuition for the current year pursuant to the provisions of  subparagraph
(i)  of  this  paragraph,  the positive difference of the charter school

S. 6406                            22                            A. 9006

basic tuition for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school  year
minus  the charter school basic tuition for the current year pursuant to
the provisions of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph.
  (b)  The school district shall also pay directly to the charter school
any federal or state aid attributable to a  student  with  a  disability
attending charter school in proportion to the level of services for such
student  with  a disability that the charter school provides directly or
indirectly. Notwithstanding anything in this section  to  the  contrary,
amounts  payable pursuant to this subdivision may be reduced pursuant to
an agreement between the school and the charter entity set forth in  the
charter. Payments made pursuant to this subdivision shall be made by the
school district in six substantially equal installments each year begin-
ning  on the first business day of July and every two months thereafter.
Amounts payable under  this  subdivision  shall  be  determined  by  the
commissioner.  Amounts  payable to a charter school in its first year of
operation shall be based on the projections of  initial-year  enrollment
set  forth in the charter. Such projections shall be reconciled with the
actual enrollment at the end of the school's first  year  of  operation,
and  any  necessary  adjustments  shall  be  made to payments during the
school's second year of operation.
  (c) School districts shall be eligible  for  an  annual  apportionment
equal  to  (A)  the amount of the supplemental basic tuition paid to the
charter school in the base year for the expenses  incurred  in  the  two
thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen[,] AND two thousand fifteen--two
thousand  sixteen[,  and  two  thousand sixteen--two thousand seventeen]
school years; AND (B) FOR THE EXPENSES  INCURRED  IN  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
SIXTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL YEAR: (I) FOR SCHOOL DISTRICTS
LOCATED IN A CITY OF ONE MILLION OR MORE INHABITANTS, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO
FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS FOR EACH STUDENT ENROLLED IN A CHARTER  SCHOOL  WHO
RESIDES IN THE SCHOOL DISTRICT IN THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR, OR (II) FOR ALL OTHER SCHOOL DISTRICTS, AN AMOUNT
EQUAL  TO THE AMOUNT OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL BASIC TUITION PAID TO THE CHAR-
ACTER SCHOOL IN THE BASE YEAR.
  S 14. Clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph 1 of paragraph e of  subdi-
vision  1 of section 3602 of the education law, as amended by section 11
of part B of chapter 57 of the laws of 2007,  are  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (i)  determine the number of pupils tested who scored below the state-
wide reference point as determined by  the  commissioner  on  each  test
administered  pursuant  to  this  subparagraph,  plus pupils, other than
pupils with disabilities  and  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  LEARNER  pupils  [with
limited  English  proficiency]  as  defined  by the commissioner who are
exempt from taking  such  tests,  provided,  however,  that  a  district
employing  eight  or  more teachers in such years but not operating each
grade may use the percentage computed pursuant to this paragraph for the
district which in such years enrolled the greatest number of  pupils  in
such grade from such district;
  (ii)  divide  the sum of such numbers by the number of such pupils who
took each of such tests, plus pupils, other than pupils  with  disabili-
ties  and  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE LEARNER pupils [with limited English profi-
ciency] as defined by the commissioner who are exempt from  taking  such
tests, provided, however, that a district which in any of the applicable
school years did not maintain a home school or employed fewer than eight
teachers,  and  which  in the base year employed eight or more teachers,
may use the scores in a later test as designated by the commissioner for
the purposes of this paragraph;

S. 6406                            23                            A. 9006

  S 15. Paragraph o of subdivision 1 of section 3602  of  the  education
law,  as  amended  by  section 11 of part B of chapter 57 of the laws of
2007, is amended to read as follows:
  o. "[Limited English proficient] ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER count" shall
mean the number of pupils served in the base year in programs for pupils
with  limited  English proficiency approved by the commissioner pursuant
to the provisions of this chapter and  in  accordance  with  regulations
adopted for such purpose.
  S  16. Paragraph b of subdivision 2 of section 3602-d of the education
law, as added by chapter 792 of the laws of 1990, is amended to read  as
follows:
  (b)  "Disadvantaged"  shall  mean  individuals (other than handicapped
individuals) who have economic or academic disadvantages and who require
special services and assistance in order to enable them  to  succeed  in
work-prep  programs.  Such term includes individuals who are: members of
economically disadvantaged families as set forth in regulations  promul-
gated  by  the department pursuant to sections sixty-four hundred fifty-
one and sixty-four hundred fifty-two of this chapter or as set forth  in
the  Federal Job Training Partnership Act of nineteen hundred eighty-two
(PL 97-300) (29 U.S.C.A. S 1501 et  seq.);  migrants;  [individuals  who
have  limited  English proficiency] ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS; and indi-
viduals who are identified as potential dropouts from secondary school.
  S 17. Paragraph d of subdivision 4 of section 3602-f of the  education
law,  as  added  by section 83-a of part L of chapter 405 of the laws of
1999, is amended to read as follows:
  d. [Limited English proficient] ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER  pupil  count
as  defined  in  paragraph  o  of  subdivision one of section thirty-six
hundred two of this article.
  S 18. Section 3604 of the education law is amended  by  adding  a  new
subdivision 13 to read as follows:
  13.  FOR  PURPOSES  OF  THIS CHAPTER, "LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENT" AND
"LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENCY" SHALL MEAN "ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER".
  S 19. Clause (B) of subparagraph 2 of paragraph b of subdivision 6  of
section  3641  of  the education law, as added by section 2 of part B of
chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  (B) [students with limited English proficiency and] students  who  are
English language learners;
  S  20.  The education law is amended by adding a new section 4403-a to
read as follows:
  S 4403-A. WAIVERS FROM CERTAIN DUTIES. 1.  A  LOCAL  SCHOOL  DISTRICT,
APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES MAY
SUBMIT  AN APPLICATION FOR A WAIVER FROM ANY REQUIREMENT IMPOSED ON SUCH
DISTRICT, SCHOOL OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES  PURSUANT
TO SECTION FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED TWO OR SECTION FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED THREE OF
THIS  ARTICLE,  AND  REGULATIONS  PROMULGATED THEREUNDER, FOR A SPECIFIC
SCHOOL YEAR. SUCH APPLICATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED AT LEAST SIXTY DAYS  IN
ADVANCE  OF THE PROPOSED DATE ON WHICH THE WAIVER WOULD BE EFFECTIVE AND
SHALL BE IN A FORM PRESCRIBED BY THE COMMISSIONER.
  2. BEFORE SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION FOR A  WAIVER,  THE  LOCAL  SCHOOL
DISTRICT,  APPROVED  PRIVATE  SCHOOL OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL
SERVICES SHALL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE PROPOSED WAIVER TO THE  PARENTS  OR
PERSONS  IN PARENTAL RELATIONSHIP TO THE STUDENTS THAT WOULD BE IMPACTED
BY THE WAIVER IF GRANTED. SUCH NOTICE SHALL BE IN A FORM AND MANNER THAT
WILL ENSURE THAT SUCH PARENTS AND PERSONS IN PARENTAL RELATIONSHIP  WILL
BE  AWARE OF ALL RELEVANT CHANGES THAT WOULD OCCUR UNDER THE WAIVER, AND
SHALL INCLUDE INFORMATION ON THE FORM, MANNER AND DATE BY WHICH  PARENTS

S. 6406                            24                            A. 9006

MAY  SUBMIT  WRITTEN  COMMENTS  ON THE PROPOSED WAIVER. THE LOCAL SCHOOL
DISTRICT, APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL, OR BOARD OF  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL
SERVICES  SHALL PROVIDE AT LEAST SIXTY DAYS FOR SUCH PARENTS AND PERSONS
IN  PARENTAL  RELATIONSHIP TO SUBMIT WRITTEN COMMENTS, AND SHALL INCLUDE
IN THE WAIVER APPLICATION SUBMITTED  TO  THE  COMMISSIONER  PURSUANT  TO
SUBDIVISION  ONE OF THIS SECTION ANY WRITTEN COMMENTS RECEIVED FROM SUCH
PARENTS OR PERSONS IN PARENTAL RELATION TO SUCH STUDENTS.
  3. THE COMMISSIONER MAY GRANT A WAIVER FROM ANY REQUIREMENT IMPOSED ON
A LOCAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE
EDUCATIONAL SERVICES PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  FORTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  TWO  OR
SECTION  FORTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  THREE OF THIS ARTICLE, UPON A FINDING THAT
SUCH WAIVER WILL ENABLE A LOCAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL
OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES TO IMPLEMENT AN  INNOVATIVE
SPECIAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM  THAT  IS CONSISTENT WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL
REQUIREMENTS, AND WOULD ENHANCE STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT AND/OR OPPORTUNITIES
FOR PLACEMENT IN REGULAR CLASSES AND PROGRAMS. IN MAKING  SUCH  DETERMI-
NATION,  THE  COMMISSIONER  SHALL  CONSIDER ANY COMMENTS RECEIVED BY THE
LOCAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL OR BOARD  OF  COOPERATIVE
EDUCATIONAL SERVICES FROM PARENTS OR PERSONS IN PARENTAL RELATION TO THE
STUDENTS THAT WOULD BE DIRECTLY AFFECTED BY THE WAIVER IF GRANTED.
  4.  ANY  LOCAL  SCHOOL  DISTRICT,  APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL OR BOARD OF
COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES GRANTED A WAIVER SHALL SUBMIT AN ANNUAL
REPORT TO THE COMMISSIONER REGARDING THE OPERATION AND EVALUATION OF THE
PROGRAM NO LATER THAN THIRTY DAYS AFTER THE END OF EACH SCHOOL YEAR  FOR
WHICH A WAIVER IS GRANTED.
  S  21.  Notwithstanding  any provision of law to the contrary, for the
2016-2017 school  year  and  thereafter,  any  pre-kindergarten  program
receiving  state  funds that is identified by the office of children and
family services, the department of health and mental hygiene of the city
of New York, or the state education department as needing  extraordinary
quality  support  shall  participate in QUALITYstarsNY as a condition of
continued receipt of state funds, unless  such  participation  would  be
contrary  to  an existing contract with the department. The state educa-
tion department shall include  such  participation  as  a  condition  of
continued receipt of state funds in any new contract or contract renewal
or  application  for renewal of funding for any state-funded pre-kinder-
garten program for the 2016-2017 school year or thereafter.
  S 22. Notwithstanding any provision of law, rule, or regulation to the
contrary, there shall be an empire state pre-kindergarten grant board as
follows:
  1. Creation.
  (a) The empire state pre-kindergarten grant  board  ("the  board")  is
hereby  created to have and exercise the powers, duties and prerogatives
provided by the provisions of this section and any  other  provision  of
law.  The  board  shall  remain  in existence during the period from the
effective date of this section through the date on which the last of the
funds available for grants for  programs  listed  in  paragraph  (a)  of
subdivision 2 of this section are disbursed.
  (b)  The  membership  of  the  board  shall  consist  of three persons
appointed by the governor, of which one shall be upon the recommendation
of the temporary president of the senate and one upon the recommendation
of the speaker of the assembly. The term of the members first  appointed
shall  continue  until  March  31, 2017, and thereafter their successors
shall serve for a term of one year ending on March 31 in each year. Upon
recommendation of the nominating party, the governor shall  replace  any
member  in  accordance  with the provision contained in this subdivision

S. 6406                            25                            A. 9006

for the appointment of members. The members  of  the  board  shall  vote
among  themselves to determine who shall serve as chair. The board shall
act by unanimous vote of the members of the board. Any determination  of
the  board shall be evidenced by a certification thereof executed by all
the members. Each member of the board shall be entitled to  designate  a
representative  to  attend  meetings  of  the  board  on the designating
member's behalf, and  to  vote  or  otherwise  act  on  the  designating
member's  behalf  in  the  designating  member's absence. Notice of such
designation shall be furnished in writing to the board by the  designat-
ing  member.  A representative shall serve at the pleasure of the desig-
nating member during the member's term of office. A representative shall
not be authorized to delegate any of his or her duties or  functions  to
any other person.
  (c)  Every  officer, employee, or member of a governing or other board
of any school district, program or other entity offering  pre-kindergar-
ten  services,  and  every  New  York  state regent and every officer or
employee of the board of regents or the department of education shall be
ineligible for appointment as a member, representative, officer, employ-
ee or agent of the board.
  (d) The members of the board shall serve without salary  or  per  diem
allowance  but  shall be entitled to reimbursement for actual and neces-
sary expenses incurred in the performance of official duties pursuant to
this section or other provision  of  law,  provided  however  that  such
members  and  representatives  are  not,  at  the time such expenses are
incurred, public  officers  or  employees  otherwise  entitled  to  such
reimbursement.
  (e)  The  members,  their  representatives,  officers and staff to the
board shall be deemed employees within the meaning of section 17 of  the
public officers law.
  2.  Powers,  functions,  duties and administration of the empire state
pre-kindergarten grant board.
  (a) Notwithstanding any provision of section 3602-ee of the  education
law  or  any  other  provision  of law to the contrary, the empire state
pre-kindergarten grant board shall have the power, and it shall  be  its
duty,  to  distribute all new grant awards for the following pre-kinder-
garten programs via a competitive request for proposals process:
  (i) the statewide universal full-day pre-kindergarten program pursuant
to section 3602-ee of the education law;
  (ii) the empire state pre-kindergarten grants for three-year-old chil-
dren established pursuant to a chapter of the laws of 2016;
  (iii) the priority pre-kindergarten program  established  pursuant  to
chapter 53 of the laws of 2013; and
  (iv)  the pre-kindergarten grants for three and four year old children
established pursuant to chapter 53 of the laws of 2015.
  (b) The office of children and family services shall serve as staff to
the empire state pre-kindergarten grant board, with the  cooperation  of
any  other  state  agency,  and  shall assist in tasks including but not
limited to the drafting of any requests for proposals,  the  scoring  of
applications  pursuant  to  the criteria in such requests for proposals,
the preparation of draft award lists, and the preparation of  any  other
information  or  materials  which would assist the board in carrying out
its duties.
  (c) Notwithstanding any provision of law to the  contrary,  the  board
shall  have final approval authority over any request for proposals used
to distribute any grant funding for pre-kindergarten  programs  pursuant
to  paragraph  (a)  of  this  subdivision, provided that any request for

S. 6406                            26                            A. 9006

proposals issued after the effective date of this section shall  contain
a  requirement that any awardee identified by the office of children and
family services, the department of health and mental hygiene of the city
of  New York, or the state education department as needing extraordinary
quality support shall participate in QUALITYstarsNY as  a  condition  of
continued receipt of state funds.
  (d)  Notwithstanding  any  provision of law to the contrary, the board
shall have final approval authority for any grant awards for pre-kinder-
garten programs pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subdivision.
  (e) On behalf of and at the direction of the board, the  state  educa-
tion  department  shall  enter into a contract with any school district,
program, or other entity awarded a grant pursuant to this section.
  (f) Except as explicitly set forth herein,  nothing  in  this  section
should  be  construed  to  alter or amend the program administration and
other requirements of the grant programs listed in paragraph (a) of this
subdivision.
  3. Reporting. The empire state  pre-kindergarten  grant  board  shall,
annually  on  or  before  December  first,  prepare and submit an annual
report to the governor and the chair of  the  assembly  ways  and  means
committee  and  the  chair  of the senate finance committee. Such report
shall contain at a minimum the following information: (i) a list of  all
applications filed by any entity for a grant distributed by the pre-kin-
dergarten  grant  board,  including the name of the applying entity, the
grant program applied for, and the amount of the grant requested; (ii) a
list of the applications granted by the board specifying the  amount  of
the  grant  approved if such amount is different from the amount applied
for; (iii) a statement showing the dollar amount of all grants  approved
by  the  board and the dollar amount of the remaining available capacity
for future grants; and (iv) a statement showing the numbers of new full-
day slots, new half-day slots, and  slots  converted  from  half-day  to
full-day as a result of such grants.
  S 23. Subdivision 16 of section 3602-ee of the education law, as added
by section 1 of part CC of chapter 56 of the laws of 2014, is amended to
read as follows:
  16.  The authority of the department to administer the universal full-
day pre-kindergarten program shall expire June thirtieth,  two  thousand
[sixteen] SEVENTEEN; provided that the program shall continue and remain
in full effect.
  S  24. Paragraph b of subdivision 6-c of section 3602 of the education
law, as added by chapter 1 of the laws of 2013, is amended  to  read  as
follows:
  b.  For  projects  approved  by the commissioner authorized to receive
additional building aid pursuant to this subdivision for the purchase of
stationary metal detectors, security cameras or other  security  devices
approved  by  the  commissioner that increase the safety of students and
school personnel, provided that for  purposes  of  this  paragraph  such
other  security  devices shall be limited to electronic security systems
and hardened doors, and provided  that  for  projects  approved  by  the
commissioner on or after the first day of July two thousand thirteen and
before  the first day of July [two thousand sixteen] TWO THOUSAND SEVEN-
TEEN such additional aid shall equal the product of (i) the building aid
ratio computed for use in the current year pursuant to  paragraph  c  of
subdivision  six of this section plus ten percentage points, except that
in no case shall this amount exceed one hundred percent,  and  (ii)  the
actual  approved expenditures incurred in the base year pursuant to this
subdivision, provided that the limitations on cost allowances prescribed

S. 6406                            27                            A. 9006

by paragraph a of subdivision six of this section shall not  apply,  and
provided  further  that  any projects aided under this paragraph must be
included in a district's school  safety  plan.  The  commissioner  shall
annually  prescribe  a  special  cost allowance for metal detectors, and
security cameras, and the approved expenditures shall  not  exceed  such
cost allowance.
  S 25. Section 2 of chapter 552 of the laws of 1995 amending the educa-
tion  law  relating  to contracts for the transportation of school chil-
dren, as amended by chapter 116 of the laws of 2013, is amended to  read
as follows:
  S  2.  This  act  shall  take  effect on the first day of January next
succeeding the date on which it shall have become a law and shall remain
in full force and effect until January 1, [2017] 2020,  when  upon  such
date the provisions of this act shall be deemed repealed.
  S  26.  Paragraph  b of subdivision 2 of section 3612 of the education
law, as amended by section 8 of part A of chapter  56  of  the  laws  of
2015, is amended to read as follows:
  b. Such grants shall be awarded to school districts, within the limits
of funds appropriated therefor, through a competitive process that takes
into  consideration  the  magnitude  of  any shortage of teachers in the
school district, the number of teachers employed in the school  district
who hold temporary licenses to teach in the public schools of the state,
the  number of provisionally certified teachers, the fiscal capacity and
geographic sparsity of the district, the  number  of  new  teachers  the
school district intends to hire in the coming school year and the number
of summer in the city student internships proposed by an eligible school
district,  if applicable. Grants provided pursuant to this section shall
be used only for the purposes enumerated in this section.  Notwithstand-
ing any other provision of law to the contrary, a city  school  district
in a city having a population of one million or more inhabitants receiv-
ing a grant pursuant to this section may use no more than eighty percent
of  such  grant  funds  for any recruitment, retention and certification
costs associated with transitional certification of  teacher  candidates
for  the  school  years  two thousand one--two thousand two through [two
thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen] TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO  THOU-
SAND SEVENTEEN.
  S  27.  Subdivision 6 of section 4402 of the education law, as amended
by section 9 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended  to
read as follows:
  6.  Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the contrary,
the board of education of a city school district with  a  population  of
one  hundred twenty-five thousand or more inhabitants shall be permitted
to establish  maximum  class  sizes  for  special  classes  for  certain
students  with  disabilities  in  accordance with the provisions of this
subdivision. For the purpose of obtaining relief from any adverse fiscal
impact from under-utilization of special education resources due to  low
student  attendance  in  special  education  classes  at  the middle and
secondary level as determined by the commissioner, such boards of educa-
tion shall, during the school years nineteen hundred  ninety-five--nine-
ty-six  through  June thirtieth, two thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN of the
[two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen] TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO
THOUSAND SEVENTEEN school year, be authorized to increase class sizes in
special  classes  containing students with disabilities whose age ranges
are equivalent to those of students in middle and secondary  schools  as
defined  by  the  commissioner for purposes of this section by up to but
not to exceed one and two tenths times the applicable maximum class size

S. 6406                            28                            A. 9006

specified in regulations of the commissioner rounded up to  the  nearest
whole  number,  provided  that  in a city school district having a popu-
lation of one million or more, classes that have a maximum class size of
fifteen  may  be increased by no more than one student and provided that
the projected average class size shall not exceed the maximum  specified
in  the  applicable  regulation,  provided that such authorization shall
terminate on June thirtieth, two thousand. Such authorization  shall  be
granted  upon  filing  of a notice by such a board of education with the
commissioner stating the board's intention to increase such class  sizes
and  a  certification  that the board will conduct a study of attendance
problems at the secondary level and will implement a  corrective  action
plan  to  increase the rate of attendance of students in such classes to
at least the rate for students attending regular  education  classes  in
secondary  schools of the district. Such corrective action plan shall be
submitted for approval by the commissioner by a date during  the  school
year  in  which such board increases class sizes as provided pursuant to
this subdivision to be prescribed by the  commissioner.  Upon  at  least
thirty  days  notice  to the board of education, after conclusion of the
school year in which such board increases class sizes as provided pursu-
ant to this subdivision, the commissioner shall be authorized to  termi-
nate  such  authorization  upon  a  finding that the board has failed to
develop or implement an approved corrective action plan.
  S 28. Subdivision b of section 2 of chapter 756 of the laws  of  1992,
relating  to funding a program for work force education conducted by the
consortium for worker education in New York city, as amended by  section
13  of  part  A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as
follows:
  b. Reimbursement for programs approved in accordance with  subdivision
a  of  this section for the 2012--2013 school year shall not exceed 63.3
percent of the lesser of such  approvable  costs  per  contact  hour  or
twelve dollars and thirty-five cents per contact hour, reimbursement for
the  2013--2014  school year shall not exceed 62.3 percent of the lesser
of such approvable costs per contact hour or twelve dollars  and  sixty-
five  cents  per  contact  hour, reimbursement for the 2014--2015 school
year shall not exceed 61.6 percent of  the  lesser  of  such  approvable
costs  per  contact  hour  or  thirteen  dollars per contact hour, [and]
reimbursement for the 2015--2016  school  year  shall  not  exceed  60.7
percent of the lesser of such approvable costs per contact hour or thir-
teen dollars and forty cents per contact hour, AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR THE
2016--2017  SCHOOL  YEAR  SHALL NOT EXCEED 60.3 PERCENT OF THE LESSER OF
SUCH APPROVABLE COSTS PER CONTACT HOUR OR THIRTEEN DOLLARS EIGHTY  CENTS
PER  CONTACT  HOUR  where  a  contact  hour  represents sixty minutes of
instruction services provided to an eligible adult.  Notwithstanding any
other provision of law to the contrary, for the 2012--2013  school  year
such  contact  hours shall not exceed one million six hundred sixty-four
thousand five hundred thirty-two  (1,664,532)  hours;  whereas  for  the
2013--2014  school  year such contact hours shall not exceed one million
six hundred forty-nine  thousand  seven  hundred  forty-six  (1,649,746)
hours;  whereas  for the 2014--2015 school year such contact hours shall
not exceed one million  six  hundred  twenty-five  thousand  (1,625,000)
hours;  whereas  for the 2015--2016 school year such contact hours shall
not  exceed  one  million  five  hundred  ninety-nine  thousand  fifteen
(1,599,015)  HOURS;  WHEREAS FOR THE 2016--2017 SCHOOL YEAR SUCH CONTACT
HOURS SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE MILLION THREE HUNDRED EIGHTY-TWO THOUSAND TWO
HUNDRED ELEVEN (1,382,211).  Notwithstanding any other provision of  law
to  the  contrary,  the  apportionment  calculated  for  the city school

S. 6406                            29                            A. 9006

district of the city of New York pursuant to subdivision 11  of  section
3602  of  the  education  law shall be computed as if such contact hours
provided by the consortium for  worker  education,  not  to  exceed  the
contact hours set forth herein, were eligible for aid in accordance with
the  provisions  of such subdivision 11 of section 3602 of the education
law.
  S 29. Section 4 of chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, relating to  fund-
ing  a  program for work force education conducted by the consortium for
worker education in New York city, is amended by adding a  new  subdivi-
sion u to read as follows:
  U.  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  SHALL  NOT APPLY AFTER THE
COMPLETION OF PAYMENTS FOR THE 2016--2017 SCHOOL  YEAR.  NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY  INCONSISTENT  PROVISIONS  OF LAW, THE COMMISSIONER SHALL WITHHOLD A
PORTION OF EMPLOYMENT PREPARATION EDUCATION AID DUE TO THE  CITY  SCHOOL
DISTRICT  OF  THE  CITY OF NEW YORK TO SUPPORT A PORTION OF THE COSTS OF
THE WORK FORCE EDUCATION PROGRAM. SUCH MONEYS SHALL BE CREDITED  TO  THE
ELEMENTARY  AND  SECONDARY  EDUCATION  FUND LOCAL ASSISTANCE ACCOUNT AND
SHALL  NOT  EXCEED  ELEVEN  MILLION  FIVE   HUNDRED   THOUSAND   DOLLARS
($11,500,000).
  S  30. Section 6 of chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, relating to fund-
ing a program for work force education conducted by the  consortium  for
worker education in New York city, as amended by section 15 of part A of
chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S  6.  This  act  shall  take effect July 1, 1992, and shall be deemed
repealed on June 30, [2016] 2017.
  S 31. Section 99-u of the state finance law, as added by section 2  of
part  GG  of chapter 59 of the laws of 2013, subdivision 2-a as added by
chapter 453 of the laws if 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S 99-u. New York state teen health education fund. 1. There is  hereby
established  in  the  JOINT custody of the STATE COMPTROLLER AND commis-
sioner of taxation and finance a special [account] FUND to be  known  as
the "New York state teen health education fund".
  2.  Such fund shall consist of all revenues received by the department
of taxation and finance, pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  section  six
hundred thirty-c of the tax law and all other moneys appropriated there-
to  from  any other fund or source pursuant to law. Nothing contained in
this section shall prevent the state from  receiving  grants,  gifts  or
bequests  for  the  purposes  of the fund as defined in this section and
depositing them into the fund according to law.
  2-a. On or before the first day of February each year, the commission-
er of [health] EDUCATION shall provide a written report to the temporary
president of the senate, speaker of the assembly, chair  of  the  senate
finance committee, chair of the assembly ways and means committee, chair
of  the senate committee on health, chair of the assembly health commit-
tee, the state comptroller and the public. Such report shall include how
the monies of the fund were utilized during the preceding calendar year,
and shall include:
  (i) the amount of money dispersed from the fund and the award  process
used for such disbursements;
  (ii) recipients of awards from the fund;
  (iii) the amount awarded to each;
  (iv) the purposes for which such awards were granted; and
  (v) a summary financial plan for such monies which shall include esti-
mates of all receipts and all disbursements for the current and succeed-
ing  fiscal  years,  along with the actual results from the prior fiscal
year.

S. 6406                            30                            A. 9006

  3. [The moneys in said account shall be retained by the fund and shall
be released by the  commissioner  of  taxation  and  finance  only  upon
certificates  signed  by  the  commissioner  of  education or his or her
designee and only for the purposes set forth in  this  section.]  MONEYS
SHALL  BE  PAYABLE  FROM  THE FUND ON THE AUDIT AND WARRANT OF THE COMP-
TROLLER ON VOUCHERS APPROVED AND CERTIFIED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF EDUCA-
TION.
  4. The moneys in such fund  shall  be  expended  for  the  purpose  of
supplementing  educational  programs in schools for health and awareness
of issues facing teens today when it comes  to  their  health.  Eligible
health  programs  are  those  with  an  established curriculum providing
instruction on alcohol, tobacco and other  drug  abuse  prevention,  the
causes  and  problems associated with teen obesity, and for awareness of
the symptoms of teen endometriosis.
  S 32. Subdivision 1 of section 167 of chapter 169 of the laws of 1994,
relating to certain provisions related to the 1994-95 state  operations,
aid to localities, capital projects and debt service budgets, as amended
by section 16 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to
read as follows:
  1.  Sections  one  through seventy of this act shall be deemed to have
been in full force and effect as of April  1,  1994  provided,  however,
that  sections  one,  two,  twenty-four,  twenty-five  and  twenty-seven
through seventy of this act shall expire and be deemed repealed on March
31, 2000; provided, however, that section twenty of this act shall apply
only to hearings commenced prior to  September  1,  1994,  and  provided
further  that  section twenty-six of this act shall expire and be deemed
repealed on March 31, 1997; and  provided  further  that  sections  four
through fourteen, sixteen, and eighteen, nineteen and twenty-one through
twenty-one-a  of  this  act shall expire and be deemed repealed on March
31, 1997; and provided further that sections three, fifteen,  seventeen,
twenty,  twenty-two  and  twenty-three  of  this act shall expire and be
deemed repealed on March 31, [2017] 2018.
  S 33. Subdivisions 22 and 24 of section 140 of chapter 82 of the  laws
of 1995, amending the education law and other laws relating to state aid
to  school  districts  and the appropriation of funds for the support of
government, as amended by section 17 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws
of 2015, are amended to read as follows:
  (22) sections one hundred twelve, one hundred  thirteen,  one  hundred
fourteen,  one hundred fifteen and one hundred sixteen of this act shall
take effect on July 1, 1995; provided, however, that section one hundred
thirteen of this act shall remain in full force and effect until July 1,
[2016] 2017 at which time it shall be deemed repealed;
  (24) sections one hundred eighteen through one hundred thirty of  this
act  shall  be deemed to have been in full force and effect on and after
July 1, 1995; provided further, however, that the amendments made pursu-
ant to section one hundred twenty-four of this act shall be deemed to be
repealed on and after July 1, [2016] 2017;
  S 34. Section 12 of chapter 147 of the  laws  of  2001,  amending  the
education  law  relating  to conditional appointment of school district,
charter school or BOCES employees, as amended by section 19 of part A of
chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S 12. This act shall take effect on the same date as  chapter  180  of
the laws of 2000 takes effect, and shall expire July 1, [2016] 2017 when
upon such date the provisions of this act shall be deemed repealed.
  S  35.  Section  4  of  chapter  425 of the laws of 2002, amending the
education law relating to  the  provision  of  supplemental  educational

S. 6406                            31                            A. 9006

services,  attendance  at  a  safe  public  school and the suspension of
pupils who bring a firearm to or possess  a  firearm  at  a  school,  as
amended  by  section  20 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is
amended to read as follows:
  S  4.  This act shall take effect July 1, 2002 and shall expire and be
deemed repealed June 30, [2016] 2017.
  S 36. Section 5 of chapter 101 of  the  laws  of  2003,  amending  the
education law relating to the implementation of the No Child Left Behind
Act  of  2001,  as  amended by section 21 of part A of chapter 56 of the
laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S 5. This act shall take effect immediately;  provided  that  sections
one,  two  and  three of this act shall expire and be deemed repealed on
June 30, [2016] 2017.
  S 37. School bus driver training. In addition to apportionments other-
wise provided by section 3602 of the education law, for aid  payable  in
the 2016--2017 school year, the commissioner of education shall allocate
school  bus  driver  training  grants  to school districts and boards of
cooperative educational services pursuant to sections 3650-a, 3650-b and
3650-c of the education law, or for contracts directly with not-for-pro-
fit educational organizations for the purposes  of  this  section.  Such
payments  shall  not exceed four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) per
school year.
  S 38. Special apportionment for salary expenses. a.    Notwithstanding
any  other  provision  of  law,  upon application to the commissioner of
education, not sooner than the first day of  the  second  full  business
week  of  June  2017  and  not later than the last day of the third full
business week of June 2017, a school district eligible for an apportion-
ment pursuant to section 3602 of the education law shall be eligible  to
receive  an  apportionment pursuant to this section, for the school year
ending June 30, 2017, for salary expenses incurred between April  1  and
June 30, 2016 and such apportionment shall not exceed the sum of (i) the
deficit  reduction assessment of 1990--1991 as determined by the commis-
sioner of education, pursuant to paragraph f of subdivision 1 of section
3602 of the education law, as in effect through June 30, 1993, plus (ii)
186 percent of such amount for a city school district in a city  with  a
population in excess of 1,000,000 inhabitants, plus (iii) 209 percent of
such  amount  for  a city school district in a city with a population of
more than 195,000 inhabitants and less than 219,000 inhabitants  accord-
ing  to  the  latest  federal  census, plus (iv) the net gap elimination
adjustment for 2010--2011, as determined by the commissioner  of  educa-
tion pursuant to chapter 53 of the laws of 2010, plus (v) the gap elimi-
nation  adjustment  for  2011--2012 as determined by the commissioner of
education pursuant to subdivision 17 of section 3602  of  the  education
law,  and provided further that such apportionment shall not exceed such
salary expenses. Such application shall be made by  a  school  district,
after the board of education or trustees have adopted a resolution to do
so and in the case of a city school district in a city with a population
in excess of 125,000 inhabitants, with the approval of the mayor of such
city.
  b.  The  claim  for  an  apportionment to be paid to a school district
pursuant to subdivision a of this section  shall  be  submitted  to  the
commissioner  of  education  on  a form prescribed for such purpose, and
shall be payable upon determination by such commissioner that  the  form
has been submitted as prescribed. Such approved amounts shall be payable
on  the  same  day in September of the school year following the year in
which application was made as funds provided  pursuant  to  subparagraph

S. 6406                            32                            A. 9006

(4) of paragraph b of subdivision 4 of section 92-c of the state finance
law,  on  the  audit  and  warrant  of the state comptroller on vouchers
certified or approved by the commissioner of  education  in  the  manner
prescribed  by  law  from  moneys in the state lottery fund and from the
general fund to the extent that the amount paid  to  a  school  district
pursuant  to  this  section  exceeds the amount, if any, due such school
district pursuant to subparagraph (2) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of
section 3609-a of the education law in the  school  year  following  the
year in which application was made.
  c.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of section 3609-a of the education
law, an amount equal to the amount paid to a school district pursuant to
subdivisions a and b of this section shall first be  deducted  from  the
following  payments  due  the  school  district  during  the school year
following the year in which application was made  pursuant  to  subpara-
graphs  (1),  (2),  (3),  (4) and (5) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of
section 3609-a of the education law in the following order: the  lottery
apportionment  payable  pursuant  to  subparagraph (2) of such paragraph
followed by the fixed fall payments payable pursuant to subparagraph (4)
of such paragraph and then followed by the district's  payments  to  the
teachers'  retirement  system pursuant to subparagraph (1) of such para-
graph, and any remainder to be deducted from the individualized payments
due the district pursuant to paragraph b of such  subdivision  shall  be
deducted on a chronological basis starting with the earliest payment due
the district.
  S  39. Special apportionment for public pension accruals. a.  Notwith-
standing any other provision of law, upon application to the commission-
er of education, not later than June 30, 2017, a school district  eligi-
ble  for  an apportionment pursuant to section 3602 of the education law
shall be eligible to receive an apportionment pursuant to this  section,
for  the  school  year ending June 30, 2017 and such apportionment shall
not exceed the  additional  accruals  required  to  be  made  by  school
districts  in the 2004--2005 and 2005--2006 school years associated with
changes for such public pension liabilities. The amount  of  such  addi-
tional  accrual  shall  be certified to the commissioner of education by
the president of the board of education or the trustees or, in the  case
of  a  city  school  district  in  a city with a population in excess of
125,000 inhabitants, the mayor of such city. Such application  shall  be
made by a school district, after the board of education or trustees have
adopted  a resolution to do so and in the case of a city school district
in a city with a population in excess of 125,000 inhabitants,  with  the
approval of the mayor of such city.
  b.  The  claim  for  an  apportionment to be paid to a school district
pursuant to subdivision a of this section  shall  be  submitted  to  the
commissioner  of  education  on  a form prescribed for such purpose, and
shall be payable upon determination by such commissioner that  the  form
has been submitted as prescribed. Such approved amounts shall be payable
on  the  same  day in September of the school year following the year in
which application was made as funds provided  pursuant  to  subparagraph
(4) of paragraph b of subdivision 4 of section 92-c of the state finance
law,  on  the  audit  and  warrant  of the state comptroller on vouchers
certified or approved by the commissioner of  education  in  the  manner
prescribed  by  law  from  moneys in the state lottery fund and from the
general fund to the extent that the amount paid  to  a  school  district
pursuant  to  this  section  exceeds the amount, if any, due such school
district pursuant to subparagraph (2) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of

S. 6406                            33                            A. 9006

section 3609-a of the education law in the  school  year  following  the
year in which application was made.
  c.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of section 3609-a of the education
law, an amount equal to the amount paid to a school district pursuant to
subdivisions a and b of this section shall first be  deducted  from  the
following  payments  due  the  school  district  during  the school year
following the year in which application was made  pursuant  to  subpara-
graphs  (1),  (2),  (3),  (4) and (5) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of
section 3609-a of the education law in the following order: the  lottery
apportionment  payable  pursuant  to  subparagraph (2) of such paragraph
followed by the fixed fall payments payable pursuant to subparagraph (4)
of such paragraph and then followed by the district's  payments  to  the
teachers'  retirement  system pursuant to subparagraph (1) of such para-
graph, and any remainder to be deducted from the individualized payments
due the district pursuant to paragraph b of such  subdivision  shall  be
deducted on a chronological basis starting with the earliest payment due
the district.
  S  40.  a.  Notwithstanding  any  other law, rule or regulation to the
contrary, any moneys appropriated to the state education department  may
be  suballocated  to  other state departments or agencies, as needed, to
accomplish the intent of the specific appropriations contained therein.
  b. Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the  contrary,
moneys  appropriated  to the state education department from the general
fund/aid to localities,  local  assistance  account-001,  shall  be  for
payment  of  financial  assistance,  as scheduled, net of disallowances,
refunds, reimbursement and credits.
  c. Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the  contrary,
all  moneys  appropriated  to  the state education department for aid to
localities shall be available for payment of aid heretofore or hereafter
to accrue and may be suballocated to other departments and  agencies  to
accomplish the intent of the specific appropriations contained therein.
  d.  Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the contrary,
moneys appropriated  to  the  state  education  department  for  general
support  for  public  schools may be interchanged with any other item of
appropriation for general support for public schools within the  general
fund  local  assistance  account office of prekindergarten through grade
twelve education programs.
  S 41. Notwithstanding the provision of any law, rule, or regulation to
the contrary, the city school district of the city  of  Rochester,  upon
the  consent  of  the  board  of cooperative educational services of the
supervisory district serving its geographic  region  may  purchase  from
such  board  for  the  2016--2017 school year, as a non-component school
district, services required by article 19 of the education law.
  S 42. The amounts specified in this section shall be a set aside  from
the  state  funds  which  each such district is receiving from the total
foundation aid: for the  purpose  of  the  development,  maintenance  or
expansion of magnet schools or magnet school programs for the 2016--2017
school  year.  To the city school district of the city of New York there
shall be paid forty-eight  million  one  hundred  seventy-five  thousand
dollars ($48,175,000) including five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000)
for the Andrew Jackson High School; to the Buffalo city school district,
twenty-one  million  twenty-five  thousand dollars ($21,025,000); to the
Rochester city school district, fifteen million  dollars  ($15,000,000);
to   the   Syracuse  city  school  district,  thirteen  million  dollars
($13,000,000); to the Yonkers city school district,  forty-nine  million
five hundred thousand dollars ($49,500,000); to the Newburgh city school

S. 6406                            34                            A. 9006

district,   four   million   six  hundred  forty-five  thousand  dollars
($4,645,000); to the Poughkeepsie city school district, two million four
hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($2,475,000); to the Mount  Vernon
city  school  district,  two  million  dollars  ($2,000,000); to the New
Rochelle city school district, one million  four  hundred  ten  thousand
dollars  ($1,410,000);  to  the  Schenectady  city  school district, one
million eight hundred thousand dollars ($1,800,000); to the Port Chester
city school district, one million one  hundred  fifty  thousand  dollars
($1,150,000);  to  the  White  Plains city school district, nine hundred
thousand dollars ($900,000); to the Niagara Falls city school  district,
six  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($600,000);  to  the Albany city school
district,  three   million   five   hundred   fifty   thousand   dollars
($3,550,000);  to  the  Utica  city school district, two million dollars
($2,000,000); to the Beacon city school district, five hundred sixty-six
thousand dollars ($566,000); to the  Middletown  city  school  district,
four  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($400,000); to the Freeport union free
school district, four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000); to the Green-
burgh  central  school  district,   three   hundred   thousand   dollars
($300,000);  to  the Amsterdam city school district, eight hundred thou-
sand dollars ($800,000); to the  Peekskill  city  school  district,  two
hundred  thousand  dollars  ($200,000);  and  to  the Hudson city school
district, four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000). Notwithstanding  the
provisions of this section, a school district receiving a grant pursuant
to  this  section may use such grant funds for: (i) any instructional or
instructional support costs associated with the operation  of  a  magnet
school; or (ii) any instructional or instructional support costs associ-
ated  with  implementation  of  an  alternative approach to reduction of
racial isolation and/or enhancement of  the  instructional  program  and
raising  of  standards  in  elementary  and  secondary schools of school
districts having substantial concentrations of  minority  students.  The
commissioner  of  education  shall  not be authorized to withhold magnet
grant funds from a school district that used such  funds  in  accordance
with  this section, notwithstanding any inconsistency with a request for
proposals issued by such commissioner. For  the  purpose  of  attendance
improvement  and  dropout prevention for the 2016--2017 school year, for
any city school district in a city having a population of more than  one
million, the set aside for attendance improvement and dropout prevention
shall  equal  the  amount set aside in the base year. For the 2016--2017
school year, it is further provided that any city school district  in  a
city  having  a  population  of  more than one million shall allocate at
least one-third of any increase from base year levels in funds set aside
pursuant to the requirements of this section to  community-based  organ-
izations.  Any  increase required pursuant to this section to community-
based organizations must be  in  addition  to  allocations  provided  to
community-based  organizations  in  the  base  year.  For the purpose of
teacher support for the 2016--2017  school  year:  to  the  city  school
district  of the city of New York, sixty-two million seven hundred seven
thousand dollars ($62,707,000); to the Buffalo city school district, one
million seven hundred forty-one thousand dollars  ($1,741,000);  to  the
Rochester city school district, one million seventy-six thousand dollars
($1,076,000);  to  the  Yonkers  city  school  district, one million one
hundred forty-seven thousand dollars ($1,147,000); and to  the  Syracuse
city  school  district,  eight hundred nine thousand dollars ($809,000).
All funds made available to a school district pursuant to  this  section
shall  be  distributed among teachers including prekindergarten teachers
and teachers of adult vocational and  academic  subjects  in  accordance

S. 6406                            35                            A. 9006

with  this  section  and  shall be in addition to salaries heretofore or
hereafter negotiated or made  available;  provided,  however,  that  all
funds distributed pursuant to this section for the current year shall be
deemed  to incorporate all funds distributed pursuant to former subdivi-
sion 27 of section 3602 of the education law for prior years.  In school
districts where the teachers are represented by certified or  recognized
employee  organizations,  all  salary  increases funded pursuant to this
section  shall  be  determined  by  separate   collective   negotiations
conducted pursuant to the provisions and procedures of article 14 of the
civil  service law, notwithstanding the existence of a negotiated agree-
ment between a school district and a certified  or  recognized  employee
organization.
  S  43.  Support  of  public libraries. The moneys appropriated for the
support of public libraries by a chapter of the laws  of  2016  enacting
the  aid  to  localities  budget  shall be apportioned for the 2016-2017
state fiscal year in accordance with the  provisions  of  sections  271,
272,  273,  282,  284,  and  285  of the education law as amended by the
provisions of this chapter and the provisions of this section,  provided
that library construction aid pursuant to section 273-a of the education
law  shall  not  be  payable  from the appropriations for the support of
public libraries and provided further that no library, library system or
program, as defined by the commissioner of education, shall receive less
total system or program aid than it  received  for  the  year  2001-2002
except as a result of a reduction adjustment necessary to conform to the
appropriations  for  support  of  public  libraries. Notwithstanding any
other provision of law to the contrary the moneys appropriated  for  the
support  of  public libraries for the year 2016-2017 by a chapter of the
laws of 2016 enacting the education, labor and family assistance  budget
shall  fulfill  the state's obligation to provide such aid and, pursuant
to a plan developed by the commissioner of education and approved by the
director of the budget, the aid payable to libraries and library systems
pursuant to such appropriations  shall  be  reduced  proportionately  to
assure  that  the  total amount of aid payable does not exceed the total
appropriations for such purpose.
  S 44. Severability. The provisions of this act shall be severable, and
if the application of  any  clause,  sentence,  paragraph,  subdivision,
section  or  part  of  this  act  to any person or circumstance shall be
adjudged by any court of competent  jurisdiction  to  be  invalid,  such
judgment shall not necessarily affect, impair or invalidate the applica-
tion of any such clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision, section, part
of  this  act  or  remainder  thereof,  as the case may be, to any other
person or circumstance, but shall be confined in its  operation  to  the
clause,  sentence,  paragraph,  subdivision,  section  or  part  thereof
directly involved in the controversy in which such judgment  shall  have
been rendered.
  S  45.  This act shall take effect immediately, and shall be deemed to
have been in full force and effect on and after April 1, 2016, provided,
however, that:
  1. Sections one, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, twenty-six, twenty-sev-
en, twenty-eight, twenty-nine, thirty-seven, forty-one and forty-two  of
this act shall take effect July 1, 2016.
  2. The amendments to paragraph b-1 of subdivision 4 of section 3602 of
the education law made by section seven of this act shall not affect the
expiration of such paragraph and shall be deemed to expire therewith.
  3.  The  amendments  to subdivision 1 of section 2856 of the education
law made by section twelve of this act shall be subject to  the  expira-

S. 6406                            36                            A. 9006

tion  and  reversion  of  such  subdivision pursuant to subdivision d of
section 27 of chapter 378 of the laws of 2007,  as  amended,  when  upon
such  date  the  provisions  of  section thirteen of this act shall take
effect.
  4.  The  amendments  to  chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, amending the
education law relating to funding a program  for  work  force  education
conducted  by a consortium for worker education in New York City made by
sections twwnty-eight and twenty-nine of this act shall not  affect  the
repeal of such chapter and shall be deemed repealed therewith.
  5.  Section thirty-three of this act shall take effect immediately and
shall be deemed to have been in full force and effect on and  after  the
effective date of section 140 of chapter 82 of the laws of 1995.

                                 PART B

  Section  1.   Section 2801-a of the education law, as added by chapter
181 of the laws of 2000, subdivision 1 as amended  by chapter 380 of the
laws of 2001, is amended to read as follows:
  S 2801-a. School safety plans. 1. The board of education or  trustees,
as  defined  in  section  two  of this chapter, of every school district
within the state, however created, and every board of cooperative educa-
tional services and county vocational education and extension board  and
the chancellor of the city school district of the city of New York shall
adopt  and  amend  a  comprehensive district-wide school safety plan and
building-level [school safety] EMERGENCY RESPONSE plans regarding crisis
intervention, emergency response and management, provided  that  in  the
city  school  district  of  the  city  of  New York, such plans shall be
adopted by the chancellor of the city school district. Such plans  shall
be  developed by a district-wide school safety team and a building-level
school safety team established pursuant  to  subdivision  four  of  this
section  and shall be in a form developed by the commissioner in consul-
tation with the division of criminal justice services,  the  superinten-
dent  of  the  state police and any other appropriate state agencies. [A
school district having only one school building, shall develop a  single
building-level school safety plan, which shall also fulfill all require-
ments for development of a district-wide plan.]
  2.  Such comprehensive district-wide safety plan shall be developed by
the district-wide school safety team and shall include at a minimum:
  a. policies and procedures for responding to implied or direct threats
of violence by students, teachers, other school  personnel  as  well  as
visitors to the school;
  b.  policies  and  procedures  for  responding  to acts of violence by
students, teachers, other school personnel as well as  visitors  to  the
school,  including  consideration  of zero-tolerance policies for school
violence;
  c. appropriate prevention and intervention strategies such as:
  (i) collaborative arrangements with state and  local  law  enforcement
officials,  designed  to  ensure  that  school safety officers and other
security personnel are adequately trained, including  being  trained  to
de-escalate  potentially  violent  situations,  and  are effectively and
fairly recruited;
  (ii) non-violent conflict resolution training programs;
  (iii) peer mediation programs and youth courts; and
  (iv) extended day and other school safety programs;
  d. policies and procedures for contacting appropriate law  enforcement
officials in the event of a violent incident;

S. 6406                            37                            A. 9006

  e.  policies  and  procedures  for  contacting  parents,  guardians or
persons in parental relation to the students  of  the  district  in  the
event of a violent incident;
  f.  policies  and  procedures  relating  to  school building security,
including where appropriate the use of  school  safety  officers  and/or
security devices or procedures;
  g.  policies and procedures for the dissemination of informative mate-
rials regarding the early detection of  potentially  violent  behaviors,
including but not limited to the identification of family, community and
environmental  factors,  to  teachers, administrators, school personnel,
persons in parental relation to students of the district,  students  and
other persons deemed appropriate to receive such information;
  h. policies and procedures for annual school safety training for staff
and students; PROVIDED THAT THE DISTRICT MUST CERTIFY TO THE COMMISSION-
ER  THAT  ALL  STAFF  HAVE  UNDERGONE  ANNUAL  TRAINING ON THE EMERGENCY
RESPONSE PLAN BY SEPTEMBER FIFTEENTH OF EACH SCHOOL YEAR OR  WITHIN  TEN
DAYS  OF HIRE, AND THAT THE SCHOOL SAFETY TRAINING INCLUDE COMPONENTS ON
VIOLENCE PREVENTION AND MENTAL HEALTH;
  i. protocols for responding to bomb threats,  hostage-takings,  intru-
sions and kidnappings;
  j.  strategies  for improving communication among students and between
students and staff and reporting of potentially violent incidents,  such
as  the  establishment  of  youth-run programs, peer mediation, conflict
resolution, creating a  forum  or  designating  a  mentor  for  students
concerned with bullying or violence and establishing anonymous reporting
mechanisms for school violence; [and]
  k.  a  description of the duties of hall monitors and any other school
safety personnel, the training required of all  personnel  acting  in  a
school  security  capacity, and the hiring and screening process for all
personnel acting in a school security capacity; AND
  1.  THE DESIGNATION OF THE SUPERINTENDENT, OR SUPERINTENDENT'S  DESIG-
NEE,  AS THE DISTRICT CHIEF EMERGENCY OFFICER RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINAT-
ING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN SCHOOL STAFF AND  LAW  ENFORCEMENT  AND  FIRST
RESPONDERS, AND ENSURING STAFF UNDERSTANDING OF THE DISTRICT-LEVEL SAFE-
TY  PLAN.  THE  CHIEF  EMERGENCY  OFFICER  SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR
ENSURING THE COMPLETION AND YEARLY UPDATING OF BUILDING-LEVEL  EMERGENCY
RESPONSE PLANS.
  3.  A  school emergency response plan, developed by the building-level
school safety team defined in subdivision four of this section, shall BE
KEPT CONFIDENTIAL, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FLOOR  PLANS,  BLUE-
PRINTS, SCHEMATICS OR OTHER MAPS OF THE SCHOOL INTERIOR, SCHOOLS GROUNDS
AND  ROAD  MAPS  OF  THE  IMMEDIATE  SURROUNDING  AREA, AND SHALL NOT BE
DISCLOSED EXCEPT TO AUTHORIZED  DEPARTMENT  OR  SCHOOL  STAFF,  AND  LAW
ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS, AND SHALL include the following elements:
  a.  policies  and  procedures  for  [the  safe evacuation of students,
teachers, other school personnel as well as visitors to  the  school  in
the  event of a serious violent incident or other emergency, which shall
include evacuation routes and shelter sites and procedures for  address-
ing  medical needs, transportation and emergency notification to persons
in parental relation to a student. For  purposes  of  this  subdivision,
"serious violent incident" means an incident of violent criminal conduct
that  is, or appears to be, life threatening and warrants the evacuation
of students and/or staff, as defined in regulations of the  commissioner
developed in conjunction with the division of criminal justice services]
RESPONSE  TO  EMERGENCY  SITUATIONS, SUCH AS THOSE REQUIRING EVACUATION,
SHELTERING, AND LOCK-DOWN. THESE POLICIES SHALL INCLUDE,  AT  A  MINIMUM

S. 6406                            38                            A. 9006

EVACUATION  ROUTES, SHELTER SITES, AND PROCEDURES FOR ADDRESSING MEDICAL
NEEDS, TRANSPORTATION AND EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION OF PARENTS AND  GUARDI-
ANS;
  b.  designation  of  an  emergency  response  team comprised of school
personnel, [local] law enforcement officials, FIRE OFFICIALS and  repre-
sentatives from local regional and/or state emergency response agencies,
other  appropriate incident response teams, and a post-incident response
team that includes  appropriate  school  personnel,  medical  personnel,
mental  health counselors and others who can assist the school community
in coping with the aftermath of a violent incident;
  c. [procedures for assuring that crisis response and  law  enforcement
officials  have  access to] floor plans, blueprints, schematics or other
maps of the school interior, school grounds and road maps of the immedi-
ate surrounding area;
  d. establishment of internal and  external  communication  systems  in
emergencies;
  e.  definition of the chain of command in a manner consistent with the
national interagency incident management system/incident command system;
  f. coordination of the school safety plan with the state-wide plan for
disaster mental health services to assure that the school has access  to
federal,  state  and  local  mental  health  resources in the event of a
violent incident;
  g. procedures for review and the conduct of drills and other exercises
to test components of the emergency response plan; and
  h. policies and procedures for securing and restricting access to  the
crime  scene in order to preserve evidence in cases of violent crimes on
school property.
  4. Each district-wide school safety team shall  be  appointed  by  the
board  of  education,  or  the chancellor in the case of the city school
district of the city of New York, and shall include but not  be  limited
to  representatives of the school board, [student,] teacher, administra-
tor, and parent organizations, school safety personnel, and other school
personnel. Each building-level school safety team shall be appointed  by
the  building  principal,  in  accordance with regulations or guidelines
prescribed by the board of  education,  chancellor  or  other  governing
body.  Such  building-level  teams  shall  include but not be limited to
representatives of teacher,  administrator,  and  parent  organizations,
school  safety  personnel and other school personnel, community members,
[local] law enforcement officials, [local ambulance] FIRE  OFFICIALS  or
other  emergency  response  agencies,  and any other representatives the
board of education, chancellor or other governing body  deems  appropri-
ate.
  5. [Each safety plan shall be reviewed by the appropriate school safe-
ty  team  on  at  least  an  annual  basis,  and  updated as needed] THE
DISTRICT-WIDE SAFETY PLAN AND BUILDING-LEVEL  EMERGENCY  RESPONSE  PLANS
SHALL  BE  REVIEWED  BY THE APPROPRIATE TEAM ON AT LEAST AN ANNUAL BASIS
AND UPDATED AS NEEDED.
  6. Each board of education, chancellor or other governing  body  shall
make  each  district-wide [and building-level school] safety plan avail-
able for public comment at least thirty days  prior  to  its  adoption[,
provided  that  only a summary of each building-level emergency response
plan shall be made available for  public  comment].  Such  district-wide
[and building-level] plans may be adopted by the school board only after
at  least  one  public  hearing  that  provides for the participation of
school personnel, parents, students and any  other  interested  parties.
Each  district  shall  file  a copy of its district-wide [comprehensive]

S. 6406                            39                            A. 9006

safety plan with the commissioner and all amendments to such plan  shall
be  filed  with  the  commissioner no later than thirty days after their
adoption.
  [A]  7. EACH BOARD OF EDUCATION, CHANCELLOR OR OTHER GOVERNING BODY OR
OFFICER SHALL ENSURE A copy of each  building-level  [safety]  EMERGENCY
RESPONSE plan and any amendments thereto, shall be filed with the appro-
priate  local  law  enforcement  agency and with the state police within
thirty days of its adoption.   Building-level emergency  response  plans
shall be confidential and shall not be subject to disclosure under arti-
cle six of the public officers law or any other provision of law. If the
board  of  education,  chancellor  or other governing body or chancellor
fails to file such plan as required by this  section,  the  commissioner
may,  in an amount determined by the commissioner, withhold public money
from the district until the district is in compliance.
  [7. The commissioner may grant a waiver of the  requirements  of  this
section  to  any  school  district  or  board of cooperative educational
services for a period of up to two years from the date of enactment upon
a finding by the commissioner that such district had adopted  a  compre-
hensive  school  safety plan on the effective date of this section which
is in substantial compliance with the requirements of this section.]
  8. The commissioner shall annually report  to  the  governor  and  the
legislature  on the implementation and compliance with the provisions of
this section.
  9. Whenever it shall have been demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
commissioner that a school district  has  failed  to  adopt  a  code  of
conduct  which  fully satisfies the requirements of section twenty-eight
hundred one of this article, or a  [school  safety  plan]  DISTRICT-WIDE
SAFETY  PLAN  OR BUILDING-LEVEL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS which satisfies
the requirements of this section, or to faithfully and completely imple-
ment [either or both] ALL THREE, the commissioner may,  on  thirty  days
notice  to the district, withhold from the district monies to be paid to
such district for the current school year pursuant to section thirty-six
hundred nine-a of this chapter,  exclusive  of  monies  to  be  paid  in
respect of obligations to the retirement systems for school and district
staff  and  pursuant to collective bargaining agreements, or the commis-
sioner may direct the district to expend up  to  such  amount  upon  the
development  and  implementation  of  a  code  of  conduct  and a school
district safety plan as required by such sections. Prior to  such  with-
holding  or  redirection, the commissioner shall provide the district an
opportunity to  present  evidence  of  extenuating  circumstances;  when
combined  with  evidence  that the district shall promptly comply within
short time frames that shall be established by the commissioner as  part
of  an  agreement between the district and the commissioner, the commis-
sioner may temporarily stay the  withholding  or  redirection  of  funds
pending  implementation  of such agreement. If the district promptly and
fully complies with the agreement and is in full  compliance  with  this
section  and  section  twenty-eight  hundred  one  of  this article, the
commissioner shall abate the withholding in its entirety. Any failure to
meet the obligations of the compliance agreement by the district  within
the time frames established shall be considered a willful violation of a
commissioner's  order  by the members of the district board for purposes
of subdivision one of section three hundred six of  the  education  law.
Notwithstanding  any  other law, rule or regulation, such transfer shall
take effect upon filing of a notice thereof with  the  director  of  the
budget  and the chairs of the senate finance and assembly ways and means
committees.

S. 6406                            40                            A. 9006

  S 2. The section heading and subdivisions 1 and 1-a of section 807  of
the  education law, the section heading as amended by chapter 765 of the
laws of 1964, subdivision 1 as amended by chapter 143  of  the  laws  of
1985  and subdivision 1-a as added by chapter 9 of the laws of 1991, are
amended to read as follows:
  Fire  AND  EMERGENCY drills.  1. It shall be the duty of the principal
or other person in charge of every public or private  school  or  educa-
tional  institution  within  the state, other than colleges or universi-
ties, to instruct and train the pupils by means of drills, so that  they
may in a sudden emergency be able to [leave the school building] RESPOND
APPROPRIATELY  in  the  shortest  possible time and without confusion or
panic. Such drills [or rapid dismissals] shall be held at  least  twelve
times  in each school year, eight of which required drills shall be held
between September first and December [first] THIRTY-FIRST of  each  such
year.  [At  least one-third of all such required drills shall be through
use of the fire escapes on buildings where fire escapes are provided. In
the course of at least one such drill, pupils shall be instructed in the
procedure to be followed in the event that a fire  occurs  during  lunch
period, provided however, that such additional instruction may be waived
where  a drill is held during the regular school lunch period.  At least
four] EIGHT OF ALL SUCH DRILLS SHALL BE EVACUATION DRILLS, FOUR OF WHICH
SHALL BE THROUGH USE OF THE FIRE ESCAPES ON BUILDINGS WHERE FIRE ESCAPES
ARE PROVIDED OR THROUGH THE USE OF IDENTIFIED SECONDARY MEANS OF EGRESS.
FOUR OF ALL SUCH REQUIRED DRILLS SHALL  BE  LOCK-DOWN  DRILLS.    DRILLS
SHALL  BE  CONDUCTED  AT DIFFERENT TIMES OF THE SCHOOL DAY WITH AT LEAST
ONE OF THE EIGHT REQUIRED EVACUATION  DRILLS  OCCURRING  DURING  A  MASS
GATHERING  EVENT  SUCH  AS  LUNCH  OR ASSEMBLIES. FOUR additional drills
shall be held in each school year during  the  hours  after  sunset  and
before  sunrise  in school buildings in which students are provided with
sleeping accommodations.  At least two additional drills shall  be  held
during  summer school in buildings where summer school is conducted, and
one of such drills shall be held during the first week of summer school.
  1-a. In the case of  after-school  programs,  events  or  performances
which  are  conducted within a school building and which include persons
who do not regularly attend classes in such school building, the princi-
pal or other person in charge of the building shall require the  teacher
or  person  in charge of such after-school program, event or performance
to notify persons in attendance at the beginning of each  such  program,
event  or  performance, of the procedures to be followed in the event of
an emergency so that they may be able to [leave the building] RESPOND in
a timely, orderly manner.
  S 3. Subdivision 7 of section 3604 of the education law, as amended by
section 31 of part B of chapter 57 of the laws of 2007,  is  amended  to
read as follows:
  7.  No district shall be entitled to any portion of such school moneys
on such apportionment unless the report of  the  trustees  or  board  of
education  for  the  preceding  school  year  shall show that the public
schools were actually in session in the district and taught by a  quali-
fied  teacher or by successive qualified teachers or by qualified teach-
ers for not less than one hundred eighty days. The moneys payable  to  a
school  district  pursuant  to section thirty-six hundred nine-a of this
chapter in the current year shall be reduced by one  one-hundred  eight-
ieth  of  the district's total foundation aid for each day less than one
hundred eighty days that the schools of the district  were  actually  in
session,  except  that the commissioner may disregard such reduction, up
to five days, in the apportionment of public money, if he finds that the

S. 6406                            41                            A. 9006

schools of the district were not in session for one hundred eighty  days
because  of  extraordinarily  adverse  weather conditions, impairment of
heating facilities, insufficiency of water  supply,  shortage  of  fuel,
lack  of electricity, natural gas leakage, unacceptable levels of chemi-
cal substances, A CREDIBLE THREAT TO STUDENT SAFETY AS REASONABLY DETER-
MINED BY A LEAD SCHOOL OFFICIAL or the destruction of a school  building
either in whole or in part, and if, further, the commissioner finds that
such  district  cannot make up such days of instruction by using for the
secondary grades all scheduled vacation days which occur  prior  to  the
first  scheduled regents examination day in June, and for the elementary
grades all scheduled vacation days which occur prior to the last  sched-
uled  regents examination day in June. For the purposes of this subdivi-
sion, "scheduled vacation days" shall mean days on which the schools  of
the  district  are not in session and for which no prohibition exists in
subdivision eight of this section for them to be in session.
  S 4. This act shall take effect July 1, 2016.

                                 PART C

  Section 1. Subparagraphs a and b of paragraph 2 of  subdivision  A  of
section  6221  of the education law, as added by chapter 305 of the laws
of 1979, is amended to read as follows:
  a. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the city  of  New  York
shall  appropriate  in  its expense budget and pay to the account of the
senior colleges of the city university of  New  York  as  operating  aid
amounts in accordance with the following schedule:
  (i)  For  the  twelve-month  period  commencing  July  first, nineteen
hundred seventy-nine, an amount  equal  to  the  lesser  of  fifty-eight
million,  three  hundred  ninety-three thousand dollars ($58,393,000) or
twenty-five per centum of the net  operating  expenses  of  such  senior
college  programs  and  services, as certified by the comptroller of the
state of New York to be properly chargeable to such twelve-month period;
  (ii) For the  twelve-month  period  commencing  July  first,  nineteen
hundred eighty, an amount equal to eighty per centum of the amount spec-
ified in (i) of subparagraph a of this paragraph.
  (iii)  For  the  twelve-month  period  commencing July first, nineteen
hundred eighty-one, an amount equal to forty per centum  of  the  amount
specified in (i) of subparagraph a of this paragraph.
  [b.]  (IV)  For the [twelve-month] period commencing July first, nine-
teen hundred eighty-two and  [thereafter]  ENDING  JUNE  THIRTIETH,  TWO
THOUSAND SIXTEEN, the city of New York shall not be required to make any
appropriation  in  support of the net operating expenses of the programs
and services of the senior colleges of the city university.
  (V) FOR THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD COMMENCING JULY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND
SIXTEEN  AND FOR EACH TWELVE MONTH PERIOD THEREAFTER, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO
THIRTY PER CENTUM OF THE NET OPERATING EXPENSES OF THE APPROVED PROGRAMS
AND SERVICES OF THE SENIOR COLLEGES, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL AMOUNT EQUAL  TO
THIRTY PER CENTUM OF THE CITY UNIVERSITY SENIOR COLLEGE DEBT SERVICE AND
CAPITAL  CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE FOR THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD
FIRST BEGINNING APRIL FIRST, TWO THOUSAND FOURTEEN AND FOR EACH  TWELVE-
MONTH PERIOD THEREAFTER AS CERTIFIED BY THE DIRECTOR OF THE BUDGET TO BE
PROPERLY CHARGEABLE TO SUCH TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD.
  S 2. Subparagraph c of paragraph 2 of subdivision A of section 6221 of
the education law is relettered subparagraph b.
  S 3. Subparagraph d of paragraph 2 of subdivision A of section 6221 of
the education law is relettered subparagraph c.

S. 6406                            42                            A. 9006

  S 4. Subparagraph e of paragraph 2 of subdivision A of section 6221 of
the  education  law, as added by chapter 815 of the laws of 1980 and the
opening paragraph and item (iii) as amended by chapter 87 of the laws of
2002, is amended to read as follows:
  [e.] D. In addition to the amounts specified in subparagraph a of this
paragraph  [and notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph b of this
paragraph], the city of New York shall appropriate in its expense budget
and pay to the account of the senior colleges of the city university  of
New  York as the city's share of operating aid for the college of Staten
Island and New York city college of  technology  amounts  in  accordance
with the following schedule:
  (i)  For  the  twelve  month  period  commencing  July first, nineteen
hundred eighty, an amount that shall equal  four  million,  one  hundred
thousand dollars ($4,100,000).
  (ii)  For  the  twelve  month  period  commencing July first, nineteen
hundred eighty-one, an amount equal to one-half of the amount  specified
in clause (i) of this subparagraph.
  (iii)  For  the  [twelve month] period commencing July first, nineteen
hundred eighty-two, and [thereafter] ENDING JUNE THIRTIETH, TWO THOUSAND
SIXTEEN the city of New York shall not be required to make any appropri-
ation for operating aid for the college of Staten Island  and  New  York
city college of technology.
  S  5.  Paragraph  4  of subdivision A of section 6221 of the education
law, as added by chapter 305 of the law of 1979, is amended to  read  as
follows:
  4.  [Commencing]  NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  PROVISION  OF ANY LAW, RULE OR
REGULATION TO THE CONTRARY, (A) COMMENCING with the twelve-month  period
beginning  July  first,  nineteen  hundred  eighty-two  and [thereafter]
ENDING JUNE THIRTIETH, TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN, the state  shall  reimburse
to  the  city  of  New  York one hundred per centum of the net operating
expenses  of  the  approved  programs  and  services   of   the   senior
colleges[.]; AND
  (B)  COMMENCING WITH THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD BEGINNING JULY FIRST, TWO
THOUSAND SIXTEEN AND FOR EACH TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD THEREAFTER, THE  STATE
SHALL  REIMBURSE  TO  THE CITY OF NEW YORK SEVENTY PER CENTUM OF THE NET
OPERATING EXPENSES OF THE APPROVED PROGRAMS AND SERVICES OF  THE  SENIOR
COLLEGES  LESS  AN  ADDITIONAL  AMOUNT EQUAL TO THIRTY PER CENTUM OF THE
CITY UNIVERSITY SENIOR COLLEGE DEBT  SERVICE  AND  CAPITAL  CONSTRUCTION
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE FOR THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD FIRST BEGINNING APRIL
FIRST, TWO THOUSAND FOURTEEN AND FOR EACH TWELVE MONTH PERIOD THEREAFTER
AS  CERTIFIED BY THE DIRECTOR OF THE BUDGET TO BE PROPERLY CHARGEABLE TO
SUCH TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD.
  S 6. Subdivision D of section 6221 of the education law, as  added  by
chapter  815 of the laws of 1980 and as relettered by chapter 585 of the
laws of 1988, is amended to read as follows:
  D. College of Staten Island. Notwithstanding the  designation  of  the
college of Staten Island as a senior college:
  (i)  the  city  of  New York shall annually appropriate in its expense
budget and pay to the city university of New York, as operating  aid  in
support of the programs and services of the college of Staten Island, an
amount  for  each  full-time  equivalent student in the associate degree
program of the college equal to the amount  the  city  of  New  York  is
appropriating  and  paying  for each full-time equivalent student in the
community colleges;
  (ii) and the state of New York shall annually appropriate and  pay  to
the  city  university of New York an amount equal to [the net operating]

S. 6406                            43                            A. 9006

ITS SHARE OF expenses of the college of Staten Island  less  the  amount
payable  by the city of New York pursuant to this [subdivision] SECTION.
Such state of New York payment shall be made in four installments on  or
before  April  twenty-fifth, June twenty-fifth, October twenty-fifth and
January twenty-fifth. The amount to be paid by  the  city  of  New  York
pursuant  to  this subdivision shall be determined by the state director
of the budget, based upon information submitted by  the  mayor  in  such
form  and  content  and at such time as may be [requred] REQUIRED by the
state director of the budget.
  S 7. Subdivision E of section 6221 of the education law, as  added  by
chapter  170  of the laws of 1994, paragraph (i) as amended by section 2
and paragraph (ii) as renumbered by section 3 of part HH of  chapter  57
of the laws of 2009, is amended to read as follows:
  E.  Medgar  Evers  college.  Notwithstanding the designation of Medgar
Evers college as a senior college:
  (i) in addition to the amounts specified in subparagraph  e  of  para-
graph  two  of subdivision A of this section, the city of New York shall
annually appropriate in its expense budget and pay to the city universi-
ty of New York as operating aid in support of the programs and services,
an amount for each full-time equivalent student in the associate  degree
program  of  the  college  equal  to  the amount the city of New York is
appropriating and paying for each full-time equivalent  student  in  the
community colleges; and
  (ii)  the  state of New York shall annually appropriate and pay to the
city of New York on behalf of the city university of New York an  amount
equal  to  [the  net  operating]  ITS  SHARE OF expenses of Medgar Evers
college less the amount payable by the city of New York pursuant to this
[subdivision] SECTION.  Such state of New York payment shall be made  in
four  installments  on  or before April twenty-fifth, June twenty-fifth,
October twenty-fifth and February twenty-fifth. The amount to be paid by
the city of New York pursuant to this subdivision shall be determined by
the state director of the budget, based upon  information  submitted  by
the  mayor  in such form and content and at such time as may be required
by the state director of the budget.
  S 8. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART D

  Section 1. Subparagraph 4 of paragraph h of subdivision 2  of  section
355 of the education law, as amended by chapter 260 of the laws of 2011,
the  opening paragraph as amended by chapter 437 of the laws of 2015 and
clause (ii) as amended by section 1 of part P of chapter 57 of the  laws
of 2012, is amended to read as follows:
  (4)  The trustees shall not impose a differential tuition charge based
upon need or  income.  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  all  students
enrolled  in  programs  leading to like degrees at state-operated insti-
tutions of the state university shall  be  charged  a  uniform  rate  of
tuition  except for differential tuition rates based on state residency.
Provided, however, that the trustees may authorize the presidents of the
colleges of technology and the colleges of agriculture and technology to
set differing rates of tuition for each of  the  colleges  for  students
enrolled  in degree-granting programs leading to an associate degree and
non-degree granting programs so long  as  such  tuition  rate  does  not
exceed  the  tuition  rate  charged to students who are enrolled in like
degree programs or degree-granting undergraduate programs leading  to  a
baccalaureate  degree  at other state-operated institutions of the state

S. 6406                            44                            A. 9006

university of New York. Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this
subparagraph, the trustees may authorize the setting of a separate cate-
gory  of  tuition  rate, that shall be greater than the tuition rate for
resident  students  and  less  than  the  tuition  rate for non-resident
students, only for students enrolled in distance  learning  courses  who
are  not  residents of the state. Except as otherwise authorized in this
subparagraph, the trustees shall not  adopt  changes  affecting  tuition
charges  prior  to  the enactment of the annual budget, provided however
that:
  (i) Commencing with  the  two  thousand  eleven--two  thousand  twelve
academic  year  and  ending  in  the  two thousand fifteen--two thousand
sixteen academic year the state university of New York board of trustees
shall be empowered  to  increase  the  resident  undergraduate  rate  of
tuition  by not more than three hundred dollars over the resident under-
graduate rate of tuition adopted by the board of trustees in  the  prior
academic  year, provided however that if the annual resident undergradu-
ate rate of tuition would exceed five thousand dollars, then  a  tuition
credit  for  each  eligible student, as determined and calculated by the
New York state higher education services corporation pursuant to section
six hundred eighty-nine-a of this title, shall  be  applied  toward  the
tuition charged for each semester, quarter or term of study. Tuition for
each semester, quarter or term of study shall not be due for any student
eligible  to  receive  such  tuition  credit until the tuition credit is
calculated and applied against the tuition charged for the corresponding
semester, quarter or term.
  (II) COMMENCING WITH THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN
ACADEMIC  YEAR AND ENDING IN THE TWO THOUSAND TWENTY--TWO THOUSAND TWEN-
TY-ONE ACADEMIC YEAR THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK BOARD OF  TRUSTEES
SHALL  BE  EMPOWERED  TO  INCREASE  THE  RESIDENT  UNDERGRADUATE RATE OF
TUITION BY NOT MORE THAN THREE HUNDRED DOLLARS OVER THE RESIDENT  UNDER-
GRADUATE  RATE  OF TUITION ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES IN THE PRIOR
ACADEMIC YEAR, PROVIDED, HOWEVER THAT IF THE ANNUAL RESIDENT UNDERGRADU-
ATE RATE OF TUITION WOULD EXCEED FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS, THEN  A  TUITION
CREDIT  FOR  EACH  ELIGIBLE STUDENT, AS DETERMINED AND CALCULATED BY THE
NEW YORK STATE HIGHER EDUCATION SERVICES CORPORATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
SIX HUNDRED EIGHTY-NINE-A OF THIS TITLE, SHALL  BE  APPLIED  TOWARD  THE
TUITION CHARGED FOR EACH SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM OF STUDY. TUITION FOR
EACH SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM OF STUDY SHALL NOT BE DUE FOR ANY STUDENT
ELIGIBLE  TO  RECEIVE  SUCH  TUITION  CREDIT UNTIL THE TUITION CREDIT IS
CALCULATED AND APPLIED AGAINST THE TUITION CHARGED FOR THE CORRESPONDING
SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM.  PROVIDED, FURTHER:
  (1) THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES SHALL ONLY INCREASE THE RATE OF TUITION UPON
DETERMINATION THAT (A) ADMINISTRATIVE COST SAVINGS ARE BEING IMPLEMENTED
TO MITIGATE THE NEED FOR A TUITION INCREASE, PROVIDED THAT SUCH  SAVINGS
SHALL  NOT  INCLUDE A STAFFING REDUCTION; AND (B) THE INCREASE IS JUSTI-
FIED BASED UPON INFLATIONARY INDICES.
  (2) THE REVENUE RESULTING FROM AN INCREASE  IN  THE  RATE  OF  TUITION
SHALL  BE  ALLOCATED  TO  EACH CAMPUS PURSUANT TO A PLAN APPROVED BY THE
BOARD OF TRUSTEES TO SUPPORT INVESTMENTS IN FACULTY, INSTRUCTION  AND  A
TUITION CREDIT FOR EACH ELIGIBLE STUDENT.
  [(ii)]  (III)  On  or before November thirtieth, two thousand [eleven]
SIXTEEN, the trustees shall approve and submit  to  the  chairs  of  the
assembly  ways  and means committee and the senate finance committee and
to the director of the budget a master tuition plan  setting  forth  the
tuition  rates  that  the  trustees  propose  for resident undergraduate
students for the five year  period  commencing  with  the  two  thousand

S. 6406                            45                            A. 9006

[eleven]  SIXTEEN--two  thousand  [twelve]  SEVENTEEN  academic year and
ending in the two thousand [fifteen-two  thousand  sixteen]  TWENTY--TWO
THOUSAND  TWENTY-ONE academic year, and shall submit any proposed amend-
ments  to such plan by November thirtieth of each subsequent year there-
after through November thirtieth, two  thousand  [fifteen]  TWENTY,  and
provided  further, that with the approval of the board of trustees, each
university center may increase non-resident undergraduate tuition  rates
each  year  by  not  more than ten percent over the tuition rates of the
prior academic year for a [five] TEN year  period  commencing  with  the
semester following the semester in which the governor and the chancellor
of  the  state  university of New York approve the NY-SUNY 2020 proposal
for such university center.
  [(iii)] (IV) The state shall appropriate annually and  make  available
general fund operating support, including fringe benefits, for the state
university  in  an amount not less than the amount appropriated and made
available to the state university in  state  fiscal  year  two  thousand
eleven--two thousand twelve. Beginning in state fiscal year two thousand
twelve-two thousand thirteen and thereafter, the state shall appropriate
and  make  available  general  fund  operating support, including fringe
benefits, for the state university in an amount not less than the amount
appropriated  and  made  available  in  the  prior  state  fiscal  year;
provided, however, that if the governor declares a fiscal emergency, and
communicates such emergency to the temporary president of the senate and
speaker  of  the  assembly,  state support for operating expenses at the
state university and city university may be reduced in a manner  propor-
tionate  to  one  another,  and  the aforementioned provisions shall not
apply.
  [(iv)] (V) For the state university fiscal years commencing two  thou-
sand  eleven--two  thousand twelve and ending two thousand [fifteen--two
thousand  sixteen]  TWENTY--TWO  THOUSAND  TWENTY-ONE,  each  university
center  may  set  aside  a  portion of its tuition revenues derived from
tuition increases to provide increased financial aid for New York  state
resident undergraduate students whose net taxable income is eighty thou-
sand  dollars or more subject to the approval of a NY-SUNY 2020 proposal
by the governor and the chancellor of the state university of New  York.
Nothing  in  this  paragraph  shall  be  construed  as to authorize that
students whose net taxable income is eighty thousand dollars or more are
eligible for tuition assistance program awards pursuant to  section  six
hundred sixty-seven of this chapter.
  S  2.  Paragraph (a) of subdivision 7 of section 6206 of the education
law, as amended by chapter 260 of the laws of 2011 and the opening para-
graph as amended by chapter 437 of the laws of 2015, is amended to  read
as follows:
  (a)  The  board  of  trustees  shall establish positions, departments,
divisions and faculties; appoint and in accordance with  the  provisions
of  law  fix  salaries  of instructional and non-instructional employees
therein; establish and conduct courses and curricula;  prescribe  condi-
tions of student admission, attendance and discharge; and shall have the
power  to  determine  in its discretion whether tuition shall be charged
and to regulate tuition charges, and  other  instructional  and  non-in-
structional  fees and other fees and charges at the educational units of
the city university. The trustees shall review  any  proposed  community
college  tuition  increase  and the justification for such increase. The
justification provided by the community college for such increase  shall
include  a  detailed  analysis of ongoing operating costs, capital, debt
service expenditures, and all revenues. The trustees shall not impose  a

S. 6406                            46                            A. 9006

differential  tuition  charge  based  upon  need or income. All students
enrolled in programs leading to like  degrees  at  the  senior  colleges
shall  be  charged  a  uniform  rate of tuition, except for differential
tuition  rates  based  on  state  residency.  Notwithstanding  any other
provision of this paragraph, the trustees may authorize the setting of a
separate category of tuition  rate,  that  shall  be  greater  than  the
tuition  rate  for  resident students and less than the tuition rate for
non-resident students, only for students enrolled in  distance  learning
courses who are not residents of the state; provided, however, that:
  (i)  Commencing  with  the  two  thousand  eleven--two thousand twelve
academic year and ending  in  the  two  thousand  fifteen--two  thousand
sixteen academic year, the city university of New York board of trustees
shall  be  empowered  to  increase  the  resident  undergraduate rate of
tuition by not more than three hundred dollars over the resident  under-
graduate  rate  of tuition adopted by the board of trustees in the prior
academic year, provided however that if the annual resident  undergradu-
ate  rate  of tuition would exceed five thousand dollars, then a tuition
credit for each eligible student, as determined and  calculated  by  the
New York state higher education services corporation pursuant to section
six  hundred  eighty-nine-a of this chapter, shall be applied toward the
tuition charged for each semester, quarter or term of  study.    Tuition
for  each  semester,  quarter  or term of study shall not be due for any
student eligible to receive such tuition credit until the tuition credit
is calculated and applied against the tuition  charged  for  the  corre-
sponding semester, quarter or term.
  (II)  COMMENCING WITH THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN
ACADEMIC YEAR AND ENDING IN THE TWO THOUSAND TWENTY--TWO THOUSAND  TWEN-
TY-ONE  ACADEMIC  YEAR THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK BOARD OF TRUSTEES
SHALL BE EMPOWERED  TO  INCREASE  THE  RESIDENT  UNDERGRADUATE  RATE  OF
TUITION  BY NOT MORE THAN THREE HUNDRED DOLLARS OVER THE RESIDENT UNDER-
GRADUATE RATE OF TUITION ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES IN  THE  PRIOR
ACADEMIC  YEAR, PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT IF THE ANNUAL RESIDENT UNDERGRADU-
ATE RATE OF TUITION WOULD EXCEED FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS, THEN  A  TUITION
CREDIT  FOR  EACH  ELIGIBLE STUDENT, AS DETERMINED AND CALCULATED BY THE
NEW YORK STATE HIGHER EDUCATION SERVICES CORPORATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
SIX HUNDRED EIGHTY-NINE-A OF THIS TITLE, SHALL  BE  APPLIED  TOWARD  THE
TUITION CHARGED FOR EACH SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM OF STUDY. TUITION FOR
EACH SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM OF STUDY SHALL NOT BE DUE FOR ANY STUDENT
ELIGIBLE  TO  RECEIVE  SUCH  TUITION CREDIT UNTIL THE TUITION CREDIT  IS
CALCULATED AND APPLIED AGAINST THE TUITION CHARGED FOR THE CORRESPONDING
SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM. PROVIDED, FURTHER:
  (1) THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES SHALL ONLY INCREASE THE RATE OF TUITION UPON
DETERMINATION THAT (A) ADMINISTRATIVE COST SAVINGS ARE BEING IMPLEMENTED
TO MITIGATE THE NEED FOR A TUITION INCREASE, PROVIDED THAT SUCH  SAVINGS
SHALL  NOT  INCLUDE A STAFFING REDUCTION; AND (B) THE INCREASE IS JUSTI-
FIED BASED UPON INFLATIONARY INDICES.
  (2) THE REVENUE RESULTING FROM AN INCREASE  IN  THE  RATE  OF  TUITION
SHALL  BE  ALLOCATED  TO  EACH CAMPUS PURSUANT TO A PLAN APPROVED BY THE
BOARD OF TRUSTEES TO SUPPORT INVESTMENTS IN FACULTY, INSTRUCTION  AND  A
TUITION CREDIT FOR EACH ELIGIBLE STUDENT.
  [(ii)]  (III)  On  or before November thirtieth, two thousand [eleven]
SIXTEEN, the trustees shall approve and submit  to  the  chairs  of  the
assembly  ways  and means committee and the senate finance committee and
to the director of the budget a master tuition plan  setting  forth  the
tuition  rates  that  the  trustees  propose  for resident undergraduate
students for the five year  period  commencing  with  the  two  thousand

S. 6406                            47                            A. 9006

[eleven]  SIXTEEN--two  thousand  [twelve]  SEVENTEEN  academic year and
ending in the two thousand [fifteen--two thousand  sixteen]  TWENTY--TWO
THOUSAND  TWENTY-ONE academic year, and shall submit any proposed amend-
ments  to such plan by November thirtieth of each subsequent year there-
after through November thirtieth, two thousand [fifteen] TWENTY.
  [(iii)] (IV) The state shall appropriate annually and  make  available
state support for operating expenses, including fringe benefits, for the
city  university  in an amount not less than the amount appropriated and
made available to the city university in state fiscal year two  thousand
eleven--two thousand twelve. Beginning in state fiscal year two thousand
twelve--two  thousand  thirteen  and [thereafter] ENDING IN STATE FISCAL
YEAR TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN, the state shall  appro-
priate  and make available state support for operating expenses, includ-
ing fringe benefits, for the city university in an amount not less  than
the  amount  appropriated  and  made available in the prior state fiscal
year; provided, however, that if the governor declares a fiscal emergen-
cy, and communicates such emergency to the temporary  president  of  the
senate and speaker of the assembly, state support for operating expenses
of  the  state university and city university may be reduced in a manner
proportionate to one another, and the  aforementioned  provisions  shall
not apply.
  (V)  BEGINNING IN ACADEMIC FISCAL YEAR TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOU-
SAND SEVENTEEN AND THEREAFTER, THE STATE AND  CITY  OF  NEW  YORK  SHALL
APPROPRIATE  ANNUALLY  AND  MAKE  AVAILABLE  ITS REPRESENTATIVE SHARE OF
SUPPORT FOR EXPENSES PURSUANT TO SECTION SIX THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED  TWEN-
TY-ONE OF THIS TITLE, INCLUDING FRINGE BENEFITS, FOR THE CITY UNIVERSITY
IN  AN  AMOUNT  NOT LESS THAN THE AMOUNT APPROPRIATED AND MADE AVAILABLE
FOR EXPENSES IN THE PRIOR ACADEMIC FISCAL YEAR; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  THAT
IF THE GOVERNOR DECLARES A FISCAL EMERGENCY, AND COMMUNICATES SUCH EMER-
GENCY TO THE TEMPORARY PRESIDENT OF THE SENATE AND SPEAKER OF THE ASSEM-
BLY,  STATE  SUPPORT  FOR OPERATING EXPENSES OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY AND
CITY UNIVERSITY MAY BE REDUCED IN A MANNER PROPORTIONATE TO ONE ANOTHER,
AND THE AFOREMENTIONED PROVISIONS SHALL NOT APPLY.
  S 3. Subdivision 5 of section 359 of  the education law, as  added  by
chapter 260 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  5.  The  state university trustees shall conduct a study regarding the
effectiveness and functionality of the New York state tuition assistance
program, which shall consider a variety of factors  including,  but  not
limited to, the costs associated with pursuing a degree in undergraduate
study,  current  tuition assistance program thresholds and award levels,
current eligibility criteria to qualify for an award under  the  tuition
assistance  program, and any other information the trustees determine to
be relevant. The study shall also include recommendations to improve the
tuition assistance program to better meet the future financial aid needs
of students who reside in New York state and to ensure continued  access
and  affordability  of the state university of New York. The study shall
be submitted to the governor, the temporary president of the senate, the
speaker of the assembly, the director of the division of the budget, the
senate finance committee, the assembly ways and means committee and  the
higher  education  committees  of  the  legislature on or before October
first, two thousand thirteen. In addition, the  state  university  shall
annually  examine  and  report on each state-operated campus' efforts to
promote fiscal stability for the duration of the [five] TEN year tuition
plan by implementing cost saving measures  [and  increasing  fundraising
efforts].  Further, the trustees shall [periodically review their patent
policies  to  ensure  competitiveness, and shall] annually report on how

S. 6406                            48                            A. 9006

the revenue generated [by this paragraph  has  helped  retain  and  grow
full-time  faculty  and  increase  program  availability. The University
Centers shall also report annually to the state university  trustees  on
how  research  revenue  yields quantifiable results for each of the four
campuses and state university of New York at Buffalo and state universi-
ty of New York at Stony Brook shall additionally  report  on  what  each
campus  is  doing  to  maintain  their  AAU status] HAS BEEN INVESTED IN
FACULTY, INSTRUCTION AND STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.
  S 4. Subdivision 17 of section 6206 of the education law, as added  by
chapter 260 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  17.  The  city university trustees shall conduct a study regarding the
effectiveness and functionality of the New York state tuition assistance
program, which shall consider a variety of factors  including,  but  not
limited to, the costs associated with pursuing a degree in undergraduate
study,  current  tuition assistance program thresholds and award levels,
current eligibility criteria to qualify for an award under  the  tuition
assistance  program  and any other information the trustees determine to
be relevant. The study shall also include recommendations to improve the
tuition assistance program to better meet the future financial aid needs
of students who reside in New York state and to ensure continued  access
and affordability of the city university of New York. The study shall be
submitted  to  the  governor, the temporary president of the senate, the
speaker of the assembly, the director of the  division  of  budget,  the
senate  finance committee, the assembly ways and means committee and the
higher education committees of the  legislature  on  or  before  October
first,  two  thousand  thirteen.  In addition, the city university shall
annually examine and report  on  each  [state-operated  campus']  SENIOR
COLLEGE'S  efforts  to  promote fiscal stability for the duration of the
[five] TEN year tuition plan by implementing cost saving  measures  [and
increasing  fundraising  efforts].  FURTHER, THE TRUSTEES SHALL ANNUALLY
REPORT ON HOW THE  REVENUE  GENERATED  HAS  BEEN  INVESTED  IN  FACULTY,
INSTRUCTION AND STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.
  S 5. Section 16 of chapter 260 of the laws of 2011 amending the educa-
tion law and the New York state urban development corporation act relat-
ing  to  establishing  components  of  the  NY-SUNY 2020 challenge grant
program, as amended by section 65-a of part HH of chapter 57 of the laws
of 2013, is amended to read as follows:
  S 16. This act shall take effect July 1, 2011; provided that  sections
one,  two,  three,  four,  five,  six, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve,
thirteen, fourteen and fifteen of this act shall  expire  [5]  10  years
after such effective date when upon such date the provisions of this act
shall be deemed repealed.
  S  6. This act shall take effect immediately; provided that the amend-
ments to subparagraph 4 of paragraph h of subdivision 2 of  section  355
of  the education law made by section one of this act, the amendments to
paragraph (a) of subdivision 7 of section 6206 of the education law made
by section two of this act, the amendments to subdivision 5  of  section
359  of  the  education  law  made by section three of this act, and the
amendments to subdivision 17 of section 6206 of the education  law  made
by  section  four  of  this  act  shall  not  affect  the repeal of such
provisions and shall be deemed  repealed  therewith;  provided  further,
that  if  chapter 437 of the laws of 2015 shall not have taken effect by
such effective date, then sections one and two of this  act  shall  take
effect  on  the  same  day and in the same manner as sections 1 and 3 of
chapter 437 of the laws of 2015, take effect.

S. 6406                            49                            A. 9006

                                 PART E

  Section  1.  The  state finance law is amended by adding a new section
99-y to read as follows:
  S 99-Y. SUNY STONY BROOK AFFILIATION ESCROW FUND. 1.   NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW, RULE, REGULATION, OR PRACTICE TO THE CONTRA-
RY,  THERE IS HEREBY ESTABLISHED IN THE JOINT CUSTODY OF THE COMPTROLLER
AND THE CHANCELLOR OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK  (SUNY)  A  TRUST
AND AGENCY FUND, TO BE KNOWN AS THE "SUNY STONY BROOK AFFILIATION ESCROW
FUND" WHICH SHALL BE AVAILABLE WITHOUT FISCAL YEAR LIMITATION.
  2.  THE  SUNY STONY BROOK AFFILIATION ESCROW FUND SHALL CONSIST OF (I)
ALL MONIES GENERATED THROUGH THE ACTIVITIES OF STONY BROOK AT  SOUTHAMP-
TON  HOSPITAL,  INCLUDING  BUT  NOT  LIMITED TO PATIENT REVENUE, FEDERAL
REIMBURSEMENT, AND OTHER  ASSOCIATED  REVENUE  SOURCES,  AND  (II)  RENT
PAYMENTS  MADE  BY  STONY  BROOK  UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL TO THE SOUTHAMPTON
HOSPITAL ASSOCIATION UNDER A CERTAIN LEASE  AGREEMENT  APPROVED  BY  THE
DIRECTOR OF THE BUDGET, THE OFFICE OF THE NEW YORK STATE ATTORNEY GENER-
AL AND THE OFFICE OF THE NEW YORK STATE COMPTROLLER.
  3.  MONIES  OF  THE  SUNY STONY BROOK AFFILIATION ESCROW FUND SHALL BE
EXPENDED ONLY FOR THE PURPOSES OF STONY BROOK HOSPITAL AT SOUTHAMPTON.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART F

  Section 1. This act shall be known and may be cited as the  "New  York
state DREAM Act".
  S 2. Subdivision 3 of section 661 of the education law is REPEALED.
  S 3. Paragraph a of subdivision 5 of section 661 of the education law,
as  amended  by  chapter  466 of the laws of 1977, is amended to read as
follows:
  a. (I) Except as provided in subdivision two of  section  six  hundred
seventy-four  OF  THIS  PART AND SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF THIS PARAGRAPH, an
applicant for an award at the undergraduate level of study  must  either
[(i)]  (A) have been a legal resident of the state for at least one year
immediately preceding the beginning of the semester, quarter or term  of
attendance  for  which application for assistance is made, or [(ii)] (B)
be a legal resident of the state and have been a legal  resident  during
his OR HER last two semesters of high school either prior to graduation,
or prior to admission to college. Provided further that persons shall be
eligible  to  receive  awards  under  section six hundred sixty-eight or
section six hundred sixty-nine OF THIS  PART  who  are  currently  legal
residents of the state and are otherwise qualified.
  (II)  AN  APPLICANT  WHO IS NOT A LEGAL RESIDENT OF THE STATE ELIGIBLE
PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH, BUT IS A  UNITED  STATES
CITIZEN,  AN  ALIEN  LAWFULLY  ADMITTED  FOR  PERMANENT RESIDENCE IN THE
UNITED STATES, AN INDIVIDUAL OF A  CLASS  OF  REFUGEES  PAROLED  BY  THE
ATTORNEY  GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES UNDER HIS OR HER PAROLE AUTHORITY
PERTAINING TO THE ADMISSION OF ALIENS TO THE UNITED STATES, OR AN APPLI-
CANT WITHOUT LAWFUL IMMIGRATION STATUS SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN AWARD AT
THE UNDERGRADUATE LEVEL OF STUDY PROVIDED THAT THE STUDENT:
  (A) ATTENDED A REGISTERED NEW YORK STATE HIGH SCHOOL FOR TWO  OR  MORE
YEARS,  GRADUATED  FROM  A  REGISTERED NEW YORK STATE HIGH SCHOOL, LIVED
CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK STATE WHILE  ATTENDING  AN  APPROVED  NEW  YORK
STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL, APPLIED FOR ATTENDANCE AT THE INSTITUTION OF HIGHER
EDUCATION FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT,  AND

S. 6406                            50                            A. 9006

ATTENDED  WITHIN  FIVE  YEARS  OF RECEIVING A NEW YORK STATE HIGH SCHOOL
DIPLOMA; OR
  (B)  ATTENDED  AN  APPROVED  NEW  YORK  STATE PROGRAM FOR A STATE HIGH
SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK  STATE  WHILE
ATTENDING  AN  APPROVED NEW YORK STATE PROGRAM FOR A GENERAL EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA, RECEIVED A STATE HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA,  SUBSEQUENTLY
APPLIED  FOR  ATTENDANCE  AT THE INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR THE
UNDERGRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, EARNED ADMISSION BASED
ON THAT GENERAL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, AND  ATTENDED  THE  INSTITUTION  OF
HIGHER  EDUCATION  FOR  THE  UNDERGRADUATE  STUDY  FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS
SOUGHT WITHIN FIVE YEARS OF RECEIVING A STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA; OR
  (C)  IS  OTHERWISE  ELIGIBLE  FOR THE PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES AT A
RATE NO GREATER THAN THAT IMPOSED FOR RESIDENT  STUDENTS  OF  THE  STATE
UNIVERSITY  OF  NEW  YORK,  THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK OR COMMUNITY
COLLEGES AS PRESCRIBED IN SUBPARAGRAPH EIGHT OF PARAGRAPH H OF  SUBDIVI-
SION  TWO OF SECTION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE OR PARAGRAPH (A) OF SUBDI-
VISION SEVEN OF SECTION SIX THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED SIX OF THIS CHAPTER.
  PROVIDED, FURTHER, THAT A STUDENT WITHOUT  LAWFUL  IMMIGRATION  STATUS
SHALL  ALSO  BE  REQUIRED  TO FILE AN AFFIDAVIT WITH SUCH INSTITUTION OF
HIGHER EDUCATION STATING THAT THE STUDENT HAS FILED  AN  APPLICATION  TO
LEGALIZE HIS OR HER IMMIGRATION STATUS, OR WILL FILE SUCH AN APPLICATION
AS SOON AS HE OR SHE IS ELIGIBLE TO DO SO.
  S 4. Paragraph b of subdivision 5 of section 661 of the education law,
as  amended  by  chapter  466 of the laws of 1977, is amended to read as
follows:
  b. [An] (I) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF  THIS
PARAGRAPH, AN applicant for an award at the graduate level of study must
either  [(i)]  (A)  have been a legal resident of the state for at least
one year immediately preceding the beginning of the semester, quarter or
term of attendance for which application  for  assistance  is  made,  or
[(ii)]  (B) be a legal resident of the state and have been a legal resi-
dent during his OR HER last academic year  of  undergraduate  study  and
have  continued to be a legal resident until matriculation in the gradu-
ate program.
  (II) AN APPLICANT WHO IS NOT A LEGAL RESIDENT OF  THE  STATE  ELIGIBLE
PURSUANT  TO  SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH, BUT IS A UNITED STATES
CITIZEN, AN ALIEN LAWFULLY  ADMITTED  FOR  PERMANENT  RESIDENCE  IN  THE
UNITED  STATES,  AN  INDIVIDUAL  OF  A  CLASS OF REFUGEES PAROLED BY THE
ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES UNDER HIS OR HER PAROLE  AUTHORITY
PERTAINING TO THE ADMISSION OF ALIENS TO THE UNITED STATES, OR AN APPLI-
CANT WITHOUT LAWFUL IMMIGRATION STATUS SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN AWARD AT
THE GRADUATE LEVEL OF STUDY PROVIDED THAT THE STUDENT:
  (A)  ATTENDED  A REGISTERED NEW YORK STATE HIGH SCHOOL FOR TWO OR MORE
YEARS, GRADUATED FROM A REGISTERED NEW YORK  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL,  LIVED
CONTINUOUSLY  IN  NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK
STATE HIGH SCHOOL, APPLIED FOR ATTENDANCE AT THE INSTITUTION  OF  HIGHER
EDUCATION  FOR  THE  GRADUATE  STUDY  FOR  WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, AND
ATTENDED WITHIN TEN YEARS OF RECEIVING A  NEW  YORK  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL
DIPLOMA; OR
  (B)  ATTENDED  AN  APPROVED  NEW  YORK  STATE PROGRAM FOR A STATE HIGH
SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK  STATE  WHILE
ATTENDING  AN  APPROVED NEW YORK STATE PROGRAM FOR A GENERAL EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA, RECEIVED A STATE HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA,  SUBSEQUENTLY
APPLIED  FOR  ATTENDANCE  AT THE INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR THE
GRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, AND ATTENDED  THE  INSTITU-

S. 6406                            51                            A. 9006

TION  OF  HIGHER  EDUCATION FOR THE GRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS
SOUGHT WITHIN TEN YEARS OF RECEIVING A  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA; OR
  (C)  IS  OTHERWISE  ELIGIBLE  FOR THE PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES AT A
RATE NO GREATER THAN THAT IMPOSED FOR RESIDENT  STUDENTS  OF  THE  STATE
UNIVERSITY  OF  NEW  YORK,  THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK OR COMMUNITY
COLLEGES AS PRESCRIBED IN SUBPARAGRAPH EIGHT OF PARAGRAPH H OF  SUBDIVI-
SION  TWO OF SECTION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE OR PARAGRAPH (A) OF SUBDI-
VISION SEVEN OF SECTION SIX THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED SIX OF THIS CHAPTER.
  PROVIDED, FURTHER, THAT A STUDENT WITHOUT  LAWFUL  IMMIGRATION  STATUS
SHALL  ALSO  BE  REQUIRED  TO FILE AN AFFIDAVIT WITH SUCH INSTITUTION OF
HIGHER EDUCATION STATING THAT THE STUDENT HAS FILED  AN  APPLICATION  TO
LEGALIZE HIS OR HER IMMIGRATION STATUS, OR WILL FILE SUCH AN APPLICATION
AS SOON AS HE OR SHE IS ELIGIBLE TO DO SO.
  S 5. Paragraph d of subdivision 5 of section 661 of the education law,
as  amended  by  chapter  844 of the laws of 1975, is amended to read as
follows:
  d. If an applicant for an award allocated on a  geographic  basis  has
more  than  one  residence  in  this state, his OR HER residence for the
purpose of this article shall be his OR HER place  of  actual  residence
during  the major part of the year while attending school, as determined
by the commissioner; AND FURTHER PROVIDED THAT AN APPLICANT WHO DOES NOT
HAVE A RESIDENCE IN THIS STATE AND IS ELIGIBLE FOR AN AWARD PURSUANT  TO
SUBPARAGRAPH  (II) OF PARAGRAPH A OR SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH B OF
THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL BE DEEMED TO RESIDE IN THE GEOGRAPHIC AREA OF THE
INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION IN WHICH HE OR SHE ATTENDS FOR  PURPOSES
OF AN AWARD ALLOCATED ON A GEOGRAPHIC BASIS.
  S 6. Paragraph e of subdivision 5 of section 661 of the education law,
as  added  by  chapter  630  of  the laws of 2005, is amended to read as
follows:
  e. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article to the  contra-
ry,  the  New  York state [residency] eligibility [requirement] REQUIRE-
MENTS for receipt of awards [is] SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPHS A AND B OF THIS
SUBDIVISION ARE waived for a member, or the spouse  or  dependent  of  a
member,  of  the  armed  forces of the United States on full-time active
duty and stationed in this state.
  S 7. Clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph 8 of paragraph h of subdivi-
sion 2 of section 355 of the education law, as added by chapter  327  of
the laws of 2002, are amended to read as follows:
  (i)  attended  an approved New York high school for two or more years,
graduated from an approved New York high school, LIVED  CONTINUOUSLY  IN
NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE  ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK HIGH SCHOOL, and
applied for attendance [at] AND ATTENDED an institution  or  educational
unit  of  the state university within five years of receiving a New York
state high school diploma; or
  (ii) attended an approved New York state program  for  general  equiv-
alency  diploma exam preparation, received a general equivalency diploma
issued within New York state, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK STATE WHILE
ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK STATE  PROGRAM  FOR  GENERAL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA  EXAM PREPARATION, and SUBSEQUENTLY applied for attendance [at],
EARNED ADMISSION BASED ON THAT GENERAL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, AND ATTENDED
an institution or educational unit of the state university  within  five
years  of receiving a general equivalency diploma issued within New York
state; or

S. 6406                            52                            A. 9006

  S 8. Subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of paragraph (a-1) of subdivision 7 of
section 6206 of the education law, as amended by chapter 260 of the laws
of 2011, are amended to read as follows:
  (i)  attended  an approved New York high school for two or more years,
graduated from an approved New York high school, LIVED  CONTINUOUSLY  IN
NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE  ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK HIGH SCHOOL, and
applied for attendance [at] AND ATTENDED an institution  or  educational
unit  of  the  city university within five years of receiving a New York
state high school diploma; or
  (ii) attended an approved New York state program  for  general  equiv-
alency  diploma exam preparation, received a general equivalency diploma
issued within New York state, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK STATE WHILE
ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK STATE  PROGRAM  FOR  GENERAL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA  EXAM PREPARATION, and SUBSEQUENTLY applied for attendance [at],
EARNED ADMISSION BASED ON THAT GENERAL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, AND ATTENDED
an institution or educational unit of the city  university  within  five
years  of receiving a general equivalency diploma issued within New York
state; or
  S 8-a. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 7 of section 6206 of the education
law, as amended by chapter 327 of the laws of 2002,  the  opening  para-
graph  as  amended  by  section 4 of chapter 437 of the laws of 2015, is
amended to read as follows:
  (a) The board of  trustees  shall  establish  positions,  departments,
divisions  and  faculties; appoint and in accordance with the provisions
of law fix salaries of  instructional  and  non-instructional  employees
therein;  establish  and conduct courses and curricula; prescribe condi-
tions of student admission, attendance and discharge; and shall have the
power to determine in its discretion whether tuition  shall  be  charged
and  to  regulate  tuition  charges, and other instructional and non-in-
structional fees and other fees and charges at the educational units  of
the  city  university.  The trustees shall review any proposed community
college tuition increase and the justification for  such  increase.  The
justification  provided by the community college for such increase shall
include a detailed analysis of ongoing operating  costs,  capital,  debt
service  expenditures, and all revenues. The trustees shall not impose a
differential tuition charge based upon  need  or  income.  All  students
enrolled  in  programs  leading  to  like degrees at the senior colleges
shall be charged a uniform rate  of  tuition,  except  for  differential
tuition  rates  based  on  state  residency.  Notwithstanding  any other
provision of this paragraph, the trustees may authorize the setting of a
separate category of tuition  rate,  that  shall  be  greater  than  the
tuition  rate  for  resident students and less than the tuition rate for
non-resident students, only for students enrolled in  distance  learning
courses  who  are not residents of the state. The trustees shall further
provide that the payment of tuition and fees by any student who is not a
resident of New York state, other than a non-immigrant alien within  the
meaning  of  paragraph (15) of subsection (a) of section 1101 of title 8
of the United States Code, shall be paid at a rate or charge no  greater
than  that  imposed  for students who are residents of the state if such
student:
  (i) attended an approved New York high school for two or  more  years,
graduated  from  an approved New York high school, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN
NEW YORK STATE WHILE ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW  YORK  HIGH  SCHOOL,  and
applied  for  attendance [at] AND ATTENDED an institution or educational
unit of the city university within five years of receiving  a  New  York
state high school diploma; or

S. 6406                            53                            A. 9006

  (ii)  attended  an  approved New York state program for general equiv-
alency diploma exam preparation, received a general equivalency  diploma
issued within New York state, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK STATE WHILE
ATTENDING  AN  APPROVED  NEW  YORK STATE PROGRAM FOR GENERAL EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA  EXAM PREPARATION, and SUBSEQUENTLY applied for attendance [at],
EARNED ADMISSION BASED ON THAT GENERAL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, AND ATTENDED
an institution or educational unit of the city  university  within  five
years  of receiving a general equivalency diploma issued within New York
state; or
  (iii) was enrolled in an institution or educational unit of  the  city
university  in the fall semester or quarter of the two thousand one--two
thousand two academic year and was authorized  by  such  institution  or
educational  unit  to  pay  tuition  at  the  rate or charge imposed for
students who are residents of the state.
  A student without lawful immigration status shall also be required  to
file an affidavit with such institution or educational unit stating that
the  student has filed an application to legalize his or her immigration
status, or will file such an application as soon as he or she is  eligi-
ble  to  do  so. The trustees shall not adopt changes in tuition charges
prior to the enactment of the annual budget. The board of  trustees  may
accept  as  partial  reimbursement  for the education of veterans of the
armed forces of the United States who are otherwise qualified such  sums
as  may  be authorized by federal legislation to be paid for such educa-
tion. The board of trustees may conduct on a fee basis extension courses
and courses for adult education  appropriate  to  the  field  of  higher
education.  In  all  courses  and  courses  of  study  it  may,  in  its
discretion, require students to pay library, laboratory, locker,  break-
age and other instructional and non-instructional fees and meet the cost
of  books and consumable supplies. In addition to the foregoing fees and
charges, the board of trustees may impose and collect fees  and  charges
for  student  government  and  other  student activities and receive and
expend them as agent or trustee.
  S 9. Subdivision 5 of section 6301 of the education law, as amended by
chapter 327 of the laws of 2002, is amended to read as follows:
  5. "Resident." A person who has resided in the state for a  period  of
at  least  one  year  and in the county, city, town, intermediate school
district, school district or community college region, as the  case  may
be,  for a period of at least six months, both immediately preceding the
date of such person's registration in a community college  or,  for  the
purposes of section sixty-three hundred five of this article, his or her
application for a certificate of residence; provided, however, that this
term  shall include any student who is not a resident of New York state,
other than a non-immigrant alien within the meaning of paragraph (15) of
subsection (a) of section 1101 of title 8 of the United States Code,  if
such student:
  (i)  attended  an approved New York high school for two or more years,
graduated from an approved New York high school, LIVED  CONTINUOUSLY  IN
NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE  ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK HIGH SCHOOL, and
applied for attendance [at an institution or  educational  unit  of  the
state  university] AND ATTENDED A COMMUNITY COLLEGE within five years of
receiving a New York state high school diploma; or
  (ii) attended an approved New York state program  for  general  equiv-
alency  diploma exam preparation, received a general equivalency diploma
issued within New York state, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK STATE WHILE
ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK STATE  PROGRAM  FOR  GENERAL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA EXAM PREPARATION, and SUBSEQUENTLY applied for attendance [at an

S. 6406                            54                            A. 9006

institution  or educational unit of the state university], EARNED ADMIS-
SION BASED ON THAT GENERAL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, AND ATTENDED A COMMUNITY
COLLEGE within five years of receiving  a  general  equivalency  diploma
issued within New York state; or
  (iii) was enrolled in [an institution or educational unit of the state
university]  A  COMMUNITY COLLEGE in the fall semester or quarter of the
two thousand one--two thousand two academic year and was  authorized  by
such  [institution or educational unit] COMMUNITY COLLEGE to pay tuition
at the rate or charge imposed for students  who  are  residents  of  the
state.
  Provided,  further,  that  a student without lawful immigration status
shall also be required to file an affidavit with  such  [institution  or
educational  unit]  COMMUNITY COLLEGE stating that the student has filed
an application to legalize his or her immigration status, or  will  file
such an application as soon as he or she is eligible to do so.
  In the event that a person qualified as above for state residence, but
has  been a resident of two or more counties in the state during the six
months immediately preceding his OR HER application for a certificate of
residence pursuant to section sixty-three hundred five of this  chapter,
the  charges  to  the counties of residence shall be allocated among the
several counties proportional to the number of months, or major fraction
thereof, of residence in each county.
  S 10. Paragraph d of subdivision 3 of section 6451  of  the  education
law,  as  amended by chapter 149 of the laws of 1972, is amended to read
as follows:
  d. Any necessary supplemental financial assistance, which may  include
the  cost of books and necessary maintenance for such enrolled students,
INCLUDING STUDENTS WITHOUT LAWFUL IMMIGRATION STATUS PROVIDED  THAT  THE
STUDENT  MEETS  THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARA-
GRAPH A OR SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF  PARAGRAPH  B  OF  SUBDIVISION  FIVE  OF
SECTION  SIX HUNDRED SIXTY-ONE OF THIS CHAPTER, AS APPLICABLE; provided,
however, that such supplemental financial assistance shall be  furnished
pursuant  to  criteria promulgated by the commissioner with the approval
of the director of the budget.
  S 11. Subparagraph (v) of paragraph a of subdivision 4 of section 6452
of the education law, as added by chapter 917 of the laws  of  1970,  is
amended to read as follows:
  (v) Any necessary supplemental financial assistance, which may include
the cost of books and necessary maintenance for such students, INCLUDING
STUDENTS  WITHOUT  LAWFUL  IMMIGRATION  STATUS PROVIDED THAT THE STUDENT
MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH A  OR
SUBPARAGRAPH  (II)  OF  PARAGRAPH  B  OF SUBDIVISION FIVE OF SECTION SIX
HUNDRED SIXTY-ONE OF THIS CHAPTER,  AS  APPLICABLE;  provided,  however,
that  such supplemental financial assistance shall be furnished pursuant
to criteria promulgated by such universities and approved by the regents
and the director of the budget.
  S 12. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 2 of section 6455 of the  education
law,  as added by chapter 285 of the laws of 1986, is amended to read as
follows:
  (a) (I) Undergraduate science and technology entry program moneys  may
be  used  for tutoring, counseling, remedial and special summer courses,
supplemental financial assistance,  program  administration,  and  other
activities  which  the commissioner may deem appropriate. To be eligible
for  undergraduate  collegiate  science  and  technology  entry  program
support,  a student must be a resident of New York [who is], OR MEET THE
REQUIREMENTS OF SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF THIS PARAGRAPH, AND MUST BE  either

S. 6406                            55                            A. 9006

economically  disadvantaged  or from a minority group historically under
represented in the  scientific,  technical,  health  and  health-related
professions,  and  [who demonstrates] MUST DEMONSTRATE interest in and a
potential for a professional career if provided special services. Eligi-
ble students must be in good academic standing, enrolled full time in an
approved,  undergraduate  level  program  of  study,  as  defined by the
regents.
  (II) AN APPLICANT WHO IS NOT A LEGAL RESIDENT OF  THE  STATE  ELIGIBLE
PURSUANT  TO  SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH, BUT IS A UNITED STATES
CITIZEN, AN ALIEN LAWFULLY  ADMITTED  FOR  PERMANENT  RESIDENCE  IN  THE
UNITED  STATES,  AN  INDIVIDUAL  OF  A  CLASS OF REFUGEES PAROLED BY THE
ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES UNDER HIS OR HER PAROLE  AUTHORITY
PERTAINING TO THE ADMISSION OF ALIENS TO THE UNITED STATES, OR AN APPLI-
CANT WITHOUT LAWFUL IMMIGRATION STATUS SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN AWARD AT
THE UNDERGRADUATE LEVEL OF STUDY PROVIDED THAT THE STUDENT:
  (A)  ATTENDED  A REGISTERED NEW YORK STATE HIGH SCHOOL FOR TWO OR MORE
YEARS, GRADUATED FROM A REGISTERED NEW YORK  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL,  LIVED
CONTINUOUSLY  IN  NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK
STATE HIGH SCHOOL, APPLIED FOR ATTENDANCE AT THE INSTITUTION  OF  HIGHER
EDUCATION  FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, AND
ATTENDED WITHIN FIVE YEARS OF RECEIVING A NEW  YORK  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL
DIPLOMA; OR
  (B)  ATTENDED  AN  APPROVED  NEW  YORK  STATE PROGRAM FOR A STATE HIGH
SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK  STATE  WHILE
ATTENDING  AN  APPROVED NEW YORK STATE PROGRAM FOR A GENERAL EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA, RECEIVED A STATE HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA,  SUBSEQUENTLY
APPLIED  FOR  ATTENDANCE  AT THE INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR THE
UNDERGRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, EARNED ADMISSION BASED
ON THAT GENERAL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, AND  ATTENDED  THE  INSTITUTION  OF
HIGHER  EDUCATION  FOR  THE  UNDERGRADUATE  STUDY  FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS
SOUGHT WITHIN FIVE YEARS OF RECEIVING A STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA; OR
  (C)  IS  OTHERWISE  ELIGIBLE  FOR THE PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES AT A
RATE NO GREATER THAN THAT IMPOSED FOR RESIDENT  STUDENTS  OF  THE  STATE
UNIVERSITY  OF  NEW  YORK,  THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK OR COMMUNITY
COLLEGES AS PRESCRIBED IN SUBPARAGRAPH EIGHT OF PARAGRAPH H OF  SUBDIVI-
SION  TWO OF SECTION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE OR PARAGRAPH (A) OF SUBDI-
VISION SEVEN OF SECTION SIX THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED SIX OF THIS CHAPTER.
  PROVIDED, FURTHER, THAT A STUDENT WITHOUT  LAWFUL  IMMIGRATION  STATUS
SHALL  ALSO  BE  REQUIRED  TO FILE AN AFFIDAVIT WITH SUCH INSTITUTION OF
HIGHER EDUCATION STATING THAT THE STUDENT HAS FILED  AN  APPLICATION  TO
LEGALIZE HIS OR HER IMMIGRATION STATUS, OR WILL FILE SUCH AN APPLICATION
AS SOON AS HE OR SHE IS ELIGIBLE TO DO SO.
  S  13. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 3 of section 6455 of the education
law, as added by chapter 285 of the laws of 1986, is amended to read  as
follows:
  (a)  (I)  Graduate  science and technology entry program moneys may be
used for recruitment, academic enrichment, career planning, supplemental
financial assistance, review for licensing examinations, program  admin-
istration,  and  other activities which the commissioner may deem appro-
priate. To be eligible for graduate collegiate  science  and  technology
entry  program  support,  a  student must be a resident of New York [who
is], OR MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SUBPARAGRAPH (II)  OF  THIS  PARAGRAPH,
AND  MUST  BE either economically disadvantaged or from a minority group
historically underrepresented in the scientific, technical  and  health-
related  professions.  Eligible students must be in good academic stand-

S. 6406                            56                            A. 9006

ing, enrolled full time  in  an  approved  graduate  level  program,  as
defined by the regents.
  (II)  AN  APPLICANT  WHO IS NOT A LEGAL RESIDENT OF THE STATE ELIGIBLE
PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH, BUT IS A  UNITED  STATES
CITIZEN,  AN  ALIEN  LAWFULLY  ADMITTED  FOR  PERMANENT RESIDENCE IN THE
UNITED STATES, AN INDIVIDUAL OF A  CLASS  OF  REFUGEES  PAROLED  BY  THE
ATTORNEY  GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES UNDER HIS OR HER PAROLE AUTHORITY
PERTAINING TO THE ADMISSION OF ALIENS TO THE UNITED STATES, OR AN APPLI-
CANT WITHOUT LAWFUL IMMIGRATION STATUS SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN AWARD AT
THE GRADUATE LEVEL OF STUDY PROVIDED THAT THE STUDENT:
  (A) ATTENDED A REGISTERED NEW YORK STATE HIGH SCHOOL FOR TWO  OR  MORE
YEARS,  GRADUATED  FROM  A  REGISTERED NEW YORK STATE HIGH SCHOOL, LIVED
CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK STATE WHILE  ATTENDING  AN  APPROVED  NEW  YORK
STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL, APPLIED FOR ATTENDANCE AT THE INSTITUTION OF HIGHER
EDUCATION FOR THE GRADUATE STUDY FOR  WHICH  AN  AWARD  IS  SOUGHT,  AND
ATTENDED  WITHIN  TEN  YEARS  OF  RECEIVING A NEW YORK STATE HIGH SCHOOL
DIPLOMA; OR
  (B) ATTENDED AN APPROVED NEW YORK  STATE  PROGRAM  FOR  A  STATE  HIGH
SCHOOL  EQUIVALENCY  DIPLOMA, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK STATE WHILE
ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK STATE PROGRAM FOR A  GENERAL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA,  RECEIVED A STATE HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, SUBSEQUENTLY
APPLIED FOR ATTENDANCE AT THE INSTITUTION OF HIGHER  EDUCATION  FOR  THE
GRADUATE  STUDY  FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, AND ATTENDED THE INSTITU-
TION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR THE GRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH  AN  AWARD  IS
SOUGHT  WITHIN  TEN  YEARS  OF RECEIVING A STATE HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA; OR
  (C) IS OTHERWISE ELIGIBLE FOR THE PAYMENT OF TUITION  AND  FEES  AT  A
RATE  NO  GREATER  THAN  THAT IMPOSED FOR RESIDENT STUDENTS OF THE STATE
UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK, THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF  NEW  YORK  OR  COMMUNITY
COLLEGE  AS  PRESCRIBED IN SUBPARAGRAPH EIGHT OF PARAGRAPH H OF SUBDIVI-
SION TWO OF SECTION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE OR PARAGRAPH (A) OF  SUBDI-
VISION SEVEN OF SECTION SIX THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED SIX OF THIS CHAPTER.
  PROVIDED,  FURTHER,  THAT  A STUDENT WITHOUT LAWFUL IMMIGRATION STATUS
SHALL ALSO BE REQUIRED TO FILE AN AFFIDAVIT  WITH  SUCH  INSTITUTION  OF
HIGHER  EDUCATION  STATING  THAT THE STUDENT HAS FILED AN APPLICATION TO
LEGALIZE HIS OR HER IMMIGRATION STATUS, OR WILL FILE SUCH AN APPLICATION
AS SOON AS HE OR SHE IS ELIGIBLE TO DO SO.
  S 14. Subparagraph (i) of paragraph a  of  subdivision  2  of  section
695-e  of  the  education  law, as amended by chapter 593 of the laws of
2003, is amended to read as follows:
  (i) the name, address and social security number [or], employer  iden-
tification  number,  OR INDIVIDUAL TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER of the
account owner UNLESS A FAMILY TUITION ACCOUNT THAT WAS IN  EFFECT  PRIOR
TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE CHAPTER OF THE LAWS OF TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN
THAT AMENDED THIS SUBPARAGRAPH DOES NOT ALLOW FOR A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICA-
TION  NUMBER,  IN  WHICH  CASE A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER SHALL BE
ALLOWED UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THE CONTRACT;
  S 15. Subparagraph (iii) of paragraph a of subdivision  2  of  section
695-e  of  the  education  law, as amended by chapter 593 of the laws of
2003, is amended to read as follows:
  (iii) the name, address, and social security  number,  EMPLOYER  IDEN-
TIFICATION  NUMBER,  OR INDIVIDUAL TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER of the
designated beneficiary, UNLESS A FAMILY  TUITION  ACCOUNT  THAT  WAS  IN
EFFECT  PRIOR  TO  THE  EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE CHAPTER OF THE LAWS OF TWO
THOUSAND SIXTEEN THAT AMENDED THIS SUBPARAGRAPH DOES  NOT  ALLOW  FOR  A

S. 6406                            57                            A. 9006

TAXPAYER  IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, IN WHICH CASE A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER SHALL BE ALLOWED UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THE CONTRACT; and
  S 16. The president of the higher education services corporation shall
establish  an application form and procedures that shall allow a student
applicant that meets the requirements set forth in subparagraph (ii)  of
paragraph  a  or  subparagraph  (ii)  of paragraph b of subdivision 5 of
section 661 of the education law to apply directly to the higher  educa-
tion services corporation for applicable awards without having to submit
information  to  any  other  state  or  federal  agency. All information
contained with the applications filed with  such  corporation  shall  be
deemed  confidential,  except  that the corporation shall be entitled to
release information to participating institutions as necessary  for  the
administration  of  financial  aid  programs  and to the extent required
pursuant to article six of the public officers law or otherwise required
by law.
  S 17. The higher  education  services  corporation  is  authorized  to
promulgate  rules  and  regulations,  and may promulgate emergency regu-
lations, necessary for the implementation of the provisions of this act.
  S 18. This act shall take effect on the ninetieth day after the  issu-
ance  of  regulations  and the development of an application form by the
president of the higher education services corporation or on the nineti-
eth day after it shall have become a  law,  whichever  shall  be  later;
provided, however, that:
  a.  the amendments to subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of paragraph (a-1) of
subdivision 7 of section 6206 of the education law made by section eight
of this act shall not affect the expiration of such paragraph and  shall
be  deemed  to  expire  therewith; when upon such date the provisions of
section eight-a of this act shall take effect; and
  b. the president of the higher education  services  corporation  shall
notify  the  legislative bill drafting commission upon the occurrence of
the issuance of regulations and the development of an  application  form
provided  for  in this section in order that the commission may maintain
an accurate and timely effective data base of the official text  of  the
laws  of  the  state  of  New  York  in  furtherance of effectuating the
provisions of section 44 of the legislative law and section 70-b of  the
public officers law.

                                 PART G

  Section 1. Subdivision (a) of section 50 of chapter 161 of the laws of
2005  amending the education law relating to the New York state licensed
social worker loan forgiveness program, as amended by section 1 of  part
M of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  (a)  section  two of this act shall expire and be deemed repealed June
30, [2016] 2021; and provided, further that the amendment to paragraph b
of subdivision 1 of section 679-c and the amendment to  paragraph  2  of
subdivision  a  of  section  679-d of the education law made by sections
three and four of this act shall not affect the repeal of such  sections
and shall be deemed repealed therewith;
  S  2.  Section  3 of part V of chapter 57 of the laws of 2005 amending
the education law relating to the New York state  nursing  faculty  loan
forgiveness  incentive  program  and  the New York state nursing faculty
scholarship program, as amended by section 1 of part L of chapter 58  of
the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  S  3.  This  act  shall  take  effect on the same date and in the same
manner as Part H of this chapter; provided that section two of this  act

S. 6406                            58                            A. 9006

shall  take  effect on the same date and in the same manner as Part I of
this chapter; and provided further that this act  shall  expire  and  be
deemed repealed on June 30, [2016] 2021.
  S  3. Section 17 of chapter 31 of the laws of 1985 amending the educa-
tion law relating to regents scholarships  in  certain  professions,  as
amended  by  section  1  of part K of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is
amended to read as follows:
  S 17. This act shall take effect immediately; provided, however,  that
the  scholarship  and  loan forgiveness programs established pursuant to
the provisions of this act shall terminate upon  the  granting  of  such
awards for the 2008-2009 school year provided, however, that the regents
physician  loan  forgiveness  program  established  pursuant to this act
shall not terminate until the granting of such awards for the  [2015-16]
2020-21  school year, provided that the final disbursement of any multi-
year awards granted in such school year shall be paid.
  S 4. Paragraph a of subdivision 5 of section 679-c  of  the  education
law,  as  amended  by  section 1 of part E3 of chapter 57 of the laws of
2007, is amended to read as follows:
  a. The corporation shall convert to a student loan the full amount  of
the  award given pursuant to this section, plus interest, according to a
schedule to be determined by the corporation if: (1) three  years  after
the  completion  of the degree program it is found that an applicant did
not begin to provide nursing faculty or clinical nurse faculty services;
(2) if such applicant does not provide nursing faculty or clinical nurs-
ing faculty services for four years within seven years of the completion
of the master's degree program in nursing or doctoral degree; or (3) the
student fails to receive a master's degree in nursing or doctoral degree
that will qualify them as nursing faculty or  adjunct  clinical  faculty
within the three years of receiving the award.  THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION SHALL BE DEFERRED FOR ANY INTERRUPTION IN GRADUATE
OR DOCTORAL STUDY OR EMPLOYMENT AS ESTABLISHED BY THE  RULES  AND  REGU-
LATIONS   OF  THE  CORPORATION.  ANY  OBLIGATION  TO  COMPLY  WITH  SUCH
PROVISIONS AS OUTLINED IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE CANCELLED UPON THE DEATH
OF THE RECIPIENT.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBDIVISION TO
THE CONTRARY, THE CORPORATION IS  AUTHORIZED  TO  PROMULGATE  RULES  AND
REGULATIONS  TO  PROVIDE  FOR  THE WAIVER OR SUSPENSION OF ANY FINANCIAL
OBLIGATION WHICH WOULD INVOLVE EXTREME HARDSHIP.
  S 5. Subdivision 5 of section 669-d of the education law,  as  amended
by  section  1 of part H1 of section 109 of the laws of 2006, is amended
to read as follows:
  5. The corporation shall convert to a student loan the full amount  of
the  award given pursuant to this section, plus interest, according to a
schedule to be determined by the corporation if: (a) two years after the
completion of the degree program and receipt of initial certification it
is found that a recipient is not  teaching  in  the  field  of  math  or
science  in  a  school located within New York state providing secondary
education recognized by the board of regents or the  university  of  the
state  of  New  York;  or (b) a recipient has not taught in the field of
math or science in a school located  within  New  York  state  providing
secondary education recognized by the board of regents or the university
of  the  state  of  New  York  for  five  of  the  seven years after the
completion of the degree program and receipt of  initial  certification;
or  (c)  a  recipient  fails to complete their degree program or changes
majors to an undergraduate degree program other than in science or math;
or (d) a recipient fails to receive or maintain their  teaching  certif-
icate  or license in New York state; or (e) a recipient fails to respond

S. 6406                            59                            A. 9006

to requests by the corporation for the status of his or her academic  or
professional  progress.    THE  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS SUBDIVISION
SHALL BE DEFERRED FOR ANY  INTERRUPTION  IN  UNDERGRADUATE  OR  GRADUATE
STUDY  OR  EMPLOYMENT AS ESTABLISHED BY THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE
CORPORATION. ANY OBLIGATION TO COMPLY WITH SUCH PROVISIONS  AS  OUTLINED
IN  THIS  SECTION  SHALL  BE  CANCELLED UPON THE DEATH OF THE RECIPIENT.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBDIVISION TO THE CONTRARY,  THE
CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO PROMULGATE RULES AND REGULATIONS TO PROVIDE
FOR  THE  WAIVER  OR  SUSPENSION OF ANY FINANCIAL OBLIGATION WHICH WOULD
INVOLVE EXTREME HARDSHIP.
  S 6. This act shall take effect immediately; provided that the  amend-
ments  to paragraph a of subdivision 5 of section 679-c of the education
law made by section four of this act shall not affect the repeal of such
section and shall be deemed repealed therewith.

                                 PART H

  Section 1. Section 7408 of the education law is amended  by  adding  a
new subdivision 6 to read as follows:
  6. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW, ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED TO
LAWFULLY  ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY PURSUANT TO ARTI-
CLE FIFTEEN OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW, ARTICLES ONE AND EIGHT-B OF
THE PARTNERSHIP LAW, OR ARTICLES TWELVE  AND  THIRTEEN  OF  THE  LIMITED
LIABILITY COMPANY LAW SHALL BE DEEMED AUTHORIZED TO REGISTER PURSUANT TO
THIS SECTION.
  S 2. Section 1503 of the business corporation law is amended by adding
a new paragraph (h) to read as follows:
  (H)  ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING AS
A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION FORMED  TO  LAWFULLY  ENGAGE  IN  THE
PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED
UNDER  ARTICLE  ONE  HUNDRED  FORTY-NINE  OF  THE EDUCATION LAW SHALL BE
REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY  OF  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF  THE
FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPEN-
SATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVID-
UALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT
ALL  SHAREHOLDERS  OF A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION WHOSE PRINCIPAL
PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE  PRACTICE
OF  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER
SECTION SEVENTY-FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE EDUCATION  LAW  OR  ARE  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS  LICENSED  UNDER  SECTION  SEVENTY-FOUR  HUNDRED FIVE OF THE
EDUCATION LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE  FIRM
AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH, A
FIRM INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF
THE  FIRM'S  NAME  INCLUDES  THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR
"CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE ABBREVIATIONS  "CPA"  OR  "CPAS".
EACH  NON-LICENSEE  OWNER  OF  A  FIRM  THAT  IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS
SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES  IN  THE
BUSINESS  OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  A  PARTNERSHIP  OR  PROFESSIONAL  CORPO-
RATION,  PROVIDED  EACH  BENEFICIAL  OWNER OF AN EQUITY INTEREST IN SUCH
ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY  PARTICIPATES  IN  THE  BUSINESS
CONDUCTED  BY  THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS
OR TO OTHERWISE INDIVIDUALLY TAKE PART IN  THE  DAY-TO-DAY  BUSINESS  OR
MANAGEMENT  OF  THE FIRM. SUCH A FIRM SHALL HAVE ATTACHED TO ITS CERTIF-

S. 6406                            60                            A. 9006

ICATE OF INCORPORATION A CERTIFICATE OR CERTIFICATES  DEMONSTRATING  THE
FIRM'S  COMPLIANCE  WITH  THIS  PARAGRAPH, IN LIEU OF THE CERTIFICATE OR
CERTIFICATES REQUIRED BY SUBPARAGRAPH (II)  OF  PARAGRAPH  (B)  OF  THIS
SECTION.
  S 3. Section 1507 of the business corporation law is amended by adding
a new paragraph (c) to read as follows:
  (C)  ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING AS
A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF  SECTION
FIFTEEN  HUNDRED  THREE  OF THIS ARTICLE MAY ISSUE SHARES TO INDIVIDUALS
WHO ARE AUTHORIZED BY LAW TO PRACTICE IN THIS STATE A  PROFESSION  WHICH
SUCH  CORPORATION  IS  AUTHORIZED  TO  PRACTICE AND WHO ARE OR HAVE BEEN
ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF SUCH PROFESSION  IN  SUCH  CORPORATION  OR  A
PREDECESSOR  ENTITY,  OR WHO WILL ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF SUCH PROFES-
SION IN SUCH CORPORATION WITHIN THIRTY DAYS OF THE DATE SUCH SHARES  ARE
ISSUED  AND  MAY  ALSO  ISSUE SHARES TO EMPLOYEES OF THE CORPORATION NOT
LICENSED AS CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS, PROVIDED THAT:
  (I) AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES OF  STOCK  OF
THE CORPORATION ARE OWNED BY CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,
  (II)  AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE DIRECTORS ARE CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS,
  (III) AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OFFICERS ARE CERTIFIED  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS,
  (IV)  THE PRESIDENT, THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OR OFFICERS ARE  CERTIFIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS.
NO  SHAREHOLDER OF A FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCOR-
PORATING AS A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H)
OF SECTION FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE OF THIS  ARTICLE  SHALL  ENTER  INTO  A
VOTING  TRUST AGREEMENT, PROXY OR ANY OTHER TYPE OF AGREEMENT VESTING IN
ANOTHER PERSON, OTHER THAN ANOTHER SHAREHOLDER OF THE SAME  CORPORATION,
THE  AUTHORITY  TO  EXERCISE  VOTING  POWER  OF ANY OR ALL OF HIS OR HER
SHARES. ALL  SHARES  ISSUED,  AGREEMENTS  MADE  OR  PROXIES  GRANTED  IN
VIOLATION OF THIS SECTION SHALL BE VOID.
  S 4. Section 1508 of the business corporation law is amended by adding
a new paragraph (c) to read as follows:
  (C)  THE  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSI-
NESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING  AS  A  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE  CORPORATION
PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF SECTION FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE OF THIS ARTI-
CLE  MAY  INCLUDE  INDIVIDUALS  WHO  ARE NOT LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY, PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT AT LEAST  FIFTY-ONE  PERCENT  OF  THE
DIRECTORS, AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OFFICERS AND THE PRESIDENT,
THE  CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFI-
CER OR OFFICERS ARE AUTHORIZED BY  LAW  TO  PRACTICE  IN  THIS  STATE  A
PROFESSION  WHICH  SUCH  CORPORATION  IS AUTHORIZED TO PRACTICE, AND ARE
EITHER SHAREHOLDERS OF SUCH CORPORATION OR ENGAGED IN  THE  PRACTICE  OF
THEIR PROFESSIONS IN SUCH CORPORATION.
  S 5. Section 1509 of the business corporation law, as amended by chap-
ter 550 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
S 1509. Disqualification   of   shareholders,  directors,  officers  and
          employees.
  If any shareholder, director, officer or employee  of  a  professional
service  corporation,  including  a  design  professional service corpo-
ration, OR ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF  INCORPORAT-
ING  AS  A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF
SECTION FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE OF THIS ARTICLE, who  has  been  rendering
professional service to the public becomes legally disqualified to prac-
tice  his  profession  within  this state, he shall sever all employment

S. 6406                            61                            A. 9006

with, and financial interests (other than interests as a  creditor)  in,
such  corporation  forthwith or as otherwise provided in section 1510 of
this article. All provisions of law regulating the rendering of  profes-
sional  services  by  a  person  elected or appointed to a public office
shall be applicable to a shareholder, director, officer and employee  of
such  corporation  in the same manner and to the same extent as if fully
set forth herein. Such legal disqualification to practice his profession
within this state shall be deemed to constitute an irrevocable offer  by
the  disqualified  shareholder  to  sell  his shares to the corporation,
pursuant to the provisions of section 1510 of this  article  or  of  the
certificate of incorporation, by-laws or agreement among the corporation
and all shareholders, whichever is applicable. Compliance with the terms
of  such  offer  shall be specifically enforceable in the courts of this
state. A professional service corporation's failure to  enforce  compli-
ance with this provision shall constitute a ground for forfeiture of its
certificate of incorporation and its dissolution.
  S 6. Paragraph (a) of section 1511 of the business corporation law, as
amended by chapter 550 of the laws of 2011, is amended and new paragraph
(c) is added to read as follows:
  (a) No shareholder of a professional service corporation [or], INCLUD-
ING  a  design professional service corporation, OR ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED
FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF  INCORPORATING  AS  A  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE
CORPORATION  PURSUANT  TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF SECTION FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE
OF THIS ARTICLE, may sell or transfer his  shares  in  such  corporation
except  to  another  individual who is eligible to have shares issued to
him by such corporation or except in trust  to  another  individual  who
would  be  eligible  to receive shares if he were employed by the corpo-
ration. Nothing herein contained shall  be  construed  to  prohibit  the
transfer of shares by operation of law or by court decree.  No transfer-
ee of shares by operation of law or court decree may vote the shares for
any  purpose  whatsoever  except  with respect to corporate action under
sections 909 and 1001 of this chapter. The restriction in the  preceding
sentence shall not apply, however, where such transferee would be eligi-
ble  to  have  shares issued to him if he were an employee of the corpo-
ration and, if there are other shareholders, a majority  of  such  other
shareholders shall fail to redeem the shares so transferred, pursuant to
section  1510  of  this  article, within sixty days of receiving written
notice of such transfer. Any sale or transfer, except  by  operation  of
law  or  court decree or except for a corporation having only one share-
holder, may be made only after the same shall have been approved by  the
board  of  directors, or at a shareholders' meeting specially called for
such purpose by such proportion,  not  less  than  a  majority,  of  the
outstanding  shares  as  may  be provided in the certificate of incorpo-
ration or in the by-laws of such professional  service  corporation.  At
such  shareholders' meeting the shares held by the shareholder proposing
to sell or transfer his shares may not  be  voted  or  counted  for  any
purpose,  unless  all  shareholders consent that such shares be voted or
counted. The certificate of incorporation or the by-laws of the  profes-
sional  service corporation, or the professional service corporation and
the shareholders by private agreement, may provide, in  lieu  of  or  in
addition  to  the foregoing provisions, for the alienation of shares and
may require the redemption or purchase of such  shares  by  such  corpo-
ration  at  prices  and  in a manner specifically set forth therein. The
existence of the restrictions on the sale  or  transfer  of  shares,  as
contained  in  this  article  and,  if applicable, in the certificate of
incorporation, by-laws, stock purchase or  stock  redemption  agreement,

S. 6406                            62                            A. 9006

shall  be  noted  conspicuously on the face or back of every certificate
for shares issued by a professional service  corporation.  Any  sale  or
transfer in violation of such restrictions shall be void.
  (C)  A FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING AS A
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH  (H)  OF  SECTION
FIFTEEN  HUNDRED  THREE  OF  THIS  ARTICLE, SHALL PURCHASE OR REDEEM THE
SHARES OF A NON-LICENSED PROFESSIONAL SHAREHOLDER IN THE CASE OF HIS  OR
HER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT WITHIN THIRTY DAYS AFTER SUCH TERMINATION.
A  FIRM  ESTABLISHED  FOR  THE  BUSINESS  PURPOSE  OF INCORPORATING AS A
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH  (H)  OF  SECTION
FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE OF THIS ARTICLE, SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO PURCHASE
OR  REDEEM  THE  SHARES OF A TERMINATED NON-LICENSED PROFESSIONAL SHARE-
HOLDER IF SUCH SHARES, WITHIN THIRTY DAYS AFTER  SUCH  TERMINATION,  ARE
SOLD  OR  TRANSFERRED TO ANOTHER EMPLOYEE OF THE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO
THIS ARTICLE.
  S 7. Paragraph (a) of section 1512 of the business corporation law, as
amended by chapter 550 of the laws  of  2011,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (a) Notwithstanding  any other provision of law, the name of a profes-
sional service corporation,  including  a  design  professional  service
corporation  AND ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCOR-
PORATING AS A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H)
OF SECTION FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE OF THIS ARTICLE, may contain  any  word
which,  at  the  time  of  incorporation, could be used in the name of a
partnership practicing a profession which the corporation is  authorized
to  practice,  and  may  not contain any word which could not be used by
such a partnership.   Provided, however,  the  name  of  a  professional
service corporation may not contain the name of a deceased person unless
  (1) such  person's  name was part of the corporate name at the time of
such person's death; or
  (2) such person's name was part of the name of an existing partnership
and at least two-thirds of such partnership's partners become sharehold-
ers of the corporation.
  S 8. Section 1514 of the business corporation law is amended by adding
a new paragraph (c) to read as follows:
  (C) EACH FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING AS
A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF  SECTION
FIFTEEN  HUNDRED  THREE OF THIS ARTICLE SHALL, AT LEAST ONCE EVERY THREE
YEARS ON OR BEFORE THE  DATE  PRESCRIBED  BY  THE  LICENSING  AUTHORITY,
FURNISH  A  STATEMENT  TO  THE LICENSING AUTHORITY LISTING THE NAMES AND
RESIDENCE ADDRESSES OF EACH SHAREHOLDER, DIRECTOR AND  OFFICER  OF  SUCH
CORPORATION  AND  CERTIFY  AS THE DATE OF CERTIFICATION AND AT ALL TIMES
OVER THE ENTIRE THREE YEAR PERIOD THAT:
  (I) AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES OF  STOCK  OF
THE CORPORATION ARE AND WERE OWNED BY CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,
  (II)  AT  LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE DIRECTORS ARE AND WERE CERTI-
FIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,
  (III) AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OFFICERS ARE AND  WERE  CERTI-
FIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,
  (IV)  THE PRESIDENT, THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER  OR  OFFICERS  ARE  AND  WERE  CERTIFIED  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS.
THE  STATEMENT  SHALL BE SIGNED BY THE PRESIDENT OR ANY CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANT VICE-PRESIDENT AND  ATTESTED  TO  BY  THE  SECRETARY  OR  ANY
ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

S. 6406                            63                            A. 9006

  S 9. Paragraph (d) of section 1525 of the business corporation law, as
added by chapter 505 of the laws of 1983, is amended to read as follows:
  (d) "Foreign  professional  service  corporation" means a professional
service corporation, whether or not denominated as such, organized under
the laws of a jurisdiction other than this state, all of the  sharehold-
ers,  directors  and  officers  of  which are authorized and licensed to
practice the profession for which such corporation  is  licensed  to  do
business;  except  that  all  shareholders,  directors and officers of a
foreign professional service corporation which provides health  services
in this state shall be licensed in this state. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER
PROVISION  OF  LAW  A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION FORMED TO
LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH  PRACTICE
IS  RESPECTIVELY  DEFINED  UNDER  ARTICLE  ONE HUNDRED FORTY-NINE OF THE
EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF
THE  OWNERSHIP  OF  THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING
OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND  VOTING  RIGHTS  HELD  BY  THE  FIRM'S
OWNERS,  BELONGS  TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY
IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL SHAREHOLDERS OF A  FOREIGN  PROFESSIONAL
SERVICE  CORPORATION WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE,
AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE,
HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION SEVENTY-FOUR HUNDRED  FOUR  OF
THE  EDUCATION  LAW  OR  ARE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION
SEVENTY-FOUR HUNDRED FIVE OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW.  ALTHOUGH  FIRMS  MAY
INCLUDE  NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS,  THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH
RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.    NOTWITH-
STANDING  THE  FOREGOING,  A  FIRM REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT
HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE  WORDS  "CERTI-
FIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANT,"  OR  "CERTIFIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE
ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS
INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION  SHALL  BE  (1)  A  NATURAL  PERSON  WHO
ACTIVELY  PARTICIPATES  IN  THE  BUSINESS  OF THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE BUSINESS CONDUCTED BY THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED  ENTITIES.  FOR
PURPOSES  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE
SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE  PART  IN  THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S  10. The fourteenth undesignated paragraph of section 2 of the part-
nership law, as added by chapter 576 of the laws of 1994, is amended  to
read as follows:
  "Professional  partnership"  means  (1)  a partnership without limited
partners each of whose partners is a professional authorized by  law  to
render a professional service within this state, (2) a partnership with-
out  limited partners each of whose partners is a professional, at least
one of whom is authorized by law to render a professional service within
this state or (3) a partnership without limited partners authorized  by,
or  holding a license, certificate, registration or permit issued by the
licensing authority pursuant to the education law to  render  a  profes-
sional  service within this state; except that all partners of a profes-
sional partnership that provides medical services in this state must  be
licensed  pursuant to article 131 of the education law to practice medi-
cine in this state and all partners of a professional  partnership  that
provides  dental  services  in  this  state must be licensed pursuant to
article 133 of the education law to practice dentistry  in  this  state;
[and  further]  except  that  all partners of a professional partnership

S. 6406                            64                            A. 9006

that provides professional engineering,  land  surveying,  architectural
and/or  landscape  architectural services in this state must be licensed
pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the education
law  to  practice  one  or  more  of such professions in this state; AND
FURTHER EXCEPT THAT ALL PARTNERS  OF  A  PROFESSIONAL  PARTNERSHIP  THAT
PROVIDES  PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS
IS IN THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY  SERVICES,  MUST  BE
LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY  IN THIS STATE.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW
A PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE  OF
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTI-
CLE  149  OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW,  SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A
SIMPLE MAJORITY OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE  FIRM,  IN  TERMS  OF  FINANCIAL
INTERESTS,  INCLUDING  OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND VOTING RIGHTS
HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED  TO  PRACTICE
PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY  IN  SOME  STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL SHAREHOLDERS OF A
PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS  IS  IN  THIS
STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS
STATE,  HOLD  A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE EDUCATION
LAW OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE  EDUCA-
TION  LAW.  ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND
ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY  THE  STATE  BOARD  FOR
PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY.    NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM REGISTERED
UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE  FIRM'S  NAME
INCLUDES  THE  WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR  "CPAS."  EACH  NON-LICENSEE
OWNER  OF  A FIRM THAT IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A
NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM  OR
ITS  AFFILIATED  ENTITIES,  OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH  BENEFICIAL
OWNER  OF  AN  EQUITY  INTEREST  IN  SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS
AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTIC-
IPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE INDIVIDUALLY
TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S  10-a.  The  fourteenth  undesignated  paragraph of section 2 of the
partnership law, as amended by chapter 475  of  the  laws  of  2014,  is
amended to read as follows:
  "Professional  partnership"  means  (1)  a partnership without limited
partners each of whose partners is a professional authorized by  law  to
render a professional service within this state, (2) a partnership with-
out  limited partners each of whose partners is a professional, at least
one of whom is authorized by law to render a professional service within
this state or (3) a partnership without limited partners authorized  by,
or  holding a license, certificate, registration or permit issued by the
licensing authority pursuant to the education law to  render  a  profes-
sional  service within this state; except that all partners of a profes-
sional partnership that provides medical services in this state must  be
licensed  pursuant to article 131 of the education law to practice medi-
cine in this state and all partners of a professional  partnership  that
provides  dental  services  in  this  state must be licensed pursuant to
article 133 of the education law to practice dentistry  in  this  state;
[and  further]  except  that  all partners of a professional partnership
that provides professional engineering, land surveying, geologic, archi-
tectural and/or landscape architectural services in this state  must  be
licensed  pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the

S. 6406                            65                            A. 9006

education law to practice one or more of such professions in this state;
AND FURTHER EXCEPT THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP  THAT
PROVIDES  PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS
IS  IN  THIS  STATE AND WHO PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST BE
LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF  LAW
A  PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTI-
CLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE  REQUIRED  TO  SHOW  (1)  THAT  A
SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL
INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING  RIGHTS
HELD  BY  THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT  ALL  SHAREHOLDERS  OF  A
PROFESSIONAL  PARTNERSHIP  WHOSE  PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS
STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS
STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF  THE  EDUCATION
LAW  OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCA-
TION LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE  FIRM  AND
ITS  OWNERS  MUST  COMPLY  WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING,  A  FIRM  REGISTERED
UNDER  THIS  SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME
INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR  "CERTIFIED  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS,"  OR  THE  ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE
OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE  (1)  A
NATURAL  PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM OR
ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT  LIMITED
TO,  A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL
OWNER OF AN EQUITY INTEREST IN SUCH  ENTITY  IS  A  NATURAL  PERSON  WHO
ACTIVELY  PARTICIPATES  IN  THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY THE FIRM OR ITS
AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTIC-
IPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE INDIVIDUALLY
TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 11. Subdivision (q) of section 121-1500 of the partnership  law,  as
amended  by  chapter  554  of  the  laws  of 2013, is amended to read as
follows:
  (q) Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership  formed
to  provide  medical services in this state must be licensed pursuant to
article 131 of the education law to practice medicine in this state  and
each  partner  of  a  registered limited liability partnership formed to
provide dental services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle 133 of the education law to practice dentistry in this state.   Each
partner  of a registered limited liability partnership formed to provide
veterinary services in this state must be licensed pursuant  to  article
135  of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this state.
EACH PARTNER OF A REGISTERED LIMITED  LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP  FORMED  TO
PROVIDE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS
IS IN THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES,  MUST  BE
LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY  IN THIS STATE. Each partner of a registered limited liabil-
ity partnership formed to provide professional engineering, land survey-
ing, architectural and/or landscape architectural services in this state
must be licensed pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148
of the education law to practice one or more of such professions in this
state. Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed
to provide licensed clinical social work services in this state must  be
licensed  pursuant to article 154 of the education law to practice clin-

S. 6406                            66                            A. 9006

ical social work in this state. Each partner  of  a  registered  limited
liability  partnership  formed to provide creative arts therapy services
in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the  education
law  to  practice creative arts therapy in this state. Each partner of a
registered limited liability partnership formed to provide marriage  and
family therapy services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle  163 of the education law to practice marriage and family therapy in
this state. Each partner of a registered limited  liability  partnership
formed  to  provide mental health counseling services in this state must
be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the  education  law  to  practice
mental  health  counseling  in  this state. Each partner of a registered
limited liability partnership formed to provide psychoanalysis  services
in  this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education
law to practice psychoanalysis in this state. Each partner of  a  regis-
tered  limited  liability partnership formed to provide applied behavior
analysis service in this state must be licensed or certified pursuant to
article 167 of the education law to practice applied  behavior  analysis
in  this  state.   NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A LIMITED
LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO  LAWFULLY  ENGAGE  IN  THE  PRACTICE  OF
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTI-
CLE  149  OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW,  SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A
SIMPLE MAJORITY OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE  FIRM,  IN  TERMS  OF  FINANCIAL
INTERESTS,  INCLUDING  OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND VOTING RIGHTS
HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED  TO  PRACTICE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A LIMITED
LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP  WHOSE  PRINCIPAL  PLACE  OF  BUSINESS IS IN THIS
STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS
STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF  THE  EDUCATION
LAW  OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCA-
TION LAW.  ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM  AND
ITS  OWNERS  MUST  COMPLY  WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING,  A  FIRM  REGISTERED
UNDER  THIS  SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME
INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR  "CERTIFIED  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS,"  OR  THE  ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE
OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE  (1)  A
NATURAL  PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM OR
ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT  LIMITED
TO,  A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL
OWNER OF AN EQUITY INTEREST IN SUCH  ENTITY  IS  A  NATURAL  PERSON  WHO
ACTIVELY  PARTICIPATES  IN  THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY THE FIRM OR ITS
AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTIC-
IPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE INDIVIDUALLY
TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 11-a. Subdivision (q) of section 121-1500 of the partnership law, as
amended by chapter 475 of the laws  of  2014,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (q)  Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed
to provide medical services in this state must be licensed  pursuant  to
article  131 of the education law to practice medicine in this state and
each partner of a registered limited  liability  partnership  formed  to
provide dental services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle  133 of the education law to practice dentistry in this state.  Each
partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed to  provide
veterinary  services  in this state must be licensed pursuant to article
135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this  state.

S. 6406                            67                            A. 9006

EACH  PARTNER  OF  A  REGISTERED LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO
PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE  OF  BUSINESS
IS  IN  THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST BE
LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY  IN THIS STATE. Each partner of a registered limited liabil-
ity partnership formed to provide professional engineering, land survey-
ing, geological services, architectural and/or  landscape  architectural
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 145, article
147  and/or  article 148 of the education law to practice one or more of
such professions in this state. Each partner  of  a  registered  limited
liability  partnership  formed  to provide licensed clinical social work
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 154  of  the
education law to practice clinical social work in this state. Each part-
ner  of  a  registered  limited  liability partnership formed to provide
creative arts therapy services in this state must be  licensed  pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice creative arts therapy in
this  state.  Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership
formed to provide marriage and family therapy  services  in  this  state
must  be  licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to prac-
tice marriage and family therapy in this state. Each partner of a regis-
tered limited liability partnership  formed  to  provide  mental  health
counseling  services  in this state must be licensed pursuant to article
163 of the education law to practice mental health  counseling  in  this
state. Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed
to provide psychoanalysis services in this state must be licensed pursu-
ant  to  article  163 of the education law to practice psychoanalysis in
this state. Each partner of a registered limited  liability  partnership
formed  to  provide applied behavior analysis service in this state must
be licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of the education law to
practice applied behavior analysis in this state.   NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY
OTHER  PROVISIONS  OF  LAW  A  LIMITED  LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO
LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH  PRACTICE
IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE
REQUIRED  TO  SHOW  (1)  THAT  A SIMPLE MAJORITY OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE
FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPEN-
SATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVID-
UALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT
ALL PARTNERS OF A LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF
BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID  LICENSE  ISSUED  UNDER  SECTION
7404  OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW  OR  ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER
SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION LAW.  ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY  INCLUDE  NON-LI-
CENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGAT-
ED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FORE-
GOING,  A  FIRM  REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE
OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC  ACCOUNT-
ANT,"  OR  "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR
"CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM  THAT  IS  INCORPORATED  UNDER
THIS  SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2)  AN  ENTITY,
INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT  LIMITED  TO,  A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPO-
RATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN  EQUITY  INTEREST  IN  SUCH
ENTITY  IS  A  NATURAL  PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS
CONDUCTED BY THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES  OF  THIS
SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS

S. 6406                            68                            A. 9006

OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR
MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S  12.  Subdivision (q) of section 121-1502 of the partnership law, as
amended by chapter 554 of the laws  of  2013,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (q)  Each  partner  of  a  foreign limited liability partnership which
provides medical services in this state must  be  licensed  pursuant  to
article  131  of the education law to practice medicine in the state and
each partner of a foreign limited liability partnership  which  provides
dental services in the state must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of
the education law to practice dentistry in this state. Each partner of a
foreign  limited liability partnership which provides veterinary service
in the state shall be licensed pursuant to article 135 of the  education
law  to  practice  veterinary  medicine in this state. Each partner of a
foreign limited liability partnership which provides professional  engi-
neering,  land  surveying,  architectural and/or landscape architectural
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 145, article
147 and/or article 148 of the education law to practice one or  more  of
such professions. EACH PARTNER OF A FOREIGN REGISTERED LIMITED LIABILITY
PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCI-
PAL  PLACE  OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY SERVICES, MUST BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF  THE  EDUCA-
TION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. Each partner of a
foreign  limited  liability partnership which provides licensed clinical
social work services in this state must be licensed pursuant to  article
154  of  the  education law to practice licensed clinical social work in
this state. Each partner of  a  foreign  limited  liability  partnership
which  provides  creative  arts  therapy  services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice  crea-
tive  arts  therapy  in  this  state.  Each partner of a foreign limited
liability  partnership  which  provides  marriage  and  family   therapy
services  in  this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the
education law to practice marriage and family  therapy  in  this  state.
Each  partner  of a foreign limited liability partnership which provides
mental health counseling services in this state must be licensed  pursu-
ant  to article 163 of the education law to practice mental health coun-
seling in this state. Each partner of a foreign limited liability  part-
nership  which  provides  psychoanalysis  services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article  163  of  the  education  law  to  practice
psychoanalysis  in this state. Each partner of a foreign limited liabil-
ity partnership which provides applied  behavior  analysis  services  in
this  state must be licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of the
education law to practice  applied  behavior  analysis  in  this  state.
NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A FOREIGN LIMITED LIABILITY
PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC  ACCOUN-
TANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE
EDUCATION  LAW,  SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY OF
THE OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF  FINANCIAL  INTERESTS,  INCLUDING
OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING  RIGHTS  HELD  BY THE FIRM'S
OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY
IN  SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A FOREIGN LIMITED LIABILITY
PARTNERSHIP WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND  WHO
ARE  ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE, HOLD A
VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW  OR  ARE
PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS  LICENSED  UNDER  SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION LAW.
ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS  OWNERS

S. 6406                            69                            A. 9006

MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY.    NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  FOREGOING,  A FIRM REGISTERED UNDER THIS
SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE
WORDS  "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,"
OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A  FIRM
THAT  IS  INCORPORATED  UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON
WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM OR ITS  AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES.  FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 12-a. Subdivision (q) of section 121-1502 of the partnership law, as
amended by chapter 475 of the laws  of  2014,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (q)  Each  partner  of  a  foreign limited liability partnership which
provides medical services in this state must  be  licensed  pursuant  to
article  131  of the education law to practice medicine in the state and
each partner of a foreign limited liability partnership  which  provides
dental services in the state must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of
the  education law to practice dentistry in this state.  Each partner of
a  foreign  limited  liability  partnership  which  provides  veterinary
service  in  the  state shall be licensed pursuant to article 135 of the
education law to practice veterinary medicine in this state. Each  part-
ner  of  a  foreign limited liability partnership which provides profes-
sional engineering, land surveying, geological  services,  architectural
and/or  landscape  architectural services in this state must be licensed
pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the education
law to practice one or more of such professions.    EACH  PARTNER  OF  A
FOREIGN  REGISTERED  LIMITED  LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP  FORMED  TO PROVIDE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE  OF  BUSINESS  IS  IN
THIS  STATE  AND  WHO  PROVIDES  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY  SERVICES,  MUST BE
LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. Each partner of a foreign  limited  liability
partnership  which  provides  licensed  clinical social work services in
this state must be licensed pursuant to article 154 of the education law
to practice licensed clinical social work in this state. Each partner of
a foreign limited liability partnership  which  provides  creative  arts
therapy  services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163
of the education law to practice creative arts therapy  in  this  state.
Each  partner  of a foreign limited liability partnership which provides
marriage and family therapy services in  this  state  must  be  licensed
pursuant  to  article  163 of the education law to practice marriage and
family therapy in this state. Each partner of a foreign limited  liabil-
ity partnership which provides mental health counseling services in this
state  must  be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to
practice mental health counseling in  this  state.  Each  partner  of  a
foreign  limited  liability  partnership  which  provides psychoanalysis
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163  of  the
education  law to practice psychoanalysis in this state. Each partner of
a foreign limited liability partnership which provides applied  behavior
analysis  services  in this state must be licensed or certified pursuant
to article 167 of the education law to practice applied behavior  analy-
sis in this state. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A FOREIGN

S. 6406                            70                            A. 9006

LIMITED  LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE
OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS  RESPECTIVELY  DEFINED  UNDER
ARTICLE  149  OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A
SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL
INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING  RIGHTS
HELD  BY  THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A FOREIGN
LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF  BUSINESS  IS  IN
THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN
THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE EDUCA-
TION  LAW  OR  ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE
EDUCATION LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE  FIRM
AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR
PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY.    NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM REGISTERED
UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE  FIRM'S  NAME
INCLUDES  THE  WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR  "CPAS."  EACH  NON-LICENSEE
OWNER  OF  A FIRM THAT IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A
NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM  OR
ITS  AFFILIATED  ENTITIES,  OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH  BENEFICIAL
OWNER  OF  AN  EQUITY  INTEREST  IN  SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS
AFFILIATED  ENTITIES.    FOR  PURPOSES  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY
PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE  INDI-
VIDUALLY TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S  13.  Subdivision  (h) of section 121-101 of the partnership law, as
added by chapter 950 of the laws of 1990, is amended to read as follows:
  (h) "Limited partnership" and  "domestic  limited  partnership"  mean,
unless  the  context otherwise requires, a partnership (i) formed by two
or more persons pursuant to this article or which complies with subdivi-
sion (a) of section 121-1202 of this article and (ii) having one or more
general partners and one or more limited partners.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY
OTHER  PROVISIONS OF LAW A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OR DOMESTIC LIMITED PART-
NERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY,
AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCA-
TION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A  SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF  THE
OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNER-
SHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS,
BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY  IN  SOME
STATE,  AND  (2)  THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OR DOMESTIC
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE,
AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE,
HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE EDUCATION  LAW  OR
ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION LAW.
ALTHOUGH  FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS
MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A  FIRM  REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS
SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE
WORDS  "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,"
OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A  FIRM
THAT  IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN

S. 6406                            71                            A. 9006

THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 14. Subdivision (b) of section 1207 of the limited liability company
law,  as  amended by chapter 554 of the laws of 2013, is amended to read
as follows:
  (b) With respect to a professional service limited  liability  company
formed to provide medical services as such services are defined in arti-
cle  131  of  the  education  law, each member of such limited liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 131 of the education law to
practice medicine in this state. With respect to a professional  service
limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide dental services as such
services are defined in article 133 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to article  133
of  the  education law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect
to a professional service limited liability company  formed  to  provide
veterinary  services  as such services are defined in article 135 of the
education law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be
licensed pursuant to article 135 of the education law to practice veter-
inary  medicine  in  this  state. With respect to a professional service
limited liability company formed to  provide  professional  engineering,
land surveying, architectural and/or landscape architectural services as
such services are defined in article 145, article 147 and article 148 of
the education law, each member of such limited liability company must be
licensed  pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the
education law to practice one or more of such professions in this state.
WITH RESPECT TO A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY  FORMED
TO  PROVIDE  PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES AS SUCH SERVICES ARE DEFINED IN
ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW EACH MEMBER OF SUCH  LIMITED  LIABILITY
COMPANY  WHOSE  PRINCIPAL  PLACE  OF  BUSINESS  IS IN THIS STATE AND WHO
PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTI-
CLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO  PRACTICE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY  IN  THIS
STATE.  With respect to a professional service limited liability company
formed to  provide  licensed  clinical  social  work  services  as  such
services are defined in article 154 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to article 154
of  the  education law to practice licensed clinical social work in this
state. With respect to a professional service limited liability  company
formed  to  provide  creative arts therapy services as such services are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such limited
liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the educa-
tion law to practice creative arts therapy in this state.  With  respect
to  a  professional  service limited liability company formed to provide
marriage and family therapy services as such  services  are  defined  in
article  163 of the education law, each member of such limited liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to
practice marriage and family therapy in this state. With  respect  to  a
professional  service limited liability company formed to provide mental
health counseling services as such services are defined in  article  163
of the education law, each member of such limited liability company must
be  licensed  pursuant  to  article 163 of the education law to practice
mental health counseling in this state. With respect to  a  professional
service  limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide psychoanalysis
services as such services are defined in article 163  of  the  education
law,  each  member  of  such  limited liability company must be licensed

S. 6406                            72                            A. 9006

pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice  psychoanalysis
in  this state. With respect to a professional service limited liability
company formed to provide applied behavior  analysis  services  as  such
services are defined in article 167 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed or certified pursuant to
article  167  of the education law to practice applied behavior analysis
in this state. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS  OF  LAW  A  PROFES-
SIONAL  SERVICE  LIMITED  LIABILITY COMPANY FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN
THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS  SUCH  PRACTICE  IS  RESPECTIVELY
DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW
(1)  THAT  A  SIMPLE  MAJORITY OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF
FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND  VOTING
RIGHTS  HELD  BY  THE  FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO
PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL MEMBERS OF A
LIMITED PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, WHOSE  PRINCIPAL
PLACE  OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE
OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE  ISSUED  UNDER
SECTION  7404 OF ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNT-
ANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF ARTICLE 149 OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW.
ALTHOUGH  FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS
MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A  FIRM  REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS
SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE
WORDS  "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,"
OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A  FIRM
THAT  IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 14-a. Subdivision (b) of  section  1207  of  the  limited  liability
company  law,  as amended by chapter 475 of the laws of 2014, is amended
to read as follows:
  (b) With respect to a professional service limited  liability  company
formed to provide medical services as such services are defined in arti-
cle  131  of  the  education  law, each member of such limited liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 131 of the education law to
practice medicine in this state. With respect to a professional  service
limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide dental services as such
services are defined in article 133 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to article  133
of  the education law to practice dentistry in this state.  With respect
to a professional service limited liability company  formed  to  provide
veterinary  services  as such services are defined in article 135 of the
education law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be
licensed pursuant to article 135 of the education law to practice veter-
inary  medicine  in  this  state. With respect to a professional service
limited liability company formed to  provide  professional  engineering,
land surveying, architectural, landscape architectural and/or geological
services  as  such  services are defined in article 145, article 147 and
article 148 of the education law, each member of such limited  liability
company  must  be  licensed  pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or

S. 6406                            73                            A. 9006

article 148 of the education  law  to  practice  one  or  more  of  such
professions  in  this  state.    WITH  RESPECT TO A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY FORMED TO PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY  SERVICES
AS  SUCH  SERVICES  ARE DEFINED IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW EACH
MEMBER OF SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF  BUSI-
NESS IS IN THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST
BE  LICENSED  PURSUANT  TO  ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. With respect to a professional service
limited liability company formed to  provide  licensed  clinical  social
work  services as such services are defined in article 154 of the educa-
tion law, each  member  of  such  limited  liability  company  shall  be
licensed  pursuant  to  article  154  of  the  education law to practice
licensed clinical social work in this state. With respect to  a  profes-
sional service limited liability company formed to provide creative arts
therapy  services  as  such  services  are defined in article 163 of the
education law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be
licensed  pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice crea-
tive arts therapy in this state. With respect to a professional  service
limited  liability company formed to provide marriage and family therapy
services as such services are defined in article 163  of  the  education
law,  each  member  of  such  limited liability company must be licensed
pursuant to article 163 of the education law to  practice  marriage  and
family  therapy  in  this  state. With respect to a professional service
limited liability company formed to  provide  mental  health  counseling
services  as  such  services are defined in article 163 of the education
law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be  licensed
pursuant  to  article 163 of the education law to practice mental health
counseling in this state. With respect to a professional service limited
liability company formed to  provide  psychoanalysis  services  as  such
services are defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of
such  limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 163
of the education law to practice  psychoanalysis  in  this  state.  With
respect  to  a  professional service limited liability company formed to
provide applied behavior analysis services as such services are  defined
in article 167 of the education law, each member of such limited liabil-
ity company must be licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of the
education  law  to  practice  applied  behavior  analysis in this state.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER  PROVISIONS  OF  LAW  A  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE
LIMITED  LIABILITY  COMPANY FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTI-
CLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE
MAJORITY OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL  INTERESTS,
INCLUDING  OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE
FIRM'S OWNERS,  BELONGS  TO  INDIVIDUALS  LICENSED  TO  PRACTICE  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL MEMBERS OF A LIMITED PROFES-
SIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSI-
NESS  IS  IN  THIS  STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID  LICENSE  ISSUED  UNDER  SECTION
7404  OF  ARTICLE  149  OF  THE  EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
LICENSED UNDER SECTION  7405  OF  ARTICLE  149  OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW.
ALTHOUGH  FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS
MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A  FIRM  REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS
SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE
WORDS  "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,"
OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A  FIRM

S. 6406                            74                            A. 9006

THAT  IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 15. Subdivisions (a) and (f) of section 1301 of the limited  liabil-
ity  company  law, subdivision (a) as amended by chapter 554 of the laws
of 2013 and subdivision (f) as amended by chapter 170  of  the  laws  of
1996, are amended to read as follows:
  (a)  "Foreign  professional service limited liability company" means a
professional service limited liability company, whether or  not  denomi-
nated  as  such,  organized  under the laws of a jurisdiction other than
this state, (i) each of whose members and managers, if any, is a profes-
sional authorized by law to render a professional  service  within  this
state  and who is or has been engaged in the practice of such profession
in such professional service limited liability company or a  predecessor
entity, or will engage in the practice of such profession in the profes-
sional  service limited liability company within thirty days of the date
such professional becomes a member, or each of whose members and  manag-
ers,  if  any, is a professional at least one of such members is author-
ized by law to render a professional service within this state  and  who
is  or  has  been  engaged  in  the  practice of such profession in such
professional service limited liability company or a predecessor  entity,
or  will  engage  in the practice of such profession in the professional
service limited liability company within thirty days of  the  date  such
professional  becomes  a  member,  or  (ii)  authorized by, or holding a
license, certificate, registration or permit  issued  by  the  licensing
authority  pursuant  to,  the  education  law  to  render a professional
service within this state; except that all members and managers, if any,
of  a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company  that
provides  health services in this state shall be licensed in this state.
With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability company
which provides veterinary services as such services are defined in arti-
cle 135 of the education law, each member of such  foreign  professional
service  limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to article
135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine.  With  respect
to  a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company which
provides medical services as such services are defined in article 131 of
the education law, each member  of  such  foreign  professional  service
limited  liability  company  must be licensed pursuant to article 131 of
the education law to practice medicine in this state.  With respect to a
foreign professional service limited liability  company  which  provides
dental  services  as  such  services  are  defined in article 133 of the
education law, each member of such foreign professional service  limited
liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of the educa-
tion  law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect to a foreign
professional service limited liability company  which  provides  profes-
sional  engineering,  land  surveying,  architectural  and/or  landscape
architectural services as such services  are  defined  in  article  145,
article  147  and  article 148 of the education law, each member of such
foreign professional service limited liability company must be  licensed
pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the education

S. 6406                            75                            A. 9006

law  to  practice  one  or  more of such professions in this state. WITH
RESPECT TO A FOREIGN  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE  LIMITED  LIABILITY  COMPANY
WHICH  PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES AS SUCH SERVICES ARE DEFINED
IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EACH MEMBER OF SUCH FOREIGN PROFES-
SIONAL  SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSI-
NESS IS IN THIS STATE AND  WHO  PROVIDES  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY  SERVICES,
SHALL  BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRAC-
TICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. With respect to a foreign profes-
sional service limited liability company which provides  licensed  clin-
ical social work services as such services are defined in article 154 of
the  education  law,  each  member  of such foreign professional service
limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to article  154  of
the  education  law to practice clinical social work in this state. With
respect to a foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company
which  provides  creative  arts  therapy  services  as such services are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice creative arts therapy in
this state. With respect  to  a  foreign  professional  service  limited
liability company which provides marriage and family therapy services as
such  services  are  defined  in  article 163 of the education law, each
member of such foreign professional service  limited  liability  company
must  be  licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to prac-
tice marriage and family therapy  in  this  state.  With  respect  to  a
foreign  professional  service  limited liability company which provides
mental health counseling services as such services are defined in  arti-
cle  163  of the education law, each member of such foreign professional
service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant  to  article
163  of  the  education law to practice mental health counseling in this
state. With respect to a foreign professional service limited  liability
company  which  provides  psychoanalysis  services  as such services are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice psychoanalysis  in  this
state.  With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability
company which  provides  applied  behavior  analysis  services  as  such
services are defined in article 167 of the education law, each member of
such  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability company must be
licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of the  education  law  to
practice  applied  behavior  analysis in this state. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY
OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY,
AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCA-
TION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A  SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF  THE
OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNER-
SHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS,
BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY  IN  SOME
STATE,  AND  (2)  THAT  ALL  MEMBERS  OF  A FOREIGN LIMITED PROFESSIONAL
SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS  IS
IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY
IN  THIS  STATE,  HOLD  A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE
EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION  7405  OF
THE  EDUCATION  LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE
FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH  RULES  PROMULGATED  BY  THE  STATE
BOARD  FOR  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM
REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS  IF  THE

S. 6406                            76                            A. 9006

FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTI-
FIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS,"  OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS."  EACH
NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL
BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE
FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP OR  PROFESSIONAL  CORPORATION,  PROVIDED  EACH
BENEFICIAL  OWNER  OF  AN  EQUITY  INTEREST  IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL
PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS CONDUCTED BY  THE  FIRM
OR  ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY
PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE  INDI-
VIDUALLY TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  (f) "Professional partnership" means (1) a partnership without limited
partners  each  of whose partners is a professional authorized by law to
render a professional service within this state, (2) a partnership with-
out limited partners each of whose partners is a professional, at  least
one of whom is authorized by law to render a professional service within
this  state or (3) a partnership without limited partners authorized by,
or holding a license, certificate, registration or permit issued by  the
licensing  authority  pursuant  to the education law to render a profes-
sional service within this state; except that all partners of a  profes-
sional  partnership that provides medical services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article 131 of the education law to practice  medi-
cine  in  this state and all partners of a professional partnership that
provides dental services in this state  must  be  licensed  pursuant  to
article  133  of  the education law to practice dentistry in this state;
except that all partners of a  professional  partnership  that  provides
veterinary  services  in this state must be licensed pursuant to article
135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this  state;
and  further except that all partners of a professional partnership that
provides professional engineering, land surveying, architectural, and/or
landscape architectural services in this state must be licensed pursuant
to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the education  law  to
practice one or more of such professions. WITH RESPECT TO A PROFESSIONAL
PARTNERSHIP  WHICH PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES AS SUCH SERVICES
ARE DEFINED IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW,  EACH  MEMBER  OF  SUCH
PROFESSIONAL  PARTNERSHIP  WHOSE  PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS
STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES,  SHALL  BE  LICENSED
PURSUANT  TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A PROFESSIONAL  PART-
NERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY,
AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCA-
TION  LAW  SHALL  BE  REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY OF THE
OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNER-
SHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY  THE  FIRM'S  OWNERS,
BELONGS  TO  INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME
STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL MEMBERS OF A LIMITED  PROFESSIONAL  PARTNERSHIP,
WHOSE  PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED
IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY  IN  THIS  STATE,  HOLD  A  VALID
LICENSE  ISSUED  UNDER  SECTION  7404 OF THE EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION  LAW.  ALTHOUGH
FIRMS  MAY  INCLUDE  NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS,  THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST
COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION  MAY
NOT  HAVE  NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS  IF  THE  FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS
"CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE
ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS."  EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A  FIRM  THAT

S. 6406                            77                            A. 9006

IS  REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS  SECTION  SHALL  BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 15-a. Subdivisions (a) and  (f)  of  section  1301  of  the  limited
liability  company  law,  as amended by chapter 475 of the laws of 2014,
are amended to read as follows:
  (a) "Foreign professional service limited liability company"  means  a
professional  service  limited liability company, whether or not denomi-
nated as such, organized under the laws of  a  jurisdiction  other  than
this state, (i) each of whose members and managers, if any, is a profes-
sional  authorized  by  law to render a professional service within this
state and who is or has been engaged in the practice of such  profession
in  such professional service limited liability company or a predecessor
entity, or will engage in the practice of such profession in the profes-
sional service limited liability company within thirty days of the  date
such  professional becomes a member, or each of whose members and manag-
ers, if any, is a professional at least one of such members  is  author-
ized  by  law to render a professional service within this state and who
is or has been engaged in  the  practice  of  such  profession  in  such
professional  service limited liability company or a predecessor entity,
or will engage in the practice of such profession  in  the  professional
service  limited  liability  company within thirty days of the date such
professional becomes a member, or  (ii)  authorized  by,  or  holding  a
license,  certificate,  registration  or  permit issued by the licensing
authority pursuant to,  the  education  law  to  render  a  professional
service within this state; except that all members and managers, if any,
of  a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company  that
provides health services in this state shall be licensed in this  state.
With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability company
which provides veterinary services as such services are defined in arti-
cle  135  of the education law, each member of such foreign professional
service limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to  article
135  of  the education law to practice veterinary medicine. With respect
to a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company  which
provides medical services as such services are defined in article 131 of
the  education  law,  each  member  of such foreign professional service
limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to  article  131  of
the education law to practice medicine in this state.  With respect to a
foreign  professional  service  limited liability company which provides
dental services as such services are  defined  in  article  133  of  the
education  law, each member of such foreign professional service limited
liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of the educa-
tion law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect to a  foreign
professional  service  limited  liability company which provides profes-
sional engineering, land surveying, geologic, architectural and/or land-
scape architectural services as such services  are  defined  in  article
145,  article  147  and article 148 of the education law, each member of
such foreign professional service  limited  liability  company  must  be
licensed  pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the
education law to practice one or more of such professions in this state.

S. 6406                            78                            A. 9006

WITH RESPECT TO A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
WHICH PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES AS SUCH SERVICES ARE  DEFINED
IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EACH MEMBER OF SUCH FOREIGN PROFES-
SIONAL  SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSI-
NESS IS IN THIS STATE AND  WHO  PROVIDES  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY  SERVICES,
SHALL  BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRAC-
TICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. With respect to a foreign profes-
sional service limited liability company which provides  licensed  clin-
ical social work services as such services are defined in article 154 of
the  education  law,  each  member  of such foreign professional service
limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to article  154  of
the  education  law to practice clinical social work in this state. With
respect to a foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company
which  provides  creative  arts  therapy  services  as such services are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice creative arts therapy in
this state. With respect  to  a  foreign  professional  service  limited
liability company which provides marriage and family therapy services as
such  services  are  defined  in  article 163 of the education law, each
member of such foreign professional service  limited  liability  company
must  be  licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to prac-
tice marriage and family therapy  in  this  state.  With  respect  to  a
foreign  professional  service  limited liability company which provides
mental health counseling services as such services are defined in  arti-
cle  163  of the education law, each member of such foreign professional
service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant  to  article
163  of  the  education law to practice mental health counseling in this
state. With respect to a foreign professional service limited  liability
company  which  provides  psychoanalysis  services  as such services are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice psychoanalysis  in  this
state.  With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability
company which  provides  applied  behavior  analysis  services  as  such
services are defined in article 167 of the education law, each member of
such  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability company must be
licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of the  education  law  to
practice  applied  behavior  analysis in this state. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY
OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY,
AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCA-
TION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A  SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF  THE
OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNER-
SHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS,
BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY  IN  SOME
STATE,  AND  (2)  THAT  ALL  MEMBERS  OF  A FOREIGN LIMITED PROFESSIONAL
SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS  IS
IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY
IN  THIS  STATE,  HOLD  A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE
EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION  7405  OF
THE  EDUCATION  LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE
FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH  RULES  PROMULGATED  BY  THE  STATE
BOARD  FOR  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM
REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS  IF  THE
FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTI-

S. 6406                            79                            A. 9006

FIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS,"  OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS."  EACH
NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL
BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE
FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP OR  PROFESSIONAL  CORPORATION,  PROVIDED  EACH
BENEFICIAL  OWNER  OF  AN  EQUITY  INTEREST  IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL
PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS CONDUCTED BY  THE  FIRM
OR  ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY
PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE  INDI-
VIDUALLY TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  (f) "Professional partnership" means (1) a partnership without limited
partners  each  of whose partners is a professional authorized by law to
render a professional service within this state, (2) a partnership with-
out limited partners each of whose partners is a professional, at  least
one of whom is authorized by law to render a professional service within
this  state or (3) a partnership without limited partners authorized by,
or holding a license, certificate, registration or permit issued by  the
licensing  authority  pursuant  to the education law to render a profes-
sional service within this state; except that all partners of a  profes-
sional  partnership that provides medical services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article 131 of the education law to practice  medi-
cine  in  this state and all partners of a professional partnership that
provides dental services in this state  must  be  licensed  pursuant  to
article  133  of  the education law to practice dentistry in this state;
except that all partners of a  professional  partnership  that  provides
veterinary  services  in this state must be licensed pursuant to article
135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this  state;
and  further except that all partners of a professional partnership that
provides professional engineering, land surveying,  geologic,  architec-
tural,  and/or  landscape  architectural  services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of  the
education  law to practice one or more of such professions. WITH RESPECT
TO A PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP WHICH PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES
AS SUCH SERVICES ARE DEFINED IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION  LAW,  EACH
MEMBER  OF  SUCH PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSI-
NESS IS IN THIS STATE AND  WHO  PROVIDES  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY  SERVICES,
SHALL  BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRAC-
TICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF  LAW  A
PROFESSIONAL  PARTNERSHIP  FORMED  TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTI-
CLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE
MAJORITY OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL  INTERESTS,
INCLUDING  OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE
FIRM'S OWNERS,  BELONGS  TO  INDIVIDUALS  LICENSED  TO  PRACTICE  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL MEMBERS OF A LIMITED PROFES-
SIONAL  PARTNERSHIP, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE,
AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE,
HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE EDUCATION  LAW  OR
ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION LAW.
ALTHOUGH  FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS
MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A  FIRM  REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS
SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE
WORDS  "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,"
OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS."  EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM
THAT IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON  WHO

S. 6406                            80                            A. 9006

ACTIVELY  PARTICIPATES  IN  THE  BUSINESS  OF THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 16. This act shall take effect immediately; provided, however,  that
sections ten-a, eleven-a, twelve-a, fourteen-a and fifteen-a of this act
shall  take  effect on the same date as sections 25, 26, 27, 22, and 23,
respectively, of chapter 475 of the laws of 2014 take effect.

                                 PART I

  Section 1. Section 34 of chapter 91 of the laws of 2002, amending  the
education  law and other laws relating to reorganization of the New York
city school construction authority, board  of  education  and  community
boards,  as amended by section 1 of subpart D of part B of chapter 20 of
the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S 34. This act shall take effect July 1, 2002; provided, that sections
one through twenty, twenty-four, and twenty-six through thirty  of  this
act  shall  expire and be deemed repealed June 30, [2016] 2019 provided,
further, that notwithstanding any provision of article 5 of the  general
construction law, on June 30, [2016] 2019 the provisions of subdivisions
3,  5,  and 8, paragraph b of subdivision 13, subdivision 14, paragraphs
b, d, and e of subdivision 15, and subdivisions 17  and  21  of  section
2554  of  the  education  law  as repealed by section three of this act,
subdivision 1 of section 2590-b of the  education  law  as  repealed  by
section  six  of  this  act,  paragraph  (a) of subdivision 2 of section
2590-b of the education law as repealed by section seven  of  this  act,
section 2590-c of the education law as repealed by section eight of this
act, paragraph c of subdivision 2 of section 2590-d of the education law
as  repealed by section twenty-six of this act, subdivision 1 of section
2590-e of the education law as repealed by section twenty-seven of  this
act,  subdivision  28 of section 2590-h of the education law as repealed
by section twenty-eight of this act, subdivision 30 of section 2590-h of
the education law as repealed by section twenty-nine of this act, subdi-
vision 30-a of section 2590-h  of  the  education  law  as  repealed  by
section  thirty  of  this  act  shall  be  revived  and  be read as such
provisions existed in law on the date immediately preceding  the  effec-
tive  date of this act; provided, however, that sections seven and eight
of this act shall take effect on November  30,  2003;  provided  further
that  the  amendments to subdivision 25 of section 2554 of the education
law made by section two of this act shall be subject to  the  expiration
and  reversion of such subdivision pursuant to section 12 of chapter 147
of the laws of 2001, as amended, when upon such date the  provisions  of
section four of this act shall take effect.
  S  2. Subdivision 12 of section 17 of chapter 345 of the laws of 2009,
amending the education law and other laws relating to the New York  city
board of education, chancellor, community councils, and community super-
intendents, as amended by section 2 of subpart D of part B of chapter 20
of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  12. any provision in sections one, two, three, four, five, six, seven,
eight,  nine,  ten  and  eleven  of this act not otherwise set to expire
pursuant to section 34 of chapter 91 of the laws of 2002, as amended, or

S. 6406                            81                            A. 9006

section 17 of chapter 123 of the laws of 2003, as amended, shall  expire
and be deemed repealed June 30, [2016] 2019.
  S 3. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART J

  Section  1.  Subdivision 1 of section 813 of the labor law, as amended
by chapter 55 of the laws of 1992, is amended to read as follows:
  1. The governor shall appoint  a  state  apprenticeship  and  training
council,  composed  of NOT MORE THAN three representatives from employer
organizations [and three from], AN EQUAL NUMBER OF REPRESENTATIVES  FROM
employee  organizations  and [one representative] AN EQUAL NUMBER of the
general public[, who shall be the chairman]. THE REPRESENTATIVES OF  THE
GENERAL  PUBLIC SHALL INCLUDE REPRESENTATIVES OF PUBLIC COLLEGES, COMMU-
NITY COLLEGES OR BOARDS OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES  THAT  HAVE
EXPERIENCE  PROVIDING  RELATED  INSTRUCTION FOR APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAMS.
THE GOVERNOR SHALL DESIGNATE ONE OF THE PUBLIC MEMBERS AS THE CHAIR. The
council by majority vote may designate one of its  members,  other  than
the  [chairman]  CHAIR,  as  [vice-chairman]  VICE-CHAIR  to  act in the
absence or inability of the  [chairman]  CHAIR.  Each  member  shall  be
appointed for a term of three years. Each member shall hold office until
his  or  her  successor  is appointed and has qualified, and any vacancy
shall be filled by appointment for the unexpired portion  of  the  term.
The  present  members of the council shall continue to hold office until
the expiration of their present terms or their earlier  terminations  by
resignation  or  inability  to  act.  The commissioner of education, the
commissioner of labor and the commissioner of economic development shall
[ex officio be] BE EX OFFICIO members of such council without vote.  The
members of the council shall not receive a salary or other compensation,
but  shall  be reimbursed for transportation and other expenses actually
and necessarily incurred in the performance of their duties  under  this
article.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART K

  Section  1.  Subdivision 1 of section 652 of the labor law, as amended
by section 1 of part P of chapter 57 of the laws of 2013, is amended  to
read as follows:
  1.  Statutory.  Every  employer shall pay to each of its employees for
each hour worked a wage of not less than:
  [$4.25 on and after April 1, 1991,
  $5.15 on and after March 31, 2000,
  $6.00 on and after January 1, 2005,
  $6.75 on and after January 1, 2006,]
  $7.15 on and after January 1, 2007,
  $8.00 on and after December 31, 2013,
  $8.75 on and after December 31, 2014,
  $9.00 on and after December 31, 2015,
  $9.75 ON AND AFTER JULY 1, 2016,
  $10.75 ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2016,
  $11.75 ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2017,
  $12.75 ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2018,
  $13.75 ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2019,
  $14.50 ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2020,
  $15.00 ON AND AFTER JULY 1, 2021,

S. 6406                            82                            A. 9006

or, if greater, such other wage as may be  established  by  federal  law
pursuant  to  29 U.S.C. section 206 or its successors or such other wage
as may be established in accordance with the provisions of this article.
  S  2.  Subdivision 6 of section 652 of the labor law is REPEALED and a
new subdivision 6 is added to read as follows:
  6. NOTWITHSTANDING SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION, THE  MINIMUM  WAGE
FOR  AN  EMPLOYEE WHO WORKS IN A CITY WITH A POPULATION IN EXCESS OF ONE
MILLION SHALL BE PHASED-IN ON THE FOLLOWING ACCELERATED SCHEDULE:
  $10.50 PER HOUR ON AND AFTER JULY 1, 2016,
  $12.00 PER HOUR ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2016,
  $13.50 PER HOUR ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2017,
  $15.00 PER HOUR ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2018,
OR, IF GREATER, SUCH OTHER WAGE AS MAY BE ESTABLISHED UNDER, OR PROVIDED
FOR BY, SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION. THE RATES AND  SCHEDULE  ESTAB-
LISHED  ABOVE  SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO BE THE MINIMUM WAGE UNDER SUBDIVI-
SION ONE OF THIS SECTION FOR PURPOSES OF THE CALCULATIONS  SPECIFIED  IN
SUBDIVISION  TWO  OF  THIS  SECTION  AND  IN SUBDIVISIONS ONE AND TWO OF
SECTION FIVE HUNDRED TWENTY-SEVEN OF THIS CHAPTER.
  S 3. This act shall take effect immediately  provided,  however,  that
the provisions of section two of this act shall expire July 1, 2021 when
upon such date the provisions of such section shall be deemed repealed.

                                 PART L

  Section  1.  Subdivision  (a)  of  section  25-a  of the labor law, as
amended by section 1 of part AA of chapter 56 of the laws  of  2015,  is
amended to read as follows:
  (a)  The  commissioner  is  authorized to establish and administer the
program established under this section  to  provide  tax  incentives  to
employers  for  employing at risk youth in part-time and full-time posi-
tions. There will be five distinct pools of tax incentives. Program  one
will  cover  tax  incentives  allocated  for two thousand twelve and two
thousand thirteen. Program two will cover tax  incentives  allocated  in
two thousand fourteen. Program three will cover tax incentives allocated
in  two  thousand  fifteen. Program four will cover tax incentives allo-
cated in two thousand sixteen. Program five will  cover  tax  incentives
allocated  in  two thousand seventeen. The commissioner is authorized to
allocate up to twenty-five million dollars of tax credits under  program
one,  ten million dollars of tax credits under program two, [and] twenty
million dollars of tax credits under [each of programs]  PROGRAM  three,
AND  FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS OF TAX CREDITS UNDER EACH OF PROGRAMS four[,]
and five.
  S 2. Subdivision (b) of section 25-a of the labor law  is  amended  by
adding a new paragraph 3 to read as follows:
  (3)  FOR  PROGRAMS  FOUR  AND  FIVE, THE TAX CREDIT UNDER EACH PROGRAM
SHALL BE ALLOCATED AS FOLLOWS: (I) FORTY MILLION DOLLARS OF  TAX  CREDIT
FOR  QUALIFIED EMPLOYEES; AND (II) TEN MILLION DOLLARS OF TAX CREDIT FOR
INDIVIDUALS WHO MEET ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR  A  QUALIFIED  EMPLOYEE
EXCEPT  FOR  THE RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT OF SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH
TWO OF THIS SUBDIVISION, WHICH INDIVIDUALS SHALL BE DEEMED TO  MEET  THE
RESIDENCY  REQUIREMENTS  OF  SUBPARAGRAPH  (II) OF PARAGRAPH TWO OF THIS
SUBDIVISION IF THEY RESIDE IN NEW YORK STATE.
  S 3. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART M

S. 6406                            83                            A. 9006

  Section 1. Clause (G) of subparagraph (vii) of paragraph 2 of subdivi-
sion (d) of section 1089 of the family court act, as added by section 27
of part A of chapter 3 of the laws  of  2005,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (G) where a child has or will before the next permanency hearing reach
the age of fourteen, (I) the services and assistance necessary to assist
the  child  in learning independent living skills TO ASSIST THE CHILD TO
MAKE THE TRANSITION FROM FOSTER CARE TO SUCCESSFUL ADULTHOOD;  AND  (II)
A.  THAT  THE PERMANENCY PLAN DEVELOPED FOR THE CHILD IN FOSTER CARE WHO
HAS ATTAINED THE AGE OF FOURTEEN, AND ANY REVISION OR  ADDITION  TO  THE
PLAN,  SHALL  BE  DEVELOPED  IN  CONSULTATION WITH THE CHILD AND, AT THE
OPTION OF THE CHILD, WITH UP TO TWO MEMBERS OF  THE  CHILD'S  PERMANENCY
PLANNING  TEAM  WHO  ARE  SELECTED BY THE CHILD AND WHO ARE NOT A FOSTER
PARENT OF, OR THE CASE WORKER, CASE PLANNER OR  CASE  MANAGER  FOR,  THE
CHILD EXCEPT THAT THE LOCAL COMMISSIONER OF SOCIAL SERVICES WITH CUSTODY
OF  THE  CHILD MAY REJECT AN INDIVIDUAL SO SELECTED BY THE CHILD IF SUCH
LOCAL COMMISSIONER HAS GOOD CAUSE TO BELIEVE THAT THE  INDIVIDUAL  WOULD
NOT  ACT  IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE CHILD, AND B. THAT ONE INDIVIDUAL
SO SELECTED BY THE CHILD MAY BE DESIGNATED TO  BE  THE  CHILD'S  ADVISOR
AND,  AS  NECESSARY,  ADVOCATE,  WITH  RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE
REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD TO THE CHILD; and
  S 2. Paragraph (b) of subdivision 7 of section  355.5  of  the  family
court  act, as amended by section 17 of part L of chapter 56 of the laws
of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  (b) in the case of a respondent who has attained the age of  fourteen,
(I)  the  services  needed, if any, to assist the respondent to make the
transition from foster care to [independent  living]  SUCCESSFUL  ADULT-
HOOD; AND (II)(A) THAT THE PERMANENCY PLAN DEVELOPED FOR THE RESPONDENT,
AND  ANY REVISION OR ADDITION TO THE PLAN, SHALL BE DEVELOPED IN CONSUL-
TATION WITH THE RESPONDENT AND, AT THE OPTION OF THE RESPONDENT, WITH UP
TO TWO MEMBERS OF THE RESPONDENT'S  PERMANENCY  PLANNING  TEAM  WHO  ARE
SELECTED  BY  THE RESPONDENT AND WHO ARE NOT A FOSTER PARENT OF, OR CASE
WORKER, CASE PLANNER OR CASE MANAGER FOR, THE  CHILD,  EXCEPT  THAT  THE
LOCAL  COMMISSIONER OF SOCIAL SERVICES WITH CUSTODY OF THE RESPONDENT OR
THE COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES  IF  SUCH
OFFICE  HAS  CUSTODY OF THE RESPONDENT MAY REJECT AN INDIVIDUAL SELECTED
BY THE RESPONDENT IF SUCH COMMISSIONER HAS GOOD CAUSE  TO  BELIEVE  THAT
THE  INDIVIDUAL  WOULD  NOT ACT IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE RESPONDENT,
AND (B) THAT ONE INDIVIDUAL SO SELECTED BY THE RESPONDENT MAY BE  DESIG-
NATED  TO  BE THE RESPONDENT'S ADVISOR AND, AS NECESSARY, ADVOCATE, WITH
RESPECT  TO  THE  APPLICATION  OF  THE  REASONABLE  AND  PRUDENT  PARENT
STANDARD;
  S  3. Paragraph (ii) of subdivision (d) of section 756-a of the family
court act, as amended by section 22 of part L of chapter 56 of the  laws
of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  (ii)  in the case of a child who has attained the age of fourteen, (A)
the services needed, if any, to assist the child to make the  transition
from  foster  care  to  [independent  living]  SUCCESSFUL ADULTHOOD; AND
(B)(1) THAT THE  PERMANENCY  PLAN  DEVELOPED  FOR  THE  CHILD,  AND  ANY
REVISION OR ADDITION TO THE PLAN SHALL BE DEVELOPED IN CONSULTATION WITH
THE  CHILD  AND,  AT  THE OPTION OF THE CHILD, WITH UP TO TWO ADDITIONAL
MEMBERS OF THE CHILD'S PERMANENCY PLANNING TEAM WHO ARE SELECTED BY  THE
CHILD  AND  WHO ARE NOT A FOSTER PARENT OF, OR CASE WORKER, CASE PLANNER
OR CASE MANAGER FOR, THE CHILD, EXCEPT THAT THE  LOCAL  COMMISSIONER  OF
SOCIAL  SERVICES  WITH  CUSTODY OF THE CHILD MAY REJECT AN INDIVIDUAL SO
SELECTED BY THE CHILD IF SUCH COMMISSIONER HAS  GOOD  CAUSE  TO  BELIEVE

S. 6406                            84                            A. 9006

THAT  THE  INDIVIDUAL  WOULD NOT ACT IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE CHILD,
AND (2) THAT ONE INDIVIDUAL SO SELECTED BY THE CHILD MAY  BE  DESIGNATED
TO  BE  THE  CHILD'S ADVISOR AND, AS NECESSARY, ADVOCATE WITH RESPECT TO
THE APPLICATION OF THE REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD;
  S 4. Subdivisions 1 and 2 of section 458-c of the social services law,
as  added  by section 4 of part F of chapter 58 of the laws of 2010, are
amended to read as follows:
  1. A social services official shall make  payments  for  non-recurring
guardianship  expenses  incurred  by  or  on  behalf of the relatives OR
SUCCESSOR GUARDIANS who have been approved by the social services  offi-
cial  to  receive  kinship  guardianship  assistance payments, when such
expenses are incurred in connection with assuming the guardianship of  a
foster  child OR A FORMER FOSTER CHILD IN REGARD TO SUCCESSOR GUARDIANS.
The agreement for the payment  of  non-recurring  guardianship  expenses
must be reflected in the written agreement set forth in subdivision four
of  section four hundred fifty-eight-b of this title. In accordance with
subdivision two of this section, the  payments  shall  be  made  by  the
social services official either to the relative OR SUCCESSOR guardian or
guardians  directly  or  to  an  attorney  on  behalf of the relative OR
SUCCESSOR guardian or guardians, AS APPLICABLE, for the allowable amount
of non-recurring  guardianship  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with
obtaining such guardianship.
  2.  The  amount of the payment made pursuant to this section shall not
exceed  two  thousand  dollars  for  each  foster  child  for  whom  the
relatives, OR EACH FORMER FOSTER CHILD FOR WHOM THE SUCCESSOR GUARDIANS,
seek  guardianship or permanent guardianship and shall be available only
for those expenses that are determined to be eligible for  reimbursement
by  the  social  services official in accordance with the regulations of
the office of children and family services.
  S 5. The social services law is amended by adding a new section  383-a
to read as follows:
  S  383-A.  QUALIFIED  IMMUNITY  FROM  LIABILITY FOR APPLICATION OF THE
REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD.  1. DEFINITIONS. AS USED IN THIS
SECTION, THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MEANINGS:
  (A) "CAREGIVER" SHALL MEAN A FOSTER PARENT, THE EMPLOYEE  OF  A  CHILD
CARE  FACILITY  OPERATED BY A VOLUNTARY AUTHORIZED AGENCY THAT IS DESIG-
NATED TO APPLY THE REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD,  OR  A  LOCAL
DEPARTMENT  OF  SOCIAL SERVICES OR A VOLUNTARY AUTHORIZED AGENCY THAT IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CARE OF A FOSTER CHILD AT THE RELEVANT TIME.
  (B) "CHILD" SHALL MEAN A CHILD WHO IS IN FOSTER CARE  OR  WHO  WAS  IN
FOSTER CARE AT THE RELEVANT TIME.
  (C)  "CHILD CARE FACILITY" SHALL MEAN AN INSTITUTION, GROUP RESIDENCE,
GROUP HOME, AGENCY OPERATED BOARDING  HOME,  OR  SUPERVISED  INDEPENDENT
LIVING PROGRAM.
  (D) "REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD" SHALL MEAN, IN ACCORDANCE
WITH  42  U.S.C. 675 AS AMENDED BY P.L. 113-183, THE STANDARD CHARACTER-
IZED BY CAREFUL  AND  SENSIBLE  PARENTAL  DECISIONS  THAT  MAINTAIN  THE
HEALTH,  SAFETY,  AND  BEST  INTERESTS OF A CHILD WHILE AT THE SAME TIME
ENCOURAGING THE EMOTIONAL AND DEVELOPMENTAL GROWTH OF THE CHILD  THAT  A
CAREGIVER  SHALL USE WHEN DETERMINING WHETHER TO ALLOW A CHILD IN FOSTER
CARE TO PARTICIPATE IN EXTRACURRICULAR, ENRICHMENT, CULTURAL  OR  SOCIAL
ACTIVITIES.
  2.  A  CAREGIVER  SHALL  NOT  BE LIABLE FOR INJURIES TO THE CHILD THAT
OCCUR AS A RESULT OF  ACTING  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  REASONABLE  AND
PRUDENT  PARENT  STANDARD AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH (D) OF SUBDIVISION ONE

S. 6406                            85                            A. 9006

OF THIS SECTION, UNLESS SUCH INJURIES WERE CAUSED BY GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR
WILLFUL AND WANTON MISCONDUCT ON THE PART OF SUCH CAREGIVER.
  3.  IN  DETERMINING WHETHER THE REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD
WAS APPLIED BY A CAREGIVER IN RELATION TO A PARTICULAR CHILD, ANY  GUID-
ANCE  ISSUED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES OR THE UNITED
STATES DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  42
U.S.C. 675 AS AMENDED BY P.L. 113-183, MAY BE CONSIDERED.
  S  6.  The  opening  paragraph  of  paragraph  (e) of subdivision 2 of
section 378-a of the social services law, as amended by  section  10  of
part L of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  [After]  EXCEPT  AS  SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH (M) OF THIS SECTION, AFTER
reviewing any criminal history record information provided by the  divi-
sion  of  criminal  justice  services, the office of children and family
services shall promptly notify the  authorized  agency  or  other  state
agency that:
  S  7.  Subdivision  2  of  section 378-a of the social services law is
amended by adding a new paragraph (m) to read as follows:
  (M)(1) THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES  SHALL  NOT  RELEASE
THE  CONTENT  OF  THE  RESULTS OF THE NATIONWIDE CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORD
CHECK CONDUCTED BY THE FEDERAL BUREAU  OF  INVESTIGATION  IN  ACCORDANCE
WITH  THIS SUBDIVISION TO AN AUTHORIZED AGENCY, AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPHS
(A) OR (C) OF SUBDIVISION TEN OF SECTION THREE  HUNDRED  SEVENTY-ONE  OF
THIS TITLE.
  (2)  FOR  ANY APPLICATION MADE TO SUCH AN AUTHORIZED AGENCY UNDER THIS
SUBDIVISION, THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES SHALL:
  (A) REVIEW AND EVALUATE THE RESULTS OF THE NATIONWIDE CRIMINAL HISTORY
RECORD CHECK OF THE  PROSPECTIVE  FOSTER  PARENT,  PROSPECTIVE  ADOPTIVE
PARENT  AND ANY OTHER PERSON OVER THE AGE OF EIGHTEEN WHO RESIDES IN THE
HOME OF SUCH APPLICANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE  STANDARDS  SET  FORTH  IN
PARAGRAPH  (E)  OF  THIS SUBDIVISION RELATING TO MANDATORY DISQUALIFYING
CONVICTIONS, HOLD IN ABEYANCE CHARGES OR CONVICTIONS, AND  DISCRETIONARY
CHARGES AND CONVICTIONS; AND
  (B)  BASED  ON  THE  RESULTS OF THE NATIONWIDE CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORD
CHECK, INFORM SUCH AUTHORIZED AGENCY THAT THE  APPLICATION  FOR  CERTIF-
ICATION  OR APPROVAL OF THE PROSPECTIVE FOSTER PARENT OR THE PROSPECTIVE
ADOPTIVE PARENT EITHER: (I) MUST BE DENIED; (II) MUST BE HELD  IN  ABEY-
ANCE  PENDING  SUBSEQUENT  NOTIFICATION  FROM THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
FAMILY SERVICES; OR  (III)  THAT  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES  HAS  NO  OBJECTION,  SOLELY  BASED  ON THE NATIONWIDE CRIMINAL
HISTORY RECORD CHECK, FOR THE AUTHORIZED AGENCY TO PROCEED WITH A DETER-
MINATION ON SUCH APPLICATION BASED ON THE STANDARDS FOR CERTIFICATION OR
APPROVAL OF A PROSPECTIVE FOSTER PARENT OR PROSPECTIVE ADOPTIVE  PARENT,
AS  SET  FORTH  IN  THE REGULATIONS OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES.
  (3) WHERE THE OFFICE OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES  DIRECTS  THE
AUTHORIZED AGENCY TO DENY THE APPLICATION OF A PROSPECTIVE FOSTER PARENT
OR  A PROSPECTIVE ADOPTIVE PARENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS PARAGRAPH, THE
OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES SHALL ALSO NOTIFY THE PROSPECTIVE
FOSTER PARENT, PROSPECTIVE ADOPTIVE PARENT OR OTHER PERSON OVER THE  AGE
OF  EIGHTEEN  WHO  RESIDED  IN  THE HOME OF THE APPLICANT WHOSE CRIMINAL
HISTORY WAS THE BASIS FOR THE DENIAL.
  (4) THIS PARAGRAPH DOES  NOT  APPLY  TO  NATIONWIDE  CRIMINAL  HISTORY
RECORD CHECKS CONDUCTED BY THE FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION ON BEHALF
OF STATE AGENCIES OR AUTHORIZED AGENCIES, AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF
SUBDIVISION  TEN  OF SECTION THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY-ONE OF THIS TITLE, OR

S. 6406                            86                            A. 9006

TO THE RESULTS OF STATEWIDE CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORD CHECKS CONDUCTED  BY
THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES.
  S  8.  Severability.  If any clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision,
section or part contained in any part of this act shall be  adjudged  by
any  court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgement shall
not affect, impair, or invalidate the remainder thereof,  but  shall  be
confined  in  its operation to the clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivi-
sion, section or part contained in any part thereof directly involved in
the controversy in which such judgment shall have been rendered.  It  is
hereby  declared to be the intent of the legislature that this act would
have been enacted even if such invalid provisions had not been  included
herein.
  S  9.  This  act  shall take effect immediately, provided however that
sections six and seven of this act shall take effect  on  the  ninetieth
day after it shall have become a law.

                                 PART N

  Section 1. The criminal procedure law is amended by adding a new arti-
cle 722 to read as follows:
                               ARTICLE 722
     PROCEEDINGS AGAINST JUVENILE OFFENDERS; ESTABLISHMENT OF YOUTH
                       PART AND RELATED PROCEDURES
SECTION 722.00 PROBATION CASE PLANNING AND SERVICES.
        722.10 YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT ESTABLISHED.
        722.20 PROCEEDINGS IN A YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT.
S 722.00 PROBATION CASE PLANNING AND SERVICES.
  1.  EVERY  PROBATION DEPARTMENT SHALL CONDUCT A RISK AND NEEDS ASSESS-
MENT WITH RESPECT TO ANY JUVENILE  RELEASED  ON  RECOGNIZANCE,  RELEASED
UNDER SUPERVISION, OR POSTING BAIL FOLLOWING ARRAIGNMENT BY A YOUTH PART
WITHIN  ITS  JURISDICTION.  THE  COURT  SHALL ORDER ANY SUCH JUVENILE TO
REPORT WITHIN SEVEN  CALENDAR  DAYS  TO  THE  PROBATION  DEPARTMENT  FOR
PURPOSES   OF  ASSESSMENT.  BASED  UPON  THE  ASSESSMENT  FINDINGS,  THE
PROBATION DEPARTMENT SHALL REFER THE JUVENILE TO  AVAILABLE  SPECIALIZED
AND  EVIDENCE-BASED  SERVICES  TO  MITIGATE  ANY RISKS IDENTIFIED AND TO
ADDRESS INDIVIDUAL NEEDS.
  2. ANY JUVENILE UNDERGOING  SERVICES  SHALL  EXECUTE  APPROPRIATE  AND
NECESSARY  CONSENT FORMS, WHERE APPLICABLE, TO ENSURE THAT THE PROBATION
DEPARTMENT  MAY  COMMUNICATE  WITH  ANY  SERVICE  PROVIDER  AND  RECEIVE
PROGRESS  REPORTS  WITH  RESPECT  TO  SERVICES  OFFERED AND/OR DELIVERED
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  DIAGNOSIS,  TREATMENT,  PROGNOSIS,  TEST
RESULTS,  JUVENILE ATTENDANCE AND INFORMATION REGARDING JUVENILE COMPLI-
ANCE OR NONCOMPLIANCE WITH PROGRAM SERVICE REQUIREMENTS, IF ANY.
  3. NOTHING SHALL PRECLUDE THE PROBATION DEPARTMENT AND  JUVENILE  FROM
ENTERING  INTO  A  VOLUNTARY  WRITTEN/FORMAL  CASE  PLAN AS TO TERMS AND
CONDITIONS TO BE MET, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  REPORTING  TO  THE
PROBATION DEPARTMENT AND OTHER PROBATION DEPARTMENT CONTACTS, UNDERGOING
ALCOHOL,  SUBSTANCE  ABUSE,  OR  MENTAL HEALTH TESTING, PARTICIPATING IN
SPECIFIC SERVICES, ADHERING TO SERVICE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS, AND  SCHOOL
ATTENDANCE,   WHERE  APPLICABLE.  FOLLOWING  THE  JUVENILE'S  SUCCESSFUL
COMPLETION OF THE CONDITIONS OF HIS OR HER CASE PLAN,  THE  COURT,  WITH
THE  CONSENT  OF THE DISTRICT ATTORNEY MAY DISMISS THE INDICTMENT OR ANY
COUNT THEREOF IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 210.40 OF THIS CHAPTER.
  4. WHEN PREPARING A PRE-SENTENCE  INVESTIGATION  REPORT  OF  ANY  SUCH
YOUTH,  THE  PROBATION  DEPARTMENT  SHALL  INCORPORATE  A SUMMARY OF THE

S. 6406                            87                            A. 9006

ASSESSMENT FINDINGS, ANY REFERRALS AND PROGRESS WITH RESPECT TO MITIGAT-
ING RISK AND ADDRESSING ANY IDENTIFIED JUVENILE NEEDS.
S 722.10 YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT ESTABLISHED.
  THE CHIEF ADMINISTRATOR OF THE COURTS IS HEREBY DIRECTED TO ESTABLISH,
IN  A SUPERIOR COURT IN EACH COUNTY OF THE STATE THAT EXERCISES CRIMINAL
JURISDICTION, A PART OF COURT TO BE KNOWN AS THE YOUTH PART OF THE SUPE-
RIOR COURT FOR THE COUNTY IN WHICH SUCH COURT PRESIDES.  JUDGES  PRESID-
ING  IN  THE  YOUTH  PART  SHALL  RECEIVE TRAINING IN SPECIALIZED AREAS,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, JUVENILE JUSTICE, ADOLESCENT  DEVELOPMENT
AND EFFECTIVE TREATMENT METHODS FOR REDUCING CRIME COMMISSION BY ADOLES-
CENTS.   THE  YOUTH  PART  SHALL  HAVE  EXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION  OF  ALL
PROCEEDINGS IN RELATION TO JUVENILE OFFENDERS,  EXCEPT  AS  PROVIDED  IN
SECTION 180.75 OF THIS CHAPTER.
S 722.20 PROCEEDINGS IN A YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT.
  1.  WHEN  A  JUVENILE  OFFENDER  IS ARRAIGNED BEFORE A YOUTH PART, THE
PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL APPLY. IF THE  YOUTH  PART  IS  NOT  IN
SESSION,  THE  DEFENDANT  SHALL  BE  BROUGHT  BEFORE THE MOST ACCESSIBLE
MAGISTRATE DESIGNATED BY THE APPELLATE DIVISION OF THE SUPREME COURT  TO
ACT  AS  A  YOUTH PART FOR THE PURPOSE OF MAKING A DETERMINATION WHETHER
SUCH JUVENILE SHALL BE DETAINED. IF  THE  DEFENDANT  IS  ORDERED  TO  BE
DETAINED,  HE  OR  SHE  SHALL  BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE NEXT SESSION OF THE
YOUTH PART. IF THE DEFENDANT IS NOT DETAINED, HE OR SHE SHALL BE ORDERED
TO APPEAR AT THE NEXT SESSION OF THE YOUTH PART.
  2. IF THE DEFENDANT WAIVES A HEARING UPON THE  FELONY  COMPLAINT,  THE
COURT  MUST ORDER THAT THE DEFENDANT BE HELD FOR THE ACTION OF THE GRAND
JURY WITH RESPECT TO THE CHARGE  OR  CHARGES  CONTAINED  IN  THE  FELONY
COMPLAINT.
  3.  IF  THERE BE A HEARING, THEN AT THE CONCLUSION OF THE HEARING, THE
COURT MUST DISPOSE OF THE FELONY COMPLAINT AS FOLLOWS:
  (A) IF THERE IS A REASONABLE  CAUSE  TO  BELIEVE  THAT  THE  DEFENDANT
COMMITTED  A  CRIME  FOR  WHICH  A PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF SEVENTEEN, OR
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON UNDER THE  AGE
OF  EIGHTEEN  IS  CRIMINALLY  RESPONSIBLE, THE COURT MUST ORDER THAT THE
DEFENDANT BE HELD FOR THE ACTION OF A GRAND JURY; OR
  (B) IF THERE IS NOT REASONABLE CAUSE TO  BELIEVE  THAT  THE  DEFENDANT
COMMITTED  A  CRIME  FOR  WHICH  A PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF SEVENTEEN, OR
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON UNDER THE  AGE
OF  EIGHTEEN  IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE BUT THERE IS REASONABLE CAUSE TO
BELIEVE THAT THE DEFENDANT IS A  "JUVENILE  DELINQUENT"  AS  DEFINED  IN
SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 301.2 OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT, THE COURT MUST
SPECIFY THE ACT OR ACTS IT FOUND REASONABLE CAUSE TO BELIEVE THE DEFEND-
ANT  DID  AND  DIRECT  THAT THE ACTION BE REMOVED TO THE FAMILY COURT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE SEVEN HUNDRED  TWENTY-FIVE  OF
THIS TITLE; OR
  (C)  IF  THERE  IS  NOT REASONABLE CAUSE TO BELIEVE THAT THE DEFENDANT
COMMITTED ANY CRIMINAL ACT, THE COURT MUST DISMISS THE FELONY  COMPLAINT
AND  DISCHARGE THE DEFENDANT FROM CUSTODY IF HE OR SHE IS IN CUSTODY, OR
IF HE OR SHE IS AT LIBERTY ON BAIL, IT MUST EXONERATE THE BAIL.
  4.  NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  SUBDIVISION  THREE  OF  THIS
SECTION,  A YOUTH PART SHALL, WITH THE CONSENT OF THE DISTRICT ATTORNEY,
(A) ORDER REMOVAL OF AN ACTION AGAINST A JUVENILE  OFFENDER  ACCUSED  OF
ROBBERY  IN  THE  SECOND DEGREE AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION
160.10 OF THE PENAL LAW AND A JUVENILE OFFENDER ACCUSED OF COMMITTING  A
VIOLENT  FELONY  OFFENSE AS DEFINED IN SECTION 70.02 OF THE PENAL LAW AT
AGE SIXTEEN, OR AFTER JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  NINETEEN,  AT  AGE
SIXTEEN  OR  SEVENTEEN,  FOR WHICH A YOUTH AGE FIFTEEN OR YOUNGER IS NOT

S. 6406                            88                            A. 9006

CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE, TO THE FAMILY COURT PURSUANT TO  THE  PROVISIONS
OF  ARTICLE  SEVEN HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE OF THIS TITLE IF, AFTER CONSIDER-
ATION OF THE FACTORS SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH (C) OF THIS SUBDIVISION, THE
COURT  DETERMINES  THAT  TO  DO SO WOULD BE IN THE INTERESTS OF JUSTICE.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE COURT SHALL FIND THAT SUCH REMOVAL IS NOT IN
THE INTERESTS OF JUSTICE IF THE YOUTH PLAYED A PRIMARY ROLE  IN  COMMIS-
SION OF THE CRIME OR AGGRAVATING CIRCUMSTANCES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMIT-
ED TO THE YOUTH'S USE OF A WEAPON, ARE PRESENT.
  (B)  AT  THE  REQUEST  OF  THE  DISTRICT ATTORNEY, ORDER REMOVAL OF AN
ACTION AGAINST A JUVENILE OFFENDER, OTHER  THAN  AN  ACTION  SUBJECT  TO
PARAGRAPH  (A)  OF THIS SUBDIVISION, TO THE FAMILY COURT PURSUANT TO THE
PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE SEVEN HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE OF THIS TITLE  IF,  UPON
CONSIDERATION  OF THE CRITERIA SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH (C) OF THIS SUBDI-
VISION, IT IS DETERMINED THAT TO DO SO WOULD  BE  IN  THE  INTERESTS  OF
JUSTICE.  WHERE,  HOWEVER,  THE  FELONY  COMPLAINT  CHARGES THE JUVENILE
OFFENDER CHARGED WITH MURDER IN THE SECOND DEGREE AS DEFINED IN  SECTION
125.25  OF THE PENAL LAW; RAPE IN THE FIRST DEGREE, AS DEFINED IN SUBDI-
VISION ONE OF SECTION 130.35 OF THE PENAL LAW; CRIMINAL  SEXUAL  ACT  IN
THE FIRST DEGREE, AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 130.50 OF THE
PENAL  LAW; COURSE OF SEXUAL CONDUCT AGAINST A CHILD IN THE FIRST DEGREE
AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH (A) OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 130.75 OF  THE
PENAL  LAW; PREDATORY SEXUAL ASSAULT AS DEFINED IN SECTION 130.95 OF THE
PENAL LAW WHERE THE UNDERLYING CRIME IS RAPE IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE,  AS
DEFINED  IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 130.35 OF THE PENAL LAW OR CRIMI-
NAL SEXUAL ACT IN THE FIRST DEGREE, AS DEFINED  IN  SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF
SECTION  130.50 OF THE PENAL LAW; OR AN ARMED FELONY AS DEFINED IN PARA-
GRAPH (A) OF SUBDIVISION FORTY-ONE OF SECTION 1.20 OF  THIS  CHAPTER,  A
DETERMINATION  THAT SUCH ACTION BE REMOVED TO THE FAMILY COURT SHALL, IN
ADDITION, BE BASED UPON A FINDING  OF  ONE  OR  MORE  OF  THE  FOLLOWING
FACTORS: (I) MITIGATING CIRCUMSTANCES THAT BEAR DIRECTLY UPON THE MANNER
IN  WHICH  THE CRIME WAS COMMITTED; (II) WHERE THE DEFENDANT WAS NOT THE
SOLE PARTICIPANT IN THE CRIME, THE DEFENDANT'S PARTICIPATION  WAS  RELA-
TIVELY  MINOR  ALTHOUGH  NOT  SO MINOR AS TO CONSTITUTE A DEFENSE TO THE
PROSECUTION; OR (III) POSSIBLE DEFICIENCIES IN THE PROOF OF THE CRIME.
  (C) IN MAKING ITS DETERMINATION PURSUANT  TO  PARAGRAPH  (A)  OF  THIS
SUBDIVISION  THE COURT SHALL, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, EXAMINE INDIVID-
UALLY AND COLLECTIVELY, THE FOLLOWING:
  (I) THE SERIOUSNESS AND CIRCUMSTANCES OF THE OFFENSE;
  (II) THE EXTENT OF HARM CAUSED BY THE OFFENSE;
  (III) THE EVIDENCE OF GUILT, WHETHER  ADMISSIBLE  OR  INADMISSIBLE  AT
TRIAL;
  (IV) THE HISTORY, CHARACTER AND CONDITION OF THE DEFENDANT;
  (V)  THE  PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF IMPOSING UPON THE DEFENDANT A SENTENCE
AUTHORIZED FOR THE OFFENSE;
  (VI) THE IMPACT OF A REMOVAL OF THE CASE TO THE FAMILY  COURT  ON  THE
SAFETY OR WELFARE OF THE COMMUNITY;
  (VII) THE IMPACT OF A REMOVAL OF THE CASE TO THE FAMILY COURT UPON THE
CONFIDENCE OF THE PUBLIC IN THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM;
  (VIII)  WHERE  THE  COURT  DEEMS  IT  APPROPRIATE, THE ATTITUDE OF THE
COMPLAINANT OR VICTIM WITH RESPECT TO THE MOTION; AND
  (IX) ANY OTHER RELEVANT FACT INDICATING THAT A JUDGMENT OF  CONVICTION
IN THE CRIMINAL COURT WOULD SERVE NO USEFUL PURPOSE.
  (D)  FOR  THE  PURPOSE OF MAKING A DETERMINATION WHETHER TO REMOVE THE
CASE TO FAMILY COURT PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION, ANY EVIDENCE WHICH IS
NOT LEGALLY PRIVILEGED MAY BE INTRODUCED. IF  THE  DEFENDANT  TESTIFIES,
HIS  OR  HER  TESTIMONY  MAY NOT BE INTRODUCED AGAINST HIM OR HER IN ANY

S. 6406                            89                            A. 9006

FUTURE PROCEEDING, EXCEPT TO IMPEACH HIS OR HER TESTIMONY AT SUCH FUTURE
PROCEEDING AS INCONSISTENT PRIOR TESTIMONY.
  (E)  THIS  SECTION  SHALL  NOT BE CONSTRUED TO LIMIT THE POWERS OF THE
GRAND JURY.
  S 2. The opening paragraph and subdivisions 2 and 3 of section  725.05
of  the  criminal  procedure law, as added by chapter 481 of the laws of
1978, are amended to read as follows:
  When a [court] YOUTH PART directs that an action or charge  is  to  be
removed  to  the family court the [court] YOUTH PART must issue an order
of removal in accordance with this section.    Such  order  must  be  as
follows:
  2.    Where  the  direction is authorized pursuant to paragraph (b) of
subdivision [three] TWO of section [180.75]  725.20  of  this  [chapter]
TITLE,  it  must  specify  the  act or acts it found reasonable cause to
believe the defendant did.
  3.  Where the direction is authorized pursuant to  subdivision  [four]
THREE of section [180.75] 725.20 of this [chapter] TITLE, it must speci-
fy the act or acts it found reasonable cause to allege.
  S 3. Section 725.20 of the criminal procedure law, as added by chapter
481  of the laws of 1978, subdivisions 1 and 2 as amended by chapter 411
of the laws of 1979, is amended to read as follows:
S 725.20  Record of certain actions removed.
  1.  The provisions of this section shall apply in any  case  where  an
order  of removal to the family court is entered pursuant to a direction
authorized by subdivision [four] THREE of  THIS  section  [180.75],  [or
section  210.43,] or subparagraph (iii) of paragraph [(h)] (G) of subdi-
vision five of section 220.10 of this chapter, or section 330.25 of this
chapter.
  2.  When such an action is removed the court that directed the removal
must cause the following additional records to be filed with  the  clerk
of  the  county  court  or in the city of New York with the clerk of the
supreme court of the county wherein the action was pending and with  the
division of criminal justice services:
  (a) A certified copy of the order of removal;
  (b)  [Where  the  direction  is  one authorized by subdivision four of
section 180.75 of this chapter, a copy of the statement of the  district
attorney  made  pursuant  to paragraph (b) of subdivision six of section
180.75 of this chapter;
  (c)  Where the direction is authorized by section 180.75,  a  copy  of
the  portion of the minutes containing the statement by the court pursu-
ant to paragraph (a) of subdivision six of such section 180.75;
  (d)] Where the direction is one authorized by  subparagraph  (iii)  of
paragraph  [(h)]  (G)  of  subdivision five of section 220.10 or section
330.25 of this chapter, a copy of the minutes of  the  plea  of  guilty,
including the minutes of the memorandum submitted by the district attor-
ney and the court;
  [(e)    Where  the  direction  is one authorized by subdivision one of
section 210.43 of this chapter, a copy of that portion  of  the  minutes
containing  the  statement  by  the  court  pursuant to paragraph (a) of
subdivision five of section 210.43;
  (f)  Where the direction is one authorized by paragraph (b) of  subdi-
vision  one of section 210.43 of this chapter, a copy of that portion of
the minutes containing the  statement  of  the  district  attorney  made
pursuant to paragraph (b) of subdivision five of section 210.43;] and
  [(g)]  (C)  In  addition to the records specified in this subdivision,
such further statement or submission of additional information  pertain-

S. 6406                            90                            A. 9006

ing  to  the  proceeding  in criminal court in accordance with standards
established by the commissioner of  the  division  of  criminal  justice
services,  subject  to  the  provisions  of  subdivision  three  of this
section.
  3.  It shall be the duty of said clerk to maintain a separate file for
copies  of  orders  and  minutes filed pursuant to this section.    Upon
receipt of such orders and minutes the clerk must promptly  delete  such
portions  as would identify the defendant, but the clerk shall neverthe-
less maintain a separate confidential system to  enable  correlation  of
the  documents  so  filed  with identification of the defendant.   After
making such deletions the orders and minutes shall be placed within  the
file  and  must be available for public inspection.  Information permit-
ting correlation of any such record with the identity of  any  defendant
shall  not  be  divulged to any person except upon order of a justice of
the supreme court based upon a finding that the public interest  or  the
interests  of  justice  warrant  disclosure  in a particular cause for a
particular case or for a particular purpose or use.
  S 4. The article heading of article 100 of the criminal procedure  law
is amended to read as follows:
                     COMMENCEMENT OF ACTION IN LOCAL
        CRIMINAL COURT OR YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR COURT--[LOCAL
                 CRIMINAL COURT] ACCUSATORY INSTRUMENTS
  S  5. The first undesignated paragraph of section 100.05 of the crimi-
nal procedure law is amended to read as follows:
  A criminal action is commenced by the filing of an accusatory  instru-
ment  with a criminal court, OR, IN THE CASE OF A JUVENILE OFFENDER, THE
YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT, and if more than one  such  instrument
is  filed  in  the  course  of  the  same  criminal  action, such action
commences when the first of such instruments is filed.  The only way  in
which a criminal action can be commenced in a superior court, OTHER THAN
A  CRIMINAL  ACTION AGAINST A JUVENILE OFFENDER, is by the filing there-
with by a grand jury of an indictment against a defendant who has  never
been  held  by  a local criminal court for the action of such grand jury
with respect to any charge contained in such indictment.   Otherwise,  a
criminal  action can be commenced only in a local criminal court, by the
filing therewith of a local criminal court accusatory instrument,  name-
ly:
  S  6.  The  section heading and subdivision 5 of section 100.10 of the
criminal procedure law are amended to read as follows:
  Local criminal court AND YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR  COURT  accusatory
instruments; definitions thereof.
  5.  A "felony complaint" is a verified written accusation by a person,
filed  with a local criminal court, OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT,
charging one or more other persons with the commission of  one  or  more
felonies.    It  serves  as  a  basis for the commencement of a criminal
action, but not as a basis for prosecution thereof.
  S 7. The section heading of section 100.40 of the  criminal  procedure
law is amended to read as follows:
  Local  criminal  court AND YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT accusatory
instruments; sufficiency on face.
  S 8. The criminal procedure law is amended by  adding  a  new  section
100.60 to read as follows:
S  100.60  YOUTH  PART  OF THE SUPERIOR COURT ACCUSATORY INSTRUMENTS; IN
           WHAT COURTS FILED.
  ANY YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR  COURT  ACCUSATORY  INSTRUMENT  MAY  BE
FILED  WITH  THE YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT OF A PARTICULAR COUNTY

S. 6406                            91                            A. 9006

WHEN AN OFFENSE CHARGED THEREIN WAS ALLEGEDLY COMMITTED IN  SUCH  COUNTY
OR THAT PART THEREOF OVER WHICH SUCH COURT HAS JURISDICTION.
  S  9. The article heading of article 110 of the criminal procedure law
is amended to read as follows:
                    REQUIRING DEFENDANT'S APPEARANCE
         IN LOCAL CRIMINAL COURT OR YOUTH PART OF SUPERIOR COURT
                             FOR ARRAIGNMENT
  S 10. Section 110.10 of the criminal procedure law is amended to  read
as follows:
S  110.10  Methods of requiring defendant's appearance in local criminal
             court OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT for  arraignment;
             in general.
  1.  After  a  criminal  action  has been commenced in a local criminal
court OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT by the filing of an accusatory
instrument therewith, a defendant who has  not  been  arraigned  in  the
action and has not come under the control of the court may under certain
circumstances  be  compelled  or required to appear for arraignment upon
such accusatory instrument by:
  (a)  The issuance and execution of a warrant of arrest, as provided in
article one hundred twenty; or
  (b)  The issuance and service upon him of a summons,  as  provided  in
article one hundred thirty; or
  (c)   Procedures provided in articles five hundred sixty, five hundred
seventy, five hundred eighty, five hundred ninety and  six  hundred  for
securing  attendance  of  defendants  in criminal actions who are not at
liberty within the state.
  2.  Although no criminal action against a person has been commenced in
any court, he may under certain circumstances be compelled  or  required
to  appear  in  a local criminal court OR YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR COURT
for arraignment upon an accusatory instrument to be filed  therewith  at
or before the time of his appearance by:
  (a)    An  arrest  made  without a warrant, as provided in article one
hundred forty; or
  (b)  The issuance and service upon him of  an  appearance  ticket,  as
provided in article one hundred fifty.
  S  11.  Section  110.20  of  the criminal procedure law, as amended by
chapter 843 of the laws of 1980, is amended to read as follows:
S 110.20  Local criminal court OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT accu-
             satory instruments; notice thereof to district attorney.
  When a criminal action in which a crime is charged is commenced  in  a
local criminal court, OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT other than the
criminal court of the city of New York, a copy of the accusatory instru-
ment  shall be promptly transmitted to the appropriate district attorney
upon or prior to the arraignment of  the  defendant  on  the  accusatory
instrument.    If a police officer or a peace officer is the complainant
or the filer of a simplified information, or has arrested the  defendant
or  brought  him  before  the  local criminal court OR YOUTH PART OF THE
SUPERIOR COURT on behalf of an arresting person pursuant to  subdivision
one  of  section  140.20,  such officer or his agency shall transmit the
copy of the accusatory instrument to the appropriate district  attorney.
In  all  other  cases,  the clerk of the court in which the defendant is
arraigned shall so transmit it.
  S 12. The opening paragraph of subdivision 1 of section 120.20 of  the
criminal  procedure  law, as amended by chapter 506 of the laws of 2000,
is amended to read as follows:

S. 6406                            92                            A. 9006

  When a criminal action has been commenced in a local criminal court OR
YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT by the filing therewith of an accusato-
ry instrument, other than a simplified traffic  information,  against  a
defendant who has not been arraigned upon such accusatory instrument and
has not come under the control of the court with respect thereto:
  S  13. Section 120.30 of the criminal procedure law is amended to read
as follows:
S 120.30  Warrant of arrest; by what courts issuable and in what  courts
             returnable.
  1.  A warrant of arrest may be issued only by the local criminal court
OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT with which the underlying accusatory
instrument has been filed, and it may be made returnable in such issuing
court only.
  2.  The particular local criminal court or courts OR YOUTH PART OF THE
SUPERIOR  COURT  with which any particular local criminal court OR YOUTH
PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT accusatory instrument may be  filed  for  the
purpose  of  obtaining a warrant of arrest are determined, generally, by
the provisions of section 100.55 OR 100.60.  If, however,  a  particular
accusatory  instrument may pursuant to said section 100.55 be filed with
a particular town court and such town court is not available at the time
such instrument is sought to be filed and a warrant obtained, such accu-
satory instrument may be filed with the town court of any adjoining town
of the same county.  If such instrument may be filed  pursuant  to  said
section 100.55 with a particular village court and such village court is
not  available  at  the time, it may be filed with the town court of the
town embracing such village, or if such  town  court  is  not  available
either, with the town court of any adjoining town of the same county.
  S  14.  Section  120.55  of  the criminal procedure law, as amended by
section 71 of subpart B of part C of chapter 62 of the laws of 2011,  is
amended to read as follows:
S 120.55   Warrant of arrest; defendant under parole or probation super-
             vision.
  If the defendant named within a warrant of arrest issued  by  a  local
criminal  court  OR  YOUTH  PART  OF  THE SUPERIOR COURT pursuant to the
provisions of this article, or by a superior court  issued  pursuant  to
subdivision three of section 210.10 of this chapter, is under the super-
vision  of the state department of corrections and community supervision
or a local or state probation department, then a warrant for his or  her
arrest  may  be  executed by a parole officer or probation officer, when
authorized by his or her probation director, within his or her geograph-
ical area of employment.  The execution of the warrant by a parole offi-
cer or probation officer shall be upon the same conditions and conducted
in the same manner as provided for execution of a warrant  by  a  police
officer.
  S 15. Subdivision 1 of section 120.70 of the criminal procedure law is
amended to read as follows:
  1.    A  warrant of arrest issued by a district court, by the New York
City criminal court, THE YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR COURT or by a superior
court judge sitting as a local criminal court may be  executed  anywhere
in the state.
  S 16. Subdivisions 1 and 6 of section 120.90 of the criminal procedure
law,  as  amended  by chapter 424 of the laws of 1998, are amended and a
new subdivision 5-a is added to read as follows:
  1.  Upon arresting a defendant for any offense pursuant to  a  warrant
of  arrest  in  the  county in which the warrant is returnable or in any
adjoining county, or upon so arresting him for a  felony  in  any  other

S. 6406                            93                            A. 9006

county, a police officer, if he be one to whom the warrant is addressed,
must  without  unnecessary  delay  bring  the defendant before the local
criminal court OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT in which such warrant
is returnable.
  5-A.  WHENEVER A POLICE OFFICER IS REQUIRED, PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION,
TO BRING AN ARRESTED DEFENDANT BEFORE A YOUTH PART OF A  SUPERIOR  COURT
IN  WHICH  A  WARRANT  OF ARREST IS RETURNABLE, AND IF SUCH COURT IS NOT
AVAILABLE AT THE TIME, SUCH OFFICER MUST BRING SUCH DEFENDANT BEFORE THE
MOST ACCESSIBLE MAGISTRATE DESIGNATED BY THE APPELLATE DIVISION  OF  THE
SUPREME COURT IN THE APPLICABLE DEPARTMENT TO ACT AS A YOUTH PART.
  6.   Before bringing a defendant arrested pursuant to a warrant before
the local criminal court OR YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR COURT in which such
warrant is returnable, a police officer must without  unnecessary  delay
perform  all fingerprinting and other preliminary police duties required
in the particular case. In any  case  in  which  the  defendant  is  not
brought  by a police officer before such court but, following his arrest
in another county for an offense specified in subdivision one of section
160.10, is released by a local criminal court of such  other  county  on
his  own  recognizance or on bail for his appearance on a specified date
before the local criminal court before which the warrant is  returnable,
the  latter  court  must,  upon  arraignment of the defendant before it,
direct that he be fingerprinted by the appropriate  officer  or  agency,
and  that he appear at an appropriate designated time and place for such
purpose.
  S 17. Subdivision 1 of section 130.10 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  amended  by  chapter  446 of the laws of 1993, is amended to read as
follows:
  1. A summons is a process issued by a local criminal court directing a
defendant designated in an information, a  prosecutor's  information,  a
felony  complaint or a misdemeanor complaint filed with such court, OR A
YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR COURT DIRECTING A  DEFENDANT  DESIGNATED  IN  A
FELONY  COMPLAINT,  or  by a superior court directing a defendant desig-
nated in an indictment filed with such court, to appear before it  at  a
designated  future  time  in connection with such accusatory instrument.
The sole function of a summons is to achieve a defendant's court appear-
ance in a criminal action for the purpose of arraignment upon the  accu-
satory instrument by which such action was commenced.
  S  18.  Section  130.30  of  the criminal procedure law, as amended by
chapter 506 of the laws of 2000, is amended to read as follows:
S 130.30 Summons; when issuable.
  A local criminal court OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT may issue a
summons in any case in which, pursuant to section 120.20, it is  author-
ized  to  issue  a  warrant  of  arrest  based  upon  an  information, a
prosecutor's information, a felony complaint or a misdemeanor complaint.
If such  information,  prosecutor's  information,  felony  complaint  or
misdemeanor  complaint  is  not  sufficient on its face as prescribed in
section 100.40, and if the court is satisfied that on the basis  of  the
available  facts  or evidence it would be impossible to draw and file an
authorized accusatory instrument that is sufficient  on  its  face,  the
court must dismiss the accusatory instrument. A superior court may issue
a  summons  in  any  case  in  which,  pursuant to section 210.10, it is
authorized to issue a warrant of arrest based upon an indictment.
  S 19. Subdivision 1 of section 140.20 of the criminal procedure law is
amended by adding a new paragraph (e) to read as follows:
  (E) IF THE ARREST IS FOR A PERSON  UNDER  THE  AGE  OF  SEVENTEEN  OR,
COMMENCING  JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON UNDER THE AGE

S. 6406                            94                            A. 9006

OF EIGHTEEN, SUCH PERSON SHALL BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE YOUTH PART  OF  THE
SUPERIOR  COURT.  IF THE YOUTH PART IS NOT IN SESSION, SUCH PERSON SHALL
BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE  MOST  ACCESSIBLE  MAGISTRATE  DESIGNATED  BY  THE
APPELLATE  DIVISION OF THE SUPREME COURT IN THE APPLICABLE DEPARTMENT TO
ACT AS A YOUTH PART.
  S 20. Subdivision 6 of section 140.20 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  added  by  chapter  411  of  the laws of 1979, is amended to read as
follows:
  6. Upon arresting a juvenile offender without a  warrant,  the  police
officer  shall  immediately  notify  the  parent or other person legally
responsible for his OR HER care or the person with whom  he  OR  SHE  is
domiciled,  that  the  juvenile  offender  has  been  arrested,  and the
location of the facility where he OR SHE is being detained. IF THE OFFI-
CER DETERMINES THAT IT IS NECESSARY TO QUESTION A JUVENILE OFFENDER OR A
CHILD UNDER EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE WHO FITS WITHIN THE  DEFINITION  OF  A
JUVENILE  OFFENDER  AS  DEFINED  IN  SECTION 30.00 OF THE PENAL LAW, THE
OFFICER MUST TAKE THE JUVENILE TO A FACILITY  DESIGNATED  BY  THE  CHIEF
ADMINISTRATOR  OF  THE COURTS AS A SUITABLE PLACE FOR THE QUESTIONING OF
CHILDREN OR, UPON THE CONSENT  OF  A  PARENT  OR  OTHER  PERSON  LEGALLY
RESPONSIBLE  FOR  THE  CARE OF THE JUVENILE, TO THE JUVENILE'S RESIDENCE
AND THERE QUESTION HIM OR HER FOR A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME.  A  JUVE-
NILE  SHALL  NOT BE QUESTIONED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION UNLESS THE JUVE-
NILE AND A PERSON REQUIRED TO BE NOTIFIED PURSUANT TO THIS  SUBDIVISION,
IF PRESENT, HAVE BEEN ADVISED:
  (A) OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO REMAIN SILENT;
  (B) THAT THE STATEMENTS MADE BY THE JUVENILE MAY BE USED IN A COURT OF
LAW;
  (C)  OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO HAVE AN ATTORNEY PRESENT AT SUCH QUES-
TIONING; AND
  (D) OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO HAVE AN ATTORNEY PROVIDED  FOR  HIM  OR
HER WITHOUT CHARGE IF HE OR SHE IS INDIGENT.
  IN  DETERMINING  THE  SUITABILITY  OF  QUESTIONING AND DETERMINING THE
REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME FOR QUESTIONING SUCH A JUVENILE OFFENDER,  THE
JUVENILE'S  AGE,  THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF HIS OR HER PARENTS OR OTHER
PERSONS LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR HIS OR HER CARE AND NOTIFICATION  PURSU-
ANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL BE INCLUDED AMONG RELEVANT CONSIDERATIONS.
  S  21.  Subdivision 2 of section 140.27 of the criminal procedure law,
as amended by chapter 843 of the laws of 1980, is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  2.  Upon arresting a person without a warrant, a peace officer, except
as  otherwise  provided  in  subdivision  three OR THREE-A, must without
unnecessary delay bring him or cause him to be brought  before  a  local
criminal  court,  as  provided  in section 100.55 and subdivision one of
section 140.20, and must without unnecessary delay file or cause  to  be
filed  therewith  an  appropriate accusatory instrument.  If the offense
which is the subject of the arrest is one of those specified in subdivi-
sion one of section 160.10, the arrested person  must  be  fingerprinted
and  photographed as therein provided.  In order to execute the required
post-arrest functions, such arresting peace  officer  may  perform  such
functions  himself  or he may enlist the aid of a police officer for the
performance thereof in the manner provided in subdivision one of section
140.20.
  S 22. Section 140.27 of the  criminal  procedure  law  is  amended  by
adding a new subdivision 3-a to read as follows:
  3-A.  IF  THE  ARREST  IS  FOR A PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF SEVENTEEN OR,
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON UNDER THE  AGE

S. 6406                            95                            A. 9006

OF  EIGHTEEN,  SUCH PERSON SHALL BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE YOUTH PART OF THE
SUPERIOR COURT. IF THE YOUTH PART IS NOT IN SESSION, SUCH  PERSON  SHALL
BE  BROUGHT  BEFORE  THE  MOST  ACCESSIBLE  MAGISTRATE DESIGNATED BY THE
APPELLATE  DIVISION OF THE SUPREME COURT IN THE APPLICABLE DEPARTMENT TO
ACT AS A YOUTH PART.
  S 23. Subdivision 5 of section 140.27 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  added  by  chapter  411  of  the laws of 1979, is amended to read as
follows:
  5.  Upon arresting a juvenile offender without a  warrant,  the  peace
officer  shall  immediately  notify  the  parent or other person legally
responsible for his care or the person with whom he OR SHE is domiciled,
that the juvenile offender has been arrested, and the  location  of  the
facility  where  he OR SHE is being detained.  IF THE OFFICER DETERMINES
THAT IT IS NECESSARY TO QUESTION A JUVENILE OFFENDER OR  A  CHILD  UNDER
EIGHTEEN  YEARS  OF  AGE  WHO  FITS  WITHIN THE DEFINITION OF A JUVENILE
OFFENDER AS DEFINED IN SECTION 30.00 OF THE PENAL LAW THE  OFFICER  MUST
TAKE THE JUVENILE TO A FACILITY DESIGNATED BY THE CHIEF ADMINISTRATOR OF
THE  COURTS AS A SUITABLE PLACE FOR THE QUESTIONING OF CHILDREN OR, UPON
THE CONSENT OF A PARENT OR OTHER PERSON LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CARE
OF THE JUVENILE, TO THE JUVENILE'S RESIDENCE AND THERE QUESTION  HIM  OR
HER  FOR A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME. A JUVENILE SHALL NOT BE QUESTIONED
PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION UNLESS THE JUVENILE AND A PERSON REQUIRED TO BE
NOTIFIED PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION, IF PRESENT, HAVE BEEN ADVISED:
  (A) OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO REMAIN SILENT;
  (B) THAT THE STATEMENTS MADE BY THE JUVENILE MAY BE USED IN A COURT OF
LAW;
  (C) OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO HAVE AN ATTORNEY PRESENT AT SUCH  QUES-
TIONING; AND
  (D)  OF  THE  JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO HAVE AN ATTORNEY PROVIDED FOR HIM OR
HER WITHOUT CHARGE IF HE OR SHE IS INDIGENT.
  IN DETERMINING THE SUITABILITY  OF  QUESTIONING  AND  DETERMINING  THE
REASONABLE  PERIOD OF TIME FOR QUESTIONING SUCH A JUVENILE OFFENDER, THE
JUVENILE'S AGE, THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF HIS OR HER PARENTS  OR  OTHER
PERSONS  LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR HIS OR HER CARE AND NOTIFICATION PURSU-
ANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL BE INCLUDED AMONG RELEVANT CONSIDERATIONS.
  S 24. Subdivision 5 of section 140.40 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  added  by  chapter  411  of  the laws of 1979, is amended to read as
follows:
  5.   If a police officer takes  an  arrested  juvenile  offender  into
custody, the police officer shall immediately notify the parent or other
person  legally  responsible for his OR HER care or the person with whom
he OR SHE is domiciled, that the juvenile offender  has  been  arrested,
and  the location of the facility where he OR SHE is being detained.  IF
THE OFFICER DETERMINES THAT IT  IS  NECESSARY  TO  QUESTION  A  JUVENILE
OFFENDER  OR  A  CHILD  UNDER  EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE WHO FITS WITHIN THE
DEFINITION OF A JUVENILE OFFENDER AS DEFINED IN  SECTION  30.00  OF  THE
PENAL LAW THE OFFICER MUST TAKE THE JUVENILE TO A FACILITY DESIGNATED BY
THE  CHIEF ADMINISTRATOR OF THE COURTS AS A SUITABLE PLACE FOR THE QUES-
TIONING OF CHILDREN OR, UPON THE CONSENT OF A  PARENT  OR  OTHER  PERSON
LEGALLY  RESPONSIBLE  FOR  THE  CARE  OF THE JUVENILE, TO THE JUVENILE'S
RESIDENCE AND THERE QUESTION HIM OR HER FOR A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME.
A JUVENILE SHALL NOT BE QUESTIONED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION  UNLESS  THE
JUVENILE  AND A PERSON REQUIRED TO BE NOTIFIED PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVI-
SION, IF PRESENT, HAVE BEEN ADVISED:
  (A) OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO REMAIN SILENT;

S. 6406                            96                            A. 9006

  (B) THAT THE STATEMENTS MADE BY THE JUVENILE MAY BE USED IN A COURT OF
LAW;
  (C)  OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO HAVE AN ATTORNEY PRESENT AT SUCH QUES-
TIONING; AND
  (D) OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO HAVE AN ATTORNEY PROVIDED  FOR  HIM  OR
HER WITHOUT CHARGE IF HE OR SHE IS INDIGENT.
  IN  DETERMINING  THE  SUITABILITY  OF  QUESTIONING AND DETERMINING THE
REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME FOR QUESTIONING SUCH A JUVENILE OFFENDER,  THE
JUVENILE'S  AGE,  THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF HIS OR HER PARENTS OR OTHER
PERSONS LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR HIS OR HER CARE AND NOTIFICATION  PURSU-
ANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL BE INCLUDED AMONG RELEVANT CONSIDERATIONS.
  S  25. Subdivisions 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 of section 180.75 of the criminal
procedure law are REPEALED.
  S 26. Subdivision 1 of section 180.75 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  added  by  chapter  481  of  the laws of 1978, is amended to read as
follows:
  1. When a juvenile offender is  arraigned  before  [a  local  criminal
court]  THE  YOUTH  PART  OF  A  SUPERIOR COURT, the provisions of [this
section] ARTICLE SEVEN HUNDRED TWENTY-TWO OF THIS CHAPTER shall apply in
lieu of the provisions of sections 180.30, 180.50  and  180.70  of  this
article.
  S  27.  The opening paragraph of section 180.80 of the criminal proce-
dure law, as amended by chapter 556 of the laws of 1982, is  amended  to
read as follows:
  Upon  application  of  a defendant against whom a felony complaint has
been filed with a local criminal court OR THE YOUTH PART OF  A  SUPERIOR
COURT,  and who, since the time of his arrest or subsequent thereto, has
been held in custody pending disposition of such felony  complaint,  and
who  has  been  confined  in  such custody for a period of more than one
hundred twenty hours or, in the event that a Saturday, Sunday  or  legal
holiday  occurs during such custody, one hundred forty-four hours, with-
out either a disposition of the felony complaint or  commencement  of  a
hearing  thereon, the [local criminal] court must release him on his own
recognizance unless:
  S 28. Subdivisions (a) and (b)  of  section  190.71  of  the  criminal
procedure  law,  subdivision  (a) as amended by chapter 7 of the laws of
2007 and subdivision (b) as added by chapter 481 of the  laws  of  1978,
are amended to read as follows:
  (a)  Except  as  provided in subdivision six of section 200.20 of this
chapter, a grand jury may not indict (i) a person thirteen years of  age
for any conduct or crime other than conduct constituting a crime defined
in  subdivisions  one  and  two  of section 125.25 (murder in the second
degree) or such conduct as a sexually motivated felony, where authorized
pursuant to section 130.91 of the penal  law;  (ii)  a  person  fourteen
[or],  fifteen,  SIXTEEN OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINE-
TEEN, SEVENTEEN years of age for any conduct or crime other than conduct
constituting a crime defined in subdivisions  one  and  two  of  section
125.25  (murder  in  the second degree) and in subdivision three of such
section provided that the underlying crime for the murder charge is  one
for  which  such person is criminally responsible; 135.25 (kidnapping in
the first degree); 150.20 (arson in the first degree); subdivisions  one
and  two  of  section  120.10  (assault  in  the  first  degree); 125.20
(manslaughter in the first degree); subdivisions one and two of  section
130.35  (rape  in the first degree); subdivisions one and two of section
130.50 (criminal sexual act in the  first  degree);  130.70  (aggravated
sexual  abuse  in  the  first  degree);  140.30  (burglary  in the first

S. 6406                            97                            A. 9006

degree); subdivision one of  section  140.25  (burglary  in  the  second
degree);  150.15  (arson  in  the second degree); 160.15 (robbery in the
first degree); subdivision two of section 160.10 (robbery in the  second
degree)  of  the  penal  law;  subdivision four of section 265.02 of the
penal law, where such firearm is possessed on school  grounds,  as  that
phrase is defined in subdivision fourteen of section 220.00 of the penal
law;  or section 265.03 of the penal law, where such machine gun or such
firearm is possessed on school grounds, as that  phrase  is  defined  in
subdivision  fourteen  of section 220.00 of the penal law; or defined in
the penal law as an attempt to commit murder in  the  second  degree  or
kidnapping  in the first degree, or such conduct as a sexually motivated
felony, where authorized pursuant to section 130.91 of  the  penal  law;
(III)  A  PERSON SIXTEEN OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINE-
TEEN, SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE FOR ANY CONDUCT OR CRIME OTHER THAN CONDUCT
CONSTITUTING AN OFFENSE SET FORTH IN THE  VEHICLE  AND  TRAFFIC  LAW;  A
VIOLENT  FELONY  DEFINED IN SECTION 70.02 OF THE PENAL LAW; A CRIME THAT
IS CLASSIFIED AS A CLASS A FELONY EXCEPTING THOSE CLASS A FELONIES WHICH
REQUIRE, AS AN ELEMENT OF THE OFFENSE, THAT THE  DEFENDANT  BE  EIGHTEEN
YEARS  OF AGE OR OLDER; A CRIME DEFINED IN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS OF THE
PENAL LAW: SECTION 120.03 (VEHICULAR  ASSAULT  IN  THE  SECOND  DEGREE);
120.04  (VEHICULAR  ASSAULT  IN  THE FIRST DEGREE); 120.04-A (AGGRAVATED
VEHICULAR  ASSAULT);  125.10  (CRIMINALLY  NEGLIGENT  HOMICIDE);  125.11
(AGGRAVATED    CRIMINALLY   NEGLIGENT   HOMICIDE);   125.12   (VEHICULAR
MANSLAUGHTER IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 125.13  (VEHICULAR  MANSLAUGHTER  IN
THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  125.14  (AGGRAVATED  VEHICULAR  HOMICIDE);  125.15
(MANSLAUGHTER IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 125.20 (MANSLAUGHTER IN  THE  FIRST
DEGREE);  125.21  (AGGRAVATED MANSLAUGHTER IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 125.22
(AGGRAVATED MANSLAUGHTER IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 130.70 (AGGRAVATED SEXUAL
ABUSE IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 130.75 (COURSE OF SEXUAL CONDUCT  AGAINST  A
CHILD  IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  215.11 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE
THIRD DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE  PERSON
IS  TAMPERING  IS  ONE  FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE;
215.12 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE SECOND DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE
CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE PERSON IS TAMPERING IS  ONE  FOR  WHICH
SUCH  PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.13 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS
IN THE FIRST DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH  THE
PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSI-
BLE;  215.52  (AGGRAVATED  CRIMINAL  CONTEMPT); 130.95 (PREDATORY SEXUAL
ASSAULT); 220.18 (CRIMINAL POSSESSION OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE  IN  THE
SECOND DEGREE); 220.21 (CRIMINAL POSSESSION OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN
THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  220.41 (CRIMINAL SALE OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN
THE SECOND DEGREE); 220.43 (CRIMINAL SALE OF A CONTROLLED  SUBSTANCE  IN
THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  220.77  (OPERATING  AS A MAJOR TRAFFICKER); 460.22
(AGGRAVATED ENTERPRISE CORRUPTION); 490.45  (CRIMINAL  POSSESSION  OF  A
CHEMICAL  WEAPON  OR  A  BIOLOGICAL  WEAPON IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 490.50
(CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE  SECOND
DEGREE); 490.55 (CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAP-
ON  IN  THE FIRST DEGREE); ACTS CONSTITUTING A SPECIFIED OFFENSE DEFINED
IN SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION 130.91 OF THE PENAL LAW WHEN COMMITTED  AS
A  SEXUALLY  MOTIVATED  FELONY;  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A SPECIFIED OFFENSE
DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION THREE OF SECTION 490.05 OF  THE  PENAL  LAW  WHEN
COMMITTED  AS AN ACT OF TERRORISM; ACTS CONSTITUTING A FELONY DEFINED IN
ARTICLE FOUR HUNDRED NINETY OF THE PENAL LAW; AND  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A
CRIME  SET FORTH IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 105.10 AND SECTION 105.15
OF THE PENAL LAW PROVIDED THAT THE UNDERLYING CRIME FOR  THE  CONSPIRACY
CHARGE IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE.

S. 6406                            98                            A. 9006

  (b)  A grand jury may vote to file a request to remove a charge to the
family court if it finds that a person [thirteen, fourteen  or  fifteen]
SIXTEEN,  OR  COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN
years of age OR YOUNGER did an act which, if done by a person  over  the
age  of  sixteen,  OR  COMMENCING  JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN,
SEVENTEEN,  would constitute a crime provided (1) such act  is  one  for
which it may not indict; (2) it does not indict such person for a crime;
and  (3)  the evidence before it is legally sufficient to establish that
such person did such act and competent and admissible evidence before it
provides reasonable cause to believe that such person did such act.
  S 29. Subdivision 6 of section 200.20 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  added  by  chapter  136  of  the laws of 1980, is amended to read as
follows:
  6. Where an indictment charges at least one offense against a  defend-
ant  who was under the age of [sixteen] SEVENTEEN, OR COMMENCING JANUARY
FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, EIGHTEEN at the time of the commission  of
the crime and who did not lack criminal responsibility for such crime by
reason  of  infancy, the indictment may, in addition, charge in separate
counts one or more other offenses for which such person would  not  have
been criminally responsible by reason of infancy, if:
  (a)  the offense for which the defendant is criminally responsible and
the one or more other offenses for which he OR SHE would not  have  been
criminally  responsible by reason of infancy are based upon the same act
or upon the same criminal transaction, as that term is defined in subdi-
vision two of section 40.10 of this chapter; or
  (b) the offenses are of such nature that either  proof  of  the  first
offense  would  be  material  and admissible as evidence in chief upon a
trial of the second, or proof of the second would be material and admis-
sible as evidence in chief upon a trial of the first.
  S 30. The opening paragraph of subdivision  1  and  subdivision  5  of
section 210.43 of the criminal procedure law, as added by chapter 411 of
the laws of 1979, are amended to read as follows:
  After  [a  motion by a juvenile offender, pursuant to subdivision five
of section 180.75 of this chapter, or after] arraignment of  a  juvenile
offender  upon  an  indictment, the superior court may, on motion of any
party or on its own motion:
  [5. a. If the court orders removal of the action to family  court,  it
shall  state on the record the factor or factors upon which its determi-
nation is based, and, the court shall give its reasons  for  removal  in
detail and not in conclusory terms.
  b.   The district attorney shall state upon the record the reasons for
his consent to removal of the action to the family court.   The  reasons
shall be stated in detail and not in conclusory terms.]
  S 31. Subparagraphs (i) and (iii) of paragraph (g) of subdivision 5 of
section  220.10  of  the  criminal  procedure  law,  subparagraph (i) as
amended by chapter 410 of the laws of 1979  and  subparagraph  (iii)  as
amended  by  chapter  264  of  the  laws of 2003, are amended to read as
follows:
  (i) If the indictment charges  a  person  fourteen  [or],  fifteen  OR
SIXTEEN,  OR  COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN
years old with the crime of murder in the  second  degree  any  plea  of
guilty  entered  pursuant to subdivision three or four must be a plea of
guilty of a crime for which the defendant is criminally responsible;
  (iii) Where the indictment  does  not  charge  a  crime  specified  in
subparagraph  (i) of this paragraph, the district attorney may recommend
removal of the action to the family court. Upon making such  recommenda-

S. 6406                            99                            A. 9006

tion  the district attorney shall submit a subscribed memorandum setting
forth: (1) a recommendation that the interests of justice would best  be
served  by  removal  of  the  action to the family court; and (2) if the
indictment  charges  a thirteen year old with the crime of murder in the
second degree, or a fourteen [or],  fifteen  OR  SIXTEEN  YEAR  OLD,  OR
COMMENCING  JANUARY FIRST TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN year old with
the crimes of rape in the first degree as defined in subdivision one  of
section  130.35  of  the  penal law, or criminal sexual act in the first
degree as defined in subdivision one of section 130.50 of the penal law,
or an armed felony as defined in paragraph (a) of subdivision  forty-one
of  section  1.20 of this chapter specific factors, one or more of which
reasonably supports the recommendation, showing, (i) mitigating  circum-
stances  that  bear  directly  upon  the  manner  in which the crime was
committed, or (ii) where the defendant was not the sole  participant  in
the  crime,  that  the  defendant's  participation  was relatively minor
although not so minor as to constitute a defense to the prosecution,  or
(iii)  possible  deficiencies  in  proof of the crime, or (iv) where the
juvenile offender has no previous adjudications of  having  committed  a
designated  felony act, as defined in subdivision eight of section 301.2
of the family court act, regardless of the age of the  offender  at  the
time  of  commission of the act, that the criminal act was not part of a
pattern of criminal behavior and, in view of the history of  the  offen-
der, is not likely to be repeated.
  S  32.  Subdivision 2 of section 410.40 of the criminal procedure law,
as amended by chapter 652 of the laws of 2008, is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  2.  Warrant.  (A)  Where  the  probation  officer has requested that a
probation warrant be issued, the court shall, within  seventy-two  hours
of  its  receipt  of  the request, issue or deny the warrant or take any
other lawful action including issuance of a notice to appear pursuant to
subdivision one of this section. If at any time during the period  of  a
sentence  of probation or of conditional discharge the court has reason-
able grounds to believe that the defendant has violated a  condition  of
the sentence, the court may issue a warrant to a police officer or to an
appropriate  peace  officer  directing  him or her to take the defendant
into custody and bring the defendant before the court  without  unneces-
sary  delay;  provided,  however,  if  the court in which the warrant is
returnable is a superior court, and such court is not available, and the
warrant is addressed to a police officer or appropriate probation  offi-
cer  certified  as  a  peace  officer, such executing officer may UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED UNDER PARAGRAPH  (B)  OF  THIS  SECTION,  bring  the
defendant to the local correctional facility of the county in which such
court  sits,  to be detained there until not later than the commencement
of the next session of such court occurring on the next business day; or
if the court in which the warrant is  returnable  is  a  local  criminal
court,  and such court is not available, and the warrant is addressed to
a police officer or appropriate probation officer certified as  a  peace
officer, such executing officer must without unnecessary delay bring the
defendant  before  an  alternate  local  criminal  court, as provided in
subdivision five of section 120.90 of this chapter. A court which issues
such a warrant may attach  thereto  a  summary  of  the  basis  for  the
warrant.  In  any  case  where  a defendant arrested upon the warrant is
brought before a local criminal court other than the court in which  the
warrant  is  returnable,  such  local criminal court shall consider such
summary before issuing a securing order with respect to the defendant.

S. 6406                            100                           A. 9006

  (B) IF THE COURT IN WHICH THE WARRANT  IS  RETURNABLE  IS  A  SUPERIOR
COURT,  AND SUCH COURT IS NOT AVAILABLE, AND THE WARRANT IS ADDRESSED TO
A POLICE OFFICER OR APPROPRIATE PROBATION OFFICER CERTIFIED AS  A  PEACE
OFFICER,  SUCH  EXECUTING  OFFICER  SHALL,  WHERE A DEFENDANT IS SIXTEEN
YEARS  OF AGE OR YOUNGER WHO ALLEGEDLY COMMITS AN OFFENSE OR A VIOLATION
OF HIS OR HER PROBATION OR CONDITIONAL DISCHARGE IMPOSED FOR AN  OFFENSE
ON  OR  AFTER JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN, OR WHERE A DEFENDANT
IS SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR YOUNGER WHO ALLEGEDLY COMMITS AN OFFENSE OR
A VIOLATION OF HIS OR HER PROBATION OR CONDITIONAL DISCHARGE IMPOSED FOR
AN OFFENSE ON OR AFTER JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN,  BRING  THE
DEFENDANT  TO  A JUVENILE DETENTION FACILITY, TO BE DETAINED THERE UNTIL
NOT LATER THAN THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE NEXT SESSION OF SUCH COURT OCCUR-
RING ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.
  S 33. Section 410.60 of the criminal  procedure  law,  as  amended  by
chapter 652 of the laws of 2008, is amended to read as follows:
S 410.60 Appearance before court.
  (A)  A  person  who  has  been  taken into custody pursuant to section
410.40 or section 410.50 of this article for violation of a condition of
a sentence of probation or a  sentence  of  conditional  discharge  must
forthwith be brought before the court that imposed the sentence. Where a
violation of probation petition and report has been filed and the person
has  not  been  taken  into  custody  nor  has a warrant been issued, an
initial court appearance shall occur within ten  business  days  of  the
court's  issuance  of  a  notice  to appear. If the court has reasonable
cause to believe that such  person  has  violated  a  condition  of  the
sentence,  it may commit him OR HER to the custody of the sheriff or fix
bail or release such person on his OR HER own  recognizance  for  future
appearance  at a hearing to be held in accordance with section 410.70 of
this article. If the court does not have  reasonable  cause  to  believe
that  such  person  has  violated  a  condition of the sentence, it must
direct that he OR SHE be released.
  (B) A JUVENILE OFFENDER WHO HAS BEEN TAKEN INTO  CUSTODY  PURSUANT  TO
SECTION  410.40  OR  SECTION  410.50  OF THIS ARTICLE FOR VIOLATION OF A
CONDITION OF A SENTENCE  OF  PROBATION  OR  A  SENTENCE  OF  CONDITIONAL
DISCHARGE  MUST  FORTHWITH  BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE COURT THAT IMPOSED THE
SENTENCE.  WHERE A VIOLATION OF PROBATION PETITION AND REPORT  HAS  BEEN
FILED  AND  THE PERSON HAS NOT BEEN TAKEN INTO CUSTODY NOR HAS A WARRANT
BEEN ISSUED, AN INITIAL COURT APPEARANCE SHALL OCCUR WITHIN TEN BUSINESS
DAYS OF THE COURT'S ISSUANCE OF A NOTICE TO APPEAR.  IF  THE  COURT  HAS
REASONABLE CAUSE TO BELIEVE THAT SUCH PERSON HAS VIOLATED A CONDITION OF
THE  SENTENCE, IT MAY COMMIT HIM OR HER TO THE CUSTODY OF THE SHERIFF OR
FIX BAIL OR RELEASE SUCH PERSON ON  HIS  OR  HER  OWN  RECOGNIZANCE  FOR
FUTURE  APPEARANCE  AT  A  HEARING TO BE HELD IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION
410.70 OF THIS ARTICLE. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL  AUTHOR-
IZE  A JUVENILE TO BE DETAINED FOR A VIOLATION OF A CONDITION THAT WOULD
NOT CONSTITUTE A CRIME IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT UNLESS THE COURT  DETER-
MINES  (I)  THAT THE JUVENILE POSES A SPECIFIC IMMINENT THREAT TO PUBLIC
SAFETY AND STATES THE REASONS FOR THE FINDING ON THE RECORD OR (II)  THE
JUVENILE  IS  ON  PROBATION  FOR  AN ACT THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A VIOLENT
FELONY AS DEFINED IN SECTION 70.02 OF THE PENAL LAW IF COMMITTED  BY  AN
ADULT  AND  THE  USE  OF  GRADUATED SANCTIONS HAS BEEN EXHAUSTED WITHOUT
SUCCESS. IF THE COURT DOES NOT HAVE REASONABLE  CAUSE  TO  BELIEVE  THAT
SUCH  PERSON  HAS  VIOLATED  A CONDITION OF THE SENTENCE, IT MUST DIRECT
THAT THE JUVENILE BE RELEASED.

S. 6406                            101                           A. 9006

  S 34. Subdivision 5 of section 410.70 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  amended  by  chapter  17  of the laws of 2014, is amended to read as
follows:
  5.  Revocation;  modification;  continuation. (A) At the conclusion of
the hearing the court may revoke, continue or  modify  the  sentence  of
probation   or  conditional  discharge.  Where  the  court  revokes  the
sentence, it must impose sentence as specified in subdivisions three and
four of section 60.01 of the penal law. Where  the  court  continues  or
modifies the sentence, it must vacate the declaration of delinquency and
direct  that  the  defendant  be  released.  If the alleged violation is
sustained and the court continues  or  modifies  the  sentence,  it  may
extend the sentence up to the period of interruption specified in subdi-
vision  two  of  section  65.15  of the penal law, but any time spent in
custody in any correctional institution OR JUVENILE  DETENTION  FACILITY
pursuant  to  section 410.40 OR 410.60 of this article shall be credited
against the term of the sentence.  Provided further, where  the  alleged
violation is sustained and the court continues or modifies the sentence,
the  court  may  also extend the remaining period of probation up to the
maximum term authorized by section 65.00 of  the  penal  law.  Provided,
however,  a  defendant shall receive credit for the time during which he
or she was supervised under the original probation sentence prior to any
declaration of delinquency and for any time spent in custody pursuant to
this article for an alleged violation of probation.
  (B) NOTWITHSTANDING PARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS SUBDIVISION, NOTHING  HEREIN
SHALL  AUTHORIZE THE PLACEMENT OF A JUVENILE FOR A VIOLATION OF A CONDI-
TION THAT WOULD NOT CONSTITUTE A CRIME IF COMMITTED BY AN  ADULT  UNLESS
THE  COURT  DETERMINES  (I)  THAT THE JUVENILE POSES A SPECIFIC IMMINENT
THREAT TO PUBLIC SAFETY AND STATES THE REASONS FOR THE  FINDING  ON  THE
RECORD  OR  (II)  THE  JUVENILE  IS  ON  PROBATION FOR AN ACT THAT WOULD
CONSTITUTE A VIOLENT FELONY AS DEFINED IN SECTION 70.02 OF THE PENAL LAW
IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT AND THE USE OF  GRADUATED  SANCTIONS  HAS  BEEN
EXHAUSTED WITHOUT SUCCESS.
  S  35.  The  criminal procedure law is amended by adding a new section
410.90-a to read as follows:
S 410.90-A SUPERIOR COURT; YOUTH PART.
  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE, ALL  PROCEEDINGS
RELATING  TO A JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE HEARD IN THE YOUTH PART OF THE
SUPERIOR COURT HAVING JURISDICTION AND ANY  INTRASTATE  TRANSFERS  UNDER
THIS ARTICLE SHALL BE BETWEEN COURTS DESIGNATED AS A YOUTH PART PURSUANT
TO ARTICLE SEVEN HUNDRED TWENTY-TWO OF THIS CHAPTER.
  S  36.  Section  510.15  of  the criminal procedure law, as amended by
chapter 411 of the laws of 1979, subdivision 1 as designated and  subdi-
vision 2 as added by chapter 359 of the laws of 1980, is amended to read
as follows:
S 510.15  Commitment of principal under [sixteen] SEVENTEEN OR EIGHTEEN.
  1.  When  a  principal  who  is  (A)  under the age of sixteen; OR (B)
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN A PRINCIPAL WHO IS UNDER
THE AGE OF SEVENTEEN WHO COMMITTED AN OFFENSE ON OR AFTER JANUARY FIRST,
TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN; OR (C) COMMENCING  JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND
NINETEEN,  A PRINCIPAL WHO IS UNDER THE AGE OF EIGHTEEN WHO COMMITTED AN
OFFENSE ON OR AFTER JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN,  is  committed
to  the  custody of the sheriff the court must direct that the principal
be taken to and lodged in a place certified by the [state  division  for
youth]  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES as a juvenile detention
facility for the reception of children.  Where such a direction is  made
the sheriff shall deliver the principal in accordance therewith and such

S. 6406                            102                           A. 9006

person  shall  although  lodged  and  cared  for in a juvenile detention
facility continue to be deemed to be in the custody of the sheriff.   No
principal under the age [of sixteen] SPECIFIED to whom the provisions of
this section may apply shall be detained in any prison, jail, lockup, or
other  place  used  for  adults convicted of a crime or under arrest and
charged with the commission of a  crime  without  the  approval  of  the
[state division for youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES in the
case  of  each principal and the statement of its reasons therefor.  The
sheriff shall not be liable for any acts done to or  by  such  principal
resulting  from negligence in the detention of and care for such princi-
pal, when the principal is not in the actual custody of the sheriff.
  2. Except upon consent of the defendant or for good  cause  shown,  in
any  case in which a new securing order is issued for a principal previ-
ously committed to the custody of the sheriff pursuant to this  section,
such  order  shall  further  direct the sheriff to deliver the principal
from a juvenile detention facility to the person or place  specified  in
the order.
  S  37.  Subdivision 1 of section 720.10 of the criminal procedure law,
as amended by chapter 411 of the laws of 1979, is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  1.  "Youth"  means  a person charged with a crime alleged to have been
committed when he OR SHE was at least sixteen years old  and  less  than
[nineteen]  TWENTY-ONE  years old or a person charged with being a juve-
nile offender as defined in subdivision forty-two  of  section  1.20  of
this chapter.
  S 38. Section 30.00 of the penal law, as amended by chapter 481 of the
laws of 1978, subdivision 2 as amended by chapter 7 of the laws of 2007,
is amended to read as follows:
S 30.00 Infancy.
  1.  Except  as provided in [subdivision] SUBDIVISIONS two AND THREE of
this section, a person less than  [sixteen]  SEVENTEEN  years  old,  OR,
COMMENCING  JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  NINETEEN, A PERSON LESS THAN
EIGHTEEN YEARS OLD is not criminally responsible for conduct.
  2. A person thirteen, fourteen [or], fifteen, OR SIXTEEN YEARS OF  AGE
OR,  COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON SEVENTEEN
years of age is criminally responsible for acts constituting  murder  in
the  second  degree  as  defined  in subdivisions one and two of section
125.25 and in subdivision three of such section provided that the under-
lying crime for the murder charge is one for which such person is crimi-
nally responsible or for such conduct as a  sexually  motivated  felony,
where  authorized  pursuant  to  section  130.91 of [the penal law] THIS
CHAPTER; and a person fourteen [or], fifteen, OR SIXTEEN  YEARS  OF  AGE
OR,  COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years of
age is criminally responsible for acts constituting the  crimes  defined
in section 135.25 (kidnapping in the first degree); 150.20 (arson in the
first  degree);  subdivisions  one and two of section 120.10 (assault in
the first degree); 125.20 (manslaughter in the first  degree);  subdivi-
sions one and two of section 130.35 (rape in the first degree); subdivi-
sions  one  and  two of section 130.50 (criminal sexual act in the first
degree); 130.70 (aggravated sexual abuse in the  first  degree);  140.30
(burglary  in  the  first  degree);  subdivision  one  of section 140.25
(burglary in the second degree); 150.15 (arson in  the  second  degree);
160.15  (robbery in the first degree); subdivision two of section 160.10
(robbery in the second degree) of this chapter;  or  section  265.03  of
this  chapter,  where  such  machine gun or such firearm is possessed on
school grounds, as that phrase is defined  in  subdivision  fourteen  of

S. 6406                            103                           A. 9006

section 220.00 of this chapter; or defined in this chapter as an attempt
to commit murder in the second degree or kidnapping in the first degree,
or  for  such  conduct  as a sexually motivated felony, where authorized
pursuant to section 130.91 of [the penal law] THIS CHAPTER.
  3.  A  PERSON SIXTEEN OR, COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINE-
TEEN, SEVENTEEN YEARS OLD IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ACTS  CONSTITUT-
ING AN OFFENSE SET FORTH IN THE VEHICLE AND TRAFFIC LAW; ACTS CONSTITUT-
ING  A  VIOLENT  FELONY  DEFINED  IN SECTION 70.02 OF THIS CHAPTER; ACTS
CONSTITUTING ANY CRIME IN THIS CHAPTER THAT IS CLASSIFIED AS A  CLASS  A
FELONY  EXCEPTING THOSE CLASS A FELONIES WHICH REQUIRE, AS AN ELEMENT OF
THE OFFENSE, THAT THE DEFENDANT BE EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER;  ACTS
CONSTITUTING  THE CRIMES DEFINED IN SECTION 120.03 (VEHICULAR ASSAULT IN
THE SECOND DEGREE); 120.04 (VEHICULAR  ASSAULT  IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);
120.04-A  (AGGRAVATED  VEHICULAR  ASSAULT); 125.10 (CRIMINALLY NEGLIGENT
HOMICIDE); 125.11 (AGGRAVATED  CRIMINALLY  NEGLIGENT  HOMICIDE);  125.12
(VEHICULAR   MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  125.13  (VEHICULAR
MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  125.14   (AGGRAVATED   VEHICULAR
MANSLAUGHTER);  125.15  (MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  125.20
(MANSLAUGHTER IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 125.21 (AGGRAVATED  MANSLAUGHTER  IN
THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  125.22  (AGGRAVATED  MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  FIRST
DEGREE); 130.70 (AGGRAVATED SEXUAL ABUSE IN THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  130.75
(COURSE  OF  SEXUAL CONDUCT AGAINST A CHILD IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 215.11
(TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE THIRD DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE  CRIMI-
NAL  PROCEEDING  IN  WHICH THE PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH
PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.12 (TAMPERING WITH  A  WITNESS  IN
THE  SECOND  DEGREE)  PROVIDED THAT THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE
PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSI-
BLE; 215.13 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE FIRST DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT
THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE PERSON  IS  TAMPERING  IS  ONE  FOR
WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.52 (AGGRAVATED CRIMINAL
CONTEMPT);  ACTS CONSTITUTING A SPECIFIED OFFENSE DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION
TWO OF SECTION 130.91 OF THIS CHAPTER WHEN COMMITTED AS A SEXUALLY MOTI-
VATED  FELONY;  130.95  (PREDATORY  SEXUAL  ASSAULT);  220.18  (CRIMINAL
POSSESSION  OF  A  CONTROLLED  SUBSTANCE  IN  THE SECOND DEGREE); 220.21
(CRIMINAL POSSESSION OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE  IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);
220.41  (CRIMINAL  SALE OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN THE SECOND DEGREE);
220.43 (CRIMINAL SALE OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);
220.77  (OPERATING AS A MAJOR TRAFFICKER); 460.22 (AGGRAVATED ENTERPRISE
CORRUPTION); 490.45 (CRIMINAL POSSESSION  OF  A  CHEMICAL  WEAPON  OR  A
BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 490.50 (CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMI-
CAL  WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 490.55 (CRIMI-
NAL USE OF A CHEMICAL  WEAPON  OR  A  BIOLOGICAL  WEAPON  IN  THE  FIRST
DEGREE);  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A SPECIFIED OFFENSE DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION
THREE OF SECTION 490.05 OF THIS CHAPTER WHEN  COMMITTED  AS  AN  ACT  OF
TERRORISM;  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A  FELONY DEFINED IN ARTICLE 490 OF THIS
CHAPTER; AND ACTS CONSTITUTING A CRIME SET FORTH IN SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF
SECTION 105.10 AND SECTION 105.15 PROVIDED THAT THE UNDERLYING CRIME FOR
THE CONSPIRACY CHARGE IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPON-
SIBLE.
  4.  In any prosecution for an offense, lack of criminal responsibility
by reason of infancy, as defined in this section, is a defense.
  S 39. Subdivision 2 of section 60.02 of the penal law, as  amended  by
chapter 471 of the laws of 1980, is amended to read as follows:
  (2)  If the sentence is to be imposed upon a youthful offender finding
which has been substituted for a conviction  for  any  felony,  AND  THE
PERSON  IS  EIGHTEEN  YEARS  OF  AGE OR YOUNGER, the court must impose a

S. 6406                            104                           A. 9006

sentence authorized to be imposed upon a person convicted of a  class  E
felony  provided, however, that (A) the court must not impose a sentence
of [conditional discharge or] unconditional discharge  if  the  youthful
offender finding was substituted for a conviction of a felony defined in
article  two  hundred  twenty  of  this chapter; AND (B) NOTWITHSTANDING
PARAGRAPH (E) OF SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION 70.00 OF THIS  TITLE,  IF  A
TERM  OF IMPRISONMENT IS IMPOSED, SUCH TERM SHALL BE A DEFINITE SENTENCE
OF ONE YEAR OR LESS, OR A DETERMINATE SENTENCE, THE TERM OF  WHICH  MUST
BE  AT LEAST ONE YEAR AND MUST NOT EXCEED THREE YEARS, AND MUST INCLUDE,
AS A PART THEREOF, A PERIOD OF POST RELEASE  SUPERVISION  IN  ACCORDANCE
WITH  SUBDIVISION  TWO-B  OF  SECTION  70.45 OF THIS TITLE. IN ANY CASE,
WHERE A COURT IMPOSES A SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT IN CONJUNCTION  WITH  A
SENTENCE  OF  PROBATION OR CONDITIONAL DISCHARGE, SUCH IMPRISONMENT TERM
SHALL NOT BE IN EXCESS OF SIX MONTHS, OR IN THE CASE OF AN  INTERMITTENT
TERM,  NOT  IN EXCESS OF FOUR MONTHS IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH (D) OF
SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION 60.01 OF THIS ARTICLE.  IF THE SENTENCE IS TO
BE IMPOSED UPON A YOUTHFUL OFFENDER FINDING WHICH HAS  BEEN  SUBSTITUTED
FOR  A  CONVICTION  OF  ANY FELONY, AND THE PERSON IS NINETEEN OR TWENTY
YEARS OF AGE, THE COURT  MUST  SENTENCE  SUCH  PERSON  PURSUANT  TO  THE
PROVISIONS  OF  THIS  ARTICLE APPLICABLE TO A PERSON TWENTY-ONE YEARS OF
AGE OR OLDER CONVICTED OF THE SAME OFFENSE.
  S 40. Section 60.10 of the penal law, as amended by chapter 411 of the
laws of 1979, is amended to read as follows:
S 60.10 Authorized disposition; juvenile offender.
  1.  WHEN A JUVENILE OFFENDER IS CONVICTED OF A CLASS A  FELONY,  OTHER
THAN  MURDER IN THE SECOND DEGREE AS DEFINED BY SECTION 125.25, ARSON IN
THE FIRST DEGREE AS DEFINED BY SECTION 150.20 OR KIDNAPPING IN THE FIRST
DEGREE AS DEFINED BY SECTION 135.25 OF THIS  CHAPTER,  THE  COURT  SHALL
SENTENCE  THE  DEFENDANT  TO  IMPRISONMENT PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 70.00, 70.06, 70.07, 70.08, OR 70.71 OF THIS CHAPTER, AS  APPLI-
CABLE. When a juvenile offender is convicted of [a] ANY OTHER crime, the
court  shall  sentence  the defendant to imprisonment in accordance with
section 70.05 or sentence [him] THE DEFENDANT upon a  youthful  offender
finding in accordance with section 60.02 of this [chapter] ARTICLE.
  2. Subdivision one of this section shall apply when sentencing a juve-
nile offender notwithstanding the provisions of any other law that deals
with the authorized sentence for persons who are not juvenile offenders.
Provided,  however, that the limitation prescribed by this section shall
not be deemed or construed to bar use of  a  conviction  of  a  juvenile
offender,  other  than  a  juvenile  offender who has been adjudicated a
youthful offender pursuant to section 720.20 of the  criminal  procedure
law,  as  a  previous  or predicate felony offender under section 70.04,
70.06, 70.07, 70.08 [or], 70.10, 70.70, 70.71, 70.80, OR 485.10 OF  THIS
CHAPTER,  when  sentencing a person who commits a felony after [he] SUCH
PERSON has reached the age of [sixteen] SEVENTEEN AS OF  JANUARY  FIRST,
TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN,  AND EIGHTEEN AS OF JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND
NINETEEN.
  S 41. Section 70.05 of the penal law, as added by chapter 481  of  the
laws  of  1978,  subdivision  1 as amended by chapter 615 of the laws of
1984, paragraph (e) of subdivision 2  as  added  and  paragraph  (c)  of
subdivision  3  as amended by chapter 435 of the laws of 1998, paragraph
(a) of subdivision 3 as amended by chapter 174 of the laws of  2003,  is
amended to read as follows:
S 70.05 Sentence of imprisonment for juvenile offender.
  1. [Indeterminate sentence] SENTENCE. A sentence of imprisonment for a
JUVENILE OFFENDER CONVICTED OF A CLASS A felony OTHER THAN MURDER IN THE

S. 6406                            105                           A. 9006

SECOND DEGREE AS DEFINED BY SECTION 125.25, ARSON IN THE FIRST DEGREE AS
DEFINED  BY  SECTION 150.20 OR KIDNAPPING IN THE FIRST DEGREE AS DEFINED
BY SECTION 135.25 OF THIS CHAPTER, SHALL BE IMPOSED BY THE COURT  PURSU-
ANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 70.00, 70.06, 70.07, 70.08, OR 70.71 OF
THIS  CHAPTER,  AS  APPLICABLE. A SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT FOR THE CLASS
A-1 FELONY OF MURDER IN THE SECOND DEGREE committed by a juvenile offen-
der shall be an indeterminate sentence. When such a sentence is imposed,
the court shall impose [a] THE MINIMUM PERIOD OF IMPRISONMENT AND  maxi-
mum  term  in  accordance with the provisions of subdivision two of this
section [and the minimum period of imprisonment shall be as provided  in
subdivision  three  of  this  section].  EXCEPT  AS  PROVIDED  HEREIN, A
SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT FOR ANY OTHER FELONY COMMITTED  BY  A  JUVENILE
OFFENDER  SHALL  BE  A  DETERMINATE  SENTENCE.  WHEN  SUCH A SENTENCE IS
IMPOSED, THE COURT SHALL IMPOSE A TERM OF IMPRISONMENT IN WHOLE OR  HALF
YEARS  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE PROVISIONS OF SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS
SECTION AND A PERIOD OF POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION IN ACCORDANCE WITH  THE
PROVISIONS  OF  SUBDIVISION TWO-B OF SECTION 70.45 OF THIS ARTICLE.  The
court shall further provide that where  a  juvenile  offender  is  under
placement  pursuant  to  article  three  of  the  family  court act, any
sentence imposed pursuant to this section which is to be served  consec-
utively  with  such  placement  shall be served in a facility designated
pursuant to subdivision four of section 70.20 of this article  prior  to
service of the placement in any previously designated facility.
  2.  [Maximum  term of] INDETERMINATE sentence. [The maximum term of an
indeterminate sentence for a juvenile offender shall be at  least  three
years and the term shall be fixed as follows:
  (a)]  For the class A felony of murder in the second degree, the MAXI-
MUM term shall be life imprisonment[;], AND THE MINIMUM PERIOD OF IMPRI-
SONMENT SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN THE SENTENCE AS FOLLOWS:
  (A) WHERE THE DEFENDANT WAS THIRTEEN YEARS OLD AT  THE  TIME  OF  SUCH
OFFENSE, THE MINIMUM PERIOD OF IMPRISONMENT SHALL BE AT LEAST FIVE YEARS
BUT SHALL NOT EXCEED NINE YEARS;
  (B)  WHERE THE DEFENDANT WAS AT LEAST FOURTEEN YEARS OLD BUT LESS THAN
SEVENTEEN YEARS OLD, AND, COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO  THOUSAND  NINE-
TEEN,  WHERE THE DEFENDANT WAS AT LEAST FOURTEEN YEARS OLD BUT LESS THAN
EIGHTEEN YEARS OLD AT THE TIME OF SUCH OFFENSE, THE  MINIMUM  PERIOD  OF
IMPRISONMENT  SHALL  BE  AT LEAST SEVEN AND ONE HALF YEARS BUT SHALL NOT
EXCEED FIFTEEN YEARS.
  [(b)] 3. DETERMINATE SENTENCE. (A) For the class A felony of arson  in
the  first  degree, or for the class A felony of kidnapping in the first
degree the DETERMINATE term shall be fixed by the court, and shall be at
least [twelve] FOUR years but shall not exceed fifteen years;
  [(c)] (B)(I) For a class B felony, OTHER THAN A CLASS B VIOLENT FELONY
AS DEFINED BY SECTION 70.02 OF THIS ARTICLE, the DETERMINATE term  shall
be  fixed  by  the  court,  and shall BE AT LEAST ONE YEAR BUT SHALL not
exceed [ten] SEVEN years;
  (II) FOR A CLASS B VIOLENT FELONY AS DEFINED BY SECTION 70.02 OF  THIS
ARTICLE,  THE DETERMINATE TERM SHALL BE FIXED BY THE COURT, AND SHALL BE
AT LEAST FIVE YEARS BUT SHALL NOT EXCEED  TWENTY-FIVE  YEARS;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  THAT  WHERE THE COURT, HAVING REGARD TO THE NATURE AND CIRCUM-
STANCES OF THE CRIME AND TO THE HISTORY AND CHARACTER OF THE  DEFENDANT,
IS  OF THE OPINION THAT IT WOULD BE UNDULY HARSH TO IMPOSE A DETERMINATE
SENTENCE OF NO LESS THAN FIVE YEARS AND NO MORE THAN TWENTY-FIVE  YEARS,
THE COURT MAY IMPOSE A DETERMINATE SENTENCE OF NO LESS THAN ONE YEAR AND
NO MORE THAN SEVEN YEARS;

S. 6406                            106                           A. 9006

  [(d)] (C) For a class C felony, the DETERMINATE term shall be fixed by
the  court,  and shall BE AT LEAST ONE YEAR BUT SHALL not exceed [seven]
FIVE years; and
  [(e)] (D) For a class D felony, the DETERMINATE term shall be fixed by
the  court,  and  shall BE AT LEAST ONE YEAR BUT SHALL not exceed [four]
THREE years; AND
  (E) FOR A CLASS E FELONY, WHERE THE DEFENDANT WAS SIXTEEN  YEARS  OLD,
AND COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, WHERE THE DEFENDANT
WAS  SIXTEEN  OR  SEVENTEEN  YEARS  OLD AT THE TIME OF SUCH OFFENSE, THE
DETERMINATE TERM SHALL BE FIXED BY THE COURT, AND SHALL BE AT LEAST  ONE
YEAR BUT SHALL NOT EXCEED TWO YEARS.
  [3. Minimum period of imprisonment. The minimum period of imprisonment
under  an indeterminate sentence for a juvenile offender shall be speci-
fied in the sentence as follows:
  (a) For the class A felony of murder in the second degree, the minimum
period of imprisonment shall be fixed by the court and shall be not less
than five years but shall not exceed nine years provided, however,  that
where the sentence is for an offense specified in subdivision one or two
of  section  125.25  of  this  chapter and the defendant was fourteen or
fifteen years old at the time of such offense,  the  minimum  period  of
imprisonment  shall  be not less than seven and one-half years but shall
not exceed fifteen years;
  (b) For the class A felony of arson in the first degree,  or  for  the
class  A felony of kidnapping in the first degree, the minimum period of
imprisonment shall be fixed by the court and shall be not less than four
years but shall not exceed six years; and
  (c) For a class B, C or D felony, the minimum period  of  imprisonment
shall be fixed by the court at one-third of the maximum term imposed.]
  S  42.  Subdivision 1 of section 70.20 of the penal law, as amended by
section 124 of subpart B of part C of chapter 62 of the laws of 2011, is
amended to read as follows:
  1. [(a)] Indeterminate or determinate sentence. Except as provided  in
subdivision  four  of this section, when an indeterminate or determinate
sentence of imprisonment is imposed, the court shall commit the  defend-
ant  to the custody of the state department of corrections and community
supervision for the term of his or her sentence and  until  released  in
accordance  with  the law; provided, however, that a defendant sentenced
pursuant to subdivision seven of section 70.06 shall be committed to the
custody of the state department of corrections and community supervision
for immediate delivery to a reception center operated by the department.
  [(b) The court in committing a defendant who is not yet eighteen years
of age to the department of corrections and community supervision  shall
inquire as to whether the parents or legal guardian of the defendant, if
present,  will  grant  to  the  minor the capacity to consent to routine
medical, dental and mental health services and treatment.
  (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this subdivision, where the court
commits a defendant who is not yet eighteen years of age to the  custody
of the department of corrections and community supervision in accordance
with this section and no medical consent has been obtained prior to said
commitment,  the  commitment order shall be deemed to grant the capacity
to consent to routine medical, dental and  mental  health  services  and
treatment to the person so committed.
  (d) Nothing in this subdivision shall preclude a parent or legal guar-
dian  of  an  inmate  who is not yet eighteen years of age from making a
motion on notice to the department of corrections and  community  super-
vision  pursuant  to  article  twenty-two  of the civil practice law and

S. 6406                            107                           A. 9006

rules and section one hundred forty of the correction law, objecting  to
routine  medical,  dental  or mental health services and treatment being
provided to such inmate under the provisions of paragraph  (b)  of  this
subdivision.
  (e)  Nothing  in  this  section shall require that consent be obtained
from the parent or legal guardian, where  no  consent  is  necessary  or
where  the  defendant  is authorized by law to consent on his or her own
behalf to any medical, dental, and mental health service or treatment.]
  S 43. Subdivision 2 of section 70.20 of the penal law, as  amended  by
chapter 437 of the laws of 2013, is amended to read as follows:
  2.  [(a)] Definite sentence. Except as provided in subdivision four of
this section, when a definite sentence of imprisonment is  imposed,  the
court  shall commit the defendant to the county or regional correctional
institution for the term of his sentence and until released  in  accord-
ance with the law.
  [(b) The court in committing a defendant who is not yet eighteen years
of  age  to  the local correctional facility shall inquire as to whether
the parents or legal guardian of the defendant, if present,  will  grant
to  the  minor  the  capacity  to consent to routine medical, dental and
mental health services and treatment.
  (c) Nothing in this subdivision shall preclude a parent or legal guar-
dian of an inmate who is not yet eighteen years of  age  from  making  a
motion  on  notice  to the local correction facility pursuant to article
twenty-two of the civil practice law and rules and section  one  hundred
forty  of  the  correction  law, objecting to routine medical, dental or
mental health services and treatment being provided to such inmate under
the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subdivision.]
  S 44. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 4 of section  70.20  of  the  penal
law,  as  amended by section 124 of subpart B of part C of chapter 62 of
the laws of 2011, is amended and two new paragraphs (a-1) and (a-2)  are
added to read as follows:
  (a)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of law to the contrary, a
juvenile offender[,] or a juvenile offender who is adjudicated a  youth-
ful  offender  [and],  WHO  IS  given  an  indeterminate  or  a definite
sentence, AND WHO IS UNDER THE AGE OF TWENTY-ONE AT THE TIME OF SENTENC-
ING, shall be committed to the custody of the commissioner of the office
of children and family services who shall arrange for the confinement of
such offender in [secure] facilities  of  the  office.  The  release  or
transfer  of  such  offenders  from  the  office  of children and family
services shall be governed by section five hundred eight of  the  execu-
tive  law.  IF  THE  JUVENILE  OFFENDER IS CONVICTED OR, IF THE JUVENILE
OFFENDER WHO IS ADJUDICATED A YOUTHFUL  OFFENDER  IS  CONVICTED  AND  IS
TWENTY-ONE  YEARS  OF  AGE OR OLDER AT THE TIME OF SENTENCING, HE OR SHE
SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPER-
VISION.
  (A-1) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO  THE  CONTRARY,  A
PERSON  SIXTEEN  YEARS  OF  AGE  WHO  COMMITS  A VEHICLE AND TRAFFIC LAW
OFFENSE THAT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A JUVENILE OFFENDER OFFENSE ON OR AFTER
JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN AND A PERSON SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE
WHO COMMITS SUCH AN OFFENSE ON OR  AFTER  JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND
NINETEEN WHO IS SENTENCED TO A TERM OF IMPRISONMENT WHO IS UNDER THE AGE
OF  TWENTY-ONE  AT THE TIME HE OR SHE IS SENTENCED SHALL BE COMMITTED TO
THE CUSTODY OF THE COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES WHO SHALL ARRANGE CONFINEMENT OF SUCH OFFENDER IN FACILITIES OF
THE OFFICE.

S. 6406                            108                           A. 9006

  (A-2)  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY  OTHER  PROVISION  OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY,
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON WHO IS IN  THE
CUSTODY OF, OR IS COMMITTED TO, THE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND COMMU-
NITY  SUPERVISION  WHO  IS  UNDER  THE AGE OF EIGHTEEN SHALL, WITHIN THE
DISCRETION  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION
AND THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY  SERVICES,  SUBJECT  TO  AVAILABLE
CAPACITY, AND WHEN CONSISTENT WITH THE PERSON'S CIRCUMSTANCES, BE TRANS-
FERRED  TO THE CUSTODY OF THE COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
FAMILY SERVICES WHO SHALL ARRANGE FOR THE CONFINEMENT OF  SUCH  OFFENDER
IN  FACILITIES  OF  THE  OFFICE.  THE  PLACEMENT FACILITY AND RELEASE OR
TRANSFER OF SUCH OFFENDERS  FROM  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES  SHALL  BE GOVERNED BY SECTION FIVE HUNDRED EIGHT OF THE EXECU-
TIVE LAW.
  S 44-a. Paragraph (f) of subdivision 1 of section 70.30 of  the  penal
law, as added by chapter 481 of the laws of 1978 and relettered by chap-
ter 3 of the laws of 1995, is amended to read as follows:
  (f)  [The aggregate maximum term of consecutive sentences imposed upon
a juvenile offender for two or more crimes,  not  including  a  class  A
felony, committed before he has reached the age of sixteen, shall, if it
exceeds  ten years, be deemed to be ten years. If consecutive indetermi-
nate sentences imposed upon a juvenile offender include a  sentence  for
the class A felony of arson in the first degree or for the class A felo-
ny of kidnapping in the first degree, then the aggregate maximum term of
such  sentences  shall,  if  it  exceeds  fifteen years, be deemed to be
fifteen years. Where the aggregate maximum term of two or  more  consec-
utive  sentences is reduced by a calculation made pursuant to this para-
graph, the aggregate minimum period of imprisonment, if it exceeds  one-
half  of the aggregate maximum term as so reduced, shall be deemed to be
one-half of the aggregate maximum term as so reduced.] (I) THE AGGREGATE
TERM OR MAXIMUM TERM OF CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES IMPOSED  UPON  A  JUVENILE
OFFENDER  FOR  TWO OR MORE CRIMES COMMITTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE PERSON
WAS IMPRISONED UNDER ANY OF SUCH  SENTENCES,  OTHER  THAN  TWO  OR  MORE
SENTENCES  THAT  INCLUDE  A SENTENCE FOR A CLASS A FELONY, OR A SENTENCE
FOR A CLASS B VIOLENT FELONY, SHALL, IF IT EXCEEDS TEN YEARS, BE  DEEMED
TO BE TEN YEARS, PROVIDED:
  (A)  WHERE  ALL  OF SUCH CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES ARE DETERMINATE AND THE
AGGREGATE TERM EXCEEDS TEN YEARS, THE JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE  DEEMED
TO BE SERVING A DETERMINATE TERM OF TEN YEARS; AND
  (B)  WHERE ALL OF SUCH CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES ARE INDETERMINATE AND THE
AGGREGATE MAXIMUM TERM EXCEEDS TEN YEARS, THE JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE SERVING AN INDETERMINATE  SENTENCE,  THE  MAXIMUM  TERM  OF
WHICH  SHALL  BE DEEMED TO BE TEN YEARS AND THE AGGREGATE MINIMUM PERIOD
OF WHICH, IF IT EXCEEDS FIVE YEARS, SHALL BE DEEMED TO  BE  FIVE  YEARS;
AND
  (C)  WHERE  ONE OR MORE OF SUCH CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES IS A DETERMINATE
SENTENCE AND ONE OR MORE OF WHICH IS AN INDETERMINATE SENTENCE:
  (1) IF THE AGGREGATE TERM OF THE DETERMINATE SENTENCES IS EQUAL TO  OR
EXCEEDS TEN YEARS, THE JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE SERVING A
DETERMINATE TERM OF TEN YEARS; AND
  (2)  IF  THE  TERM  OR  AGGREGATE  TERM OF THE DETERMINATE SENTENCE OR
SENTENCES IS LESS THAN TEN YEARS, THE JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE  DEEMED
TO BE SERVING AN INDETERMINATE SENTENCE, THE MAXIMUM TERM OF WHICH SHALL
BE  DEEMED  TO  BE  TEN  YEARS, AND THE MINIMUM PERIOD OF WHICH SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE FIVE YEARS OR SIX-SEVENTHS OF THE TERM OR AGGREGATE TERM OF
THE DETERMINATE SENTENCE OR SENTENCES, WHICHEVER IS GREATER.

S. 6406                            109                           A. 9006

  (II) THE AGGREGATE MAXIMUM TERM OF CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES IMPOSED  UPON
A  JUVENILE  OFFENDER FOR TWO OR MORE CRIMES COMMITTED PRIOR TO THE TIME
THE PERSON WAS IMPRISONED UNDER ANY OF SUCH SENTENCES, AT LEAST  ONE  OF
WHICH  IS  THE CLASS A FELONY OF ARSON IN THE FIRST DEGREE AS DEFINED BY
SECTION  150.20  OR KIDNAPPING IN THE FIRST DEGREE AS DEFINED BY SECTION
135.25 OF THIS CHAPTER BUT NO OTHER CLASS A FELONY, AND DOES NOT INCLUDE
A SENTENCE IMPOSED FOR A CLASS B VIOLENT FELONY, SHALL,  IF  IT  EXCEEDS
FIFTEEN YEARS, BE DEEMED TO BE FIFTEEN YEARS, PROVIDED:
  (A)  WHERE  ALL  OF SUCH CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES ARE DETERMINATE AND THE
AGGREGATE TERM EXCEEDS FIFTEEN YEARS, THE  JUVENILE  OFFENDER  SHALL  BE
DEEMED TO BE SERVING A DETERMINATE TERM OF FIFTEEN YEARS; AND
  (B)  WHERE ALL OF SUCH CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES ARE INDETERMINATE AND THE
AGGREGATE MAXIMUM TERM EXCEEDS  FIFTEEN  YEARS,  THE  JUVENILE  OFFENDER
SHALL  BE  DEEMED  TO  BE SERVING AN INDETERMINATE SENTENCE, THE MAXIMUM
TERM OF WHICH SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE  FIFTEEN  YEARS  AND  THE  AGGREGATE
MINIMUM  PERIOD  OF WHICH, IF IT EXCEEDS SEVEN AND ONE-HALF YEARS, SHALL
BE DEEMED TO BE SEVEN AND ONE-HALF YEARS; AND
  (C) WHERE ONE OR MORE OF SUCH CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES IS  A  DETERMINATE
SENTENCE AND ONE OR MORE OF WHICH IS AN INDETERMINATE SENTENCE:
  (1)  IF THE AGGREGATE TERM OF THE DETERMINATE SENTENCES IS EQUAL TO OR
EXCEEDS FIFTEEN YEARS, THE JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE SERV-
ING A DETERMINATE TERM OF FIFTEEN YEARS; AND
  (2) IF THE TERM OR AGGREGATE  TERM  OF  THE  DETERMINATE  SENTENCE  OR
SENTENCES  IS  LESS  THAN  FIFTEEN YEARS, THE JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE SERVING AN INDETERMINATE  SENTENCE,  THE  MAXIMUM  TERM  OF
WHICH  SHALL  BE  DEEMED  TO BE FIFTEEN YEARS, AND THE MINIMUM PERIOD OF
WHICH SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE SEVEN AND ONE-HALF YEARS OR SIX-SEVENTHS  OF
THE  TERM  OR  AGGREGATE  TERM OF THE DETERMINATE SENTENCE OR SENTENCES,
WHICHEVER IS GREATER.
  S 44-b. Section 70.45 of the penal law is  amended  by  adding  a  new
subdivision 2-b to read as follows:
  2-B.  PERIODS  OF  POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION FOR JUVENILE OFFENDERS AND
YOUTHFUL OFFENDERS. (A) THE PERIOD OF  POST-RELEASE  SUPERVISION  FOR  A
DETERMINATE  SENTENCE  IMPOSED  UPON  A  YOUTHFUL OFFENDER OR A JUVENILE
OFFENDER ADJUDICATED A YOUTHFUL OFFENDER MUST BE FIXED BY THE  COURT  AT
ONE YEAR.
  (B)  THE PERIOD OF POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION FOR A DETERMINATE SENTENCE
IMPOSED UPON A JUVENILE OFFENDER NOT  ADJUDICATED  A  YOUTHFUL  OFFENDER
MUST BE FIXED BY THE COURT IN WHOLE OR HALF YEARS AS FOLLOWS:
  (I)  SUCH  PERIOD SHALL BE ONE YEAR WHENEVER A DETERMINATE SENTENCE OF
IMPRISONMENT IS IMPOSED UPON A CONVICTION OF A CLASS D OR CLASS E FELONY
OFFENSE;
  (II) SUCH PERIOD SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN ONE YEAR  NOR  MORE  THAN  TWO
YEARS  WHENEVER A DETERMINATE SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT IS IMPOSED UPON A
CONVICTION OF A CLASS C FELONY OFFENSE;
  (III) SUCH PERIOD SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN ONE YEAR NOR MORE THAN  THREE
YEARS  WHENEVER A DETERMINATE SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT IS IMPOSED UPON A
CONVICTION OF A CLASS B FELONY OFFENSE;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT  SUCH
PERIOD SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN ONE YEAR NOR MORE THAN FOUR YEARS; AND
  (IV)  SUCH  PERIOD  SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN ONE YEAR NOR MORE THAN FIVE
YEARS WHENEVER A DETERMINATE SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT IS IMPOSED UPON  A
CONVICTION OF THE CLASS A FELONY OFFENSE OF ARSON IN THE FIRST DEGREE AS
DEFINED  BY  SECTION 150.20 OR KIDNAPPING IN THE FIRST DEGREE AS DEFINED
BY SECTION 135.25 OF THIS CHAPTER,  AND  A  FIVE-YEAR  PERIOD  SHALL  BE
IMPOSED  PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION TWO OF THIS SECTION WHENEVER A DETERMI-

S. 6406                            110                           A. 9006

NATE SENTENCE IMPOSED UPON A JUVENILE OFFENDER FOR  ANY  OTHER  CLASS  A
FELONY.
  S  45. Subdivision 18 of section 10.00 of the penal law, as amended by
chapter 7 of the laws of 2007, is amended to read as follows:
  18. "Juvenile offender" means (1) a person thirteen years old  who  is
criminally responsible for acts constituting murder in the second degree
as defined in subdivisions one and two of section 125.25 of this chapter
or  such conduct as a sexually motivated felony, where authorized pursu-
ant to section 130.91 of [the penal law; and] THIS CHAPTER;
  (2) a person fourteen [or], fifteen OR SIXTEEN YEARS OLD OR COMMENCING
JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years old who is  crimi-
nally  responsible  for acts constituting the crimes defined in subdivi-
sions one and two of section 125.25 (murder in the second degree) and in
subdivision three of such section provided that the underlying crime for
the murder charge is one for which such person is  criminally  responsi-
ble;  section  135.25 (kidnapping in the first degree); 150.20 (arson in
the first degree); subdivisions one and two of section  120.10  (assault
in  the first degree); 125.20 (manslaughter in the first degree); subdi-
visions one and two of section 130.35 (rape in the first degree); subdi-
visions one and two of section 130.50 (criminal sexual act in the  first
degree);  130.70  (aggravated  sexual abuse in the first degree); 140.30
(burglary in the  first  degree);  subdivision  one  of  section  140.25
(burglary  in  the  second degree); 150.15 (arson in the second degree);
160.15 (robbery in the first degree); subdivision two of section  160.10
(robbery  in  the  second  degree) of this chapter; or section 265.03 of
this chapter, where such machine gun or such  firearm  is  possessed  on
school  grounds,  as  that  phrase is defined in subdivision fourteen of
section 220.00 of this chapter; or defined in this chapter as an attempt
to commit murder in the second degree or kidnapping in the first degree,
or such conduct as a sexually motivated felony, where authorized  pursu-
ant to section 130.91 of [the penal law] THIS CHAPTER; AND
  (3)  A PERSON SIXTEEN OR, COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINE-
TEEN, SEVENTEEN YEARS OLD WHO IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ACTS CONSTI-
TUTING AN OFFENSE SET FORTH IN THE VEHICLE AND TRAFFIC LAW; ACTS CONSTI-
TUTING A VIOLENT FELONY DEFINED IN SECTION 70.02 OF THIS  CHAPTER;  ACTS
CONSTITUTING  ANY  CRIME IN THIS CHAPTER THAT IS CLASSIFIED AS A CLASS A
FELONY EXCEPTING THOSE CLASS A FELONIES WHICH REQUIRE, AS AN ELEMENT  OF
THE  OFFENSE, THAT THE DEFENDANT BE EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER; ACTS
CONSTITUTING THE CRIMES DEFINED IN SECTION 120.03 (VEHICULAR ASSAULT  IN
THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  120.04  (VEHICULAR  ASSAULT IN THE FIRST DEGREE);
120.04-A (AGGRAVATED VEHICULAR ASSAULT);  125.10  (CRIMINALLY  NEGLIGENT
HOMICIDE);  125.11  (AGGRAVATED  CRIMINALLY  NEGLIGENT HOMICIDE); 125.12
(VEHICULAR  MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  125.13   (VEHICULAR
MANSLAUGHTER   IN   THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  125.14  (AGGRAVATED  VEHICULAR
MANSLAUGHTER);  125.15  (MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  125.20
(MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE FIRST DEGREE); 125.21 (AGGRAVATED MANSLAUGHTER IN
THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  125.22  (AGGRAVATED  MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  FIRST
DEGREE);  130.70  (AGGRAVATED  SEXUAL ABUSE IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 130.75
(COURSE OF SEXUAL CONDUCT AGAINST A CHILD IN THE FIRST  DEGREE);  215.11
(TAMPERING  WITH A WITNESS IN THE THIRD DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE CRIMI-
NAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE  FOR  WHICH  SUCH
PERSON  IS  CRIMINALLY  RESPONSIBLE; 215.12 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN
THE SECOND DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING  IN  WHICH  THE
PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSI-
BLE; 215.13 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE FIRST DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT
THE  CRIMINAL  PROCEEDING  IN  WHICH  THE PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR

S. 6406                            111                           A. 9006

WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.52 (AGGRAVATED CRIMINAL
CONTEMPT); 130.95 (PREDATORY SEXUAL ASSAULT); 220.41 (CRIMINAL SALE OF A
CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 220.43 (CRIMINAL SALE  OF  A
CONTROLLED  SUBSTANCE IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 220.77 (OPERATING AS A MAJOR
TRAFFICKER); 460.22 (AGGRAVATED ENTERPRISE CORRUPTION); 490.45 (CRIMINAL
POSSESSION OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR A  BIOLOGICAL  WEAPON  IN  THE  FIRST
DEGREE); 490.50 (CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAP-
ON IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 490.55 (CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR A
BIOLOGICAL  WEAPON  IN  THE FIRST DEGREE); ACTS CONSTITUTING A SPECIFIED
OFFENSE DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION  130.91  OF  THIS  CHAPTER
WHEN COMMITTED AS A SEXUALLY MOTIVATED FELONY; ACTS CONSTITUTING A SPEC-
IFIED  OFFENSE  DEFINED  IN  SUBDIVISION THREE OF SECTION 490.05 OF THIS
CHAPTER WHEN COMMITTED AS AN ACT OF TERRORISM; ACTS CONSTITUTING A FELO-
NY DEFINED IN ARTICLE FOUR HUNDRED NINETY  OF  THIS  CHAPTER;  AND  ACTS
CONSTITUTING  A CRIME SET FORTH IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 105.10 AND
SECTION 105.15 PROVIDED THAT THE UNDERLYING  CRIME  FOR  THE  CONSPIRACY
CHARGE IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE.
  S 46. Subdivision 42 of section 1.20 of the criminal procedure law, as
amended by chapter 7 of the laws of 2007, is amended to read as follows:
  42.  "Juvenile offender" means (1) a person, thirteen years old who is
criminally responsible for acts constituting murder in the second degree
as defined in subdivisions one and two of section 125.25  of  the  penal
law,  or  such  conduct as a sexually motivated felony, where authorized
pursuant to section 130.91 of the penal law; [and] (2) a person fourteen
[or], fifteen OR SIXTEEN YEARS OLD, OR  COMMENCING  JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO
THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years old who is criminally responsible for
acts  constituting  the  crimes  defined  in subdivisions one and two of
section 125.25 (murder in the second degree) and in subdivision three of
such section provided that the underlying crime for the murder charge is
one for which such person  is  criminally  responsible;  section  135.25
(kidnapping  in  the  first degree); 150.20 (arson in the first degree);
subdivisions one and  two  of  section  120.10  (assault  in  the  first
degree); 125.20 (manslaughter in the first degree); subdivisions one and
two  of  section 130.35 (rape in the first degree); subdivisions one and
two of section 130.50 (criminal sexual act in the first degree);  130.70
(aggravated  sexual  abuse in the first degree); 140.30 (burglary in the
first degree); subdivision one of section 140.25 (burglary in the second
degree); 150.15 (arson in the second degree);  160.15  (robbery  in  the
first  degree); subdivision two of section 160.10 (robbery in the second
degree) of the penal law; or section 265.03 of the penal law, where such
machine gun or such firearm is possessed  on  school  grounds,  as  that
phrase is defined in subdivision fourteen of section 220.00 of the penal
law;  or  defined in the penal law as an attempt to commit murder in the
second degree or kidnapping in the first degree, or such  conduct  as  a
sexually  motivated  felony, where authorized pursuant to section 130.91
of the penal law; AND (3) A PERSON SIXTEEN OR, COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST,
TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON SIXTEEN OR SEVENTEEN YEARS  OLD  WHO  IS
CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ACTS CONSTITUTING AN OFFENSE SET FORTH IN THE
VEHICLE  AND  TRAFFIC  LAW; A VIOLENT FELONY DEFINED IN SECTION 70.02 OF
THE PENAL LAW; ACTS CONSTITUTING ANY CRIME IN  THE  PENAL  LAW  THAT  IS
CLASSIFIED  AS  A  CLASS A FELONY EXCEPTING THOSE CLASS A FELONIES WHICH
REQUIRE, AS AN ELEMENT OF THE OFFENSE, THAT THE  DEFENDANT  BE  EIGHTEEN
YEARS  OF  AGE OR OLDER; ACTS CONSTITUTING THE CRIMES DEFINED IN SECTION
120.03 (VEHICULAR ASSAULT  IN  THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  120.04  (VEHICULAR
ASSAULT  IN  THE FIRST DEGREE); 120.04-A (AGGRAVATED VEHICULAR ASSAULT);
125.10 (CRIMINALLY NEGLIGENT HOMICIDE);  125.11  (AGGRAVATED  CRIMINALLY

S. 6406                            112                           A. 9006

NEGLIGENT  HOMICIDE);  125.12  (VEHICULAR  MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  SECOND
DEGREE); 125.13 (VEHICULAR MANSLAUGHTER IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  125.14
(AGGRAVATED  VEHICULAR  HOMICIDE);  125.15  (MANSLAUGHTER  IN THE SECOND
DEGREE);  125.20  (MANSLAUGHTER IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 125.21 (AGGRAVATED
MANSLAUGHTER IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 125.22 (AGGRAVATED  MANSLAUGHTER  IN
THE FIRST DEGREE); 130.70 (AGGRAVATED SEXUAL ABUSE IN THE FIRST DEGREE);
130.75  (COURSE  OF SEXUAL CONDUCT AGAINST A CHILD IN THE FIRST DEGREE);
215.11 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE THIRD DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT  THE
CRIMINAL  PROCEEDING  IN  WHICH THE PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH
SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.12 (TAMPERING WITH A  WITNESS
IN THE SECOND DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE
PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSI-
BLE; 215.13 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE FIRST DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT
THE  CRIMINAL  PROCEEDING  IN  WHICH  THE PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR
WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.52 (AGGRAVATED CRIMINAL
CONTEMPT);  130.95  (PREDATORY   SEXUAL   ASSAULT);   220.18   (CRIMINAL
POSSESSION  OF  A  CONTROLLED  SUBSTANCE  IN  THE SECOND DEGREE); 220.21
(CRIMINAL POSSESSION OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE  IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);
220.41  (CRIMINAL  SALE OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN THE SECOND DEGREE);
220.43 (CRIMINAL SALE OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);
220.77  (OPERATING AS A MAJOR TRAFFICKER); 460.22 (AGGRAVATED ENTERPRISE
CORRUPTION); 490.45 (CRIMINAL POSSESSION  OF  A  CHEMICAL  WEAPON  OR  A
BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 490.50 (CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMI-
CAL  WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 490.55 (CRIMI-
NAL USE OF A CHEMICAL  WEAPON  OR  A  BIOLOGICAL  WEAPON  IN  THE  FIRST
DEGREE);  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A SPECIFIED OFFENSE DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION
TWO OF SECTION 130.91 OF THE PENAL LAW  WHEN  COMMITTED  AS  A  SEXUALLY
MOTIVATED  FELONY;  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A  SPECIFIED  OFFENSE DEFINED IN
SUBDIVISION THREE OF SECTION 490.05 OF THE PENAL LAW WHEN  COMMITTED  AS
AN  ACT OF TERRORISM; ACTS CONSTITUTING A FELONY DEFINED IN ARTICLE FOUR
HUNDRED NINETY OF THE PENAL LAW; AND ACTS CONSTITUTING A CRIME SET FORTH
IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 105.10 AND SECTION 105.15 OF THE PENAL LAW
PROVIDED THAT THE UNDERLYING CRIME FOR THE CONSPIRACY CHARGE IS ONE  FOR
WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE.
  S  47. Subdivision 1 of section 500-a of the correction law is amended
by adding a new paragraph (h) to read as follows:
  (H) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER  PROVISION  OF  LAW  COMMENCING  JANUARY
FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN,  NO  COUNTY  JAIL SHALL BE USED FOR THE
CONFINEMENT OF ANY PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF SEVENTEEN  WHO  IS  SENTENCED
FOR  AN  OFFENSE COMMITTED ON OR AFTER JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND EIGH-
TEEN, AND, COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND  NINETEEN,  NO  COUNTY
JAIL  SHALL  BE  USED FOR THE CONFINEMENT OF ANY PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF
EIGHTEEN WHO IS SENTENCED FOR AN OFFENSE COMMITTED ON OR  AFTER  JANUARY
FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND NINETEEN.   PLACEMENT OF ANY PERSON WHO MAY NOT BE
CONFINED TO A COUNTY JAIL PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL  BE  DETER-
MINED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES.
  S  48.  The  criminal procedure law is amended by adding a new section
160.59 to read as follows:
S 160.59 SEALING OF CERTAIN CONVICTIONS.
  1. DEFINITIONS: AS USED IN THIS SECTION,  THE  FOLLOWING  TERMS  SHALL
HAVE THE FOLLOWING MEANINGS;
  (A)  "ELIGIBLE  CONVICTION" SHALL MEAN ANY OFFENSE DEFINED IN THE LAWS
OF THIS STATE OTHER THAN A SEX OFFENSE DEFINED IN  ARTICLE  ONE  HUNDRED
THIRTY  OF  THE  PENAL  LAW,  AN  OFFENSE DEFINED IN ARTICLE TWO HUNDRED
SIXTY-THREE OF THE PENAL LAW, A FELONY OFFENSE DEFINED  IN  ARTICLE  ONE
HUNDRED  TWENTY-FIVE  OF THE PENAL LAW, A VIOLENT FELONY OFFENSE DEFINED

S. 6406                            113                           A. 9006

IN SECTION 70.02 OF THE PENAL LAW, A CLASS A FELONY OFFENSE  DEFINED  IN
THE PENAL LAW OTHER THAN A CLASS A FELONY OFFENSE DEFINED IN ARTICLE TWO
HUNDRED TWENTY OF THE PENAL LAW, OR AN OFFENSE FOR WHICH REGISTRATION AS
A  SEX  OFFENDER IS REQUIRED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE SIX-C OF THE CORRECTION
LAW.
  (B) "SENTENCING JUDGE" SHALL MEAN THE JUDGE  WHO  PRONOUNCED  SENTENCE
UPON  THE  CONVICTION UNDER CONSIDERATION, OR IF THAT JUDGE IS NO LONGER
SITTING IN A COURT IN THE  JURISDICTION  IN  WHICH  THE  CONVICTION  WAS
OBTAINED, ANY OTHER JUDGE WHO IS SITTING IN THE CRIMINAL COURT WHERE THE
JUDGMENT OF CONVICTION WAS ENTERED.
  2.  (A)  A  DEFENDANT  WHO  HAS  BEEN  CONVICTED OF UP TO TWO ELIGIBLE
OFFENSES BUT NOT MORE THAN ONE FELONY OFFENSE MAY APPLY TO THE COURT  IN
WHICH  HE  OR SHE WAS CONVICTED OF THE MOST SERIOUS OFFENSE TO HAVE SUCH
CONVICTION SEALED. IF ALL OFFENSES ARE OFFENSES WITH  THE  SAME  CLASSI-
FICATION,  THE  APPLICATION  SHALL  BE  MADE  TO  THE COURT IN WHICH THE
DEFENDANT WAS LAST CONVICTED.
  (B) AN APPLICATION SHALL CONTAIN (I) A COPY OF A CERTIFICATE OF DISPO-
SITION OR OTHER SIMILAR DOCUMENTATION FOR  ANY  OFFENSE  FOR  WHICH  THE
DEFENDANT  HAS BEEN CONVICTED, OR AN EXPLANATION OF WHY SUCH CERTIFICATE
OR OTHER DOCUMENTATION IS NOT AVAILABLE; (II) A SWORN STATEMENT  OF  THE
DEFENDANT  AS  TO  WHETHER HE OR SHE HAS FILED, OR THEN INTENDS TO FILE,
ANY APPLICATION FOR SEALING OF ANY OTHER ELIGIBLE OFFENSE; (III) A  COPY
OF  ANY OTHER SUCH APPLICATION THAT HAS BEEN FILED; AND (IV) A STATEMENT
AS TO THE CONVICTION OR CONVICTIONS FOR WHICH RELIEF IS BEING SOUGHT.
  (C) A COPY OF ANY APPLICATION FOR SUCH SEALING SHALL  BE  SERVED  UPON
THE  DISTRICT  ATTORNEY  OF  THE  COUNTY  IN  WHICH  THE  CONVICTION WAS
OBTAINED.
  (D) WHEN SUCH APPLICATION  IS  FILED  WITH  THE  COURT,  IT  SHALL  BE
ASSIGNED  TO  THE  SENTENCING  JUDGE UNLESS MORE THAN ONE APPLICATION IS
FILED IN WHICH CASE THE APPLICATION SHALL  BE  ASSIGNED  TO  THE  COUNTY
COURT  OR THE SUPREME COURT OF THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE CRIMINAL COURT IS
LOCATED, WHO SHALL REQUEST AND RECEIVE FROM  THE  DIVISION  OF  CRIMINAL
JUSTICE  SERVICES  A  FINGERPRINT  BASED  CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORD OF THE
DEFENDANT, INCLUDING ANY SEALED OR SUPPRESSED RECORDS. THE  DIVISION  OF
CRIMINAL  JUSTICE SERVICES ALSO SHALL INCLUDE A CRIMINAL HISTORY REPORT,
IF ANY, FROM THE FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION REGARDING ANY  CRIMINAL
HISTORY  INFORMATION  THAT OCCURRED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS. THE DIVISION
IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO RECEIVE SUCH INFORMATION FROM THE FEDERAL BUREAU
OF INVESTIGATION FOR THIS PURPOSE, AND TO MAKE SUCH  INFORMATION  AVAIL-
ABLE  TO  THE  COURT,  WHICH  MAY MAKE THIS INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO THE
DISTRICT ATTORNEY AND THE DEFENDANT.
  3. THE SENTENCING JUDGE, OR COUNTY OR SUPREME  COURT  SHALL  SUMMARILY
DENY THE DEFENDANT'S APPLICATION WHEN:
  (A)  THE  DEFENDANT IS REQUIRED TO REGISTER AS A SEX OFFENDER PURSUANT
TO ARTICLE SIX-C OF THE CORRECTION LAW; OR
  (B) THE DEFENDANT HAS  PREVIOUSLY  OBTAINED  SEALING  OF  THE  MAXIMUM
NUMBER  OF  CONVICTIONS  ALLOWABLE  UNDER SECTION 160.58 OF THE CRIMINAL
PROCEDURE LAW; OR
  (C) THE DEFENDANT HAS  PREVIOUSLY  OBTAINED  SEALING  OF  THE  MAXIMUM
NUMBER  OF CONVICTIONS ALLOWABLE UNDER SUBDIVISION FOUR OF THIS SECTION;
OR
  (D) THE TIME PERIOD SPECIFIED IN SUBDIVISION FIVE OF THIS SECTION  HAS
NOT YET BEEN SATISFIED; OR
  (E) THE DEFENDANT HAS AN UNDISPOSED ARREST OR CHARGE PENDING; OR
  (F)  THE  DEFENDANT WAS CONVICTED OF ANY OFFENSE AFTER THE DATE OF THE
ENTRY OF JUDGEMENT OF THE LAST CONVICTION FOR WHICH SEALING IS SOUGHT.

S. 6406                            114                           A. 9006

  4. PROVIDED THAT THE APPLICATION  IS  NOT  SUMMARILY  DENIED  FOR  THE
REASONS  SET FORTH IN SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION, A DEFENDANT WHO
STANDS CONVICTED OF UP TO TWO ELIGIBLE OFFENSES, MAY OBTAIN  SEALING  OF
NO MORE THAN TWO ELIGIBLE OFFENSES BUT NOT MORE THAN ONE FELONY OFFENSE.
  5.  ANY  ELIGIBLE  OFFENSE MAY BE SEALED ONLY AFTER AT LEAST TEN YEARS
HAVE PASSED SINCE THE ENTRY OF THE JUDGMENT OF  THE  DEFENDANT'S  LATEST
CONVICTION  OR, IF THE DEFENDANT WAS SENTENCED TO INCARCERATION, INCLUD-
ING A PERIOD OF INCARCERATION IMPOSED IN CONJUNCTION WITH A SENTENCE  OF
PROBATION,  THE DEFENDANT'S RELEASE FROM INCARCERATION IMPOSED ON HIS OR
HER LATEST CONVICTION.
  6. UPON DETERMINING THAT THE APPLICATION IS NOT SUBJECT  TO  MANDATORY
DENIAL PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION AND THAT THE APPLI-
CATION  IS  OPPOSED  BY  THE  DISTRICT ATTORNEY, THE SENTENCING JUDGE OR
COUNTY OR SUPREME COURT SHALL CONDUCT A HEARING ON  THE  APPLICATION  IN
ORDER  TO  CONSIDER  ANY EVIDENCE OFFERED BY EITHER PARTY THAT WOULD AID
THE SENTENCING JUDGE IN HIS OR HER DECISION WHETHER TO SEAL THE  RECORDS
OF  THE  DEFENDANT'S CONVICTIONS. NO HEARING IS REQUIRED IF THE DISTRICT
ATTORNEY DOES NOT OPPOSE THE APPLICATION.
  7. IN CONSIDERING ANY SUCH APPLICATION, THE SENTENCING JUDGE OR COUNTY
OR SUPREME COURT SHALL CONSIDER ANY RELEVANT FACTORS, INCLUDING BUT  NOT
LIMITED TO:
  (A)  THE  AMOUNT  OF  TIME THAT HAS ELAPSED SINCE THE DEFENDANT'S LAST
CONVICTION;
  (B) THE CIRCUMSTANCES AND SERIOUSNESS OF THE  OFFENSE  FOR  WHICH  THE
DEFENDANT IS SEEKING RELIEF;
  (C)  THE CIRCUMSTANCES AND SERIOUSNESS OF ANY OTHER OFFENSES FOR WHICH
THE DEFENDANT STANDS CONVICTED;
  (D) THE CHARACTER OF THE DEFENDANT, INCLUDING ANY  MEASURES  THAT  THE
DEFENDANT  HAS  TAKEN  TOWARD  REHABILITATION,  SUCH AS PARTICIPATING IN
TREATMENT PROGRAMS, WORK, OR SCHOOLING, AND PARTICIPATING  IN  COMMUNITY
SERVICE OR OTHER VOLUNTEER PROGRAMS;
  (E)  ANY  STATEMENTS  MADE  BY THE VICTIM OF THE OFFENSE FOR WHICH THE
DEFENDANT IS SEEKING RELIEF;
  (F) THE IMPACT OF SEALING THE DEFENDANT'S RECORD UPON HIS OR HER REHA-
BILITATION AND UPON HIS OR HER SUCCESSFUL  AND  PRODUCTIVE  REENTRY  AND
REINTEGRATION INTO SOCIETY; AND
  (G)  THE IMPACT OF SEALING THE DEFENDANT'S RECORD ON PUBLIC SAFETY AND
UPON THE PUBLIC'S CONFIDENCE IN AND RESPECT FOR THE LAW.
  8. WHEN A SENTENCING JUDGE OR COUNTY OR SUPREME COURT  ORDERS  SEALING
PURSUANT  TO  THIS  SECTION, ALL OFFICIAL RECORDS AND PAPERS RELATING TO
THE ARRESTS, PROSECUTIONS, AND CONVICTIONS, INCLUDING ALL DUPLICATES AND
COPIES THEREOF, ON FILE WITH THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  SERVICES
OR  ANY  COURT  SHALL  BE SEALED AND NOT MADE AVAILABLE TO ANY PERSON OR
PUBLIC OR PRIVATE AGENCY EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR IN SUBDIVISION  NINE  OF
THIS  SECTION;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THE DIVISION SHALL RETAIN ANY FINGER-
PRINTS, PALMPRINTS AND PHOTOGRAPHS, OR DIGITAL IMAGES OF THE  SAME.  THE
CLERK  OF  SUCH  COURT  SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE COMMISSIONER OF THE
DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES REGARDING THE RECORDS  THAT  SHALL
BE  SEALED  PURSUANT  TO  THIS  SECTION. THE CLERK ALSO SHALL NOTIFY ANY
COURT IN WHICH THE DEFENDANT HAS STATED, PURSUANT TO  PARAGRAPH  (B)  OF
SUBDIVISION  TWO OF THIS SECTION, THAT HE OR SHE HAS FILED OR INTENDS TO
FILE AN APPLICATION FOR SEALING OF ANY OTHER ELIGIBLE OFFENSE.
  9. RECORDS SEALED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO:
  (A) THE DEFENDANT OR THE DEFENDANT'S DESIGNATED AGENT;
  (B) QUALIFIED AGENCIES, AS DEFINED  IN  SUBDIVISION  NINE  OF  SECTION
EIGHT  HUNDRED  THIRTY-FIVE  OF THE EXECUTIVE LAW, AND FEDERAL AND STATE

S. 6406                            115                           A. 9006

LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES, WHEN ACTING WITHIN  THE  SCOPE  OF  THEIR  LAW
ENFORCEMENT DUTIES; OR
  (C)  ANY  STATE OR LOCAL OFFICER OR AGENCY WITH RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE
ISSUANCE OF LICENSES TO POSSESS GUNS, WHEN THE PERSON HAS MADE  APPLICA-
TION FOR SUCH A LICENSE; OR
  (D)  ANY  PROSPECTIVE EMPLOYER OF A POLICE OFFICER OR PEACE OFFICER AS
THOSE TERMS ARE DEFINED IN SUBDIVISIONS THIRTY-THREE AND THIRTY-FOUR  OF
SECTION  1.20 OF THIS CHAPTER, IN RELATION TO AN APPLICATION FOR EMPLOY-
MENT AS A POLICE OFFICER OR PEACE OFFICER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EVERY
PERSON WHO IS AN APPLICANT FOR THE POSITION OF POLICE OFFICER  OR  PEACE
OFFICER  SHALL  BE  FURNISHED  WITH A COPY OF ALL RECORDS OBTAINED UNDER
THIS PARAGRAPH AND AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO MAKE AN EXPLANATION THERE-
TO; OR
  (E) THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE INFORMATION SERVICES DIVISION OF THE  FEDERAL
BUREAU  OF  INVESTIGATION,  FOR THE PURPOSES OF RESPONDING TO QUERIES TO
THE NATIONAL INSTANT CRIMINAL BACKGROUND CHECK SYSTEM REGARDING ATTEMPTS
TO PURCHASE OR OTHERWISE TAKE POSSESSION OF FIREARMS, AS DEFINED  IN  18
USC 921 (A) (3).
  S  48-a.  Subdivision 16 of section 296 of the executive law, as sepa-
rately amended by section 3 of part N and section  14  of  part  AAA  of
chapter 56 of the laws of 2009, is amended to read as follows:
  16.  It  shall  be an unlawful discriminatory practice, unless specif-
ically required or permitted by statute, for any person, agency, bureau,
corporation or association, including the state and any political subdi-
vision thereof, to make any inquiry about, whether in any form of appli-
cation or  otherwise,  or  to  act  upon  adversely  to  the  individual
involved,  any arrest or criminal accusation of such individual not then
pending against that individual which was followed by a  termination  of
that  criminal  action  or  proceeding  in  favor of such individual, as
defined in subdivision two of section 160.50 of the  criminal  procedure
law,  or  by a youthful offender adjudication, as defined in subdivision
one of section 720.35 of the criminal procedure law, or by a  conviction
for a violation sealed pursuant to section 160.55 of the criminal proce-
dure  law  or by a conviction which is sealed pursuant to section 160.59
OR 160.58 of the criminal procedure law, in connection with the  licens-
ing,  employment or providing of credit or insurance to such individual;
provided, further, that no person shall be required to divulge  informa-
tion  pertaining to any arrest or criminal accusation of such individual
not then pending against that individual which was followed by a  termi-
nation  of  that criminal action or proceeding in favor of such individ-
ual, as defined in subdivision two of section  160.50  of  the  criminal
procedure  law,  or  by  a youthful offender adjudication, as defined in
subdivision one of section 720.35 of the criminal procedure law, or by a
conviction for a violation sealed pursuant  to  section  160.55  of  the
criminal  procedure  law, or by a conviction which is sealed pursuant to
section 160.58 OR 160.59 of the criminal procedure law.  The  provisions
of  this  subdivision  shall  not  apply  to the licensing activities of
governmental bodies in relation to the regulation of guns, firearms  and
other  deadly weapons or in relation to an application for employment as
a police officer or peace officer as those terms are defined in subdivi-
sions thirty-three and thirty-four  of  section  1.20  of  the  criminal
procedure  law; provided further that the provisions of this subdivision
shall not apply to an application for employment or  membership  in  any
law enforcement agency with respect to any arrest or criminal accusation
which  was  followed  by a youthful offender adjudication, as defined in
subdivision one of section 720.35 of the criminal procedure law, or by a

S. 6406                            116                           A. 9006

conviction for a violation sealed pursuant  to  section  160.55  of  the
criminal  procedure  law, or by a conviction which is sealed pursuant to
section 160.58 OR 160.59 of the criminal procedure law.
  S  49.  Subdivision 3 of section 720.15 of the criminal procedure law,
as amended by chapter 774 of the laws of 1985, is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  3.  The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section requir-
ing or authorizing the accusatory instrument filed against a youth to be
sealed, and the arraignment and all proceedings  in  the  action  to  be
conducted in private shall not apply in connection with a pending charge
of  committing  any [felony] offense [as] defined in ARTICLE ONE HUNDRED
THIRTY OR ARTICLE  TWO  HUNDRED  SIXTY-THREE  OF  the  penal  law.  [The
provisions  of subdivision one requiring the accusatory instrument filed
against a youth to be sealed shall not apply where such youth has previ-
ously been adjudicated a youthful offender or convicted of a crime.]
  S 50. Subdivision 1 of section 720.20 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  amended  by  chapter  652 of the laws of 1974, is amended to read as
follows:
  1.  Upon conviction of an eligible youth, the court must order a  pre-
sentence  investigation  of  the defendant.   After receipt of a written
report of the investigation and at the time of pronouncing sentence  the
court  must  determine  whether  or not the eligible youth is a youthful
offender.  Such determination shall be in accordance with the  following
criteria:
  (a)    If in the opinion of the court the interest of justice would be
served by relieving the eligible youth  from  the  onus  of  a  criminal
record and by not imposing an indeterminate term of imprisonment of more
than  four  years,  the  court may, in its discretion, find the eligible
youth is a youthful offender; [and]
  (b)  Where the conviction is had in a local  criminal  court  and  the
eligible youth had not prior to commencement of trial or entry of a plea
of  guilty  been  convicted of a crime or found a youthful offender, the
court must find he is a youthful offender[.]; AND
  (C) THERE SHALL BE A PRESUMPTION TO GRANT YOUTHFUL OFFENDER STATUS  TO
AN  ELIGIBLE  YOUTH  WHO HAS NOT PREVIOUSLY BEEN CONVICTED AND SENTENCED
FOR A FELONY, UNLESS THE DISTRICT ATTORNEY UPON  MOTION  WITH  NOT  LESS
THAN  SEVEN  DAYS'  NOTICE  TO SUCH PERSON OR HIS OR HER ATTORNEY DEMON-
STRATES TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE COURT THAT THE INTERESTS  OF  JUSTICE
REQUIRES OTHERWISE.
  S 51. Intentionally omitted.
  S 52. Intentionally omitted.
  S 53. Intentionally omitted.
  S 54. Paragraph (vi) of subdivision (a) and subdivision (e) of section
115  of  the  family  court  act,  paragraph  (vi) of subdivision (a) as
amended and subdivision (e) as added by chapter 222 of the laws of 1994,
are amended to read as follows:
  (vi) proceedings concerning juvenile delinquency as set forth in arti-
cle three THAT ARE COMMENCED IN FAMILY COURT.
  (e) The family court has concurrent  jurisdiction  with  the  criminal
court  over  all family offenses as defined in article eight of this act
AND HAS CONCURRENT JURISDICTION WITH THE YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR  COURT
OVER  ANY  JUVENILE DELINQUENCY PROCEEDING RESULTING FROM THE REMOVAL OF
THE  CASE  TO  THE  FAMILY  COURT  PURSUANT  TO  ARTICLE  SEVEN  HUNDRED
TWENTY-FIVE OF THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW.
  S  55.  Subdivision  (b)  of  section  117  of the family court act is
REPEALED and a new subdivision (b) is added to read as follows:

S. 6406                            117                           A. 9006

  (B) THERE IS HEREBY ESTABLISHED IN THE FAMILY COURT IN THE CITY OF NEW
YORK AT LEAST ONE "DESIGNATED FELONY ACT PART" WHICH SHALL BE HELD SEPA-
RATE FROM ALL OTHER PROCEEDINGS OF THE COURT, AND SHALL  HAVE  JURISDIC-
TION  OVER  ALL JUVENILE DELINQUENCY PROCEEDINGS INVOLVING AN ALLEGATION
THAT A PERSON COMMITTED AN ACT THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A DESIGNATED FELONY
ACT  AS  DEFINED  IN  SUBDIVISION EIGHT OF SECTION 301.2 OF THIS CHAPTER
THAT ARE NOT REFERRED TO THE YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR  COURT.  ALL  SUCH
PROCEEDINGS  SHALL  BE ORIGINATED IN OR BE TRANSFERRED TO SUCH PART FROM
OTHER PARTS AS THEY ARE MADE KNOWN TO THE COURT.   OUTSIDE THE  CITY  OF
NEW  YORK,  ALL  PROCEEDINGS  INVOLVING  SUCH AN ALLEGATION SHALL HAVE A
HEARING PREFERENCE OVER EVERY OTHER  PROCEEDING  IN  THE  COURT,  EXCEPT
PROCEEDINGS UNDER ARTICLE TEN OF THIS CHAPTER.
  S 56. Subdivision 1 of section 301.2 of the family court act, as added
by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, is amended to read as follows:
  1.  "Juvenile  delinquent"  means  a  person [over seven and less than
sixteen years of age, who, having committed an act that would constitute
a crime if committed by an adult, (a) is not criminally responsible  for
such  conduct by reason of infancy, or (b) is the defendant in an action
ordered removed from a criminal court to the family  court  pursuant  to
article seven hundred twenty-five of the criminal procedure law]:
  (A) WHO IS:
  (I) TEN OR ELEVEN YEARS OF AGE WHO COMMITTED AN ACT THAT WOULD CONSTI-
TUTE  A  CRIME AS DEFINED IN SECTION 125.27 (MURDER IN THE FIRST DEGREE)
OR 125.25 (MURDER IN THE SECOND DEGREE) OF THE PENAL LAW IF COMMITTED BY
AN ADULT; OR
  (II) AT LEAST TWELVE YEARS OF AGE AND LESS THAN SIXTEEN YEARS  OF  AGE
WHO  COMMITTED  AN  ACT THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A CRIME IF COMMITTED BY AN
ADULT; OR
  (III) SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND
NINETEEN,  SIXTEEN  OR  SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE WHO COMMITTED AN ACT THAT
WOULD CONSTITUTE A CRIME, OR DISORDERLY CONDUCT AS  DEFINED  IN  SECTION
240.20  OF  THE PENAL LAW, OR HARASSMENT IN THE SECOND DEGREE AS DEFINED
IN SECTION 240.26 OF THE PENAL LAW IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT; AND
  (B) WHO IS EITHER:
  (I) NOT CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR SUCH CONDUCT BY REASON OF  INFANCY;
OR
  (II)  THE  DEFENDANT  IN  AN  ACTION  BASED  ON SUCH ACT THAT HAS BEEN
ORDERED REMOVED TO THE FAMILY COURT PURSUANT TO  ARTICLE  SEVEN  HUNDRED
TWENTY-FIVE OF THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW.
  S  57.  Subdivisions 8 and 9 of section 301.2 of the family court act,
subdivision 8 as amended by chapter 7 of the laws of 2007  and  subdivi-
sion  9 as added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, are amended to read
as follows:
  8. "Designated felony act" means an act which, if done  by  an  adult,
would  be  a  crime: (i) defined in sections 125.27 (murder in the first
degree); 125.25 (murder in the second degree); 135.25 (kidnapping in the
first degree); or 150.20 (arson in the first degree) of  the  penal  law
committed  by  a person thirteen, fourteen [or], fifteen, OR SIXTEEN, OR
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years of age;
or such conduct committed as a sexually motivated felony, where  author-
ized  pursuant  to  section  130.91  of  the  penal law; (ii) defined in
sections 120.10 (assault in the first degree); 125.20  (manslaughter  in
the  first  degree); 130.35 (rape in the first degree); 130.50 (criminal
sexual act in the first degree); 130.70 (aggravated sexual abuse in  the
first  degree);  135.20 (kidnapping in the second degree) but only where
the abduction involved the use or  threat  of  use  of  deadly  physical

S. 6406                            118                           A. 9006

force;  150.15  (arson  in  the second degree) or 160.15 (robbery in the
first degree) of the penal law committed by a person thirteen,  fourteen
[or],  fifteen,  OR  SIXTEEN, OR, COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND
NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years of age; or such conduct committed as a sexual-
ly  motivated felony, where authorized pursuant to section 130.91 of the
penal law; (iii) defined in the penal law as an attempt to commit murder
in the first or second degree or kidnapping in the first degree  commit-
ted  by  a  person  thirteen,  fourteen  [or],  fifteen,  OR SIXTEEN, OR
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years of age;
or such conduct committed as a sexually motivated felony, where  author-
ized  pursuant  to  section  130.91  of  the  penal law; (iv) defined in
section 140.30 (burglary  in  the  first  degree);  subdivision  one  of
section  140.25  (burglary  in  the  second  degree); subdivision two of
section 160.10 (robbery in the second  degree)  of  the  penal  law;  or
section  265.03 of the penal law, where such machine gun or such firearm
is possessed on school grounds, as that phrase is defined in subdivision
fourteen of section 220.00 of the penal law committed by a person  four-
teen  or  fifteen  years of age; or such conduct committed as a sexually
motivated felony, where authorized pursuant to  section  130.91  of  the
penal  law; (v) defined in section 120.05 (assault in the second degree)
or 160.10 (robbery in the second degree) of the penal law committed by a
person fourteen [or], fifteen, OR SIXTEEN OR, COMMENCING JANUARY  FIRST,
TWO  THOUSAND  NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years of age but only where there has
been a prior finding by a court that such person has previously  commit-
ted  an  act  which,  if  committed  by  an adult, would be the crime of
assault in the second degree, robbery in the second degree or any desig-
nated felony act specified in paragraph (i),  (ii),  or  (iii)  of  this
subdivision  regardless  of  the  age  of such person at the time of the
commission of the prior act; [or] (vi) other than a misdemeanor  commit-
ted  by  a person at least [seven] TWELVE but less than [sixteen] SEVEN-
TEEN years of age, OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN  A
PERSON  AT  LEAST  TWELVE  BUT LESS THAN EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE, but only
where there has been two prior findings by the court  that  such  person
has committed a prior felony; OR (VII) DEFINED IN SECTION 125.10 (CRIMI-
NAL  NEGLIGENT HOMICIDE) OF THE PENAL LAW; 125.11 (AGGRAVATED CRIMINALLY
NEGLIGENT HOMICIDE) OF THE PENAL LAW; 125.15 (MANSLAUGHTER IN THE SECOND
DEGREE) OF THE PENAL LAW; 125.21 (AGGRAVATED MANSLAUGHTER IN THE  SECOND
DEGREE)  OF  THE PENAL LAW; 125.22 (AGGRAVATED MANSLAUGHTER IN THE FIRST
DEGREE) OF THE PENAL LAW; 130.75 (COURSE OF  SEXUAL  CONDUCT  AGAINST  A
CHILD)  OF THE PENAL LAW; 130.95 (PREDATORY SEXUAL ASSAULT) OF THE PENAL
LAW; 220.77 (OPERATING AS A MAJOR TRAFFICKER) OF THE PENAL  LAW;  490.45
(CRIMINAL  POSSESSION OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE
FIRST DEGREE) OF THE PENAL LAW; 490.55 (CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMICAL WEAP-
ON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE FIRST DEGREE) OF THE  PENAL  LAW;  ACTS
CONSTITUTING A SPECIFIED OFFENSE DEFINED IN 130.91 OF THE PENAL LAW WHEN
COMMITTED  AS A SEXUALLY MOTIVATED FELONY; ACTS CONSTITUTING A SPECIFIED
OFFENSE DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION THREE OF SECTION 490.05 OF THE PENAL  LAW
WHEN  COMMITTED  AS  AN  ACT OF TERRORISM; OR ACTS CONSTITUTING A FELONY
DEFINED IN ARTICLE FOUR HUNDRED NINETY OF THE PENAL LAW, COMMITTED BY  A
PERSON AT LEAST TWELVE BUT LESS THAN SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE, OR COMMENC-
ING  JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, LESS THAN EIGHTEEN YEARS OF
AGE.
  9. "Designated class A felony  act"  means  a  designated  felony  act
[defined  in paragraph (i) of subdivision eight] THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A
CLASS A FELONY IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT.

S. 6406                            119                           A. 9006

  S 58. Subdivision 1 of section 302.1 of the family court act, as added
by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, is amended to read as follows:
  1.  The  family  court  has  exclusive  original jurisdiction over any
proceeding to determine  whether  a  person  is  a  juvenile  delinquent
COMMENCED  IN  FAMILY  COURT  AND CONCURRENT JURISDICTION WITH THE YOUTH
PART OF A SUPERIOR COURT OVER ANY SUCH PROCEEDING REMOVED TO THE  FAMILY
COURT  PURSUANT  TO  ARTICLE  SEVEN  HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE OF THE CRIMINAL
PROCEDURE LAW.
  S 59. Section 304.1 of the family court act, as added by  chapter  920
of the laws of 1982, subdivision 2 as amended by chapter 419 of the laws
of 1987, is amended to read as follows:
  S 304.1. Detention. 1. A facility certified by the [state division for
youth]  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES as a juvenile DETENTION
facility must be operated in conformity  with  the  regulations  of  the
[state  division  for  youth  and shall be subject to the visitation and
inspection of the state board of social welfare] OFFICE OF CHILDREN  AND
FAMILY SERVICES.
  2.  No child to whom the provisions of this article may apply shall be
detained in any prison, jail, lockup, or other  place  used  for  adults
convicted  of  crime  or under arrest and charged with crime without the
approval of the [state division for youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES in the case of each child and  the  statement  of  its  reasons
therefor.   The [state division for youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES shall promulgate and publish the rules which it shall apply  in
determining whether approval should be granted pursuant to this subdivi-
sion.
  3.  [The  detention  of  a  child  under  ten years of age in a secure
detention facility shall not be directed under any of the provisions  of
this article.
  4.] A detention facility which receives a child under subdivision four
of  section  305.2  OF  THIS  PART  shall immediately notify the child's
parent or other person legally responsible for his OR HER  care  or,  if
such  legally responsible person is unavailable the person with whom the
child resides, that he OR SHE has been placed in detention.
  S 60. Subdivision 1 of section 304.2 of the family court act, as added
by chapter 683 of the laws of 1984, is amended to read as follows:
  (1) Upon application by the presentment agency, OR UPON APPLICATION BY
THE PROBATION SERVICE AS PART OF THE ADJUSTMENT OF A CASE, the court may
issue a temporary order of protection  against  a  respondent  for  good
cause  shown,  ex  parte or upon notice, at any time after a juvenile is
taken into custody, pursuant to section 305.1 or 305.2 or upon the issu-
ance of an appearance ticket pursuant  to  section  307.1  or  upon  the
filing of a petition pursuant to section 310.1 OF THIS PART.
  S 61. Subdivision 1 of section 305.1 of the family court act, as added
by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, is amended to read as follows:
  1.  A  private  person may take a child [under the age of sixteen] WHO
MAY BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE FOR COMMITTING  AN  ACT
THAT  WOULD BE A CRIME IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT into custody in cases in
which [he] SUCH PRIVATE PERSON may arrest an adult  for  a  crime  under
section 140.30 of the criminal procedure law.
  S 62. Subdivision 2 of section 305.2 of the family court act, as added
by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, is amended to read as follows:
  2.  An  officer may take a child [under the age of sixteen] WHO MAY BE
SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE FOR  COMMITTING  AN  ACT  THAT
WOULD BE A CRIME IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT into custody without a warrant

S. 6406                            120                           A. 9006

in cases in which [he] THE OFFICER may arrest a person for a crime under
article one hundred forty of the criminal procedure law.
  S  63.  Paragraph  (b) of subdivision 4 of section 305.2 of the family
court act, as amended by chapter 492 of the laws of 1987, is amended  to
read as follows:
  (b)  forthwith  and with all reasonable speed take the child directly,
and without his first being taken to the police station  house,  to  the
family  court  located  in  the  county in which the act occasioning the
taking into custody allegedly was committed, OR, WHEN THE  FAMILY  COURT
IS NOT IN SESSION, TO THE MOST ACCESSIBLE MAGISTRATE, IF ANY, DESIGNATED
BY THE APPELLATE DIVISION OF THE SUPREME COURT IN THE APPLICABLE DEPART-
MENT  TO  CONDUCT A HEARING UNDER SECTION 307.4 OF THIS PART, unless the
officer determines that it is necessary to question the child, in  which
case  he OR SHE may take the child to a facility designated by the chief
administrator of the courts as a suitable place for the  questioning  of
children  or,  upon  the  consent  of  a  parent or other person legally
responsible for the care of the child,  to  the  child's  residence  and
there question him OR HER for a reasonable period of time; or
  S  64.  Subdivision  1  of  section  306.1 of the family court act, as
amended by chapter 645 of the laws  of  1996,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  1.  Following  the  arrest  of a child alleged to be a juvenile delin-
quent, or the filing of a delinquency petition involving a child who has
not been arrested, the arresting officer  or  other  appropriate  police
officer  or  agency shall take or cause to be taken fingerprints of such
child if:
  (a) the child is eleven years of age or older and the crime  which  is
the  subject  of  the arrest or which is charged in the petition consti-
tutes a class [A or B] A-I felony; [or] (b) THE CHILD IS TWELVE YEARS OF
AGE OR OLDER AND THE CRIME WHICH IS THE SUBJECT OF THE ARREST  OR  WHICH
IS CHARGED IN THE PETITION CONSTITUTES A CLASS A OR B FELONY; OR
  (C) the child is thirteen years of age or older and the crime which is
the  subject  of  the arrest or which is charged in the petition consti-
tutes a class C, D or E felony.
  S 65. Subdivisions 2 and 4 of section 307.3 of the family  court  act,
subdivision 2 as amended by chapter 419 of the laws of 1987 and subdivi-
sion  4 as added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, are amended to read
as follows:
  2. When practicable such agency may release a child before the  filing
of  a  petition  to  the  custody  of his OR HER parents or other person
legally responsible for his OR HER care, or if such legally  responsible
person is unavailable, to a person with whom he OR SHE resides, when the
events occasioning the taking into custody appear to involve allegations
that the child committed a  delinquent act; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH
AGENCY MUST RELEASE THE CHILD IF:
  (A)  SUCH  EVENTS  APPEAR  TO  INVOLVE ONLY ALLEGATIONS THAT THE CHILD
COMMITTED ACTS THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE NO MORE THAN A VIOLATION IF COMMIT-
TED BY AN ADULT; OR
  (B) SUCH EVENTS APPEAR TO INVOLVE  ONLY  ALLEGATIONS  THAT  THE  CHILD
COMMITTED  ACTS  THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE MORE THAN A VIOLATION BUT NO MORE
THAN A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT IF:
  (I) THE ALLEGED ACTS DID NOT RESULT IN ANY PHYSICAL INJURY TO  ANOTHER
PERSON;
  (II)  THE  CHILD DOES NOT HAVE ANY PRIOR ADJUDICATIONS FOR AN ACT THAT
WOULD CONSTITUTE A FELONY IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT;

S. 6406                            121                           A. 9006

  (III) THE CHILD HAS NO MORE THAN ONE PRIOR  ADJUDICATION  FOR  AN  ACT
THAT  WOULD  CONSTITUTE  A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT AND THAT
ACT ALSO DID NOT RESULT IN ANY PHYSICAL INJURY AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION
NINE OF SECTION 10.00 OF THE PENAL LAW TO ANOTHER PERSON; AND
  (IV)  THE CHILD WAS ASSESSED AT A LOW RISK ON THE APPLICABLE DETENTION
RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT APPROVED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES UNLESS  THE  AGENCY  DETERMINES  THAT  DETENTION  IS  NECESSARY
BECAUSE THE RESPONDENT OTHERWISE POSES AN IMMINENT RISK TO PUBLIC SAFETY
AND STATES THE REASONS FOR SUCH DETERMINATION IN THE CHILD'S RECORD.
  4.  If  the  agency for any reason does not release a child under this
section, such child shall be brought    before  the  appropriate  family
court, OR WHEN SUCH FAMILY COURT IS NOT IN SESSION, TO THE MOST ACCESSI-
BLE  MAGISTRATE,  IF  ANY,  DESIGNATED  BY THE APPELLATE DIVISION OF THE
SUPREME COURT IN THE APPLICABLE DEPARTMENT; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  THAT  IF
SUCH  FAMILY  COURT  IS NOT IN SESSION AND IF A MAGISTRATE IS NOT AVAIL-
ABLE, SUCH YOUTH SHALL BE BROUGHT BEFORE SUCH FAMILY COURT within seven-
ty-two hours or the next day the court is in session, whichever is soon-
er. Such agency  shall  thereupon  file  an  application  for  an  order
pursuant to section 307.4 and shall forthwith serve a copy of the appli-
cation upon the appropriate presentment agency. Nothing in this subdivi-
sion shall preclude the adjustment of suitable cases pursuant to section
308.1.
  S  66.  The  section heading and subdivisions 1, 2, 3, 9, 12 and 13 of
section 308.1 of the family court act, the section heading and  subdivi-
sions 1, 3, 9, 12 and 13 as added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982 and
subdivision  2  as  amended  by section 3 of part V of chapter 55 of the
laws of 2012, are amended to read as follows:
  [Rules of court for preliminary] PRELIMINARY procedure; ADJUSTMENT  OF
CASES.  1.  [Rules  of  court  shall authorize and determine the circum-
stances under which the] THE  probation  service  may  confer  with  any
person seeking to have a juvenile delinquency petition filed, the poten-
tial respondent and other interested persons concerning the advisability
of requesting that a petition be filed IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION.
  2. (A) Except as provided in subdivisions three [and], four, AND THIR-
TEEN  of  this  section,  the probation service may[, in accordance with
rules of court,] ATTEMPT TO adjust [suitable  cases]  A  CASE  before  a
petition  is  filed IF THE PROBATION SERVICE DETERMINES THAT THE CASE IS
SUITABLE FOR ADJUSTMENT BASED ON THE ASSESSED LEVEL  OF  RISK  THAT  THE
CHILD  WILL  COMMIT  ANOTHER ACT THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A CRIME AS DETER-
MINED BY A VALIDATED RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT AND THE  EXTENT  OF  ANY
PHYSICAL INJURY TO THE VICTIM.
  (B)  IF  A  CHILD IS ASSESSED AT A LOW LEVEL OF RISK AND THE EVENTS IN
THE CASE APPEAR TO INVOLVE ONLY ALLEGATIONS  THAT  THE  CHILD  COMMITTED
ACTS  THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OR A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY
AN ADULT, THE PROBATION SERVICE MUST DILIGENTLY ATTEMPT  TO  ADJUST  THE
CASE.    SUCH  ATTEMPTS  MAY  INCLUDE THE USE OF A JUVENILE REVIEW BOARD
COMPRISED OF APPROPRIATE COMMUNITY MEMBERS TO WORK WITH  THE  CHILD  AND
HIS  OR HER FAMILY ON DEVELOPING RECOMMENDED ADJUSTMENT ACTIVITIES.  THE
PROBATION SERVICE MAY STOP ATTEMPTING TO ADJUST SUCH A CASE IF IT DETER-
MINES THAT THERE IS NO SUBSTANTIAL LIKELIHOOD THAT THE CHILD WILL  BENE-
FIT  FROM ATTEMPTS AT ADJUSTMENT IN THE TIME REMAINING FOR ADJUSTMENT OR
THE TIME FOR ADJUSTMENT HAS EXPIRED.
  (C) The inability of the respondent or  his  or  her  family  to  make
restitution shall not be a factor in a decision to adjust a case or in a
recommendation  to the presentment agency pursuant to subdivision six of
this section.

S. 6406                            122                           A. 9006

  (D) THE PROBATION SERVICE MAY MAKE AN APPLICATION TO THE COURT  FOR  A
TEMPORARY  ORDER  OF  PROTECTION  AS PART OF THE ADJUSTMENT OF A CASE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 304.2 OF THIS PART.
  (E)  Nothing  in  this section shall prohibit the probation service or
the court from directing a respondent to obtain employment and  to  make
restitution  from  the  earnings  from  such employment. Nothing in this
section shall prohibit the probation service or the court from directing
an eligible person to complete an education reform program in accordance
with section four hundred fifty-eight-l of the social services law.
  3. The probation service shall not  ATTEMPT  TO  adjust  a  case  THAT
COMMENCED  IN  FAMILY COURT in which the child has allegedly committed a
designated felony act THAT INVOLVES ALLEGATIONS THAT  THE  CHILD  CAUSED
PHYSICAL  INJURY  TO  A  PERSON  unless  [it]  THE PROBATION SERVICE has
received the written approval of the court.
  9. Efforts at adjustment [pursuant  to  rules  of  court]  under  this
section  may  not extend for a period of more than two months [without],
OR, FOR A PERIOD OF MORE THAN  FOUR  MONTHS  IF  THE  PROBATION  SERVICE
DETERMINES  THAT  ADJUSTMENT  BEYOND  THE  FIRST TWO MONTHS IS WARRANTED
BECAUSE DOCUMENTED BARRIERS TO ADJUSTMENT EXIST OR CHANGES  NEED  TO  BE
MADE TO THE CHILD'S SERVICES PLAN, EXCEPT UPON leave of the court, which
may extend the ADJUSTMENT period for an additional two months.
  12.  The  probation  service shall certify to the division of criminal
justice services  and  to  the  appropriate  police  department  or  law
enforcement  agency  whenever  it  adjusts a case in which the potential
respondent's fingerprints were taken pursuant to section  306.1  in  any
manner  other than the filing of a petition for juvenile delinquency for
an act which, if committed by  an  adult,  would  constitute  a  felony,
provided,  however,  in  the case of a child [eleven or] twelve years of
age, such certification shall be made only if the act would constitute a
class A or B felony, OR, IN THE CASE OF A CHILD  ELEVEN  YEARS  OF  AGE,
SUCH  CERTIFICATION  SHALL  BE  MADE  ONLY IF THE ACT WOULD CONSTITUTE A
CLASS A-1 FELONY.
  13. The [provisions of  this  section]  PROBATION  SERVICE  shall  not
[apply]  ATTEMPT  TO  ADJUST  A  CASE  where the petition is an order of
removal to the family court pursuant to article  seven  hundred  twenty-
five  of  the  criminal procedure law UNLESS IT HAS RECEIVED THE WRITTEN
APPROVAL OF THE COURT.
  S 67. Paragraph (c) of subdivision 3 of section 311.1  of  the  family
court  act,  as  added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, is amended to
read as follows:
  (c) the fact that the respondent is a person [under sixteen years  of]
OF  THE  NECESSARY  age  TO  BE A JUVENILE DELINQUENT at the time of the
alleged act or acts;
  S 68. Subdivision 3 of section  320.5  of  the  family  court  act  is
amended by adding a new paragraph (a-1) to read as follows:
  (A-1)  NOTWITHSTANDING  PARAGRAPH  (A)  OF THIS SUBDIVISION, THE COURT
SHALL NOT DIRECT DETENTION IF:
  (I) THE EVENTS UNDERLYING THE INITIAL  APPEARANCE  APPEAR  TO  INVOLVE
ONLY  ALLEGATIONS THAT THE CHILD COMMITTED ACTS THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE NO
MORE THAN A VIOLATION IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT; OR
  (II) SUCH EVENTS APPEAR TO INVOLVE ONLY  ALLEGATIONS  THAT  THE  CHILD
COMMITTED  ACTS  THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE MORE THAN A VIOLATION BUT NO MORE
THAN A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT IF:
  (1) THE ALLEGED ACTS DID NOT RESULT IN ANY PHYSICAL INJURY AS  DEFINED
IN SUBDIVISION NINE OF SECTION 10.00 OF THE PENAL LAW TO ANOTHER PERSON;

S. 6406                            123                           A. 9006

  (2)  THE  RESPONDENT  DOES NOT HAVE ANY PRIOR ADJUDICATIONS FOR AN ACT
THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A FELONY IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT;
  (3)  THE RESPONDENT HAS NO MORE THAN ONE PRIOR ADJUDICATION FOR AN ACT
THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY AN  ADULT  AND  THAT
ACT DID NOT RESULT IN ANY PHYSICAL HARM TO ANOTHER PERSON; AND
  (4)  THE  RESPONDENT  WAS  ASSESSED  AT  A  LOW RISK ON THE APPLICABLE
DETENTION RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT APPROVED BY THE OFFICE OF  CHILDREN
AND FAMILY SERVICES UNLESS THE COURT DETERMINES THAT DETENTION IS NECES-
SARY  BECAUSE  THE RESPONDENT OTHERWISE POSES AN IMMINENT RISK TO PUBLIC
SAFETY AND STATES THE REASONS FOR SUCH DETERMINATION IN THE COURT ORDER.
  S 69. Paragraphs (a) and (b) of subdivision 5 of section 322.2 of  the
family  court act, paragraph (a) as amended by chapter 41 of the laws of
2010 and paragraph (b) as added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982,  are
amended to read as follows:
  5. (a) If the court finds that there is probable cause to believe that
the respondent committed a felony, it shall order the respondent commit-
ted  to  the custody of the commissioner of mental health or the commis-
sioner of [mental retardation and] PERSONS WITH developmental  disabili-
ties  for an initial period not to exceed one year from the date of such
order. Such period may be extended annually upon further application  to
the  court  by  the  commissioner having custody or his or her designee.
Such application must be made not more than  sixty  days  prior  to  the
expiration  of  such  period  on  forms that have been prescribed by the
chief administrator of the courts. At that time, the  commissioner  must
give  written  notice  of the application to the respondent, the counsel
representing the respondent and the mental hygiene legal service if  the
respondent  is  at a residential facility. Upon receipt of such applica-
tion, the court must conduct a hearing to determine the issue of capaci-
ty. If, at the conclusion of a hearing conducted pursuant to this subdi-
vision, the court finds that the respondent is no longer  incapacitated,
he  or she shall be returned to the family court for further proceedings
pursuant to this article. If the court is satisfied that the  respondent
continues  to  be  incapacitated,  the  court  shall authorize continued
custody of the respondent by the commissioner for a period not to exceed
one year. Such extensions shall not continue beyond a reasonable  period
of  time  necessary  to determine whether the respondent will attain the
capacity to proceed to a fact finding hearing in the foreseeable  future
but in no event shall continue beyond the respondent's eighteenth birth-
day OR, IF THE RESPONDENT WAS AT LEAST SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE WHEN THE ACT
WAS COMMITTED, BEYOND THE RESPONDENT'S TWENTY-FIRST BIRTHDAY.
  (b)  If  a  respondent  is in the custody of the commissioner upon the
respondent's eighteenth birthday, OR IF  THE  RESPONDENT  WAS  AT  LEAST
SIXTEEN  YEARS  OF AGE WHEN THE ACT RESULTING IN THE RESPONDENT'S PLACE-
MENT WAS COMMITTED, BEYOND THE RESPONDENT'S TWENTY-FIRST  BIRTHDAY,  the
commissioner shall notify the clerk of the court that the respondent was
in his custody on such date and the court shall dismiss the petition.
  S  70.  Subdivisions 1 and 5 of section 325.1 of the family court act,
subdivision 1 as amended by chapter 398 of the laws of 1983, subdivision
5 as added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, are amended  to  read  as
follows:
  1.  At  the  initial  appearance,  if  the  respondent denies a charge
contained in the petition and the court determines  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH
THE  REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 320.5 OF THIS PART that [he] THE RESPONDENT
shall be detained for more than three days pending a fact-finding  hear-
ing,  the court shall schedule a probable-cause hearing to determine the
issues specified in section 325.3 OF THIS PART.

S. 6406                            124                           A. 9006

  5. Where the petition consists of an  order  of  removal  pursuant  to
article  seven hundred twenty-five of the criminal procedure law, unless
the removal was pursuant to subdivision three of section 725.05 of  such
law  and the respondent was not afforded a probable cause hearing pursu-
ant  to  subdivision  [three] TWO of section [180.75] 725.20 of such law
[for a reason other than his waiver thereof pursuant to subdivision  two
of section 180.75 of such law], the petition shall be deemed to be based
upon  a determination that probable cause exists to believe the respond-
ent is a juvenile delinquent and the respondent shall not be entitled to
any further inquiry on the subject of  whether  probable  cause  exists.
After  the filing of any such petition the court must, however, exercise
independent, de novo discretion with respect to release or detention  as
set forth in section 320.5 OF THIS PART.
  S  71.  Paragraph  (a) of subdivision 2 of section 352.2 of the family
court act, as amended by chapter 880 of the laws of 1985, is amended  to
read as follows:
  (a)  In  determining an appropriate order the court shall consider the
needs and best interests of the respondent  as  well  as  the  need  for
protection  of  the  community. If the respondent has committed a desig-
nated felony act the court shall determine the  appropriate  disposition
in  [accord]  ACCORDANCE  with  section 353.5 OF THIS PART. In all other
cases the court shall order the least restrictive available  alternative
enumerated  in  subdivision one OF THIS SECTION which is consistent with
the needs and  best  interests  of  the  respondent  and  the  need  for
protection of the community; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE COURT SHALL NOT
DIRECT  THE  PLACEMENT  OF  A  RESPONDENT  WITH A COMMISSIONER OF SOCIAL
SERVICES OR THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES IF:
  (I) THE RESPONDENT ONLY COMMITTED ACTS THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE  NO  MORE
THAN A VIOLATION IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT; OR
  (II)  THE  RESPONDENT  ONLY  COMMITTED ACTS THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE MORE
THAN A VIOLATION BUT NO MORE THAN A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT
IF:
  (1) THE ACTS DID NOT RESULT IN  ANY  PHYSICAL  INJURY  AS  DEFINED  IN
SUBDIVISION NINE OF SECTION 10.00 OF THE PENAL LAW TO ANOTHER PERSON;
  (2)  THE  RESPONDENT  DOES NOT HAVE ANY PRIOR ADJUDICATIONS FOR AN ACT
THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A FELONY IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT;
  (3) THE RESPONDENT HAS NO MORE THAN ONE PRIOR ADJUDICATION FOR AN  ACT
THAT  WOULD  CONSTITUTE  A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT AND THAT
ACT DID NOT RESULT IN ANY PHYSICAL HARM TO ANOTHER PERSON; AND
  (4) THE RESPONDENT WAS ASSESSED  AT  A  LOW  RISK  ON  THE  APPLICABLE
PRE-DISPOSITIONAL  RISK  ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT APPROVED BY THE OFFICE OF
CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES UNLESS THE COURT  DETERMINES  THAT  SUCH  A
PLACEMENT  IS  NECESSARY BECAUSE THE RESPONDENT OTHERWISE POSES AN IMMI-
NENT RISK TO PUBLIC SAFETY AND STATES THE REASONS FOR SUCH DETERMINATION
IN THE COURT ORDER.
  S 72. The opening paragraph of subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (a) and
paragraph (d) of subdivision 4 of section 353.5 of the family court act,
as amended by section 6 of subpart A of part G of chapter 57 of the laws
of 2012, are amended to read as follows:
  after the period set under subparagraph (ii) of  this  paragraph,  the
respondent  shall  be  placed  in a residential facility for a period of
twelve months; provided, however, that if the respondent has been placed
from a family court in a social services district operating an  approved
juvenile  justice  services close to home initiative pursuant to section
four hundred four of the social services law FOR AN ACT  COMMITTED  WHEN

S. 6406                            125                           A. 9006

THE  RESPONDENT  WAS UNDER SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE, once the time frames in
subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph are met:
  (d)  Upon  the  expiration  of the initial period of placement, or any
extension thereof, the placement may  be  extended  in  accordance  with
section  355.3  on a petition of any party or the office of children and
family services, or, if applicable, a social services district operating
an approved juvenile justice services close to home initiative  pursuant
to  section four hundred four of the social services law, after a dispo-
sitional hearing, for an additional period not to exceed twelve  months,
but  no  initial  placement or extension of placement under this section
may continue beyond the respondent's twenty-first birthday, OR,  FOR  AN
ACT  THAT  WAS COMMITTED WHEN THE RESPONDENT WAS SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR
OLDER, THE RESPONDENT'S TWENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY.
  S 73. Paragraph (d) of subdivision 4 of section 353.5  of  the  family
court  act, as amended by chapter 398 of the laws of 1983, is amended to
read as follows:
  (d) Upon the expiration of the initial period  of  placement,  or  any
extension  thereof,  the  placement  may  be extended in accordance with
section 355.3 on a petition of any party or  the  [division  for  youth]
OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND FAMILY SERVICES after a dispositional hearing,
for an additional period not to exceed twelve  months,  but  no  initial
placement  or  extension  of  placement  under this section may continue
beyond the respondent's twenty-first birthday, OR, FOR AN ACT  THAT  WAS
COMMITTED  WHEN  THE  RESPONDENT  WAS SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER, THE
RESPONDENT'S TWENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY.
  S 74. Subdivision 1, 2, 6 and 7 of section 354.1 of the  family  court
act, subdivision 1 as added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, subdivi-
sions  2,  6  and  7  as amended by chapter 645 of the laws of 1996, are
amended to read as follows:
  1. If a person whose  fingerprints,  palmprints  or  photographs  were
taken  pursuant  to  section  306.1  or was initially fingerprinted as a
juvenile offender and the action is subsequently  removed  to  a  family
court  pursuant  to  article  seven  hundred twenty-five of the criminal
procedure law is adjudicated to be a juvenile delinquent for  a  felony,
the  family court shall forward or cause to be forwarded to the division
of criminal justice services notification of such adjudication and  such
related  information  as  may  be  required  by such division, provided,
however, in the case of a person eleven [or twelve] years  of  age  such
notification  shall  be  provided only if the act upon which the adjudi-
cation is based would constitute a class [A or B] A-1 felony OR, IN  THE
CASE  OF  A  PERSON  TWELVE  YEARS  OF  AGE,  SUCH NOTIFICATION SHALL BE
PROVIDED ONLY IF THE ACT UPON WHICH  THE  ADJUDICATION  IS  BASED  WOULD
CONSTITUTE A CLASS A OR B FELONY.
  2.  If  a  person  whose  fingerprints, palmprints or photographs were
taken pursuant to section 306.1 or  was  initially  fingerprinted  as  a
juvenile offender and the action is subsequently removed to family court
pursuant  to article seven hundred twenty-five of the criminal procedure
law has had all petitions disposed of by the family court in any  manner
other  than an adjudication of juvenile delinquency for a felony, but in
the case of acts committed when such person was eleven [or twelve] years
of age which would constitute a class [A or B] A-1 felony only,  OR,  IN
THE  CASE  OF  ACTS  COMMITTED  WHEN SUCH PERSON WAS TWELVE YEARS OF AGE
WHICH WOULD CONSTITUTE A CLASS A OR B  FELONY  ONLY,  all  such  finger-
prints, palmprints, photographs, and copies thereof, and all information
relating  to  such  allegations  obtained  by  the  division of criminal
justice services pursuant to section 306.1 shall be destroyed forthwith.

S. 6406                            126                           A. 9006

The clerk of the court shall notify the commissioner of the division  of
criminal  justice  services  and the heads of all police departments and
law enforcement agencies  having  copies  of  such  records,  who  shall
destroy such records without unnecessary delay.
  6. If a person fingerprinted pursuant to section 306.1 and subsequent-
ly  adjudicated  a  juvenile delinquent for a felony, but in the case of
acts committed when such a person was eleven [or twelve]  years  of  age
which would constitute a class [A or B] A-1 felony only, OR, IN THE CASE
OF ACTS COMMITTED WHEN SUCH A PERSON WAS TWELVE YEARS OF AGE WHICH WOULD
CONSTITUTE  A  CLASS  A OR B FELONY ONLY, is subsequently convicted of a
crime, all fingerprints and related information obtained by the division
of criminal justice services pursuant to such section and not  destroyed
pursuant  to  subdivisions  two, five and seven or subdivision twelve of
section 308.1 shall become part of such division's permanent adult crim-
inal record for that person, notwithstanding section 381.2 or 381.3.
  7. When a person fingerprinted pursuant to section  306.1  and  subse-
quently  adjudicated a juvenile delinquent for a felony, but in the case
of acts committed when such person was eleven [or twelve] years  of  age
which would constitute a class [A or B] A-1 felony only, OR, IN THE CASE
OF ACTS COMMITTED WHEN SUCH A PERSON WAS TWELVE YEARS OF AGE WHICH WOULD
CONSTITUTE A CLASS A OR B FELONY ONLY, reaches the age of twenty-one, or
has  been  discharged  from  placement under this act for at least three
years, whichever occurs later, and has no criminal convictions or  pend-
ing   criminal   actions   which  ultimately  terminate  in  a  criminal
conviction,  all  fingerprints,  palmprints,  photographs,  and  related
information and copies thereof obtained pursuant to section 306.1 in the
possession  of  the  division  of  criminal justice services, any police
department,  law  enforcement  agency  or  any  other  agency  shall  be
destroyed  forthwith.  The  division  of criminal justice services shall
notify the agency or agencies which forwarded fingerprints to such divi-
sion pursuant to section 306.1 of  their  obligation  to  destroy  those
records  in  their  possession. In the case of a pending criminal action
which does not terminate in a criminal conviction, such records shall be
destroyed forthwith upon such determination.
  S 75. Subdivision 6 of section 355.3  of  the  family  court  act,  as
amended  by  chapter  663  of  the  laws  of 1985, is amended to read as
follows:
  6. Successive extensions of placement under this section may be grant-
ed, but no placement may be made or continued  beyond  the  respondent's
eighteenth  birthday  without  the  child's  consent  FOR ACTS COMMITTED
BEFORE THE RESPONDENT'S SIXTEENTH BIRTHDAY and  in  no  event  past  the
child's twenty-first birthday EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR IN SUBDIVISION FOUR
OF SECTION 353.5.
  S  76.  Paragraph  (b) of subdivision 3 of section 355.5 of the family
court act, as amended by chapter 145 of the laws of 2000, is amended  to
read as follows:
  (b)  subsequent  permanency hearings shall be held no later than every
twelve months following the respondent's initial twelve months in place-
ment BUT IN  NO  EVENT  PAST  THE  RESPONDENT'S  TWENTY-FIRST  BIRTHDAY;
provided, however, that they shall be held in conjunction with an exten-
sion  of placement hearing held pursuant to section 355.3 of this [arti-
cle] PART.
  S 77. Section 360.3 of the family court act is amended by adding a new
subdivision 7 to read as follows:
  7.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AUTHORIZE A RESPONDENT TO BE  DETAINED  UNDER
SUBDIVISION  TWO OF THIS SECTION OR PLACED UNDER SUBDIVISION SIX OF THIS

S. 6406                            127                           A. 9006

SECTION FOR A VIOLATION OF A CONDITION THAT WOULD NOT CONSTITUTE A CRIME
IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT  UNLESS  THE  COURT  DETERMINES  (A)  THAT  THE
RESPONDENT  POSES A SPECIFIC IMMINENT THREAT TO PUBLIC SAFETY AND STATES
THE  REASONS  FOR  THE FINDING ON THE RECORD OR (B) THE RESPONDENT IS ON
PROBATION FOR AN ACT THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A VIOLENT FELONY  AS  DEFINED
IN  SECTION  70.02 OF THE PENAL LAW IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT AND THE USE
OF GRADUATED SANCTIONS HAS BEEN EXHAUSTED WITHOUT SUCCESS.
  S 78. Subdivisions 5 and 6 of section 371 of the social services  law,
subdivision  5 as added by chapter 690 of the laws of 1962, and subdivi-
sion 6 as amended by chapter 596 of the laws of  2000,  are  amended  to
read as follows:
  5.  "Juvenile  delinquent"  means  a  person [over seven and less than
sixteen years of age who does any act which, if done by an adult,  would
constitute a crime] AS DEFINED IN SECTION 301.2 OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT.
  6.  "Person in need of supervision" means a person [less than eighteen
years of age who is habitually truant or who is incorrigible, ungoverna-
ble or habitually disobedient and beyond the lawful control of a  parent
or  other  person  legally  responsible  for such child's care, or other
lawful authority] AS DEFINED IN SECTION  SEVEN  HUNDRED  TWELVE  OF  THE
FAMILY COURT ACT.
  S 79. Subdivisions 3 and 4 of section 502 of the executive law, subdi-
vision 3 as amended by section 1 of subpart B of part Q of chapter 58 of
the  laws  of 2011 and subdivision 4 as added by chapter 465 of the laws
of 1992, are amended to read as follows:
  3. "Detention" means the temporary care and maintenance of youth  held
away from their homes pursuant to article three [or seven] of the family
court act, or held pending a hearing for alleged violation of the condi-
tions of release from an office of children and family services facility
or authorized agency, or held pending a hearing for alleged violation of
the  condition  of parole as a juvenile offender, or held pending return
to a jurisdiction other than the one in which the youth is held, or held
pursuant to a securing order of a criminal  court  if  the  youth  named
therein as principal is charged as a juvenile offender or held pending a
hearing  on  an  extension  of  placement  or held pending transfer to a
facility upon commitment or placement by a court OR PURSUANT TO  ARTICLE
SEVEN  OF  THE FAMILY COURT ACT IF THE PETITION PURSUANT TO SUCH ARTICLE
WAS FILED PRIOR TO JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN. Only alleged or
convicted juvenile offenders who have not attained their eighteenth  OR,
COMMENCING  JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN, THEIR TWENTY-FIRST
birthday shall be subject to detention in a detention facility.
  4. For purposes of this article, the term "youth" shall [be synonymous
with the term "child" and means] MEAN a person not less than seven years
of age and not more than twenty OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST,  TWO  THOU-
SAND EIGHTEEN, NOT MORE THAN TWENTY-TWO years of age.
  S  80.  Paragraph  (a)  of  subdivision 2 and subdivision 5 of section
507-a of the executive law, as amended by chapter 465  of  the  laws  of
1992, are amended to read as follows:
  (a) Consistent with other provisions of law, only those youth who have
reached the age of [seven] TEN but who have not reached the age of twen-
ty-one  may  be  placed in[, committed to or remain in] the [division's]
custody OF THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES.  EXCEPT  AS
PROVIDED  FOR  IN  PARAGRAPH (A-1) OF THIS SUBDIVISION, NO YOUTH WHO HAS
REACHED THE AGE OF TWENTY-ONE MAY REMAIN IN CUSTODY  OF  THE  OFFICE  OF
CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES.
  (A-1) (I) A YOUTH WHO IS COMMITTED TO THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMI-
LY  SERVICES  AS  A JUVENILE OFFENDER OR YOUTHFUL OFFENDER MAY REMAIN IN

S. 6406                            128                           A. 9006

THE CUSTODY OF THE OFFICE DURING THE  PERIOD  OF  HIS  OR  HER  SENTENCE
BEYOND THE AGE OF TWENTY-ONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUBDI-
VISION  FIVE OF SECTION FIVE HUNDRED EIGHT OF THIS TITLE BUT IN NO EVENT
MAY  SUCH  A YOUTH REMAIN IN THE CUSTODY OF THE OFFICE BEYOND HIS OR HER
TWENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY; AND (II) A YOUTH FOUND TO HAVE COMMITTED A DESIG-
NATED CLASS A FELONY ACT WHO IS RESTRICTIVELY  PLACED  WITH  THE  OFFICE
UNDER  SUBDIVISION  FOUR  OF  SECTION  353.5 OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT FOR
COMMITTING AN ACT ON OR AFTER THE YOUTH'S SIXTEENTH BIRTHDAY MAY  REMAIN
IN  THE  CUSTODY OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES UP TO THE
AGE OF TWENTY-THREE IN ACCORDANCE WITH HIS OR HER PLACEMENT ORDER.
  (A-2) Whenever it shall appear to the satisfaction of  the  [division]
OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES that any youth placed therewith
is not of proper age to be so placed or is not properly  placed,  or  is
mentally  or  physically  incapable of being materially benefited by the
program of the [division] OFFICE, the [division] OFFICE shall cause  the
return of such youth to the county from which placement was made.
  5.  Consistent  with other provisions of law, in the discretion of the
[director, youth] COMMISSIONER OF THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES,  YOUTH PLACED WITHIN THE OFFICE UNDER THE FAMILY COURT ACT who
attain the age of eighteen while in [division] custody OF THE OFFICE AND
WHO ARE NOT REQUIRED TO REMAIN IN THE PLACEMENT WITH  THE  OFFICE  AS  A
RESULT  OF  A  DISPOSITIONAL  ORDER  OF THE FAMILY COURT may reside in a
non-secure facility until the age  of  twenty-one,  provided  that  such
youth attend a full-time vocational or educational program and are like-
ly to benefit from such program.
  S  81.    Paragraphs  (a),  (b), (c), (d) and (e) of subdivision 2 and
subdivision 4 of section 508 of the executive law are REPEALED.
  S 82. Subdivisions 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of  section  508  of  the
executive  law,  subdivision  1 as amended by chapter 738 of the laws of
2004, subdivision 2 as amended by chapter  572  of  the  laws  of  1985,
subdivision 3 as added by chapter 481 of the laws of 1978 and renumbered
by  chapter  465 of the laws of 1992, subdivisions 5, 6 and 7 as amended
by section 97 of subpart B of part C of chapter 62 of the laws of  2011,
subdivision  8  as added by chapter 560 of the laws of 1984 and subdivi-
sion 9 as added by chapter 7 of the laws of 2007, are amended and a  new
subdivision 1-a is added to read as follows:
  1.  The office of children and family services shall maintain [secure]
facilities for the care and confinement of juvenile offenders  committed
[for  an  indeterminate, determinate or definite sentence] TO THE OFFICE
pursuant to the sentencing provisions of the penal law. Such  facilities
shall  provide  appropriate services to juvenile offenders including but
not limited to residential care, educational  and  vocational  training,
physical and mental health services, and employment counseling.
  1-A.    (A)  (I) THE STATE SHALL ESTABLISH ONE OR MORE FACILITIES WITH
ENHANCED SECURITY FEATURES AND SPECIALLY TRAINED STAFF  TO  SERVE  THOSE
YOUTH  SENTENCED  FOR  COMMITTING  OFFENSES  ON OR AFTER THEIR SIXTEENTH
BIRTHDAY WHO ARE  DETERMINED,  BASED  ON  THE  PLACEMENT  CLASSIFICATION
PROTOCOL  ESTABLISHED  PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (C) OF THIS SUBDIVISION, TO
NEED AN ENHANCED LEVEL OF SECURE CARE WHICH SHALL BE ADMINISTERED BY THE
OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES.
  (II) A COUNCIL COMPRISED OF THE COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN
AND FAMILY SERVICES, THE COMMISSIONER OF THE DEPARTMENT  OF  CORRECTIONS
AND  COMMUNITY  SUPERVISION, THE COMMISSIONER OF THE STATE COMMISSION OF
CORRECTION, AND THE COMMISSIONER OF THE  DIVISION  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE
SERVICES  SHALL BE ESTABLISHED TO OVERSEE THE OPERATION OF THE FACILITY.
THE GOVERNOR SHALL DESIGNATE THE CHAIR OF THE COUNCIL. THE COUNCIL SHALL

S. 6406                            129                           A. 9006

HAVE THE POWER TO PERFORM ALL ACTS NECESSARY TO  CARRY  OUT  ITS  DUTIES
INCLUDING  MAKING  UNANNOUNCED VISITS AND INSPECTIONS OF THE FACILITY AT
ANY TIME. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY  OTHER  PROVISION  OF  STATE  LAW  TO  THE
CONTRARY,  THE  COUNCIL  MAY  REQUEST AND THE OFFICE SHALL SUBMIT TO THE
COUNCIL, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY FEDERAL LAW, ALL INFORMATION IN  THE
FORM  AND  MANNER  AND  AT SUCH TIMES AS THE COUNCIL MAY REQUIRE THAT IS
APPROPRIATE TO THE PURPOSES AND OPERATION OF THE  COUNCIL.  THE  COUNCIL
SHALL  BE  SUBJECT TO THE SAME LAWS AS APPLY TO THE OFFICE REGARDING THE
PROTECTION AND CONFIDENTIALITY OF THE INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO  THE
COUNCIL AND SHALL PREVENT ACCESS THERETO BY, OR THE DISTRIBUTION THEREOF
TO, PERSONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY LAW.
  (III)  YOUTH DIVISION AIDES AND OTHER APPROPRIATE STAFF WORKING IN THE
FACILITY SHALL RECEIVE SPECIALIZED TRAINING TO ADDRESS WORKING WITH  THE
TYPES  OF  YOUTH  PLACED IN THE FACILITY, WHICH SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE
LIMITED TO, TRAINING ON TACTICAL RESPONSES AND DE-ESCALATION TECHNIQUES.
ANY APPLICANT FOR EMPLOYMENT IN THE FACILITY AS A  YOUTH  DIVISION  AIDE
SHALL  BE  SUBJECT TO THE SAME REQUIREMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR PSYCHOLOG-
ICAL SCREENING AS APPLICANTS FOR  EMPLOYMENT  AS  CORRECTIONAL  OFFICERS
WITH THE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION PURSUANT TO
SECTION EIGHT OF THE CORRECTION LAW INCLUDING THE RIGHT TO REVIEW BY THE
INDEPENDENT   ADVISORY  BOARD  ESTABLISHED  PURSUANT  TO  SUCH  SECTION,
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT WHEN REFERRED TO IN  SUCH  SECTION  "DEPARTMENT"
SHALL MEAN THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES AND "COMMISSIONER"
SHALL  MEAN  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES. ALL STAFF OF THE FACILITY SHALL  BE  SUBJECT  TO  RANDOM  DRUG
TESTS.
  (B)  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION OR THE
STATE COMMISSION OF CORRECTION SHALL ASSIGN AN ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER TO
ASSIST THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, ON A PERMANENT BASIS,
WITH THE SECURITY ISSUES RELATING TO OPERATING  FACILITIES  SERVING  THE
ADDITIONAL YOUTH SENTENCED TO THE OFFICE.
  (C)  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION OR THE
STATE COMMISSION OF CORRECTION AND THE OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES  SHALL JOINTLY ESTABLISH A PLACEMENT CLASSIFICATION PROTOCOL TO
BE USED BY THE ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER ASSIGNED TO THE OFFICE PURSUANT TO
PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SUBDIVISION AND AN OFFICE OF CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES OFFICIAL DESIGNATED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE TO DETER-
MINE  THE  APPROPRIATE  LEVEL  OF  CARE  FOR EACH YOUTH SENTENCED TO THE
OFFICE.  THE PROTOCOL SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT NECESSARILY BE LIMITED  TO,
CONSIDERATION  OF  THE  NATURE  OF  THE  YOUTH'S OFFENSE AND THE YOUTH'S
HISTORY AND SERVICE NEEDS.
  (D) ANY NEW FACILITIES DEVELOPED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND  FAMILY
SERVICES  TO  SERVE  THE  ADDITIONAL  YOUTH  PLACED WITH THE OFFICE AS A
RESULT OF RAISING THE AGE OF JUVENILE JURISDICTION SHALL, TO THE  EXTENT
PRACTICABLE,  CONSIST OF SMALLER, MORE HOME-LIKE FACILITIES LOCATED NEAR
THE YOUTHS' HOMES AND FAMILIES THAT PROVIDE  GENDER-RESPONSIVE  PROGRAM-
MING,  SERVICES  AND  TREATMENT IN SMALL, CLOSELY SUPERVISED GROUPS THAT
OFFER EXTENSIVE AND ON-GOING INDIVIDUAL ATTENTION AND ENCOURAGE SUPPORT-
IVE PEER RELATIONSHIPS.
  2. Juvenile offenders COMMITTED TO THE OFFICE  FOR  COMMITTING  CRIMES
PRIOR  TO  THE AGE OF SIXTEEN shall be confined in such facilities until
the age of twenty-one IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR SENTENCES, and shall  not
be  released, discharged or permitted home visits except pursuant to the
provisions of this section.
  3. The [division] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES shall  report
in  writing to the sentencing court and district attorney, not less than

S. 6406                            130                           A. 9006

once every six months during the period of confinement, on  the  status,
adjustment, programs and progress of the offender.
  [5.]  4.  The  office  of children and family services may transfer an
offender not less than eighteen [nor more than twenty-one] years of  age
to  the  department  of  corrections  and  community  supervision if the
commissioner of the office certifies to the commissioner of  corrections
and  community  supervision that there is no substantial likelihood that
the youth will benefit from the programs offered by office facilities.
  [6. At age twenty-one, all] 5. (A) ALL juvenile offenders COMMITTED TO
THE OFFICE FOR COMMITTING A CRIME PRIOR TO THE YOUTH'S SIXTEENTH  BIRTH-
DAY WHO STILL HAVE TIME LEFT ON THEIR SENTENCES OF IMPRISONMENT shall be
transferred  AT  AGE  TWENTY-ONE  to  the  custody  of the department of
corrections and community supervision for confinement  pursuant  to  the
correction law.
  [7.]  (B)  ALL  OFFENDERS  COMMITTED  OR TRANSFERRED TO THE OFFICE FOR
COMMITTING A CRIME ON OR AFTER THEIR SIXTEENTH BIRTHDAY WHO  STILL  HAVE
TIME LEFT ON THEIR SENTENCES OF IMPRISONMENT SHALL BE TRANSFERRED TO THE
CUSTODY  OF  THE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION FOR
CONFINEMENT PURSUANT TO THE CORRECTION LAW AFTER COMPLETING TWO YEARS OF
CARE IN OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES  FACILITIES  UNLESS  THEY
ARE  WITHIN  FOUR MONTHS OF COMPLETING THE IMPRISONMENT PORTION OF THEIR
SENTENCE AND THE OFFICE DETERMINES, IN ITS DISCRETION, ON A CASE-BY-CASE
BASIS THAT THE YOUTH SHOULD BE PERMITTED TO REMAIN WITH THE  OFFICE  FOR
THE ADDITIONAL SHORT PERIOD OF TIME NECESSARY TO ENABLE THEM TO COMPLETE
THEIR  SENTENCE.  IN MAKING SUCH A DETERMINATION, THE FACTORS THE OFFICE
MAY CONSIDER INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE AGE OF THE YOUTH,  THE
AMOUNT  OF  TIME  REMAINING ON THE YOUTH'S SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT, THE
LEVEL OF THE YOUTH'S PARTICIPATION IN THE PROGRAM,  THE  YOUTH'S  EDUCA-
TIONAL AND VOCATIONAL PROGRESS, THE OPPORTUNITIES AVAILABLE TO THE YOUTH
THROUGH  THE  OFFICE  AND  THROUGH THE DEPARTMENT, AND THE LENGTH OF THE
YOUTH'S POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION SENTENCE.  NOTHING  IN  THIS  PARAGRAPH
SHALL  AUTHORIZE  A  YOUTH TO REMAIN IN AN OFFICE FACILITY BEYOND HIS OR
HER TWENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY.
  (C) COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN,  ALL  JUVENILE
OFFENDERS WHO ARE ELIGIBLE TO BE RELEASED FROM AN OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
FAMILY  SERVICES  FACILITY BEFORE THEY ARE REQUIRED TO BE TRANSFERRED TO
THE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION AND WHO ARE ABLE
TO COMPLETE THE FULL-TERM OF THEIR  POST-RELEASE  SUPERVISION  SENTENCES
BEFORE  THEY TURN TWENTY-THREE YEARS OF AGE SHALL REMAIN WITH THE OFFICE
OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES FOR POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION.
  (D) COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN,  ALL  JUVENILE
OFFENDERS RELEASED FROM AN OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES FACIL-
ITY  BEFORE  THEY  ARE  TRANSFERRED TO THE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND
COMMUNITY SUPERVISION WHO ARE UNABLE TO COMPLETE THE FULL-TERM OF  THEIR
POST-RELEASE  SUPERVISION  SENTENCES BEFORE THEY TURN TWENTY-THREE YEARS
OF AGE SHALL BE UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE DEPARTMENT  OF  CORRECTIONS
AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION UNTIL EXPIRATION OF THE MAXIMUM TERM OR PERIOD
OF  SENTENCE,  OR  EXPIRATION OF SUPERVISION, INCLUDING ANY POST-RELEASE
SUPERVISION AS THE CASE MAY BE PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE OFFICE  SHALL
ASSIST  SUCH  DEPARTMENT IN PLANNING FOR THE YOUTH'S POST-RELEASE SUPER-
VISION.
  6. While in the custody of the office of children and family services,
an offender shall be subject to the rules and regulations of the office,
except that his  OR  HER  parole,  POST-RELEASE  SUPERVISION,  temporary
release  and  discharge  shall  be  governed  by  the laws applicable to
inmates of state correctional facilities and  his  OR  HER  transfer  to

S. 6406                            131                           A. 9006

state  hospitals  in  the  office  of mental health shall be governed by
section five hundred nine of this chapter; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT  AN
OTHERWISE  ELIGIBLE  JUVENILE OFFENDER MAY RECEIVE THE SIX-MONTH LIMITED
CREDIT  TIME  ALLOWANCE  FOR  SUCCESSFUL  PARTICIPATION  IN  ONE OR MORE
PROGRAMS DEVELOPED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND  FAMILY  SERVICES  THAT
ARE  COMPARABLE  TO  THE  PROGRAMS  SET  FORTH  IN SECTION EIGHT HUNDRED
THREE-B OF THE CORRECTION LAW, TAKING  INTO  CONSIDERATION  THE  AGE  OF
JUVENILE  OFFENDERS.    The  commissioner  of the office of children and
family services shall, however, establish and operate temporary  release
programs  at  office  of  children  and  family  services facilities AND
PROVIDE POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION for  eligible  juvenile  offenders  and
[contract  with  the department of corrections and community supervision
for the provision of parole] PROVIDE supervision [services]  for  tempo-
rary releasees AND JUVENILES ON POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION.  The rules and
regulations  for  these programs shall not be inconsistent with the laws
for temporary release AND POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION applicable to inmates
of state correctional facilities. For the purposes of temporary  release
programs  for  juvenile  offenders  only, when referred to or defined in
article twenty-six of the correction law, "institution" shall  mean  any
facility  designated  by  the commissioner of the office of children and
family services, "department" shall mean  the  office  of  children  and
family  services, "inmate" shall mean a juvenile offender residing in an
office of children and  family  services  facility,  and  "commissioner"
shall  mean  the  [director]  COMMISSIONER of the office of children and
family services. FOR THE PURPOSES OF SUCH POST-RELEASE  SUPERVISION  FOR
JUVENILE  OFFENDERS  UNDER  PARAGRAPH  (C)  OF  SUBDIVISION FIVE OF THIS
SECTION ONLY, WHEN REFERRED TO IN SECTION 70.45  OF  THE  PENAL  LAW  OR
ARTICLE   TWELVE-B  OF  THE  EXECUTIVE  LAW,  THE  TERM  "DEPARTMENT  OF
CORRECTIONS  AND  COMMUNITY  SUPERVISION",  "DEPARTMENT",  "DIVISION  OF
PAROLE", "DIVISION", "BOARD OF PAROLE" AND "BOARD" SHALL MEAN THE OFFICE
OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, AND THE TERM "COMMISSIONER" SHALL MEAN
THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES.  Time  spent  in  office  of
children and family services facilities and in juvenile detention facil-
ities  shall be credited towards the sentence imposed in the same manner
and to the same extent  applicable  to  inmates  of  state  correctional
facilities.
  [8]  7.    Whenever a juvenile offender or a juvenile offender adjudi-
cated a youthful offender shall be delivered to the director of [a divi-
sion for youth] AN OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES  facility
pursuant  to  a  commitment  to the [director of the division for youth]
OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, the officer so  delivering  such
person  shall  deliver to such facility director a certified copy of the
sentence received by such officer from the clerk of the court  by  which
such  person  shall  have  been  sentenced,  a copy of the report of the
probation officer's investigation and  report,  any  other  pre-sentence
memoranda  filed  with  the  court,  a  copy of the person's fingerprint
records, a detailed summary of available  medical  records,  psychiatric
records  and  reports  relating  to  assaults,  or  other  violent acts,
attempts at suicide or escape by the person while in the  custody  of  a
local detention facility.
  [9]  8.   Notwithstanding any provision of law, including section five
hundred one-c of  this  article,  the  office  of  children  and  family
services  shall  make  records pertaining to a person convicted of a sex
offense as defined in subdivision (p) of section  10.03  of  the  mental
hygiene  law available upon request to the commissioner of mental health
or the commissioner of [mental retardation and] THE OFFICE  FOR  PERSONS

S. 6406                            132                           A. 9006

WITH  developmental  disabilities,  as appropriate; a case review panel;
and the attorney general; in accordance with the provisions  of  article
ten of the mental hygiene law.
  S  83.  Section 712 of the family court act, as amended by chapter 920
of the laws of 1982, subdivision (a) as amended by section 7 of  part  G
of chapter 58 of the laws of 2010, subdivision (b) as amended by chapter
465 of the laws of 1992, subdivision (g) as amended by section 2 of part
B  of chapter 3 of the laws of 2005, subdivision (h) as added by chapter
7 of the laws of 1999, subdivision (i) as amended and subdivisions  (j),
(k),  (l) and (m) as added by chapter 38 of the laws of 2014, is amended
to read as follows:
  S 712. Definitions. As used in this article, the following terms shall
have the following meanings:
  (a) "Person in need of supervision". A person less than eighteen years
of age who does not attend school in accordance with the  provisions  of
part one of article sixty-five of the education law or who is incorrigi-
ble,  ungovernable  or  habitually  disobedient  and  beyond  the lawful
control of a parent or other person legally responsible for such child's
care, or other lawful authority,  or  who  violates  the  provisions  of
section  221.05 or 230.00 of the penal law, or who appears to be a sexu-
ally exploited child as defined in paragraph (a), (c) or (d) of subdivi-
sion one of section four hundred forty-seven-a of  the  social  services
law,  but  only  if the child consents to the filing of a petition under
this article.
  (b) ["Detention". The temporary care and maintenance of children  away
from their own homes as defined in section five hundred two of the exec-
utive law.
  (c)  "Secure  detention  facility".  A facility characterized by phys-
ically restricting construction, hardware and procedures.
  (d) "Non-secure detention facility". A facility characterized  by  the
absence of physically restricting construction, hardware and procedures.
  (e)]  "Fact-finding  hearing".  A  hearing  to  determine  whether the
respondent did the acts alleged to show that he OR SHE violated a law or
is incorrigible, ungovernable or habitually disobedient and  beyond  the
control of his OR HER parents, guardian or legal custodian.
  [(f)]  (C) "Dispositional hearing". A hearing to determine whether the
respondent requires supervision or treatment.
  [(g)] (D) "Aggravated circumstances". Aggravated  circumstances  shall
have  the same meaning as the definition of such term in subdivision (j)
of section one thousand twelve of this act.
  [(h)] (E) "Permanency hearing". A  hearing  held  in  accordance  with
paragraph  (b) of subdivision two of section seven hundred fifty-four or
section seven hundred fifty-six-a of this article  for  the  purpose  of
reviewing  the foster care status of the respondent and the appropriate-
ness of the permanency plan developed by the social services official on
behalf of such respondent.
  [(i)] (F) "Diversion services".   Services provided  to  children  and
families  pursuant  to section seven hundred thirty-five of this article
for the purpose of avoiding the need to file a petition [or  direct  the
detention  of  the  child]. Diversion services shall include: efforts to
adjust cases pursuant to this article before a petition is filed, or  by
order  of the court, after the petition is filed but before fact-finding
is commenced;  and  preventive  services  provided  in  accordance  with
section  four  hundred  nine-a  of  the social services law to avert the
placement of the child [into foster care], including crisis intervention
and respite services.   Diversion services may also  include,  in  cases

S. 6406                            133                           A. 9006

where  any  person  is  seeking to file a petition that alleges that the
child has a substance use disorder or is in need of immediate  detoxifi-
cation  or  substance use disorder services, an assessment for substance
use   disorder;   provided,  however,  that  notwithstanding  any  other
provision of law to the contrary, the designated lead agency  shall  not
be  required  to pay for all or any portion of the costs of such assess-
ment or substance use disorder or  detoxification  services,  except  in
cases  where medical assistance for needy persons may be used to pay for
all or any portion of the costs of such assessment or services.
  [(j)] (G) "Substance use disorder". The misuse of, dependence  on,  or
addiction  to  alcohol  and/or legal or illegal drugs leading to effects
that are detrimental to the person's physical and mental health  or  the
welfare of others.
  [(k)]  (H)  "Assessment  for  substance use disorder". Assessment by a
provider that has  been  certified  by  the  office  of  alcoholism  and
substance  abuse  services  of  a person less than eighteen years of age
where it is alleged that the youth is suffering  from  a  substance  use
disorder  which  could  make  a  youth a danger to himself or herself or
others.
  [(l)] (I) "A substance use disorder which could make a youth a  danger
to  himself  or  herself  or  others".  A substance use disorder that is
accompanied by the dependence on, or the repeated use or abuse of, drugs
or alcohol to the point of intoxication such that the person is in  need
of immediate detoxification or other substance use disorder services.
  [(m)]  (J)  "Substance  use disorder services". Substance use disorder
services shall have the same meaning as provided for in section 1.03  of
the mental hygiene law.
  S  84. The part heading of part 2 of article 7 of the family court act
is amended to read as follows:
                         CUSTODY [AND DETENTION]
  S 85. Section 720 of the family court act, as amended by  chapter  419
of  the laws of 1987, subdivision 3 as amended by section 9 of subpart B
of part Q of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, subdivision 5 as amended by
section 3 of part E of chapter 57 of the laws of 2005, and paragraph (c)
of subdivision 5 as added by section 8 of part G of chapter  58  of  the
laws of 2010, is amended to read as follows:
  S 720. Detention PRECLUDED. [1.] THE DETENTION OF A CHILD SHALL NOT BE
DIRECTED  UNDER  ANY OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE, EXCEPT AS OTHER-
WISE AUTHORIZED BY THE INTERSTATE COMPACT ON JUVENILES. No child to whom
the provisions of this article may apply, shall be detained in any pris-
on, jail, lockup, or other place used for adults convicted of  crime  or
under arrest and charged with a crime.
  [2.  The detention of a child in a secure detention facility shall not
be directed under any of the provisions of this article.
  3. Detention of a person alleged to be or adjudicated as a  person  in
need  of  supervision  shall,  except as provided in subdivision four of
this section, be authorized only in a foster care program  certified  by
the  office  of children and family services, or a certified or approved
family boarding home, or a non-secure detention  facility  certified  by
the  office  and in accordance with section seven hundred thirty-nine of
this article. The setting of the detention shall take into  account  (a)
the  proximity  to  the  community  in which the person alleged to be or
adjudicated as a person in need of supervision lives with such  person's
parents or to which such person will be discharged, and (b) the existing
educational  setting of such person and the proximity of such setting to
the location of the detention setting.

S. 6406                            134                           A. 9006

  4. Whenever detention is authorized and ordered pursuant to this arti-
cle, for a person alleged to be or adjudicated as a person  in  need  of
supervision, a family court in a city having a population of one million
or  more  shall,  notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of law, direct
detention  in a foster care facility established and maintained pursuant
to the social services law. In all other respects, the detention of such
a person in a foster care facility shall be  subject  to  the  identical
terms  and conditions for detention as are set forth in this article and
in section two hundred thirty-five of this act.
  5. (a) The court shall not order or direct detention under this  arti-
cle, unless the court determines that there is no substantial likelihood
that  the  youth  and  his  or  her family will continue to benefit from
diversion services and that all available alternatives to detention have
been exhausted; and
  (b) Where the youth is sixteen years of age or older, the court  shall
not  order  or  direct  detention  under  this article, unless the court
determines and states in its order that special circumstances  exist  to
warrant such detention.
  (c)  If the respondent may be a sexually exploited child as defined in
subdivision one of section four  hundred  forty-seven-a  of  the  social
services law, the court may direct the respondent to an available short-
term  safe  house  as defined in subdivision two of section four hundred
forty-seven-a  of  the  social  services  law  as  an   alternative   to
detention.]
  S 86. Section 727 of the family court act is REPEALED.
  S  87. The section heading and subdivisions (c) and (d) of section 728
of the family court act, subdivision (d) as added by chapter 145 of  the
laws  of  2000, paragraph (i) as added and paragraph (ii) of subdivision
(d) as renumbered by section 5 of part E of chapter 57 of  the  laws  of
2005,  and  paragraph (iii) as amended and paragraph (iv) of subdivision
(d) as added by section 10 of subpart B of part Q of chapter 58  of  the
laws of 2011, are amended to read as follows:
  Discharge[,]  OR  release  [or  detention]  by judge after hearing and
before filing of petition in custody cases.
  (c) An order of release under this  section  may,  but  need  not,  be
conditioned  upon the giving of a recognizance in accord with [sections]
SECTION seven hundred twenty-four (b) (i).
  [(d) Upon a finding of facts and reasons  which  support  a  detention
order pursuant to this section, the court shall also determine and state
in any order directing detention:
  (i)  that there is no substantial likelihood that the youth and his or
her family will continue to benefit from diversion services and that all
available alternatives to detention have been exhausted; and
  (ii) whether continuation of the child in the child's  home  would  be
contrary  to the best interests of the child based upon, and limited to,
the facts and circumstances available to the court at the  time  of  the
hearing held in accordance with this section; and
  (iii) where appropriate, whether reasonable efforts were made prior to
the  date  of the court hearing that resulted in the detention order, to
prevent or eliminate the need for removal of the child from his  or  her
home or, if the child had been removed from his or her home prior to the
court  appearance  pursuant  to this section, where appropriate, whether
reasonable efforts were made to make it possible for the child to safely
return home; and
  (iv) whether the setting of the detention takes into account the prox-
imity to the community in which the person alleged to be or  adjudicated

S. 6406                            135                           A. 9006

as  a  person in need of supervision lives with such person's parents or
to which such person will be discharged, and  the  existing  educational
setting of such person and the proximity of such setting to the location
of the detention setting.]
  S 88. Section 729 of the family court act is REPEALED.
  S 89. Subdivisions (b) and (f) and paragraph (i) of subdivision (d) of
section 735 of the family court act, subdivision (b) as amended by chap-
ter  38 of the laws of 2014, paragraph (i) of subdivision (d) as amended
by chapter 535 of the laws of 2011  and  subdivision  (f)  as  added  by
section  7  of  part E of chapter 57 of the laws of 2005, are amended to
read as follows:
  (b) The designated lead agency shall:
  (i) confer with any person seeking to file a petition, the  youth  who
may  be  a potential respondent, his or her family, and other interested
persons, concerning the provision of diversion services before any peti-
tion may be filed; and
  (ii) diligently attempt to prevent the filing of a petition under this
article or, after the petition is filed, to prevent the placement of the
youth into foster care; and
  (iii) assess whether the youth would benefit from residential  respite
services; and
  (iv) ASSESS WHETHER THE YOUTH IS A SEXUALLY EXPLOITED CHILD AS DEFINED
IN SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-SEVEN-A OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW AND, IF
SO, WHETHER SUCH YOUTH SHOULD BE REFERRED TO A SAFE HOUSE; AND
  (V)  determine  whether  alternatives  to detention are appropriate to
avoid remand of the youth to detention INCLUDING WHETHER THE  YOUTH  AND
HIS  OR  HER  FAMILY  SHOULD  BE REFERRED TO AN AVAILABLE FAMILY SUPPORT
CENTER; and
  [(v)] (VI) determine whether an assessment of the youth for  substance
use  disorder  by  an  office of alcoholism and substance abuse services
certified provider is necessary when a person seeking to file a petition
alleges in such petition that the youth is suffering  from  a  substance
use  disorder  which could make the youth a danger to himself or herself
or others. Provided, however, that notwithstanding any  other  provision
of law to the contrary, the designated lead agency shall not be required
to pay for all or any portion of the costs of such assessment or for any
substance use disorder or detoxification services, except in cases where
medical  assistance  for needy persons may be used to pay for all or any
portion of the costs of such assessment or services. The office of alco-
holism and substance abuse services shall make a list of  its  certified
providers available to the designated lead agency.
  (i)  providing,  at the first contact, information on the availability
of or a referral to services in the geographic area where the youth  and
his  or  her  family  are located that may be of benefit in avoiding the
need to file a petition under this article; including the  availability,
for  up  to  twenty-one  days,  of a residential respite program, if the
youth and his or her parent or other person legally responsible for  his
or  her care agree, and the availability of other non-residential crisis
intervention programs such as A FAMILY  SUPPORT  CENTER,  family  crisis
counseling  or alternative dispute resolution programs or an educational
program as defined in section four hundred fifty-eight-l of  the  social
services law.
  (f)  Efforts  to  prevent  the  filing  of a petition pursuant to this
section may extend until the  designated  lead  agency  determines  that
there  is no substantial likelihood that the youth and his or her family
will benefit from further attempts. Efforts  at  diversion  pursuant  to

S. 6406                            136                           A. 9006

this  section  may  continue  after  the  filing of a petition where the
designated lead agency determines that the youth and his or  her  family
will  benefit  from  further  attempts to prevent PLACEMENT OF the youth
[from  entering  foster  care]  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION SEVEN HUNDRED
FIFTY-SIX OF THIS ARTICLE.
  S 90. Section 739 of the family court act, as amended by  chapter  920
of  the laws of 1982, subdivision (a) as amended by section 10 of part G
of chapter 58 of the laws of 2010, subdivision (c) as added  by  chapter
145 of the laws of 2000, is amended to read as follows:
  S  739.  Release  or [detention] REFERRAL after filing of petition and
prior to order of disposition. [(a)] After  the  filing  of  a  petition
under  section  seven  hundred thirty-two of this part, the court in its
discretion may release the respondent [or direct his or her  detention].
If the respondent may be a sexually exploited child as defined in subdi-
vision  one of section four hundred forty-seven-a of the social services
law, the court may direct the respondent to an available short-term safe
house [as an alternative to detention.  However,  the  court  shall  not
direct detention unless it finds and states the facts and reasons for so
finding  that  unless  the respondent is detained there is a substantial
probability that the respondent will not appear in court on  the  return
date and all available alternatives to detention have been exhausted.
  (b)  Unless  the respondent waives a determination that probable cause
exists to believe that he  is  a  person  in  need  of  supervision,  no
detention  under  this  section may last more than three days (i) unless
the court finds, pursuant to the evidentiary standards applicable  to  a
hearing  on  a  felony complaint in a criminal court, that such probable
cause exists, or (ii) unless special circumstances exist, in which cases
such detention may be extended not more than an  additional  three  days
exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays.
  (c)  Upon  a  finding  of  facts and reasons which support a detention
order pursuant to subdivision (a) of this section, the court shall  also
determine and state in any order directing detention:
  (i)  whether  continuation  of the respondent in the respondent's home
would be contrary to the best interests of the  respondent  based  upon,
and limited to, the facts and circumstance available to the court at the
time of the court's determination in accordance with this section; and
  (ii)  where appropriate, whether reasonable efforts were made prior to
the date of the court order directing detention in accordance with  this
section,  to prevent or eliminate the need for removal of the respondent
from his or her home or, if the respondent had been removed from his  or
her  home  prior to the court appearance pursuant to this section, where
appropriate, whether reasonable efforts were made to  make  it  possible
for the respondent to safely return home].
  S  91.  Section 741-a of the family court act, as amended by section 3
of part B of chapter 327 of the laws of 2007,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  S  741-a.  Notice  and right to be heard. The foster parent caring for
[the child] A SEXUALLY EXPLOITED CHILD PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION
SEVEN HUNDRED FIFTY-SIX OF THIS ARTICLE or any  pre-adoptive  parent  or
relative providing care for the respondent shall be provided with notice
of  any  permanency  hearing held pursuant to this article by the social
services official. Such foster parent, pre-adoptive parent  or  relative
shall have the right to be heard at any such hearing; provided, however,
no  such  foster  parent,  pre-adoptive  parent  or  relative  shall  be
construed to be a party to the hearing  solely  on  the  basis  of  such
notice  and  right to be heard. The failure of the foster parent, pre-a-

S. 6406                            137                           A. 9006

doptive parent, or relative caring for the child to appear at a  perman-
ency hearing shall constitute a waiver of the right to be heard and such
failure  to appear shall not cause a delay of the permanency hearing nor
shall  such  failure  to  appear be a ground for the invalidation of any
order issued by the court pursuant to this section.
  S 92. Section 747 of the family court act is REPEALED.
  S 93. Section 748 of the family court act is REPEALED.
  S 94. Subdivision (b) of section 749  of  the  family  court  act,  as
amended  by  chapter  806  of  the  laws  of 1973, is amended to read as
follows:
  (b) On its own motion,  the  court  may  adjourn  the  proceedings  on
conclusion  of  a fact-finding hearing or during a dispositional hearing
to enable it to make  inquiry  into  the  surroundings,  conditions  and
capacities  of the respondent. An [adjournment on the court's motion may
not be for a period of more than ten days if the respondent is detained,
in which case not more than a total of  two  such  adjournments  may  be
granted  in  the  absence of special circumstances. If the respondent is
not detained, an] adjournment may be for  a  reasonable  time,  but  the
total number of adjourned days may not exceed two months.
  S  95.  Paragraph  (a)  of  subdivision 2 of section 754 of the family
court act, as amended by chapter 7 of the  laws  of  1999,  subparagraph
(ii)  of  paragraph (a) as amended by section 20 of part L of chapter 56
of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  (a) The order shall state  the  court's  reasons  for  the  particular
disposition.  If  the  court places the child in accordance with section
seven hundred fifty-six of this part,  the  court  in  its  order  shall
determine: (i) whether continuation in the child's home would be contra-
ry to the best interest of the child and where appropriate, that reason-
able  efforts  were  made prior to the date of the dispositional hearing
held pursuant to this article to  prevent  or  eliminate  the  need  for
removal  of the child from his or her home and, if the child was removed
from his or her home prior to  the  date  of  such  hearing,  that  such
removal was in the child's best interest and, where appropriate, reason-
able efforts were made to make it possible for the child to return safe-
ly  home.  If the court determines that reasonable efforts to prevent or
eliminate the need for removal of the child from the home were not  made
but  that  the  lack  of  such efforts was appropriate under the circum-
stances, the court order shall include such a finding; and (ii)  in  the
case of a child who has attained the age of fourteen, the services need-
ed,  if any, to assist the child to make the transition from foster care
to independent living. [Nothing in this subdivision shall  be  construed
to  modify  the  standards  for directing detention set forth in section
seven hundred thirty-nine of this article.]
  S 96. Section 756 of the family court act, as amended by  chapter  920
of  the  laws  of  1982,  paragraph (i) of subdivision (a) as amended by
chapter 309 of the laws of 1996, the opening paragraph of paragraph (ii)
of subdivision (a) as amended by section 11 of part G of chapter  58  of
the laws of 2010, subdivision (b) as amended by chapter 7 of the laws of
1999,  and subdivision (c) as amended by section 10 of part E of chapter
57 of the laws of 2005, is amended to read as follows:
  S 756. Placement. (a)  (i)  For  purposes  of  section  seven  hundred
fifty-four,  the  court  may  place  the child in its own home or in the
custody of a suitable relative or other suitable private  person  [or  a
commissioner of social services], subject to the orders of the court.
  (ii)  [Where the child is placed] IF THE COURT FINDS THAT THE RESPOND-
ENT IS A SEXUALLY EXPLOITED CHILD  AS  DEFINED  IN  SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF

S. 6406                            138                           A. 9006

SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-SEVEN-A OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW, THE COURT
MAY  PLACE  THE CHILD with the commissioner of the local social services
district[, the court] AND may direct the commissioner to place the child
with  an  authorized agency or class of authorized agencies, including[,
if the court finds that the respondent is a sexually exploited child  as
defined  in subdivision one of section four hundred forty-seven-a of the
social services law,] an available  long-term  safe  house.  Unless  the
dispositional  order  provides  otherwise,  the court so directing shall
include one of the following alternatives to apply in the event that the
commissioner is unable to so place the child:
  (1) the commissioner shall apply to the court for an  order  to  stay,
modify,  set  aside, or vacate such directive pursuant to the provisions
of section seven hundred sixty-two or seven hundred sixty-three; or
  (2) the commissioner shall return the child to the family court for  a
new dispositional hearing and order.
  (b)  Placements  under  this  section  may be for an initial period of
twelve months. The court may extend  a  placement  pursuant  to  section
seven  hundred  fifty-six-a.  In its discretion, the court may recommend
restitution or require services for  public  good  pursuant  to  section
seven  hundred  fifty-eight-a in conjunction with an order of placement.
For the purposes of calculating the initial period  of  placement,  such
placement  shall  be  deemed to have commenced sixty days after the date
the child was removed from his  or  her  home  in  accordance  with  the
provisions  of  this  article.  [If the respondent has been in detention
pending disposition, the initial period of placement ordered under  this
section  shall  be  credited  with  and diminished by the amount of time
spent by the respondent in detention prior to the  commencement  of  the
placement  unless  the court finds that all or part of such credit would
not serve the best interests of the respondent.
  (c) A placement pursuant to this  section  with  the  commissioner  of
social services shall not be directed in any detention facility, but the
court  may  direct  detention pending transfer to a placement authorized
and ordered under this section for no more than than fifteen days  after
such  order  of  placement  is  made. Such direction shall be subject to
extension pursuant to subdivision three of section three  hundred  nine-
ty-eight  of  the social services law, upon written documentation to the
office of children and family services that the  youth  is  in  need  of
specialized  treatment  or  placement  and  the  diligent efforts by the
commissioner of social services to locate an appropriate placement.]
  S 97. Section 758-a of the family court act, as amended by chapter  73
of  the  laws of 1979, subdivision 1 as amended by chapter 4 of the laws
of 1987, paragraph (b) of subdivision 1 as amended by chapter 575 of the
laws of 2007, subdivision 2 as amended by chapter 309  of  the  laws  of
1996, and subdivision 3 as separately amended by chapter 568 of the laws
of 1979, is amended to read as follows:
  S 758-a. Restitution. 1. In cases involving acts of [infants] CHILDREN
over  [ten]  TWELVE  and  less than [sixteen] EIGHTEEN years of age, the
court may
  (a) recommend as a condition of placement, or order as a condition  of
probation or suspended judgment, restitution in an amount representing a
fair  and  reasonable  cost to replace the property or repair the damage
caused by the [infant] CHILD,  not,  however,  to  exceed  one  thousand
dollars.  [In  the case of a placement, the court may recommend that the
infant pay out of his or  her  own  funds  or  earnings  the  amount  of
replacement  or  damage, either in a lump sum or in periodic payments in
amounts set by the agency with which he is placed, and in  the  case  of

S. 6406                            139                           A. 9006

probation  or  suspended  judgment,  the] THE court may require that the
[infant] CHILD pay out of his or her own funds or earnings the amount of
replacement or damage, either in a lump sum or in periodic  payments  in
amounts set by the court; and/or
  (b)  order  as a condition of placement, probation, or suspended judg-
ment, services for the public good including in  the  case  of  a  crime
involving  willful, malicious, or unlawful damage or destruction to real
or personal property maintained as a cemetery plot, grave, burial place,
or other place of interment of human remains, services for  the  mainte-
nance and repair thereof, taking into consideration the age and physical
condition of the [infant] CHILD.
  2.  [If  the court recommends restitution or requires services for the
public good in conjunction  with  an  order  of  placement  pursuant  to
section  seven hundred fifty-six, the placement shall be made only to an
authorized agency which has adopted rules and regulations for the super-
vision of such a program, which rules and regulations shall  be  subject
to  the  approval of the state department of social services. Such rules
and regulations shall include, but not  be  limited  to  provisions  (i)
assuring  that  the conditions of work, including wages, meet the stand-
ards therefor prescribed pursuant  to  the  labor  law;  (ii)  affording
coverage to the child under the workers' compensation law as an employee
of such agency, department or institution; (iii) assuring that the enti-
ty  receiving  such  services  shall not utilize the same to replace its
regular employees; and (iv) providing for reports to the court not  less
frequently than every six months, unless the order provides otherwise.
  3.]  If the court requires restitution or services for the public good
[as a condition of probation or suspended judgment],  it  shall  provide
that  an agency or person supervise the restitution or services and that
such agency or person report to the court not less frequently than every
six months, unless the order provides otherwise. Upon the written notice
sent by a school district to the court  and  the  appropriate  probation
department  or agency which submits probation recommendations or reports
to the court, the court may provide  that  such  school  district  shall
supervise the performance of services for the public good.
  [4.]  3. The court, upon receipt of the reports provided for in subdi-
vision two [or three] of this section may, on  its  own  motion  or  the
motion  of  any party or the agency, hold a hearing to determine whether
the [placement] CONDITION should be altered or modified.
  S 98. Section 774 of the family  court  act  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  S 774. Action on petition for transfer.  On receiving a petition under
section  seven  hundred  seventy-three,  the  court  may  proceed  under
sections seven hundred thirty-seven, seven hundred thirty-eight or seven
hundred thirty-nine with respect to the issuance of a summons or warrant
[and sections seven hundred twenty-seven and seven  hundred  twenty-nine
govern  questions  of  detention and failure to comply with a promise to
appear]. Due notice of the petition and a copy  of  the  petition  shall
also  be  served  personally  or by mail upon the office of the locality
chargeable for the support of the person involved and  upon  the  person
involved and his OR HER parents and other persons.
  S  98-a.  Article  6 of the social services law is amended by adding a
new title 12 to read as follows:
                                TITLE 12
                         FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS
SECTION 458-M. FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS.
        458-N. FUNDING FOR FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS.

S. 6406                            140                           A. 9006

  S 458-M. FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS. 1. AS USED IN THIS  TITLE,  THE  TERM
"FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER" SHALL MAN A PROGRAM ESTABLISHED PURSUANT TO THIS
TITLE  TO  PROVIDE  COMMUNITY-BASED  SUPPORTIVE SERVICES TO CHILDREN AND
FAMILIES WITH THE GOAL OF PREVENTING A CHILD FROM  BEING  ADJUDICATED  A
PERSON  IN  NEED  OF SUPERVISION AND HELP PREVENT THE OUT OF HOME PLACE-
MENTS OF SUCH YOUTH UNDER ARTICLE SEVEN OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT.
  2. FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS SHALL PROVIDE COMPREHENSIVE SERVICES TO SUCH
CHILDREN AND THEIR FAMILIES, EITHER DIRECTLY OR THROUGH  REFERRALS  WITH
PARTNER AGENCIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO:
  (A) RAPID FAMILY ASSESSMENTS AND SCREENINGS;
  (B) CRISIS INTERVENTION;
  (C) FAMILY MEDIATION AND SKILLS BUILDING;
  (D)  MENTAL  AND BEHAVIORAL HEALTH SERVICES INCLUDING COGNITIVE INTER-
VENTIONS;
  (E) CASE MANAGEMENT;
  (F) RESPITE SERVICES;
  (G) EDUCATION ADVOCACY; AND
  (H) OTHER FAMILY SUPPORT SERVICES.
  3. THE SERVICES THAT ARE PROVIDED SHALL BE TRAUMA  RESPONSIVE,  FAMILY
FOCUSED, GENDER-RESPONSIVE, AND EVIDENCE BASED OR INFORMED AND STRENGTHS
BASED AND SHALL BE TAILORED TO THE INDIVIDUALIZED NEEDS OF THE CHILD AND
FAMILY  BASED ON THE ASSESSMENTS AND SCREENINGS CONDUCTED BY SUCH FAMILY
SUPPORT CENTER.
  4. FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS SHALL HAVE THE CAPACITY  TO  SERVE  FAMILIES
OUTSIDE OF REGULAR BUSINESS HOURS INCLUDING EVENINGS AND WEEKENDS.
  S  458-N.  FUNDING  FOR FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS. 1. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY
OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, TO THE  EXTENT  THAT  FUNDS  ARE
AVAILABLE  FOR  SUCH PURPOSE, THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES
SHALL DISTRIBUTE FUNDING TO THE HIGHEST NEED SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICTS
TO  CONTRACT  WITH NOT-FOR-PROFIT CORPORATIONS TO OPERATE FAMILY SUPPORT
CENTERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS TITLE AND THE SPECIFIC
PROGRAM MODEL REQUIREMENTS ISSUED BY THE OFFICE.
  2. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO  THE  CONTRARY,  WHEN
DETERMINING  THE HIGHEST NEED SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICTS PURSUANT TO THIS
SUBDIVISION, THE OFFICE MAY CONSIDER FACTORS THAT MAY INCLUDE,  BUT  ARE
NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO:
  (A)  THE  TOTAL  AMOUNT OF AVAILABLE FUNDING AND THE AMOUNT OF FUNDING
REQUIRED FOR FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS TO MEET THE OBJECTIVES  OUTLINED  IN
SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FIFTY-EIGHT-M OF THIS TITLE;
  (B)  RELEVANT, AVAILABLE STATISTICS REGARDING EACH DISTRICT, WHICH MAY
INCLUDE, BUT NOT NECESSARILY BE LIMITED TO:
  (I) THE AVAILABILITY OF SERVICES WITHIN SUCH DISTRICT  TO  PREVENT  OR
REDUCE  DETENTION  OR RESIDENTIAL PLACEMENT OF YOUTH PURSUANT TO ARTICLE
SEVEN OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT; AND
  (II)  RELATIVE  TO  THE  YOUTH  POPULATION  OF  SUCH  SOCIAL  SERVICES
DISTRICT:
  (1)  THE  NUMBER  OF  PETITIONS FILED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE SEVEN OF THE
FAMILY COURT ACT; OR
  (2) THE NUMBER  OF  PLACEMENTS  OF  YOUTH  INTO  RESIDENTIAL  CARE  OR
DETENTION PURSUANT TO ARTICLE SEVEN OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT;
  (C)  ANY REPORTED PERFORMANCE OUTCOMES REPORTED TO THE OFFICE PURSUANT
TO SUBDIVISION THREE  OF  THIS  SECTION  FOR  PROGRAMS  THAT  PREVIOUSLY
RECEIVED FUNDING PURSUANT TO THIS TITLE; OR
  (D) OTHER APPROPRIATE FACTORS AS DETERMINED BY THE OFFICE.
  3.  SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICTS RECEIVING FUNDING UNDER THIS TITLE SHALL
REPORT TO THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, IN  THE  FORM  AND

S. 6406                            141                           A. 9006

MANNER AND AT SUCH TIMES AS DETERMINED BY THE OFFICE, ON THE PERFORMANCE
OUTCOMES  OF ANY FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER LOCATED WITHIN SUCH DISTRICT THAT
RECEIVES FUNDING UNDER THIS TITLE.
  S  98-b.  Subdivisions  3, 3-a, 11 and 12 of section 398 of the social
services law, subdivision 3 as amended by chapter 419  of  the  laws  of
1987,  paragraph (c) of subdivision 3 as amended by section 19 of part E
of chapter 57 of the laws of 2005, subdivision 3-a as added by section 1
of subpart B of part G of chapter 57 of the laws of 2012, subdivision 11
as added by chapter 514 of the  laws  of  1976  and  subdivision  12  as
amended  by  section 12 of subpart B of part Q of chapter 58 of the laws
of 2011, are amended to read as follows:
  3. As to delinquent children [and persons in need of supervision]:
  (a) Investigate complaints as to alleged delinquency of a child.
  (b) Bring such case of alleged delinquency when necessary  before  the
family court.
  (c)  Receive  within  fifteen  days  from  the order of placement as a
public charge any delinquent child committed or  placed  [or  person  in
need  of  supervision  placed]  in  his  or her care by the family court
provided, however, that the commissioner of the social services district
with whom the child is placed may apply to the state commissioner or his
or her designee for approval of an additional fifteen days, upon written
documentation to the office of children and  family  services  that  the
youth  is in need of specialized treatment or placement and the diligent
efforts by the commissioner of social services to locate an  appropriate
placement.
  [3-a. As to delinquent children:
  (a)] (D) (1) Conditionally release any juvenile delinquent placed with
the  district  to aftercare whenever the district determines conditional
release to be consistent with the needs and best interests of such juve-
nile delinquent, that suitable care and supervision can be provided, and
that there is a reasonable probability that such juvenile delinquent can
be conditionally released without endangering public  safety;  provided,
however,  that such conditional release shall be made in accordance with
the regulations of the office  of  children  and  family  services,  and
provided further that no juvenile delinquent while absent from a facili-
ty  or  program  without the consent of the director of such facility or
program shall be conditionally released by the district solely by reason
of the absence.
  (2) It shall be a condition of such release that a juvenile delinquent
so released shall continue  to  be  the  responsibility  of  the  social
services district for the period provided in the order of placement.
  (3)  The  social  services district may provide clothing, services and
other necessities for any conditionally released juvenile delinquent, as
may be required, including medical care and  services  not  provided  to
such  juvenile delinquent as medical assistance for needy persons pursu-
ant to title eleven of article five of this chapter.
  (4) The social services district, pursuant to the regulations  of  the
office  of children and family services, may cause a juvenile delinquent
to be returned to a facility operated and maintained by the district, or
an authorized agency under contract with the district, at any time with-
in the period of placement, where there is a violation of the conditions
of release or a change of circumstances.
  (5) Juvenile delinquents conditionally released by a  social  services
district may be provided for as follows:
  (i)  If,  in  the opinion of the social services district, there is no
suitable parent, relative or guardian to whom a juvenile delinquent  can

S. 6406                            142                           A. 9006

be  conditionally  released,  and  suitable  care  cannot  otherwise  be
secured, the district may conditionally release such juvenile delinquent
to the care of any other suitable person; provided that where such suit-
able  person  has  no legal relationship with the juvenile, the district
shall advise such person of the  procedures  for  obtaining  custody  or
guardianship of the juvenile.
  (ii)  If  a  conditionally  released juvenile delinquent is subject to
article sixty-five of the education law or elects to participate  in  an
educational program leading to a high school diploma, he or she shall be
enrolled  in  a  school  or educational program leading to a high school
diploma following release, or, if such release occurs during the  summer
recess,  upon  the  commencement  of  the  next school term. If a condi-
tionally released juvenile delinquent is not subject to  article  sixty-
five  of  the  education  law,  and  does not elect to participate in an
educational program leading to a high school  diploma,  steps  shall  be
taken,  to the extent possible, to facilitate his or her gainful employ-
ment or enrollment in a vocational program following release.
  [(b)] (E) When a juvenile delinquent placed with the  social  services
district  is  absent  from placement without consent, such absence shall
interrupt the calculation of time for his or her placement. Such  inter-
ruption  shall  continue  until  such juvenile delinquent returns to the
facility or authorized agency in which he or she was  placed.  Provided,
however,  that  any  time spent by a juvenile delinquent in custody from
the date of absence to the date  placement  resumes  shall  be  credited
against the time of such placement provided that such custody:
  (1) was due to an arrest or surrender based upon the absence; or
  (2)  arose from an arrest or surrender on another charge which did not
culminate in a conviction, adjudication or adjustment.
  [(c)] (F) In addition to the other requirements of  this  section,  no
juvenile  delinquent placed with a social services district operating an
approved juvenile justice services close to home initiative pursuant  to
section  four  hundred  four  of  this chapter pursuant to a restrictive
placement under the family court act shall be released  except  pursuant
to section 353.5 of the family court act.
  11.  In  the  case  of a child who is adjudicated [a person in need of
supervision or] a juvenile delinquent and is placed by the family  court
with the [division for youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES and
who is placed by [the division for youth] SUCH OFFICE with an authorized
agency  pursuant to court order, the social services official shall make
expenditures in accordance with the regulations of  the  department  for
the care and maintenance of such child during the term of such placement
subject   to   state  reimbursement  pursuant  to  SECTION  ONE  HUNDRED
FIFTY-THREE-K OF this [title, or article nineteen-G of the executive law
in applicable cases] ARTICLE.
  12. A social services official shall be  permitted  to  place  persons
adjudicated [in need of supervision or] delinquent[, and alleged persons
to  be in need of supervision] in detention pending transfer to a place-
ment, in the same foster care facilities as are providing care to desti-
tute, neglected, abused or abandoned children. Such foster care  facili-
ties  shall not provide care to a youth in the care of a social services
official as a convicted juvenile offender.
  S 98-c. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 1 of section 409-a of the  social
services law, as amended by chapter 87 of the laws of 1993, subparagraph
(i) as amended by chapter 342 of the laws of 2010, and subparagraph (ii)
as amended by section 22 of part C of chapter 83 of the laws of 2002, is
amended to read as follows:

S. 6406                            143                           A. 9006

  (a)  A social services official shall provide preventive services to a
child and his or her family, in accordance  with  the  family's  service
plan  as required by section four hundred nine-e of this [chapter] ARTI-
CLE and the social  services  district's  child  welfare  services  plan
submitted  and  approved pursuant to section four hundred nine-d of this
[chapter] ARTICLE, upon a finding by such official that [(i)] the  child
will  be  placed,  returned  to  or continued in foster care unless such
services are provided and that it  is  reasonable  to  believe  that  by
providing  such  services  the  child  will be able to remain with or be
returned to his or her family, and for a former foster care youth  under
the  age of twenty-one who was previously placed in the care and custody
or custody and guardianship of the local commissioner of social services
or other officer, board or department authorized to receive children  as
public  charges where it is reasonable to believe that by providing such
services the former foster care youth will avoid a return to foster care
[or (ii) the child is the subject of a petition under article  seven  of
the  family  court act, or has been determined by the assessment service
established pursuant to section two hundred forty-three-a of the  execu-
tive  law,  or by the probation service where no such assessment service
has been designated, to be at risk of being the subject of such a  peti-
tion,  and  the social services official determines that the child is at
risk of placement into foster care]. Such finding shall  be  entered  in
the  child's  uniform case record established and maintained pursuant to
section four hundred nine-f of this [chapter] ARTICLE.  The commissioner
shall promulgate regulations to  assist  social  services  officials  in
making  determinations  of  eligibility for mandated preventive services
pursuant to this [subparagraph] PARAGRAPH.
  S 99. Subdivision 1,  the  opening  paragraph  of  subdivision  2  and
subparagraphs (i) and (iii) of paragraph (a) of subdivision 3 of section
529-b of the executive law, as added by section 3 of subpart B of part Q
of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, are amended to read as follows:
  1.  (a) Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, eligible
expenditures by an eligible municipality for services to divert youth at
risk of, alleged to be,  or  adjudicated  as  juvenile  delinquents  [or
persons  alleged  or adjudicated to be in need of supervision], or youth
alleged to be or convicted  as  juvenile  offenders  from  placement  in
detention or in residential care shall be subject to state reimbursement
under  the  supervision and treatment services for juveniles program for
up to sixty-two percent of the municipality's expenditures,  subject  to
available  appropriations and exclusive of any federal funds made avail-
able for such purposes, not to exceed  the  municipality's  distribution
under the supervision and treatment services for juveniles program.
  (b)  The  state  funds  appropriated for the supervision and treatment
services for juveniles program shall be distributed to eligible  munici-
palities  by  the office of children and family services based on a plan
developed by  the  office  which  may  consider  historical  information
regarding  the  number  of youth seen at probation intake for an alleged
act of delinquency, THE NUMBER OF ALLEGED PERSONS IN NEED OF SUPERVISION
RECEIVING DIVERSION SERVICES UNDER SECTION SEVEN HUNDRED THIRTY-FIVE  OF
THE  FAMILY  COURT  ACT,  the number of youth remanded to detention, the
number of juvenile delinquents placed with the  office,  the  number  of
juvenile  delinquents  [and  persons  in  need of supervision] placed in
residential care with the municipality, the municipality's reduction  in
the  use  of  detention and residential placements, and other factors as
determined by the office. Such plan developed by  the  office  shall  be
subject  to  the  approval  of the director of the budget. The office is

S. 6406                            144                           A. 9006

authorized, in its discretion, to make advance distributions to a  muni-
cipality in anticipation of state reimbursement.
  As  used in this section, the term "municipality" shall mean a county,
or a city having a population of one million or more,  and  "supervision
and   treatment  services  for  juveniles"  shall  mean  community-based
services or programs designed to safely maintain youth in the  community
pending  a  family court disposition or conviction in criminal court and
services or programs provided to youth adjudicated  as  juvenile  delin-
quents [or persons in need of supervision,] or youth alleged to be juve-
nile  offenders  to  prevent  residential  placement  of such youth or a
return to placement where such youth have been released to the community
from residential placement OR PROGRAMS  PROVIDED  TO  YOUTH  ADJUDICATED
PERSONS  IN  NEED  OF SUPERVISION TO MAINTAIN SUCH YOUTH IN THEIR HOMES.
Supervision and treatment services for juveniles may include but are not
limited to services or programs that:
  (i) an analysis that identifies the neighborhoods or communities  from
which  the  greatest number of juvenile delinquents [and persons in need
of supervision] are remanded to detention or  residentially  placed  AND
FROM WHICH THE GREATEST NUMBER OF ALLEGED PERSONS IN NEED OF SUPERVISION
ARE OFFERED DIVERSION SERVICES;
  (iii)  a  description  of  how  the services and programs proposed for
funding will reduce the number of youth from the  municipality  who  are
detained  and  residentially  OR OTHERWISE placed; how such services and
programs are family-focused; and whether such services and programs  are
capable of being replicated across multiple sites;
  S  100.  The  opening paragraph and paragraph (a) of subdivision 2 and
subdivisions 4, 5, 6 and 7 of section 530  of  the  executive  law,  the
opening  paragraph  of  subdivision  2  and  subdivision 4 as amended by
section 4 of subpart B of part Q of chapter 58  of  the  laws  of  2011,
paragraph  (a)  of  subdivision  2  as amended by section 1 of part M of
chapter 57 of the laws of 2012, subdivision 5 as amended by chapter  920
of the laws of 1982, subparagraphs 1, 2 and 4 of paragraph (a) and para-
graph  (b) of subdivision 5 as amended by section 5 of subpart B of part
Q of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, subdivision 6 as amended by chapter
880 of the laws of 1976, and subdivision 7 as amended by  section  6  of
subpart  B  of  part Q of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, are amended to
read as follows:
  [Expenditures] EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR IN  SUBDIVISION  EIGHT  OF  THIS
SECTION,  EXPENDITURES made by municipalities in providing care, mainte-
nance and supervision to youth in detention facilities designated pursu-
ant to [sections seven hundred twenty and] SECTION 305.2 of  the  family
court  act  and certified by [the division for youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN
AND FAMILY SERVICES, shall be subject to reimbursement by the state,  as
follows:
  (a)  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of law to the contrary, eligible
expenditures by a municipality during a particular program year for  the
care,  maintenance and supervision [in foster care programs certified by
the office of children and family services, certified or approved family
boarding homes, and non-secure detention  facilities  certified  by  the
office  for  those youth alleged to be persons in need of supervision or
adjudicated persons in need of supervision held pending  transfer  to  a
facility upon placement; and] in secure and non-secure detention facili-
ties  certified  by  the  office in accordance with section five hundred
three of this article for those youth  alleged  to  be  juvenile  delin-
quents;  adjudicated  juvenile  delinquents  held  pending transfer to a
facility upon placement, and juvenile delinquents held at the request of

S. 6406                            145                           A. 9006

the office of children and family services pending extension  of  place-
ment  hearings or release revocation hearings or while awaiting disposi-
tion of such hearings; and youth alleged to be or convicted as  juvenile
offenders  AND,  PRIOR  TO  JANUARY  FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, YOUTH
ALLEGED TO BE PERSONS IN NEED OF SUPERVISION OR ADJUDICATED  PERSONS  IN
NEED  OF  SUPERVISION HELD PENDING TRANSFER TO A FACILITY UPON PLACEMENT
IN FOSTER CARE PROGRAMS CERTIFIED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES,  CERTIFIED  OR  APPROVED FAMILY BOARDING HOMES, AND NON-SECURE
DETENTION FACILITIES CERTIFIED BY THE OFFICE, shall be subject to  state
reimbursement  for  up  to  fifty percent of the municipality's expendi-
tures, exclusive of any federal funds made available for such  purposes,
not  to exceed the municipality's distribution from funds that have been
appropriated specifically therefor for that program year. Municipalities
shall implement the use of detention risk assessment  instruments  in  a
manner  prescribed  by  the  office so as to inform detention decisions.
Notwithstanding any other provision of state law to the  contrary,  data
necessary  for  completion of a detention risk assessment instrument may
be shared among law enforcement, probation, courts,  detention  adminis-
trators,  detention  providers,  and  the  attorney  for  the child upon
retention or appointment; solely for the purpose of accurate  completion
of  such  risk  assessment  instrument,  and  a  copy  of  the completed
detention risk assessment instrument shall  be  made  available  to  the
applicable detention provider, the attorney for the child and the court.
  4.  (a) The municipality must notify the office of children and family
services of state aid received under other state aid  formulas  by  each
detention  facility  for which the municipality is seeking reimbursement
pursuant to this section, including but not limited to, aid  for  educa-
tion, probation and mental health services.
  (b)  EXCEPT  AS PROVIDED IN SUBDIVISION EIGHT OF THIS SECTION:  (I) In
computing reimbursement to the municipality pursuant  to  this  section,
the  office shall insure that the aggregate of state aid under all state
aid formulas shall not exceed fifty percent of the cost of care, mainte-
nance  and  supervision  provided  to  detainees  eligible   for   state
reimbursement under subdivision two of this section, exclusive of feder-
al  aid for such purposes not to exceed the amount of the municipality's
distribution under the juvenile detention services program.
  [(c)] (II) Reimbursement for administrative  related  expenditures  as
defined  by  the  office of children and family services, for secure and
nonsecure detention services shall not exceed seventeen percent  of  the
total  approved  expenditures for facilities of twenty-five beds or more
and shall not exceed twenty-one percent of the total  approved  expendi-
tures for facilities with less than twenty-five beds.
  5.  (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this subdivision, care,
maintenance and supervision for the purpose of this section  shall  mean
and include only:
  (1)  temporary  care,  maintenance and supervision provided TO alleged
juvenile delinquents and persons in need  of  supervision  in  detention
facilities certified pursuant to sections seven hundred twenty and 305.2
of  the  family court act by the office of children and family services,
pending adjudication of alleged delinquency or alleged  need  of  super-
vision by the family court, or pending transfer to institutions to which
committed  or placed by such court or while awaiting disposition by such
court after adjudication or held pursuant to a securing order of a crim-
inal court if the person named therein as principal is  under  [sixteen]
SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE; or[,]

S. 6406                            146                           A. 9006

  (1-A)  COMMENCING  ON  JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, TEMPORARY
CARE, MAINTENANCE, AND SUPERVISION PROVIDED TO ALLEGED  JUVENILE  DELIN-
QUENTS  IN  DETENTION FACILITIES CERTIFIED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
FAMILY SERVICES, PENDING ADJUDICATION  OF  ALLEGED  DELINQUENCY  BY  THE
FAMILY  COURT, OR PENDING TRANSFER TO INSTITUTIONS TO WHICH COMMITTED OR
PLACED BY SUCH COURT OR WHILE AWAITING DISPOSITION BY SUCH  COURT  AFTER
ADJUDICATION OR HELD PURSUANT TO A SECURING ORDER OF A CRIMINAL COURT IF
THE PERSON NAMED THEREIN AS PRINCIPAL IS UNDER TWENTY-ONE; OR
  (2)  temporary  care,  maintenance  and  supervision provided juvenile
delinquents in approved detention  facilities  at  the  request  of  the
office  of children and family services pending release revocation hear-
ings or while awaiting disposition after such hearings; or
  (3) temporary care, maintenance and supervision in approved  detention
facilities for youth held pursuant to the family court act or the inter-
state  compact  on juveniles, pending return to their place of residence
or domicile[.]; OR
  (4) PRIOR TO JANUARY FIRST, TWO  THOUSAND  NINETEEN,  temporary  care,
maintenance  and  supervision  provided  youth  detained  in foster care
facilities or certified or approved family boarding  homes  pursuant  to
article seven of the family court act.
  (b)  Payments made for reserved accommodations, whether or not in full
time use, approved AND CERTIFIED by the office of  children  and  family
services  [and  certified  pursuant to sections seven hundred twenty and
305.2 of the family court act], in order to assure that adequate  accom-
modations  will be available for the immediate reception and proper care
therein of youth for which detention costs are reimbursable pursuant  to
paragraph  (a)  of this subdivision, shall be reimbursed as expenditures
for care, maintenance and  supervision  under  the  provisions  of  this
section,  provided  the  office  shall have given its prior approval for
reserving such accommodations.
  6. The [director of the division for youth]  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND
FAMILY  SERVICES may adopt, amend, or rescind all rules and regulations,
subject to the approval of the director of the budget and  certification
to  the  chairmen  of  the  senate  finance  and assembly ways and means
committees, necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.
  7. The agency administering detention for each county and the city  of
New  York shall submit to the office of children and family services, at
such times and in such form and manner and containing  such  information
as  required  by  the  office of children and family services, an annual
report on youth remanded pursuant to article three or seven of the fami-
ly court act who are  detained  during  each  calendar  year  including,
commencing  January  first,  two thousand twelve, the risk level of each
detained youth as assessed by a  detention  risk  assessment  instrument
approved  by the office of children and family services PROVIDED, HOWEV-
ER, THAT THE REPORT DUE JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND TWENTY AND THEREAFT-
ER SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO CONTAIN ANY INFORMATION  ON  YOUTH  WHO  ARE
SUBJECT  TO  ARTICLE  SEVEN  OF  THE  FAMILY COURT ACT.   The office may
require that such data on detention use be submitted to the office elec-
tronically. Such report shall include, but not be limited to, the reason
for the court's determination in accordance with section 320.5 or  seven
hundred  thirty-nine  of  the family court act, IF APPLICABLE, to detain
the youth; the offense or offenses with which the youth is charged;  and
all  other  reasons  why  the  youth  remains detained. The office shall
submit a compilation of all the separate reports to the governor and the
legislature.

S. 6406                            147                           A. 9006

  S 100-a. Subparagraph 1 of paragraph d of  subdivision  3  of  section
3214  of  the  education  law,  as amended by chapter 425 of the laws of
2002, is amended to read as follows:
  (1)  Consistent  with  the  federal  gun-free  schools act, any public
school pupil who is determined under this subdivision to have brought  a
firearm  to or possessed a firearm at a public school shall be suspended
for a period of not less than one calendar year and any nonpublic school
pupil participating in a program operated by a  public  school  district
using  funds from the elementary and secondary education act of nineteen
hundred sixty-five who is determined  under  this  subdivision  to  have
brought  a firearm to or possessed a firearm at a public school or other
premises used by the school district to provide such programs  shall  be
suspended  for  a period of not less than one calendar year from partic-
ipation in such program. The procedures of this subdivision shall  apply
to  such  a  suspension of a nonpublic school pupil. A superintendent of
schools, district superintendent of schools or community  superintendent
shall  have the authority to modify this suspension requirement for each
student on a case-by-case basis. The determination of  a  superintendent
shall  be  subject to review by the board of education pursuant to para-
graph c of this subdivision and the  commissioner  pursuant  to  section
three  hundred ten of this chapter. Nothing in this subdivision shall be
deemed to authorize the suspension of a student  with  a  disability  in
violation  of the individuals with disabilities education act or article
eighty-nine of this chapter. A  superintendent  shall  refer  the  pupil
under the age of sixteen who has been determined to have brought a weap-
on  or  firearm to school in violation of this subdivision to a present-
ment agency for a juvenile delinquency proceeding consistent with  arti-
cle  three  of the family court act except a student fourteen or fifteen
years of age who qualifies for juvenile offender status  under  subdivi-
sion  forty-two  of section 1.20 of the criminal procedure law; PROVIDED
HOWEVER, THAT COMMENCING ON JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN,  A
SUPERINTENDENT  SHALL REFER THE PUPIL UNDER THE AGE OF SEVENTEEN WHO HAS
BEEN DETERMINED TO HAVE  BROUGHT  A  WEAPON  OR  FIREARM  TO  SCHOOL  IN
VIOLATION  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  TO A PRESENTMENT AGENCY FOR A JUVENILE
DELINQUENCY PROCEEDING CONSISTENT WITH ARTICLE THREE OF THE FAMILY COURT
ACT EXCEPT A STUDENT WHO QUALIFIES FOR JUVENILE  OFFENDER  STATUS  UNDER
SUBDIVISION FORTY-TWO OF SECTION 1.20 OF THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW; AND
PROVIDED  FURTHER  THAT  COMMENCING ON JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINE-
TEEN, A SUPERINTENDENT SHALL REFER THE PUPIL UNDER THE AGE  OF  EIGHTEEN
WHO HAS BEEN DETERMINED TO HAVE BROUGHT A WEAPON OR FIREARM TO SCHOOL IN
VIOLATION  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  TO A PRESENTMENT AGENCY FOR A JUVENILE
DELINQUENCY PROCEEDING CONSISTENT WITH ARTICLE THREE OF THE FAMILY COURT
ACT EXCEPT A STUDENT WHO QUALIFIES FOR JUVENILE  OFFENDER  STATUS  UNDER
SUBDIVISION  FORTY-TWO  OF SECTION 1.20 OF THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW. A
superintendent shall refer any pupil sixteen years of age or older or  a
student  fourteen  or  fifteen  years  of age who qualifies for juvenile
offender status under subdivision forty-two of section 1.20 of the crim-
inal procedure law, who has been determined to have brought a weapon  or
firearm  to  school  in violation of this subdivision to the appropriate
law enforcement officials.
  S 100-b. Paragraph b of subdivision 4 of section 3214 of the education
law, as amended by chapter 181 of the laws of 2000, is amended  to  read
as follows:
  b.  The  school  authorities  may institute proceedings before a court
having jurisdiction to determine the liability of a person  in  parental
relation  to  contribute  towards the maintenance of a school delinquent

S. 6406                            148                           A. 9006

under [sixteen] SEVENTEEN years of age OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST,  TWO
THOUSAND  NINETEEN,  UNDER  EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE ordered to attend upon
instruction under confinement. If the court shall  find  the  person  in
parental  relation  able to contribute towards the maintenance of such a
minor, it may issue an order fixing the amount to be paid weekly.
  S 101. The executive law is amended by adding a new section  259-p  to
read as follows:
  S 259-P. INTERSTATE DETENTION. (1) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION
OF LAW, A DEFENDANT SUBJECT TO SECTION TWO HUNDRED FIFTY-NINE-MM OF THIS
ARTICLE,  MAY  BE  DETAINED  AS AUTHORIZED BY THE INTERSTATE COMPACT FOR
ADULT OFFENDER SUPERVISION.
  (2) A DEFENDANT SHALL BE DETAINED AT A  LOCAL  CORRECTIONAL  FACILITY,
EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION.
  (3)  (A)  A  DEFENDANT  SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR YOUNGER, WHO ALLEGEDLY
COMMITS A CRIMINAL ACT OR VIOLATION OF HIS  OR  HER  SUPERVISION  ON  OR
AFTER  JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN OR (B) A DEFENDANT SEVENTEEN
YEARS OF AGE  OR  YOUNGER  WHO  ALLEGEDLY  COMMITS  A  CRIMINAL  ACT  OR
VIOLATION OF HIS OR HER SUPERVISION ON OR AFTER JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOU-
SAND NINETEEN, SHALL BE DETAINED IN A JUVENILE DETENTION FACILITY.
  S 102. Section 153-k of the social services law is amended by adding a
new subdivision 2-a to read as follows:
  2-A.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY  OTHER  PROVISION  OF  LAW TO THE CONTRARY,
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN,  STATE  REIMBURSEMENT
SHALL  BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OF EXPENDITURES MADE BY
SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICTS, EXCLUSIVE OF ANY FEDERAL FUNDS MADE AVAILABLE
FOR SUCH PURPOSES, FOR PREVENTIVE SERVICES,  AFTERCARE  SERVICES,  INDE-
PENDENT  LIVING  SERVICES AND FOSTER CARE SERVICES PROVIDED TO YOUTH AGE
SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER WHEN SUCH  SERVICES  WOULD  NOT  OTHERWISE
HAVE  BEEN  PROVIDED TO SUCH YOUTH ABSENT THE PROVISIONS IN A CHAPTER OF
THE LAWS OF TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN THAT  INCREASED  THE  AGE  OF  JUVENILE
JURISDICTION ABOVE FIFTEEN YEARS OF AGE.
  S  103.  The  opening  paragraph  of paragraph (a) of subdivision 8 of
section 404 of the social services law, as added by section 1 of subpart
A of part G of chapter 57 of the laws of 2012,  is  amended  and  a  new
paragraph (a-1) is added to read as follows:
  Notwithstanding  any  other provision of law to the contrary[,] EXCEPT
AS PROVIDED FOR IN PARAGRAPH (A-1) OF THIS SUBDIVISION, eligible expend-
itures during the applicable time periods  made  by  a  social  services
district  for an approved juvenile justice services close to home initi-
ative shall, if approved by the  department  of  family  assistance,  be
subject  to  reimbursement  with state funds only up to the extent of an
annual appropriation made specifically therefor, after  first  deducting
therefrom  any  federal  funds  properly  received  or to be received on
account thereof; provided, however,  that  when  such  funds  have  been
exhausted,  a  social  services district may receive state reimbursement
from other available state appropriations for that state fiscal year for
eligible expenditures for services that otherwise would be  reimbursable
under  such  funding  streams. Any claims submitted by a social services
district for reimbursement for a particular state fiscal year for  which
the  social  services district does not receive state reimbursement from
the annual appropriation for the approved close to home  initiative  may
not  be claimed against that district's appropriation for the initiative
for the next or any subsequent state fiscal year.
  (A-1) STATE REIMBURSEMENT SHALL BE  MADE  AVAILABLE  FOR  ONE  HUNDRED
PERCENT  OF  ELIGIBLE  EXPENDITURES  MADE BY A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT,
EXCLUSIVE OF ANY FEDERAL FUNDS MADE AVAILABLE  FOR  SUCH  PURPOSES,  FOR

S. 6406                            149                           A. 9006

APPROVED  JUVENILE  JUSTICE  SERVICES  UNDER  AN  APPROVED CLOSE TO HOME
INITIATIVE PROVIDED TO YOUTH SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE  OR  OLDER  WHEN  SUCH
SERVICES WOULD NOT OTHERWISE HAVE BEEN PROVIDED TO SUCH YOUTH ABSENT THE
PROVISIONS  IN  A  CHAPTER  OF  THE  LAWS  OF  TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN THAT
INCREASED THE AGE OF JUVENILE JURISDICTION ABOVE FIFTEEN YEARS OF AGE.
  S 104. Subdivision 4 of section 246 of the executive law,  as  amended
by section 10 of part D of chapter 56 of the laws of 2010, is amended to
read as follows:
  4.    An  approved  plan and compliance with standards relating to the
administration of probation services promulgated by the commissioner  of
the  division  of  criminal  justice services shall be a prerequisite to
eligibility for state aid.
  The commissioner of the division of criminal justice services may take
into consideration granting additional state aid from  an  appropriation
made  for  state  aid  for county probation services for counties or the
city of New York when a county or the city of New York demonstrates that
additional probation services were dedicated  to  intensive  supervision
programs[,]  AND  intensive  programs  for  sex  offenders  [or programs
defined as juvenile risk intervention services]. THE COMMISSIONER  SHALL
GRANT  ADDITIONAL  STATE AID FROM AN APPROPRIATION DEDICATED TO JUVENILE
RISK INTERVENTION SERVICES COORDINATION BY PROBATION  DEPARTMENTS  WHICH
SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, PROBATION SERVICES PERFORMED UNDER
ARTICLE  THREE OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT. The administration of such addi-
tional grants shall be made according to rules and  regulations  promul-
gated  by the commissioner of the division of criminal justice services.
Each county and the city of New York  shall  certify  the  total  amount
collected pursuant to section two hundred fifty-seven-c of this chapter.
The  commissioner  of  the  division  of criminal justice services shall
thereupon certify to the comptroller for payment by  the  state  out  of
funds  appropriated  for that purpose, the amount to which the county or
the city of New York shall be entitled under this section.  THE  COMMIS-
SIONER  SHALL,  SUBJECT  TO  AN  APPROPRIATION  MADE  AVAILABLE FOR SUCH
PURPOSE, ESTABLISH AND PROVIDE FUNDING TO PROBATION  DEPARTMENTS  FOR  A
CONTINUUM  OF  EVIDENCE-BASED INTERVENTION SERVICES FOR YOUTH ALLEGED OR
ADJUDICATED JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PURSUANT TO ARTICLE THREE OF THE FAMILY
COURT ACT OR FOR ELIGIBLE YOUTH BEFORE OR SENTENCED UNDER THE YOUTH PART
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW.   SUCH  ADDITIONAL  STATE
AID  SHALL  BE MADE IN AN AMOUNT NECESSARY TO PAY ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OF
THE EXPENDITURES FOR EVIDENCE-BASED  PRACTICES  AND  JUVENILE  RISK  AND
EVIDENCE-BASED  INTERVENTION SERVICES PROVIDED TO YOUTH SIXTEEN YEARS OF
AGE OR OLDER WHEN SUCH SERVICES WOULD NOT OTHERWISE HAVE  BEEN  PROVIDED
ABSENT  THE  PROVISIONS OF A CHAPTER OF THE LAWS OF TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN
THAT INCREASED THE AGE OF JUVENILE JURISDICTION.
  S 105. The second undesignated paragraph of subdivision 4  of  section
246  of  the executive law, as added by chapter 479 of the laws of 1970,
is amended to read as follows:
  [The director shall thereupon certify to the comptroller  for  payment
by  the  state out of funds appropriated for that purpose, the amount to
which the county or the city of New York shall be  entitled  under  this
section.]
  THE COMMISSIONER OF THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES MAY TAKE
INTO  CONSIDERATION  GRANTING ADDITIONAL STATE AID FROM AN APPROPRIATION
MADE FOR STATE AID FOR COUNTY PROBATION SERVICES  FOR  COUNTIES  OR  THE
CITY OF NEW YORK WHEN A COUNTY OR THE CITY OF NEW YORK DEMONSTRATES THAT
ADDITIONAL  PROBATION  SERVICES  WERE DEDICATED TO INTENSIVE SUPERVISION
PROGRAMS AND INTENSIVE PROGRAMS FOR SEX  OFFENDERS.    THE  COMMISSIONER

S. 6406                            150                           A. 9006

SHALL  GRANT  ADDITIONAL  STATE  AID  FROM AN APPROPRIATION DEDICATED TO
JUVENILE RISK INTERVENTION SERVICES COORDINATION  BY  PROBATION  DEPART-
MENTS  WHICH  SHALL  INCLUDE,  BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, PROBATION SERVICES
PERFORMED  UNDER  ARTICLE  THREE  OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT.  THE ADMINIS-
TRATION OF SUCH ADDITIONAL GRANTS SHALL BE MADE ACCORDING TO  RULES  AND
REGULATIONS  PROMULGATED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL
JUSTICE SERVICES. EACH COUNTY AND THE CITY OF NEW YORK SHALL CERTIFY THE
TOTAL AMOUNT COLLECTED PURSUANT TO SECTION TWO HUNDRED FIFTY-SEVEN-C  OF
THIS  CHAPTER.  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  THE  DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE
SERVICES SHALL THEREUPON CERTIFY TO THE COMPTROLLER FOR PAYMENT  BY  THE
STATE  OUT  OF  FUNDS APPROPRIATED FOR THAT PURPOSE, THE AMOUNT TO WHICH
THE COUNTY OR THE CITY OF NEW YORK SHALL BE ENTITLED UNDER THIS SECTION.
THE COMMISSIONER SHALL, SUBJECT TO AN APPROPRIATION MADE  AVAILABLE  FOR
SUCH PURPOSE, ESTABLISH AND PROVIDE FUNDING TO PROBATION DEPARTMENTS FOR
A CONTINUUM OF EVIDENCE-BASED INTERVENTION SERVICES FOR YOUTH ALLEGED OR
ADJUDICATED JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PURSUANT TO ARTICLE THREE OF THE FAMILY
COURT ACT OR FOR ELIGIBLE YOUTH BEFORE OR SENTENCED UNDER THE YOUTH PART
IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW.  SUCH ADDITIONAL STATE
AID SHALL BE MADE IN AN AMOUNT NECESSARY TO PAY ONE HUNDRED  PERCENT  OF
THE  EXPENDITURES  FOR  EVIDENCE-BASED  PRACTICES  AND JUVENILE RISK AND
EVIDENCE-BASED INTERVENTION SERVICES PROVIDED TO YOUTH SIXTEEN YEARS  OF
AGE  OR  OLDER WHEN SUCH SERVICES WOULD NOT OTHERWISE HAVE BEEN PROVIDED
ABSENT THE PROVISIONS OF A CHAPTER OF THE LAWS OF TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN
THAT INCREASED THE AGE OF JUVENILE JURISDICTION.
  S  106.  Section  529  of the executive law is amended by adding a new
subdivision 5-b to read as follows:
  5-B. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO  THE  CONTRARY,  NO
REIMBURSEMENT  SHALL  BE  REQUIRED  FROM  A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT FOR
EXPENDITURES MADE BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES FOR  THE
CARE, MAINTENANCE, SUPERVISION OR AFTERCARE SUPERVISION OF YOUTH SIXTEEN
YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER THAT WOULD NOT OTHERWISE HAVE BEEN MADE ABSENT THE
PROVISIONS  OF  A  CHAPTER  OF  THE  LAWS  OF  TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN THAT
INCREASED THE AGE OF JUVENILE JURISDICTION ABOVE FIFTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR
THAT AUTHORIZED THE PLACEMENT IN OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY  SERVICES
FACILITIES  OF  CERTAIN  OTHER  YOUTH  WHO COMMITTED A CRIME ON OR AFTER
THEIR SIXTEENTH BIRTHDAYS.
  S 106-a. Section 530 of the executive law is amended by adding  a  new
subdivision 8 to read as follows:
  8.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY  OTHER  PROVISION  OF  LAW  TO  THE CONTRARY,
COMMENCING APRIL FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN,  STATE  REIMBURSEMENT
SHALL  BE  MADE  AVAILABLE  FOR  ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OF A MUNICIPALITY'S
ELIGIBLE EXPENDITURES FOR THE CARE, MAINTENANCE AND SUPERVISION OF YOUTH
SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER IN NON-SECURE AND SECURE DETENTION FACILI-
TIES WHEN SUCH DETENTION WOULD NOT OTHERWISE HAVE  OCCURRED  ABSENT  THE
PROVISIONS  OF  A  CHAPTER  OF  THE  LAWS  OF  TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN THAT
INCREASED THE AGE OF JUVENILE JURISDICTION ABOVE FIFTEEN YEARS OF AGE.
  S 107. Severability. If any clause, sentence, paragraph,  subdivision,
section  or  part contained in any part of this act shall be adjudged by
any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such  judgment  shall
not  affect,  impair,  or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be
confined in its operation to the clause, sentence,  paragraph,  subdivi-
sion, section or part contained in any part thereof directly involved in
the  controversy  in which such judgment shall have been rendered. It is
hereby declared to be the intent of the legislature that this act  would
have  been enacted even if such invalid provisions had not been included
herein.

S. 6406                            151                           A. 9006

  S 108. This act shall take effect immediately; provided that:
  a.  sections  forty-eight  and  forty-eight-a  of  this act shall take
effect on the sixtieth day after this act shall have become  a  law  and
shall  be  deemed  to apply to offenses committed prior to, on, or after
such effective date;
  b. sections one through  forty-one,  forty-four  through  forty-seven,
forty-nine,   fifty,  fifty-four  through  eighty,  one  hundred-a,  one
hundred-b and one hundred one of this act shall take effect  January  1,
2018;  provided,  however, that when the applicability of such provision
is dependent on the age of the youth that is alleged or  adjudicated  to
have  been  committed  or  is  convicted of a crime or an act that would
constitute a crime if committed by an adult:
  (i) effective January 1, 2018, such  provisions  shall  be  deemed  to
apply to youth who have been alleged to have committed, adjudicated for,
or  convicted  of,  an  offense that occurred on or after such effective
date and who were 16 years of age at the time the offense occurred, and
  (ii) effective January 1, 2019, such provisions  shall  be  deemed  to
apply to youth who have been alleged to have committed, adjudicated for,
or  convicted  of,  an  offense that occurred on or after such effective
date and who were seventeen years  of  age  at  the  time  such  offense
occurred;
  c.  sections  ninety-eight-a  and  one hundred two through one hundred
six-a of this act shall take effect April 1, 2017;
  d. sections eighty-three through  ninety-eight  and  sections  ninety-
eight-b  through  one  hundred  of this act shall take effect January 1,
2019 and shall be deemed to be applicable to the detention or  placement
of  youth  pursuant  to petitions filed pursuant to article seven of the
family court act on or after such effective date;
  e. sections forty-two and forty-three of this act  shall  take  effect
January 1, 2020;
  f.  the  amendments to subdivision 1 of section 70.02 of the penal law
made by section forty-two of this act shall not affect the expiration of
such subdivision and shall be deemed to expire therewith;
  g. the amendments to paragraph d of section 3214 of the education  law
made by section fifty-one of this act shall not affect the expiration of
such paragraph and shall be deemed to expire therewith;
  h.  the  amendments  to  subdivision  4 of section 353.5 of the family
court act made by section seventy-two of this act shall  be  subject  to
the  expiration and reversion of such subdivision pursuant to section 11
of subpart A of part G of chapter 57 of the laws of  2012,  as  amended,
when  upon such date the provisions of section seventy-three of this act
shall take effect;
  i. the amendments to section 153-k of the social services law made  by
section  one  hundred two of this act shall not affect the expiration of
such section and shall be deemed repealed therewith;
  j. the amendments to subdivision 3-a of  section  398  of  the  social
services law made by section ninety-eight-b of this act shall not affect
the  expiration  of such subdivision and shall be deemed repealed there-
with;
  k. the amendments to subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of subdivision
1 of section 409-a of the social services law made  by  section  ninety-
eight-c of this act shall not affect the expiration of such subparagraph
and shall be deemed to expire therewith;
  l.  the  amendments  to section 404 of the social services law made by
section one hundred three of this act shall not affect the expiration of
such section and shall be deemed repealed therewith;

S. 6406                            152                           A. 9006

  m. the amendments to the second undesignated paragraph of  subdivision
4  of  section 246 of the executive law made by section one hundred four
of this act shall be subject to the expiration  and  reversion  of  such
undesignated paragraph as provided in subdivision (aa) of section 427 of
chapter  55 of the laws of 1992, as amended, when upon such date section
one hundred five of this act shall take effect; and
  n. the amendments to paragraph (f) of subdivision 1 of  section  70.30
of  the  penal  law  made  by section forty-four-a of this act shall not
affect the expiration and reversion of such paragraph and  shall  expire
and be deemed repealed therewith.

                                 PART O

  Section  1.  Paragraphs  (a),  (b),  (c)  and  (d) of subdivision 1 of
section 131-o of the social services law, as amended  by  section  1  of
part  I  of  chapter  56  of  the  laws  of 2015, are amended to read as
follows:
  (a) in the case of each individual receiving family  care,  an  amount
equal  to  at least $141.00 for each month beginning on or after January
first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN.
  (b) in the case of each  individual  receiving  residential  care,  an
amount  equal  to  at least $163.00 for each month beginning on or after
January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN.
  (c) in the case of  each  individual  receiving  enhanced  residential
care, an amount equal to at least $193.00 for each month beginning on or
after January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN.
  (d)  for  the  period commencing January first, two thousand [sixteen]
SEVENTEEN, the monthly personal needs allowance shall be an amount equal
to the sum of the amounts set forth in subparagraphs one and two of this
paragraph:
  (1) the amounts specified in paragraphs  (a),  (b)  and  (c)  of  this
subdivision; and
  (2)  the  amount  in subparagraph one of this paragraph, multiplied by
the percentage of any  federal  supplemental  security  income  cost  of
living adjustment which becomes effective on or after January first, two
thousand  [sixteen] SEVENTEEN, but prior to June thirtieth, two thousand
[sixteen] SEVENTEEN, rounded to the nearest whole dollar.
  S 2. Paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of  subdivision  2  of
section  209 of the social services law, as amended by section 2 of part
I of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, are amended to read as follows:
  (a) On and after January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN, for an
eligible individual living alone, $820.00; and for  an  eligible  couple
living alone, $1204.00.
  (b) On and after January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN, for an
eligible  individual  living with others with or without in-kind income,
$756.00; and for an eligible couple living with others with  or  without
in-kind income, $1146.00.
  (c)  On  and  after January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN, (i)
for an eligible individual receiving family care, $999.48 if he  or  she
is  receiving such care in the city of New York or the county of Nassau,
Suffolk, Westchester or  Rockland;  and  (ii)  for  an  eligible  couple
receiving  family  care in the city of New York or the county of Nassau,
Suffolk, Westchester or Rockland, two times  the  amount  set  forth  in
subparagraph  (i) of this paragraph; or (iii) for an eligible individual
receiving such care in any other county in the state, $961.48; and  (iv)
for  an  eligible  couple receiving such care in any other county in the

S. 6406                            153                           A. 9006

state, two times the amount set forth  in  subparagraph  (iii)  of  this
paragraph.
  (d)  On  and  after January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN, (i)
for an eligible individual receiving residential care, $1168.00 if he or
she is receiving such care in the city of New  York  or  the  county  of
Nassau,  Suffolk,  Westchester  or  Rockland;  and  (ii) for an eligible
couple receiving residential care in the city of New York or the  county
of  Nassau,  Suffolk,  Westchester or Rockland, two times the amount set
forth in subparagraph (i) of this paragraph; or (iii)  for  an  eligible
individual  receiving  such  care  in  any  other  county  in the state,
$1138.00; and (iv) for an eligible couple receiving  such  care  in  any
other  county  in  the state, two times the amount set forth in subpara-
graph (iii) of this paragraph.
  (e) (i) On and after January first, two  thousand  [fifteen]  SIXTEEN,
for   an   eligible  individual  receiving  enhanced  residential  care,
$1427.00; and (ii) for an eligible couple receiving enhanced residential
care, two times the amount set forth in subparagraph (i) of  this  para-
graph.
  (f) The amounts set forth in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this subdi-
vision  shall  be  increased to reflect any increases in federal supple-
mental security income benefits for individuals or couples which  become
effective  on  or  after January first, two thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN
but prior to June thirtieth, two thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN.
  S 3. This act shall take effect December 31, 2016.

                                 PART P

  Section 1. Notwithstanding any other provision  of  law,  the  housing
trust  fund  corporation  may  provide, for purposes of the rural rental
assistance program, a sum not to exceed twenty-two million  two  hundred
ninety-two  thousand  dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and subject to the  approval
of  the New York state director of the budget, the board of directors of
the state of New York mortgage agency shall authorize  the  transfer  to
the  housing trust fund corporation, for the purposes of reimbursing any
costs associated with rural rental assistance program contracts  author-
ized  by  this section, a total sum not to exceed twenty-two million two
hundred ninety-two thousand dollars, such transfer to be made  from  (i)
the  special  account of the mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to
section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an amount not to exceed
the actual excess balance in the special account of the mortgage  insur-
ance fund, as determined and certified by the state of New York mortgage
agency  for  the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with section 2429-b
of the public authorities law, if any, and/or  (ii)  provided  that  the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund  created  pursuant  to section 2429-b of the public authorities law
are sufficient to attain and maintain the credit rating  (as  determined
by  the  state  of  New York mortgage agency) required to accomplish the
purposes of such account, the project  pool  insurance  account  of  the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than June 30, 2016.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
law,  such  funds may be used by the corporation in support of contracts
scheduled to expire in the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017 for as many
as 10 additional  years;  in  support  of  contracts  for  new  eligible
projects for a period not to exceed 5 years; and in support of contracts

S. 6406                            154                           A. 9006

which  reach  their  25  year maximum in and/or prior to the fiscal year
ending March 31, 2017 for an additional one year period.
  S  2.  Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the housing finance
agency may provide, for costs  associated  with  the  rehabilitation  of
Mitchell  Lama  housing  projects, a sum not to exceed forty-two million
dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017.  Notwithstanding  any
other  provision  of  law,  and  subject to the approval of the New York
state director of the budget, the board of directors of the state of New
York mortgage agency shall authorize the transfer to the housing finance
agency, for the purposes of reimbursing any costs associated with  Mitc-
hell  Lama  housing projects authorized by this section, a total sum not
to exceed forty-two million dollars, such transfer to be made  from  (i)
the  special  account of the mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to
section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an amount not to exceed
the actual excess balance in the special account of the mortgage  insur-
ance fund, as determined and certified by the state of New York mortgage
agency  for  the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with section 2429-b
of the public authorities law, if any, and/or  (ii)  provided  that  the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund  created  pursuant  to section 2429-b of the public authorities law
are sufficient to attain and maintain the credit rating  (as  determined
by  the  state  of  New York mortgage agency) required to accomplish the
purposes of such account, the project  pool  insurance  account  of  the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S  3.  Notwithstanding  any  other provision of law, the housing trust
fund corporation may provide, for purposes of the neighborhood preserva-
tion program, a sum not to exceed eight million  four  hundred  seventy-
nine  thousand  dollars  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  March 31, 2017.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and subject to the  approval
of  the New York state director of the budget, the board of directors of
the state of New York mortgage agency shall authorize  the  transfer  to
the  housing trust fund corporation, for the purposes of reimbursing any
costs  associated  with  neighborhood  preservation  program   contracts
authorized by this section, a total sum not to exceed eight million four
hundred seventy-nine thousand dollars, such transfer to be made from (i)
the  special  account of the mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to
section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an amount not to exceed
the actual excess balance in the special account of the mortgage  insur-
ance fund, as determined and certified by the state of New York mortgage
agency  for  the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with section 2429-b
of the public authorities law, if any, and/or  (ii)  provided  that  the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund  created  pursuant  to section 2429-b of the public authorities law
are sufficient to attain and maintain the credit rating  (as  determined
by  the  state  of  New York mortgage agency) required to accomplish the
purposes of such account, the project  pool  insurance  account  of  the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than June 30, 2016.
  S  4.  Notwithstanding  any  other provision of law, the housing trust
fund corporation may provide, for purposes  of  the  rural  preservation
program,  a  sum  not  to  exceed three million five hundred thirty-nine
thousand dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31,  2017.    Notwith-
standing  any other provision of law, and subject to the approval of the
New York state director of the budget, the board  of  directors  of  the
state  of  New  York mortgage agency shall authorize the transfer to the

S. 6406                            155                           A. 9006

housing trust fund corporation, for  the  purposes  of  reimbursing  any
costs associated with rural preservation program contracts authorized by
this section, a total sum not to exceed three million five hundred thir-
ty-nine  thousand dollars, such transfer to be made from (i) the special
account of the mortgage  insurance  fund  created  pursuant  to  section
2429-b  of  the  public  authorities law, in an amount not to exceed the
actual excess balance in the special account of the  mortgage  insurance
fund,  as  determined  and  certified  by the state of New York mortgage
agency for the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with  section  2429-b
of  the  public  authorities  law, if any, and/or (ii) provided that the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the  public  authorities  law
are  sufficient  to attain and maintain the credit rating (as determined
by the state of New York mortgage agency)  required  to  accomplish  the
purposes  of  such  account,  the  project pool insurance account of the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than June 30, 2016.
  S 5. Notwithstanding any other provision of  law,  the  housing  trust
fund corporation may provide, for purposes of the rural and urban commu-
nity  investment  fund  program created pursuant to article XXVII of the
private housing finance law, a sum not to exceed thirty-five million two
hundred fifty thousand dollars for the  fiscal  year  ending  March  31,
2017.    Notwithstanding  any other provision of law, and subject to the
approval of the New York state director of  the  budget,  the  board  of
directors  of  the state of New York mortgage agency shall authorize the
transfer to the housing trust fund  corporation,  for  the  purposes  of
reimbursing  any costs associated with rural and urban community invest-
ment fund program contracts authorized by this section, a total sum  not
to  exceed  thirty-five million two hundred fifty thousand dollars, such
transfer to be made from (i) the special account of the mortgage  insur-
ance  fund  created pursuant to section 2429-b of the public authorities
law, in an amount not to exceed the actual excess balance in the special
account of the mortgage insurance fund, as determined and  certified  by
the  state  of New York mortgage agency for the fiscal year 2015-2016 in
accordance with section 2429-b of the public authorities  law,  if  any,
and/or  (ii)  provided  that  the reserves in the project pool insurance
account of the mortgage  insurance  fund  created  pursuant  to  section
2429-b  of the public authorities law are sufficient to attain and main-
tain the credit rating (as determined by the state of New York  mortgage
agency) required to accomplish the purposes of such account, the project
pool  insurance account of the mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to
be made as soon as practicable but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S 6. Notwithstanding any other provision of  law,  the  housing  trust
fund  corporation  may  provide,  for  the  purposes of carrying out the
provisions of the low income housing trust fund program created pursuant
to article XVIII of the private housing finance law, a sum not to exceed
ten million dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017.  Notwith-
standing  any other provision of law, and subject to the approval of the
New York state director of the budget, the board  of  directors  of  the
state  of  New  York mortgage agency shall authorize the transfer to the
housing trust fund corporation, for the purposes  of  carrying  out  the
provisions of the low income housing trust fund program created pursuant
to  article  XVIII of the private housing finance law authorized by this
section, a total sum not to exceed ten million dollars, such transfer to
be made from (i) the special account  of  the  mortgage  insurance  fund
created  pursuant to section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an

S. 6406                            156                           A. 9006

amount not to exceed the actual excess balance in the special account of
the mortgage insurance fund, as determined and certified by the state of
New York mortgage agency for the fiscal  year  2015-2016  in  accordance
with  section  2429-b of the public authorities law, if any, and/or (ii)
provided that the reserves in the project pool insurance account of  the
mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the public
authorities  law are sufficient to attain and maintain the credit rating
(as determined by the state of New York  mortgage  agency)  required  to
accomplish  the  purposes  of  such  account, the project pool insurance
account of the mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon
as practicable but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S 7. Notwithstanding any other provision of  law,  the  housing  trust
fund  corporation  may  provide,  for  purposes of the homes for working
families program for deposit in the housing trust fund created  pursuant
to  section  59-a  of the private housing finance law and subject to the
provisions of article XVIII of the private housing finance  law,  a  sum
not  to  exceed  twelve million seven hundred fifty thousand dollars for
the fiscal  year  ending  March  31,  2017.  Notwithstanding  any  other
provision  of  law,  and  subject  to the approval of the New York state
director of the budget, the board of directors of the state of New  York
mortgage  agency  shall authorize the transfer to the housing trust fund
corporation, for the purposes of reimbursing any costs  associated  with
homes for working families program contracts authorized by this section,
a  total  sum  not to exceed twelve million seven hundred fifty thousand
dollars, such transfer to be made from (i) the special  account  of  the
mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the public
authorities law, in an amount not to exceed the actual excess balance in
the  special  account  of the mortgage insurance fund, as determined and
certified by the state of New York mortgage agency for the  fiscal  year
2015-2016  in  accordance  with section 2429-b of the public authorities
law, if any, and/or (ii) provided that the reserves in the project  pool
insurance  account  of  the  mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to
section 2429-b of the public authorities law are  sufficient  to  attain
and  maintain  the credit rating (as determined by the state of New York
mortgage agency) required to accomplish the purposes  of  such  account,
the  project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance fund, such
transfer to be made as soon as practicable but no later than  March  31,
2017.
  S  8. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the homeless housing
and assistance corporation may provide, for purposes  of  the  New  York
state  supportive  housing  program,  the  solutions to end homelessness
program or the operational support for AIDS housing program, or to qual-
ified grantees under those programs, in accordance with the requirements
of those programs, a sum not to exceed fifteen million six hundred nine-
ty thousand dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017. The home-
less housing and assistance corporation may enter into an agreement with
the office of temporary and disability assistance to administer such sum
in accordance with the requirements of the programs. Notwithstanding any
other provision of law, and subject to the approval of the  director  of
the  budget,  the  board  of directors of the state of New York mortgage
agency shall authorize the transfer to the homeless housing and  assist-
ance  corporation, a total sum not to exceed fifteen million six hundred
ninety thousand dollars, such transfer to be made from (i)  the  special
account  of  the  mortgage  insurance  fund  created pursuant to section
2429-b of the public authorities law, in an amount  not  to  exceed  the
actual  excess  balance in the special account of the mortgage insurance

S. 6406                            157                           A. 9006

fund, as determined and certified by the  state  of  New  York  mortgage
agency  for  the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with section 2429-b
of the public authorities law, if any, and/or  (ii)  provided  that  the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund  created  pursuant  to section 2429-b of the public authorities law
are sufficient to attain and maintain the credit rating  (as  determined
by  the  state  of  New York mortgage agency) required to accomplish the
purposes of such account, the project  pool  insurance  account  of  the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S 9. This act shall take effect immediately.
  S 2. Severability clause. If any clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivi-
sion,  section  or  part  of  this act shall be adjudged by any court of
competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgment  shall  not  affect,
impair,  or  invalidate  the remainder thereof, but shall be confined in
its operation to the clause, sentence, paragraph,  subdivision,  section
or part thereof directly involved in the controversy in which such judg-
ment shall have been rendered. It is hereby declared to be the intent of
the  legislature  that  this  act  would  have been enacted even if such
invalid provisions had not been included herein.
  S 3. This act shall take effect immediately  provided,  however,  that
the  applicable effective date of Parts A through P of this act shall be
as specifically set forth in the last section of such Parts.

                            
                    S T A T E   O F   N E W   Y O R K
________________________________________________________________________

    S. 6406--A                                            A. 9006--A

                      S E N A T E - A S S E M B L Y

                            January 14, 2016
                               ___________

IN  SENATE -- A BUDGET BILL, submitted by the Governor pursuant to arti-
  cle seven of the Constitution -- read twice and ordered  printed,  and
  when  printed to be committed to the Committee on Finance -- committee
  discharged, bill amended, ordered reprinted as amended and recommitted
  to said committee

IN ASSEMBLY -- A BUDGET BILL, submitted  by  the  Governor  pursuant  to
  article  seven  of  the  Constitution -- read once and referred to the
  Committee on Ways and Means --  committee  discharged,  bill  amended,
  ordered reprinted as amended and recommitted to said committee

AN  ACT  to amend the education law, in relation to contracts for excel-
  lence and the apportionment of public moneys; to amend  the  education
  law,  in relation to applications for waivers of certain duties by the
  education department; to amend the education law in relation to  char-
  ter  schools;  to  establish  the  empire state pre-kindergarten grant
  board; to amend the  education  law,  in  relation  to  the  statewide
  universal  full-day  pre-kindergarten program; to amend chapter 552 of
  the laws of 1995, amending the education law relating to contracts for
  the transportation of school children, in relation to  the  effective-
  ness  thereof;  to  amend chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, relating to
  funding a program for work force education conducted by the consortium
  for worker education in New York city, in relation  to  reimbursements
  for  the  2015-2016  school  year; to amend chapter 756 of the laws of
  1992, relating to funding a program for work force education conducted
  by the consortium for worker education in New York city,  in  relation
  to  withholding  a portion of employment preparation education aid and
  in relation to the effectiveness thereof; to amend the  state  finance
  law,  in relation to the New York state teen health education fund; to
  amend chapter 169 of the laws of 1994, relating to certain  provisions
  related  to  the  1994-95 state operations, aid to localities, capital
  projects and debt service budgets, in relation  to  the  effectiveness
  thereof;  to amend chapter 82 of the laws of 1995, amending the educa-
  tion law and other laws relating to state aid to school districts  and
  the  appropriation of funds for the support of government, in relation
  to the effectiveness thereof; to amend chapter  147  of  the  laws  of
  2001,  amending  the education law relating to conditional appointment
  of school district, charter school or BOCES employees, in relation  to

 EXPLANATION--Matter in ITALICS (underscored) is new; matter in brackets
              

                      [ ] is old law to be omitted.
                                                           LBD12672-02-6

S. 6406--A                          2                         A. 9006--A

  the  effectiveness  thereof; to amend chapter 425 of the laws of 2002,
  amending the education law relating to the provision  of  supplemental
  educational  services,  attendance  at  a  safe  public school and the
  suspension  of pupils who bring a firearm to or possess a firearm at a
  school, in relation to the effectiveness thereof; and to amend chapter
  101 of the laws of 2003, amending the education law relating to imple-
  mentation of the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, in relation to  the
  effectiveness  thereof  (Part  A);  to  amend  the  education  law, in
  relation to school emergency response plans (Part  B);  to  amend  the
  education  law,  in  relation to the city of New York assuming greater
  financial responsibility for the city university of  New  York  senior
  colleges  (Part  C);  to  amend  the education law, in relation to the
  NY-SUNY 2020 challenge grant program act; and to amend chapter 260  of
  the  laws  of  2011, amending the education law and the New York state
  urban development corporation act relating to establishing  components
  of  the NY 2020 challenge grant program, in relation to the effective-
  ness thereof (Part D); to amend the state finance law, in relation  to
  the creation of the SUNY Stony Brook Affiliation escrow fund (Part E);
  to  amend  the  education law, in relation to eligibility requirements
  and conditions governing general awards, academic  performance  awards
  and  student  loans; eligibility requirements for assistance under the
  higher education opportunity programs and the collegiate  science  and
  technology  entry program; the definition of "resident"; financial aid
  opportunities for students of the state university of  New  York,  the
  city  university  of  New York and community colleges; and the program
  requirements for the New York state  college  choice  tuition  savings
  program; and to repeal subdivision 3 of section 661 of such law relat-
  ing  thereto (Part F); to amend chapter 161 of the laws of 2005 amend-
  ing the education law relating to the New York state  licensed  social
  worker  loan  forgiveness  program,  in  relation to the effectiveness
  thereof; to amend part V of chapter 57 of the laws  of  2005  amending
  the  education law relating to the New York state nursing faculty loan
  forgiveness incentive program and the New York state  nursing  faculty
  scholarship  program,  in  relation  to  the effectiveness thereof; to
  amend chapter 31 of the laws of 1985 amending the education law relat-
  ing to regents scholarships in certain professions; and to  amend  the
  education  law,  in  relation to forgiving loans upon the death of the
  recipient (Part G); to amend the education law,  the  business  corpo-
  ration law, the partnership law and the limited liability company law,
  in relation to certified public accountants (Part H); to amend chapter
  91  of  the  laws  of  2002, amending the education law and other laws
  relating to reorganization of the New York  city  school  construction
  authority, board of education and community boards, in relation to the
  effectiveness  thereof;  and to amend chapter 345 of the laws of 2009,
  amending the education law and other laws relating  to  the  New  York
  city  board of education, chancellor, community councils and community
  superintendents, in relation to the effectiveness thereof (Part I); to
  amend the labor law, in relation to the apprenticeship training  coun-
  cil (Part J); to amend the labor law, in relation to the minimum wage;
  and  repealing  certain  provisions  of such law relating thereto; and
  providing for the repeal of certain  provisions  upon  the  expiration
  thereof (Part K); to amend the labor law, in relation to enhancing the
  urban  youth  jobs  program  tax credit by increasing the sum of money
  allocated to programs four and five (Part  L);  to  amend  the  family
  court  act,  in  relation  to findings that must be made at permanency
  hearings, and to amend the social services law, in relation to guardi-

S. 6406--A                          3                         A. 9006--A

  anship expenses, the reasonable and prudent parent  standard  and  the
  criminal  history of prospective foster and adoptive parents (Part M);
  to amend the criminal procedure law, the  penal  law,  the  correction
  law,  the  education  law, the executive law, the family court act and
  the social services law, in relation to proceedings  against  juvenile
  offenders  and  the  age  of  juvenile offenders and to repeal certain
  provisions of the criminal procedure law, the family court act and the
  executive law relating thereto (Part N); to amend the social  services
  law, in relation to increasing the standards of monthly need for aged,
  blind  and  disabled  persons  living  in  the  community (Part O); to
  utilize reserves in the mortgage insurance fund  for  various  housing
  purposes  (Part  P);  and to amend Part D of chapter 58 of the laws of
  2011 amending the education law  relating  to  capital  facilities  in
  support  of  the  state university and community colleges, procurement
  and the state university health care facilities, in  relation  to  the
  effectiveness thereof (Part Q)

  THE  PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, REPRESENTED IN SENATE AND ASSEM-
BLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

  Section 1. This act enacts into law major  components  of  legislation
which are necessary to implement the state fiscal plan for the 2016-2017
state  fiscal  year.  Each  component  is wholly contained within a Part
identified as Parts A through Q. The effective date for each  particular
provision contained within such Part is set forth in the last section of
such Part. Any provision in any section contained within a Part, includ-
ing the effective date of the Part, which makes a reference to a section
"of  this  act", when used in connection with that particular component,
shall be deemed to mean and refer to the corresponding  section  of  the
Part  in  which  it  is  found. Section three of this act sets forth the
general effective date of this act.

                                 PART A

  Section 1. Paragraph e of subdivision 1 of section 211-d of the educa-
tion law, as amended by section 1 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of
2015, is amended to read as follows:
  e. Notwithstanding paragraphs a and b of this  subdivision,  a  school
district  that  submitted a contract for excellence for the two thousand
eight--two thousand nine school year shall submit a contract for  excel-
lence  for  the  two  thousand  nine--two  thousand  ten  school year in
conformity with the requirements of subparagraph (vi) of paragraph a  of
subdivision  two  of this section unless all schools in the district are
identified as in good standing  and  provided  further  that,  a  school
district  that  submitted a contract for excellence for the two thousand
nine--two thousand ten school year, unless all schools in  the  district
are  identified  as in good standing, shall submit a contract for excel-
lence for the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school year which
shall, notwithstanding the requirements of subparagraph  (vi)  of  para-
graph  a of subdivision two of this section, provide for the expenditure
of an amount which shall be not less than  the  product  of  the  amount
approved  by the commissioner in the contract for excellence for the two
thousand  nine--two  thousand  ten  school  year,  multiplied   by   the
district's  gap  elimination  adjustment percentage and provided further
that, a school district that submitted a contract for excellence for the

S. 6406--A                          4                         A. 9006--A

two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school year, unless all schools
in the district are identified as  in  good  standing,  shall  submit  a
contract  for excellence for the two thousand twelve--two thousand thir-
teen  school  year  which  shall,  notwithstanding  the  requirements of
subparagraph (vi) of paragraph a of subdivision  two  of  this  section,
provide  for  the  expenditure of an amount which shall be not less than
the amount approved by the commissioner in the contract  for  excellence
for  the  two  thousand  eleven--two  thousand  twelve  school  year and
provided further that, a school district that submitted a  contract  for
excellence  for  the  two  thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen school
year, unless all schools in the  district  are  identified  as  in  good
standing,  shall  submit  a contract for excellence for the two thousand
thirteen--two thousand fourteen school year which shall, notwithstanding
the requirements of subparagraph (vi) of paragraph a of subdivision  two
of this section, provide for the expenditure of an amount which shall be
not  less  than  the amount approved by the commissioner in the contract
for excellence for the two thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen school
year and provided further that,  a  school  district  that  submitted  a
contract  for  excellence  for  the  two thousand thirteen--two thousand
fourteen school year, unless all schools in the district are  identified
as  in good standing, shall submit a contract for excellence for the two
thousand  fourteen--two  thousand  fifteen  school  year  which   shall,
notwithstanding  the requirements of subparagraph (vi) of paragraph a of
subdivision two of this section,  provide  for  the  expenditure  of  an
amount  which  shall be not less than the amount approved by the commis-
sioner in the contract for excellence for the two thousand thirteen--two
thousand fourteen school year;  and  provided  further  that,  a  school
district  that  submitted a contract for excellence for the two thousand
fourteen--two thousand fifteen school year, unless all  schools  in  the
district are identified as in good standing, shall submit a contract for
excellence  for  the  two  thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen school
year which shall, notwithstanding the requirements of subparagraph  (vi)
of  paragraph  a  of  subdivision  two  of this section, provide for the
expenditure of an amount  which  shall  be  not  less  than  the  amount
approved  by the commissioner in the contract for excellence for the two
thousand  fourteen--two  thousand  fifteen  school  year;  AND  PROVIDED
FURTHER  THAT A SCHOOL DISTRICT THAT SUBMITTED A CONTRACT FOR EXCELLENCE
FOR THE TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN SCHOOL  YEAR,  UNLESS
ALL  SCHOOLS  IN  THE DISTRICT ARE IDENTIFIED AS IN GOOD STANDING, SHALL
SUBMIT A CONTRACT FOR EXCELLENCE FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOU-
SAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR WHICH SHALL, NOTWITHSTANDING THE REQUIREMENTS
OF SUBPARAGRAPH (VI) OF PARAGRAPH A OF SUBDIVISION TWO OF THIS  SECTION,
PROVIDE  FOR  THE  EXPENDITURE OF AN AMOUNT WHICH SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN
THE AMOUNT APPROVED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN THE CONTRACT  FOR  EXCELLENCE
FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND  FIFTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND SIXTEEN SCHOOL YEAR. For
purposes of this paragraph, the "gap elimination adjustment  percentage"
shall  be  calculated as the sum of one minus the quotient of the sum of
the school district's net gap elimination adjustment  for  two  thousand
ten--two thousand eleven computed pursuant to chapter fifty-three of the
laws  of  two  thousand  ten,  making  appropriations for the support of
government, plus the school district's gap  elimination  adjustment  for
two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve as computed pursuant to chapter
fifty-three  of  the  laws of two thousand eleven, making appropriations
for the support of the local assistance budget,  including  support  for
general support for public schools, divided by the total aid for adjust-
ment  computed  pursuant to chapter fifty-three of the laws of two thou-

S. 6406--A                          5                         A. 9006--A

sand eleven, making appropriations  for  the  local  assistance  budget,
including  support  for  general  support  for public schools. Provided,
further, that such amount shall be  expended  to  support  and  maintain
allowable programs and activities approved in the two thousand nine--two
thousand  ten  school  year  or  to  support  new  or expanded allowable
programs and activities in the current year.
  S 2. The closing paragraph of subdivision 5-a of section 3602  of  the
education  law,  as  amended by section 2 of part A of chapter 56 of the
laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  For the two thousand eight--two thousand nine school year, each school
district shall be entitled to an apportionment equal to the  product  of
fifteen  percent  and  the additional apportionment computed pursuant to
this subdivision for the two thousand seven--two thousand  eight  school
year.  For  the two thousand nine--two thousand ten through two thousand
[fifteen] SIXTEEN--two thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN school  years,  each
school  district  shall  be  entitled  to  an apportionment equal to the
amount set forth for such school district as  "SUPPLEMENTAL  PUB  EXCESS
COST"  under  the  heading  "2008-09  BASE  YEAR AIDS" in the school aid
computer listing produced by the commissioner in support of  the  budget
for  the  two  thousand  nine--two thousand ten school year and entitled
"SA0910".
  S 3. Subdivision 12 of section 3602 of the education law is amended by
adding a fourth undesignated paragraph to read as follows:
  FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR, EACH
SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL BE ENTITLED  TO  AN  APPORTIONMENT  EQUAL  TO  THE
AMOUNT  SET  FORTH  FOR  SUCH  SCHOOL DISTRICT AS "ACADEMIC ENHANCEMENT"
UNDER THE HEADING "2015-16 ESTIMATED AIDS" IN THE  SCHOOL  AID  COMPUTER
LISTING  PRODUCED  BY  THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE BUDGET FOR THE
TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  AND  ENTITLED
"SA151-6",  AND  SUCH APPORTIONMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO SATISFY THE STATE
OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE AN APPORTIONMENT PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION EIGHT  OF
SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED FORTY-ONE OF THIS ARTICLE.
  S  4.  The  opening paragraph of subdivision 16 of section 3602 of the
education law, as amended by section 4 of part A of chapter  56  of  the
laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  Each  school  district  shall  be  eligible  to receive a high tax aid
apportionment in the two thousand eight--two thousand nine school  year,
which  shall equal the greater of (i) the sum of the tier 1 high tax aid
apportionment, the tier 2 high tax aid apportionment and the tier 3 high
tax aid apportionment or (ii) the product of the apportionment  received
by  the school district pursuant to this subdivision in the two thousand
seven--two thousand eight school year,  multiplied  by  the  due-minimum
factor,  which shall equal, for districts with an alternate pupil wealth
ratio computed pursuant to paragraph b  of  subdivision  three  of  this
section that is less than two, seventy percent (0.70), and for all other
districts,  fifty percent (0.50). Each school district shall be eligible
to receive a high tax aid apportionment in the  two  thousand  nine--two
thousand  ten  through two thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen school
years in the amount set forth for such school district as "HIGH TAX AID"
under the heading "2008-09 BASE YEAR AIDS" in the  school  aid  computer
listing  produced  by  the commissioner in support of the budget for the
two thousand nine--two thousand ten school year and  entitled  "SA0910".
Each  school district shall be eligible to receive a high tax aid appor-
tionment in the two thousand  thirteen--two  thousand  fourteen  through
[two  thousand  fifteen--two thousand sixteen] TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO
THOUSAND SEVENTEEN school years equal to the greater of (1)  the  amount

S. 6406--A                          6                         A. 9006--A

set  forth  for such school district as "HIGH TAX AID" under the heading
"2008-09 BASE YEAR AIDS" in the school aid computer listing produced  by
the commissioner in support of the budget for the two thousand nine--two
thousand  ten  school  year  and entitled "SA0910" or (2) the amount set
forth for such school district as  "HIGH  TAX  AID"  under  the  heading
"2013-14  ESTIMATED AIDS" in the school aid computer listing produced by
the commissioner in support of the  executive  budget  for  the  2013-14
fiscal year and entitled "BT131-4".
  S  5. The opening paragraph of subdivision 10 of section 3602-e of the
education law, as amended by section 5 of part A of chapter  56  of  the
laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  Notwithstanding  any provision of law to the contrary, for aid payable
in the two thousand eight--two thousand nine school year, the  grant  to
each eligible school district for universal prekindergarten aid shall be
computed  pursuant  to this subdivision, and for the two thousand nine--
two thousand ten and two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school years,
each school district shall be eligible for a maximum grant equal to  the
amount  computed for such school district for the base year in the elec-
tronic data file produced by the commissioner  in  support  of  the  two
thousand  nine--two  thousand ten education, labor and family assistance
budget, provided, however, that in the case of a  district  implementing
programs  for  the  first time or implementing expansion programs in the
two thousand eight--two thousand nine school year  where  such  programs
operate  for a minimum of ninety days in any one school year as provided
in section 151-1.4 of the regulations of the commissioner, for  the  two
thousand nine--two thousand ten and two thousand ten--two thousand elev-
en  school  years,  such school district shall be eligible for a maximum
grant equal to the amount computed pursuant to paragraph a  of  subdivi-
sion  nine  of this section in the two thousand eight--two thousand nine
school year, and for the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school
year each school district shall be eligible for a maximum grant equal to
the amount set forth for such school district as  "UNIVERSAL  PREKINDER-
GARTEN"  under  the  heading  "2011-12 ESTIMATED AIDS" in the school aid
computer listing produced by the commissioner in support of the  enacted
budget  for  the 2011-12 school year and entitled "SA111-2", and for two
thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen through  two  thousand  [fifteen]
SIXTEEN--two  thousand  [sixteen]  SEVENTEEN  school  years  each school
district shall be eligible for a maximum grant equal to the  greater  of
(i)  the amount set forth for such school district as "UNIVERSAL PREKIN-
DERGARTEN" under the heading "2010-11 BASE YEAR AIDS" in the school  aid
computer  listing produced by the commissioner in support of the enacted
budget for the 2011-12 school year and entitled "SA111-2", or  (ii)  the
amount set forth for such school district as "UNIVERSAL PREKINDERGARTEN"
under  the  heading  "2010-11 BASE YEAR AIDS" in the school aid computer
listing produced by the commissioner  on  May  fifteenth,  two  thousand
eleven  pursuant  to  paragraph  b  of subdivision twenty-one of section
three hundred five of this chapter, and provided further that the  maxi-
mum  grant shall not exceed the total actual grant expenditures incurred
by the school district in the current school year  as  approved  by  the
commissioner.
  S  6.  Paragraph  h of subdivision 17 of section 3602 of the education
law, as added by section 5-b of part A of chapter  56  of  the  laws  of
2015, is amended and a new paragraph i is added to read as follows:
  h.  [The  gap  elimination  adjustment  restoration amount for the two
thousand sixteen--two thousand  seventeen  school  year  and  thereafter
shall  equal  the  product  of  the  gap elimination percentage for such

S. 6406--A                          7                         A. 9006--A

district and  the  gap  elimination  adjustment  restoration  allocation
established  pursuant  to  subdivision eighteen of this section] THE GAP
ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT RESTORATION AMOUNT FOR THE TWO THOUSAND  SIXTEEN-
-TWO  THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  FOR  A SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL BE
COMPUTED BASED ON DATA ON FILE WITH THE COMMISSIONER AND IN THE DATABASE
USED BY THE COMMISSIONER TO PRODUCE AN UPDATED ELECTRONIC DATA  FILE  IN
SUPPORT  OF  THE EXECUTIVE BUDGET REQUEST SUBMITTED FOR THE TWO THOUSAND
SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN STATE FISCAL YEAR AND  SHALL  EQUAL  THE
SUM  OF  THE  SCALED  EXTRAORDINARY  NEEDS  RESTORATION PLUS THE MINIMUM
RESTORATION, PROVIDED THAT SUCH GAP ELIMINATION  ADJUSTMENT  RESTORATION
AMOUNT  SHALL  NOT  EXCEED  THE  GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT FOR THE BASE
YEAR.
  (I) THE "SCALED EXTRAORDINARY NEEDS RESTORATION" SHALL EQUAL THE PROD-
UCT OF THE GRANT  PER  PUPIL  MULTIPLIED  BY  THE  STATE  SHARING  RATIO
COMPUTED  PURSUANT  TO  PARAGRAPH G OF SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION
MULTIPLIED BY  THE  BASE  YEAR  PUBLIC  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  ENROLLMENT  AS
COMPUTED  PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF PARAGRAPH N OF SUBDIVISION ONE
OF THIS SECTION, WHERE (A)  THE  GRANT  PER  PUPIL  SHALL  BE  SIXTY-SIX
DOLLARS  ($66.00)  MULTIPLIED BY THE EXTRAORDINARY NEEDS INDEX TRUNCATED
TO TWO DECIMALS, AND (B) THE EXTRAORDINARY NEEDS INDEX SHALL  EQUAL  THE
QUOTIENT TRUNCATED TO THREE DECIMALS ARRIVED AT BY DIVIDING THE EXTRAOR-
DINARY NEEDS PERCENT COMPUTED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH W OF SUBDIVISION ONE
OF  THIS SECTION BY THE STATEWIDE AVERAGE EXTRAORDINARY NEEDS PERCENT OF
FIFTY-FOUR AND EIGHT-TENTHS PERCENT (0.548).
  (II) THE MINIMUM RESTORATION SHALL EQUAL THE PRODUCT OF THIRTY PERCENT
(0.3) MULTIPLIED BY THE GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT FOR THE BASE YEAR.
  I. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, FOR  THE  TWO
THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN SCHOOL YEAR AND THEREAFTER,
THE GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE ZERO.
  S 7. Subdivision 4 of section 3602 of the education law, as amended by
section 5-a of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is  amended  to
read as follows:
  4. Total foundation aid. In addition to any other apportionment pursu-
ant  to this chapter, a school district, other than a special act school
district as defined in subdivision eight of section four thousand one of
this chapter, shall be eligible for total foundation aid  equal  to  the
product  of  total  aidable  foundation  pupil  units  multiplied by the
district's selected foundation aid, which shall be the greater  of  five
hundred dollars ($500) or foundation formula aid, provided, however that
for  the  two  thousand  seven--two  thousand eight through two thousand
eight--two thousand nine school years, no school district shall  receive
total  foundation  aid  in excess of the sum of the total foundation aid
base for aid payable in  the  two  thousand  seven--two  thousand  eight
school  year  computed  pursuant  to  subparagraph (i) of paragraph j of
subdivision one of this section, plus the phase-in  foundation  increase
computed  pursuant  to  paragraph  b  of  this subdivision, and provided
further that for the two thousand twelve--two thousand  thirteen  school
year, no school district shall receive total foundation aid in excess of
the  sum  of  the  total  foundation aid base for aid payable in the two
thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school year  computed  pursuant  to
SUBPARAGRAPH  (II)  OF  paragraph  j of subdivision one of this section,
plus the phase-in foundation increase computed pursuant to  paragraph  b
of  this  subdivision,  and  provided  further that for the two thousand
thirteen--two thousand fourteen school year and  thereafter,  no  school
district  shall receive total foundation aid in excess of the sum of the
total foundation aid base computed  pursuant  to  SUBPARAGRAPH  (II)  OF

S. 6406--A                          8                         A. 9006--A

paragraph  j of subdivision one of this section, plus the phase-in foun-
dation increase computed pursuant to paragraph b  of  this  subdivision,
AND  PROVIDED  FURTHER  THAT  FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL YEAR, FOR A SCHOOL DISTRICT WHERE THE PHASE-IN FOUNDA-
TION INCREASE AND THE DUE MINIMUM ARE LESS THAN THE ALTERNATIVE  MINIMUM
COMPUTED  PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH B-2 OF THIS SECTION, SUCH DISTRICT SHALL
RECEIVE TOTAL FOUNDATION  AID,  IN  LIEU  OF  SUCH  PHASE-IN  FOUNDATION
INCREASE  OR  DUE  MINIMUM,  EQUAL TO THE SUM OF THE FOUNDATION AID BASE
COMPUTED PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH J OF SUBDIVISION ONE
OF THIS SECTION, PLUS THE ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM COMPUTED PURSUANT TO PARA-
GRAPH B-2 OF THIS SECTION, and provided further  that  total  foundation
aid  shall not be less than the product of the total foundation aid base
computed pursuant to paragraph j of subdivision one of this section  and
the due-minimum percent which shall be, for the two thousand twelve--two
thousand  thirteen  school  year,  one  hundred  and  six-tenths percent
(1.006) and for the two thousand thirteen--two thousand fourteen  school
year  for  city  school  districts of those cities having populations in
excess of one hundred twenty-five thousand and  less  than  one  million
inhabitants  one  hundred  and one and one hundred and seventy-six thou-
sandths percent (1.01176), and for all other districts one  hundred  and
three-tenths  percent  (1.003),  and  for the two thousand fourteen--two
thousand fifteen school year  one  hundred  and  eighty-five  hundredths
percent (1.0085), and for the two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen
school  year,  one hundred thirty-seven hundredths percent (1.0037), AND
FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR,  ONE
PLUS  THE  LESSER  OF  TWO PERCENT (0.02) OR THE PRODUCT OF TWENTY-THREE
HUNDREDTHS PERCENT (0.023) MULTIPLIED BY A CWR RATIO  AND  TRUNCATED  TO
FOUR  DECIMALS, WHERE SUCH CWR RATIO SHALL BE THE DIFFERENCE OBTAINED BY
SUBTRACTING FROM ONE AND THIRTY-SEVEN HUNDREDTHS (1.37) THE  PRODUCT  OF
ONE  AND  FIFTY-FIVE HUNDREDTHS (1.55) MULTIPLIED BY THE COMBINED WEALTH
RATIO FOR TOTAL FOUNDATION AID COMPUTED PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH TWO  OF
PARAGRAPH  C  OF  SUBDIVISION  THREE  OF THIS SECTION TRUNCATED TO THREE
DECIMALS, PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT SUCH CWR RATIO SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN
ONE NOR LESS THAN ZERO, subject to allocation pursuant to the provisions
of subdivision eighteen of this section and any provisions of a  chapter
of  the laws of New York as described therein, nor more than the product
of such total foundation aid base and one hundred fifteen  percent,  and
provided  further  that  for  the  two  thousand  nine--two thousand ten
through two thousand eleven--two  thousand  twelve  school  years,  each
school district shall receive total foundation aid in an amount equal to
the  amount  apportioned  to  such  school district for the two thousand
eight--two thousand nine school year pursuant to this subdivision. Total
aidable foundation pupil units shall be calculated pursuant to paragraph
g of subdivision two of this section. For the  purposes  of  calculating
aid  pursuant  to  this subdivision, aid for the city school district of
the city of New York shall be calculated on a citywide basis.
  a. Foundation formula aid. Foundation  formula  aid  shall  equal  the
remainder  when  the  expected  minimum local contribution is subtracted
from the product of the foundation amount, the regional cost index,  and
the  pupil  need  index,  or: (foundation amount x regional cost index x
pupil need index)- expected minimum local contribution.
  (1) The foundation amount shall reflect the average per pupil cost  of
general  education instruction in successful school districts, as deter-
mined by a statistical analysis of the costs of  special  education  and
general  education  in  successful  school  districts, provided that the
foundation amount shall be adjusted annually to reflect  the  percentage

S. 6406--A                          9                         A. 9006--A

increase in the consumer price index as computed pursuant to PARAGRAPH E
OF SUBDIVISION FOUR OF section two thousand [twenty-two] TWENTY-THREE of
this  chapter,  provided  that  for the two thousand eight--two thousand
nine  school  year,  for  the purpose of such adjustment, the percentage
increase in the consumer price index shall be deemed to be two and nine-
tenths percent (0.029), and provided further that the foundation  amount
for the two thousand seven--two thousand eight school year shall be five
thousand  two hundred fifty-eight dollars, and provided further that for
the  two  thousand  seven--two  thousand  eight  through  two   thousand
[fifteen]  SIXTEEN--two  thousand  [sixteen] SEVENTEEN school years, the
foundation amount shall be further adjusted by the  phase-in  foundation
percent established pursuant to paragraph b of this subdivision.
  (2)  The regional cost index shall reflect an analysis of labor market
costs based on median salaries in professional occupations that  require
similar  credentials  to  those of positions in the education field, but
not including those occupations in the education  field,  provided  that
the regional cost indices for the two thousand seven--two thousand eight
school year and thereafter shall be as follows:
          Labor Force Region  Index
          Capital District    1.124
          Southern Tier       1.045
          Western New York    1.091
          Hudson Valley       1.314
          Long Island/NYC     1.425
          Finger Lakes        1.141
          Central New York    1.103
          Mohawk Valley       1.000
          North Country       1.000
  (3)  The pupil need index shall equal the sum of one plus the extraor-
dinary needs percent, provided, however, that the pupil need index shall
not be less than one nor more than two. The extraordinary needs  percent
shall  be  calculated pursuant to paragraph w of subdivision one of this
section.
  (4) The expected minimum local contribution shall equal the lesser  of
(i)  the product of (A) the quotient arrived at when the selected actual
valuation is divided by total wealth foundation pupil units,  multiplied
by  (B)  the  product  of the local tax factor, multiplied by the income
wealth index, or (ii) the product of (A) the product of  the  foundation
amount, the regional cost index, and the pupil need index, multiplied by
(B)  the  positive  difference,  if  any, of one minus the state sharing
ratio for total foundation aid. The local tax  factor  shall  be  estab-
lished by May first of each year by determining the product, computed to
four  decimal  places  without rounding, of ninety percent multiplied by
the quotient of the sum of the statewide average tax rate as computed by
the commissioner for the current year in accordance with the  provisions
of  paragraph  e of subdivision one of section thirty-six hundred nine-e
of this part plus the statewide average tax rate computed by the commis-
sioner for the base year in accordance with  such  provisions  plus  the
statewide  average  tax  rate  computed by the commissioner for the year
prior to the base year in accordance with such  provisions,  divided  by
three,  provided  however  that for the two thousand seven--two thousand
eight school year, such local tax factor shall  be  sixteen  thousandths
(0.016), and provided further that for the two thousand eight--two thou-
sand  nine  school  year,  such  local  tax  factor shall be one hundred
fifty-four ten thousandths (0.0154). The income wealth  index  shall  be
calculated pursuant to paragraph d of subdivision three of this section,

S. 6406--A                         10                         A. 9006--A

provided, however, that for the purposes of computing the expected mini-
mum  local  contribution  the income wealth index shall not be less than
sixty-five percent (0.65) and shall not be more than two hundred percent
(2.0)  and  provided  however that such income wealth index shall not be
more than ninety-five percent (0.95) for  the  two  thousand  eight--two
thousand  nine school year, and provided further that such income wealth
index shall not be less than zero for  the  two  thousand  thirteen--two
thousand  fourteen  school  year. The selected actual valuation shall be
calculated pursuant to paragraph c of subdivision one of  this  section.
Total  wealth  foundation  pupil  units  shall be calculated pursuant to
paragraph h of subdivision two of this section.
  b. Phase-in foundation increase. (1) The phase-in foundation  increase
shall  equal  the  product  of  the  phase-in foundation increase factor
multiplied by the positive difference, if any, of (i) the product of the
total aidable  foundation  pupil  units  multiplied  by  the  district's
selected foundation aid less (ii) the total foundation aid base computed
pursuant to paragraph j of subdivision one of this section.
  (2)  (i)  Phase-in foundation percent. The phase-in foundation percent
shall equal one hundred thirteen and  fourteen  one  hundredths  percent
(1.1314)  for  the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school year,
one hundred ten and thirty-eight hundredths percent (1.1038) for the two
thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen school year,  one  hundred  seven
and  sixty-eight  hundredths percent (1.0768) for the two thousand thir-
teen--two thousand fourteen  school  year,  one  hundred  five  and  six
hundredths  percent (1.0506) for the two thousand fourteen--two thousand
fifteen school year,  and  one  hundred  two  and  five  tenths  percent
(1.0250) for the two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen school year.
  (ii)  Phase-in  foundation  increase  factor.  For  the  two  thousand
eleven--two  thousand  twelve  school  year,  the  phase-in   foundation
increase  factor  shall  equal thirty-seven and one-half percent (0.375)
and the phase-in due minimum percent shall equal nineteen and  forty-one
hundredths  percent  (0.1941), for the two thousand twelve--two thousand
thirteen school year the phase-in foundation increase factor shall equal
one and seven-tenths percent (0.017), for the two thousand thirteen--two
thousand fourteen school year the phase-in  foundation  increase  factor
shall equal (1) for a city school district in a city having a population
of  one  million  or  more,  five  and  twenty-three  hundredths percent
(0.0523) or (2) for all other school districts zero percent, for the two
thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen school year the phase-in founda-
tion increase factor shall equal (1) for a city  school  district  of  a
city  having  a  population  of one million or more, four and thirty-two
hundredths percent (0.0432) or (2) for a school district  other  than  a
city  school  district  having  a  population of one million or more for
which (A) the quotient of the  positive  difference  of  the  foundation
formula aid minus the foundation aid base computed pursuant to paragraph
j  of  subdivision one of this section divided by the foundation formula
aid is greater than twenty-two percent (0.22) and (B) a combined  wealth
ratio  less  than thirty-five hundredths (0.35), seven percent (0.07) or
(3) for all other  school  districts,  four  and  thirty-one  hundredths
percent (0.0431), and for the two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen
school year the phase-in foundation increase factor shall equal: (1) for
a  city  school district of a city having a population of one million or
more,  thirteen  and  two  hundred  seventy-four   thousandths   percent
(0.13274);  or  (2)  for  districts  where  the quotient arrived at when
dividing (A) the product of the total  aidable  foundation  pupil  units
multiplied  by  the  district's  selected  foundation aid less the total

S. 6406--A                         11                         A. 9006--A

foundation aid base computed pursuant to paragraph j of subdivision  one
of  this section divided by (B) the product of the total aidable founda-
tion pupil units multiplied by the district's selected foundation aid is
greater  than nineteen percent (0.19), and where the district's combined
wealth ratio is less than  thirty-three  hundredths  (0.33),  seven  and
seventy-five  hundredths percent (0.0775); or (3) for any other district
designated as high need pursuant to clause (c) of  subparagraph  two  of
paragraph  c  of  subdivision  six  of  this  section for the school aid
computer listing produced by the commissioner in support of the  enacted
budget  for  the  two thousand seven--two thousand eight school year and
entitled "SA0708", four  percent  (0.04);  or  (4)  for  a  city  school
district  in a city having a population of one hundred twenty-five thou-
sand or more but less than one million, fourteen percent (0.14); or  (5)
for school districts that were designated as small city school districts
or  central  school  districts  whose  boundaries include a portion of a
small city for the school aid computer listing produced by  the  commis-
sioner  in support of the enacted budget for the two thousand fourteen--
two thousand fifteen school year and entitled "SA1415", four  and  seven
hundred  fifty-  one thousandths percent (0.04751); or (6) for all other
districts one percent (0.01), and  for  THE  TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO
THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL YEAR THE PHASE-IN FOUNDATION INCREASE FACTOR
SHALL EQUAL THE GREATER OF: (1) FOR A CITY SCHOOL  DISTRICT  OF  A  CITY
HAVING  A  POPULATION  OF  ONE  MILLION  OR  MORE,  NINE  AND THIRTY-TWO
HUNDREDTHS PERCENT (0.0932); OR (2) FOR A CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT OF A CITY
HAVING A POPULATION OF MORE THAN ONE HUNDRED  TWENTY-FIVE  THOUSAND  BUT
LESS  THAN ONE MILLION, THREE AND ONE-HALF PERCENT (0.035); OR (3) FOR A
DISTRICT WITH A SPARSITY COUNT  COMPUTED  PURSUANT  TO  PARAGRAPH  R  OF
SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION GREATER THAN ZERO, THE LESSER OF (I) THE
PRODUCT OF NINE AND THIRTY-TWO HUNDREDTHS PERCENT (0.0932) MULTIPLIED BY
THE  PHASE-IN  CWR SPARSITY RATIO TRUNCATED TO FOUR DECIMALS, WHERE SUCH
PHASE-IN  CWR  SPARSITY  RATIO  SHALL  BE  THE  DIFFERENCE  OBTAINED  BY
SUBTRACTING  FROM  ONE AND THIRTY-SEVEN HUNDREDTHS (1.37) THE PRODUCT OF
ONE AND THIRTY-FIVE HUNDREDTHS (1.35) MULTIPLIED BY THE COMBINED  WEALTH
RATIO  FOR TOTAL FOUNDATION AID COMPUTED PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF
PARAGRAPH C OF SUBDIVISION THREE OF  THIS  SECTION  TRUNCATED  TO  THREE
DECIMALS,  PROVIDED  HOWEVER THAT SUCH PHASE-IN CWR SPARSITY RATIO SHALL
NOT BE GREATER THAN ONE NOR LESS THAN ZERO OR (II) SIX  PERCENT  (0.06);
OR  (4)  THE  LESSER  OF  (I)  THE PRODUCT OF THREE AND ONE-HALF PERCENT
(0.035) MULTIPLIED BY THE PHASE-IN CWR RATIO TRUNCATED TO FOUR DECIMALS,
WHERE SUCH PHASE-IN CWR  RATIO  SHALL  BE  THE  DIFFERENCE  OBTAINED  BY
SUBTRACTING  FROM  ONE AND THIRTY-SEVEN HUNDREDTHS (1.37) THE PRODUCT OF
ONE AND THREE-TENTHS (1.30) MULTIPLIED BY THE COMBINED WEALTH RATIO  FOR
TOTAL  FOUNDATION AID COMPUTED PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF PARAGRAPH
C OF SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS  SECTION  TRUNCATED  TO  THREE  DECIMALS,
PROVIDED  HOWEVER THAT SUCH PHASE-IN CWR RATIO SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN
ONE NOR LESS THAN ZERO OR (II) THREE PERCENT (0.03);  AND  FOR  the  two
thousand [sixteen--two thousand seventeen] SEVENTEEN--TWO THOUSAND EIGH-
TEEN  school  year and thereafter the commissioner shall annually deter-
mine the phase-in  foundation  increase  factor  subject  to  allocation
pursuant  to  the provisions of subdivision eighteen of this section and
any provisions of a chapter of the laws of New York as described  there-
in.
  b-1.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of law to the contrary, for
the two thousand seven--two thousand eight school year  and  thereafter,
the  additional  amount payable to each school district pursuant to this
subdivision in the current year as total foundation aid, after deducting

S. 6406--A                         12                         A. 9006--A

the total foundation aid base, shall be deemed  a  state  grant  in  aid
identified  by  the commissioner for general use for purposes of section
seventeen hundred eighteen of this chapter.
  B-2.  ALTERNATIVE  MINIMUM. THE ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM SHALL BE THE POSI-
TIVE  DIFFERENCE,  IF  ANY,  OBTAINED  BY  SUBTRACTING  THE  ALTERNATIVE
INCREASE  FROM  THE  PRODUCT  OF  THE ALTERNATIVE BASE MULTIPLIED BY TWO
PERCENT (0.02). FOR PURPOSES OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION,  "ALTERNATIVE  BASE"
SHALL  MEAN  A SCHOOL DISTRICT'S APPORTIONMENT OF FOUNDATION AID FOR THE
TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN SCHOOL YEAR AS SET FORTH  FOR
EACH  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  AS  "2015-16  FOUNDATION  AID" IN THE SCHOOL AID
COMPUTER LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF  THE  EXECU-
TIVE BUDGET REQUEST FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN
SCHOOL  YEAR AND ENTITLED "BT161-7" MINUS THE GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT
FOR THE TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR.  FOR
PURPOSES  OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ALTERNATIVE INCREASE" SHALL MEAN THE SUM
OF (1) THE GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT RESTORATION COMPUTED FOR  THE  TWO
THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR PURSUANT TO PARA-
GRAPH H OF SUBDIVISION SEVENTEEN OF THIS SECTION AS SET FORTH  FOR  EACH
SCHOOL  DISTRICT AS "2016-17 GEA RESTORATION" IN THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER
LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE  BUDGET
REQUEST FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR
AND  ENTITLED "BT161-7", PLUS (2) COMMUNITY SCHOOLS AID COMPUTED FOR THE
TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  PURSUANT  TO
SUBDIVISION  NINETEEN  OF  THIS  SECTION  AS  SET  FORTH FOR EACH SCHOOL
DISTRICT AS "2016-17 COMMUNITY SCHOOLS AID" IN THE SCHOOL  AID  COMPUTER
LISTING  PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE BUDGET
REQUEST FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR
AND ENTITLED "BT161-7".
  B-3. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBDIVISION  TO  THE
CONTRARY,  FOR  THE  TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL
YEAR, NO SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN APPORTIONMENT OF FOUN-
DATION AID IN EXCESS OF THE AMOUNT APPORTIONED TO SUCH  SCHOOL  DISTRICT
IN TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN SCHOOL YEAR UNLESS (I) THE
DISTRICT  WAS  DESIGNATED AS HIGH OR AVERAGE NEED PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C)
OF SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF PARAGRAPH C OF SUBDIVISION SIX  OF  THIS  SECTION
FOR  THE  SCHOOL  AID  COMPUTER  LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN
SUPPORT OF THE ENACTED BUDGET FOR THE TWO THOUSAND  SEVEN--TWO  THOUSAND
EIGHT  SCHOOL  YEAR  AND ENTITLED "SA0708," (II) THE DISTRICT WAS DESIG-
NATED AS HIGH OR AVERAGE NEED PURSUANT TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE COMMIS-
SIONER IN THE MOST RECENTLY AVAILABLE STUDY INCLUDED IN THE  SCHOOL  AID
COMPUTER  LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE ENACTED
BUDGET FOR THE TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN--TWO THOUSAND FOURTEEN STATE FISCAL
YEAR AND ENTITLED "SA131-4" OR (III) THE DISTRICT'S ALTERNATIVE INCREASE
COMPUTED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH B-2 OF THIS SUBDIVISION IS LESS THAN  THE
PRODUCT  OF  THE  ALTERNATIVE BASE COMPUTED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH B-2 OF
THIS SUBDIVISION MULTIPLIED BY THREE PERCENT (0.03).
  c. Public excess cost aid setaside. Each  school  district  shall  set
aside from its total foundation aid computed for the current year pursu-
ant  to  this  subdivision  an  amount  equal to the product of: (i) the
difference between the  amount  the  school  district  was  eligible  to
receive in the two thousand six--two thousand seven school year pursuant
to  or  in lieu of paragraph six of subdivision nineteen of this section
as such paragraph existed on June thirtieth, two thousand  seven,  minus
the  amount such district was eligible to receive pursuant to or in lieu
of paragraph five of subdivision nineteen of this section as such  para-
graph  existed  on  June  thirtieth,  two thousand seven, in such school

S. 6406--A                         13                         A. 9006--A

year, and (ii) the sum of one and the percentage increase in the consum-
er price index for the current year over such consumer price  index  for
the two thousand six--two thousand seven school year, as computed pursu-
ant  to PARAGRAPH E OF SUBDIVISION FOUR OF section two thousand [twenty-
two] TWENTY-THREE of this chapter. Notwithstanding any  other  provision
of  law  to  the  contrary, the public excess cost aid setaside shall be
paid pursuant to section thirty-six hundred nine-b of this part.
  d. For the two thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen [and two  thou-
sand  fifteen--two  thousand  sixteen] THROUGH TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO
THOUSAND SEVENTEEN school years a city school district of a city  having
a population of one million or more may use amounts apportioned pursuant
to this subdivision for afterschool programs.
  S  8.  Section  3602  of  the education law is amended by adding a new
subdivision 19 to read as follows:
  19. COMMUNITY SCHOOLS AID. EACH SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL BE  ELIGIBLE  TO
RECEIVE  AN  APPORTIONMENT FOR COMMUNITY SCHOOLS AID EQUAL TO THE SUM OF
THE TIER ONE APPORTIONMENT AND THE TIER TWO APPORTIONMENT.
  A. DEFINITIONS.
  (1) "TIER ONE ELIGIBLE SCHOOL DISTRICT" SHALL MEAN ANY SCHOOL DISTRICT
WITH AT LEAST ONE SCHOOL DESIGNATED AS FAILING OR  PERSISTENTLY  FAILING
BY THE COMMISSIONER PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPHS (A) OR (B) OF SUBDIVISION ONE
OF  SECTION  211-F  OF THIS CHAPTER PRIOR TO JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND
SIXTEEN.
  (2)  "TIER  TWO  ELIGIBLE  SCHOOL  DISTRICT"  SHALL  MEAN  ANY  SCHOOL
DISTRICT, EXCEPT A TIER ONE ELIGIBLE SCHOOL DISTRICT, DESIGNATED AS HIGH
NEED PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C) OF SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF PARAGRAPH C OF SUBDI-
VISION  SIX OF THIS SECTION FOR THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING PRODUCED
BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE ENACTED BUDGET FOR THE  TWO  THOU-
SAND  SEVEN--TWO THOUSAND EIGHT SCHOOL YEAR AND ENTITLED "SA0708" OR ANY
DISTRICT DESIGNATED AS HIGH NEED PURSUANT  TO  THE  REGULATIONS  OF  THE
COMMISSIONER IN THE MOST RECENTLY AVAILABLE STUDY INCLUDED IN THE SCHOOL
AID  COMPUTER  LISTING  PRODUCED  BY  THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE
ENACTED BUDGET FOR THE  TWO  THOUSAND  THIRTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  FOURTEEN
STATE FISCAL YEAR AND ENTITLED "SA131-4".
  B. TIER ONE APPORTIONMENT. ANY TIER ONE ELIGIBLE SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL
BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN APPORTIONMENT EQUAL TO THE GREATER OF (I) THE PRODUCT
OF  EIGHT HUNDRED THIRTY DOLLARS AND SIXTY CENTS ($830.60) MULTIPLIED BY
THE DISTRICT'S ENROLLMENT IN THE  TWO  THOUSAND  FOURTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND
FIFTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  IN  SCHOOLS DESIGNATED AS FAILING OR PERSISTENTLY
FAILING PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPHS (A) OR (B) OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF  SECTION
211-F OF THIS CHAPTER ON THE DATE PRIOR TO NOVEMBER FIRST THAT IS SPECI-
FIED BY THE COMMISSIONER AS THE ENROLLMENT REPORTING DATE FOR THE SCHOOL
DISTRICT OR (II) TEN THOUSAND DOLLARS ($10,000).
  C. TIER TWO APPORTIONMENT. ANY TIER TWO ELIGIBLE SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL
BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN APPORTIONMENT EQUAL TO THE GREATER OF (I) THE PRODUCT
OF  THE  GRANT  PER PUPIL MULTIPLIED BY THE STATE SHARING RATIO COMPUTED
PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH G OF SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION  MULTIPLIED
BY  THE BASE YEAR PUBLIC SCHOOL DISTRICT ENROLLMENT AS COMPUTED PURSUANT
TO SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF PARAGRAPH N OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF  THIS  SECTION,
WHERE  (A)  THE  GRANT  PER  PUPIL  SHALL  BE  EIGHTY-NINE  DOLLARS  AND
THIRTY-TWO CENTS ($89.32) MULTIPLIED BY THE  EXTRAORDINARY  NEEDS  INDEX
TRUNCATED  TO  TWO DECIMALS, AND (B) THE EXTRAORDINARY NEEDS INDEX SHALL
EQUAL THE QUOTIENT TRUNCATED TO THREE DECIMALS ARRIVED  AT  BY  DIVIDING
THE  EXTRAORDINARY  NEEDS  PERCENT  COMPUTED  PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH W OF
SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION BY THE STATEWIDE  AVERAGE  EXTRAORDINARY

S. 6406--A                         14                         A. 9006--A

NEEDS PERCENT OF FIFTY-FOUR AND EIGHT-TENTHS PERCENT (0.548) OR (II) TEN
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($10,000).
  D.  SCHOOL  DISTRICTS  SHALL  USE AMOUNTS APPORTIONED PURSUANT TO THIS
SUBDIVISION TO SUPPORT  THE  TRANSFORMATION  OF  SCHOOL  BUILDINGS  INTO
COMMUNITY  HUBS TO DELIVER CO-LOCATED OR SCHOOL-LINKED ACADEMIC, HEALTH,
MENTAL HEALTH, NUTRITION, COUNSELING, LEGAL  AND/OR  OTHER  SERVICES  TO
STUDENTS  AND  THEIR  FAMILIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROVIDING A
COMMUNITY SCHOOL SITE COORDINATOR, OR TO SUPPORT OTHER COSTS INCURRED TO
MAXIMIZE STUDENTS' ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT.
  S 9. Paragraph a of subdivision 5 of section  3604  of  the  education
law,  as  amended by chapter 161 of the laws of 2005, is amended to read
as follows:
  a. State aid adjustments. All errors or omissions in the apportionment
shall be corrected by the commissioner. Whenever a school  district  has
been  apportioned  less  money  than  that  to which it is entitled, the
commissioner may allot to such district the balance to which it is enti-
tled. Whenever a school district has been apportioned  more  money  than
that  to which it is entitled, the commissioner may, by an order, direct
such moneys to be paid back to the state to be credited to  the  general
fund  local  assistance  account  for  state  aid to the schools, or may
deduct such amount from the  next  apportionment  to  be  made  to  said
district,  provided, however, that, upon notification of excess payments
of aid for which a recovery must be made by the state through  deduction
of  future  aid payments, a school district may request that such excess
payments be  recovered  by  deducting  such  excess  payments  from  the
payments due to such school district and payable in the month of June in
(i) the school year in which such notification was received and (ii) the
two  succeeding  school  years,  provided further that there shall be no
interest penalty assessed against such  district  or  collected  by  the
state.  Such  request  shall be made to the commissioner in such form as
the commissioner shall prescribe, and shall be  based  on  documentation
that the total amount to be recovered is in excess of one percent of the
district's  total  general  fund  expenditures  for the preceding school
year. The amount to be deducted in the first year shall be  the  greater
of  (i) the sum of the amount of such excess payments that is recognized
as a liability due to other governments by the district for the  preced-
ing  school year and the positive remainder of the district's unreserved
fund balance at the close of the preceding school year less the  product
of  the  district's  total  general  fund expenditures for the preceding
school year multiplied by five percent, or (ii) one-third of such excess
payments. The amount to be recovered in the second year shall equal  the
lesser  of  the remaining amount of such excess payments to be recovered
or one-third of such excess payments, and the remaining amount  of  such
excess  payments  shall be recovered in the third year. Provided further
that, notwithstanding any other  provisions  of  this  subdivision,  any
pending  payment  of moneys due to such district as a prior year adjust-
ment payable pursuant to paragraph c of this subdivision for aid  claims
that  had been previously paid as current year aid payments in excess of
the amount to which the district is entitled and for which  recovery  of
excess  payments  is  to  be  made  pursuant to this paragraph, shall be
reduced at the time of  actual  payment  by  any  remaining  unrecovered
balance  of such excess payments, and the remaining scheduled deductions
of such excess payments pursuant to this paragraph shall be  reduced  by
the  commissioner  to reflect the amount so recovered. [The commissioner
shall certify no payment to a school district based on a claim submitted
later than three years after the close of the school year in which  such

S. 6406--A                         15                         A. 9006--A

payment  was first to be made.  For claims for which payment is first to
be made in the nineteen hundred  ninety-six--ninety-seven  school  year,
the  commissioner shall certify no payment to a school district based on
a  claim  submitted  later than two years after the close of such school
year.] For claims for which payment is first to be made [in the nineteen
hundred  ninety-seven--ninety-eight]   PRIOR   TO   THE   TWO   THOUSAND
FIFTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND SIXTEEN school year [and thereafter], the commis-
sioner shall certify no payment to a school district based  on  a  claim
submitted  later than one year after the close of such school year.  FOR
CLAIMS FOR WHICH PAYMENT IS  FIRST  TO  BE  MADE  IN  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
FIFTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  SCHOOL YEAR AND THEREAFTER, THE COMMIS-
SIONER SHALL CERTIFY NO PAYMENT TO A SCHOOL DISTRICT BASED  ON  A  CLAIM
SUBMITTED  LATER  THAN  THE  FIRST  OF  NOVEMBER  OF  SUCH  SCHOOL YEAR.
Provided, however, no payments shall be barred  or  reduced  where  such
payment  is  required  as a result of a final audit of the state. [It is
further provided that, until June thirtieth,  nineteen  hundred  ninety-
six,  the  commissioner  may  grant a waiver from the provisions of this
section for any school district if it is in the best educational  inter-
ests of the district pursuant to guidelines developed by the commission-
er  and  approved  by the director of the budget.] FURTHER PROVIDED THAT
FOR ANY APPORTIONMENTS PROVIDED PURSUANT TO SECTIONS SEVEN HUNDRED  ONE,
SEVEN   HUNDRED   ELEVEN,   SEVEN   HUNDRED   FIFTY-ONE,  SEVEN  HUNDRED
FIFTY-THREE, NINETEEN HUNDRED FIFTY, THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO,  THIRTY-SIX
HUNDRED  TWO-B,  THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED TWO-C, THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO-E AND
FORTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  FIVE  OF  THIS  CHAPTER  FOR   THE   TWO   THOUSAND
FIFTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  AND  TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEARS, THE COMMISSIONER SHALL CERTIFY NO PAYMENT  TO  A
SCHOOL  DISTRICT,  OTHER  THAN  PAYMENTS PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISIONS SIX-A,
ELEVEN, THIRTEEN AND FIFTEEN OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO  OF  THIS
PART, IN EXCESS OF THE PAYMENT COMPUTED BASED ON AN ELECTRONIC DATA FILE
USED  TO PRODUCE THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMIS-
SIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE BUDGET REQUEST SUBMITTED FOR THE  TWO
THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN STATE FISCAL YEAR AND ENTITLED
"BT161-7", AND FURTHER PROVIDED THAT  FOR  ANY  APPORTIONMENTS  PROVIDED
PURSUANT  TO  SECTIONS  SEVEN  HUNDRED  ONE, SEVEN HUNDRED ELEVEN, SEVEN
HUNDRED FIFTY-ONE, SEVEN HUNDRED  FIFTY-THREE  NINETEEN  HUNDRED  FIFTY,
THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED  TWO,  THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED TWO-B, THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED
TWO-C, THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO-E AND  FORTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  FIVE  OF  THIS
CHAPTER  FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND SEVENTEEN--TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN SCHOOL
YEAR AND THEREAFTER, THE COMMISSIONER SHALL  CERTIFY  NO  PAYMENT  TO  A
SCHOOL  DISTRICT,  OTHER  THAN  PAYMENTS PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISIONS SIX-A,
ELEVEN, THIRTEEN AND FIFTEEN OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO  OF  THIS
PART, IN EXCESS OF THE PAYMENT COMPUTED BASED ON AN ELECTRONIC DATA FILE
USED  TO PRODUCE THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMIS-
SIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE  BUDGET  REQUEST  SUBMITTED  FOR  THE
STATE FISCAL YEAR IN WHICH THE SCHOOL YEAR COMMENCES.
  S 10. The opening paragraph of section 3609-a of the education law, as
amended  by  section  6  of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is
amended to read as follows:
  For aid payable in the two thousand seven--two thousand  eight  school
year through the two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen school year,
"moneys apportioned" shall mean the lesser of (i) the sum of one hundred
percent  of  the respective amount set forth for each school district as
payable pursuant to this section in the school aid computer listing  for
the  current  year produced by the commissioner in support of the budget
which includes the appropriation for  the  general  support  for  public

S. 6406--A                         16                         A. 9006--A

schools  for  the  prescribed  payments  and individualized payments due
prior to April first for the current year plus the apportionment payable
during the current school year pursuant to subdivision six-a and  subdi-
vision  fifteen of section thirty-six hundred two of this part minus any
reductions to current year aids pursuant to subdivision seven of section
thirty-six hundred four of this part or any deduction from apportionment
payable pursuant to this chapter for collection  of  a  school  district
basic contribution as defined in subdivision eight of section forty-four
hundred  one  of  this  chapter,  less  any  grants provided pursuant to
subparagraph two-a of paragraph b of subdivision four of  section  nine-
ty-two-c  of the state finance law, less any grants provided pursuant to
subdivision six of section ninety-seven-nnnn of the state  finance  law,
less any grants provided pursuant to subdivision twelve of section thir-
ty-six  hundred  forty-one  of  this  article, or (ii) the apportionment
calculated by the commissioner based on data on file  at  the  time  the
payment  is  processed;  provided  however, that for the purposes of any
payments made pursuant to this section prior to the first  business  day
of  June  of  the current year, moneys apportioned shall not include any
aids payable pursuant to subdivisions six and fourteen,  if  applicable,
of  section  thirty-six hundred two of this part as current year aid for
debt service on bond anticipation notes and/or bonds first issued in the
current year or any aids  payable  for  full-day  kindergarten  for  the
current  year pursuant to subdivision nine of section thirty-six hundred
two of this part. The definitions of "base year" and "current  year"  as
set  forth  in subdivision one of section thirty-six hundred two of this
part shall apply to this section. [For aid payable in the  two  thousand
fourteen--two  thousand  fifteen  school year, reference to such "school
aid computer listing for the current  year"  shall  mean  the  printouts
entitled  "SA141-5".  For  aid  payable in the two thousand fifteen--two
thousand sixteen school year, reference to  such  "school  aid  computer
listing  for  the  current  year"  shall  mean  the  printouts  entitled
"SA151-6".] FOR AID PAYABLE IN THE TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  AND THEREAFTER, "MONEYS APPORTIONED" SHALL MEAN
THE LESSER OF: (I) THE SUM OF ONE  HUNDRED  PERCENT  OF  THE  RESPECTIVE
AMOUNT  SET  FORTH  FOR EACH SCHOOL DISTRICT AS PAYABLE PURSUANT TO THIS
SECTION IN THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING FOR THE CURRENT YEAR PRODUCED
BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE  EXECUTIVE  BUDGET  REQUEST  WHICH
INCLUDES  THE  APPROPRIATION  FOR THE GENERAL SUPPORT FOR PUBLIC SCHOOLS
FOR THE PRESCRIBED PAYMENTS AND INDIVIDUALIZED  PAYMENTS  DUE  PRIOR  TO
APRIL  FIRST  FOR THE CURRENT YEAR PLUS THE APPORTIONMENT PAYABLE DURING
THE CURRENT SCHOOL YEAR PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISIONS SIX-A  AND  FIFTEEN  OF
SECTION  THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED  TWO  OF  THIS PART MINUS ANY REDUCTIONS TO
CURRENT YEAR AIDS PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION SEVEN  OF  SECTION  THIRTY-SIX
HUNDRED  FOUR  OF  THIS PART OR ANY DEDUCTION FROM APPORTIONMENT PAYABLE
PURSUANT TO THIS CHAPTER FOR  COLLECTION  OF  A  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  BASIC
CONTRIBUTION  AS  DEFINED  IN  SUBDIVISION  EIGHT  OF SECTION FORTY-FOUR
HUNDRED ONE OF THIS  CHAPTER,  LESS  ANY  GRANTS  PROVIDED  PURSUANT  TO
SUBPARAGRAPH  TWO-A  OF PARAGRAPH B OF SUBDIVISION FOUR OF SECTION NINE-
TY-TWO-C OF THE STATE FINANCE LAW, LESS ANY GRANTS PROVIDED PURSUANT  TO
SUBDIVISION  SIX  OF SECTION NINETY-SEVEN-NNNN OF THE STATE FINANCE LAW,
LESS ANY GRANTS PROVIDED PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION TWELVE OF SECTION THIR-
TY-SIX HUNDRED FORTY-ONE OF THIS  ARTICLE;  OR  (II)  THE  APPORTIONMENT
CALCULATED  BY  THE  COMMISSIONER  BASED ON DATA ON FILE AT THE TIME THE
PAYMENT IS PROCESSED; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT FOR  THE  PURPOSES  OF  ANY
PAYMENTS  MADE  PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION PRIOR TO THE FIRST BUSINESS DAY
OF JUNE OF THE CURRENT YEAR, MONEYS APPORTIONED SHALL  NOT  INCLUDE  ANY

S. 6406--A                         17                         A. 9006--A

AIDS  PAYABLE  PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISIONS SIX AND FOURTEEN, IF APPLICABLE,
OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO OF THIS PART AS CURRENT YEAR  AID  FOR
DEBT SERVICE ON BOND ANTICIPATION NOTES AND/OR BONDS FIRST ISSUED IN THE
CURRENT  YEAR  OR  ANY  AIDS  PAYABLE  FOR FULL-DAY KINDERGARTEN FOR THE
CURRENT YEAR PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION NINE OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX  HUNDRED
TWO OF THIS PART. FOR AID PAYABLE IN THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOU-
SAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR, REFERENCE TO SUCH "SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LIST-
ING FOR THE CURRENT YEAR" SHALL MEAN THE PRINTOUTS ENTITLED "BT161-7".
  S  11.  Subparagraphs  5, 6 and 7 of paragraph (e) of subdivision 3 of
section 2853 of the education law, as added by section 5 of part  BB  of
chapter 56 of the laws of 2014, are amended to read as follows:
  (5) For a new charter school whose charter is granted or for an exist-
ing  charter  school  whose  expansion  of grade level, pursuant to this
article, is approved by their charter entity [before October first,  two
thousand  sixteen], if the appeal results in a determination in favor of
the charter school, the city  school  district  shall  pay  the  charter
school an amount attributable to the grade level expansion or the forma-
tion of the new charter school that is equal to the lesser of:
  (A)  the  actual  TOTAL  rental cost of an alternative privately owned
site selected by the charter school or
  (B) twenty percent of  the  product  of  the  charter  school's  basic
tuition  for  the  current  school year and (i) for a new charter school
that first commences instruction on or after July  first,  two  thousand
fourteen,  the  charter  school's current year enrollment; or (ii) for a
charter school which expands its grade level, pursuant to this  article,
[before October first, two thousand sixteen,] the positive difference of
the  charter  school's  enrollment  in the current school year minus the
charter school's enrollment in the school year prior to the  first  year
of the expansion.
  (6)  [For  a  new  charter  school  whose charter is granted or for an
existing charter school whose expansion of grade level, pursuant to this
article, is approved by their charter entity on or after October  first,
two  thousand sixteen, if the appeal results in a determination in favor
of the charter school, the city school district shall  pay  the  charter
school an amount attributable to the grade level expansion or the forma-
tion  of the new charter school that is equal to the maximum cost allow-
ance established by the commissioner for leases aidable  under  subdivi-
sion six of section thirty-six hundred two of this chapter.
  (7)]  An  arbitration in an appeal pursuant to this paragraph shall be
conducted by a  single  arbitrator  selected  in  accordance  with  this
subparagraph  from  a  list of arbitrators from the American arbitration
association's panel of labor  arbitrators,  with  relevant  biographical
information,  submitted by such association to the commissioner pursuant
to paragraph a of subdivision three of section three  thousand  twenty-a
of  this  chapter.  Upon request by the charter school, the commissioner
shall forthwith send a copy of such list  and  biographical  information
simultaneously  to  the  charter  school  and  city school district. The
parties shall, by mutual agreement, select an arbitrator from  the  list
within fifteen days from receipt of the list, and if the parties fail to
agree  on  an  arbitrator  within such fifteen day period or fail within
such fifteen day period to notify the commissioner  that  an  arbitrator
has been selected, the commissioner shall appoint an arbitrator from the
list  to  serve as the arbitrator. The arbitration shall be conducted in
accordance with the American arbitration association's rules  for  labor
arbitration,  except  that  the  arbitrator  shall conduct a pre-hearing
conference within ten to fifteen days of agreeing to serve and the arbi-

S. 6406--A                         18                         A. 9006--A

tration shall be completed and  a  decision  rendered  within  the  time
frames  prescribed for hearings pursuant to section three thousand twen-
ty-a of this chapter. The arbitrator's fee shall  not  exceed  the  rate
established  by  the  commissioner  for  hearings  conducted pursuant to
section three thousand twenty-a of this chapter, and the  cost  of  such
fee,  the  arbitrator's  necessary travel and other reasonable expenses,
and all other hearing expenses shall be borne equally by the parties  to
the arbitration.
  S 11-a. Subdivision 6-g of section 3602 of the education law, as added
by section 6 of part BB of chapter 56 of the laws of 2014, is amended to
read as follows:
  6-g.  Charter  schools  facilities aid. a. The city school district of
the city of New York, upon documenting that it has incurred total aggre-
gate expenses of forty million dollars or  more  pursuant  to  [subpara-
graphs]  SUBPARAGRAPH  five  [and  six]  of paragraph (e) of subdivision
three of section twenty-eight hundred fifty-three of this chapter, shall
be eligible for an apportionment pursuant to this  subdivision  for  its
annual  approved expenditures for the lease of space for charter schools
incurred in the base year in accordance with paragraph (e)  of  subdivi-
sion three of section twenty-eight hundred fifty-three of this chapter.
  b. The apportionment shall equal the product of (1) the sum of:
  [(A)]  for  aid payable for expenses incurred pursuant to subparagraph
five of paragraph (e)  of  subdivision  three  of  section  twenty-eight
hundred fifty-three of this chapter where the charter school prevails on
appeal,  the  annual  approved  expenses  incurred  by  the  city school
district pursuant to such subparagraph five[; and
  (B) for aid payable for expenses incurred pursuant to subparagraph six
of paragraph (e) of subdivision three of  section  twenty-eight  hundred
fifty-three of this chapter where the charter school prevails on appeal,
the  actual  annual  approved  rental expenses incurred pursuant to such
subparagraph six] multiplied by
  (2) six-tenths.
  c. For purposes of this subdivision, the approved  expenses  attribut-
able  to  a lease by a charter school of a privately owned site shall be
the lesser of the actual TOTAL rent paid under the lease or the  maximum
cost  allowance established by the commissioner for leases aidable under
subdivision six of this section.
  d. Notwithstanding any provision  of  law  to  the  contrary,  amounts
apportioned  pursuant  to this subdivision shall not be included in: (1)
the allowable growth amount computed pursuant to paragraph dd of  subdi-
vision  one  of this section, (2) the preliminary growth amount computed
pursuant to paragraph ff of subdivision one of this section, and (3) the
allocable growth amount computed pursuant to paragraph gg of subdivision
one of this section, and shall not  be  considered,  and  shall  not  be
available for interchange with, general support for public schools.
  S  12.  Subdivision 1 of section 2856 of the education law, as amended
by chapter 378 of the laws of 2007, paragraph (a) as amended  and  para-
graph  (d) as added by section 3 of part BB of chapter 56 of the laws of
2014, paragraph (c) as added by chapter 375 of  the  laws  of  2007,  is
amended to read as follows:
  1.  (a)  The enrollment of students attending charter schools shall be
included in the enrollment, attendance, membership and,  if  applicable,
count  of students with disabilities of the school district in which the
pupil resides. The charter school shall report  all  such  data  to  the
school  districts  of residence in a timely manner. Each school district
shall report such enrollment, attendance  and  count  of  students  with

S. 6406--A                         19                         A. 9006--A

disabilities  to  the department. The school district of residence shall
pay directly to the charter school for  each  student  enrolled  in  the
charter  school  who  resides  in the school district the charter school
basic tuition, which shall be:
  (i)  for school years prior to the two thousand nine--two thousand ten
school year and for school years following the two thousand sixteen--two
thousand seventeen school year, an amount equal to one  hundred  percent
of  the  amount calculated pursuant to paragraph f of subdivision one of
section thirty-six hundred two of this chapter for the  school  district
for  the  year prior to the base year increased by the percentage change
in the state total approved operating  expense  calculated  pursuant  to
paragraph t of subdivision one of section thirty-six hundred two of this
chapter from two years prior to the base year to the base year;
  (ii)  for  the  two  thousand  nine--two thousand ten school year, the
charter school basic  tuition  shall  be  the  amount  payable  by  such
district as charter school basic tuition for the two thousand eight--two
thousand nine school year;
  (iii)  for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven through two thou-
sand thirteen--two thousand fourteen school years,  the  charter  school
basic  tuition  shall be the basic tuition computed for the two thousand
ten--two thousand eleven school  year  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of
subparagraph (i) of this paragraph;
  (iv)  for  the  two thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen[,] AND two
thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen [and  two  thousand  sixteen--two
thousand seventeen] school years, the charter school basic tuition shall
be  the  sum  of the lesser of the charter school basic tuition computed
for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school  year  pursuant  to
the  provisions  of  subparagraph  (i)  of this paragraph or the charter
school basic tuition computed for  the  current  year  pursuant  to  the
provisions  of  subparagraph (i) of this paragraph plus the supplemental
basic tuition;
  (V) FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL  YEAR,
THE  CHARTER  SCHOOL  BASIC  TUITION  SHALL BE (A) FOR A SCHOOL DISTRICT
LOCATED IN A CITY OF ONE MILLION OR MORE INHABITANTS, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO
ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OF THE AMOUNT CALCULATED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH F  OF
SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF  SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO OF THIS CHAPTER FOR
THE SCHOOL DISTRICT FOR THE YEAR PRIOR TO THE BASE YEAR INCREASED BY THE
PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN THE STATE TOTAL APPROVED OPERATING  EXPENSE  CALCU-
LATED  PURSUANT  TO PARAGRAPH T OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX
HUNDRED TWO OF THIS CHAPTER FROM TWO YEARS PRIOR TO THE BASE YEAR TO THE
BASE YEAR OR (B) FOR ALL OTHER SCHOOL DISTRICTS, THE SUM OF  THE  LESSER
OF  THE  CHARTER  SCHOOL  BASIC  TUITION  COMPUTED  FOR THE TWO THOUSAND
TEN--TWO THOUSAND ELEVEN SCHOOL  YEAR  PURSUANT  TO  THE  PROVISIONS  OF
SUBPARAGRAPH  (I)  OF THIS PARAGRAPH OR THE CHARTER SCHOOL BASIC TUITION
COMPUTED FOR THE CURRENT YEAR PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUBPARAGRAPH
(I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH PLUS THE SUPPLEMENTAL BASIC TUITION.
  For the purposes of this subdivision, the "supplemental basic tuition"
shall be (A) for a school district for which the  charter  school  basic
tuition  computed  for  the current year is greater than or equal to the
charter school basic tuition for  the  two  thousand  ten--two  thousand
eleven  school  year  pursuant  to the provisions of subparagraph (i) of
this paragraph, (1) for the two thousand fourteen--two thousand  fifteen
school  year two hundred and fifty dollars, and (2) for the two thousand
fifteen--two thousand  sixteen  school  year  three  hundred  and  fifty
dollars,  and  (3)  for the two thousand sixteen--two thousand seventeen
school year five hundred dollars, and (B)  for  a  school  district  for

S. 6406--A                         20                         A. 9006--A

which  the  charter  school  basic tuition for the two thousand ten--two
thousand eleven school year is greater than  the  charter  school  basic
tuition  for the current year pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph
(i)  of  this  paragraph,  the positive difference of the charter school
basic tuition for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school  year
minus  the charter school basic tuition for the current year pursuant to
the provisions of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph.
  (b) The school district shall also pay directly to the charter  school
any  federal  or  state  aid attributable to a student with a disability
attending charter school in proportion to the level of services for such
student with a disability that the charter school provides  directly  or
indirectly.  Notwithstanding  anything  in this section to the contrary,
amounts payable pursuant to this subdivision from state or  local  funds
may be reduced pursuant to an agreement between the school and the char-
ter  entity  set  forth  in  the charter. Payments made pursuant to this
subdivision shall be made by the school district  in  six  substantially
equal installments each year beginning on the first business day of July
and  every two months thereafter. Amounts payable under this subdivision
shall be determined by the commissioner. Amounts payable  to  a  charter
school  in its first year of operation shall be based on the projections
of initial-year enrollment set forth in the charter until actual enroll-
ment data is reported to the school district by the charter school. Such
projections shall be reconciled with the  actual  enrollment  as  actual
enrollment data is so reported and at the end of the school's first year
of  operation and each subsequent year based on a final report of actual
enrollment by the charter school, and any necessary adjustments  result-
ing from such final report shall be made to payments during the school's
following year of operation.
  (c)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision of this subdivision to the
contrary, payment of the federal aid attributable to a  student  with  a
disability  attending  a charter school shall be made in accordance with
the requirements of section 8065-a of title twenty of the United  States
code  and sections 76.785-76.799 and 300.209 of title thirty-four of the
code of federal regulations.
  (d) School districts shall be eligible  for  an  annual  apportionment
equal  to  (A)  the amount of the supplemental basic tuition paid to the
charter school in the base year for the expenses  incurred  in  the  two
thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen[,] AND two thousand fifteen--two
thousand  sixteen[,  and  two  thousand sixteen--two thousand seventeen]
school years; AND (B) FOR THE EXPENSES  INCURRED  IN  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
SIXTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL YEAR: (I) FOR SCHOOL DISTRICTS
LOCATED IN A CITY OF ONE MILLION OR MORE INHABITANTS, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO
FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS FOR EACH STUDENT ENROLLED IN A CHARTER  SCHOOL  WHO
RESIDES IN THE SCHOOL DISTRICT IN THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR, OR (II) FOR ALL OTHER SCHOOL DISTRICTS, AN AMOUNT
EQUAL  TO THE AMOUNT OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL BASIC TUITION PAID TO THE CHAR-
TER SCHOOL IN THE BASE YEAR.
  S 13. Subdivision 1 of section 2856 of the education law,  as  amended
by section 22 of part A of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, paragraph (a)
as amended and paragraph (c) as added by section 4 of part BB of chapter
56 of the laws of 2014, is amended to read as follows:
  1.  (a)  The enrollment of students attending charter schools shall be
included in the enrollment, attendance  and,  if  applicable,  count  of
students  with  disabilities  of  the school district in which the pupil
resides. The charter school shall report all such  data  to  the  school
districts  of  residence  in a timely manner. Each school district shall

S. 6406--A                         21                         A. 9006--A

report such enrollment, attendance and count of students with  disabili-
ties  to  the  department.  The  school  district of residence shall pay
directly to the charter school for each student enrolled in the  charter
school  who  resides  in  the  school  district the charter school basic
tuition which shall be:
  (i) for school years prior to the two thousand nine--two thousand  ten
school year and for school years following the two thousand sixteen--two
thousand  seventeen  school year, an amount equal to one hundred percent
of the amount calculated pursuant to paragraph f of subdivision  one  of
section  thirty-six  hundred two of this chapter for the school district
for the year prior to the base year increased by the  percentage  change
in  the  state  total  approved operating expense calculated pursuant to
paragraph t of subdivision one of section thirty-six hundred two of this
chapter from two years prior to the base year to the base year;
  (ii) for the two thousand nine--two  thousand  ten  school  year,  the
charter  school  basic  tuition  shall  be  the  amount  payable by such
district as charter school basic tuition for the two thousand eight--two
thousand nine school year;
  (iii) for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven through two  thou-
sand  thirteen--two  thousand  fourteen school years, the charter school
basic tuition shall be the basic tuition computed for the  two  thousand
ten--two  thousand  eleven  school  year  pursuant  to the provisions of
subparagraph (i) of this paragraph;
  (iv) for the two thousand fourteen--two thousand  fifteen[,]  AND  two
thousand  fifteen--two  thousand  sixteen [and two thousand sixteen--two
thousand seventeen] school years, the charter school basic tuition shall
be the sum of the lesser of the charter school  basic  tuition  computed
for  the  two  thousand ten--two thousand eleven school year pursuant to
the provisions of subparagraph (i) of  this  paragraph  or  the  charter
school  basic  tuition  computed  for  the  current year pursuant to the
provisions of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph plus  the  supplemental
basic tuition[.];
  (V)  FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR,
THE CHARTER SCHOOL BASIC TUITION SHALL BE  (A)  FOR  A  SCHOOL  DISTRICT
LOCATED IN A CITY OF ONE MILLION OR MORE INHABITANTS, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO
ONE  HUNDRED PERCENT OF THE AMOUNT CALCULATED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH F OF
SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO OF  THIS  CHAPTER  FOR
THE SCHOOL DISTRICT FOR THE YEAR PRIOR TO THE BASE YEAR INCREASED BY THE
PERCENTAGE  CHANGE  IN THE STATE TOTAL APPROVED OPERATING EXPENSE CALCU-
LATED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH T OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF  SECTION  THIRTY-SIX
HUNDRED TWO OF THIS CHAPTER FROM TWO YEARS PRIOR TO THE BASE YEAR TO THE
BASE  YEAR  OR (B) FOR ALL OTHER SCHOOL DISTRICTS, THE SUM OF THE LESSER
OF THE CHARTER SCHOOL  BASIC  TUITION  COMPUTED  FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
TEN--TWO  THOUSAND  ELEVEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  PURSUANT  TO THE PROVISIONS OF
SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH OR THE CHARTER SCHOOL  BASIC  TUITION
COMPUTED FOR THE CURRENT YEAR PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUBPARAGRAPH
(I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH PLUS THE SUPPLEMENTAL BASIC TUITION.
  For the purposes of this subdivision, the "supplemental basic tuition"
shall  be  (A)  for a school district for which the charter school basic
tuition computed for the current year is greater than or  equal  to  the
charter  school  basic  tuition  for  the two thousand ten--two thousand
eleven school year pursuant to the provisions  of  subparagraph  (i)  of
this  paragraph, (1) for the two thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen
school year two hundred and fifty dollars, and (2) for the two  thousand
fifteen--two  thousand  sixteen  school  year  three  hundred  and fifty
dollars, and (3) for the two thousand  sixteen--two  thousand  seventeen

S. 6406--A                         22                         A. 9006--A

school  year  five  hundred  dollars,  and (B) for a school district for
which the charter school basic tuition for  the  two  thousand  ten--two
thousand  eleven  school  year  is greater than the charter school basic
tuition  for the current year pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph
(i) of this paragraph, the positive difference  of  the  charter  school
basic  tuition for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school year
minus the charter school basic tuition for the current year pursuant  to
the provisions of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph.
  (b)  The school district shall also pay directly to the charter school
any federal or state aid attributable to a  student  with  a  disability
attending charter school in proportion to the level of services for such
student  with  a disability that the charter school provides directly or
indirectly. Notwithstanding anything in this section  to  the  contrary,
amounts  payable pursuant to this subdivision may be reduced pursuant to
an agreement between the school and the charter entity set forth in  the
charter. Payments made pursuant to this subdivision shall be made by the
school district in six substantially equal installments each year begin-
ning  on the first business day of July and every two months thereafter.
Amounts payable under  this  subdivision  shall  be  determined  by  the
commissioner.  Amounts  payable to a charter school in its first year of
operation shall be based on the projections of  initial-year  enrollment
set  forth in the charter. Such projections shall be reconciled with the
actual enrollment at the end of the school's first  year  of  operation,
and  any  necessary  adjustments  shall  be  made to payments during the
school's second year of operation.
  (c) School districts shall be eligible  for  an  annual  apportionment
equal  to  (A)  the amount of the supplemental basic tuition paid to the
charter school in the base year for the expenses  incurred  in  the  two
thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen[,] AND two thousand fifteen--two
thousand  sixteen[,  and  two  thousand sixteen--two thousand seventeen]
school years; AND (B) FOR THE EXPENSES  INCURRED  IN  THE  TWO  THOUSAND
SIXTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL YEAR: (I) FOR SCHOOL DISTRICTS
LOCATED IN A CITY OF ONE MILLION OR MORE INHABITANTS, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO
FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS FOR EACH STUDENT ENROLLED IN A CHARTER  SCHOOL  WHO
RESIDES IN THE SCHOOL DISTRICT IN THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR, OR (II) FOR ALL OTHER SCHOOL DISTRICTS, AN AMOUNT
EQUAL  TO THE AMOUNT OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL BASIC TUITION PAID TO THE CHAR-
TER SCHOOL IN THE BASE YEAR.
  S 14. Clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph 1 of paragraph e of  subdi-
vision  1 of section 3602 of the education law, as amended by section 11
of part B of chapter 57 of the laws of 2007,  are  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (i)  determine the number of pupils tested who scored below the state-
wide reference point as determined by  the  commissioner  on  each  test
administered  pursuant  to  this  subparagraph,  plus pupils, other than
pupils with disabilities  and  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  LEARNER  pupils  [with
limited  English  proficiency]  as  defined  by the commissioner who are
exempt from taking  such  tests,  provided,  however,  that  a  district
employing  eight  or  more teachers in such years but not operating each
grade may use the percentage computed pursuant to this paragraph for the
district which in such years enrolled the greatest number of  pupils  in
such grade from such district;
  (ii)  divide  the sum of such numbers by the number of such pupils who
took each of such tests, plus pupils, other than pupils  with  disabili-
ties  and  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE LEARNER pupils [with limited English profi-
ciency] as defined by the commissioner who are exempt from  taking  such

S. 6406--A                         23                         A. 9006--A

tests, provided, however, that a district which in any of the applicable
school years did not maintain a home school or employed fewer than eight
teachers,  and  which  in the base year employed eight or more teachers,
may use the scores in a later test as designated by the commissioner for
the purposes of this paragraph;
  S  15.  Paragraph  o of subdivision 1 of section 3602 of the education
law, as amended by section 11 of part B of chapter 57  of  the  laws  of
2007, is amended to read as follows:
  o. "[Limited English proficient] ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER count" shall
mean the number of pupils served in the base year in programs for pupils
with  limited  English proficiency approved by the commissioner pursuant
to the provisions of this chapter and  in  accordance  with  regulations
adopted for such purpose.
  S  16. Paragraph b of subdivision 2 of section 3602-d of the education
law, as added by chapter 792 of the laws of 1990, is amended to read  as
follows:
  (b)  "Disadvantaged"  shall  mean  individuals (other than handicapped
individuals) who have economic or academic disadvantages and who require
special services and assistance in order to enable them  to  succeed  in
work-prep  programs.  Such term includes individuals who are: members of
economically disadvantaged families as set forth in regulations  promul-
gated  by  the department pursuant to sections sixty-four hundred fifty-
one and sixty-four hundred fifty-two of this chapter or as set forth  in
the  Federal Job Training Partnership Act of nineteen hundred eighty-two
(PL 97-300) (29 U.S.C.A. S 1501 et  seq.);  migrants;  [individuals  who
have  limited  English proficiency] ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS; and indi-
viduals who are identified as potential dropouts from secondary school.
  S 17. Paragraph d of subdivision 4 of section 3602-f of the  education
law,  as  added  by section 83-a of part L of chapter 405 of the laws of
1999, is amended to read as follows:
  d. [Limited English proficient] ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER  pupil  count
as  defined  in  paragraph  o  of  subdivision one of section thirty-six
hundred two of this article.
  S 18. Section 3604 of the education law is amended  by  adding  a  new
subdivision 13 to read as follows:
  13.  FOR  PURPOSES  OF  THIS CHAPTER, "LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENT" AND
"LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENCY" SHALL MEAN "ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER".
  S 19. Clause (B) of subparagraph 2 of paragraph b of subdivision 6  of
section  3641  of  the education law, as added by section 2 of part B of
chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  (B) [students with limited English proficiency and] students  who  are
English language learners;
  S  20.  The education law is amended by adding a new section 4403-a to
read as follows:
  S 4403-A. WAIVERS FROM CERTAIN DUTIES. 1.  A  LOCAL  SCHOOL  DISTRICT,
APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES MAY
SUBMIT  AN APPLICATION FOR A WAIVER FROM ANY REQUIREMENT IMPOSED ON SUCH
DISTRICT, SCHOOL OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES  PURSUANT
TO SECTION FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED TWO OR SECTION FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED THREE OF
THIS  ARTICLE,  AND  REGULATIONS  PROMULGATED THEREUNDER, FOR A SPECIFIC
SCHOOL YEAR. SUCH APPLICATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED AT LEAST SIXTY DAYS  IN
ADVANCE  OF THE PROPOSED DATE ON WHICH THE WAIVER WOULD BE EFFECTIVE AND
SHALL BE IN A FORM PRESCRIBED BY THE COMMISSIONER.
  2. BEFORE SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION FOR A  WAIVER,  THE  LOCAL  SCHOOL
DISTRICT,  APPROVED  PRIVATE  SCHOOL OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL
SERVICES SHALL PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE PROPOSED WAIVER TO THE  PARENTS  OR

S. 6406--A                         24                         A. 9006--A

PERSONS  IN PARENTAL RELATIONSHIP TO THE STUDENTS THAT WOULD BE IMPACTED
BY THE WAIVER IF GRANTED. SUCH NOTICE SHALL BE IN A FORM AND MANNER THAT
WILL ENSURE THAT SUCH PARENTS AND PERSONS IN PARENTAL RELATIONSHIP  WILL
BE  AWARE OF ALL RELEVANT CHANGES THAT WOULD OCCUR UNDER THE WAIVER, AND
SHALL INCLUDE INFORMATION ON THE FORM, MANNER AND DATE BY WHICH  PARENTS
MAY  SUBMIT  WRITTEN  COMMENTS  ON THE PROPOSED WAIVER. THE LOCAL SCHOOL
DISTRICT, APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL, OR BOARD OF  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL
SERVICES  SHALL PROVIDE AT LEAST SIXTY DAYS FOR SUCH PARENTS AND PERSONS
IN PARENTAL RELATIONSHIP TO SUBMIT WRITTEN COMMENTS, AND  SHALL  INCLUDE
IN  THE  WAIVER  APPLICATION  SUBMITTED  TO THE COMMISSIONER PURSUANT TO
SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION ANY WRITTEN COMMENTS RECEIVED FROM  SUCH
PARENTS OR PERSONS IN PARENTAL RELATION TO SUCH STUDENTS.
  3. THE COMMISSIONER MAY GRANT A WAIVER FROM ANY REQUIREMENT IMPOSED ON
A LOCAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE
EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  FORTY-FOUR  HUNDRED TWO OR
SECTION FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED THREE OF THIS ARTICLE, UPON  A  FINDING  THAT
SUCH WAIVER WILL ENABLE A LOCAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL
OR  BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES TO IMPLEMENT AN INNOVATIVE
SPECIAL EDUCATION PROGRAM THAT IS  CONSISTENT  WITH  APPLICABLE  FEDERAL
REQUIREMENTS, AND WOULD ENHANCE STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT AND/OR OPPORTUNITIES
FOR  PLACEMENT  IN REGULAR CLASSES AND PROGRAMS. IN MAKING SUCH DETERMI-
NATION, THE COMMISSIONER SHALL CONSIDER ANY  COMMENTS  RECEIVED  BY  THE
LOCAL  SCHOOL  DISTRICT, APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE
EDUCATIONAL SERVICES FROM PARENTS OR PERSONS IN PARENTAL RELATION TO THE
STUDENTS THAT WOULD BE DIRECTLY AFFECTED BY THE WAIVER IF GRANTED.
  4. ANY LOCAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, APPROVED  PRIVATE  SCHOOL  OR  BOARD  OF
COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES GRANTED A WAIVER SHALL SUBMIT AN ANNUAL
REPORT TO THE COMMISSIONER REGARDING THE OPERATION AND EVALUATION OF THE
PROGRAM  NO LATER THAN THIRTY DAYS AFTER THE END OF EACH SCHOOL YEAR FOR
WHICH A WAIVER IS GRANTED.
  S 21. Notwithstanding any provision of law to the  contrary,  for  the
2016-2017  school  year  and  thereafter,  any  pre-kindergarten program
receiving state funds that is identified by the office of  children  and
family services, the department of health and mental hygiene of the city
of  New York, or the state education department as needing extraordinary
quality support shall participate in QUALITYstarsNY as  a  condition  of
continued  receipt  of  state  funds, unless such participation would be
contrary to an existing contract with the department. The  state  educa-
tion  department  shall  include  such  participation  as a condition of
continued receipt of state funds in any new contract or contract renewal
or application for renewal of funding for any  state-funded  pre-kinder-
garten program for the 2016-2017 school year or thereafter.
  S 22. Notwithstanding any provision of law, rule, or regulation to the
contrary, there shall be an empire state pre-kindergarten grant board as
follows:
  1. Creation.
  (a)  The  empire  state  pre-kindergarten grant board ("the board") is
hereby created to have and exercise the powers, duties and  prerogatives
provided  by  the  provisions of this section and any other provision of
law. The board shall remain in existence  during  the  period  from  the
effective date of this section through the date on which the last of the
funds  available  for  grants  for  programs  listed in paragraph (a) of
subdivision 2 of this section are disbursed.
  (b) The membership  of  the  board  shall  consist  of  three  persons
appointed by the governor, of which one shall be upon the recommendation
of the temporary president of the senate and one upon the recommendation

S. 6406--A                         25                         A. 9006--A

of  the speaker of the assembly. The term of the members first appointed
shall continue until March 31, 2017,  and  thereafter  their  successors
shall serve for a term of one year ending on March 31 in each year. Upon
recommendation  of  the nominating party, the governor shall replace any
member in accordance with the provision contained  in  this  subdivision
for  the  appointment  of  members.  The members of the board shall vote
among themselves to determine who shall serve as chair. The board  shall
act  by unanimous vote of the members of the board. Any determination of
the board shall be evidenced by a certification thereof executed by  all
the  members.  Each member of the board shall be entitled to designate a
representative to attend  meetings  of  the  board  on  the  designating
member's  behalf,  and  to  vote  or  otherwise  act  on the designating
member's behalf in the designating  member's  absence.  Notice  of  such
designation  shall be furnished in writing to the board by the designat-
ing member. A representative shall serve at the pleasure of  the  desig-
nating member during the member's term of office. A representative shall
not  be  authorized to delegate any of his or her duties or functions to
any other person.
  (c) Every officer, employee, or member of a governing or  other  board
of  any school district, program or other entity offering pre-kindergar-
ten services, and every New York  state  regent  and  every  officer  or
employee of the board of regents or the department of education shall be
ineligible for appointment as a member, representative, officer, employ-
ee or agent of the board.
  (d)  The  members  of the board shall serve without salary or per diem
allowance but shall be entitled to reimbursement for actual  and  neces-
sary expenses incurred in the performance of official duties pursuant to
this  section  or  other  provision  of  law, provided however that such
members and representatives are not,  at  the  time  such  expenses  are
incurred,  public  officers  or  employees  otherwise  entitled  to such
reimbursement.
  (e) The members, their representatives,  officers  and  staff  to  the
board  shall be deemed employees within the meaning of section 17 of the
public officers law.
  2. Powers, functions, duties and administration of  the  empire  state
pre-kindergarten grant board.
  (a)  Notwithstanding any provision of section 3602-ee of the education
law or any other provision of law to  the  contrary,  the  empire  state
pre-kindergarten  grant  board shall have the power, and it shall be its
duty, to distribute all new grant awards for the  following  pre-kinder-
garten programs via a competitive request for proposals process:
  (i) the statewide universal full-day pre-kindergarten program pursuant
to section 3602-ee of the education law;
  (ii) the empire state pre-kindergarten grants for three-year-old chil-
dren established pursuant to a chapter of the laws of 2016;
  (iii)  the  priority  pre-kindergarten program established pursuant to
chapter 53 of the laws of 2013; and
  (iv) the pre-kindergarten grants for three and four year old  children
established pursuant to chapter 53 of the laws of 2015.
  (b) The office of children and family services shall serve as staff to
the  empire  state pre-kindergarten grant board, with the cooperation of
any other state agency, and shall assist  in  tasks  including  but  not
limited  to  the  drafting of any requests for proposals, the scoring of
applications pursuant to the criteria in such  requests  for  proposals,
the  preparation  of draft award lists, and the preparation of any other

S. 6406--A                         26                         A. 9006--A

information or materials which would assist the board  in  carrying  out
its duties.
  (c)  Notwithstanding  any  provision of law to the contrary, the board
shall have final approval authority over any request for proposals  used
to  distribute  any grant funding for pre-kindergarten programs pursuant
to paragraph (a) of this subdivision,  provided  that  any  request  for
proposals  issued after the effective date of this section shall contain
a requirement that any awardee identified by the office of children  and
family services, the department of health and mental hygiene of the city
of  New York, or the state education department as needing extraordinary
quality support shall participate in QUALITYstarsNY as  a  condition  of
continued receipt of state funds.
  (d)  Notwithstanding  any  provision of law to the contrary, the board
shall have final approval authority for any grant awards for pre-kinder-
garten programs pursuant to paragraph (a) of this subdivision.
  (e) On behalf of and at the direction of the board, the  state  educa-
tion  department  shall  enter into a contract with any school district,
program, or other entity awarded a grant pursuant to this section.
  (f) Except as explicitly set forth herein,  nothing  in  this  section
shall  be  construed  to  alter  or amend the program administration and
other requirements of the grant programs listed in paragraph (a) of this
subdivision.
  3. Reporting. The empire state  pre-kindergarten  grant  board  shall,
annually  on  or  before  December  first,  prepare and submit an annual
report to the governor and the chair of  the  assembly  ways  and  means
committee  and  the  chair  of the senate finance committee. Such report
shall contain at a minimum the following information: (i) a list of  all
applications filed by any entity for a grant distributed by the pre-kin-
dergarten  grant  board,  including the name of the applying entity, the
grant program applied for, and the amount of the grant requested; (ii) a
list of the applications granted by the board specifying the  amount  of
the  grant  approved if such amount is different from the amount applied
for; (iii) a statement showing the dollar amount of all grants  approved
by  the  board and the dollar amount of the remaining available capacity
for future grants; and (iv) a statement showing the numbers of new full-
day slots, new half-day slots, and  slots  converted  from  half-day  to
full-day as a result of such grants.
  S 23. Subdivision 16 of section 3602-ee of the education law, as added
by section 1 of part CC of chapter 56 of the laws of 2014, is amended to
read as follows:
  16.  The authority of the department to administer the universal full-
day pre-kindergarten program shall expire June thirtieth,  two  thousand
[sixteen] SEVENTEEN; provided that the program shall continue and remain
in full effect.
  S  24. Paragraph b of subdivision 6-c of section 3602 of the education
law, as added by chapter 1 of the laws of 2013, is amended  to  read  as
follows:
  b.  For  projects  approved  by the commissioner authorized to receive
additional building aid pursuant to this subdivision for the purchase of
stationary metal detectors, security cameras or other  security  devices
approved  by  the  commissioner that increase the safety of students and
school personnel, provided that for  purposes  of  this  paragraph  such
other  security  devices shall be limited to electronic security systems
and hardened doors, and provided  that  for  projects  approved  by  the
commissioner on or after the first day of July two thousand thirteen and
before  the first day of July [two thousand sixteen] TWO THOUSAND SEVEN-

S. 6406--A                         27                         A. 9006--A

TEEN such additional aid shall equal the product of (i) the building aid
ratio computed for use in the current year pursuant to  paragraph  c  of
subdivision  six of this section plus ten percentage points, except that
in  no  case  shall this amount exceed one hundred percent, and (ii) the
actual approved expenditures incurred in the base year pursuant to  this
subdivision, provided that the limitations on cost allowances prescribed
by  paragraph  a of subdivision six of this section shall not apply, and
provided further that any projects aided under this  paragraph  must  be
included  in  a  district's  school  safety plan. The commissioner shall
annually prescribe a special cost allowance  for  metal  detectors,  and
security  cameras,  and  the approved expenditures shall not exceed such
cost allowance.
  S 25. Section 2 of chapter 552 of the laws of 1995 amending the educa-
tion law relating to contracts for the transportation  of  school  chil-
dren,  as amended by chapter 116 of the laws of 2013, is amended to read
as follows:
  S 2. This act shall take effect on  the  first  day  of  January  next
succeeding the date on which it shall have become a law and shall remain
in  full  force  and effect until January 1, [2017] 2020, when upon such
date the provisions of this act shall be deemed repealed.
  S 26. Paragraph b of subdivision 2 of section 3612  of  the  education
law,  as  amended  by  section  8 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of
2015, is amended to read as follows:
  b. Such grants shall be awarded to school districts, within the limits
of funds appropriated therefor, through a competitive process that takes
into consideration the magnitude of any  shortage  of  teachers  in  the
school  district, the number of teachers employed in the school district
who hold temporary licenses to teach in the public schools of the state,
the number of provisionally certified teachers, the fiscal capacity  and
geographic  sparsity  of  the  district,  the number of new teachers the
school district intends to hire in the coming school year and the number
of summer in the city student internships proposed by an eligible school
district, if applicable. Grants provided pursuant to this section  shall
be used only for the purposes enumerated in this section.  Notwithstand-
ing  any  other provision of law to the contrary, a city school district
in a city having a population of one million or more inhabitants receiv-
ing a grant pursuant to this section may use no more than eighty percent
of such grant funds for any  recruitment,  retention  and  certification
costs  associated  with transitional certification of teacher candidates
for the school years two thousand one--two  thousand  two  through  [two
thousand  fifteen--two thousand sixteen] TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOU-
SAND SEVENTEEN.
  S 27. Subdivision 6 of section 4402 of the education law,  as  amended
by  section 9 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to
read as follows:
  6. Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the  contrary,
the  board  of  education of a city school district with a population of
one hundred twenty-five thousand or more inhabitants shall be  permitted
to  establish  maximum  class  sizes  for  special  classes  for certain
students with disabilities in accordance with  the  provisions  of  this
subdivision. For the purpose of obtaining relief from any adverse fiscal
impact  from under-utilization of special education resources due to low
student attendance in  special  education  classes  at  the  middle  and
secondary level as determined by the commissioner, such boards of educa-
tion  shall, during the school years nineteen hundred ninety-five--nine-
ty-six through June thirtieth, two thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN  of  the

S. 6406--A                         28                         A. 9006--A

[two  thousand  fifteen--two thousand sixteen] TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO
THOUSAND SEVENTEEN school year, be authorized to increase class sizes in
special classes containing students with disabilities whose  age  ranges
are  equivalent  to those of students in middle and secondary schools as
defined by the commissioner for purposes of this section by  up  to  but
not to exceed one and two tenths times the applicable maximum class size
specified  in  regulations of the commissioner rounded up to the nearest
whole number, provided that in a city school  district  having  a  popu-
lation of one million or more, classes that have a maximum class size of
fifteen  may  be increased by no more than one student and provided that
the projected average class size shall not exceed the maximum  specified
in  the  applicable  regulation,  provided that such authorization shall
terminate on June thirtieth, two thousand. Such authorization  shall  be
granted  upon  filing  of a notice by such a board of education with the
commissioner stating the board's intention to increase such class  sizes
and  a  certification  that the board will conduct a study of attendance
problems at the secondary level and will implement a  corrective  action
plan  to  increase the rate of attendance of students in such classes to
at least the rate for students attending regular  education  classes  in
secondary  schools of the district. Such corrective action plan shall be
submitted for approval by the commissioner by a date during  the  school
year  in  which such board increases class sizes as provided pursuant to
this subdivision to be prescribed by the  commissioner.  Upon  at  least
thirty  days  notice  to the board of education, after conclusion of the
school year in which such board increases class sizes as provided pursu-
ant to this subdivision, the commissioner shall be authorized to  termi-
nate  such  authorization  upon  a  finding that the board has failed to
develop or implement an approved corrective action plan.
  S 28. Subdivision b of section 2 of chapter 756 of the laws  of  1992,
relating  to funding a program for work force education conducted by the
consortium for worker education in New York city, as amended by  section
13  of  part  A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as
follows:
  b. Reimbursement for programs approved in accordance with  subdivision
a  of  this section for the 2012--2013 school year shall not exceed 63.3
percent of the lesser of such  approvable  costs  per  contact  hour  or
twelve dollars and thirty-five cents per contact hour, reimbursement for
the  2013--2014  school year shall not exceed 62.3 percent of the lesser
of such approvable costs per contact hour or twelve dollars  and  sixty-
five  cents  per  contact  hour, reimbursement for the 2014--2015 school
year shall not exceed 61.6 percent of  the  lesser  of  such  approvable
costs  per  contact  hour  or  thirteen  dollars per contact hour, [and]
reimbursement for the 2015--2016  school  year  shall  not  exceed  60.7
percent of the lesser of such approvable costs per contact hour or thir-
teen dollars and forty cents per contact hour, AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR THE
2016--2017  SCHOOL  YEAR  SHALL NOT EXCEED 60.3 PERCENT OF THE LESSER OF
SUCH APPROVABLE COSTS PER CONTACT HOUR OR THIRTEEN DOLLARS EIGHTY  CENTS
PER  CONTACT  HOUR  where  a  contact  hour  represents sixty minutes of
instruction services provided to an eligible adult.  Notwithstanding any
other provision of law to the contrary, for the 2012--2013  school  year
such  contact  hours shall not exceed one million six hundred sixty-four
thousand five hundred thirty-two  (1,664,532)  hours;  whereas  for  the
2013--2014  school  year such contact hours shall not exceed one million
six hundred forty-nine  thousand  seven  hundred  forty-six  (1,649,746)
hours;  whereas  for the 2014--2015 school year such contact hours shall
not exceed one million  six  hundred  twenty-five  thousand  (1,625,000)

S. 6406--A                         29                         A. 9006--A

hours;  whereas  for the 2015--2016 school year such contact hours shall
not  exceed  one  million  five  hundred  ninety-nine  thousand  fifteen
(1,599,015)  HOURS;  WHEREAS FOR THE 2016--2017 SCHOOL YEAR SUCH CONTACT
HOURS SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE MILLION THREE HUNDRED EIGHTY-TWO THOUSAND TWO
HUNDRED  ELEVEN (1,382,211).  Notwithstanding any other provision of law
to the contrary,  the  apportionment  calculated  for  the  city  school
district  of  the city of New York pursuant to subdivision 11 of section
3602 of the education law shall be computed as  if  such  contact  hours
provided  by  the  consortium  for  worker  education, not to exceed the
contact hours set forth herein, were eligible for aid in accordance with
the provisions of such subdivision 11 of section 3602 of  the  education
law.
  S  29. Section 4 of chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, relating to fund-
ing a program for work force education conducted by the  consortium  for
worker  education  in New York city, is amended by adding a new subdivi-
sion u to read as follows:
  U. THE PROVISIONS OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  SHALL  NOT  APPLY  AFTER  THE
COMPLETION  OF  PAYMENTS FOR THE 2016--2017 SCHOOL YEAR. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY INCONSISTENT PROVISIONS OF LAW, THE COMMISSIONER  SHALL  WITHHOLD  A
PORTION  OF  EMPLOYMENT PREPARATION EDUCATION AID DUE TO THE CITY SCHOOL
DISTRICT OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK TO SUPPORT A PORTION OF  THE  COSTS  OF
THE  WORK  FORCE EDUCATION PROGRAM. SUCH MONEYS SHALL BE CREDITED TO THE
ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY EDUCATION FUND  LOCAL  ASSISTANCE  ACCOUNT  AND
SHALL   NOT   EXCEED   ELEVEN  MILLION  FIVE  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  DOLLARS
($11,500,000).
  S 30. Section 6 of chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, relating to  fund-
ing  a  program for work force education conducted by the consortium for
worker education in New York city, as amended by section 15 of part A of
chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S 6. This act shall take effect July 1,  1992,  and  shall  be  deemed
repealed on June 30, [2016] 2017.
  S  31. Section 99-u of the state finance law, as added by section 2 of
part GG of chapter 59 of the laws of 2013, subdivision 2-a as  added  by
chapter 453 of the laws if 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S  99-u. New York state teen health education fund. 1. There is hereby
established in the JOINT custody of the STATE  COMPTROLLER  AND  commis-
sioner  of  taxation and finance a special [account] FUND to be known as
the "New York state teen health education fund".
  2. Such fund shall consist of all revenues received by the  department
of  taxation  and  finance,  pursuant  to  the provisions of section six
hundred thirty-c of the tax law and all other moneys appropriated there-
to from any other fund or source pursuant to law. Nothing  contained  in
this  section  shall  prevent  the state from receiving grants, gifts or
bequests for the purposes of the fund as defined  in  this  section  and
depositing them into the fund according to law.
  2-a. On or before the first day of February each year, the commission-
er of [health] EDUCATION shall provide a written report to the temporary
president  of  the  senate, speaker of the assembly, chair of the senate
finance committee, chair of the assembly ways and means committee, chair
of the senate committee on health, chair of the assembly health  commit-
tee, the state comptroller and the public. Such report shall include how
the monies of the fund were utilized during the preceding calendar year,
and shall include:
  (i)  the amount of money dispersed from the fund and the award process
used for such disbursements;
  (ii) recipients of awards from the fund;

S. 6406--A                         30                         A. 9006--A

  (iii) the amount awarded to each;
  (iv) the purposes for which such awards were granted; and
  (v) a summary financial plan for such monies which shall include esti-
mates of all receipts and all disbursements for the current and succeed-
ing  fiscal  years,  along with the actual results from the prior fiscal
year.
  3. [The moneys in said account shall be retained by the fund and shall
be released by the  commissioner  of  taxation  and  finance  only  upon
certificates  signed  by  the  commissioner  of  education or his or her
designee and only for the purposes set forth in  this  section.]  MONEYS
SHALL  BE  PAYABLE  FROM  THE FUND ON THE AUDIT AND WARRANT OF THE COMP-
TROLLER ON VOUCHERS APPROVED AND CERTIFIED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF EDUCA-
TION.
  4. The moneys in such fund  shall  be  expended  for  the  purpose  of
supplementing  educational  programs in schools for health and awareness
of issues facing teens today when it comes  to  their  health.  Eligible
health  programs  are  those  with  an  established curriculum providing
instruction on alcohol, tobacco and other  drug  abuse  prevention,  the
causes  and  problems associated with teen obesity, and for awareness of
the symptoms of teen endometriosis.
  S 32. Subdivision 1 of section 167 of chapter 169 of the laws of 1994,
relating to certain provisions related to the 1994-95 state  operations,
aid to localities, capital projects and debt service budgets, as amended
by section 16 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to
read as follows:
  1.  Sections  one  through seventy of this act shall be deemed to have
been in full force and effect as of April  1,  1994  provided,  however,
that  sections  one,  two,  twenty-four,  twenty-five  and  twenty-seven
through seventy of this act shall expire and be deemed repealed on March
31, 2000; provided, however, that section twenty of this act shall apply
only to hearings commenced prior to  September  1,  1994,  and  provided
further  that  section twenty-six of this act shall expire and be deemed
repealed on March 31, 1997; and  provided  further  that  sections  four
through fourteen, sixteen, and eighteen, nineteen and twenty-one through
twenty-one-a  of  this  act shall expire and be deemed repealed on March
31, 1997; and provided further that sections three, fifteen,  seventeen,
twenty,  twenty-two  and  twenty-three  of  this act shall expire and be
deemed repealed on March 31, [2017] 2018.
  S 33. Subdivisions 22 and 24 of section 140 of chapter 82 of the  laws
of 1995, amending the education law and other laws relating to state aid
to  school  districts  and the appropriation of funds for the support of
government, as amended by section 17 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws
of 2015, are amended to read as follows:
  (22) sections one hundred twelve, one hundred  thirteen,  one  hundred
fourteen,  one hundred fifteen and one hundred sixteen of this act shall
take effect on July 1, 1995; provided, however, that section one hundred
thirteen of this act shall remain in full force and effect until July 1,
[2016] 2017 at which time it shall be deemed repealed;
  (24) sections one hundred eighteen through one hundred thirty of  this
act  shall  be deemed to have been in full force and effect on and after
July 1, 1995; provided further, however, that the amendments made pursu-
ant to section one hundred twenty-four of this act shall be deemed to be
repealed on and after July 1, [2016] 2017;
  S 34. Section 12 of chapter 147 of the  laws  of  2001,  amending  the
education  law  relating  to conditional appointment of school district,

S. 6406--A                         31                         A. 9006--A

charter school or BOCES employees, as amended by section 19 of part A of
chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S  12.  This  act shall take effect on the same date as chapter 180 of
the laws of 2000 takes effect, and shall expire July 1, [2016] 2017 when
upon such date the provisions of this act shall be deemed repealed.
  S 35. Section 4 of chapter 425 of  the  laws  of  2002,  amending  the
education  law  relating  to  the  provision of supplemental educational
services, attendance at a safe  public  school  and  the  suspension  of
pupils  who  bring  a  firearm  to  or possess a firearm at a school, as
amended by section 20 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws  of  2015,  is
amended to read as follows:
  S  4.  This act shall take effect July 1, 2002 and shall expire and be
deemed repealed June 30, [2016] 2017.
  S 36. Section 5 of chapter 101 of  the  laws  of  2003,  amending  the
education law relating to the implementation of the No Child Left Behind
Act  of  2001,  as  amended by section 21 of part A of chapter 56 of the
laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S 5. This act shall take effect immediately;  provided  that  sections
one,  two  and  three of this act shall expire and be deemed repealed on
June 30, [2016] 2017.
  S 37. School bus driver training. In addition to apportionments other-
wise provided by section 3602 of the education law, for aid  payable  in
the 2016--2017 school year, the commissioner of education shall allocate
school  bus  driver  training  grants  to school districts and boards of
cooperative educational services pursuant to sections 3650-a, 3650-b and
3650-c of the education law, or for contracts directly with not-for-pro-
fit educational organizations for the purposes  of  this  section.  Such
payments  shall  not exceed four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) per
school year.
  S 38. Special apportionment for salary expenses. a.    Notwithstanding
any  other  provision  of  law,  upon application to the commissioner of
education, not sooner than the first day of  the  second  full  business
week  of  June  2017  and  not later than the last day of the third full
business week of June 2017, a school district eligible for an apportion-
ment pursuant to section 3602 of the education law shall be eligible  to
receive  an  apportionment pursuant to this section, for the school year
ending June 30, 2017, for salary expenses incurred between April  1  and
June 30, 2016 and such apportionment shall not exceed the sum of (i) the
deficit  reduction assessment of 1990--1991 as determined by the commis-
sioner of education, pursuant to paragraph f of subdivision 1 of section
3602 of the education law, as in effect through June 30, 1993, plus (ii)
186 percent of such amount for a city school district in a city  with  a
population in excess of 1,000,000 inhabitants, plus (iii) 209 percent of
such  amount  for  a city school district in a city with a population of
more than 195,000 inhabitants and less than 219,000 inhabitants  accord-
ing  to  the  latest  federal  census, plus (iv) the net gap elimination
adjustment for 2010--2011, as determined by the commissioner  of  educa-
tion pursuant to chapter 53 of the laws of 2010, plus (v) the gap elimi-
nation  adjustment  for  2011--2012 as determined by the commissioner of
education pursuant to subdivision 17 of section 3602  of  the  education
law,  and provided further that such apportionment shall not exceed such
salary expenses. Such application shall be made by  a  school  district,
after the board of education or trustees have adopted a resolution to do
so and in the case of a city school district in a city with a population
in excess of 125,000 inhabitants, with the approval of the mayor of such
city.

S. 6406--A                         32                         A. 9006--A

  b.  The  claim  for  an  apportionment to be paid to a school district
pursuant to subdivision a of this section  shall  be  submitted  to  the
commissioner  of  education  on  a form prescribed for such purpose, and
shall be payable upon determination by such commissioner that  the  form
has been submitted as prescribed. Such approved amounts shall be payable
on  the  same  day in September of the school year following the year in
which application was made as funds provided  pursuant  to  subparagraph
(4) of paragraph b of subdivision 4 of section 92-c of the state finance
law,  on  the  audit  and  warrant  of the state comptroller on vouchers
certified or approved by the commissioner of  education  in  the  manner
prescribed  by  law  from  moneys in the state lottery fund and from the
general fund to the extent that the amount paid  to  a  school  district
pursuant  to  this  section  exceeds the amount, if any, due such school
district pursuant to subparagraph (2) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of
section 3609-a of the education law in the  school  year  following  the
year in which application was made.
  c.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of section 3609-a of the education
law, an amount equal to the amount paid to a school district pursuant to
subdivisions a and b of this section shall first be  deducted  from  the
following  payments  due  the  school  district  during  the school year
following the year in which application was made  pursuant  to  subpara-
graphs  (1),  (2),  (3),  (4) and (5) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of
section 3609-a of the education law in the following order: the  lottery
apportionment  payable  pursuant  to  subparagraph (2) of such paragraph
followed by the fixed fall payments payable pursuant to subparagraph (4)
of such paragraph and then followed by the district's  payments  to  the
teachers'  retirement  system pursuant to subparagraph (1) of such para-
graph, and any remainder to be deducted from the individualized payments
due the district pursuant to paragraph b of such  subdivision  shall  be
deducted on a chronological basis starting with the earliest payment due
the district.
  S  39. Special apportionment for public pension accruals. a.  Notwith-
standing any other provision of law, upon application to the commission-
er of education, not later than June 30, 2017, a school district  eligi-
ble  for  an apportionment pursuant to section 3602 of the education law
shall be eligible to receive an apportionment pursuant to this  section,
for  the  school  year ending June 30, 2017 and such apportionment shall
not exceed the  additional  accruals  required  to  be  made  by  school
districts  in the 2004--2005 and 2005--2006 school years associated with
changes for such public pension liabilities. The amount  of  such  addi-
tional  accrual  shall  be certified to the commissioner of education by
the president of the board of education or the trustees or, in the  case
of  a  city  school  district  in  a city with a population in excess of
125,000 inhabitants, the mayor of such city. Such application  shall  be
made by a school district, after the board of education or trustees have
adopted  a resolution to do so and in the case of a city school district
in a city with a population in excess of 125,000 inhabitants,  with  the
approval of the mayor of such city.
  b.  The  claim  for  an  apportionment to be paid to a school district
pursuant to subdivision a of this section  shall  be  submitted  to  the
commissioner  of  education  on  a form prescribed for such purpose, and
shall be payable upon determination by such commissioner that  the  form
has been submitted as prescribed. Such approved amounts shall be payable
on  the  same  day in September of the school year following the year in
which application was made as funds provided  pursuant  to  subparagraph
(4) of paragraph b of subdivision 4 of section 92-c of the state finance

S. 6406--A                         33                         A. 9006--A

law,  on  the  audit  and  warrant  of the state comptroller on vouchers
certified or approved by the commissioner of  education  in  the  manner
prescribed  by  law  from  moneys in the state lottery fund and from the
general  fund  to  the  extent that the amount paid to a school district
pursuant to this section exceeds the amount, if  any,  due  such  school
district pursuant to subparagraph (2) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of
section  3609-a  of  the  education law in the school year following the
year in which application was made.
  c. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 3609-a of  the  education
law, an amount equal to the amount paid to a school district pursuant to
subdivisions  a  and  b of this section shall first be deducted from the
following payments due  the  school  district  during  the  school  year
following  the  year  in which application was made pursuant to subpara-
graphs (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) of paragraph a  of  subdivision  1  of
section  3609-a of the education law in the following order: the lottery
apportionment payable pursuant to subparagraph  (2)  of  such  paragraph
followed by the fixed fall payments payable pursuant to subparagraph (4)
of  such  paragraph  and then followed by the district's payments to the
teachers' retirement system pursuant to subparagraph (1) of  such  para-
graph, and any remainder to be deducted from the individualized payments
due  the  district  pursuant to paragraph b of such subdivision shall be
deducted on a chronological basis starting with the earliest payment due
the district.
  S 40. a. Notwithstanding any other law,  rule  or  regulation  to  the
contrary,  any moneys appropriated to the state education department may
be suballocated to other state departments or agencies,  as  needed,  to
accomplish the intent of the specific appropriations contained therein.
  b.  Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the contrary,
moneys appropriated to the state education department from  the  general
fund/aid  to  localities,  local  assistance  account-001,  shall be for
payment of financial assistance, as  scheduled,  net  of  disallowances,
refunds, reimbursement and credits.
  c.  Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the contrary,
all moneys appropriated to the state education  department  for  aid  to
localities shall be available for payment of aid heretofore or hereafter
to  accrue  and may be suballocated to other departments and agencies to
accomplish the intent of the specific appropriations contained therein.
  d. Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the  contrary,
moneys  appropriated  to  the  state  education  department  for general
support for public schools may be interchanged with any  other  item  of
appropriation  for general support for public schools within the general
fund local assistance account office of  prekindergarten  through  grade
twelve education programs.
  S 41. Notwithstanding the provision of any law, rule, or regulation to
the  contrary,  the  city school district of the city of Rochester, upon
the consent of the board of  cooperative  educational  services  of  the
supervisory  district  serving  its  geographic region may purchase from
such board for the 2016--2017 school year,  as  a  non-component  school
district, services required by article 19 of the education law.
  S  42. The amounts specified in this section shall be a set aside from
the state funds which each such district is  receiving  from  the  total
foundation  aid:  for  the  purpose  of  the development, maintenance or
expansion of magnet schools or magnet school programs for the 2016--2017
school year. To the city school district of the city of New  York  there
shall  be  paid  forty-eight  million  one hundred seventy-five thousand
dollars ($48,175,000) including five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000)

S. 6406--A                         34                         A. 9006--A

for the Andrew Jackson High School; to the Buffalo city school district,
twenty-one million twenty-five thousand dollars  ($21,025,000);  to  the
Rochester  city  school district, fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000);
to   the   Syracuse  city  school  district,  thirteen  million  dollars
($13,000,000); to the Yonkers city school district,  forty-nine  million
five hundred thousand dollars ($49,500,000); to the Newburgh city school
district,   four   million   six  hundred  forty-five  thousand  dollars
($4,645,000); to the Poughkeepsie city school district, two million four
hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($2,475,000); to the Mount  Vernon
city  school  district,  two  million  dollars  ($2,000,000); to the New
Rochelle city school district, one million  four  hundred  ten  thousand
dollars  ($1,410,000);  to  the  Schenectady  city  school district, one
million eight hundred thousand dollars ($1,800,000); to the Port Chester
city school district, one million one  hundred  fifty  thousand  dollars
($1,150,000);  to  the  White  Plains city school district, nine hundred
thousand dollars ($900,000); to the Niagara Falls city school  district,
six  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($600,000);  to  the Albany city school
district,  three   million   five   hundred   fifty   thousand   dollars
($3,550,000);  to  the  Utica  city school district, two million dollars
($2,000,000); to the Beacon city school district, five hundred sixty-six
thousand dollars ($566,000); to the  Middletown  city  school  district,
four  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($400,000); to the Freeport union free
school district, four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000); to the Green-
burgh  central  school  district,   three   hundred   thousand   dollars
($300,000);  to  the Amsterdam city school district, eight hundred thou-
sand dollars ($800,000); to the  Peekskill  city  school  district,  two
hundred  thousand  dollars  ($200,000);  and  to  the Hudson city school
district, four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000). Notwithstanding  the
provisions of this section, a school district receiving a grant pursuant
to  this  section may use such grant funds for: (i) any instructional or
instructional support costs associated with the operation  of  a  magnet
school; or (ii) any instructional or instructional support costs associ-
ated  with  implementation  of  an  alternative approach to reduction of
racial isolation and/or enhancement of  the  instructional  program  and
raising  of  standards  in  elementary  and  secondary schools of school
districts having substantial concentrations of  minority  students.  The
commissioner  of  education  shall  not be authorized to withhold magnet
grant funds from a school district that used such  funds  in  accordance
with  this section, notwithstanding any inconsistency with a request for
proposals issued by such commissioner. For  the  purpose  of  attendance
improvement  and  dropout prevention for the 2016--2017 school year, for
any city school district in a city having a population of more than  one
million, the set aside for attendance improvement and dropout prevention
shall  equal  the  amount set aside in the base year. For the 2016--2017
school year, it is further provided that any city school district  in  a
city  having  a  population  of  more than one million shall allocate at
least one-third of any increase from base year levels in funds set aside
pursuant to the requirements of this section to  community-based  organ-
izations.  Any  increase required pursuant to this section to community-
based organizations must be  in  addition  to  allocations  provided  to
community-based  organizations  in  the  base  year.  For the purpose of
teacher support for the 2016--2017  school  year:  to  the  city  school
district  of the city of New York, sixty-two million seven hundred seven
thousand dollars ($62,707,000); to the Buffalo city school district, one
million seven hundred forty-one thousand dollars  ($1,741,000);  to  the
Rochester city school district, one million seventy-six thousand dollars

S. 6406--A                         35                         A. 9006--A

($1,076,000);  to  the  Yonkers  city  school  district, one million one
hundred forty-seven thousand dollars ($1,147,000); and to  the  Syracuse
city  school  district,  eight hundred nine thousand dollars ($809,000).
All  funds  made available to a school district pursuant to this section
shall be distributed among teachers including  prekindergarten  teachers
and  teachers  of  adult  vocational and academic subjects in accordance
with this section and shall be in addition  to  salaries  heretofore  or
hereafter  negotiated  or  made  available;  provided, however, that all
funds distributed pursuant to this section for the current year shall be
deemed to incorporate all funds distributed pursuant to former  subdivi-
sion 27 of section 3602 of the education law for prior years.  In school
districts  where the teachers are represented by certified or recognized
employee organizations, all salary increases  funded  pursuant  to  this
section   shall   be  determined  by  separate  collective  negotiations
conducted pursuant to the provisions and procedures of article 14 of the
civil service law, notwithstanding the existence of a negotiated  agree-
ment  between  a  school district and a certified or recognized employee
organization.
  S 43. Support of public libraries. The  moneys  appropriated  for  the
support  of  public  libraries by a chapter of the laws of 2016 enacting
the aid to localities budget shall  be  apportioned  for  the  2016-2017
state  fiscal  year  in  accordance with the provisions of sections 271,
272, 273, 282, 284, and 285 of the  education  law  as  amended  by  the
provisions  of this chapter and the provisions of this section, provided
that library construction aid pursuant to section 273-a of the education
law shall not be payable from the  appropriations  for  the  support  of
public libraries and provided further that no library, library system or
program, as defined by the commissioner of education, shall receive less
total  system  or  program  aid  than it received for the year 2001-2002
except as a result of a reduction adjustment necessary to conform to the
appropriations for support  of  public  libraries.  Notwithstanding  any
other  provision  of law to the contrary the moneys appropriated for the
support of public libraries for the year 2016-2017 by a chapter  of  the
laws  of 2016 enacting the education, labor and family assistance budget
shall fulfill the state's obligation to provide such aid  and,  pursuant
to a plan developed by the commissioner of education and approved by the
director of the budget, the aid payable to libraries and library systems
pursuant  to  such  appropriations  shall  be reduced proportionately to
assure that the total amount of aid payable does not  exceed  the  total
appropriations for such purpose.
  S 44. Severability. The provisions of this act shall be severable, and
if  the  application  of  any  clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision,
section or part of this act to  any  person  or  circumstance  shall  be
adjudged  by  any  court  of  competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such
judgment shall not necessarily affect, impair or invalidate the applica-
tion of any such clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision, section, part
of this act or remainder thereof, as the  case  may  be,  to  any  other
person  or  circumstance,  but shall be confined in its operation to the
clause,  sentence,  paragraph,  subdivision,  section  or  part  thereof
directly  involved  in the controversy in which such judgment shall have
been rendered.
  S 45. This act shall take effect immediately, and shall be  deemed  to
have been in full force and effect on and after April 1, 2016, provided,
however, that:

S. 6406--A                         36                         A. 9006--A

  1. Sections one, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, twenty-six, twenty-sev-
en,  twenty-eight, twenty-nine, thirty-seven, forty-one and forty-two of
this act shall take effect July 1, 2016.
  2. The amendments to paragraph b-1 of subdivision 4 of section 3602 of
the education law made by section seven of this act shall not affect the
expiration of such paragraph and shall be deemed to expire therewith.
  3.  The  amendments  to subdivision 1 of section 2856 of the education
law made by section twelve of this act shall be subject to  the  expira-
tion  and  reversion  of  such  subdivision pursuant to subdivision d of
section 27 of chapter 378 of the laws of 2007,  as  amended,  when  upon
such  date  the  provisions  of  section thirteen of this act shall take
effect.
  4. The amendments to chapter 756 of the laws  of  1992,  amending  the
education  law  relating  to  funding a program for work force education
conducted by a consortium for worker education in New York City made  by
sections  twwnty-eight  and twenty-nine of this act shall not affect the
repeal of such chapter and shall be deemed repealed therewith.
  5. Section thirty-three of this act shall take effect immediately  and
shall  be  deemed to have been in full force and effect on and after the
effective date of section 140 of chapter 82 of the laws of 1995.

                                 PART B

  Section 1.  Section 2801-a of the education law, as added  by  chapter
181 of the laws of 2000, subdivision 1 as amended  by chapter 380 of the
laws of 2001, is amended to read as follows:
  S  2801-a. School safety plans. 1. The board of education or trustees,
as defined in section two of this  chapter,  of  every  school  district
within the state, however created, and every board of cooperative educa-
tional  services and county vocational education and extension board and
the chancellor of the city school district of the city of New York shall
adopt and amend a comprehensive district-wide  school  safety  plan  and
building-level [school safety] EMERGENCY RESPONSE plans regarding crisis
intervention,  emergency  response  and management, provided that in the
city school district of the city  of  New  York,  such  plans  shall  be
adopted  by the chancellor of the city school district. Such plans shall
be developed by a district-wide school safety team and a  building-level
school  safety  team  established  pursuant  to subdivision four of this
section and shall be in a form developed by the commissioner in  consul-
tation  with  the division of criminal justice services, the superinten-
dent of the state police and any other appropriate  state  agencies.  [A
school  district having only one school building, shall develop a single
building-level school safety plan, which shall also fulfill all require-
ments for development of a district-wide plan.]
  2. Such comprehensive district-wide safety plan shall be developed  by
the district-wide school safety team and shall include at a minimum:
  a. policies and procedures for responding to implied or direct threats
of  violence  by  students,  teachers, other school personnel as well as
visitors to the school;
  b. policies and procedures for  responding  to  acts  of  violence  by
students,  teachers,  other  school personnel as well as visitors to the
school, including consideration of zero-tolerance  policies  for  school
violence;
  c. appropriate prevention and intervention strategies such as:
  (i)  collaborative  arrangements  with state and local law enforcement
officials, designed to ensure that  school  safety  officers  and  other

S. 6406--A                         37                         A. 9006--A

security  personnel  are  adequately trained, including being trained to
de-escalate potentially violent  situations,  and  are  effectively  and
fairly recruited;
  (ii) non-violent conflict resolution training programs;
  (iii) peer mediation programs and youth courts; and
  (iv) extended day and other school safety programs;
  d.  policies and procedures for contacting appropriate law enforcement
officials in the event of a violent incident;
  e. policies  and  procedures  for  contacting  parents,  guardians  or
persons  in  parental  relation  to  the students of the district in the
event of a violent incident;
  f. policies and  procedures  relating  to  school  building  security,
including  where  appropriate  the  use of school safety officers and/or
security devices or procedures;
  g. policies and procedures for the dissemination of informative  mate-
rials  regarding  the  early detection of potentially violent behaviors,
including but not limited to the identification of family, community and
environmental factors, to teachers,  administrators,  school  personnel,
persons  in  parental relation to students of the district, students and
other persons deemed appropriate to receive such information;
  h. policies and procedures for annual school safety training for staff
and students; PROVIDED THAT THE DISTRICT MUST CERTIFY TO THE COMMISSION-
ER THAT ALL STAFF  HAVE  UNDERGONE  ANNUAL  TRAINING  ON  THE  EMERGENCY
RESPONSE  PLAN  BY SEPTEMBER FIFTEENTH OF EACH SCHOOL YEAR OR WITHIN TEN
DAYS OF HIRE, AND THAT THE SCHOOL SAFETY TRAINING INCLUDE COMPONENTS  ON
VIOLENCE PREVENTION AND MENTAL HEALTH;
  i.  protocols  for responding to bomb threats, hostage-takings, intru-
sions and kidnappings;
  j. strategies for improving communication among students  and  between
students  and staff and reporting of potentially violent incidents, such
as the establishment of youth-run  programs,  peer  mediation,  conflict
resolution,  creating  a  forum  or  designating  a  mentor for students
concerned with bullying or violence and establishing anonymous reporting
mechanisms for school violence; [and]
  k. a description of the duties of hall monitors and any  other  school
safety  personnel,  the  training  required of all personnel acting in a
school security capacity, and the hiring and screening process  for  all
personnel acting in a school security capacity; AND
  1.   THE DESIGNATION OF THE SUPERINTENDENT, OR SUPERINTENDENT'S DESIG-
NEE, AS THE DISTRICT CHIEF EMERGENCY OFFICER RESPONSIBLE FOR  COORDINAT-
ING  COMMUNICATION  BETWEEN  SCHOOL  STAFF AND LAW ENFORCEMENT AND FIRST
RESPONDERS, AND ENSURING STAFF UNDERSTANDING OF THE DISTRICT-LEVEL SAFE-
TY PLAN. THE CHIEF EMERGENCY  OFFICER  SHALL  ALSO  BE  RESPONSIBLE  FOR
ENSURING  THE COMPLETION AND YEARLY UPDATING OF BUILDING-LEVEL EMERGENCY
RESPONSE PLANS.
  3. A school emergency response plan, developed by  the  building-level
school safety team defined in subdivision four of this section, shall BE
KEPT  CONFIDENTIAL,  INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FLOOR PLANS, BLUE-
PRINTS, SCHEMATICS OR OTHER MAPS OF THE SCHOOL INTERIOR, SCHOOL  GROUNDS
AND  ROAD  MAPS  OF  THE  IMMEDIATE  SURROUNDING  AREA, AND SHALL NOT BE
DISCLOSED EXCEPT TO AUTHORIZED  DEPARTMENT  OR  SCHOOL  STAFF,  AND  LAW
ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS, AND SHALL include the following elements:
  a.  policies  and  procedures  for  [the  safe evacuation of students,
teachers, other school personnel as well as visitors to  the  school  in
the  event of a serious violent incident or other emergency, which shall
include evacuation routes and shelter sites and procedures for  address-

S. 6406--A                         38                         A. 9006--A

ing  medical needs, transportation and emergency notification to persons
in parental relation to a student. For  purposes  of  this  subdivision,
"serious violent incident" means an incident of violent criminal conduct
that  is, or appears to be, life threatening and warrants the evacuation
of students and/or staff, as defined in regulations of the  commissioner
developed in conjunction with the division of criminal justice services]
RESPONSE  TO  EMERGENCY  SITUATIONS, SUCH AS THOSE REQUIRING EVACUATION,
SHELTERING, AND LOCK-DOWN. THESE POLICIES SHALL INCLUDE, AT  A  MINIMUM,
EVACUATION  ROUTES, SHELTER SITES, AND PROCEDURES FOR ADDRESSING MEDICAL
NEEDS, TRANSPORTATION AND EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION OF PARENTS AND  GUARDI-
ANS;
  b.  designation  of  an  emergency  response  team comprised of school
personnel, [local] law enforcement officials, FIRE OFFICIALS and  repre-
sentatives from local regional and/or state emergency response agencies,
other  appropriate incident response teams, and a post-incident response
team that includes  appropriate  school  personnel,  medical  personnel,
mental  health counselors and others who can assist the school community
in coping with the aftermath of a violent incident;
  c. [procedures for assuring that crisis response and  law  enforcement
officials  have  access to] floor plans, blueprints, schematics or other
maps of the school interior, school grounds and road maps of the immedi-
ate surrounding area;
  d. establishment of internal and  external  communication  systems  in
emergencies;
  e.  definition of the chain of command in a manner consistent with the
national interagency incident management system/incident command system;
  f. coordination of the school safety plan with the state-wide plan for
disaster mental health services to assure that the school has access  to
federal,  state  and  local  mental  health  resources in the event of a
violent incident;
  g. procedures for review and the conduct of drills and other exercises
to test components of the emergency response plan; and
  h. policies and procedures for securing and restricting access to  the
crime  scene in order to preserve evidence in cases of violent crimes on
school property.
  4. Each district-wide school safety team shall  be  appointed  by  the
board  of  education,  or  the chancellor in the case of the city school
district of the city of New York, and shall include but not  be  limited
to  representatives of the school board, [student,] teacher, administra-
tor, and parent organizations, school safety personnel, and other school
personnel. Each building-level school safety team shall be appointed  by
the  building  principal,  in  accordance with regulations or guidelines
prescribed by the board of  education,  chancellor  or  other  governing
body.  Such  building-level  teams  shall  include but not be limited to
representatives of teacher,  administrator,  and  parent  organizations,
school  safety  personnel and other school personnel, community members,
[local] law enforcement officials, [local ambulance] FIRE  OFFICIALS  or
other  emergency  response  agencies,  and any other representatives the
board of education, chancellor or other governing body  deems  appropri-
ate.
  5. [Each safety plan shall be reviewed by the appropriate school safe-
ty  team  on  at  least  an  annual  basis,  and  updated as needed] THE
DISTRICT-WIDE SAFETY PLAN AND BUILDING-LEVEL  EMERGENCY  RESPONSE  PLANS
SHALL  BE  REVIEWED  BY THE APPROPRIATE TEAM ON AT LEAST AN ANNUAL BASIS
AND UPDATED AS NEEDED.

S. 6406--A                         39                         A. 9006--A

  6. Each board of education, chancellor or other governing  body  shall
make  each  district-wide [and building-level school] safety plan avail-
able for public comment at least thirty days  prior  to  its  adoption[,
provided  that  only a summary of each building-level emergency response
plan  shall  be  made  available for public comment]. Such district-wide
[and building-level] plans may be adopted by the school board only after
at least one public hearing  that  provides  for  the  participation  of
school  personnel,  parents,  students and any other interested parties.
Each district shall file a copy  of  its  district-wide  [comprehensive]
safety  plan with the commissioner and all amendments to such plan shall
be filed with the commissioner no later than  thirty  days  after  their
adoption.
  [A]  7. EACH BOARD OF EDUCATION, CHANCELLOR OR OTHER GOVERNING BODY OR
OFFICER SHALL ENSURE A copy of each  building-level  [safety]  EMERGENCY
RESPONSE plan and any amendments thereto, shall be filed with the appro-
priate  local  law  enforcement  agency and with the state police within
thirty days of its adoption.   Building-level emergency  response  plans
shall be confidential and shall not be subject to disclosure under arti-
cle six of the public officers law or any other provision of law. If the
board  of  education,  chancellor  or other governing body or chancellor
fails to file such plan as required by this  section,  the  commissioner
may,  in an amount determined by the commissioner, withhold public money
from the district until the district is in compliance.
  [7. The commissioner may grant a waiver of the  requirements  of  this
section  to  any  school  district  or  board of cooperative educational
services for a period of up to two years from the date of enactment upon
a finding by the commissioner that such district had adopted  a  compre-
hensive  school  safety plan on the effective date of this section which
is in substantial compliance with the requirements of this section.]
  8. The commissioner shall annually report  to  the  governor  and  the
legislature  on the implementation and compliance with the provisions of
this section.
  9. Whenever it shall have been demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
commissioner that a school district  has  failed  to  adopt  a  code  of
conduct  which  fully satisfies the requirements of section twenty-eight
hundred one of this article, or a  [school  safety  plan]  DISTRICT-WIDE
SAFETY  PLAN  OR BUILDING-LEVEL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS which satisfies
the requirements of this section, or to faithfully and completely imple-
ment [either or both] ALL THREE, the commissioner may,  on  thirty  days
notice  to the district, withhold from the district monies to be paid to
such district for the current school year pursuant to section thirty-six
hundred nine-a of this chapter,  exclusive  of  monies  to  be  paid  in
respect of obligations to the retirement systems for school and district
staff  and  pursuant to collective bargaining agreements, or the commis-
sioner may direct the district to expend up  to  such  amount  upon  the
development  and  implementation  of  a  code  of  conduct  and a school
district safety plan as required by such sections. Prior to  such  with-
holding  or  redirection, the commissioner shall provide the district an
opportunity to  present  evidence  of  extenuating  circumstances;  when
combined  with  evidence  that the district shall promptly comply within
short time frames that shall be established by the commissioner as  part
of  an  agreement between the district and the commissioner, the commis-
sioner may temporarily stay the  withholding  or  redirection  of  funds
pending  implementation  of such agreement. If the district promptly and
fully complies with the agreement and is in full  compliance  with  this
section  and  section  twenty-eight  hundred  one  of  this article, the

S. 6406--A                         40                         A. 9006--A

commissioner shall abate the withholding in its entirety. Any failure to
meet the obligations of the compliance agreement by the district  within
the time frames established shall be considered a willful violation of a
commissioner's  order  by the members of the district board for purposes
of subdivision one of section three hundred six of  the  education  law.
Notwithstanding  any  other law, rule or regulation, such transfer shall
take effect upon filing of a notice thereof with  the  director  of  the
budget  and the chairs of the senate finance and assembly ways and means
committees.
  S 2. The section heading and subdivisions 1 and 1-a of section 807  of
the  education law, the section heading as amended by chapter 765 of the
laws of 1964, subdivision 1 as amended by chapter 143  of  the  laws  of
1985  and subdivision 1-a as added by chapter 9 of the laws of 1991, are
amended to read as follows:
  Fire AND EMERGENCY drills.  1. It shall be the duty of  the  principal
or  other  person  in charge of every public or private school or educa-
tional institution within the state, other than  colleges  or  universi-
ties,  to instruct and train the pupils by means of drills, so that they
may in a sudden emergency be able to [leave the school building] RESPOND
APPROPRIATELY in the shortest possible time  and  without  confusion  or
panic.  Such  drills [or rapid dismissals] shall be held at least twelve
times in each school year, eight of which required drills shall be  held
between  September  first and December [first] THIRTY-FIRST of each such
year. [At least one-third of all such required drills shall  be  through
use of the fire escapes on buildings where fire escapes are provided. In
the course of at least one such drill, pupils shall be instructed in the
procedure  to  be  followed in the event that a fire occurs during lunch
period, provided however, that such additional instruction may be waived
where a drill is held during the regular school lunch period.  At  least
four] EIGHT OF ALL SUCH DRILLS SHALL BE EVACUATION DRILLS, FOUR OF WHICH
SHALL BE THROUGH USE OF THE FIRE ESCAPES ON BUILDINGS WHERE FIRE ESCAPES
ARE PROVIDED OR THROUGH THE USE OF IDENTIFIED SECONDARY MEANS OF EGRESS.
FOUR  OF  ALL  SUCH  REQUIRED  DRILLS SHALL BE LOCK-DOWN DRILLS.  DRILLS
SHALL BE CONDUCTED AT DIFFERENT TIMES OF THE SCHOOL DAY  WITH  AT  LEAST
ONE  OF  THE  EIGHT  REQUIRED  EVACUATION DRILLS OCCURRING DURING A MASS
GATHERING EVENT SUCH AS LUNCH  OR  ASSEMBLIES.  FOUR  additional  drills
shall  be  held  in  each  school year during the hours after sunset and
before sunrise in school buildings in which students are  provided  with
sleeping  accommodations.   At least two additional drills shall be held
during summer school in buildings where summer school is conducted,  and
one of such drills shall be held during the first week of summer school.
  1-a.  In  the  case  of  after-school programs, events or performances
which are conducted within a school building and which  include  persons
who do not regularly attend classes in such school building, the princi-
pal  or other person in charge of the building shall require the teacher
or person in charge of such after-school program, event  or  performance
to  notify  persons in attendance at the beginning of each such program,
event or performance, of the procedures to be followed in the  event  of
an emergency so that they may be able to [leave the building] RESPOND in
a timely, orderly manner.
  S 3. Subdivision 7 of section 3604 of the education law, as amended by
section  31  of  part B of chapter 57 of the laws of 2007, is amended to
read as follows:
  7. No district shall be entitled to any portion of such school  moneys
on  such  apportionment  unless  the  report of the trustees or board of
education for the preceding school  year  shall  show  that  the  public

S. 6406--A                         41                         A. 9006--A

schools  were actually in session in the district and taught by a quali-
fied teacher or by successive qualified teachers or by qualified  teach-
ers  for  not less than one hundred eighty days. The moneys payable to a
school  district  pursuant  to section thirty-six hundred nine-a of this
chapter in the current year shall be reduced by one  one-hundred  eight-
ieth  of  the district's total foundation aid for each day less than one
hundred eighty days that the schools of the district  were  actually  in
session,  except  that the commissioner may disregard such reduction, up
to five days, in the apportionment of public money, if he finds that the
schools of the district were not in session for one hundred eighty  days
because  of  extraordinarily  adverse  weather conditions, impairment of
heating facilities, insufficiency of water  supply,  shortage  of  fuel,
lack  of electricity, natural gas leakage, unacceptable levels of chemi-
cal substances, A CREDIBLE THREAT TO STUDENT SAFETY AS REASONABLY DETER-
MINED BY A LEAD SCHOOL OFFICIAL or the destruction of a school  building
either in whole or in part, and if, further, the commissioner finds that
such  district  cannot make up such days of instruction by using for the
secondary grades all scheduled vacation days which occur  prior  to  the
first  scheduled regents examination day in June, and for the elementary
grades all scheduled vacation days which occur prior to the last  sched-
uled  regents examination day in June. For the purposes of this subdivi-
sion, "scheduled vacation days" shall mean days on which the schools  of
the  district  are not in session and for which no prohibition exists in
subdivision eight of this section for them to be in session.
  S 4. This act shall take effect July 1, 2016.

                                 PART C

  Section 1. Subparagraphs a and b of paragraph 2 of  subdivision  A  of
section  6221  of the education law, as added by chapter 305 of the laws
of 1979, is amended to read as follows:
  a. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the city  of  New  York
shall  appropriate  in  its expense budget and pay to the account of the
senior colleges of the city university of  New  York  as  operating  aid
amounts in accordance with the following schedule:
  (i)  For  the  twelve-month  period  commencing  July  first, nineteen
hundred seventy-nine, an amount  equal  to  the  lesser  of  fifty-eight
million,  three  hundred  ninety-three thousand dollars ($58,393,000) or
twenty-five per centum of the net  operating  expenses  of  such  senior
college  programs  and  services, as certified by the comptroller of the
state of New York to be properly chargeable to such twelve-month period;
  (ii) For the  twelve-month  period  commencing  July  first,  nineteen
hundred eighty, an amount equal to eighty per centum of the amount spec-
ified in (i) of subparagraph a of this paragraph.
  (iii)  For  the  twelve-month  period  commencing July first, nineteen
hundred eighty-one, an amount equal to forty per centum  of  the  amount
specified in (i) of subparagraph a of this paragraph.
  [b.]  (IV)  For the [twelve-month] period commencing July first, nine-
teen hundred eighty-two and  [thereafter]  ENDING  JUNE  THIRTIETH,  TWO
THOUSAND SIXTEEN, the city of New York shall not be required to make any
appropriation  in  support of the net operating expenses of the programs
and services of the senior colleges of the city university.
  (V) FOR THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD COMMENCING JULY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND
SIXTEEN  AND FOR EACH TWELVE MONTH PERIOD THEREAFTER, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO
THIRTY PER CENTUM OF THE NET OPERATING EXPENSES OF THE APPROVED PROGRAMS
AND SERVICES OF THE SENIOR COLLEGES, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL AMOUNT EQUAL  TO

S. 6406--A                         42                         A. 9006--A

THIRTY PER CENTUM OF THE CITY UNIVERSITY SENIOR COLLEGE DEBT SERVICE AND
CAPITAL  CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE FOR THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD
FIRST BEGINNING APRIL FIRST, TWO THOUSAND FOURTEEN AND FOR EACH  TWELVE-
MONTH PERIOD THEREAFTER AS CERTIFIED BY THE DIRECTOR OF THE BUDGET TO BE
PROPERLY CHARGEABLE TO SUCH TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD.
  S 2. Subparagraph c of paragraph 2 of subdivision A of section 6221 of
the education law is relettered subparagraph b.
  S 3. Subparagraph d of paragraph 2 of subdivision A of section 6221 of
the education law is relettered subparagraph c.
  S 4. Subparagraph e of paragraph 2 of subdivision A of section 6221 of
the  education  law, as added by chapter 815 of the laws of 1980 and the
opening paragraph and item (iii) as amended by chapter 87 of the laws of
2002, is amended to read as follows:
  [e.] D. In addition to the amounts specified in subparagraph a of this
paragraph [and notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph b of  this
paragraph], the city of New York shall appropriate in its expense budget
and  pay to the account of the senior colleges of the city university of
New York as the city's share of operating aid for the college of  Staten
Island  and  New  York  city college of technology amounts in accordance
with the following schedule:
  (i) For the  twelve  month  period  commencing  July  first,  nineteen
hundred  eighty,  an  amount  that shall equal four million, one hundred
thousand dollars ($4,100,000).
  (ii) For the twelve  month  period  commencing  July  first,  nineteen
hundred  eighty-one, an amount equal to one-half of the amount specified
in clause (i) of this subparagraph.
  (iii) For the [twelve month] period commencing  July  first,  nineteen
hundred eighty-two, and [thereafter] ENDING JUNE THIRTIETH, TWO THOUSAND
SIXTEEN the city of New York shall not be required to make any appropri-
ation  for  operating  aid for the college of Staten Island and New York
city college of technology.
  S 5. Paragraph 4 of subdivision A of section  6221  of  the  education
law,  as  added by chapter 305 of the law of 1979, is amended to read as
follows:
  4. [Commencing] NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISION  OF  ANY  LAW,  RULE  OR
REGULATION  TO THE CONTRARY, (A) COMMENCING with the twelve-month period
beginning July  first,  nineteen  hundred  eighty-two  and  [thereafter]
ENDING  JUNE  THIRTIETH, TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN, the state shall reimburse
to the city of New York one hundred per  centum  of  the  net  operating
expenses   of   the   approved  programs  and  services  of  the  senior
colleges[.]; AND
  (B) COMMENCING WITH THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD BEGINNING JULY FIRST,  TWO
THOUSAND  SIXTEEN AND FOR EACH TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD THEREAFTER, THE STATE
SHALL REIMBURSE TO THE CITY OF NEW YORK SEVENTY PER CENTUM  OF  THE  NET
OPERATING  EXPENSES  OF THE APPROVED PROGRAMS AND SERVICES OF THE SENIOR
COLLEGES LESS AN ADDITIONAL AMOUNT EQUAL TO THIRTY  PER  CENTUM  OF  THE
CITY  UNIVERSITY  SENIOR  COLLEGE  DEBT SERVICE AND CAPITAL CONSTRUCTION
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE FOR THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD FIRST BEGINNING APRIL
FIRST, TWO THOUSAND FOURTEEN AND FOR EACH TWELVE MONTH PERIOD THEREAFTER
AS CERTIFIED BY THE DIRECTOR OF THE BUDGET TO BE PROPERLY CHARGEABLE  TO
SUCH TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD.
  S  6.  Subdivision D of section 6221 of the education law, as added by
chapter 815 of the laws of 1980 and as relettered by chapter 585 of  the
laws of 1988, is amended to read as follows:
  D.  College  of  Staten Island. Notwithstanding the designation of the
college of Staten Island as a senior college:

S. 6406--A                         43                         A. 9006--A

  (i) the city of New York shall annually  appropriate  in  its  expense
budget  and  pay to the city university of New York, as operating aid in
support of the programs and services of the college of Staten Island, an
amount for each full-time equivalent student  in  the  associate  degree
program  of  the  college  equal  to  the amount the city of New York is
appropriating and paying for each full-time equivalent  student  in  the
community colleges;
  (ii)  and  the state of New York shall annually appropriate and pay to
the city university of New York an amount equal to [the  net  operating]
ITS  SHARE  OF  expenses of the college of Staten Island less the amount
payable by the city of New York pursuant to this [subdivision]  SECTION.
Such  state of New York payment shall be made in four installments on or
before April twenty-fifth, June twenty-fifth, October  twenty-fifth  and
January  twenty-fifth.  The  amount  to  be paid by the city of New York
pursuant to this subdivision shall be determined by the  state  director
of  the  budget,  based  upon information submitted by the mayor in such
form and content and at such time as may be [requred]  REQUIRED  by  the
state director of the budget.
  S  7.  Subdivision E of section 6221 of the education law, as added by
chapter 170 of the laws of 1994, paragraph (i) as amended by  section  2
and  paragraph  (ii) as renumbered by section 3 of part HH of chapter 57
of the laws of 2009, is amended to read as follows:
  E. Medgar Evers college. Notwithstanding  the  designation  of  Medgar
Evers college as a senior college:
  (i)  in  addition  to the amounts specified in subparagraph e of para-
graph two of subdivision A of this section, the city of New  York  shall
annually appropriate in its expense budget and pay to the city universi-
ty of New York as operating aid in support of the programs and services,
an  amount for each full-time equivalent student in the associate degree
program of the college equal to the amount  the  city  of  New  York  is
appropriating  and  paying  for each full-time equivalent student in the
community colleges; and
  (ii) the state of New York shall annually appropriate and pay  to  the
city  of New York on behalf of the city university of New York an amount
equal to [the net operating] ITS  SHARE  OF  expenses  of  Medgar  Evers
college less the amount payable by the city of New York pursuant to this
[subdivision]  SECTION.  Such state of New York payment shall be made in
four installments on or before April  twenty-fifth,  June  twenty-fifth,
October twenty-fifth and February twenty-fifth. The amount to be paid by
the city of New York pursuant to this subdivision shall be determined by
the  state  director  of the budget, based upon information submitted by
the mayor in such form and content and at such time as may  be  required
by the state director of the budget.
  S 8. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART D

  Section  1.  Subparagraph 4 of paragraph h of subdivision 2 of section
355 of the education law, as amended by chapter 260 of the laws of 2011,
the opening paragraph as amended by chapter 437 of the laws of 2015  and
clause  (ii) as amended by section 1 of part P of chapter 57 of the laws
of 2012, is amended to read as follows:
  (4) The trustees shall not impose a differential tuition charge  based
upon  need  or  income.  Except  as  hereinafter  provided, all students
enrolled in programs leading to like degrees  at  state-operated  insti-
tutions  of  the  state  university  shall  be charged a uniform rate of

S. 6406--A                         44                         A. 9006--A

tuition except for differential tuition rates based on state  residency.
Provided, however, that the trustees may authorize the presidents of the
colleges of technology and the colleges of agriculture and technology to
set  differing  rates  of  tuition for each of the colleges for students
enrolled in degree-granting programs leading to an associate degree  and
non-degree  granting  programs  so  long  as  such tuition rate does not
exceed the tuition rate charged to students who  are  enrolled  in  like
degree  programs  or degree-granting undergraduate programs leading to a
baccalaureate degree at other state-operated institutions of  the  state
university  of  New  York.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this
subparagraph, the trustees may authorize the setting of a separate cate-
gory of tuition rate, that shall be greater than the  tuition  rate  for
resident  students  and  less  than  the  tuition  rate for non-resident
students, only for students enrolled in distance  learning  courses  who
are  not  residents of the state. Except as otherwise authorized in this
subparagraph, the trustees shall not  adopt  changes  affecting  tuition
charges  prior  to  the enactment of the annual budget, provided however
that:
  (i) Commencing with  the  two  thousand  eleven--two  thousand  twelve
academic  year  and  ending  in  the  two thousand fifteen--two thousand
sixteen academic year the state university of New York board of trustees
shall be empowered  to  increase  the  resident  undergraduate  rate  of
tuition  by not more than three hundred dollars over the resident under-
graduate rate of tuition adopted by the board of trustees in  the  prior
academic  year, provided however that if the annual resident undergradu-
ate rate of tuition would exceed five thousand dollars, then  a  tuition
credit  for  each  eligible student, as determined and calculated by the
New York state higher education services corporation pursuant to section
six hundred eighty-nine-a of this title, shall  be  applied  toward  the
tuition charged for each semester, quarter or term of study. Tuition for
each semester, quarter or term of study shall not be due for any student
eligible  to  receive  such  tuition  credit until the tuition credit is
calculated and applied against the tuition charged for the corresponding
semester, quarter or term.
  (II) COMMENCING WITH THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN
ACADEMIC  YEAR AND ENDING IN THE TWO THOUSAND TWENTY--TWO THOUSAND TWEN-
TY-ONE ACADEMIC YEAR THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK BOARD OF  TRUSTEES
SHALL  BE  EMPOWERED  TO  INCREASE  THE  RESIDENT  UNDERGRADUATE RATE OF
TUITION BY NOT MORE THAN THREE HUNDRED DOLLARS OVER THE RESIDENT  UNDER-
GRADUATE  RATE  OF TUITION ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES IN THE PRIOR
ACADEMIC YEAR, PROVIDED, HOWEVER THAT IF THE ANNUAL RESIDENT UNDERGRADU-
ATE RATE OF TUITION WOULD EXCEED FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS, THEN  A  TUITION
CREDIT  FOR  EACH  ELIGIBLE STUDENT, AS DETERMINED AND CALCULATED BY THE
NEW YORK STATE HIGHER EDUCATION SERVICES CORPORATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
SIX HUNDRED EIGHTY-NINE-A OF THIS TITLE, SHALL  BE  APPLIED  TOWARD  THE
TUITION CHARGED FOR EACH SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM OF STUDY. TUITION FOR
EACH SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM OF STUDY SHALL NOT BE DUE FOR ANY STUDENT
ELIGIBLE  TO  RECEIVE  SUCH  TUITION  CREDIT UNTIL THE TUITION CREDIT IS
CALCULATED AND APPLIED AGAINST THE TUITION CHARGED FOR THE CORRESPONDING
SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM.  PROVIDED, FURTHER:
  (1) THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES SHALL ONLY INCREASE THE RATE OF TUITION UPON
DETERMINATION THAT (A) ADMINISTRATIVE COST SAVINGS ARE BEING IMPLEMENTED
TO MITIGATE THE NEED FOR A TUITION INCREASE, PROVIDED THAT SUCH  SAVINGS
SHALL  NOT  INCLUDE A STAFFING REDUCTION; AND (B) THE INCREASE IS JUSTI-
FIED BASED UPON INFLATIONARY INDICES.

S. 6406--A                         45                         A. 9006--A

  (2) THE REVENUE RESULTING FROM AN INCREASE  IN  THE  RATE  OF  TUITION
SHALL  BE  ALLOCATED  TO  EACH CAMPUS PURSUANT TO A PLAN APPROVED BY THE
BOARD OF TRUSTEES TO SUPPORT INVESTMENTS IN FACULTY, INSTRUCTION  AND  A
TUITION CREDIT FOR EACH ELIGIBLE STUDENT.
  [(ii)]  (III)  On  or before November thirtieth, two thousand [eleven]
SIXTEEN, the trustees shall approve and submit  to  the  chairs  of  the
assembly  ways  and means committee and the senate finance committee and
to the director of the budget a master tuition plan  setting  forth  the
tuition  rates  that  the  trustees  propose  for resident undergraduate
students for the five year  period  commencing  with  the  two  thousand
[eleven]  SIXTEEN--two  thousand  [twelve]  SEVENTEEN  academic year and
ending in the two thousand [fifteen-two  thousand  sixteen]  TWENTY--TWO
THOUSAND  TWENTY-ONE academic year, and shall submit any proposed amend-
ments to such plan by November thirtieth of each subsequent year  there-
after  through  November  thirtieth,  two thousand [fifteen] TWENTY, and
provided further, that with the approval of the board of trustees,  each
university  center may increase non-resident undergraduate tuition rates
each year by not more than ten percent over the  tuition  rates  of  the
prior  academic  year  for  a [five] TEN year period commencing with the
semester following the semester in which the governor and the chancellor
of the state university of New York approve the  NY-SUNY  2020  proposal
for such university center.
  [(iii)]  (IV)  The state shall appropriate annually and make available
general fund operating support, including fringe benefits, for the state
university in an amount not less than the amount appropriated  and  made
available  to  the  state  university  in state fiscal year two thousand
eleven--two thousand twelve. Beginning in state fiscal year two thousand
twelve-two thousand thirteen and thereafter, the state shall appropriate
and make available general  fund  operating  support,  including  fringe
benefits, for the state university in an amount not less than the amount
appropriated  and  made  available  in  the  prior  state  fiscal  year;
provided, however, that if the governor declares a fiscal emergency, and
communicates such emergency to the temporary president of the senate and
speaker of the assembly, state support for  operating  expenses  at  the
state  university and city university may be reduced in a manner propor-
tionate to one another, and  the  aforementioned  provisions  shall  not
apply.
  [(iv)]  (V) For the state university fiscal years commencing two thou-
sand eleven--two thousand twelve and ending two  thousand  [fifteen--two
thousand  sixteen]  TWENTY--TWO  THOUSAND  TWENTY-ONE,  each  university
center may set aside a portion of  its  tuition  revenues  derived  from
tuition  increases to provide increased financial aid for New York state
resident undergraduate students whose net taxable income is eighty thou-
sand dollars or more subject to the approval of a NY-SUNY 2020  proposal
by  the governor and the chancellor of the state university of New York.
Nothing in this paragraph  shall  be  construed  as  to  authorize  that
students whose net taxable income is eighty thousand dollars or more are
eligible  for  tuition assistance program awards pursuant to section six
hundred sixty-seven of this chapter.
  S 2. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 7 of section 6206 of  the  education
law, as amended by chapter 260 of the laws of 2011 and the opening para-
graph  as amended by chapter 437 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read
as follows:
  (a) The board of  trustees  shall  establish  positions,  departments,
divisions  and  faculties; appoint and in accordance with the provisions
of law fix salaries of  instructional  and  non-instructional  employees

S. 6406--A                         46                         A. 9006--A

therein;  establish  and conduct courses and curricula; prescribe condi-
tions of student admission, attendance and discharge; and shall have the
power to determine in its discretion whether tuition  shall  be  charged
and  to  regulate  tuition  charges, and other instructional and non-in-
structional fees and other fees and charges at the educational units  of
the  city  university.  The trustees shall review any proposed community
college tuition increase and the justification for  such  increase.  The
justification  provided by the community college for such increase shall
include a detailed analysis of ongoing operating  costs,  capital,  debt
service  expenditures, and all revenues. The trustees shall not impose a
differential tuition charge based upon  need  or  income.  All  students
enrolled  in  programs  leading  to  like degrees at the senior colleges
shall be charged a uniform rate  of  tuition,  except  for  differential
tuition  rates  based  on  state  residency.  Notwithstanding  any other
provision of this paragraph, the trustees may authorize the setting of a
separate category of tuition  rate,  that  shall  be  greater  than  the
tuition  rate  for  resident students and less than the tuition rate for
non-resident students, only for students enrolled in  distance  learning
courses who are not residents of the state; provided, however, that:
  (i)  Commencing  with  the  two  thousand  eleven--two thousand twelve
academic year and ending  in  the  two  thousand  fifteen--two  thousand
sixteen academic year, the city university of New York board of trustees
shall  be  empowered  to  increase  the  resident  undergraduate rate of
tuition by not more than three hundred dollars over the resident  under-
graduate  rate  of tuition adopted by the board of trustees in the prior
academic year, provided however that if the annual resident  undergradu-
ate  rate  of tuition would exceed five thousand dollars, then a tuition
credit for each eligible student, as determined and  calculated  by  the
New York state higher education services corporation pursuant to section
six  hundred  eighty-nine-a of this chapter, shall be applied toward the
tuition charged for each semester, quarter or term of  study.    Tuition
for  each  semester,  quarter  or term of study shall not be due for any
student eligible to receive such tuition credit until the tuition credit
is calculated and applied against the tuition  charged  for  the  corre-
sponding semester, quarter or term.
  (II)  COMMENCING WITH THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN
ACADEMIC YEAR AND ENDING IN THE TWO THOUSAND TWENTY--TWO THOUSAND  TWEN-
TY-ONE  ACADEMIC  YEAR THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK BOARD OF TRUSTEES
SHALL BE EMPOWERED  TO  INCREASE  THE  RESIDENT  UNDERGRADUATE  RATE  OF
TUITION  BY NOT MORE THAN THREE HUNDRED DOLLARS OVER THE RESIDENT UNDER-
GRADUATE RATE OF TUITION ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES IN  THE  PRIOR
ACADEMIC  YEAR, PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT IF THE ANNUAL RESIDENT UNDERGRADU-
ATE RATE OF TUITION WOULD EXCEED FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS, THEN  A  TUITION
CREDIT  FOR  EACH  ELIGIBLE STUDENT, AS DETERMINED AND CALCULATED BY THE
NEW YORK STATE HIGHER EDUCATION SERVICES CORPORATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
SIX HUNDRED EIGHTY-NINE-A OF THIS TITLE, SHALL  BE  APPLIED  TOWARD  THE
TUITION CHARGED FOR EACH SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM OF STUDY. TUITION FOR
EACH SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM OF STUDY SHALL NOT BE DUE FOR ANY STUDENT
ELIGIBLE  TO  RECEIVE  SUCH  TUITION CREDIT UNTIL THE TUITION CREDIT  IS
CALCULATED AND APPLIED AGAINST THE TUITION CHARGED FOR THE CORRESPONDING
SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM. PROVIDED, FURTHER:
  (1) THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES SHALL ONLY INCREASE THE RATE OF TUITION UPON
DETERMINATION THAT (A) ADMINISTRATIVE COST SAVINGS ARE BEING IMPLEMENTED
TO MITIGATE THE NEED FOR A TUITION INCREASE, PROVIDED THAT SUCH  SAVINGS
SHALL  NOT  INCLUDE A STAFFING REDUCTION; AND (B) THE INCREASE IS JUSTI-
FIED BASED UPON INFLATIONARY INDICES.

S. 6406--A                         47                         A. 9006--A

  (2) THE REVENUE RESULTING FROM AN INCREASE  IN  THE  RATE  OF  TUITION
SHALL  BE  ALLOCATED  TO  EACH CAMPUS PURSUANT TO A PLAN APPROVED BY THE
BOARD OF TRUSTEES TO SUPPORT INVESTMENTS IN FACULTY, INSTRUCTION  AND  A
TUITION CREDIT FOR EACH ELIGIBLE STUDENT.
  [(ii)]  (III)  On  or before November thirtieth, two thousand [eleven]
SIXTEEN, the trustees shall approve and submit  to  the  chairs  of  the
assembly  ways  and means committee and the senate finance committee and
to the director of the budget a master tuition plan  setting  forth  the
tuition  rates  that  the  trustees  propose  for resident undergraduate
students for the five year  period  commencing  with  the  two  thousand
[eleven]  SIXTEEN--two  thousand  [twelve]  SEVENTEEN  academic year and
ending in the two thousand [fifteen--two thousand  sixteen]  TWENTY--TWO
THOUSAND  TWENTY-ONE academic year, and shall submit any proposed amend-
ments to such plan by November thirtieth of each subsequent year  there-
after through November thirtieth, two thousand [fifteen] TWENTY.
  [(iii)]  (IV)  The state shall appropriate annually and make available
state support for operating expenses, including fringe benefits, for the
city university in an amount not less than the amount  appropriated  and
made  available to the city university in state fiscal year two thousand
eleven--two thousand twelve. Beginning in state fiscal year two thousand
twelve--two thousand thirteen and [thereafter] ENDING  IN  STATE  FISCAL
YEAR  TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN, the state shall appro-
priate and make available state support for operating expenses,  includ-
ing  fringe benefits, for the city university in an amount not less than
the amount appropriated and made available in  the  prior  state  fiscal
year; provided, however, that if the governor declares a fiscal emergen-
cy,  and  communicates  such emergency to the temporary president of the
senate and speaker of the assembly, state support for operating expenses
of the state university and city university may be reduced in  a  manner
proportionate  to  one  another, and the aforementioned provisions shall
not apply.
  (V) BEGINNING IN ACADEMIC FISCAL YEAR TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO  THOU-
SAND  SEVENTEEN  AND  THEREAFTER,  THE  STATE AND CITY OF NEW YORK SHALL
APPROPRIATE ANNUALLY AND MAKE  AVAILABLE  ITS  REPRESENTATIVE  SHARE  OF
SUPPORT  FOR EXPENSES PURSUANT TO SECTION SIX THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED TWEN-
TY-ONE OF THIS TITLE, INCLUDING FRINGE BENEFITS, FOR THE CITY UNIVERSITY
IN AN AMOUNT NOT LESS THAN THE AMOUNT APPROPRIATED  AND  MADE  AVAILABLE
FOR  EXPENSES IN THE PRIOR ACADEMIC FISCAL YEAR; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT
IF THE GOVERNOR DECLARES A FISCAL EMERGENCY, AND COMMUNICATES SUCH EMER-
GENCY TO THE TEMPORARY PRESIDENT OF THE SENATE AND SPEAKER OF THE ASSEM-
BLY, STATE SUPPORT FOR OPERATING EXPENSES OF THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  AND
CITY UNIVERSITY MAY BE REDUCED IN A MANNER PROPORTIONATE TO ONE ANOTHER,
AND THE AFOREMENTIONED PROVISIONS SHALL NOT APPLY.
  S  3.  Subdivision 5 of section 359 of  the education law, as added by
chapter 260 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  5. The state university trustees shall conduct a study  regarding  the
effectiveness and functionality of the New York state tuition assistance
program,  which  shall  consider a variety of factors including, but not
limited to, the costs associated with pursuing a degree in undergraduate
study, current tuition assistance program thresholds and  award  levels,
current  eligibility  criteria to qualify for an award under the tuition
assistance program, and any other information the trustees determine  to
be relevant. The study shall also include recommendations to improve the
tuition assistance program to better meet the future financial aid needs
of  students who reside in New York state and to ensure continued access
and affordability of the state university of New York. The  study  shall

S. 6406--A                         48                         A. 9006--A

be submitted to the governor, the temporary president of the senate, the
speaker of the assembly, the director of the division of the budget, the
senate  finance committee, the assembly ways and means committee and the
higher  education  committees  of  the  legislature on or before October
first, two thousand thirteen. In addition, the  state  university  shall
annually  examine  and  report on each state-operated campus' efforts to
promote fiscal stability for the duration of the [five] TEN year tuition
plan by implementing cost saving measures  [and  increasing  fundraising
efforts].  Further, the trustees shall [periodically review their patent
policies  to  ensure  competitiveness, and shall] annually report on how
the revenue generated [by this paragraph  has  helped  retain  and  grow
full-time  faculty  and  increase  program  availability. The University
Centers shall also report annually to the state university  trustees  on
how  research  revenue  yields quantifiable results for each of the four
campuses and state university of New York at Buffalo and state universi-
ty of New York at Stony Brook shall additionally  report  on  what  each
campus  is  doing  to  maintain  their  AAU status] HAS BEEN INVESTED IN
FACULTY, INSTRUCTION AND STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.
  S 4. Subdivision 17 of section 6206 of the education law, as added  by
chapter 260 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  17.  The  city university trustees shall conduct a study regarding the
effectiveness and functionality of the New York state tuition assistance
program, which shall consider a variety of factors  including,  but  not
limited to, the costs associated with pursuing a degree in undergraduate
study,  current  tuition assistance program thresholds and award levels,
current eligibility criteria to qualify for an award under  the  tuition
assistance  program  and any other information the trustees determine to
be relevant. The study shall also include recommendations to improve the
tuition assistance program to better meet the future financial aid needs
of students who reside in New York state and to ensure continued  access
and affordability of the city university of New York. The study shall be
submitted  to  the  governor, the temporary president of the senate, the
speaker of the assembly, the director of the  division  of  budget,  the
senate  finance committee, the assembly ways and means committee and the
higher education committees of the  legislature  on  or  before  October
first,  two  thousand  thirteen.  In addition, the city university shall
annually examine and report  on  each  [state-operated  campus']  SENIOR
COLLEGE'S  efforts  to  promote fiscal stability for the duration of the
[five] TEN year tuition plan by implementing cost saving  measures  [and
increasing  fundraising  efforts].  FURTHER, THE TRUSTEES SHALL ANNUALLY
REPORT ON HOW THE  REVENUE  GENERATED  HAS  BEEN  INVESTED  IN  FACULTY,
INSTRUCTION AND STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.
  S 5. Section 16 of chapter 260 of the laws of 2011 amending the educa-
tion law and the New York state urban development corporation act relat-
ing  to  establishing  components  of  the  NY-SUNY 2020 challenge grant
program, as amended by section 65-a of part HH of chapter 57 of the laws
of 2013, is amended to read as follows:
  S 16. This act shall take effect July 1, 2011; provided that  sections
one,  two,  three,  four,  five,  six, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve,
thirteen, fourteen and fifteen of this act shall  expire  [5]  10  years
after such effective date when upon such date the provisions of this act
shall be deemed repealed.
  S  6. This act shall take effect immediately; provided that the amend-
ments to subparagraph 4 of paragraph h of subdivision 2 of  section  355
of  the education law made by section one of this act, the amendments to
paragraph (a) of subdivision 7 of section 6206 of the education law made

S. 6406--A                         49                         A. 9006--A

by section two of this act, the amendments to subdivision 5  of  section
359  of  the  education  law  made by section three of this act, and the
amendments to subdivision 17 of section 6206 of the education  law  made
by  section  four  of  this  act  shall  not  affect  the repeal of such
provisions and shall be deemed  repealed  therewith;  provided  further,
that  if  chapter 437 of the laws of 2015 shall not have taken effect by
such effective date, then sections one and two of this  act  shall  take
effect  on  the  same  day and in the same manner as sections 1 and 3 of
chapter 437 of the laws of 2015, take effect.

                                 PART E

  Section 1. The state finance law is amended by adding  a  new  section
99-y to read as follows:
  S  99-Y. SUNY STONY BROOK AFFILIATION ESCROW FUND. 1.  NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW, RULE, REGULATION, OR PRACTICE TO THE CONTRA-
RY, THERE IS HEREBY ESTABLISHED IN THE JOINT CUSTODY OF THE  COMPTROLLER
AND  THE  CHANCELLOR  OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK (SUNY) A TRUST
AND AGENCY FUND, TO BE KNOWN AS THE "SUNY STONY BROOK AFFILIATION ESCROW
FUND" WHICH SHALL BE AVAILABLE WITHOUT FISCAL YEAR LIMITATION.
  2. THE SUNY STONY BROOK AFFILIATION ESCROW FUND SHALL CONSIST  OF  (I)
ALL  MONIES GENERATED THROUGH THE ACTIVITIES OF STONY BROOK AT SOUTHAMP-
TON HOSPITAL, INCLUDING BUT NOT  LIMITED  TO  PATIENT  REVENUE,  FEDERAL
REIMBURSEMENT,  AND  OTHER  ASSOCIATED  REVENUE  SOURCES,  AND (II) RENT
PAYMENTS MADE BY STONY BROOK  UNIVERSITY  HOSPITAL  TO  THE  SOUTHAMPTON
HOSPITAL  ASSOCIATION  UNDER  A  CERTAIN LEASE AGREEMENT APPROVED BY THE
DIRECTOR OF THE BUDGET, THE OFFICE OF THE NEW YORK STATE ATTORNEY GENER-
AL AND THE OFFICE OF THE NEW YORK STATE COMPTROLLER.
  3. MONIES OF THE SUNY STONY BROOK AFFILIATION  ESCROW  FUND  SHALL  BE
EXPENDED ONLY FOR THE PURPOSES OF STONY BROOK HOSPITAL AT SOUTHAMPTON.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART F

  Section  1.  This act shall be known and may be cited as the "New York
state DREAM Act".
  S 2. Subdivision 3 of section 661 of the education law is REPEALED.
  S 3. Paragraph a of subdivision 5 of section 661 of the education law,
as amended by chapter 466 of the laws of 1977, is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  a.  (I)  Except  as provided in subdivision two of section six hundred
seventy-four OF THIS PART AND SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF  THIS  PARAGRAPH,  an
applicant  for  an award at the undergraduate level of study must either
[(i)] (A) have been a legal resident of the state for at least one  year
immediately  preceding the beginning of the semester, quarter or term of
attendance for which application for assistance is made, or  [(ii)]  (B)
be  a  legal resident of the state and have been a legal resident during
his OR HER last two semesters of high school either prior to graduation,
or prior to admission to college. Provided further that persons shall be
eligible to receive awards under  section  six  hundred  sixty-eight  or
section  six  hundred  sixty-nine  OF  THIS PART who are currently legal
residents of the state and are otherwise qualified.
  (II) AN APPLICANT WHO IS NOT A LEGAL RESIDENT OF  THE  STATE  ELIGIBLE
PURSUANT  TO  SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH, BUT IS A UNITED STATES
CITIZEN, AN ALIEN LAWFULLY  ADMITTED  FOR  PERMANENT  RESIDENCE  IN  THE
UNITED  STATES,  AN  INDIVIDUAL  OF  A  CLASS OF REFUGEES PAROLED BY THE

S. 6406--A                         50                         A. 9006--A

ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES UNDER HIS OR HER PAROLE  AUTHORITY
PERTAINING TO THE ADMISSION OF ALIENS TO THE UNITED STATES, OR AN APPLI-
CANT WITHOUT LAWFUL IMMIGRATION STATUS SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN AWARD AT
THE UNDERGRADUATE LEVEL OF STUDY PROVIDED THAT THE STUDENT:
  (A)  ATTENDED  A REGISTERED NEW YORK STATE HIGH SCHOOL FOR TWO OR MORE
YEARS, GRADUATED FROM A REGISTERED NEW YORK  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL,  LIVED
CONTINUOUSLY  IN  NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK
STATE HIGH SCHOOL, APPLIED FOR ATTENDANCE AT THE INSTITUTION  OF  HIGHER
EDUCATION  FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, AND
ATTENDED WITHIN FIVE YEARS OF RECEIVING A NEW  YORK  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL
DIPLOMA; OR
  (B)  ATTENDED  AN  APPROVED  NEW  YORK  STATE PROGRAM FOR A STATE HIGH
SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK  STATE  WHILE
ATTENDING  AN  APPROVED NEW YORK STATE PROGRAM FOR A GENERAL EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA, RECEIVED A STATE HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA,  SUBSEQUENTLY
APPLIED  FOR  ATTENDANCE  AT THE INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR THE
UNDERGRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, EARNED ADMISSION BASED
ON THAT GENERAL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, AND  ATTENDED  THE  INSTITUTION  OF
HIGHER  EDUCATION  FOR  THE  UNDERGRADUATE  STUDY  FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS
SOUGHT WITHIN FIVE YEARS OF RECEIVING A STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA; OR
  (C)  IS  OTHERWISE  ELIGIBLE  FOR THE PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES AT A
RATE NO GREATER THAN THAT IMPOSED FOR RESIDENT  STUDENTS  OF  THE  STATE
UNIVERSITY  OF  NEW  YORK,  THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK OR COMMUNITY
COLLEGES AS PRESCRIBED IN SUBPARAGRAPH EIGHT OF PARAGRAPH H OF  SUBDIVI-
SION  TWO OF SECTION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE OR PARAGRAPH (A) OF SUBDI-
VISION SEVEN OF SECTION SIX THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED SIX OF THIS CHAPTER.
  PROVIDED, FURTHER, THAT A STUDENT WITHOUT  LAWFUL  IMMIGRATION  STATUS
SHALL  ALSO  BE  REQUIRED  TO FILE AN AFFIDAVIT WITH SUCH INSTITUTION OF
HIGHER EDUCATION STATING THAT THE STUDENT HAS FILED  AN  APPLICATION  TO
LEGALIZE HIS OR HER IMMIGRATION STATUS, OR WILL FILE SUCH AN APPLICATION
AS SOON AS HE OR SHE IS ELIGIBLE TO DO SO.
  S 4. Paragraph b of subdivision 5 of section 661 of the education law,
as  amended  by  chapter  466 of the laws of 1977, is amended to read as
follows:
  b. [An] (I) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF  THIS
PARAGRAPH, AN applicant for an award at the graduate level of study must
either  [(i)]  (A)  have been a legal resident of the state for at least
one year immediately preceding the beginning of the semester, quarter or
term of attendance for which application  for  assistance  is  made,  or
[(ii)]  (B) be a legal resident of the state and have been a legal resi-
dent during his OR HER last academic year  of  undergraduate  study  and
have  continued to be a legal resident until matriculation in the gradu-
ate program.
  (II) AN APPLICANT WHO IS NOT A LEGAL RESIDENT OF  THE  STATE  ELIGIBLE
PURSUANT  TO  SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH, BUT IS A UNITED STATES
CITIZEN, AN ALIEN LAWFULLY  ADMITTED  FOR  PERMANENT  RESIDENCE  IN  THE
UNITED  STATES,  AN  INDIVIDUAL  OF  A  CLASS OF REFUGEES PAROLED BY THE
ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES UNDER HIS OR HER PAROLE  AUTHORITY
PERTAINING TO THE ADMISSION OF ALIENS TO THE UNITED STATES, OR AN APPLI-
CANT WITHOUT LAWFUL IMMIGRATION STATUS SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN AWARD AT
THE GRADUATE LEVEL OF STUDY PROVIDED THAT THE STUDENT:
  (A)  ATTENDED  A REGISTERED NEW YORK STATE HIGH SCHOOL FOR TWO OR MORE
YEARS, GRADUATED FROM A REGISTERED NEW YORK  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL,  LIVED
CONTINUOUSLY  IN  NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK
STATE HIGH SCHOOL, APPLIED FOR ATTENDANCE AT THE INSTITUTION  OF  HIGHER

S. 6406--A                         51                         A. 9006--A

EDUCATION  FOR  THE  GRADUATE  STUDY  FOR  WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, AND
ATTENDED WITHIN TEN YEARS OF RECEIVING A  NEW  YORK  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL
DIPLOMA; OR
  (B)  ATTENDED  AN  APPROVED  NEW  YORK  STATE PROGRAM FOR A STATE HIGH
SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK  STATE  WHILE
ATTENDING  AN  APPROVED NEW YORK STATE PROGRAM FOR A GENERAL EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA, RECEIVED A STATE HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA,  SUBSEQUENTLY
APPLIED  FOR  ATTENDANCE  AT THE INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR THE
GRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, AND ATTENDED  THE  INSTITU-
TION  OF  HIGHER  EDUCATION FOR THE GRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS
SOUGHT WITHIN TEN YEARS OF RECEIVING A  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA; OR
  (C)  IS  OTHERWISE  ELIGIBLE  FOR THE PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES AT A
RATE NO GREATER THAN THAT IMPOSED FOR RESIDENT  STUDENTS  OF  THE  STATE
UNIVERSITY  OF  NEW  YORK,  THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK OR COMMUNITY
COLLEGES AS PRESCRIBED IN SUBPARAGRAPH EIGHT OF PARAGRAPH H OF  SUBDIVI-
SION  TWO OF SECTION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE OR PARAGRAPH (A) OF SUBDI-
VISION SEVEN OF SECTION SIX THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED SIX OF THIS CHAPTER.
  PROVIDED, FURTHER, THAT A STUDENT WITHOUT  LAWFUL  IMMIGRATION  STATUS
SHALL  ALSO  BE  REQUIRED  TO FILE AN AFFIDAVIT WITH SUCH INSTITUTION OF
HIGHER EDUCATION STATING THAT THE STUDENT HAS FILED  AN  APPLICATION  TO
LEGALIZE HIS OR HER IMMIGRATION STATUS, OR WILL FILE SUCH AN APPLICATION
AS SOON AS HE OR SHE IS ELIGIBLE TO DO SO.
  S 5. Paragraph d of subdivision 5 of section 661 of the education law,
as  amended  by  chapter  844 of the laws of 1975, is amended to read as
follows:
  d. If an applicant for an award allocated on a  geographic  basis  has
more  than  one  residence  in  this state, his OR HER residence for the
purpose of this article shall be his OR HER place  of  actual  residence
during  the major part of the year while attending school, as determined
by the commissioner; AND FURTHER PROVIDED THAT AN APPLICANT WHO DOES NOT
HAVE A RESIDENCE IN THIS STATE AND IS ELIGIBLE FOR AN AWARD PURSUANT  TO
SUBPARAGRAPH  (II) OF PARAGRAPH A OR SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH B OF
THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL BE DEEMED TO RESIDE IN THE GEOGRAPHIC AREA OF THE
INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION IN WHICH HE OR SHE ATTENDS FOR  PURPOSES
OF AN AWARD ALLOCATED ON A GEOGRAPHIC BASIS.
  S 6. Paragraph e of subdivision 5 of section 661 of the education law,
as  added  by  chapter  630  of  the laws of 2005, is amended to read as
follows:
  e. Notwithstanding any other provision of this article to the  contra-
ry,  the  New  York state [residency] eligibility [requirement] REQUIRE-
MENTS for receipt of awards [is] SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPHS A AND B OF THIS
SUBDIVISION ARE waived for a member, or the spouse  or  dependent  of  a
member,  of  the  armed  forces of the United States on full-time active
duty and stationed in this state.
  S 7. Clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph 8 of paragraph h of subdivi-
sion 2 of section 355 of the education law, as added by chapter  327  of
the laws of 2002, are amended to read as follows:
  (i)  attended  an approved New York high school for two or more years,
graduated from an approved New York high school, LIVED  CONTINUOUSLY  IN
NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE  ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK HIGH SCHOOL, and
applied for attendance [at] AND ATTENDED an institution  or  educational
unit  of  the state university within five years of receiving a New York
state high school diploma; or
  (ii) attended an approved New York state program  for  general  equiv-
alency  diploma exam preparation, received a general equivalency diploma

S. 6406--A                         52                         A. 9006--A

issued within New York state, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK STATE WHILE
ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK STATE  PROGRAM  FOR  GENERAL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA  EXAM PREPARATION, and SUBSEQUENTLY applied for attendance [at],
EARNED ADMISSION BASED ON THAT GENERAL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, AND ATTENDED
an  institution  or educational unit of the state university within five
years of receiving a general equivalency diploma issued within New  York
state; or
  S 8. Subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of paragraph (a-1) of subdivision 7 of
section 6206 of the education law, as amended by chapter 260 of the laws
of 2011, are amended to read as follows:
  (i)  attended  an approved New York high school for two or more years,
graduated from an approved New York high school, LIVED  CONTINUOUSLY  IN
NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE  ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK HIGH SCHOOL, and
applied for attendance [at] AND ATTENDED an institution  or  educational
unit  of  the  city university within five years of receiving a New York
state high school diploma; or
  (ii) attended an approved New York state program  for  general  equiv-
alency  diploma exam preparation, received a general equivalency diploma
issued within New York state, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK STATE WHILE
ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK STATE  PROGRAM  FOR  GENERAL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA  EXAM PREPARATION, and SUBSEQUENTLY applied for attendance [at],
EARNED ADMISSION BASED ON THAT GENERAL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, AND ATTENDED
an institution or educational unit of the city  university  within  five
years  of receiving a general equivalency diploma issued within New York
state; or
  S 8-a. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 7 of section 6206 of the education
law, as amended by chapter 327 of the laws of 2002,  the  opening  para-
graph  as  amended  by  section 4 of chapter 437 of the laws of 2015, is
amended to read as follows:
  (a) The board of  trustees  shall  establish  positions,  departments,
divisions  and  faculties; appoint and in accordance with the provisions
of law fix salaries of  instructional  and  non-instructional  employees
therein;  establish  and conduct courses and curricula; prescribe condi-
tions of student admission, attendance and discharge; and shall have the
power to determine in its discretion whether tuition  shall  be  charged
and  to  regulate  tuition  charges, and other instructional and non-in-
structional fees and other fees and charges at the educational units  of
the  city  university.  The trustees shall review any proposed community
college tuition increase and the justification for  such  increase.  The
justification  provided by the community college for such increase shall
include a detailed analysis of ongoing operating  costs,  capital,  debt
service  expenditures, and all revenues. The trustees shall not impose a
differential tuition charge based upon  need  or  income.  All  students
enrolled  in  programs  leading  to  like degrees at the senior colleges
shall be charged a uniform rate  of  tuition,  except  for  differential
tuition  rates  based  on  state  residency.  Notwithstanding  any other
provision of this paragraph, the trustees may authorize the setting of a
separate category of tuition  rate,  that  shall  be  greater  than  the
tuition  rate  for  resident students and less than the tuition rate for
non-resident students, only for students enrolled in  distance  learning
courses  who  are not residents of the state. The trustees shall further
provide that the payment of tuition and fees by any student who is not a
resident of New York state, other than a non-immigrant alien within  the
meaning  of  paragraph (15) of subsection (a) of section 1101 of title 8
of the United States Code, shall be paid at a rate or charge no  greater

S. 6406--A                         53                         A. 9006--A

than  that  imposed  for students who are residents of the state if such
student:
  (i)  attended  an approved New York high school for two or more years,
graduated from an approved New York high school, LIVED  CONTINUOUSLY  IN
NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE  ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK HIGH SCHOOL, and
applied for attendance [at] AND ATTENDED an institution  or  educational
unit  of  the  city university within five years of receiving a New York
state high school diploma; or
  (ii) attended an approved New York state program  for  general  equiv-
alency  diploma exam preparation, received a general equivalency diploma
issued within New York state, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK STATE WHILE
ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK STATE  PROGRAM  FOR  GENERAL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA  EXAM PREPARATION, and SUBSEQUENTLY applied for attendance [at],
EARNED ADMISSION BASED ON THAT GENERAL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, AND ATTENDED
an institution or educational unit of the city  university  within  five
years  of receiving a general equivalency diploma issued within New York
state; or
  (iii) was enrolled in an institution or educational unit of  the  city
university  in the fall semester or quarter of the two thousand one--two
thousand two academic year and was authorized  by  such  institution  or
educational  unit  to  pay  tuition  at  the  rate or charge imposed for
students who are residents of the state.
  A student without lawful immigration status shall also be required  to
file an affidavit with such institution or educational unit stating that
the  student has filed an application to legalize his or her immigration
status, or will file such an application as soon as he or she is  eligi-
ble  to  do  so. The trustees shall not adopt changes in tuition charges
prior to the enactment of the annual budget. The board of  trustees  may
accept  as  partial  reimbursement  for the education of veterans of the
armed forces of the United States who are otherwise qualified such  sums
as  may  be authorized by federal legislation to be paid for such educa-
tion. The board of trustees may conduct on a fee basis extension courses
and courses for adult education  appropriate  to  the  field  of  higher
education.  In  all  courses  and  courses  of  study  it  may,  in  its
discretion, require students to pay library, laboratory, locker,  break-
age and other instructional and non-instructional fees and meet the cost
of  books and consumable supplies. In addition to the foregoing fees and
charges, the board of trustees may impose and collect fees  and  charges
for  student  government  and  other  student activities and receive and
expend them as agent or trustee.
  S 9. Subdivision 5 of section 6301 of the education law, as amended by
chapter 327 of the laws of 2002, is amended to read as follows:
  5. "Resident." A person who has resided in the state for a  period  of
at  least  one  year  and in the county, city, town, intermediate school
district, school district or community college region, as the  case  may
be,  for a period of at least six months, both immediately preceding the
date of such person's registration in a community college  or,  for  the
purposes of section sixty-three hundred five of this article, his or her
application for a certificate of residence; provided, however, that this
term  shall include any student who is not a resident of New York state,
other than a non-immigrant alien within the meaning of paragraph (15) of
subsection (a) of section 1101 of title 8 of the United States Code,  if
such student:
  (i)  attended  an approved New York high school for two or more years,
graduated from an approved New York high school, LIVED  CONTINUOUSLY  IN
NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE  ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK HIGH SCHOOL, and

S. 6406--A                         54                         A. 9006--A

applied for attendance [at an institution or  educational  unit  of  the
state  university] AND ATTENDED A COMMUNITY COLLEGE within five years of
receiving a New York state high school diploma; or
  (ii)  attended  an  approved New York state program for general equiv-
alency diploma exam preparation, received a general equivalency  diploma
issued within New York state, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK STATE WHILE
ATTENDING  AN  APPROVED  NEW  YORK STATE PROGRAM FOR GENERAL EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA EXAM PREPARATION, and SUBSEQUENTLY applied for attendance [at an
institution or educational unit of the state university], EARNED  ADMIS-
SION BASED ON THAT GENERAL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, AND ATTENDED A COMMUNITY
COLLEGE  within  five  years  of receiving a general equivalency diploma
issued within New York state; or
  (iii) was enrolled in [an institution or educational unit of the state
university] A COMMUNITY COLLEGE in the fall semester or quarter  of  the
two  thousand  one--two thousand two academic year and was authorized by
such [institution or educational unit] COMMUNITY COLLEGE to pay  tuition
at  the  rate  or  charge  imposed for students who are residents of the
state.
  Provided, further, that a student without  lawful  immigration  status
shall  also  be  required to file an affidavit with such [institution or
educational unit] COMMUNITY COLLEGE stating that the student  has  filed
an  application  to legalize his or her immigration status, or will file
such an application as soon as he or she is eligible to do so.
  In the event that a person qualified as above for state residence, but
has been a resident of two or more counties in the state during the  six
months immediately preceding his OR HER application for a certificate of
residence  pursuant to section sixty-three hundred five of this chapter,
the charges to the counties of residence shall be  allocated  among  the
several counties proportional to the number of months, or major fraction
thereof, of residence in each county.
  S  10.  Paragraph  d of subdivision 3 of section 6451 of the education
law, as amended by chapter 149 of the laws of 1972, is amended  to  read
as follows:
  d.  Any necessary supplemental financial assistance, which may include
the cost of books and necessary maintenance for such enrolled  students,
INCLUDING  STUDENTS  WITHOUT LAWFUL IMMIGRATION STATUS PROVIDED THAT THE
STUDENT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN SUBPARAGRAPH (II)  OF  PARA-
GRAPH  A  OR  SUBPARAGRAPH  (II)  OF  PARAGRAPH B OF SUBDIVISION FIVE OF
SECTION SIX HUNDRED SIXTY-ONE OF THIS CHAPTER, AS APPLICABLE;  provided,
however,  that such supplemental financial assistance shall be furnished
pursuant to criteria promulgated by the commissioner with  the  approval
of the director of the budget.
  S 11. Subparagraph (v) of paragraph a of subdivision 4 of section 6452
of  the  education  law, as added by chapter 917 of the laws of 1970, is
amended to read as follows:
  (v) Any necessary supplemental financial assistance, which may include
the cost of books and necessary maintenance for such students, INCLUDING
STUDENTS WITHOUT LAWFUL IMMIGRATION STATUS  PROVIDED  THAT  THE  STUDENT
MEETS  THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH A OR
SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH B OF  SUBDIVISION  FIVE  OF  SECTION  SIX
HUNDRED  SIXTY-ONE  OF  THIS  CHAPTER, AS APPLICABLE; provided, however,
that such supplemental financial assistance shall be furnished  pursuant
to criteria promulgated by such universities and approved by the regents
and the director of the budget.

S. 6406--A                         55                         A. 9006--A

  S  12. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 2 of section 6455 of the education
law, as added by chapter 285 of the laws of 1986, is amended to read  as
follows:
  (a)  (I) Undergraduate science and technology entry program moneys may
be used for tutoring, counseling, remedial and special  summer  courses,
supplemental  financial  assistance,  program  administration, and other
activities which the commissioner may deem appropriate. To  be  eligible
for  undergraduate  collegiate  science  and  technology  entry  program
support, a student must be a resident of New York [who is], OR MEET  THE
REQUIREMENTS  OF SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF THIS PARAGRAPH, AND MUST BE either
economically disadvantaged or from a minority group  historically  under
represented  in  the  scientific,  technical,  health and health-related
professions, and [who demonstrates] MUST DEMONSTRATE interest in  and  a
potential for a professional career if provided special services. Eligi-
ble students must be in good academic standing, enrolled full time in an
approved,  undergraduate  level  program  of  study,  as  defined by the
regents.
  (II) AN APPLICANT WHO IS NOT A LEGAL RESIDENT OF  THE  STATE  ELIGIBLE
PURSUANT  TO  SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH, BUT IS A UNITED STATES
CITIZEN, AN ALIEN LAWFULLY  ADMITTED  FOR  PERMANENT  RESIDENCE  IN  THE
UNITED  STATES,  AN  INDIVIDUAL  OF  A  CLASS OF REFUGEES PAROLED BY THE
ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES UNDER HIS OR HER PAROLE  AUTHORITY
PERTAINING TO THE ADMISSION OF ALIENS TO THE UNITED STATES, OR AN APPLI-
CANT WITHOUT LAWFUL IMMIGRATION STATUS SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN AWARD AT
THE UNDERGRADUATE LEVEL OF STUDY PROVIDED THAT THE STUDENT:
  (A)  ATTENDED  A REGISTERED NEW YORK STATE HIGH SCHOOL FOR TWO OR MORE
YEARS, GRADUATED FROM A REGISTERED NEW YORK  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL,  LIVED
CONTINUOUSLY  IN  NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK
STATE HIGH SCHOOL, APPLIED FOR ATTENDANCE AT THE INSTITUTION  OF  HIGHER
EDUCATION  FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, AND
ATTENDED WITHIN FIVE YEARS OF RECEIVING A NEW  YORK  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL
DIPLOMA; OR
  (B)  ATTENDED  AN  APPROVED  NEW  YORK  STATE PROGRAM FOR A STATE HIGH
SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK  STATE  WHILE
ATTENDING  AN  APPROVED NEW YORK STATE PROGRAM FOR A GENERAL EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA, RECEIVED A STATE HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA,  SUBSEQUENTLY
APPLIED  FOR  ATTENDANCE  AT THE INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR THE
UNDERGRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, EARNED ADMISSION BASED
ON THAT GENERAL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, AND  ATTENDED  THE  INSTITUTION  OF
HIGHER  EDUCATION  FOR  THE  UNDERGRADUATE  STUDY  FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS
SOUGHT WITHIN FIVE YEARS OF RECEIVING A STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA; OR
  (C)  IS  OTHERWISE  ELIGIBLE  FOR THE PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES AT A
RATE NO GREATER THAN THAT IMPOSED FOR RESIDENT  STUDENTS  OF  THE  STATE
UNIVERSITY  OF  NEW  YORK,  THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK OR COMMUNITY
COLLEGES AS PRESCRIBED IN SUBPARAGRAPH EIGHT OF PARAGRAPH H OF  SUBDIVI-
SION  TWO OF SECTION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE OR PARAGRAPH (A) OF SUBDI-
VISION SEVEN OF SECTION SIX THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED SIX OF THIS CHAPTER.
  PROVIDED, FURTHER, THAT A STUDENT WITHOUT  LAWFUL  IMMIGRATION  STATUS
SHALL  ALSO  BE  REQUIRED  TO FILE AN AFFIDAVIT WITH SUCH INSTITUTION OF
HIGHER EDUCATION STATING THAT THE STUDENT HAS FILED  AN  APPLICATION  TO
LEGALIZE HIS OR HER IMMIGRATION STATUS, OR WILL FILE SUCH AN APPLICATION
AS SOON AS HE OR SHE IS ELIGIBLE TO DO SO.
  S  13. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 3 of section 6455 of the education
law, as added by chapter 285 of the laws of 1986, is amended to read  as
follows:

S. 6406--A                         56                         A. 9006--A

  (a)  (I)  Graduate  science and technology entry program moneys may be
used for recruitment, academic enrichment, career planning, supplemental
financial assistance, review for licensing examinations, program  admin-
istration,  and  other activities which the commissioner may deem appro-
priate.  To  be  eligible for graduate collegiate science and technology
entry program support, a student must be a resident  of  New  York  [who
is],  OR  MEET  THE REQUIREMENTS OF SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF THIS PARAGRAPH,
AND MUST BE either economically disadvantaged or from a  minority  group
historically  underrepresented  in the scientific, technical and health-
related professions. Eligible students must be in good  academic  stand-
ing,  enrolled  full  time  in  an  approved  graduate level program, as
defined by the regents.
  (II) AN APPLICANT WHO IS NOT A LEGAL RESIDENT OF  THE  STATE  ELIGIBLE
PURSUANT  TO  SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH, BUT IS A UNITED STATES
CITIZEN, AN ALIEN LAWFULLY  ADMITTED  FOR  PERMANENT  RESIDENCE  IN  THE
UNITED  STATES,  AN  INDIVIDUAL  OF  A  CLASS OF REFUGEES PAROLED BY THE
ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE UNITED STATES UNDER HIS OR HER PAROLE  AUTHORITY
PERTAINING TO THE ADMISSION OF ALIENS TO THE UNITED STATES, OR AN APPLI-
CANT WITHOUT LAWFUL IMMIGRATION STATUS SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN AWARD AT
THE GRADUATE LEVEL OF STUDY PROVIDED THAT THE STUDENT:
  (A)  ATTENDED  A REGISTERED NEW YORK STATE HIGH SCHOOL FOR TWO OR MORE
YEARS, GRADUATED FROM A REGISTERED NEW YORK  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL,  LIVED
CONTINUOUSLY  IN  NEW  YORK  STATE  WHILE ATTENDING AN APPROVED NEW YORK
STATE HIGH SCHOOL, APPLIED FOR ATTENDANCE AT THE INSTITUTION  OF  HIGHER
EDUCATION  FOR  THE  GRADUATE  STUDY  FOR  WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, AND
ATTENDED WITHIN TEN YEARS OF RECEIVING A  NEW  YORK  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL
DIPLOMA; OR
  (B)  ATTENDED  AN  APPROVED  NEW  YORK  STATE PROGRAM FOR A STATE HIGH
SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA, LIVED CONTINUOUSLY IN NEW YORK  STATE  WHILE
ATTENDING  AN  APPROVED NEW YORK STATE PROGRAM FOR A GENERAL EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA, RECEIVED A STATE HIGH SCHOOL EQUIVALENCY DIPLOMA,  SUBSEQUENTLY
APPLIED  FOR  ATTENDANCE  AT THE INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR THE
GRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS SOUGHT, AND ATTENDED  THE  INSTITU-
TION  OF  HIGHER  EDUCATION FOR THE GRADUATE STUDY FOR WHICH AN AWARD IS
SOUGHT WITHIN TEN YEARS OF RECEIVING A  STATE  HIGH  SCHOOL  EQUIVALENCY
DIPLOMA; OR
  (C)  IS  OTHERWISE  ELIGIBLE  FOR THE PAYMENT OF TUITION AND FEES AT A
RATE NO GREATER THAN THAT IMPOSED FOR RESIDENT  STUDENTS  OF  THE  STATE
UNIVERSITY  OF  NEW  YORK,  THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK OR COMMUNITY
COLLEGE AS PRESCRIBED IN SUBPARAGRAPH EIGHT OF PARAGRAPH H  OF  SUBDIVI-
SION  TWO OF SECTION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE OR PARAGRAPH (A) OF SUBDI-
VISION SEVEN OF SECTION SIX THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED SIX OF THIS CHAPTER.
  PROVIDED, FURTHER, THAT A STUDENT WITHOUT  LAWFUL  IMMIGRATION  STATUS
SHALL  ALSO  BE  REQUIRED  TO FILE AN AFFIDAVIT WITH SUCH INSTITUTION OF
HIGHER EDUCATION STATING THAT THE STUDENT HAS FILED  AN  APPLICATION  TO
LEGALIZE HIS OR HER IMMIGRATION STATUS, OR WILL FILE SUCH AN APPLICATION
AS SOON AS HE OR SHE IS ELIGIBLE TO DO SO.
  S  14.  Subparagraph  (i)  of  paragraph a of subdivision 2 of section
695-e of the education law, as amended by chapter 593  of  the  laws  of
2003, is amended to read as follows:
  (i)  the name, address and social security number [or], employer iden-
tification number, OR INDIVIDUAL TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER  of  the
account  owner  UNLESS A FAMILY TUITION ACCOUNT THAT WAS IN EFFECT PRIOR
TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE CHAPTER OF THE LAWS OF TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN
THAT AMENDED THIS SUBPARAGRAPH DOES NOT ALLOW FOR A TAXPAYER IDENTIFICA-

S. 6406--A                         57                         A. 9006--A

TION NUMBER, IN WHICH CASE A TAXPAYER  IDENTIFICATION  NUMBER  SHALL  BE
ALLOWED UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THE CONTRACT;
  S  15.  Subparagraph  (iii) of paragraph a of subdivision 2 of section
695-e of the education law, as amended by chapter 593  of  the  laws  of
2003, is amended to read as follows:
  (iii)  the  name,  address, and social security number, EMPLOYER IDEN-
TIFICATION NUMBER, OR INDIVIDUAL TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER  of  the
designated  beneficiary,  UNLESS  A  FAMILY  TUITION ACCOUNT THAT WAS IN
EFFECT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE CHAPTER OF  THE  LAWS  OF  TWO
THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  THAT  AMENDED  THIS SUBPARAGRAPH DOES NOT ALLOW FOR A
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, IN WHICH CASE A TAXPAYER  IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER SHALL BE ALLOWED UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THE CONTRACT; and
  S 16. The president of the higher education services corporation shall
establish  an application form and procedures that shall allow a student
applicant that meets the requirements set forth in subparagraph (ii)  of
paragraph  a  or  subparagraph  (ii)  of paragraph b of subdivision 5 of
section 661 of the education law to apply directly to the higher  educa-
tion services corporation for applicable awards without having to submit
information  to  any  other  state  or  federal  agency. All information
contained with the applications filed with  such  corporation  shall  be
deemed  confidential,  except  that the corporation shall be entitled to
release information to participating institutions as necessary  for  the
administration  of  financial  aid  programs  and to the extent required
pursuant to article six of the public officers law or otherwise required
by law.
  S 17. The higher  education  services  corporation  is  authorized  to
promulgate  rules  and  regulations,  and may promulgate emergency regu-
lations, necessary for the implementation of the provisions of this act.
  S 18. This act shall take effect on the ninetieth day after the  issu-
ance  of  regulations  and the development of an application form by the
president of the higher education services corporation or on the nineti-
eth day after it shall have become a  law,  whichever  shall  be  later;
provided, however, that:
  a.  the amendments to subparagraphs (i) and (ii) of paragraph (a-1) of
subdivision 7 of section 6206 of the education law made by section eight
of this act shall not affect the expiration of such paragraph and  shall
be  deemed  to  expire  therewith; when upon such date the provisions of
section eight-a of this act shall take effect; and
  b. the president of the higher education  services  corporation  shall
notify  the  legislative bill drafting commission upon the occurrence of
the issuance of regulations and the development of an  application  form
provided  for  in this section in order that the commission may maintain
an accurate and timely effective data base of the official text  of  the
laws  of  the  state  of  New  York  in  furtherance of effectuating the
provisions of section 44 of the legislative law and section 70-b of  the
public officers law.

                                 PART G

  Section 1. Subdivision (a) of section 50 of chapter 161 of the laws of
2005  amending the education law relating to the New York state licensed
social worker loan forgiveness program, as amended by section 1 of  part
M of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  (a)  section  two of this act shall expire and be deemed repealed June
30, [2016] 2021; and provided, further that the amendment to paragraph b
of subdivision 1 of section 679-c and the amendment to  paragraph  2  of

S. 6406--A                         58                         A. 9006--A

subdivision  a  of  section  679-d of the education law made by sections
three and four of this act shall not affect the repeal of such  sections
and shall be deemed repealed therewith;
  S  2.  Section  3 of part V of chapter 57 of the laws of 2005 amending
the education law relating to the New York state  nursing  faculty  loan
forgiveness  incentive  program  and  the New York state nursing faculty
scholarship program, as amended by section 1 of part L of chapter 58  of
the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  S  3.  This  act  shall  take  effect on the same date and in the same
manner as Part H of this chapter; provided that section two of this  act
shall  take  effect on the same date and in the same manner as Part I of
this chapter; and provided further that this act  shall  expire  and  be
deemed repealed on June 30, [2016] 2021.
  S  3. Section 17 of chapter 31 of the laws of 1985 amending the educa-
tion law relating to regents scholarships  in  certain  professions,  as
amended  by  section  1  of part K of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is
amended to read as follows:
  S 17. This act shall take effect immediately; provided, however,  that
the  scholarship  and  loan forgiveness programs established pursuant to
the provisions of this act shall terminate upon  the  granting  of  such
awards for the 2008-2009 school year provided, however, that the regents
physician  loan  forgiveness  program  established  pursuant to this act
shall not terminate until the granting of such awards for the  [2015-16]
2020-21  school year, provided that the final disbursement of any multi-
year awards granted in such school year shall be paid.
  S 4. Paragraph a of subdivision 5 of section 679-c  of  the  education
law,  as  amended  by  section 1 of part E3 of chapter 57 of the laws of
2007, is amended to read as follows:
  a. The corporation shall convert to a student loan the full amount  of
the  award given pursuant to this section, plus interest, according to a
schedule to be determined by the corporation if: (1) three  years  after
the  completion  of the degree program it is found that an applicant did
not begin to provide nursing faculty or clinical nurse faculty services;
(2) if such applicant does not provide nursing faculty or clinical nurs-
ing faculty services for four years within seven years of the completion
of the master's degree program in nursing or doctoral degree; or (3) the
student fails to receive a master's degree in nursing or doctoral degree
that will qualify them as nursing faculty or  adjunct  clinical  faculty
within the three years of receiving the award.  THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION SHALL BE DEFERRED FOR ANY INTERRUPTION IN GRADUATE
OR DOCTORAL STUDY OR EMPLOYMENT AS ESTABLISHED BY THE  RULES  AND  REGU-
LATIONS   OF  THE  CORPORATION.  ANY  OBLIGATION  TO  COMPLY  WITH  SUCH
PROVISIONS AS OUTLINED IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE CANCELLED UPON THE DEATH
OF THE RECIPIENT.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBDIVISION TO
THE CONTRARY, THE CORPORATION IS  AUTHORIZED  TO  PROMULGATE  RULES  AND
REGULATIONS  TO  PROVIDE  FOR  THE WAIVER OR SUSPENSION OF ANY FINANCIAL
OBLIGATION WHICH WOULD INVOLVE EXTREME HARDSHIP.
  S 5. Subdivision 5 of section 669-d of the education law,  as  amended
by  section  1 of part H1 of section 109 of the laws of 2006, is amended
to read as follows:
  5. The corporation shall convert to a student loan the full amount  of
the  award given pursuant to this section, plus interest, according to a
schedule to be determined by the corporation if: (a) two years after the
completion of the degree program and receipt of initial certification it
is found that a recipient is not  teaching  in  the  field  of  math  or
science  in  a  school located within New York state providing secondary

S. 6406--A                         59                         A. 9006--A

education recognized by the board of regents or the  university  of  the
state  of  New  York;  or (b) a recipient has not taught in the field of
math or science in a school located  within  New  York  state  providing
secondary education recognized by the board of regents or the university
of  the  state  of  New  York  for  five  of  the  seven years after the
completion of the degree program and receipt of  initial  certification;
or  (c)  a  recipient  fails to complete their degree program or changes
majors to an undergraduate degree program other than in science or math;
or (d) a recipient fails to receive or maintain their  teaching  certif-
icate  or license in New York state; or (e) a recipient fails to respond
to requests by the corporation for the status of his or her academic  or
professional  progress.    THE  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS SUBDIVISION
SHALL BE DEFERRED FOR ANY  INTERRUPTION  IN  UNDERGRADUATE  OR  GRADUATE
STUDY  OR  EMPLOYMENT AS ESTABLISHED BY THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE
CORPORATION. ANY OBLIGATION TO COMPLY WITH SUCH PROVISIONS  AS  OUTLINED
IN  THIS  SECTION  SHALL  BE  CANCELLED UPON THE DEATH OF THE RECIPIENT.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBDIVISION TO THE CONTRARY,  THE
CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO PROMULGATE RULES AND REGULATIONS TO PROVIDE
FOR  THE  WAIVER  OR  SUSPENSION OF ANY FINANCIAL OBLIGATION WHICH WOULD
INVOLVE EXTREME HARDSHIP.
  S 6. This act shall take effect immediately; provided that the  amend-
ments  to paragraph a of subdivision 5 of section 679-c of the education
law made by section four of this act shall not affect the repeal of such
section and shall be deemed repealed therewith.

                                 PART H

  Section 1. Section 7408 of the education law is amended  by  adding  a
new subdivision 6 to read as follows:
  6. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW, ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED TO
LAWFULLY  ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY PURSUANT TO ARTI-
CLE FIFTEEN OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW, ARTICLES ONE AND EIGHT-B OF
THE PARTNERSHIP LAW, OR ARTICLES TWELVE  AND  THIRTEEN  OF  THE  LIMITED
LIABILITY COMPANY LAW SHALL BE DEEMED AUTHORIZED TO REGISTER PURSUANT TO
THIS SECTION.
  S 2. Section 1503 of the business corporation law is amended by adding
a new paragraph (h) to read as follows:
  (H)  ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING AS
A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION FORMED  TO  LAWFULLY  ENGAGE  IN  THE
PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED
UNDER  ARTICLE  ONE  HUNDRED  FORTY-NINE  OF  THE EDUCATION LAW SHALL BE
REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY  OF  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF  THE
FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPEN-
SATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVID-
UALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT
ALL  SHAREHOLDERS  OF A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION WHOSE PRINCIPAL
PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE  PRACTICE
OF  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER
SECTION SEVENTY-FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF THE EDUCATION  LAW  OR  ARE  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS  LICENSED  UNDER  SECTION  SEVENTY-FOUR  HUNDRED FIVE OF THE
EDUCATION LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE  FIRM
AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH, A
FIRM INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF
THE  FIRM'S  NAME  INCLUDES  THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR
"CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE ABBREVIATIONS  "CPA"  OR  "CPAS".

S. 6406--A                         60                         A. 9006--A

EACH  NON-LICENSEE  OWNER  OF  A  FIRM  THAT  IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS
SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES  IN  THE
BUSINESS  OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY,
INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT  LIMITED  TO,  A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPO-
RATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN  EQUITY  INTEREST  IN  SUCH
ENTITY  IS  A  NATURAL  PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS
CONDUCTED BY THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES  OF  THIS
SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS
OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR
MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM. SUCH A FIRM SHALL HAVE ATTACHED TO  ITS  CERTIF-
ICATE  OF  INCORPORATION A CERTIFICATE OR CERTIFICATES DEMONSTRATING THE
FIRM'S COMPLIANCE WITH THIS PARAGRAPH, IN LIEU  OF  THE  CERTIFICATE  OR
CERTIFICATES  REQUIRED  BY  SUBPARAGRAPH  (II)  OF PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS
SECTION.
  S 3. Section 1507 of the business corporation law is amended by adding
a new paragraph (c) to read as follows:
  (C) ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING  AS
A  PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF SECTION
FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE OF THIS ARTICLE MAY ISSUE  SHARES  TO  INDIVIDUALS
WHO  ARE  AUTHORIZED BY LAW TO PRACTICE IN THIS STATE A PROFESSION WHICH
SUCH CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO PRACTICE AND  WHO  ARE  OR  HAVE  BEEN
ENGAGED  IN  THE  PRACTICE  OF  SUCH PROFESSION IN SUCH CORPORATION OR A
PREDECESSOR ENTITY, OR WHO WILL ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF  SUCH  PROFES-
SION  IN SUCH CORPORATION WITHIN THIRTY DAYS OF THE DATE SUCH SHARES ARE
ISSUED AND MAY ALSO ISSUE SHARES TO EMPLOYEES  OF  THE  CORPORATION  NOT
LICENSED AS CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS, PROVIDED THAT:
  (I)  AT  LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES OF STOCK OF
THE CORPORATION ARE OWNED BY CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,
  (II) AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE DIRECTORS ARE CERTIFIED  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS,
  (III)  AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OFFICERS ARE CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS,
  (IV) THE PRESIDENT, THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND  THE
CHIEF  EXECUTIVE  OFFICER  OR OFFICERS ARE CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS.
NO SHAREHOLDER OF A FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF  INCOR-
PORATING AS A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H)
OF  SECTION  FIFTEEN  HUNDRED  THREE  OF THIS ARTICLE SHALL ENTER INTO A
VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT, PROXY OR ANY OTHER TYPE OF AGREEMENT VESTING  IN
ANOTHER  PERSON, OTHER THAN ANOTHER SHAREHOLDER OF THE SAME CORPORATION,
THE AUTHORITY TO EXERCISE VOTING POWER OF ANY  OR  ALL  OF  HIS  OR  HER
SHARES.  ALL  SHARES  ISSUED,  AGREEMENTS  MADE  OR  PROXIES  GRANTED IN
VIOLATION OF THIS SECTION SHALL BE VOID.
  S 4. Section 1508 of the business corporation law is amended by adding
a new paragraph (c) to read as follows:
  (C) THE DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR  THE  BUSI-
NESS  PURPOSE  OF  INCORPORATING  AS  A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION
PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF SECTION FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE OF THIS ARTI-
CLE MAY INCLUDE INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE  NOT  LICENSED  TO  PRACTICE  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY,  PROVIDED  HOWEVER  THAT  AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE
DIRECTORS, AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OFFICERS AND THE PRESIDENT,
THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE  OFFI-
CER  OR  OFFICERS  ARE  AUTHORIZED  BY  LAW  TO PRACTICE IN THIS STATE A
PROFESSION WHICH SUCH CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED  TO  PRACTICE,  AND  ARE
EITHER  SHAREHOLDERS  OF  SUCH CORPORATION OR ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF
THEIR PROFESSIONS IN SUCH CORPORATION.

S. 6406--A                         61                         A. 9006--A

  S 5. Section 1509 of the business corporation law, as amended by chap-
ter 550 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
S 1509. Disqualification   of   shareholders,  directors,  officers  and
          employees.
  If any shareholder, director, officer or employee  of  a  professional
service  corporation,  including  a  design  professional service corpo-
ration, OR ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF  INCORPORAT-
ING  AS  A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF
SECTION FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE OF THIS ARTICLE, who  has  been  rendering
professional service to the public becomes legally disqualified to prac-
tice  his  profession  within  this state, he shall sever all employment
with, and financial interests (other than interests as a  creditor)  in,
such  corporation  forthwith or as otherwise provided in section 1510 of
this article. All provisions of law regulating the rendering of  profes-
sional  services  by  a  person  elected or appointed to a public office
shall be applicable to a shareholder, director, officer and employee  of
such  corporation  in the same manner and to the same extent as if fully
set forth herein. Such legal disqualification to practice his profession
within this state shall be deemed to constitute an irrevocable offer  by
the  disqualified  shareholder  to  sell  his shares to the corporation,
pursuant to the provisions of section 1510 of this  article  or  of  the
certificate of incorporation, by-laws or agreement among the corporation
and all shareholders, whichever is applicable. Compliance with the terms
of  such  offer  shall be specifically enforceable in the courts of this
state. A professional service corporation's failure to  enforce  compli-
ance with this provision shall constitute a ground for forfeiture of its
certificate of incorporation and its dissolution.
  S 6. Paragraph (a) of section 1511 of the business corporation law, as
amended by chapter 550 of the laws of 2011, is amended and new paragraph
(c) is added to read as follows:
  (a) No shareholder of a professional service corporation [or], INCLUD-
ING  a  design professional service corporation, OR ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED
FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF  INCORPORATING  AS  A  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE
CORPORATION  PURSUANT  TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF SECTION FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE
OF THIS ARTICLE, may sell or transfer his  shares  in  such  corporation
except  to  another  individual who is eligible to have shares issued to
him by such corporation or except in trust  to  another  individual  who
would  be  eligible  to receive shares if he were employed by the corpo-
ration. Nothing herein contained shall  be  construed  to  prohibit  the
transfer of shares by operation of law or by court decree.  No transfer-
ee of shares by operation of law or court decree may vote the shares for
any  purpose  whatsoever  except  with respect to corporate action under
sections 909 and 1001 of this chapter. The restriction in the  preceding
sentence shall not apply, however, where such transferee would be eligi-
ble  to  have  shares issued to him if he were an employee of the corpo-
ration and, if there are other shareholders, a majority  of  such  other
shareholders shall fail to redeem the shares so transferred, pursuant to
section  1510  of  this  article, within sixty days of receiving written
notice of such transfer. Any sale or transfer, except  by  operation  of
law  or  court decree or except for a corporation having only one share-
holder, may be made only after the same shall have been approved by  the
board  of  directors, or at a shareholders' meeting specially called for
such purpose by such proportion,  not  less  than  a  majority,  of  the
outstanding  shares  as  may  be provided in the certificate of incorpo-
ration or in the by-laws of such professional  service  corporation.  At
such  shareholders' meeting the shares held by the shareholder proposing

S. 6406--A                         62                         A. 9006--A

to sell or transfer his shares may not  be  voted  or  counted  for  any
purpose,  unless  all  shareholders consent that such shares be voted or
counted. The certificate of incorporation or the by-laws of the  profes-
sional  service corporation, or the professional service corporation and
the shareholders by private agreement, may provide, in  lieu  of  or  in
addition  to  the foregoing provisions, for the alienation of shares and
may require the redemption or purchase of such  shares  by  such  corpo-
ration  at  prices  and  in a manner specifically set forth therein. The
existence of the restrictions on the sale  or  transfer  of  shares,  as
contained  in  this  article  and,  if applicable, in the certificate of
incorporation, by-laws, stock purchase or  stock  redemption  agreement,
shall  be  noted  conspicuously on the face or back of every certificate
for shares issued by a professional service  corporation.  Any  sale  or
transfer in violation of such restrictions shall be void.
  (C)  A FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING AS A
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH  (H)  OF  SECTION
FIFTEEN  HUNDRED  THREE  OF  THIS  ARTICLE, SHALL PURCHASE OR REDEEM THE
SHARES OF A NON-LICENSED PROFESSIONAL SHAREHOLDER IN THE CASE OF HIS  OR
HER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT WITHIN THIRTY DAYS AFTER SUCH TERMINATION.
A  FIRM  ESTABLISHED  FOR  THE  BUSINESS  PURPOSE  OF INCORPORATING AS A
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH  (H)  OF  SECTION
FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE OF THIS ARTICLE, SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO PURCHASE
OR  REDEEM  THE  SHARES OF A TERMINATED NON-LICENSED PROFESSIONAL SHARE-
HOLDER IF SUCH SHARES, WITHIN THIRTY DAYS AFTER  SUCH  TERMINATION,  ARE
SOLD  OR  TRANSFERRED TO ANOTHER EMPLOYEE OF THE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO
THIS ARTICLE.
  S 7. Paragraph (a) of section 1512 of the business corporation law, as
amended by chapter 550 of the laws  of  2011,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (a) Notwithstanding  any other provision of law, the name of a profes-
sional service corporation,  including  a  design  professional  service
corporation  AND ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCOR-
PORATING AS A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H)
OF SECTION FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE OF THIS ARTICLE, may contain  any  word
which,  at  the  time  of  incorporation, could be used in the name of a
partnership practicing a profession which the corporation is  authorized
to  practice,  and  may  not contain any word which could not be used by
such a partnership.   Provided, however,  the  name  of  a  professional
service corporation may not contain the name of a deceased person unless
  (1) such  person's  name was part of the corporate name at the time of
such person's death; or
  (2) such person's name was part of the name of an existing partnership
and at least two-thirds of such partnership's partners become sharehold-
ers of the corporation.
  S 8. Section 1514 of the business corporation law is amended by adding
a new paragraph (c) to read as follows:
  (C) EACH FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING AS
A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF  SECTION
FIFTEEN  HUNDRED  THREE OF THIS ARTICLE SHALL, AT LEAST ONCE EVERY THREE
YEARS ON OR BEFORE THE  DATE  PRESCRIBED  BY  THE  LICENSING  AUTHORITY,
FURNISH  A  STATEMENT  TO  THE LICENSING AUTHORITY LISTING THE NAMES AND
RESIDENCE ADDRESSES OF EACH SHAREHOLDER, DIRECTOR AND  OFFICER  OF  SUCH
CORPORATION  AND  CERTIFY  AS THE DATE OF CERTIFICATION AND AT ALL TIMES
OVER THE ENTIRE THREE YEAR PERIOD THAT:
  (I) AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES OF  STOCK  OF
THE CORPORATION ARE AND WERE OWNED BY CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,

S. 6406--A                         63                         A. 9006--A

  (II)  AT  LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE DIRECTORS ARE AND WERE CERTI-
FIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,
  (III)  AT  LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OFFICERS ARE AND WERE CERTI-
FIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,
  (IV) THE PRESIDENT, THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND  THE
CHIEF  EXECUTIVE  OFFICER  OR  OFFICERS  ARE  AND  WERE CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS.
THE STATEMENT SHALL BE SIGNED BY THE PRESIDENT OR ANY  CERTIFIED  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANT  VICE-PRESIDENT  AND  ATTESTED  TO  BY  THE  SECRETARY OR ANY
ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.
  S 9. Paragraph (d) of section 1525 of the business corporation law, as
added by chapter 505 of the laws of 1983, is amended to read as follows:
  (d) "Foreign professional service corporation"  means  a  professional
service corporation, whether or not denominated as such, organized under
the  laws of a jurisdiction other than this state, all of the sharehold-
ers, directors and officers of which  are  authorized  and  licensed  to
practice  the  profession  for  which such corporation is licensed to do
business; except that all shareholders,  directors  and  officers  of  a
foreign  professional service corporation which provides health services
in this state shall be licensed in this state. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER
PROVISION OF LAW A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE  CORPORATION  FORMED  TO
LAWFULLY  ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE
IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE  ONE  HUNDRED  FORTY-NINE  OF  THE
EDUCATION  LAW,  SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY OF
THE OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF  FINANCIAL  INTERESTS,  INCLUDING
OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING  RIGHTS  HELD  BY THE FIRM'S
OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY
IN  SOME  STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL SHAREHOLDERS OF A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL
SERVICE CORPORATION WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS  STATE,
AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE,
HOLD  A  VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION SEVENTY-FOUR HUNDRED FOUR OF
THE EDUCATION LAW OR  ARE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS  LICENSED  UNDER  SECTION
SEVENTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  FIVE  OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY
INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS  MUST  COMPLY  WITH
RULES  PROMULGATED  BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.  NOTWITH-
STANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM REGISTERED UNDER  THIS  SECTION  MAY  NOT
HAVE  NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTI-
FIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT,"  OR  "CERTIFIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS,"  OR  THE
ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS
INCORPORATED  UNDER  THIS  SECTION  SHALL  BE  (1)  A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 10. The fourteenth undesignated paragraph of section 2 of the  part-
nership  law, as added by chapter 576 of the laws of 1994, is amended to
read as follows:
  "Professional partnership" means (1)  a  partnership  without  limited
partners  each  of whose partners is a professional authorized by law to
render a professional service within this state, (2) a partnership with-
out limited partners each of whose partners is a professional, at  least
one of whom is authorized by law to render a professional service within

S. 6406--A                         64                         A. 9006--A

this  state or (3) a partnership without limited partners authorized by,
or holding a license, certificate, registration or permit issued by  the
licensing  authority  pursuant  to the education law to render a profes-
sional  service within this state; except that all partners of a profes-
sional partnership that provides medical services in this state must  be
licensed  pursuant to article 131 of the education law to practice medi-
cine in this state and all partners of a professional  partnership  that
provides  dental  services  in  this  state must be licensed pursuant to
article 133 of the education law to practice dentistry  in  this  state;
[and  further]  except  that  all partners of a professional partnership
that provides professional engineering,  land  surveying,  architectural
and/or  landscape  architectural services in this state must be licensed
pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the education
law to practice one or more of  such  professions  in  this  state;  AND
FURTHER  EXCEPT  THAT  ALL  PARTNERS  OF A PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP THAT
PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF  BUSINESS
IS  IN  THIS  STATE AND WHO PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST BE
LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF  LAW
A  PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTI-
CLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE  REQUIRED  TO  SHOW  (1)  THAT  A
SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL
INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING  RIGHTS
HELD  BY  THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT  ALL  SHAREHOLDERS  OF  A
PROFESSIONAL  PARTNERSHIP  WHOSE  PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS
STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS
STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF  THE  EDUCATION
LAW  OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCA-
TION LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE  FIRM  AND
ITS  OWNERS  MUST  COMPLY  WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING,  A  FIRM  REGISTERED
UNDER  THIS  SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME
INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR  "CERTIFIED  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS,"  OR  THE  ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE
OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE  (1)  A
NATURAL  PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM OR
ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT  LIMITED
TO,  A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL
OWNER OF AN EQUITY INTEREST IN SUCH  ENTITY  IS  A  NATURAL  PERSON  WHO
ACTIVELY  PARTICIPATES  IN  THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY THE FIRM OR ITS
AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTIC-
IPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE INDIVIDUALLY
TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 10-a. The fourteenth undesignated paragraph  of  section  2  of  the
partnership  law,  as  amended  by  chapter  475 of the laws of 2014, is
amended to read as follows:
  "Professional partnership" means (1)  a  partnership  without  limited
partners  each  of whose partners is a professional authorized by law to
render a professional service within this state, (2) a partnership with-
out limited partners each of whose partners is a professional, at  least
one of whom is authorized by law to render a professional service within
this  state or (3) a partnership without limited partners authorized by,
or holding a license, certificate, registration or permit issued by  the
licensing  authority  pursuant  to the education law to render a profes-

S. 6406--A                         65                         A. 9006--A

sional service within this state; except that all partners of a  profes-
sional  partnership that provides medical services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article 131 of the education law to practice  medi-
cine  in  this state and all partners of a professional partnership that
provides dental services in this state  must  be  licensed  pursuant  to
article  133  of  the education law to practice dentistry in this state;
[and further] except that all partners  of  a  professional  partnership
that provides professional engineering, land surveying, geologic, archi-
tectural  and/or  landscape architectural services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of  the
education law to practice one or more of such professions in this state;
AND  FURTHER EXCEPT THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP THAT
PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF  BUSINESS
IS  IN  THIS  STATE AND WHO PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST BE
LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF  LAW
A  PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTI-
CLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE  REQUIRED  TO  SHOW  (1)  THAT  A
SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL
INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING  RIGHTS
HELD  BY  THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT  ALL  SHAREHOLDERS  OF  A
PROFESSIONAL  PARTNERSHIP  WHOSE  PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS
STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS
STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF  THE  EDUCATION
LAW  OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCA-
TION LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE  FIRM  AND
ITS  OWNERS  MUST  COMPLY  WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING,  A  FIRM  REGISTERED
UNDER  THIS  SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME
INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR  "CERTIFIED  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS,"  OR  THE  ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE
OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE  (1)  A
NATURAL  PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM OR
ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT  LIMITED
TO,  A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL
OWNER OF AN EQUITY INTEREST IN SUCH  ENTITY  IS  A  NATURAL  PERSON  WHO
ACTIVELY  PARTICIPATES  IN  THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY THE FIRM OR ITS
AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTIC-
IPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE INDIVIDUALLY
TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 11. Subdivision (q) of section 121-1500 of the partnership  law,  as
amended  by  chapter  554  of  the  laws  of 2013, is amended to read as
follows:
  (q) Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership  formed
to  provide  medical services in this state must be licensed pursuant to
article 131 of the education law to practice medicine in this state  and
each  partner  of  a  registered limited liability partnership formed to
provide dental services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle 133 of the education law to practice dentistry in this state.   Each
partner  of a registered limited liability partnership formed to provide
veterinary services in this state must be licensed pursuant  to  article
135  of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this state.
EACH PARTNER OF A REGISTERED LIMITED  LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP  FORMED  TO
PROVIDE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS

S. 6406--A                         66                         A. 9006--A

IS IN THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES,  MUST  BE
LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY  IN THIS STATE. Each partner of a registered limited liabil-
ity partnership formed to provide professional engineering, land survey-
ing, architectural and/or landscape architectural services in this state
must be licensed pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148
of the education law to practice one or more of such professions in this
state. Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed
to  provide licensed clinical social work services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article 154 of the education law to practice  clin-
ical  social  work  in  this state. Each partner of a registered limited
liability partnership formed to provide creative arts  therapy  services
in  this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education
law to practice creative arts therapy in this state. Each partner  of  a
registered  limited liability partnership formed to provide marriage and
family therapy services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle 163 of the education law to practice marriage and family therapy  in
this  state.  Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership
formed to provide mental health counseling services in this  state  must
be  licensed  pursuant  to  article 163 of the education law to practice
mental health counseling in this state. Each  partner  of  a  registered
limited  liability partnership formed to provide psychoanalysis services
in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the  education
law  to  practice psychoanalysis in this state. Each partner of a regis-
tered limited liability partnership formed to provide  applied  behavior
analysis service in this state must be licensed or certified pursuant to
article  167  of the education law to practice applied behavior analysis
in this state.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF  LAW  A  LIMITED
LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP  FORMED  TO  LAWFULLY  ENGAGE  IN THE PRACTICE OF
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTI-
CLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE  REQUIRED  TO  SHOW  (1)  THAT  A
SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL
INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING  RIGHTS
HELD  BY  THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A LIMITED
LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP WHOSE PRINCIPAL  PLACE  OF  BUSINESS  IS  IN  THIS
STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS
STATE,  HOLD  A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE EDUCATION
LAW OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE  EDUCA-
TION  LAW.  ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND
ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY  THE  STATE  BOARD  FOR
PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY.    NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM REGISTERED
UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE  FIRM'S  NAME
INCLUDES  THE  WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR  "CPAS."  EACH  NON-LICENSEE
OWNER  OF  A FIRM THAT IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A
NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM  OR
ITS  AFFILIATED  ENTITIES,  OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH  BENEFICIAL
OWNER  OF  AN  EQUITY  INTEREST  IN  SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS
AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTIC-
IPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE INDIVIDUALLY
TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.

S. 6406--A                         67                         A. 9006--A

  S 11-a. Subdivision (q) of section 121-1500 of the partnership law, as
amended  by  chapter  475  of  the  laws  of 2014, is amended to read as
follows:
  (q)  Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed
to provide medical services in this state must be licensed  pursuant  to
article  131 of the education law to practice medicine in this state and
each partner of a registered limited  liability  partnership  formed  to
provide dental services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle  133 of the education law to practice dentistry in this state.  Each
partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed to  provide
veterinary  services  in this state must be licensed pursuant to article
135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this  state.
EACH  PARTNER  OF  A  REGISTERED LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO
PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE  OF  BUSINESS
IS  IN  THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST BE
LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. Each partner of a registered limited  liabil-
ity partnership formed to provide professional engineering, land survey-
ing,  geological  services, architectural and/or landscape architectural
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 145, article
147 and/or article 148 of the education law to practice one or  more  of
such  professions  in  this  state. Each partner of a registered limited
liability partnership formed to provide licensed  clinical  social  work
services  in  this state must be licensed pursuant to article 154 of the
education law to practice clinical social work in this state. Each part-
ner of a registered limited  liability  partnership  formed  to  provide
creative  arts  therapy services in this state must be licensed pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice creative arts therapy in
this state. Each partner of a registered limited  liability  partnership
formed  to  provide  marriage  and family therapy services in this state
must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law  to  prac-
tice marriage and family therapy in this state. Each partner of a regis-
tered  limited  liability  partnership  formed  to provide mental health
counseling services in this state must be licensed pursuant  to  article
163  of  the  education law to practice mental health counseling in this
state. Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed
to provide psychoanalysis services in this state must be licensed pursu-
ant to article 163 of the education law to  practice  psychoanalysis  in
this  state.  Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership
formed to provide applied behavior analysis service in this  state  must
be licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of the education law to
practice  applied  behavior analysis in this state.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY
OTHER PROVISIONS OF  LAW  A  LIMITED  LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP  FORMED  TO
LAWFULLY  ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE
IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE
REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY  OF  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF  THE
FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPEN-
SATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVID-
UALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT
ALL PARTNERS OF A LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF
BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY  IN  THIS  STATE,  HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION
7404 OF THE EDUCATION LAW  OR  ARE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS  LICENSED  UNDER
SECTION  7405  OF THE EDUCATION LAW.  ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LI-
CENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGAT-
ED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FORE-

S. 6406--A                         68                         A. 9006--A

GOING, A FIRM REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION MAY  NOT  HAVE  NON-LICENSEE
OWNERS  IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNT-
ANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE ABBREVIATIONS  "CPA"  OR
"CPAS."  EACH  NON-LICENSEE  OWNER  OF A FIRM THAT IS INCORPORATED UNDER
THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES  IN
THE  BUSINESS  OF THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  A  PARTNERSHIP  OR  PROFESSIONAL  CORPO-
RATION,  PROVIDED  EACH  BENEFICIAL  OWNER OF AN EQUITY INTEREST IN SUCH
ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY  PARTICIPATES  IN  THE  BUSINESS
CONDUCTED  BY  THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS
OR TO OTHERWISE INDIVIDUALLY TAKE PART IN  THE  DAY-TO-DAY  BUSINESS  OR
MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S  12.  Subdivision (q) of section 121-1502 of the partnership law, as
amended by chapter 554 of the laws  of  2013,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (q)  Each  partner  of  a  foreign limited liability partnership which
provides medical services in this state must  be  licensed  pursuant  to
article  131  of the education law to practice medicine in the state and
each partner of a foreign limited liability partnership  which  provides
dental services in the state must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of
the education law to practice dentistry in this state. Each partner of a
foreign  limited liability partnership which provides veterinary service
in the state shall be licensed pursuant to article 135 of the  education
law  to  practice  veterinary  medicine in this state. Each partner of a
foreign limited liability partnership which provides professional  engi-
neering,  land  surveying,  architectural and/or landscape architectural
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 145, article
147 and/or article 148 of the education law to practice one or  more  of
such professions. EACH PARTNER OF A FOREIGN REGISTERED LIMITED LIABILITY
PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCI-
PAL  PLACE  OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY SERVICES, MUST BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF  THE  EDUCA-
TION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. Each partner of a
foreign  limited  liability partnership which provides licensed clinical
social work services in this state must be licensed pursuant to  article
154  of  the  education law to practice licensed clinical social work in
this state. Each partner of  a  foreign  limited  liability  partnership
which  provides  creative  arts  therapy  services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice  crea-
tive  arts  therapy  in  this  state.  Each partner of a foreign limited
liability  partnership  which  provides  marriage  and  family   therapy
services  in  this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the
education law to practice marriage and family  therapy  in  this  state.
Each  partner  of a foreign limited liability partnership which provides
mental health counseling services in this state must be licensed  pursu-
ant  to article 163 of the education law to practice mental health coun-
seling in this state. Each partner of a foreign limited liability  part-
nership  which  provides  psychoanalysis  services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article  163  of  the  education  law  to  practice
psychoanalysis  in this state. Each partner of a foreign limited liabil-
ity partnership which provides applied  behavior  analysis  services  in
this  state must be licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of the
education law to practice  applied  behavior  analysis  in  this  state.
NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A FOREIGN LIMITED LIABILITY
PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC  ACCOUN-

S. 6406--A                         69                         A. 9006--A

TANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE
EDUCATION  LAW,  SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY OF
THE OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF  FINANCIAL  INTERESTS,  INCLUDING
OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING  RIGHTS  HELD  BY THE FIRM'S
OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY
IN  SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A FOREIGN LIMITED LIABILITY
PARTNERSHIP WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND  WHO
ARE  ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE, HOLD A
VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW  OR  ARE
PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS  LICENSED  UNDER  SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION LAW.
ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS  OWNERS
MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY.    NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  FOREGOING,  A FIRM REGISTERED UNDER THIS
SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE
WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS,"
OR  THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM
THAT IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1)  A  NATURAL  PERSON
WHO  ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE BUSINESS CONDUCTED BY THE FIRM OR  ITS  AFFILIATED  ENTITIES.    FOR
PURPOSES  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE
SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE  PART  IN  THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 12-a. Subdivision (q) of section 121-1502 of the partnership law, as
amended  by  chapter  475  of  the  laws  of 2014, is amended to read as
follows:
  (q) Each partner of a  foreign  limited  liability  partnership  which
provides  medical  services  in  this state must be licensed pursuant to
article 131 of the education law to practice medicine in the  state  and
each  partner  of a foreign limited liability partnership which provides
dental services in the state must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of
the education law to practice dentistry in this state.  Each partner  of
a  foreign  limited  liability  partnership  which  provides  veterinary
service in the state shall be licensed pursuant to article  135  of  the
education  law to practice veterinary medicine in this state. Each part-
ner of a foreign limited liability partnership  which  provides  profes-
sional  engineering,  land surveying, geological services, architectural
and/or landscape architectural services in this state must  be  licensed
pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the education
law  to  practice  one  or  more of such professions.  EACH PARTNER OF A
FOREIGN REGISTERED  LIMITED  LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP  FORMED  TO  PROVIDE
PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY  SERVICES,  WHOSE  PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN
THIS STATE  AND  WHO  PROVIDES  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY  SERVICES,  MUST  BE
LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY  IN  THIS STATE. Each partner of a foreign limited liability
partnership which provides licensed clinical  social  work  services  in
this state must be licensed pursuant to article 154 of the education law
to practice licensed clinical social work in this state. Each partner of
a  foreign  limited  liability  partnership which provides creative arts
therapy services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article  163
of  the  education  law to practice creative arts therapy in this state.
Each partner of a foreign limited liability partnership  which  provides
marriage  and  family  therapy  services  in this state must be licensed
pursuant to article 163 of the education law to  practice  marriage  and

S. 6406--A                         70                         A. 9006--A

family  therapy in this state. Each partner of a foreign limited liabil-
ity partnership which provides mental health counseling services in this
state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education  law  to
practice  mental  health  counseling  in  this  state. Each partner of a
foreign limited  liability  partnership  which  provides  psychoanalysis
services  in  this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the
education law to practice psychoanalysis in this state. Each partner  of
a  foreign limited liability partnership which provides applied behavior
analysis services in this state must be licensed or  certified  pursuant
to  article 167 of the education law to practice applied behavior analy-
sis in this state. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A FOREIGN
LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE  PRACTICE
OF  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY,  AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER
ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1)  THAT  A
SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL
INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING  RIGHTS
HELD  BY  THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A FOREIGN
LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF  BUSINESS  IS  IN
THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN
THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE EDUCA-
TION  LAW  OR  ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE
EDUCATION LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE  FIRM
AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR
PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY.    NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM REGISTERED
UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE  FIRM'S  NAME
INCLUDES  THE  WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR  "CPAS."  EACH  NON-LICENSEE
OWNER  OF  A FIRM THAT IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A
NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM  OR
ITS  AFFILIATED  ENTITIES,  OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH  BENEFICIAL
OWNER  OF  AN  EQUITY  INTEREST  IN  SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS
AFFILIATED  ENTITIES.    FOR  PURPOSES  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY
PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE  INDI-
VIDUALLY TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S  13.  Subdivision  (h) of section 121-101 of the partnership law, as
added by chapter 950 of the laws of 1990, is amended to read as follows:
  (h) "Limited partnership" and  "domestic  limited  partnership"  mean,
unless  the  context otherwise requires, a partnership (i) formed by two
or more persons pursuant to this article or which complies with subdivi-
sion (a) of section 121-1202 of this article and (ii) having one or more
general partners and one or more limited partners.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY
OTHER  PROVISIONS OF LAW A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OR DOMESTIC LIMITED PART-
NERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY,
AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCA-
TION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A  SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF  THE
OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNER-
SHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS,
BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY  IN  SOME
STATE,  AND  (2)  THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OR DOMESTIC
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE,
AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE,
HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE EDUCATION  LAW  OR
ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION LAW.

S. 6406--A                         71                         A. 9006--A

ALTHOUGH  FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS
MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A  FIRM  REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS
SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE
WORDS  "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,"
OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A  FIRM
THAT  IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 14. Subdivision (b) of section 1207 of the limited liability company
law, as amended by chapter 554 of the laws of 2013, is amended  to  read
as follows:
  (b)  With  respect to a professional service limited liability company
formed to provide medical services as such services are defined in arti-
cle 131 of the education law, each  member  of  such  limited  liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 131 of the education law to
practice  medicine in this state. With respect to a professional service
limited liability company formed to  provide  dental  services  as  such
services are defined in article 133 of the education law, each member of
such  limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 133
of the education law to practice dentistry in this state.  With  respect
to  a  professional  service limited liability company formed to provide
veterinary services as such services are defined in article 135  of  the
education  law,  each  member  of such limited liability company must be
licensed pursuant to article 135 of the education law to practice veter-
inary medicine in this state. With respect  to  a  professional  service
limited  liability  company  formed to provide professional engineering,
land surveying, architectural and/or landscape architectural services as
such services are defined in article 145, article 147 and article 148 of
the education law, each member of such limited liability company must be
licensed pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of  the
education law to practice one or more of such professions in this state.
WITH  RESPECT TO A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY FORMED
TO PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES AS SUCH SERVICES ARE  DEFINED  IN
ARTICLE  149  OF THE EDUCATION LAW EACH MEMBER OF SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS  IS  IN  THIS  STATE  AND  WHO
PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTI-
CLE  149  OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS
STATE. With respect to a professional service limited liability  company
formed  to  provide  licensed  clinical  social  work  services  as such
services are defined in article 154 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to article 154
of the education law to practice licensed clinical social work  in  this
state.  With respect to a professional service limited liability company
formed to provide creative arts therapy services as  such  services  are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such limited
liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the educa-
tion  law  to practice creative arts therapy in this state. With respect
to a professional service limited liability company  formed  to  provide
marriage  and  family  therapy  services as such services are defined in

S. 6406--A                         72                         A. 9006--A

article 163 of the education law, each member of such limited  liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to
practice  marriage  and  family therapy in this state. With respect to a
professional  service limited liability company formed to provide mental
health counseling services as such services are defined in  article  163
of the education law, each member of such limited liability company must
be  licensed  pursuant  to  article 163 of the education law to practice
mental health counseling in this state. With respect to  a  professional
service  limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide psychoanalysis
services as such services are defined in article 163  of  the  education
law,  each  member  of  such  limited liability company must be licensed
pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice  psychoanalysis
in  this state. With respect to a professional service limited liability
company formed to provide applied behavior  analysis  services  as  such
services are defined in article 167 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed or certified pursuant to
article  167  of the education law to practice applied behavior analysis
in this state. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS  OF  LAW  A  PROFES-
SIONAL  SERVICE  LIMITED  LIABILITY COMPANY FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN
THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS  SUCH  PRACTICE  IS  RESPECTIVELY
DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW
(1)  THAT  A  SIMPLE  MAJORITY OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF
FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND  VOTING
RIGHTS  HELD  BY  THE  FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO
PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL MEMBERS OF A
LIMITED PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, WHOSE  PRINCIPAL
PLACE  OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE
OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE  ISSUED  UNDER
SECTION  7404 OF ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNT-
ANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF ARTICLE 149 OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW.
ALTHOUGH  FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS
MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A  FIRM  REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS
SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE
WORDS  "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,"
OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A  FIRM
THAT  IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 14-a. Subdivision (b) of  section  1207  of  the  limited  liability
company  law,  as amended by chapter 475 of the laws of 2014, is amended
to read as follows:
  (b) With respect to a professional service limited  liability  company
formed to provide medical services as such services are defined in arti-
cle  131  of  the  education  law, each member of such limited liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 131 of the education law to
practice medicine in this state. With respect to a professional  service
limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide dental services as such
services are defined in article 133 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to article  133

S. 6406--A                         73                         A. 9006--A

of  the education law to practice dentistry in this state.  With respect
to a professional service limited liability company  formed  to  provide
veterinary  services  as such services are defined in article 135 of the
education  law,  each  member  of such limited liability company must be
licensed pursuant to article 135 of the education law to practice veter-
inary medicine in this state. With respect  to  a  professional  service
limited  liability  company  formed to provide professional engineering,
land surveying, architectural, landscape architectural and/or geological
services as such services are defined in article 145,  article  147  and
article  148 of the education law, each member of such limited liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article  145,  article  147  and/or
article  148  of  the  education  law  to  practice  one or more of such
professions in this state.   WITH  RESPECT  TO  A  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE
LIMITED  LIABILITY COMPANY FORMED TO PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES
AS SUCH SERVICES ARE DEFINED IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE  EDUCATION  LAW  EACH
MEMBER  OF SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSI-
NESS IS IN THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST
BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE  EDUCATION  LAW  TO  PRACTICE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. With respect to a professional service
limited  liability  company  formed  to provide licensed clinical social
work services as such services are defined in article 154 of the  educa-
tion  law,  each  member  of  such  limited  liability  company shall be
licensed pursuant to article  154  of  the  education  law  to  practice
licensed  clinical  social work in this state. With respect to a profes-
sional service limited liability company formed to provide creative arts
therapy services as such services are defined  in  article  163  of  the
education  law,  each  member  of such limited liability company must be
licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice  crea-
tive  arts therapy in this state. With respect to a professional service
limited liability company formed to provide marriage and family  therapy
services  as  such  services are defined in article 163 of the education
law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be  licensed
pursuant  to  article  163 of the education law to practice marriage and
family therapy in this state. With respect  to  a  professional  service
limited  liability  company  formed  to provide mental health counseling
services as such services are defined in article 163  of  the  education
law,  each  member  of  such  limited liability company must be licensed
pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice  mental  health
counseling in this state. With respect to a professional service limited
liability  company  formed  to  provide  psychoanalysis services as such
services are defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to article  163
of  the  education  law  to  practice psychoanalysis in this state. With
respect to a professional service limited liability  company  formed  to
provide  applied behavior analysis services as such services are defined
in article 167 of the education law, each member of such limited liabil-
ity company must be licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of the
education law to practice  applied  behavior  analysis  in  this  state.
NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY  OTHER  PROVISIONS  OF  LAW  A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE  PRACTICE  OF
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTI-
CLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE
MAJORITY  OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS,
INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS  HELD  BY  THE
FIRM'S  OWNERS,  BELONGS  TO  INDIVIDUALS  LICENSED  TO  PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL MEMBERS OF A LIMITED PROFES-

S. 6406--A                         74                         A. 9006--A

SIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSI-
NESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN  THE  PRACTICE  OF  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY  IN  THIS  STATE,  HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION
7404  OF  ARTICLE  149  OF  THE  EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
LICENSED UNDER SECTION  7405  OF  ARTICLE  149  OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW.
ALTHOUGH  FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS
MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A  FIRM  REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS
SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE
WORDS  "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,"
OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A  FIRM
THAT  IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 15. Subdivisions (a) and (f) of section 1301 of the limited  liabil-
ity  company  law, subdivision (a) as amended by chapter 554 of the laws
of 2013 and subdivision (f) as amended by chapter 170  of  the  laws  of
1996, are amended to read as follows:
  (a)  "Foreign  professional service limited liability company" means a
professional service limited liability company, whether or  not  denomi-
nated  as  such,  organized  under the laws of a jurisdiction other than
this state, (i) each of whose members and managers, if any, is a profes-
sional authorized by law to render a professional  service  within  this
state  and who is or has been engaged in the practice of such profession
in such professional service limited liability company or a  predecessor
entity, or will engage in the practice of such profession in the profes-
sional  service limited liability company within thirty days of the date
such professional becomes a member, or each of whose members and  manag-
ers,  if  any, is a professional at least one of such members is author-
ized by law to render a professional service within this state  and  who
is  or  has  been  engaged  in  the  practice of such profession in such
professional service limited liability company or a predecessor  entity,
or  will  engage  in the practice of such profession in the professional
service limited liability company within thirty days of  the  date  such
professional  becomes  a  member,  or  (ii)  authorized by, or holding a
license, certificate, registration or permit  issued  by  the  licensing
authority  pursuant  to,  the  education  law  to  render a professional
service within this state; except that all members and managers, if any,
of  a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company  that
provides  health services in this state shall be licensed in this state.
With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability company
which provides veterinary services as such services are defined in arti-
cle 135 of the education law, each member of such  foreign  professional
service  limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to article
135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine.  With  respect
to  a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company which
provides medical services as such services are defined in article 131 of
the education law, each member  of  such  foreign  professional  service
limited  liability  company  must be licensed pursuant to article 131 of
the education law to practice medicine in this state.  With respect to a

S. 6406--A                         75                         A. 9006--A

foreign professional service limited liability  company  which  provides
dental  services  as  such  services  are  defined in article 133 of the
education law, each member of such foreign professional service  limited
liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of the educa-
tion  law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect to a foreign
professional service limited liability company  which  provides  profes-
sional  engineering,  land  surveying,  architectural  and/or  landscape
architectural services as such services  are  defined  in  article  145,
article  147  and  article 148 of the education law, each member of such
foreign professional service limited liability company must be  licensed
pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the education
law  to  practice  one  or  more of such professions in this state. WITH
RESPECT TO A FOREIGN  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE  LIMITED  LIABILITY  COMPANY
WHICH  PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES AS SUCH SERVICES ARE DEFINED
IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EACH MEMBER OF SUCH FOREIGN PROFES-
SIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF  BUSI-
NESS  IS  IN  THIS  STATE  AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES,
SHALL BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO  PRAC-
TICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. With respect to a foreign profes-
sional  service  limited liability company which provides licensed clin-
ical social work services as such services are defined in article 154 of
the education law, each member  of  such  foreign  professional  service
limited  liability  company shall be licensed pursuant to article 154 of
the education law to practice clinical social work in this  state.  With
respect  to  a  foreign  professional  service limited liability company
which provides creative arts  therapy  services  as  such  services  are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice creative arts therapy in
this  state.  With  respect  to  a  foreign professional service limited
liability company which provides marriage and family therapy services as
such services are defined in article 163  of  the  education  law,  each
member  of  such  foreign professional service limited liability company
must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law  to  prac-
tice  marriage  and  family  therapy  in  this  state. With respect to a
foreign professional service limited liability  company  which  provides
mental  health counseling services as such services are defined in arti-
cle 163 of the education law, each member of such  foreign  professional
service  limited  liability company must be licensed pursuant to article
163 of the education law to practice mental health  counseling  in  this
state.  With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability
company which provides psychoanalysis  services  as  such  services  are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to  article  163 of the education law to practice psychoanalysis in this
state. With respect to a foreign professional service limited  liability
company  which  provides  applied  behavior  analysis  services  as such
services are defined in article 167 of the education law, each member of
such foreign professional service  limited  liability  company  must  be
licensed  or  certified  pursuant to article 167 of the education law to
practice applied behavior analysis in this  state.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY
OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY,
AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCA-
TION  LAW  SHALL  BE  REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY OF THE
OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNER-

S. 6406--A                         76                         A. 9006--A

SHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY  THE  FIRM'S  OWNERS,
BELONGS  TO  INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME
STATE, AND (2) THAT  ALL  MEMBERS  OF  A  FOREIGN  LIMITED  PROFESSIONAL
SERVICE  LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS
IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY
IN THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER  SECTION  7404  OF  THE
EDUCATION  LAW  OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF
THE EDUCATION LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS,  THE
FIRM  AND  ITS  OWNERS  MUST  COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE
BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE  FOREGOING,  A  FIRM
REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS  SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE
FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTI-
FIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR  "CPAS."    EACH
NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL
BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE
FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP OR  PROFESSIONAL  CORPORATION,  PROVIDED  EACH
BENEFICIAL  OWNER  OF  AN  EQUITY  INTEREST  IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL
PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS CONDUCTED BY  THE  FIRM
OR  ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY
PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE  INDI-
VIDUALLY TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  (f) "Professional partnership" means (1) a partnership without limited
partners  each  of whose partners is a professional authorized by law to
render a professional service within this state, (2) a partnership with-
out limited partners each of whose partners is a professional, at  least
one of whom is authorized by law to render a professional service within
this  state or (3) a partnership without limited partners authorized by,
or holding a license, certificate, registration or permit issued by  the
licensing  authority  pursuant  to the education law to render a profes-
sional service within this state; except that all partners of a  profes-
sional  partnership that provides medical services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article 131 of the education law to practice  medi-
cine  in  this state and all partners of a professional partnership that
provides dental services in this state  must  be  licensed  pursuant  to
article  133  of  the education law to practice dentistry in this state;
except that all partners of a  professional  partnership  that  provides
veterinary  services  in this state must be licensed pursuant to article
135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this  state;
and  further except that all partners of a professional partnership that
provides professional engineering, land surveying, architectural, and/or
landscape architectural services in this state must be licensed pursuant
to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the education  law  to
practice one or more of such professions. WITH RESPECT TO A PROFESSIONAL
PARTNERSHIP  WHICH PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES AS SUCH SERVICES
ARE DEFINED IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW,  EACH  MEMBER  OF  SUCH
PROFESSIONAL  PARTNERSHIP  WHOSE  PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS
STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES,  SHALL  BE  LICENSED
PURSUANT  TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A PROFESSIONAL  PART-
NERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY,
AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCA-
TION  LAW  SHALL  BE  REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY OF THE
OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNER-
SHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY  THE  FIRM'S  OWNERS,
BELONGS  TO  INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME

S. 6406--A                         77                         A. 9006--A

STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL MEMBERS OF A LIMITED  PROFESSIONAL  PARTNERSHIP,
WHOSE  PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED
IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY  IN  THIS  STATE,  HOLD  A  VALID
LICENSE  ISSUED  UNDER  SECTION  7404 OF THE EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION  LAW.  ALTHOUGH
FIRMS  MAY  INCLUDE  NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS,  THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST
COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION  MAY
NOT  HAVE  NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS  IF  THE  FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS
"CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE
ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS."  EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A  FIRM  THAT
IS  REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS  SECTION  SHALL  BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 15-a. Subdivisions (a) and  (f)  of  section  1301  of  the  limited
liability  company  law,  as amended by chapter 475 of the laws of 2014,
are amended to read as follows:
  (a) "Foreign professional service limited liability company"  means  a
professional  service  limited liability company, whether or not denomi-
nated as such, organized under the laws of  a  jurisdiction  other  than
this state, (i) each of whose members and managers, if any, is a profes-
sional  authorized  by  law to render a professional service within this
state and who is or has been engaged in the practice of such  profession
in  such professional service limited liability company or a predecessor
entity, or will engage in the practice of such profession in the profes-
sional service limited liability company within thirty days of the  date
such  professional becomes a member, or each of whose members and manag-
ers, if any, is a professional at least one of such members  is  author-
ized  by  law to render a professional service within this state and who
is or has been engaged in  the  practice  of  such  profession  in  such
professional  service limited liability company or a predecessor entity,
or will engage in the practice of such profession  in  the  professional
service  limited  liability  company within thirty days of the date such
professional becomes a member, or  (ii)  authorized  by,  or  holding  a
license,  certificate,  registration  or  permit issued by the licensing
authority pursuant to,  the  education  law  to  render  a  professional
service within this state; except that all members and managers, if any,
of  a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company  that
provides health services in this state shall be licensed in this  state.
With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability company
which provides veterinary services as such services are defined in arti-
cle  135  of the education law, each member of such foreign professional
service limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to  article
135  of  the education law to practice veterinary medicine. With respect
to a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company  which
provides medical services as such services are defined in article 131 of
the  education  law,  each  member  of such foreign professional service
limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to  article  131  of
the education law to practice medicine in this state.  With respect to a
foreign  professional  service  limited liability company which provides

S. 6406--A                         78                         A. 9006--A

dental services as such services are  defined  in  article  133  of  the
education  law, each member of such foreign professional service limited
liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of the educa-
tion  law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect to a foreign
professional service limited liability company  which  provides  profes-
sional engineering, land surveying, geologic, architectural and/or land-
scape  architectural  services  as  such services are defined in article
145, article 147 and article 148 of the education law,  each  member  of
such  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability company must be
licensed pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of  the
education law to practice one or more of such professions in this state.
WITH RESPECT TO A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
WHICH  PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES AS SUCH SERVICES ARE DEFINED
IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EACH MEMBER OF SUCH FOREIGN PROFES-
SIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF  BUSI-
NESS  IS  IN  THIS  STATE  AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES,
SHALL BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO  PRAC-
TICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. With respect to a foreign profes-
sional  service  limited liability company which provides licensed clin-
ical social work services as such services are defined in article 154 of
the education law, each member  of  such  foreign  professional  service
limited  liability  company shall be licensed pursuant to article 154 of
the education law to practice clinical social work in this  state.  With
respect  to  a  foreign  professional  service limited liability company
which provides creative arts  therapy  services  as  such  services  are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice creative arts therapy in
this  state.  With  respect  to  a  foreign professional service limited
liability company which provides marriage and family therapy services as
such services are defined in article 163  of  the  education  law,  each
member  of  such  foreign professional service limited liability company
must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law  to  prac-
tice  marriage  and  family  therapy  in  this  state. With respect to a
foreign professional service limited liability  company  which  provides
mental  health counseling services as such services are defined in arti-
cle 163 of the education law, each member of such  foreign  professional
service  limited  liability company must be licensed pursuant to article
163 of the education law to practice mental health  counseling  in  this
state.  With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability
company which provides psychoanalysis  services  as  such  services  are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to  article  163 of the education law to practice psychoanalysis in this
state. With respect to a foreign professional service limited  liability
company  which  provides  applied  behavior  analysis  services  as such
services are defined in article 167 of the education law, each member of
such foreign professional service  limited  liability  company  must  be
licensed  or  certified  pursuant to article 167 of the education law to
practice applied behavior analysis in this  state.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY
OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY,
AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCA-
TION  LAW  SHALL  BE  REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY OF THE
OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNER-
SHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY  THE  FIRM'S  OWNERS,

S. 6406--A                         79                         A. 9006--A

BELONGS  TO  INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME
STATE, AND (2) THAT  ALL  MEMBERS  OF  A  FOREIGN  LIMITED  PROFESSIONAL
SERVICE  LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS
IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY
IN  THIS  STATE,  HOLD  A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE
EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION  7405  OF
THE  EDUCATION  LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE
FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH  RULES  PROMULGATED  BY  THE  STATE
BOARD  FOR  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM
REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS  IF  THE
FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTI-
FIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS,"  OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS."  EACH
NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL
BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE
FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY,  INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT
LIMITED  TO,  A  PARTNERSHIP  OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH
BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY INTEREST  IN  SUCH  ENTITY  IS  A  NATURAL
PERSON  WHO  ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS CONDUCTED BY THE FIRM
OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION,  "ACTIVELY
PARTICIPATE"  MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE INDI-
VIDUALLY TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  (f) "Professional partnership" means (1) a partnership without limited
partners each of whose partners is a professional authorized by  law  to
render a professional service within this state, (2) a partnership with-
out  limited partners each of whose partners is a professional, at least
one of whom is authorized by law to render a professional service within
this state or (3) a partnership without limited partners authorized  by,
or  holding a license, certificate, registration or permit issued by the
licensing authority pursuant to the education law to  render  a  profes-
sional  service within this state; except that all partners of a profes-
sional partnership that provides medical services in this state must  be
licensed  pursuant to article 131 of the education law to practice medi-
cine in this state and all partners of a professional  partnership  that
provides  dental  services  in  this  state must be licensed pursuant to
article 133 of the education law to practice dentistry  in  this  state;
except  that  all  partners  of a professional partnership that provides
veterinary services in this state must be licensed pursuant  to  article
135  of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this state;
and further except that all partners of a professional partnership  that
provides  professional  engineering, land surveying, geologic, architec-
tural, and/or landscape architectural services in  this  state  must  be
licensed  pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the
education law to practice one or more of such professions. WITH  RESPECT
TO A PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP WHICH PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES
AS  SUCH  SERVICES ARE DEFINED IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EACH
MEMBER OF SUCH PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE  OF  BUSI-
NESS  IS  IN  THIS  STATE  AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES,
SHALL BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO  PRAC-
TICE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A
PROFESSIONAL PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN  THE  PRACTICE  OF
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTI-
CLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE
MAJORITY  OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS,
INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS  HELD  BY  THE
FIRM'S  OWNERS,  BELONGS  TO  INDIVIDUALS  LICENSED  TO  PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL MEMBERS OF A LIMITED PROFES-

S. 6406--A                         80                         A. 9006--A

SIONAL PARTNERSHIP, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS  STATE,
AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE,
HOLD  A  VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE EDUCATION LAW OR
ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION LAW.
ALTHOUGH  FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS
MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD FOR PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A  FIRM  REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS
SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE
WORDS  "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,"
OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS."  EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM
THAT IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON  WHO
ACTIVELY  PARTICIPATES  IN  THE  BUSINESS  OF THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE BUSINESS CONDUCTED BY THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED  ENTITIES.  FOR
PURPOSES  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE
SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE  PART  IN  THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S  16. This act shall take effect immediately; provided, however, that
sections ten-a, eleven-a, twelve-a, fourteen-a and fifteen-a of this act
shall take effect on the same date as sections 25, 26, 27, 22,  and  23,
respectively, of chapter 475 of the laws of 2014 take effect.

                                 PART I

  Section  1. Section 34 of chapter 91 of the laws of 2002, amending the
education law and other laws relating to reorganization of the New  York
city  school  construction  authority,  board of education and community
boards, as amended by section 1 of subpart D of part B of chapter 20  of
the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S 34. This act shall take effect July 1, 2002; provided, that sections
one  through  twenty, twenty-four, and twenty-six through thirty of this
act shall expire and be deemed repealed June 30, [2016]  2019  provided,
further,  that notwithstanding any provision of article 5 of the general
construction law, on June 30, [2016] 2019 the provisions of subdivisions
3, 5, and 8, paragraph b of subdivision 13, subdivision  14,  paragraphs
b,  d,  and  e  of subdivision 15, and subdivisions 17 and 21 of section
2554 of the education law as repealed by  section  three  of  this  act,
subdivision  1  of  section  2590-b  of the education law as repealed by
section six of this act, paragraph  (a)  of  subdivision  2  of  section
2590-b  of  the  education law as repealed by section seven of this act,
section 2590-c of the education law as repealed by section eight of this
act, paragraph c of subdivision 2 of section 2590-d of the education law
as repealed by section twenty-six of this act, subdivision 1 of  section
2590-e  of the education law as repealed by section twenty-seven of this
act, subdivision 28 of section 2590-h of the education law  as  repealed
by section twenty-eight of this act, subdivision 30 of section 2590-h of
the education law as repealed by section twenty-nine of this act, subdi-
vision  30-a  of  section  2590-h  of  the  education law as repealed by
section thirty of this  act  shall  be  revived  and  be  read  as  such
provisions  existed  in law on the date immediately preceding the effec-
tive date of this act; provided, however, that sections seven and  eight
of  this  act  shall  take effect on November 30, 2003; provided further
that the amendments to subdivision 25 of section 2554 of  the  education
law  made  by section two of this act shall be subject to the expiration

S. 6406--A                         81                         A. 9006--A

and reversion of such subdivision pursuant to section 12 of chapter  147
of  the  laws of 2001, as amended, when upon such date the provisions of
section four of this act shall take effect.
  S  2. Subdivision 12 of section 17 of chapter 345 of the laws of 2009,
amending the education law and other laws relating to the New York  city
board of education, chancellor, community councils, and community super-
intendents, as amended by section 2 of subpart D of part B of chapter 20
of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  12. any provision in sections one, two, three, four, five, six, seven,
eight,  nine,  ten  and  eleven  of this act not otherwise set to expire
pursuant to section 34 of chapter 91 of the laws of 2002, as amended, or
section 17 of chapter 123 of the laws of 2003, as amended, shall  expire
and be deemed repealed June 30, [2016] 2019.
  S 3. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART J

  Section  1.  Subdivision 1 of section 813 of the labor law, as amended
by chapter 55 of the laws of 1992, is amended to read as follows:
  1. The governor shall appoint  a  state  apprenticeship  and  training
council,  composed  of NOT MORE THAN three representatives from employer
organizations [and three from], AN EQUAL NUMBER OF REPRESENTATIVES  FROM
employee  organizations  and [one representative] AN EQUAL NUMBER of the
general public[, who shall be the chairman]. THE REPRESENTATIVES OF  THE
GENERAL  PUBLIC SHALL INCLUDE REPRESENTATIVES OF PUBLIC COLLEGES, COMMU-
NITY COLLEGES OR BOARDS OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL  SERVICES  THAT  HAVE
EXPERIENCE  PROVIDING  RELATED  INSTRUCTION FOR APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAMS.
THE GOVERNOR SHALL DESIGNATE ONE OF THE PUBLIC MEMBERS AS THE CHAIR. The
council by majority vote may designate one of its  members,  other  than
the  [chairman]  CHAIR,  as  [vice-chairman]  VICE-CHAIR  to  act in the
absence or inability of the  [chairman]  CHAIR.  Each  member  shall  be
appointed for a term of three years. Each member shall hold office until
his  or  her  successor  is appointed and has qualified, and any vacancy
shall be filled by appointment for the unexpired portion  of  the  term.
The  present  members of the council shall continue to hold office until
the expiration of their present terms or their earlier  terminations  by
resignation  or  inability  to  act.  The commissioner of education, the
commissioner of labor and the commissioner of economic development shall
[ex officio be] BE EX OFFICIO members of such council without vote.  The
members of the council shall not receive a salary or other compensation,
but  shall  be reimbursed for transportation and other expenses actually
and necessarily incurred in the performance of their duties  under  this
article.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART K

  Section  1.  Subdivision 1 of section 652 of the labor law, as amended
by section 1 of part P of chapter 57 of the laws of 2013, is amended  to
read as follows:
  1.  Statutory.  Every  employer shall pay to each of its employees for
each hour worked a wage of not less than:
  [$4.25 on and after April 1, 1991,
  $5.15 on and after March 31, 2000,
  $6.00 on and after January 1, 2005,
  $6.75 on and after January 1, 2006,]

S. 6406--A                         82                         A. 9006--A

  $7.15 on and after January 1, 2007,
  $8.00 on and after December 31, 2013,
  $8.75 on and after December 31, 2014,
  $9.00 on and after December 31, 2015,
  $9.75 ON AND AFTER JULY 1, 2016,
  $10.75 ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2016,
  $11.75 ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2017,
  $12.75 ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2018,
  $13.75 ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2019,
  $14.50 ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2020,
  $15.00 ON AND AFTER JULY 1, 2021,
or,  if  greater,  such  other wage as may be established by federal law
pursuant to 29 U.S.C. section 206 or its successors or such  other  wage
as may be established in accordance with the provisions of this article.
  S  2.  Subdivision 6 of section 652 of the labor law is REPEALED and a
new subdivision 6 is added to read as follows:
  6. NOTWITHSTANDING SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION, THE  MINIMUM  WAGE
FOR  AN  EMPLOYEE WHO WORKS IN A CITY WITH A POPULATION IN EXCESS OF ONE
MILLION SHALL BE PHASED-IN ON THE FOLLOWING ACCELERATED SCHEDULE:
  $10.50 PER HOUR ON AND AFTER JULY 1, 2016,
  $12.00 PER HOUR ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2016,
  $13.50 PER HOUR ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2017,
  $15.00 PER HOUR ON AND AFTER DECEMBER 31, 2018,
OR, IF GREATER, SUCH OTHER WAGE AS MAY BE ESTABLISHED UNDER, OR PROVIDED
FOR BY, SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION. THE RATES AND  SCHEDULE  ESTAB-
LISHED  ABOVE  SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO BE THE MINIMUM WAGE UNDER SUBDIVI-
SION ONE OF THIS SECTION FOR PURPOSES OF THE CALCULATIONS  SPECIFIED  IN
SUBDIVISION  TWO  OF  THIS  SECTION  AND  IN SUBDIVISIONS ONE AND TWO OF
SECTION FIVE HUNDRED TWENTY-SEVEN OF THIS CHAPTER.
  S 3. This act shall take effect immediately  provided,  however,  that
the provisions of section two of this act shall expire July 1, 2021 when
upon such date the provisions of such section shall be deemed repealed.

                                 PART L

  Section  1.  Subdivision  (a)  of  section  25-a  of the labor law, as
amended by section 1 of part AA of chapter 56 of the laws  of  2015,  is
amended to read as follows:
  (a)  The  commissioner  is  authorized to establish and administer the
program established under this section  to  provide  tax  incentives  to
employers  for  employing at risk youth in part-time and full-time posi-
tions. There will be five distinct pools of tax incentives. Program  one
will  cover  tax  incentives  allocated  for two thousand twelve and two
thousand thirteen. Program two will cover tax  incentives  allocated  in
two thousand fourteen. Program three will cover tax incentives allocated
in  two  thousand  fifteen. Program four will cover tax incentives allo-
cated in two thousand sixteen. Program five will  cover  tax  incentives
allocated  in  two thousand seventeen. The commissioner is authorized to
allocate up to twenty-five million dollars of tax credits under  program
one,  ten million dollars of tax credits under program two, [and] twenty
million dollars of tax credits under [each of programs]  PROGRAM  three,
AND  FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS OF TAX CREDITS UNDER EACH OF PROGRAMS four[,]
and five.
  S 2. Subdivision (b) of section 25-a of the labor law  is  amended  by
adding a new paragraph 3 to read as follows:

S. 6406--A                         83                         A. 9006--A

  (3)  FOR  PROGRAMS  FOUR  AND  FIVE, THE TAX CREDIT UNDER EACH PROGRAM
SHALL BE ALLOCATED AS FOLLOWS: (I) FORTY MILLION DOLLARS OF  TAX  CREDIT
FOR  QUALIFIED EMPLOYEES; AND (II) TEN MILLION DOLLARS OF TAX CREDIT FOR
INDIVIDUALS WHO MEET ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR  A  QUALIFIED  EMPLOYEE
EXCEPT  FOR  THE RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT OF SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH
TWO OF THIS SUBDIVISION, WHICH INDIVIDUALS SHALL BE DEEMED TO  MEET  THE
RESIDENCY  REQUIREMENTS  OF  SUBPARAGRAPH  (II) OF PARAGRAPH TWO OF THIS
SUBDIVISION IF THEY RESIDE IN NEW YORK STATE.
  S 3. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART M

  Section 1. Clause (G) of subparagraph (vii) of paragraph 2 of subdivi-
sion (d) of section 1089 of the family court act, as added by section 27
of part A of chapter 3 of the laws  of  2005,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (G) where a child has or will before the next permanency hearing reach
the age of fourteen, (I) the services and assistance necessary to assist
the  child  in learning independent living skills TO ASSIST THE CHILD TO
MAKE THE TRANSITION FROM FOSTER CARE TO SUCCESSFUL ADULTHOOD;  AND  (II)
A.  THAT  THE PERMANENCY PLAN DEVELOPED FOR THE CHILD IN FOSTER CARE WHO
HAS ATTAINED THE AGE OF FOURTEEN, AND ANY REVISION OR  ADDITION  TO  THE
PLAN,  SHALL  BE  DEVELOPED  IN  CONSULTATION WITH THE CHILD AND, AT THE
OPTION OF THE CHILD, WITH UP TO TWO MEMBERS OF  THE  CHILD'S  PERMANENCY
PLANNING  TEAM  WHO  ARE  SELECTED BY THE CHILD AND WHO ARE NOT A FOSTER
PARENT OF, OR THE CASE WORKER, CASE PLANNER OR  CASE  MANAGER  FOR,  THE
CHILD EXCEPT THAT THE LOCAL COMMISSIONER OF SOCIAL SERVICES WITH CUSTODY
OF  THE  CHILD MAY REJECT AN INDIVIDUAL SO SELECTED BY THE CHILD IF SUCH
LOCAL COMMISSIONER HAS GOOD CAUSE TO BELIEVE THAT THE  INDIVIDUAL  WOULD
NOT  ACT  IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE CHILD, AND B. THAT ONE INDIVIDUAL
SO SELECTED BY THE CHILD MAY BE DESIGNATED TO  BE  THE  CHILD'S  ADVISOR
AND,  AS  NECESSARY,  ADVOCATE,  WITH  RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE
REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD TO THE CHILD; and
  S 2. Paragraph (b) of subdivision 7 of section  355.5  of  the  family
court  act, as amended by section 17 of part L of chapter 56 of the laws
of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  (b) in the case of a respondent who has attained the age of  fourteen,
(I)  the  services  needed, if any, to assist the respondent to make the
transition from foster care to [independent  living]  SUCCESSFUL  ADULT-
HOOD; AND (II)(A) THAT THE PERMANENCY PLAN DEVELOPED FOR THE RESPONDENT,
AND  ANY REVISION OR ADDITION TO THE PLAN, SHALL BE DEVELOPED IN CONSUL-
TATION WITH THE RESPONDENT AND, AT THE OPTION OF THE RESPONDENT, WITH UP
TO TWO MEMBERS OF THE RESPONDENT'S  PERMANENCY  PLANNING  TEAM  WHO  ARE
SELECTED  BY  THE RESPONDENT AND WHO ARE NOT A FOSTER PARENT OF, OR CASE
WORKER, CASE PLANNER OR CASE MANAGER FOR, THE  CHILD,  EXCEPT  THAT  THE
LOCAL  COMMISSIONER OF SOCIAL SERVICES WITH CUSTODY OF THE RESPONDENT OR
THE COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES  IF  SUCH
OFFICE  HAS  CUSTODY OF THE RESPONDENT MAY REJECT AN INDIVIDUAL SELECTED
BY THE RESPONDENT IF SUCH COMMISSIONER HAS GOOD CAUSE  TO  BELIEVE  THAT
THE  INDIVIDUAL  WOULD  NOT ACT IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE RESPONDENT,
AND (B) THAT ONE INDIVIDUAL SO SELECTED BY THE RESPONDENT MAY BE  DESIG-
NATED  TO  BE THE RESPONDENT'S ADVISOR AND, AS NECESSARY, ADVOCATE, WITH
RESPECT  TO  THE  APPLICATION  OF  THE  REASONABLE  AND  PRUDENT  PARENT
STANDARD;

S. 6406--A                         84                         A. 9006--A

  S  3. Paragraph (ii) of subdivision (d) of section 756-a of the family
court act, as amended by section 22 of part L of chapter 56 of the  laws
of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  (ii)  in the case of a child who has attained the age of fourteen, (A)
the services needed, if any, to assist the child to make the  transition
from  foster  care  to  [independent  living]  SUCCESSFUL ADULTHOOD; AND
(B)(1) THAT THE  PERMANENCY  PLAN  DEVELOPED  FOR  THE  CHILD,  AND  ANY
REVISION OR ADDITION TO THE PLAN SHALL BE DEVELOPED IN CONSULTATION WITH
THE  CHILD  AND,  AT  THE OPTION OF THE CHILD, WITH UP TO TWO ADDITIONAL
MEMBERS OF THE CHILD'S PERMANENCY PLANNING TEAM WHO ARE SELECTED BY  THE
CHILD  AND  WHO ARE NOT A FOSTER PARENT OF, OR CASE WORKER, CASE PLANNER
OR CASE MANAGER FOR, THE CHILD, EXCEPT THAT THE  LOCAL  COMMISSIONER  OF
SOCIAL  SERVICES  WITH  CUSTODY OF THE CHILD MAY REJECT AN INDIVIDUAL SO
SELECTED BY THE CHILD IF SUCH COMMISSIONER HAS  GOOD  CAUSE  TO  BELIEVE
THAT  THE  INDIVIDUAL  WOULD NOT ACT IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE CHILD,
AND (2) THAT ONE INDIVIDUAL SO SELECTED BY THE CHILD MAY  BE  DESIGNATED
TO  BE  THE  CHILD'S ADVISOR AND, AS NECESSARY, ADVOCATE WITH RESPECT TO
THE APPLICATION OF THE REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD;
  S 4. Subdivisions 1 and 2 of section 458-c of the social services law,
as added by section 4 of part F of chapter 58 of the laws of  2010,  are
amended to read as follows:
  1.  A  social  services official shall make payments for non-recurring
guardianship expenses incurred by or  on  behalf  of  the  relatives  OR
SUCCESSOR  GUARDIANS who have been approved by the social services offi-
cial to receive kinship  guardianship  assistance  payments,  when  such
expenses  are incurred in connection with assuming the guardianship of a
foster child OR A FORMER FOSTER CHILD IN REGARD TO SUCCESSOR  GUARDIANS.
The  agreement  for  the  payment of non-recurring guardianship expenses
must be reflected in the written agreement set forth in subdivision four
of section four hundred fifty-eight-b of this title. In accordance  with
subdivision  two  of  this  section,  the  payments shall be made by the
social services official either to the relative OR SUCCESSOR guardian or
guardians directly or to an  attorney  on  behalf  of  the  relative  OR
SUCCESSOR guardian or guardians, AS APPLICABLE, for the allowable amount
of  non-recurring  guardianship  expenses  incurred  in  connection with
obtaining such guardianship.
  2. The amount of the payment made pursuant to this section  shall  not
exceed  two  thousand  dollars  for  each  foster  child  for  whom  the
relatives, OR EACH FORMER FOSTER CHILD FOR WHOM THE SUCCESSOR GUARDIANS,
seek guardianship or permanent guardianship and shall be available  only
for  those expenses that are determined to be eligible for reimbursement
by the social services official in accordance with  the  regulations  of
the office of children and family services.
  S  5. The social services law is amended by adding a new section 383-a
to read as follows:
  S 383-A. QUALIFIED IMMUNITY FROM  LIABILITY  FOR  APPLICATION  OF  THE
REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD.  1. DEFINITIONS. AS USED IN THIS
SECTION, THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MEANINGS:
  (A)  "CAREGIVER"  SHALL  MEAN A FOSTER PARENT, THE EMPLOYEE OF A CHILD
CARE FACILITY OPERATED BY A VOLUNTARY AUTHORIZED AGENCY THAT  IS  DESIG-
NATED  TO  APPLY  THE REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD, OR A LOCAL
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL SERVICES OR A VOLUNTARY AUTHORIZED AGENCY  THAT  IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CARE OF A FOSTER CHILD AT THE RELEVANT TIME.
  (B)  "CHILD"  SHALL  MEAN  A CHILD WHO IS IN FOSTER CARE OR WHO WAS IN
FOSTER CARE AT THE RELEVANT TIME.

S. 6406--A                         85                         A. 9006--A

  (C) "CHILD CARE FACILITY" SHALL MEAN AN INSTITUTION, GROUP  RESIDENCE,
GROUP  HOME,  AGENCY  OPERATED  BOARDING HOME, OR SUPERVISED INDEPENDENT
LIVING PROGRAM.
  (D) "REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD" SHALL MEAN, IN ACCORDANCE
WITH  42  U.S.C. 675 AS AMENDED BY P.L. 113-183, THE STANDARD CHARACTER-
IZED BY CAREFUL  AND  SENSIBLE  PARENTAL  DECISIONS  THAT  MAINTAIN  THE
HEALTH,  SAFETY,  AND  BEST  INTERESTS OF A CHILD WHILE AT THE SAME TIME
ENCOURAGING THE EMOTIONAL AND DEVELOPMENTAL GROWTH OF THE CHILD  THAT  A
CAREGIVER  SHALL USE WHEN DETERMINING WHETHER TO ALLOW A CHILD IN FOSTER
CARE TO PARTICIPATE IN EXTRACURRICULAR, ENRICHMENT, CULTURAL  OR  SOCIAL
ACTIVITIES.
  2.  A  CAREGIVER  SHALL  NOT  BE LIABLE FOR INJURIES TO THE CHILD THAT
OCCUR AS A RESULT OF  ACTING  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  REASONABLE  AND
PRUDENT  PARENT  STANDARD AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH (D) OF SUBDIVISION ONE
OF THIS SECTION, UNLESS SUCH INJURIES WERE CAUSED BY GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR
WILLFUL AND WANTON MISCONDUCT ON THE PART OF SUCH CAREGIVER.
  3. IN DETERMINING WHETHER THE REASONABLE AND PRUDENT  PARENT  STANDARD
WAS  APPLIED BY A CAREGIVER IN RELATION TO A PARTICULAR CHILD, ANY GUID-
ANCE ISSUED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES OR THE  UNITED
STATES  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH  AND HUMAN SERVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH 42
U.S.C. 675 AS AMENDED BY P.L. 113-183, MAY BE CONSIDERED.
  S 6. The opening paragraph  of  paragraph  (e)  of  subdivision  2  of
section  378-a  of  the social services law, as amended by section 10 of
part L of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  [After] EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH (M) OF  THIS  SECTION,  AFTER
reviewing  any criminal history record information provided by the divi-
sion of criminal justice services, the office  of  children  and  family
services  shall  promptly  notify  the  authorized agency or other state
agency that:
  S 7. Subdivision 2 of section 378-a of  the  social  services  law  is
amended by adding a new paragraph (m) to read as follows:
  (M)(1)  THE  OFFICE  OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES SHALL NOT RELEASE
THE CONTENT OF THE RESULTS OF THE  NATIONWIDE  CRIMINAL  HISTORY  RECORD
CHECK  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THIS SUBDIVISION TO AN AUTHORIZED AGENCY, AS DEFINED IN  PARAGRAPHS
(A)  OR  (C)  OF SUBDIVISION TEN OF SECTION THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY-ONE OF
THIS TITLE.
  (2) FOR ANY APPLICATION MADE TO SUCH AN AUTHORIZED AGENCY  UNDER  THIS
SUBDIVISION, THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES SHALL:
  (A) REVIEW AND EVALUATE THE RESULTS OF THE NATIONWIDE CRIMINAL HISTORY
RECORD  CHECK  OF  THE  PROSPECTIVE  FOSTER PARENT, PROSPECTIVE ADOPTIVE
PARENT AND ANY OTHER PERSON OVER THE AGE OF EIGHTEEN WHO RESIDES IN  THE
HOME  OF  SUCH  APPLICANT  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARDS SET FORTH IN
PARAGRAPH (E) OF THIS SUBDIVISION RELATING  TO  MANDATORY  DISQUALIFYING
CONVICTIONS,  HOLD IN ABEYANCE CHARGES OR CONVICTIONS, AND DISCRETIONARY
CHARGES AND CONVICTIONS; AND
  (B) BASED ON THE RESULTS OF THE  NATIONWIDE  CRIMINAL  HISTORY  RECORD
CHECK,  INFORM  SUCH  AUTHORIZED AGENCY THAT THE APPLICATION FOR CERTIF-
ICATION OR APPROVAL OF THE PROSPECTIVE FOSTER PARENT OR THE  PROSPECTIVE
ADOPTIVE  PARENT  EITHER: (I) MUST BE DENIED; (II) MUST BE HELD IN ABEY-
ANCE PENDING SUBSEQUENT NOTIFICATION FROM THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND
FAMILY  SERVICES;  OR  (III)  THAT  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES HAS NO OBJECTION,  SOLELY  BASED  ON  THE  NATIONWIDE  CRIMINAL
HISTORY RECORD CHECK, FOR THE AUTHORIZED AGENCY TO PROCEED WITH A DETER-
MINATION ON SUCH APPLICATION BASED ON THE STANDARDS FOR CERTIFICATION OR
APPROVAL  OF A PROSPECTIVE FOSTER PARENT OR PROSPECTIVE ADOPTIVE PARENT,

S. 6406--A                         86                         A. 9006--A

AS SET FORTH IN THE REGULATIONS OF THE OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES.
  (3)  WHERE  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND FAMILY SERVICES DIRECTS THE
AUTHORIZED AGENCY TO DENY THE APPLICATION OF A PROSPECTIVE FOSTER PARENT
OR A PROSPECTIVE ADOPTIVE PARENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS PARAGRAPH,  THE
OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES SHALL ALSO NOTIFY THE PROSPECTIVE
FOSTER  PARENT, PROSPECTIVE ADOPTIVE PARENT OR OTHER PERSON OVER THE AGE
OF EIGHTEEN WHO RESIDED IN THE HOME  OF  THE  APPLICANT  WHOSE  CRIMINAL
HISTORY WAS THE BASIS FOR THE DENIAL.
  (4)  THIS  PARAGRAPH  DOES  NOT  APPLY  TO NATIONWIDE CRIMINAL HISTORY
RECORD CHECKS CONDUCTED BY THE FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION ON BEHALF
OF STATE AGENCIES OR AUTHORIZED AGENCIES, AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF
SUBDIVISION TEN OF SECTION THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY-ONE OF THIS  TITLE,  OR
TO  THE RESULTS OF STATEWIDE CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORD CHECKS CONDUCTED BY
THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES.
  S 8. Severability. If any clause,  sentence,  paragraph,  subdivision,
section  or  part contained in any part of this act shall be adjudged by
any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgement  shall
not  affect,  impair,  or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be
confined in its operation to the clause, sentence,  paragraph,  subdivi-
sion, section or part contained in any part thereof directly involved in
the  controversy  in which such judgment shall have been rendered. It is
hereby declared to be the intent of the legislature that this act  would
have  been enacted even if such invalid provisions had not been included
herein.
  S 9. This act shall take effect  immediately,  provided  however  that
sections  six  and  seven of this act shall take effect on the ninetieth
day after it shall have become a law.

                                 PART N

  Section 1. The criminal procedure law is amended by adding a new arti-
cle 722 to read as follows:
                               ARTICLE 722
     PROCEEDINGS AGAINST JUVENILE OFFENDERS; ESTABLISHMENT OF YOUTH
                       PART AND RELATED PROCEDURES
SECTION 722.00 PROBATION CASE PLANNING AND SERVICES.
        722.10 YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT ESTABLISHED.
        722.20 PROCEEDINGS IN A YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT.
S 722.00 PROBATION CASE PLANNING AND SERVICES.
  1. EVERY PROBATION DEPARTMENT SHALL CONDUCT A RISK AND  NEEDS  ASSESS-
MENT  WITH  RESPECT  TO  ANY JUVENILE RELEASED ON RECOGNIZANCE, RELEASED
UNDER SUPERVISION, OR POSTING BAIL FOLLOWING ARRAIGNMENT BY A YOUTH PART
WITHIN ITS JURISDICTION. THE COURT SHALL  ORDER  ANY  SUCH  JUVENILE  TO
REPORT  WITHIN  SEVEN  CALENDAR  DAYS  TO  THE  PROBATION DEPARTMENT FOR
PURPOSES  OF  ASSESSMENT.  BASED  UPON  THE  ASSESSMENT  FINDINGS,   THE
PROBATION  DEPARTMENT  SHALL REFER THE JUVENILE TO AVAILABLE SPECIALIZED
AND EVIDENCE-BASED SERVICES TO MITIGATE  ANY  RISKS  IDENTIFIED  AND  TO
ADDRESS INDIVIDUAL NEEDS.
  2.  ANY  JUVENILE  UNDERGOING  SERVICES  SHALL EXECUTE APPROPRIATE AND
NECESSARY CONSENT FORMS, WHERE APPLICABLE, TO ENSURE THAT THE  PROBATION
DEPARTMENT  MAY  COMMUNICATE  WITH  ANY  SERVICE  PROVIDER  AND  RECEIVE
PROGRESS REPORTS WITH  RESPECT  TO  SERVICES  OFFERED  AND/OR  DELIVERED
INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT  LIMITED  TO, DIAGNOSIS, TREATMENT, PROGNOSIS, TEST
RESULTS, JUVENILE ATTENDANCE AND INFORMATION REGARDING JUVENILE  COMPLI-
ANCE OR NONCOMPLIANCE WITH PROGRAM SERVICE REQUIREMENTS, IF ANY.

S. 6406--A                         87                         A. 9006--A

  3.  NOTHING  SHALL PRECLUDE THE PROBATION DEPARTMENT AND JUVENILE FROM
ENTERING INTO A VOLUNTARY WRITTEN/FORMAL  CASE  PLAN  AS  TO  TERMS  AND
CONDITIONS  TO  BE  MET, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, REPORTING TO THE
PROBATION DEPARTMENT AND OTHER PROBATION DEPARTMENT CONTACTS, UNDERGOING
ALCOHOL,  SUBSTANCE  ABUSE,  OR  MENTAL HEALTH TESTING, PARTICIPATING IN
SPECIFIC SERVICES, ADHERING TO SERVICE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS, AND  SCHOOL
ATTENDANCE,   WHERE  APPLICABLE.  FOLLOWING  THE  JUVENILE'S  SUCCESSFUL
COMPLETION OF THE CONDITIONS OF HIS OR HER CASE PLAN,  THE  COURT,  WITH
THE  CONSENT  OF THE DISTRICT ATTORNEY MAY DISMISS THE INDICTMENT OR ANY
COUNT THEREOF IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 210.40 OF THIS CHAPTER.
  4. WHEN PREPARING A PRE-SENTENCE  INVESTIGATION  REPORT  OF  ANY  SUCH
YOUTH,  THE  PROBATION  DEPARTMENT  SHALL  INCORPORATE  A SUMMARY OF THE
ASSESSMENT FINDINGS, ANY REFERRALS AND PROGRESS WITH RESPECT TO MITIGAT-
ING RISK AND ADDRESSING ANY IDENTIFIED JUVENILE NEEDS.
  5. THE PROBATION SERVICE SHALL NOT TRANSMIT OR  OTHERWISE  COMMUNICATE
TO  THE  DISTRICT  ATTORNEY  OR THE YOUTH PART ANY STATEMENT MADE BY THE
JUVENILE OFFENDER TO A PROBATION OFFICER. HOWEVER, THE PROBATION SERVICE
MAY MAKE A RECOMMENDATION REGARDING THE COMPLETION OF HIS  OR  HER  CASE
PLAN  TO  THE  YOUTH  PART AND PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION AS IT SHALL DEEM
RELEVANT.
  6. NO STATEMENT MADE TO THE PROBATION  SERVICE  DURING  THE  RISK  AND
NEEDS  ASSESSMENT OR WHILE THE JUVENILE OFFENDER IS FOLLOWING HIS OR HER
CASE PLAN MAY BE ADMITTED INTO EVIDENCE AT A FACT-  FINDING  HEARING  AT
ANY TIME PRIOR TO A CONVICTION.
S 722.10 YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT ESTABLISHED.
  THE CHIEF ADMINISTRATOR OF THE COURTS IS HEREBY DIRECTED TO ESTABLISH,
IN  A SUPERIOR COURT IN EACH COUNTY OF THE STATE THAT EXERCISES CRIMINAL
JURISDICTION, A PART OF COURT TO BE KNOWN AS THE YOUTH PART OF THE SUPE-
RIOR COURT FOR THE COUNTY IN WHICH SUCH COURT PRESIDES.  JUDGES  PRESID-
ING  IN  THE  YOUTH  PART  SHALL  RECEIVE TRAINING IN SPECIALIZED AREAS,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, JUVENILE JUSTICE, ADOLESCENT  DEVELOPMENT
AND EFFECTIVE TREATMENT METHODS FOR REDUCING CRIME COMMISSION BY ADOLES-
CENTS.   THE  YOUTH  PART  SHALL  HAVE  EXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION  OF  ALL
PROCEEDINGS IN RELATION TO JUVENILE OFFENDERS,  EXCEPT  AS  PROVIDED  IN
SECTION 180.75 OF THIS CHAPTER.
S 722.20 PROCEEDINGS IN A YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT.
  1.  WHEN  A  JUVENILE  OFFENDER  IS ARRAIGNED BEFORE A YOUTH PART, THE
PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL APPLY. IF THE  YOUTH  PART  IS  NOT  IN
SESSION,  THE  DEFENDANT  SHALL  BE  BROUGHT  BEFORE THE MOST ACCESSIBLE
MAGISTRATE DESIGNATED BY THE APPELLATE DIVISION OF THE SUPREME COURT  TO
ACT  AS  A  YOUTH PART FOR THE PURPOSE OF MAKING A DETERMINATION WHETHER
SUCH JUVENILE SHALL BE DETAINED. IF  THE  DEFENDANT  IS  ORDERED  TO  BE
DETAINED,  HE  OR  SHE  SHALL  BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE NEXT SESSION OF THE
YOUTH PART. IF THE DEFENDANT IS NOT DETAINED, HE OR SHE SHALL BE ORDERED
TO APPEAR AT THE NEXT SESSION OF THE YOUTH PART.
  2. IF THE DEFENDANT WAIVES A HEARING UPON THE  FELONY  COMPLAINT,  THE
COURT  MUST ORDER THAT THE DEFENDANT BE HELD FOR THE ACTION OF THE GRAND
JURY WITH RESPECT TO THE CHARGE  OR  CHARGES  CONTAINED  IN  THE  FELONY
COMPLAINT.
  3.  IF  THERE BE A HEARING, THEN AT THE CONCLUSION OF THE HEARING, THE
COURT MUST DISPOSE OF THE FELONY COMPLAINT AS FOLLOWS:
  (A) IF THERE IS A REASONABLE  CAUSE  TO  BELIEVE  THAT  THE  DEFENDANT
COMMITTED  A  CRIME  FOR  WHICH  A PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF SEVENTEEN, OR
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON UNDER THE  AGE
OF  EIGHTEEN  IS  CRIMINALLY  RESPONSIBLE, THE COURT MUST ORDER THAT THE
DEFENDANT BE HELD FOR THE ACTION OF A GRAND JURY; OR

S. 6406--A                         88                         A. 9006--A

  (B) IF THERE IS NOT REASONABLE CAUSE TO  BELIEVE  THAT  THE  DEFENDANT
COMMITTED  A  CRIME  FOR  WHICH  A PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF SEVENTEEN, OR
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON UNDER THE  AGE
OF  EIGHTEEN  IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE BUT THERE IS REASONABLE CAUSE TO
BELIEVE  THAT  THE  DEFENDANT  IS  A "JUVENILE DELINQUENT" AS DEFINED IN
SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 301.2 OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT, THE COURT MUST
SPECIFY THE ACT OR ACTS IT FOUND REASONABLE CAUSE TO BELIEVE THE DEFEND-
ANT DID AND DIRECT THAT THE ACTION BE REMOVED TO  THE  FAMILY  COURT  IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE SEVEN HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE OF
THIS TITLE; OR
  (C) IF THERE IS NOT REASONABLE CAUSE TO  BELIEVE  THAT  THE  DEFENDANT
COMMITTED  ANY CRIMINAL ACT, THE COURT MUST DISMISS THE FELONY COMPLAINT
AND DISCHARGE THE DEFENDANT FROM CUSTODY IF HE OR SHE IS IN CUSTODY,  OR
IF HE OR SHE IS AT LIBERTY ON BAIL, IT MUST EXONERATE THE BAIL.
  4.  NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  SUBDIVISION  THREE  OF  THIS
SECTION, A YOUTH PART SHALL, WITH THE CONSENT OF THE DISTRICT  ATTORNEY,
(A)  ORDER  REMOVAL  OF AN ACTION AGAINST A JUVENILE OFFENDER ACCUSED OF
ROBBERY IN THE SECOND DEGREE AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION  TWO  OF  SECTION
160.10  OF THE PENAL LAW AND A JUVENILE OFFENDER ACCUSED OF COMMITTING A
VIOLENT FELONY OFFENSE AS DEFINED IN SECTION 70.02 OF THE PENAL  LAW  AT
AGE  SIXTEEN,  OR  AFTER  JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, AT AGE
SIXTEEN OR SEVENTEEN, FOR WHICH A YOUTH AGE FIFTEEN OR  YOUNGER  IS  NOT
CRIMINALLY  RESPONSIBLE,  TO THE FAMILY COURT PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS
OF ARTICLE SEVEN HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE OF THIS TITLE IF,  AFTER  CONSIDER-
ATION OF THE FACTORS SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH (C) OF THIS SUBDIVISION, THE
COURT  DETERMINES  THAT  TO  DO SO WOULD BE IN THE INTERESTS OF JUSTICE.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE COURT SHALL FIND THAT SUCH REMOVAL IS NOT IN
THE INTERESTS OF JUSTICE IF THE YOUTH PLAYED A PRIMARY ROLE  IN  COMMIS-
SION OF THE CRIME OR AGGRAVATING CIRCUMSTANCES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMIT-
ED TO THE YOUTH'S USE OF A WEAPON, ARE PRESENT.
  (B)  AT  THE  REQUEST  OF  THE  DISTRICT ATTORNEY, ORDER REMOVAL OF AN
ACTION AGAINST A JUVENILE OFFENDER, OTHER  THAN  AN  ACTION  SUBJECT  TO
PARAGRAPH  (A)  OF THIS SUBDIVISION, TO THE FAMILY COURT PURSUANT TO THE
PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE SEVEN HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE OF THIS TITLE  IF,  UPON
CONSIDERATION  OF THE CRITERIA SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH (C) OF THIS SUBDI-
VISION, IT IS DETERMINED THAT TO DO SO WOULD  BE  IN  THE  INTERESTS  OF
JUSTICE.  WHERE,  HOWEVER,  THE  FELONY  COMPLAINT  CHARGES THE JUVENILE
OFFENDER CHARGED WITH MURDER IN THE SECOND DEGREE AS DEFINED IN  SECTION
125.25  OF THE PENAL LAW; RAPE IN THE FIRST DEGREE, AS DEFINED IN SUBDI-
VISION ONE OF SECTION 130.35 OF THE PENAL LAW; CRIMINAL  SEXUAL  ACT  IN
THE FIRST DEGREE, AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 130.50 OF THE
PENAL  LAW; COURSE OF SEXUAL CONDUCT AGAINST A CHILD IN THE FIRST DEGREE
AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH (A) OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 130.75 OF  THE
PENAL  LAW; PREDATORY SEXUAL ASSAULT AS DEFINED IN SECTION 130.95 OF THE
PENAL LAW WHERE THE UNDERLYING CRIME IS RAPE IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE,  AS
DEFINED  IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 130.35 OF THE PENAL LAW OR CRIMI-
NAL SEXUAL ACT IN THE FIRST DEGREE, AS DEFINED  IN  SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF
SECTION  130.50 OF THE PENAL LAW; OR AN ARMED FELONY AS DEFINED IN PARA-
GRAPH (A) OF SUBDIVISION FORTY-ONE OF SECTION 1.20 OF  THIS  CHAPTER,  A
DETERMINATION  THAT SUCH ACTION BE REMOVED TO THE FAMILY COURT SHALL, IN
ADDITION, BE BASED UPON A FINDING  OF  ONE  OR  MORE  OF  THE  FOLLOWING
FACTORS: (I) MITIGATING CIRCUMSTANCES THAT BEAR DIRECTLY UPON THE MANNER
IN  WHICH  THE CRIME WAS COMMITTED; (II) WHERE THE DEFENDANT WAS NOT THE
SOLE PARTICIPANT IN THE CRIME, THE DEFENDANT'S PARTICIPATION  WAS  RELA-
TIVELY  MINOR  ALTHOUGH  NOT  SO MINOR AS TO CONSTITUTE A DEFENSE TO THE
PROSECUTION; OR (III) POSSIBLE DEFICIENCIES IN THE PROOF OF THE CRIME.

S. 6406--A                         89                         A. 9006--A

  (C) IN MAKING ITS DETERMINATION PURSUANT  TO  PARAGRAPH  (A)  OF  THIS
SUBDIVISION  THE COURT SHALL, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, EXAMINE INDIVID-
UALLY AND COLLECTIVELY, THE FOLLOWING:
  (I) THE SERIOUSNESS AND CIRCUMSTANCES OF THE OFFENSE;
  (II) THE EXTENT OF HARM CAUSED BY THE OFFENSE;
  (III)  THE  EVIDENCE  OF  GUILT, WHETHER ADMISSIBLE OR INADMISSIBLE AT
TRIAL;
  (IV) THE HISTORY, CHARACTER AND CONDITION OF THE DEFENDANT;
  (V) THE PURPOSE AND EFFECT OF IMPOSING UPON THE DEFENDANT  A  SENTENCE
AUTHORIZED FOR THE OFFENSE;
  (VI)  THE  IMPACT  OF A REMOVAL OF THE CASE TO THE FAMILY COURT ON THE
SAFETY OR WELFARE OF THE COMMUNITY;
  (VII) THE IMPACT OF A REMOVAL OF THE CASE TO THE FAMILY COURT UPON THE
CONFIDENCE OF THE PUBLIC IN THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM;
  (VIII) WHERE THE COURT DEEMS  IT  APPROPRIATE,  THE  ATTITUDE  OF  THE
COMPLAINANT OR VICTIM WITH RESPECT TO THE MOTION; AND
  (IX)  ANY OTHER RELEVANT FACT INDICATING THAT A JUDGMENT OF CONVICTION
IN THE CRIMINAL COURT WOULD SERVE NO USEFUL PURPOSE.
  (D) FOR THE PURPOSE OF MAKING A DETERMINATION WHETHER  TO  REMOVE  THE
CASE TO FAMILY COURT PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION, ANY EVIDENCE WHICH IS
NOT  LEGALLY  PRIVILEGED  MAY BE INTRODUCED. IF THE DEFENDANT TESTIFIES,
HIS OR HER TESTIMONY MAY NOT BE INTRODUCED AGAINST HIM  OR  HER  IN  ANY
FUTURE PROCEEDING, EXCEPT TO IMPEACH HIS OR HER TESTIMONY AT SUCH FUTURE
PROCEEDING AS INCONSISTENT PRIOR TESTIMONY.
  (E)  THIS  SECTION  SHALL  NOT BE CONSTRUED TO LIMIT THE POWERS OF THE
GRAND JURY.
  5. NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISIONS OF SUBDIVISION TWO, THREE,  OR  FOUR
OF  THIS SECTION, IF A CURRENTLY UNDETERMINED FELONY COMPLAINT AGAINST A
JUVENILE OFFENDER IS PENDING IN THE YOUTH PART, AND  THE  DEFENDANT  HAS
NOT  WAIVED  A HEARING PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION TWO OF THIS SECTION AND A
HEARING PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION THREE HAS NOT COMMENCED,  THE  DEFENDANT
MAY  MOVE  IN  THE YOUTH PART, TO REMOVE THE ACTION TO FAMILY COURT. THE
PROCEDURAL RULES OF SUBDIVISIONS ONE AND TWO OF SECTION 210.45  OF  THIS
CHAPTER  ARE  APPLICABLE  TO A MOTION PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION. UPON
SUCH MOTION, THE SUPERIOR COURT SHALL PROCEED AND DETERMINE  THE  MOTION
AS  PROVIDED  IN SECTION 210.43 OF THIS CHAPTER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT
THE EXCEPTION PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (B) OF  SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF  SUCH
SECTION  210.43  SHALL  NOT  APPLY WHEN THERE IS NOT REASONABLE CAUSE TO
BELIEVE THAT THE JUVENILE OFFENDER COMMITTED ONE OR MORE OF  THE  CRIMES
ENUMERATED  THEREIN,  AND  IN SUCH EVENT THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (A)
THEREOF SHALL APPLY.
  S 2. The opening paragraph and subdivisions 2 and 3 of section  725.05
of  the  criminal  procedure law, as added by chapter 481 of the laws of
1978, are amended to read as follows:
  When a [court] YOUTH PART directs that an action or charge  is  to  be
removed  to  the family court the [court] YOUTH PART must issue an order
of removal in accordance with this section.    Such  order  must  be  as
follows:
  2.    Where  the  direction is authorized pursuant to paragraph (b) of
subdivision [three] TWO of section [180.75]  725.20  of  this  [chapter]
TITLE,  it  must  specify  the  act or acts it found reasonable cause to
believe the defendant did.
  3.  Where the direction is authorized pursuant to  subdivision  [four]
THREE of section [180.75] 725.20 of this [chapter] TITLE, it must speci-
fy the act or acts it found reasonable cause to allege.

S. 6406--A                         90                         A. 9006--A

  S 3. Section 725.20 of the criminal procedure law, as added by chapter
481  of the laws of 1978, subdivisions 1 and 2 as amended by chapter 411
of the laws of 1979, is amended to read as follows:
S 725.20  Record of certain actions removed.
  1.    The  provisions of this section shall apply in any case where an
order of removal to the family court is entered pursuant to a  direction
authorized  by  subdivision  [four]  THREE of THIS section [180.75], [or
section 210.43,] or subparagraph (iii) of paragraph [(h)] (G) of  subdi-
vision five of section 220.10 of this chapter, or section 330.25 of this
chapter.
  2.  When such an action is removed the court that directed the removal
must  cause  the following additional records to be filed with the clerk
of the county court or in the city of New York with  the  clerk  of  the
supreme  court of the county wherein the action was pending and with the
division of criminal justice services:
  (a) A certified copy of the order of removal;
  (b) [Where the direction is one  authorized  by  subdivision  four  of
section  180.75 of this chapter, a copy of the statement of the district
attorney made pursuant to paragraph (b) of subdivision  six  of  section
180.75 of this chapter;
  (c)    Where  the direction is authorized by section 180.75, a copy of
the portion of the minutes containing the statement by the court  pursu-
ant to paragraph (a) of subdivision six of such section 180.75;
  (d)]  Where  the  direction is one authorized by subparagraph (iii) of
paragraph [(h)] (G) of subdivision five of  section  220.10  or  section
330.25  of  this  chapter,  a copy of the minutes of the plea of guilty,
including the minutes of the memorandum submitted by the district attor-
ney and the court;
  [(e)  Where the direction is one  authorized  by  subdivision  one  of
section  210.43  of  this chapter, a copy of that portion of the minutes
containing the statement by the  court  pursuant  to  paragraph  (a)  of
subdivision five of section 210.43;
  (f)   Where the direction is one authorized by paragraph (b) of subdi-
vision one of section 210.43 of this chapter, a copy of that portion  of
the  minutes  containing  the  statement  of  the district attorney made
pursuant to paragraph (b) of subdivision five of section 210.43;] and
  [(g)] (C) In addition to the records specified  in  this  subdivision,
such  further statement or submission of additional information pertain-
ing to the proceeding in criminal court  in  accordance  with  standards
established  by  the  commissioner  of  the division of criminal justice
services, subject  to  the  provisions  of  subdivision  three  of  this
section.
  3.  It shall be the duty of said clerk to maintain a separate file for
copies  of  orders  and  minutes filed pursuant to this section.    Upon
receipt of such orders and minutes the clerk must promptly  delete  such
portions  as would identify the defendant, but the clerk shall neverthe-
less maintain a separate confidential system to  enable  correlation  of
the  documents  so  filed  with identification of the defendant.   After
making such deletions the orders and minutes shall be placed within  the
file  and  must be available for public inspection.  Information permit-
ting correlation of any such record with the identity of  any  defendant
shall  not  be  divulged to any person except upon order of a justice of
the supreme court based upon a finding that the public interest  or  the
interests  of  justice  warrant  disclosure  in a particular cause for a
particular case or for a particular purpose or use.

S. 6406--A                         91                         A. 9006--A

  S 4. The article heading of article 100 of the criminal procedure  law
is amended to read as follows:
                     COMMENCEMENT OF ACTION IN LOCAL
        CRIMINAL COURT OR YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR COURT--[LOCAL
                 CRIMINAL COURT] ACCUSATORY INSTRUMENTS
  S  5. The first undesignated paragraph of section 100.05 of the crimi-
nal procedure law is amended to read as follows:
  A criminal action is commenced by the filing of an accusatory  instru-
ment  with a criminal court, OR, IN THE CASE OF A JUVENILE OFFENDER, THE
YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT, and if more than one  such  instrument
is  filed  in  the  course  of  the  same  criminal  action, such action
commences when the first of such instruments is filed.  The only way  in
which a criminal action can be commenced in a superior court, OTHER THAN
A  CRIMINAL  ACTION AGAINST A JUVENILE OFFENDER, is by the filing there-
with by a grand jury of an indictment against a defendant who has  never
been  held  by  a local criminal court for the action of such grand jury
with respect to any charge contained in such indictment.   Otherwise,  a
criminal  action can be commenced only in a local criminal court, by the
filing therewith of a local criminal court accusatory instrument,  name-
ly:
  S  6.  The  section heading and subdivision 5 of section 100.10 of the
criminal procedure law are amended to read as follows:
  Local criminal court AND YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR  COURT  accusatory
instruments; definitions thereof.
  5.  A "felony complaint" is a verified written accusation by a person,
filed  with a local criminal court, OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT,
charging one or more other persons with the commission of  one  or  more
felonies.    It  serves  as  a  basis for the commencement of a criminal
action, but not as a basis for prosecution thereof.
  S 7. The section heading of section 100.40 of the  criminal  procedure
law is amended to read as follows:
  Local  criminal  court AND YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT accusatory
instruments; sufficiency on face.
  S 8. The criminal procedure law is amended by  adding  a  new  section
100.60 to read as follows:
S  100.60  YOUTH  PART  OF THE SUPERIOR COURT ACCUSATORY INSTRUMENTS; IN
           WHAT COURTS FILED.
  ANY YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR  COURT  ACCUSATORY  INSTRUMENT  MAY  BE
FILED  WITH  THE YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT OF A PARTICULAR COUNTY
WHEN AN OFFENSE CHARGED THEREIN WAS ALLEGEDLY COMMITTED IN  SUCH  COUNTY
OR THAT PART THEREOF OVER WHICH SUCH COURT HAS JURISDICTION.
  S  9. The article heading of article 110 of the criminal procedure law
is amended to read as follows:
                    REQUIRING DEFENDANT'S APPEARANCE
         IN LOCAL CRIMINAL COURT OR YOUTH PART OF SUPERIOR COURT
                             FOR ARRAIGNMENT
  S 10. Section 110.10 of the criminal procedure law is amended to  read
as follows:
S  110.10  Methods of requiring defendant's appearance in local criminal
             court OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT for  arraignment;
             in general.
  1.  After  a  criminal  action  has been commenced in a local criminal
court OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT by the filing of an accusatory
instrument therewith, a defendant who has  not  been  arraigned  in  the
action and has not come under the control of the court may under certain

S. 6406--A                         92                         A. 9006--A

circumstances  be  compelled  or required to appear for arraignment upon
such accusatory instrument by:
  (a)  The issuance and execution of a warrant of arrest, as provided in
article one hundred twenty; or
  (b)    The  issuance and service upon him of a summons, as provided in
article one hundred thirty; or
  (c)  Procedures provided in articles five hundred sixty, five  hundred
seventy,  five  hundred  eighty, five hundred ninety and six hundred for
securing attendance of defendants in criminal actions  who  are  not  at
liberty within the state.
  2.  Although no criminal action against a person has been commenced in
any  court,  he may under certain circumstances be compelled or required
to appear in a local criminal court OR YOUTH PART OF  A  SUPERIOR  COURT
for  arraignment  upon an accusatory instrument to be filed therewith at
or before the time of his appearance by:
  (a)  An arrest made without a warrant,  as  provided  in  article  one
hundred forty; or
  (b)    The  issuance  and service upon him of an appearance ticket, as
provided in article one hundred fifty.
  S 11. Section 110.20 of the criminal  procedure  law,  as  amended  by
chapter 843 of the laws of 1980, is amended to read as follows:
S 110.20  Local criminal court OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT accu-
             satory instruments; notice thereof to district attorney.
  When  a  criminal action in which a crime is charged is commenced in a
local criminal court, OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT other than the
criminal court of the city of New York, a copy of the accusatory instru-
ment shall be promptly transmitted to the appropriate district  attorney
upon  or  prior  to  the  arraignment of the defendant on the accusatory
instrument.  If a police officer or a peace officer is  the  complainant
or  the filer of a simplified information, or has arrested the defendant
or brought him before the local criminal court  OR  YOUTH  PART  OF  THE
SUPERIOR  COURT on behalf of an arresting person pursuant to subdivision
one of section 140.20, such officer or his  agency  shall  transmit  the
copy  of the accusatory instrument to the appropriate district attorney.
In all other cases, the clerk of the court in  which  the  defendant  is
arraigned shall so transmit it.
  S  12. The opening paragraph of subdivision 1 of section 120.20 of the
criminal procedure law, as amended by chapter 506 of the laws  of  2000,
is amended to read as follows:
  When a criminal action has been commenced in a local criminal court OR
YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT by the filing therewith of an accusato-
ry  instrument,  other  than a simplified traffic information, against a
defendant who has not been arraigned upon such accusatory instrument and
has not come under the control of the court with respect thereto:
  S 13. Section 120.30 of the criminal procedure law is amended to  read
as follows:
S  120.30  Warrant of arrest; by what courts issuable and in what courts
             returnable.
  1.  A warrant of arrest may be issued only by the local criminal court
OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT with which the underlying accusatory
instrument has been filed, and it may be made returnable in such issuing
court only.
  2.  The particular local criminal court or courts OR YOUTH PART OF THE
SUPERIOR COURT with which any particular local criminal court  OR  YOUTH
PART  OF  THE  SUPERIOR COURT accusatory instrument may be filed for the
purpose of obtaining a warrant of arrest are determined,  generally,  by

S. 6406--A                         93                         A. 9006--A

the  provisions  of section 100.55 OR 100.60.  If, however, a particular
accusatory instrument may pursuant to said section 100.55 be filed  with
a particular town court and such town court is not available at the time
such instrument is sought to be filed and a warrant obtained, such accu-
satory instrument may be filed with the town court of any adjoining town
of  the  same county.   If such instrument may be filed pursuant to said
section 100.55 with a particular village court and such village court is
not available at the time, it may be filed with the town  court  of  the
town  embracing  such  village,  or  if such town court is not available
either, with the town court of any adjoining town of the same county.
  S 14. Section 120.55 of the criminal  procedure  law,  as  amended  by
section  71 of subpart B of part C of chapter 62 of the laws of 2011, is
amended to read as follows:
S 120.55  Warrant of arrest; defendant under parole or probation  super-
             vision.
  If  the  defendant  named within a warrant of arrest issued by a local
criminal court OR YOUTH PART OF  THE  SUPERIOR  COURT  pursuant  to  the
provisions  of  this  article, or by a superior court issued pursuant to
subdivision three of section 210.10 of this chapter, is under the super-
vision of the state department of corrections and community  supervision
or  a local or state probation department, then a warrant for his or her
arrest may be executed by a parole officer or  probation  officer,  when
authorized by his or her probation director, within his or her geograph-
ical area of employment.  The execution of the warrant by a parole offi-
cer or probation officer shall be upon the same conditions and conducted
in  the  same  manner as provided for execution of a warrant by a police
officer.
  S 15. Subdivision 1 of section 120.70 of the criminal procedure law is
amended to read as follows:
  1.  A warrant of arrest issued by a district court, by  the  New  York
City criminal court, THE YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR COURT or by a superior
court  judge  sitting as a local criminal court may be executed anywhere
in the state.
  S 16. Subdivisions 1 and 6 of section 120.90 of the criminal procedure
law, as amended by chapter 424 of the laws of 1998, are  amended  and  a
new subdivision 5-a is added to read as follows:
  1.    Upon arresting a defendant for any offense pursuant to a warrant
of arrest in the county in which the warrant is  returnable  or  in  any
adjoining  county,  or  upon  so arresting him for a felony in any other
county, a police officer, if he be one to whom the warrant is addressed,
must without unnecessary delay bring  the  defendant  before  the  local
criminal court OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT in which such warrant
is returnable.
  5-A.  WHENEVER A POLICE OFFICER IS REQUIRED, PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION,
TO BRING AN ARRESTED DEFENDANT BEFORE A YOUTH PART OF A  SUPERIOR  COURT
IN  WHICH  A  WARRANT  OF ARREST IS RETURNABLE, AND IF SUCH COURT IS NOT
AVAILABLE AT THE TIME, SUCH OFFICER MUST BRING SUCH DEFENDANT BEFORE THE
MOST ACCESSIBLE MAGISTRATE DESIGNATED BY THE APPELLATE DIVISION  OF  THE
SUPREME COURT IN THE APPLICABLE DEPARTMENT TO ACT AS A YOUTH PART.
  6.   Before bringing a defendant arrested pursuant to a warrant before
the local criminal court OR YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR COURT in which such
warrant is returnable, a police officer must without  unnecessary  delay
perform  all fingerprinting and other preliminary police duties required
in the particular case. In any  case  in  which  the  defendant  is  not
brought  by a police officer before such court but, following his arrest
in another county for an offense specified in subdivision one of section

S. 6406--A                         94                         A. 9006--A

160.10, is released by a local criminal court of such  other  county  on
his  own  recognizance or on bail for his appearance on a specified date
before the local criminal court before which the warrant is  returnable,
the  latter  court  must,  upon  arraignment of the defendant before it,
direct that he be fingerprinted by the appropriate  officer  or  agency,
and  that he appear at an appropriate designated time and place for such
purpose.
  S 17. Subdivision 1 of section 130.10 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  amended  by  chapter  446 of the laws of 1993, is amended to read as
follows:
  1. A summons is a process issued by a local criminal court directing a
defendant designated in an information, a  prosecutor's  information,  a
felony  complaint or a misdemeanor complaint filed with such court, OR A
YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR COURT DIRECTING A  DEFENDANT  DESIGNATED  IN  A
FELONY  COMPLAINT,  or  by a superior court directing a defendant desig-
nated in an indictment filed with such court, to appear before it  at  a
designated  future  time  in connection with such accusatory instrument.
The sole function of a summons is to achieve a defendant's court appear-
ance in a criminal action for the purpose of arraignment upon the  accu-
satory instrument by which such action was commenced.
  S  18.  Section  130.30  of  the criminal procedure law, as amended by
chapter 506 of the laws of 2000, is amended to read as follows:
S 130.30 Summons; when issuable.
  A local criminal court OR YOUTH PART OF THE SUPERIOR COURT may issue a
summons in any case in which, pursuant to section 120.20, it is  author-
ized  to  issue  a  warrant  of  arrest  based  upon  an  information, a
prosecutor's information, a felony complaint or a misdemeanor complaint.
If such  information,  prosecutor's  information,  felony  complaint  or
misdemeanor  complaint  is  not  sufficient on its face as prescribed in
section 100.40, and if the court is satisfied that on the basis  of  the
available  facts  or evidence it would be impossible to draw and file an
authorized accusatory instrument that is sufficient  on  its  face,  the
court must dismiss the accusatory instrument. A superior court may issue
a  summons  in  any  case  in  which,  pursuant to section 210.10, it is
authorized to issue a warrant of arrest based upon an indictment.
  S 19. Subdivision 1 of section 140.20 of the criminal procedure law is
amended by adding a new paragraph (e) to read as follows:
  (E) IF THE ARREST IS FOR A PERSON  UNDER  THE  AGE  OF  SEVENTEEN  OR,
COMMENCING  JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON UNDER THE AGE
OF EIGHTEEN, SUCH PERSON SHALL BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE YOUTH PART  OF  THE
SUPERIOR  COURT.  IF THE YOUTH PART IS NOT IN SESSION, SUCH PERSON SHALL
BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE  MOST  ACCESSIBLE  MAGISTRATE  DESIGNATED  BY  THE
APPELLATE  DIVISION OF THE SUPREME COURT IN THE APPLICABLE DEPARTMENT TO
ACT AS A YOUTH PART.
  S 20. Subdivision 6 of section 140.20 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  added  by  chapter  411  of  the laws of 1979, is amended to read as
follows:
  6. Upon arresting a juvenile offender without a  warrant,  the  police
officer  shall  immediately  notify  the  parent or other person legally
responsible for his OR HER care or the person with whom  he  OR  SHE  is
domiciled,  that  the  juvenile  offender  has  been  arrested,  and the
location of the facility where he OR SHE is being detained. IF THE OFFI-
CER DETERMINES THAT IT IS NECESSARY TO QUESTION A JUVENILE OFFENDER OR A
CHILD UNDER EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE WHO FITS WITHIN THE  DEFINITION  OF  A
JUVENILE  OFFENDER  AS  DEFINED  IN  SECTION 30.00 OF THE PENAL LAW, THE
OFFICER MUST TAKE THE JUVENILE TO A FACILITY  DESIGNATED  BY  THE  CHIEF

S. 6406--A                         95                         A. 9006--A

ADMINISTRATOR  OF  THE COURTS AS A SUITABLE PLACE FOR THE QUESTIONING OF
CHILDREN OR, UPON THE CONSENT  OF  A  PARENT  OR  OTHER  PERSON  LEGALLY
RESPONSIBLE  FOR  THE  CARE OF THE JUVENILE, TO THE JUVENILE'S RESIDENCE
AND  THERE  QUESTION HIM OR HER FOR A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME. A JUVE-
NILE SHALL NOT BE QUESTIONED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION UNLESS  THE  JUVE-
NILE  AND A PERSON REQUIRED TO BE NOTIFIED PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION,
IF PRESENT, HAVE BEEN ADVISED:
  (A) OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO REMAIN SILENT;
  (B) THAT THE STATEMENTS MADE BY THE JUVENILE MAY BE USED IN A COURT OF
LAW;
  (C) OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO HAVE AN ATTORNEY PRESENT AT SUCH  QUES-
TIONING; AND
  (D)  OF  THE  JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO HAVE AN ATTORNEY PROVIDED FOR HIM OR
HER WITHOUT CHARGE IF HE OR SHE IS INDIGENT.
  IN DETERMINING THE SUITABILITY  OF  QUESTIONING  AND  DETERMINING  THE
REASONABLE  PERIOD OF TIME FOR QUESTIONING SUCH A JUVENILE OFFENDER, THE
JUVENILE'S AGE, THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF HIS OR HER PARENTS  OR  OTHER
PERSONS  LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR HIS OR HER CARE AND NOTIFICATION PURSU-
ANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL BE INCLUDED AMONG RELEVANT CONSIDERATIONS.
  S 21. Subdivision 2 of section 140.27 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  amended  by  chapter  843 of the laws of 1980, is amended to read as
follows:
  2.  Upon arresting a person without a warrant, a peace officer, except
as otherwise provided in subdivision  three  OR  THREE-A,  must  without
unnecessary  delay  bring  him or cause him to be brought before a local
criminal court, as provided in section 100.55  and  subdivision  one  of
section  140.20,  and must without unnecessary delay file or cause to be
filed therewith an appropriate accusatory instrument.   If  the  offense
which is the subject of the arrest is one of those specified in subdivi-
sion  one  of  section 160.10, the arrested person must be fingerprinted
and photographed as therein provided.  In order to execute the  required
post-arrest  functions,  such  arresting  peace officer may perform such
functions himself or he may enlist the aid of a police officer  for  the
performance thereof in the manner provided in subdivision one of section
140.20.
  S  22.  Section  140.27  of  the  criminal procedure law is amended by
adding a new subdivision 3-a to read as follows:
  3-A. IF THE ARREST IS FOR A PERSON UNDER  THE  AGE  OF  SEVENTEEN  OR,
COMMENCING  JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON UNDER THE AGE
OF EIGHTEEN, SUCH PERSON SHALL BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE YOUTH PART  OF  THE
SUPERIOR  COURT.  IF THE YOUTH PART IS NOT IN SESSION, SUCH PERSON SHALL
BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE  MOST  ACCESSIBLE  MAGISTRATE  DESIGNATED  BY  THE
APPELLATE  DIVISION OF THE SUPREME COURT IN THE APPLICABLE DEPARTMENT TO
ACT AS A YOUTH PART.
  S 23. Subdivision 5 of section 140.27 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  added  by  chapter  411  of  the laws of 1979, is amended to read as
follows:
  5.  Upon arresting a juvenile offender without a  warrant,  the  peace
officer  shall  immediately  notify  the  parent or other person legally
responsible for his care or the person with whom he OR SHE is domiciled,
that the juvenile offender has been arrested, and the  location  of  the
facility  where  he OR SHE is being detained.  IF THE OFFICER DETERMINES
THAT IT IS NECESSARY TO QUESTION A JUVENILE OFFENDER OR  A  CHILD  UNDER
EIGHTEEN  YEARS  OF  AGE  WHO  FITS  WITHIN THE DEFINITION OF A JUVENILE
OFFENDER AS DEFINED IN SECTION 30.00 OF THE PENAL LAW THE  OFFICER  MUST
TAKE THE JUVENILE TO A FACILITY DESIGNATED BY THE CHIEF ADMINISTRATOR OF

S. 6406--A                         96                         A. 9006--A

THE  COURTS AS A SUITABLE PLACE FOR THE QUESTIONING OF CHILDREN OR, UPON
THE CONSENT OF A PARENT OR OTHER PERSON LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CARE
OF THE JUVENILE, TO THE JUVENILE'S RESIDENCE AND THERE QUESTION  HIM  OR
HER  FOR A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME. A JUVENILE SHALL NOT BE QUESTIONED
PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION UNLESS THE JUVENILE AND A PERSON REQUIRED TO BE
NOTIFIED PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION, IF PRESENT, HAVE BEEN ADVISED:
  (A) OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO REMAIN SILENT;
  (B) THAT THE STATEMENTS MADE BY THE JUVENILE MAY BE USED IN A COURT OF
LAW;
  (C) OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO HAVE AN ATTORNEY PRESENT AT SUCH  QUES-
TIONING; AND
  (D)  OF  THE  JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO HAVE AN ATTORNEY PROVIDED FOR HIM OR
HER WITHOUT CHARGE IF HE OR SHE IS INDIGENT.
  IN DETERMINING THE SUITABILITY  OF  QUESTIONING  AND  DETERMINING  THE
REASONABLE  PERIOD OF TIME FOR QUESTIONING SUCH A JUVENILE OFFENDER, THE
JUVENILE'S AGE, THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF HIS OR HER PARENTS  OR  OTHER
PERSONS  LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR HIS OR HER CARE AND NOTIFICATION PURSU-
ANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL BE INCLUDED AMONG RELEVANT CONSIDERATIONS.
  S 24. Subdivision 5 of section 140.40 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  added  by  chapter  411  of  the laws of 1979, is amended to read as
follows:
  5.   If a police officer takes  an  arrested  juvenile  offender  into
custody, the police officer shall immediately notify the parent or other
person  legally  responsible for his OR HER care or the person with whom
he OR SHE is domiciled, that the juvenile offender  has  been  arrested,
and  the location of the facility where he OR SHE is being detained.  IF
THE OFFICER DETERMINES THAT IT  IS  NECESSARY  TO  QUESTION  A  JUVENILE
OFFENDER  OR  A  CHILD  UNDER  EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE WHO FITS WITHIN THE
DEFINITION OF A JUVENILE OFFENDER AS DEFINED IN  SECTION  30.00  OF  THE
PENAL LAW THE OFFICER MUST TAKE THE JUVENILE TO A FACILITY DESIGNATED BY
THE  CHIEF ADMINISTRATOR OF THE COURTS AS A SUITABLE PLACE FOR THE QUES-
TIONING OF CHILDREN OR, UPON THE CONSENT OF A  PARENT  OR  OTHER  PERSON
LEGALLY  RESPONSIBLE  FOR  THE  CARE  OF THE JUVENILE, TO THE JUVENILE'S
RESIDENCE AND THERE QUESTION HIM OR HER FOR A REASONABLE PERIOD OF TIME.
A JUVENILE SHALL NOT BE QUESTIONED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION  UNLESS  THE
JUVENILE  AND A PERSON REQUIRED TO BE NOTIFIED PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVI-
SION, IF PRESENT, HAVE BEEN ADVISED:
  (A) OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO REMAIN SILENT;
  (B) THAT THE STATEMENTS MADE BY THE JUVENILE MAY BE USED IN A COURT OF
LAW;
  (C) OF THE JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO HAVE AN ATTORNEY PRESENT AT SUCH  QUES-
TIONING; AND
  (D)  OF  THE  JUVENILE'S RIGHT TO HAVE AN ATTORNEY PROVIDED FOR HIM OR
HER WITHOUT CHARGE IF HE OR SHE IS INDIGENT.
  IN DETERMINING THE SUITABILITY  OF  QUESTIONING  AND  DETERMINING  THE
REASONABLE  PERIOD OF TIME FOR QUESTIONING SUCH A JUVENILE OFFENDER, THE
JUVENILE'S AGE, THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF HIS OR HER PARENTS  OR  OTHER
PERSONS  LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR HIS OR HER CARE AND NOTIFICATION PURSU-
ANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL BE INCLUDED AMONG RELEVANT CONSIDERATIONS.
  S 25. Subdivisions 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 of section 180.75 of the  criminal
procedure law are REPEALED.
  S  26.  Subdivision 1 of section 180.75 of the criminal procedure law,
as added by chapter 481 of the laws of  1978,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  1.  When  a  juvenile  offender  is arraigned before [a local criminal
court] THE YOUTH PART OF A  SUPERIOR  COURT,  the  provisions  of  [this

S. 6406--A                         97                         A. 9006--A

section] ARTICLE SEVEN HUNDRED TWENTY-TWO OF THIS CHAPTER shall apply in
lieu  of  the  provisions  of sections 180.30, 180.50 and 180.70 of this
article.
  S  27.  The opening paragraph of section 180.80 of the criminal proce-
dure law, as amended by chapter 556 of the laws of 1982, is  amended  to
read as follows:
  Upon  application  of  a defendant against whom a felony complaint has
been filed with a local criminal court OR THE YOUTH PART OF  A  SUPERIOR
COURT,  and who, since the time of his arrest or subsequent thereto, has
been held in custody pending disposition of such felony  complaint,  and
who  has  been  confined  in  such custody for a period of more than one
hundred twenty hours or, in the event that a Saturday, Sunday  or  legal
holiday  occurs during such custody, one hundred forty-four hours, with-
out either a disposition of the felony complaint or  commencement  of  a
hearing  thereon, the [local criminal] court must release him on his own
recognizance unless:
  S 28. Subdivisions (a) and (b)  of  section  190.71  of  the  criminal
procedure  law,  subdivision  (a) as amended by chapter 7 of the laws of
2007 and subdivision (b) as added by chapter 481 of the  laws  of  1978,
are amended to read as follows:
  (a)  Except  as  provided in subdivision six of section 200.20 of this
chapter, a grand jury may not indict (i) a person thirteen years of  age
for any conduct or crime other than conduct constituting a crime defined
in  subdivisions  one  and  two  of section 125.25 (murder in the second
degree) or such conduct as a sexually motivated felony, where authorized
pursuant to section 130.91 of the penal  law;  (ii)  a  person  fourteen
[or],  fifteen,  SIXTEEN OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINE-
TEEN, SEVENTEEN years of age for any conduct or crime other than conduct
constituting a crime defined in subdivisions  one  and  two  of  section
125.25  (murder  in  the second degree) and in subdivision three of such
section provided that the underlying crime for the murder charge is  one
for  which  such person is criminally responsible; 135.25 (kidnapping in
the first degree); 150.20 (arson in the first degree); subdivisions  one
and  two  of  section  120.10  (assault  in  the  first  degree); 125.20
(manslaughter in the first degree); subdivisions one and two of  section
130.35  (rape  in the first degree); subdivisions one and two of section
130.50 (criminal sexual act in the  first  degree);  130.70  (aggravated
sexual  abuse  in  the  first  degree);  140.30  (burglary  in the first
degree); subdivision one of  section  140.25  (burglary  in  the  second
degree);  150.15  (arson  in  the second degree); 160.15 (robbery in the
first degree); subdivision two of section 160.10 (robbery in the  second
degree)  of  the  penal  law;  subdivision four of section 265.02 of the
penal law, where such firearm is possessed on school  grounds,  as  that
phrase is defined in subdivision fourteen of section 220.00 of the penal
law;  or section 265.03 of the penal law, where such machine gun or such
firearm is possessed on school grounds, as that  phrase  is  defined  in
subdivision  fourteen  of section 220.00 of the penal law; or defined in
the penal law as an attempt to commit murder in  the  second  degree  or
kidnapping  in the first degree, or such conduct as a sexually motivated
felony, where authorized pursuant to section 130.91 of  the  penal  law;
(III)  A  PERSON SIXTEEN OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINE-
TEEN, SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE FOR ANY CONDUCT OR CRIME OTHER THAN CONDUCT
CONSTITUTING AN OFFENSE SET FORTH IN THE  VEHICLE  AND  TRAFFIC  LAW;  A
VIOLENT  FELONY  DEFINED IN SECTION 70.02 OF THE PENAL LAW; A CRIME THAT
IS CLASSIFIED AS A CLASS A FELONY EXCEPTING THOSE CLASS A FELONIES WHICH
REQUIRE, AS AN ELEMENT OF THE OFFENSE, THAT THE  DEFENDANT  BE  EIGHTEEN

S. 6406--A                         98                         A. 9006--A

YEARS  OF AGE OR OLDER; A CRIME DEFINED IN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS OF THE
PENAL LAW: SECTION 120.03 (VEHICULAR  ASSAULT  IN  THE  SECOND  DEGREE);
120.04  (VEHICULAR  ASSAULT  IN  THE FIRST DEGREE); 120.04-A (AGGRAVATED
VEHICULAR  ASSAULT);  125.10  (CRIMINALLY  NEGLIGENT  HOMICIDE);  125.11
(AGGRAVATED   CRIMINALLY   NEGLIGENT   HOMICIDE);   125.12    (VEHICULAR
MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  SECOND DEGREE); 125.13 (VEHICULAR MANSLAUGHTER IN
THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  125.14  (AGGRAVATED  VEHICULAR  HOMICIDE);  125.15
(MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE SECOND DEGREE); 125.20 (MANSLAUGHTER IN THE FIRST
DEGREE); 125.21 (AGGRAVATED MANSLAUGHTER IN THE SECOND  DEGREE);  125.22
(AGGRAVATED MANSLAUGHTER IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 130.70 (AGGRAVATED SEXUAL
ABUSE  IN  THE FIRST DEGREE); 130.75 (COURSE OF SEXUAL CONDUCT AGAINST A
CHILD IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 215.11 (TAMPERING  WITH  A  WITNESS  IN  THE
THIRD  DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE PERSON
IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH  PERSON  IS  CRIMINALLY  RESPONSIBLE;
215.12 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE SECOND DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE
CRIMINAL  PROCEEDING  IN  WHICH THE PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH
SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.13 (TAMPERING WITH A  WITNESS
IN  THE FIRST DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE
PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSI-
BLE; 215.52 (AGGRAVATED CRIMINAL  CONTEMPT);  130.95  (PREDATORY  SEXUAL
ASSAULT);  220.18  (CRIMINAL POSSESSION OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN THE
SECOND DEGREE); 220.21 (CRIMINAL POSSESSION OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN
THE FIRST DEGREE); 220.41 (CRIMINAL SALE OF A  CONTROLLED  SUBSTANCE  IN
THE  SECOND  DEGREE); 220.43 (CRIMINAL SALE OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN
THE FIRST DEGREE); 220.77 (OPERATING  AS  A  MAJOR  TRAFFICKER);  460.22
(AGGRAVATED  ENTERPRISE  CORRUPTION);  490.45  (CRIMINAL POSSESSION OF A
CHEMICAL WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAPON  IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  490.50
(CRIMINAL  USE OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE SECOND
DEGREE); 490.55 (CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAP-
ON IN THE FIRST DEGREE); ACTS CONSTITUTING A SPECIFIED  OFFENSE  DEFINED
IN  SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION 130.91 OF THE PENAL LAW WHEN COMMITTED AS
A SEXUALLY MOTIVATED  FELONY;  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A  SPECIFIED  OFFENSE
DEFINED  IN  SUBDIVISION  THREE  OF SECTION 490.05 OF THE PENAL LAW WHEN
COMMITTED AS AN ACT OF TERRORISM; ACTS CONSTITUTING A FELONY DEFINED  IN
ARTICLE  FOUR  HUNDRED  NINETY OF THE PENAL LAW; AND ACTS CONSTITUTING A
CRIME SET FORTH IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 105.10 AND SECTION  105.15
OF  THE  PENAL LAW PROVIDED THAT THE UNDERLYING CRIME FOR THE CONSPIRACY
CHARGE IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE.
  (b) A grand jury may vote to file a request to remove a charge to  the
family  court  if it finds that a person [thirteen, fourteen or fifteen]
SIXTEEN, OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND  NINETEEN,  SEVENTEEN
years  of  age OR YOUNGER did an act which, if done by a person over the
age of sixteen, OR COMMENCING  JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  NINETEEN,
SEVENTEEN,    would  constitute a crime provided (1) such act is one for
which it may not indict; (2) it does not indict such person for a crime;
and (3) the evidence before it is legally sufficient to  establish  that
such person did such act and competent and admissible evidence before it
provides reasonable cause to believe that such person did such act.
  S  29.  Subdivision 6 of section 200.20 of the criminal procedure law,
as added by chapter 136 of the laws of  1980,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  6.  Where an indictment charges at least one offense against a defend-
ant who was under the age of [sixteen] SEVENTEEN, OR COMMENCING  JANUARY
FIRST,  TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, EIGHTEEN at the time of the commission of
the crime and who did not lack criminal responsibility for such crime by
reason of infancy, the indictment may, in addition, charge  in  separate

S. 6406--A                         99                         A. 9006--A

counts  one  or more other offenses for which such person would not have
been criminally responsible by reason of infancy, if:
  (a)  the offense for which the defendant is criminally responsible and
the one or more other offenses for which he OR SHE would not  have  been
criminally  responsible by reason of infancy are based upon the same act
or upon the same criminal transaction, as that term is defined in subdi-
vision two of section 40.10 of this chapter; or
  (b) the offenses are of such nature that either  proof  of  the  first
offense  would  be  material  and admissible as evidence in chief upon a
trial of the second, or proof of the second would be material and admis-
sible as evidence in chief upon a trial of the first.
  S 30. The opening paragraph of subdivision  1  and  subdivision  5  of
section 210.43 of the criminal procedure law, as added by chapter 411 of
the laws of 1979, are amended to read as follows:
  After  [a  motion by a juvenile offender, pursuant to subdivision five
of section 180.75 of this chapter, or after] arraignment of  a  juvenile
offender  upon  an  indictment, the superior court may, on motion of any
party or on its own motion:
  [5. a. If the court orders removal of the action to family  court,  it
shall  state on the record the factor or factors upon which its determi-
nation is based, and, the court shall give its reasons  for  removal  in
detail and not in conclusory terms.
  b.   The district attorney shall state upon the record the reasons for
his consent to removal of the action to the family court.   The  reasons
shall be stated in detail and not in conclusory terms.]
  S 31. Subparagraphs (i) and (iii) of paragraph (g) of subdivision 5 of
section  220.10  of  the  criminal  procedure  law,  subparagraph (i) as
amended by chapter 410 of the laws of 1979  and  subparagraph  (iii)  as
amended  by  chapter  264  of  the  laws of 2003, are amended to read as
follows:
  (i) If the indictment charges  a  person  fourteen  [or],  fifteen  OR
SIXTEEN,  OR  COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN
years old with the crime of murder in the  second  degree  any  plea  of
guilty  entered  pursuant to subdivision three or four must be a plea of
guilty of a crime for which the defendant is criminally responsible;
  (iii) Where the indictment  does  not  charge  a  crime  specified  in
subparagraph  (i) of this paragraph, the district attorney may recommend
removal of the action to the family court. Upon making such  recommenda-
tion  the district attorney shall submit a subscribed memorandum setting
forth: (1) a recommendation that the interests of justice would best  be
served  by  removal  of  the  action to the family court; and (2) if the
indictment charges a thirteen year old with the crime of murder  in  the
second  degree,  or  a  fourteen  [or],  fifteen OR SIXTEEN YEAR OLD, OR
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN year old  with
the  crimes of rape in the first degree as defined in subdivision one of
section 130.35 of the penal law, or criminal sexual  act  in  the  first
degree as defined in subdivision one of section 130.50 of the penal law,
or  an armed felony as defined in paragraph (a) of subdivision forty-one
of section 1.20 of this chapter specific factors, one or more  of  which
reasonably  supports the recommendation, showing, (i) mitigating circum-
stances that bear directly upon  the  manner  in  which  the  crime  was
committed,  or  (ii) where the defendant was not the sole participant in
the crime, that  the  defendant's  participation  was  relatively  minor
although  not so minor as to constitute a defense to the prosecution, or
(iii) possible deficiencies in proof of the crime,  or  (iv)  where  the
juvenile  offender  has  no previous adjudications of having committed a

S. 6406--A                         100                        A. 9006--A

designated felony act, as defined in subdivision eight of section  301.2
of  the  family  court act, regardless of the age of the offender at the
time of commission of the act, that the criminal act was not part  of  a
pattern  of  criminal behavior and, in view of the history of the offen-
der, is not likely to be repeated.
  S 32. Subdivision 2 of section 410.40 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  amended  by  chapter  652 of the laws of 2008, is amended to read as
follows:
  2. Warrant. (A) Where the  probation  officer  has  requested  that  a
probation  warrant  be issued, the court shall, within seventy-two hours
of its receipt of the request, issue or deny the  warrant  or  take  any
other lawful action including issuance of a notice to appear pursuant to
subdivision  one  of this section. If at any time during the period of a
sentence of probation or of conditional discharge the court has  reason-
able  grounds  to believe that the defendant has violated a condition of
the sentence, the court may issue a warrant to a police officer or to an
appropriate peace officer directing him or her  to  take  the  defendant
into  custody  and bring the defendant before the court without unneces-
sary delay; provided, however, if the court  in  which  the  warrant  is
returnable is a superior court, and such court is not available, and the
warrant  is addressed to a police officer or appropriate probation offi-
cer certified as a peace officer,  such  executing  officer  may  UNLESS
OTHERWISE  SPECIFIED  UNDER  PARAGRAPH  (B)  OF  THIS SECTION, bring the
defendant to the local correctional facility of the county in which such
court sits, to be detained there until not later than  the  commencement
of the next session of such court occurring on the next business day; or
if  the  court  in  which  the warrant is returnable is a local criminal
court, and such court is not available, and the warrant is addressed  to
a  police  officer or appropriate probation officer certified as a peace
officer, such executing officer must without unnecessary delay bring the
defendant before an alternate  local  criminal  court,  as  provided  in
subdivision five of section 120.90 of this chapter. A court which issues
such  a  warrant  may  attach  thereto  a  summary  of the basis for the
warrant. In any case where a defendant  arrested  upon  the  warrant  is
brought  before a local criminal court other than the court in which the
warrant is returnable, such local criminal  court  shall  consider  such
summary before issuing a securing order with respect to the defendant.
  (B)  IF  THE  COURT  IN  WHICH THE WARRANT IS RETURNABLE IS A SUPERIOR
COURT, AND SUCH COURT IS NOT AVAILABLE, AND THE WARRANT IS ADDRESSED  TO
A  POLICE  OFFICER OR APPROPRIATE PROBATION OFFICER CERTIFIED AS A PEACE
OFFICER, SUCH EXECUTING OFFICER SHALL,  WHERE  A  DEFENDANT  IS  SIXTEEN
YEARS  OF AGE OR YOUNGER WHO ALLEGEDLY COMMITS AN OFFENSE OR A VIOLATION
OF HIS OR HER PROBATION OR CONDITIONAL DISCHARGE IMPOSED FOR AN  OFFENSE
ON  OR  AFTER JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN, OR WHERE A DEFENDANT
IS SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR YOUNGER WHO ALLEGEDLY COMMITS AN OFFENSE OR
A VIOLATION OF HIS OR HER PROBATION OR CONDITIONAL DISCHARGE IMPOSED FOR
AN OFFENSE ON OR AFTER JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN,  BRING  THE
DEFENDANT  TO  A JUVENILE DETENTION FACILITY, TO BE DETAINED THERE UNTIL
NOT LATER THAN THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE NEXT SESSION OF SUCH COURT OCCUR-
RING ON THE NEXT BUSINESS DAY.
  S 33. Section 410.60 of the criminal  procedure  law,  as  amended  by
chapter 652 of the laws of 2008, is amended to read as follows:
S 410.60 Appearance before court.
  (A)  A  person  who  has  been  taken into custody pursuant to section
410.40 or section 410.50 of this article for violation of a condition of
a sentence of probation or a  sentence  of  conditional  discharge  must

S. 6406--A                         101                        A. 9006--A

forthwith be brought before the court that imposed the sentence. Where a
violation of probation petition and report has been filed and the person
has  not  been  taken  into  custody  nor  has a warrant been issued, an
initial  court  appearance  shall  occur within ten business days of the
court's issuance of a notice to appear.  If  the  court  has  reasonable
cause  to  believe  that  such  person  has  violated a condition of the
sentence, it may commit him OR HER to the custody of the sheriff or  fix
bail  or  release  such person on his OR HER own recognizance for future
appearance at a hearing to be held in accordance with section 410.70  of
this  article.  If  the  court does not have reasonable cause to believe
that such person has violated a  condition  of  the  sentence,  it  must
direct that he OR SHE be released.
  (B)  A  JUVENILE  OFFENDER WHO HAS BEEN TAKEN INTO CUSTODY PURSUANT TO
SECTION 410.40 OR SECTION 410.50 OF THIS  ARTICLE  FOR  VIOLATION  OF  A
CONDITION  OF  A  SENTENCE  OF  PROBATION  OR  A SENTENCE OF CONDITIONAL
DISCHARGE MUST FORTHWITH BE BROUGHT BEFORE THE COURT  THAT  IMPOSED  THE
SENTENCE.    WHERE A VIOLATION OF PROBATION PETITION AND REPORT HAS BEEN
FILED AND THE PERSON HAS NOT BEEN TAKEN INTO CUSTODY NOR HAS  A  WARRANT
BEEN ISSUED, AN INITIAL COURT APPEARANCE SHALL OCCUR WITHIN TEN BUSINESS
DAYS  OF  THE  COURT'S  ISSUANCE OF A NOTICE TO APPEAR. IF THE COURT HAS
REASONABLE CAUSE TO BELIEVE THAT SUCH PERSON HAS VIOLATED A CONDITION OF
THE SENTENCE, IT MAY COMMIT HIM OR HER TO THE CUSTODY OF THE SHERIFF  OR
FIX  BAIL  OR  RELEASE  SUCH  PERSON  ON HIS OR HER OWN RECOGNIZANCE FOR
FUTURE APPEARANCE AT A HEARING TO BE HELD  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  SECTION
410.70  OF THIS ARTICLE. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AUTHOR-
IZE A JUVENILE TO BE DETAINED FOR A VIOLATION OF A CONDITION THAT  WOULD
NOT  CONSTITUTE A CRIME IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT UNLESS THE COURT DETER-
MINES (I) THAT THE JUVENILE POSES A SPECIFIC IMMINENT THREAT  TO  PUBLIC
SAFETY  AND STATES THE REASONS FOR THE FINDING ON THE RECORD OR (II) THE
JUVENILE IS ON PROBATION FOR AN ACT  THAT  WOULD  CONSTITUTE  A  VIOLENT
FELONY  AS  DEFINED IN SECTION 70.02 OF THE PENAL LAW IF COMMITTED BY AN
ADULT AND THE USE OF GRADUATED  SANCTIONS  HAS  BEEN  EXHAUSTED  WITHOUT
SUCCESS.  IF  THE  COURT  DOES NOT HAVE REASONABLE CAUSE TO BELIEVE THAT
SUCH PERSON HAS VIOLATED A CONDITION OF THE  SENTENCE,  IT  MUST  DIRECT
THAT THE JUVENILE BE RELEASED.
  S  34.  Subdivision 5 of section 410.70 of the criminal procedure law,
as amended by chapter 17 of the laws of 2014,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  5.  Revocation;  modification;  continuation. (A) At the conclusion of
the hearing the court may revoke, continue or  modify  the  sentence  of
probation   or  conditional  discharge.  Where  the  court  revokes  the
sentence, it must impose sentence as specified in subdivisions three and
four of section 60.01 of the penal law. Where  the  court  continues  or
modifies the sentence, it must vacate the declaration of delinquency and
direct  that  the  defendant  be  released.  If the alleged violation is
sustained and the court continues  or  modifies  the  sentence,  it  may
extend the sentence up to the period of interruption specified in subdi-
vision  two  of  section  65.15  of the penal law, but any time spent in
custody in any correctional institution OR JUVENILE  DETENTION  FACILITY
pursuant  to  section 410.40 OR 410.60 of this article shall be credited
against the term of the sentence.  Provided further, where  the  alleged
violation is sustained and the court continues or modifies the sentence,
the  court  may  also extend the remaining period of probation up to the
maximum term authorized by section 65.00 of  the  penal  law.  Provided,
however,  a  defendant shall receive credit for the time during which he
or she was supervised under the original probation sentence prior to any

S. 6406--A                         102                        A. 9006--A

declaration of delinquency and for any time spent in custody pursuant to
this article for an alleged violation of probation.
  (B)  NOTWITHSTANDING PARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS SUBDIVISION, NOTHING HEREIN
SHALL AUTHORIZE THE PLACEMENT OF A JUVENILE FOR A VIOLATION OF A  CONDI-
TION  THAT  WOULD NOT CONSTITUTE A CRIME IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT UNLESS
THE COURT DETERMINES (I) THAT THE JUVENILE  POSES  A  SPECIFIC  IMMINENT
THREAT  TO  PUBLIC  SAFETY AND STATES THE REASONS FOR THE FINDING ON THE
RECORD OR (II) THE JUVENILE IS  ON  PROBATION  FOR  AN  ACT  THAT  WOULD
CONSTITUTE A VIOLENT FELONY AS DEFINED IN SECTION 70.02 OF THE PENAL LAW
IF  COMMITTED  BY  AN  ADULT AND THE USE OF GRADUATED SANCTIONS HAS BEEN
EXHAUSTED WITHOUT SUCCESS.
  S 35. The criminal procedure law is amended by adding  a  new  section
410.90-a to read as follows:
S 410.90-A SUPERIOR COURT; YOUTH PART.
  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE, ALL PROCEEDINGS
RELATING TO A JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE HEARD IN THE YOUTH PART OF  THE
SUPERIOR  COURT  HAVING  JURISDICTION AND ANY INTRASTATE TRANSFERS UNDER
THIS ARTICLE SHALL BE BETWEEN COURTS DESIGNATED AS A YOUTH PART PURSUANT
TO ARTICLE SEVEN HUNDRED TWENTY-TWO OF THIS CHAPTER.
  S 36. Section 510.15 of the criminal  procedure  law,  as  amended  by
chapter  411 of the laws of 1979, subdivision 1 as designated and subdi-
vision 2 as added by chapter 359 of the laws of 1980, is amended to read
as follows:
S 510.15  Commitment of principal under [sixteen] SEVENTEEN OR EIGHTEEN.
  1. When a principal who is (A)  under  the  age  of  sixteen;  OR  (B)
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN A PRINCIPAL WHO IS UNDER
THE AGE OF SEVENTEEN WHO COMMITTED AN OFFENSE ON OR AFTER JANUARY FIRST,
TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN;  OR  (C) COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND
NINETEEN, A PRINCIPAL WHO IS UNDER THE AGE OF EIGHTEEN WHO COMMITTED  AN
OFFENSE  ON  OR AFTER JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, is committed
to the custody of the sheriff the court must direct that  the  principal
be  taken  to and lodged in a place certified by the [state division for
youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES as  a  juvenile  detention
facility  for the reception of children.  Where such a direction is made
the sheriff shall deliver the principal in accordance therewith and such
person shall although lodged and  cared  for  in  a  juvenile  detention
facility  continue to be deemed to be in the custody of the sheriff.  No
principal under the age [of sixteen] SPECIFIED to whom the provisions of
this section may apply shall be detained in any prison, jail, lockup, or
other place used for adults convicted of a crime  or  under  arrest  and
charged  with  the  commission  of  a  crime without the approval of the
[state division for youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES in the
case of each principal and the statement of its reasons therefor.    The
sheriff  shall  not  be liable for any acts done to or by such principal
resulting from negligence in the detention of and care for such  princi-
pal, when the principal is not in the actual custody of the sheriff.
  2.  Except  upon  consent of the defendant or for good cause shown, in
any case in which a new securing order is issued for a principal  previ-
ously  committed to the custody of the sheriff pursuant to this section,
such order shall further direct the sheriff  to  deliver  the  principal
from  a  juvenile detention facility to the person or place specified in
the order.
  S 37. Subdivision 1 of section 720.10 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  amended  by  chapter  411 of the laws of 1979, is amended to read as
follows:

S. 6406--A                         103                        A. 9006--A

  1. "Youth" means a person charged with a crime alleged  to  have  been
committed  when  he  OR SHE was at least sixteen years old and less than
[nineteen] TWENTY-ONE years old or a person charged with being  a  juve-
nile  offender  as  defined  in subdivision forty-two of section 1.20 of
this chapter.
  S 38. Section 30.00 of the penal law, as amended by chapter 481 of the
laws of 1978, subdivision 2 as amended by chapter 7 of the laws of 2007,
is amended to read as follows:
S 30.00 Infancy.
  1.  Except  as provided in [subdivision] SUBDIVISIONS two AND THREE of
this section, a person less than  [sixteen]  SEVENTEEN  years  old,  OR,
COMMENCING  JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  NINETEEN, A PERSON LESS THAN
EIGHTEEN YEARS OLD is not criminally responsible for conduct.
  2. A person thirteen, fourteen [or], fifteen, OR SIXTEEN YEARS OF  AGE
OR,  COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON SEVENTEEN
years of age is criminally responsible for acts constituting  murder  in
the  second  degree  as  defined  in subdivisions one and two of section
125.25 and in subdivision three of such section provided that the under-
lying crime for the murder charge is one for which such person is crimi-
nally responsible or for such conduct as a  sexually  motivated  felony,
where  authorized  pursuant  to  section  130.91 of [the penal law] THIS
CHAPTER; and a person fourteen [or], fifteen, OR SIXTEEN  YEARS  OF  AGE
OR,  COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years of
age is criminally responsible for acts constituting the  crimes  defined
in section 135.25 (kidnapping in the first degree); 150.20 (arson in the
first  degree);  subdivisions  one and two of section 120.10 (assault in
the first degree); 125.20 (manslaughter in the first  degree);  subdivi-
sions one and two of section 130.35 (rape in the first degree); subdivi-
sions  one  and  two of section 130.50 (criminal sexual act in the first
degree); 130.70 (aggravated sexual abuse in the  first  degree);  140.30
(burglary  in  the  first  degree);  subdivision  one  of section 140.25
(burglary in the second degree); 150.15 (arson in  the  second  degree);
160.15  (robbery in the first degree); subdivision two of section 160.10
(robbery in the second degree) of this chapter;  or  section  265.03  of
this  chapter,  where  such  machine gun or such firearm is possessed on
school grounds, as that phrase is defined  in  subdivision  fourteen  of
section 220.00 of this chapter; or defined in this chapter as an attempt
to commit murder in the second degree or kidnapping in the first degree,
or  for  such  conduct  as a sexually motivated felony, where authorized
pursuant to section 130.91 of [the penal law] THIS CHAPTER.
  3. A PERSON SIXTEEN OR, COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO  THOUSAND  NINE-
TEEN,  SEVENTEEN YEARS OLD IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ACTS CONSTITUT-
ING AN OFFENSE SET FORTH IN THE VEHICLE AND TRAFFIC LAW; ACTS CONSTITUT-
ING A VIOLENT FELONY DEFINED IN SECTION  70.02  OF  THIS  CHAPTER;  ACTS
CONSTITUTING  ANY  CRIME IN THIS CHAPTER THAT IS CLASSIFIED AS A CLASS A
FELONY EXCEPTING THOSE CLASS A FELONIES WHICH REQUIRE, AS AN ELEMENT  OF
THE  OFFENSE, THAT THE DEFENDANT BE EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER; ACTS
CONSTITUTING THE CRIMES DEFINED IN SECTION 120.03 (VEHICULAR ASSAULT  IN
THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  120.04  (VEHICULAR  ASSAULT IN THE FIRST DEGREE);
120.04-A (AGGRAVATED VEHICULAR ASSAULT);  125.10  (CRIMINALLY  NEGLIGENT
HOMICIDE);  125.11  (AGGRAVATED  CRIMINALLY  NEGLIGENT HOMICIDE); 125.12
(VEHICULAR  MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  125.13   (VEHICULAR
MANSLAUGHTER   IN   THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  125.14  (AGGRAVATED  VEHICULAR
MANSLAUGHTER);  125.15  (MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  125.20
(MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE FIRST DEGREE); 125.21 (AGGRAVATED MANSLAUGHTER IN
THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  125.22  (AGGRAVATED  MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  FIRST

S. 6406--A                         104                        A. 9006--A

DEGREE);  130.70  (AGGRAVATED  SEXUAL ABUSE IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 130.75
(COURSE OF SEXUAL CONDUCT AGAINST A CHILD IN THE FIRST  DEGREE);  215.11
(TAMPERING  WITH A WITNESS IN THE THIRD DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE CRIMI-
NAL  PROCEEDING  IN  WHICH THE PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH
PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.12 (TAMPERING WITH  A  WITNESS  IN
THE  SECOND  DEGREE)  PROVIDED THAT THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE
PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSI-
BLE; 215.13 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE FIRST DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT
THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE PERSON  IS  TAMPERING  IS  ONE  FOR
WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.52 (AGGRAVATED CRIMINAL
CONTEMPT);  ACTS CONSTITUTING A SPECIFIED OFFENSE DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION
TWO OF SECTION 130.91 OF THIS CHAPTER WHEN COMMITTED AS A SEXUALLY MOTI-
VATED  FELONY;  130.95  (PREDATORY  SEXUAL  ASSAULT);  220.18  (CRIMINAL
POSSESSION  OF  A  CONTROLLED  SUBSTANCE  IN  THE SECOND DEGREE); 220.21
(CRIMINAL POSSESSION OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE  IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);
220.41  (CRIMINAL  SALE OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN THE SECOND DEGREE);
220.43 (CRIMINAL SALE OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);
220.77  (OPERATING AS A MAJOR TRAFFICKER); 460.22 (AGGRAVATED ENTERPRISE
CORRUPTION); 490.45 (CRIMINAL POSSESSION  OF  A  CHEMICAL  WEAPON  OR  A
BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 490.50 (CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMI-
CAL  WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 490.55 (CRIMI-
NAL USE OF A CHEMICAL  WEAPON  OR  A  BIOLOGICAL  WEAPON  IN  THE  FIRST
DEGREE);  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A SPECIFIED OFFENSE DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION
THREE OF SECTION 490.05 OF THIS CHAPTER WHEN  COMMITTED  AS  AN  ACT  OF
TERRORISM;  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A  FELONY DEFINED IN ARTICLE 490 OF THIS
CHAPTER; AND ACTS CONSTITUTING A CRIME SET FORTH IN SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF
SECTION 105.10 AND SECTION 105.15 PROVIDED THAT THE UNDERLYING CRIME FOR
THE CONSPIRACY CHARGE IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPON-
SIBLE.
  4.  In any prosecution for an offense, lack of criminal responsibility
by reason of infancy, as defined in this section, is a defense.
  S 39. Subdivision 2 of section 60.02 of the penal law, as  amended  by
chapter 471 of the laws of 1980, is amended to read as follows:
  (2)  If the sentence is to be imposed upon a youthful offender finding
which has been substituted for a conviction  for  any  felony,  AND  THE
PERSON  IS  EIGHTEEN  YEARS  OF  AGE OR YOUNGER, the court must impose a
sentence authorized to be imposed upon a person convicted of a  class  E
felony  provided, however, that (A) the court must not impose a sentence
of [conditional discharge or] unconditional discharge  if  the  youthful
offender finding was substituted for a conviction of a felony defined in
article  two  hundred  twenty  of  this chapter; AND (B) NOTWITHSTANDING
PARAGRAPH (E) OF SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION 70.00 OF THIS  TITLE,  IF  A
TERM  OF IMPRISONMENT IS IMPOSED, SUCH TERM SHALL BE A DEFINITE SENTENCE
OF ONE YEAR OR LESS, OR A DETERMINATE SENTENCE, THE TERM OF  WHICH  MUST
BE  AT LEAST ONE YEAR AND MUST NOT EXCEED THREE YEARS, AND MUST INCLUDE,
AS A PART THEREOF, A PERIOD OF POST RELEASE  SUPERVISION  IN  ACCORDANCE
WITH  SUBDIVISION  TWO-B  OF  SECTION  70.45 OF THIS TITLE. IN ANY CASE,
WHERE A COURT IMPOSES A SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT IN CONJUNCTION  WITH  A
SENTENCE  OF  PROBATION OR CONDITIONAL DISCHARGE, SUCH IMPRISONMENT TERM
SHALL NOT BE IN EXCESS OF SIX MONTHS, OR IN THE CASE OF AN  INTERMITTENT
TERM,  NOT  IN EXCESS OF FOUR MONTHS IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH (D) OF
SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION 60.01 OF THIS ARTICLE.  IF THE SENTENCE IS TO
BE IMPOSED UPON A YOUTHFUL OFFENDER FINDING WHICH HAS  BEEN  SUBSTITUTED
FOR  A  CONVICTION  OF  ANY FELONY, AND THE PERSON IS NINETEEN OR TWENTY
YEARS OF AGE, THE COURT  MUST  SENTENCE  SUCH  PERSON  PURSUANT  TO  THE

S. 6406--A                         105                        A. 9006--A

PROVISIONS  OF  THIS  ARTICLE APPLICABLE TO A PERSON TWENTY-ONE YEARS OF
AGE OR OLDER CONVICTED OF THE SAME OFFENSE.
  S 40. Section 60.10 of the penal law, as amended by chapter 411 of the
laws of 1979, is amended to read as follows:
S 60.10 Authorized disposition; juvenile offender.
  1.    WHEN A JUVENILE OFFENDER IS CONVICTED OF A CLASS A FELONY, OTHER
THAN MURDER IN THE SECOND DEGREE AS DEFINED BY SECTION 125.25, ARSON  IN
THE FIRST DEGREE AS DEFINED BY SECTION 150.20 OR KIDNAPPING IN THE FIRST
DEGREE  AS  DEFINED  BY  SECTION 135.25 OF THIS CHAPTER, THE COURT SHALL
SENTENCE THE DEFENDANT TO IMPRISONMENT PURSUANT  TO  THE  PROVISIONS  OF
SECTION  70.00, 70.06, 70.07, 70.08, OR 70.71 OF THIS CHAPTER, AS APPLI-
CABLE. When a juvenile offender is convicted of [a] ANY OTHER crime, the
court shall sentence the defendant to imprisonment  in  accordance  with
section  70.05  or sentence [him] THE DEFENDANT upon a youthful offender
finding in accordance with section 60.02 of this [chapter] ARTICLE.
  2. Subdivision one of this section shall apply when sentencing a juve-
nile offender notwithstanding the provisions of any other law that deals
with the authorized sentence for persons who are not juvenile offenders.
Provided, however, that the limitation prescribed by this section  shall
not  be  deemed  or  construed  to bar use of a conviction of a juvenile
offender, other than a juvenile offender  who  has  been  adjudicated  a
youthful  offender  pursuant to section 720.20 of the criminal procedure
law, as a previous or predicate felony  offender  under  section  70.04,
70.06,  70.07, 70.08 [or], 70.10, 70.70, 70.71, 70.80, OR 485.10 OF THIS
CHAPTER, when sentencing a person who commits a felony after  [he]  SUCH
PERSON  has  reached the age of [sixteen] SEVENTEEN AS OF JANUARY FIRST,
TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN, AND EIGHTEEN AS OF JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND
NINETEEN.
  S 40-a. Subdivision 5 of section 70.00 of the penal law, as amended by
chapter 482 of the laws of 2009, is amended to read as follows:
  5.   Life  imprisonment  without  parole.  Notwithstanding  any  other
provision of law, a defendant sentenced  to  life  imprisonment  without
parole  shall  not  be  or  become  eligible  for  parole or conditional
release. For purposes of commitment and custody, other than  parole  and
conditional  release,  such sentence shall be deemed to be an indetermi-
nate sentence. A defendant may be sentenced to life imprisonment without
parole upon conviction for the crime of murder in the  first  degree  as
defined  in  section  125.27  of this chapter and in accordance with the
procedures provided by law for imposing a sentence  for  such  crime.  A
defendant  WHO  WAS  EIGHTEEN  YEARS  OF AGE OR OLDER AT THE TIME OF THE
COMMISSION OF THE CRIME must be sentenced to life  imprisonment  without
parole  upon conviction for the crime of terrorism as defined in section
490.25 of this  chapter,  where  the  specified  offense  the  defendant
committed  is  a class A-I felony; the crime of criminal possession of a
chemical weapon or biological weapon in the first degree as  defined  in
section 490.45 of this chapter; or the crime of criminal use of a chemi-
cal  weapon  or  biological  weapon  in  the  first degree as defined in
section 490.55 of this chapter; provided, however, that nothing in  this
subdivision  shall  preclude  or  prevent  a  sentence of death when the
defendant is also convicted of the crime of murder in the  first  degree
as  defined  in  section  125.27  of this chapter.   A DEFENDANT WHO WAS
SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR YOUNGER AT THE TIME OF THE COMMISSION  OF  THE
CRIME  MAY  BE  SENTENCED  TO  LIFE  IMPRISONMENT  WITHOUT  PAROLE  UPON
CONVICTION FOR A CRIME OF TERRORISM AS DEFINED IN SECTION 490.25 OF THIS
CHAPTER, WHERE THE SPECIFIED OFFENSE IS A CLASS A-I FELONY; THE CRIME OF
CRIMINAL POSSESSION OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR  BIOLOGICAL  WEAPON  IN  THE

S. 6406--A                         106                        A. 9006--A

FIRST  DEGREE AS DEFINED IN SECTION 490.45 OF THIS CHAPTER; OR THE CRIME
OF CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN  THE  FIRST
DEGREE AS DEFINED IN SECTION 490.55 OF THIS CHAPTER. A defendant must be
sentenced  to  life  imprisonment without parole upon conviction for the
crime of murder in the second degree as defined in subdivision  five  of
section  125.25 of this chapter or for the crime of aggravated murder as
defined in subdivision one of section 125.26 of this chapter. A  defend-
ant may be sentenced to life imprisonment without parole upon conviction
for  the  crime  of  aggravated  murder as defined in subdivision two of
section 125.26 of this chapter.
  S 41. Section 70.05 of the penal law, as added by chapter 481  of  the
laws  of  1978,  subdivision  1 as amended by chapter 615 of the laws of
1984, paragraph (e) of subdivision 2  as  added  and  paragraph  (c)  of
subdivision  3  as amended by chapter 435 of the laws of 1998, paragraph
(a) of subdivision 3 as amended by chapter 174 of the laws of  2003,  is
amended to read as follows:
S 70.05 Sentence of imprisonment for juvenile offender.
  1. [Indeterminate sentence] SENTENCE. A sentence of imprisonment for a
JUVENILE OFFENDER CONVICTED OF A CLASS A felony OTHER THAN MURDER IN THE
SECOND DEGREE AS DEFINED BY SECTION 125.25, ARSON IN THE FIRST DEGREE AS
DEFINED  BY  SECTION 150.20 OR KIDNAPPING IN THE FIRST DEGREE AS DEFINED
BY SECTION 135.25 OF THIS CHAPTER, SHALL BE IMPOSED BY THE COURT  PURSU-
ANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 70.00, 70.06, 70.07, 70.08, OR 70.71 OF
THIS  CHAPTER,  AS  APPLICABLE. A SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT FOR THE CLASS
A-1 FELONY OF MURDER IN THE SECOND DEGREE committed by a juvenile offen-
der shall be an indeterminate sentence. When such a sentence is imposed,
the court shall impose [a] THE MINIMUM PERIOD OF IMPRISONMENT AND  maxi-
mum  term  in  accordance with the provisions of subdivision two of this
section [and the minimum period of imprisonment shall be as provided  in
subdivision  three  of  this  section].  EXCEPT  AS  PROVIDED  HEREIN, A
SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT FOR ANY OTHER FELONY COMMITTED  BY  A  JUVENILE
OFFENDER  SHALL  BE  A  DETERMINATE  SENTENCE.  WHEN  SUCH A SENTENCE IS
IMPOSED, THE COURT SHALL IMPOSE A TERM OF IMPRISONMENT IN WHOLE OR  HALF
YEARS  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE PROVISIONS OF SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS
SECTION AND A PERIOD OF POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION IN ACCORDANCE WITH  THE
PROVISIONS  OF  SUBDIVISION TWO-B OF SECTION 70.45 OF THIS ARTICLE.  The
court shall further provide that where  a  juvenile  offender  is  under
placement  pursuant  to  article  three  of  the  family  court act, any
sentence imposed pursuant to this section which is to be served  consec-
utively  with  such  placement  shall be served in a facility designated
pursuant to subdivision four of section 70.20 of this article  prior  to
service of the placement in any previously designated facility.
  2.  [Maximum  term of] INDETERMINATE sentence. [The maximum term of an
indeterminate sentence for a juvenile offender shall be at  least  three
years and the term shall be fixed as follows:
  (a)]  For the class A felony of murder in the second degree, the MAXI-
MUM term shall be life imprisonment[;], AND THE MINIMUM PERIOD OF IMPRI-
SONMENT SHALL BE SPECIFIED IN THE SENTENCE AS FOLLOWS:
  (A) WHERE THE DEFENDANT WAS THIRTEEN YEARS OLD AT  THE  TIME  OF  SUCH
OFFENSE,  OR WAS FOURTEEN OR FIFTEEN AT THE TIME OF SUCH OFFENSE AND THE
SENTENCE IS FOR AN OFFENSE SPECIFIED IN  SUBDIVISION  THREE  OF  SECTION
125.25  OF  THIS CHAPTER, THE MINIMUM PERIOD OF IMPRISONMENT SHALL BE AT
LEAST FIVE YEARS BUT SHALL NOT EXCEED NINE YEARS;
  (B) EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS SUBDIVISION WHERE THE
DEFENDANT WAS AT LEAST FOURTEEN YEARS OLD BUT LESS THAN SEVENTEEN  YEARS
OLD,  AND,  COMMENCING  JANUARY  FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, WHERE THE

S. 6406--A                         107                        A. 9006--A

DEFENDANT WAS AT LEAST FOURTEEN YEARS OLD BUT LESS THAN  EIGHTEEN  YEARS
OLD  AT  THE  TIME  OF  SUCH OFFENSE, THE MINIMUM PERIOD OF IMPRISONMENT
SHALL BE AT LEAST SEVEN AND ONE HALF YEARS BUT SHALL NOT EXCEED  FIFTEEN
YEARS.
  [(b)]  3. DETERMINATE SENTENCE. (A) For the class A felony of arson in
the first degree, or for the class A felony of kidnapping in  the  first
degree the DETERMINATE term shall be fixed by the court, and shall be at
least [twelve] FOUR years but shall not exceed fifteen years;
  [(c)] (B)(I) EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR IN SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF THIS PARA-
GRAPH,  for a class B felony, the DETERMINATE term shall be fixed by the
court, and shall BE AT LEAST ONE YEAR BUT SHALL not exceed  [ten]  SEVEN
years;
  (II)  FOR A CLASS B VIOLENT FELONY AS DEFINED BY SECTION 70.02 OF THIS
ARTICLE, WHERE THE DEFENDANT WAS SIXTEEN YEARS OLD, AND COMMENCING JANU-
ARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, WHERE THE  DEFENDANT  WAS  SIXTEEN  OR
SEVENTEEN  YEARS  OLD  AT THE TIME OF SUCH OFFENSE, THE DETERMINATE TERM
SHALL BE FIXED BY THE COURT, AND SHALL BE AT LEAST FIVE YEARS BUT  SHALL
NOT EXCEED TWENTY YEARS; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT WHERE THE COURT, HAVING
REGARD  TO  THE NATURE AND CIRCUMSTANCES OF THE CRIME AND TO THE HISTORY
AND CHARACTER OF THE DEFENDANT, IS OF THE OPINION THAT IT WOULD BE UNDU-
LY HARSH TO IMPOSE A DETERMINATE SENTENCE OF NO LESS THAN FIVE YEARS AND
NO MORE THAN TWENTY-FIVE YEARS,  THE  COURT  MAY  IMPOSE  A  DETERMINATE
SENTENCE OF NO LESS THAN ONE YEAR AND NO MORE THAN SEVEN YEARS;
  (III) FOR A CLASS B VIOLENT FELONY AS DEFINED BY SECTION 70.02 OF THIS
ARTICLE,  WHERE  THE  DEFENDANT WAS FOURTEEN OR FIFTEEN YEARS OLD AT THE
TIME OF SUCH OFFENSE THE DETERMINATE TERM SHALL BE FIXED BY  THE  COURT,
AND SHALL BE AT LEAST ONE YEAR BUT SHALL NOT EXCEED SEVEN YEARS;
  [(d)] (C) For a class C felony, the DETERMINATE term shall be fixed by
the  court,  and shall BE AT LEAST ONE YEAR BUT SHALL not exceed [seven]
FIVE years; and
  [(e)] (D) For a class D felony, the DETERMINATE term shall be fixed by
the court, and shall BE AT LEAST ONE YEAR BUT SHALL  not  exceed  [four]
THREE years; AND
  (E)  FOR  A CLASS E FELONY, WHERE THE DEFENDANT WAS SIXTEEN YEARS OLD,
AND COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, WHERE THE DEFENDANT
WAS SIXTEEN OR SEVENTEEN YEARS OLD AT THE  TIME  OF  SUCH  OFFENSE,  THE
DETERMINATE  TERM SHALL BE FIXED BY THE COURT, AND SHALL BE AT LEAST ONE
YEAR BUT SHALL NOT EXCEED TWO YEARS.
  [3. Minimum period of imprisonment. The minimum period of imprisonment
under an indeterminate sentence for a juvenile offender shall be  speci-
fied in the sentence as follows:
  (a) For the class A felony of murder in the second degree, the minimum
period of imprisonment shall be fixed by the court and shall be not less
than  five years but shall not exceed nine years provided, however, that
where the sentence is for an offense specified in subdivision one or two
of section 125.25 of this chapter and  the  defendant  was  fourteen  or
fifteen  years  old  at  the time of such offense, the minimum period of
imprisonment shall be not less than seven and one-half years  but  shall
not exceed fifteen years;
  (b)  For  the  class A felony of arson in the first degree, or for the
class A felony of kidnapping in the first degree, the minimum period  of
imprisonment shall be fixed by the court and shall be not less than four
years but shall not exceed six years; and
  (c)  For  a class B, C or D felony, the minimum period of imprisonment
shall be fixed by the court at one-third of the maximum term imposed.]

S. 6406--A                         108                        A. 9006--A

  4. A SENTENCE IMPOSED FOR A MISDEMEANOR OR VIOLATION  COMMITTED  BY  A
JUVENILE  OFFENDER  SHALL  BE  IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 70.15 OF THIS
CHAPTER.
  S  42.  Subdivision 1 of section 70.20 of the penal law, as amended by
section 124 of subpart B of part C of chapter 62 of the laws of 2011, is
amended to read as follows:
  1. [(a)] Indeterminate or determinate sentence. Except as provided  in
subdivision  four  of this section, when an indeterminate or determinate
sentence of imprisonment is imposed, the court shall commit the  defend-
ant  to the custody of the state department of corrections and community
supervision for the term of his or her sentence and  until  released  in
accordance  with  the law; provided, however, that a defendant sentenced
pursuant to subdivision seven of section 70.06 shall be committed to the
custody of the state department of corrections and community supervision
for immediate delivery to a reception center operated by the department.
  [(b) The court in committing a defendant who is not yet eighteen years
of age to the department of corrections and community supervision  shall
inquire as to whether the parents or legal guardian of the defendant, if
present,  will  grant  to  the  minor the capacity to consent to routine
medical, dental and mental health services and treatment.
  (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this subdivision, where the court
commits a defendant who is not yet eighteen years of age to the  custody
of the department of corrections and community supervision in accordance
with this section and no medical consent has been obtained prior to said
commitment,  the  commitment order shall be deemed to grant the capacity
to consent to routine medical, dental and  mental  health  services  and
treatment to the person so committed.
  (d) Nothing in this subdivision shall preclude a parent or legal guar-
dian  of  an  inmate  who is not yet eighteen years of age from making a
motion on notice to the department of corrections and  community  super-
vision  pursuant  to  article  twenty-two  of the civil practice law and
rules and section one hundred forty of the correction law, objecting  to
routine  medical,  dental  or mental health services and treatment being
provided to such inmate under the provisions of paragraph  (b)  of  this
subdivision.
  (e)  Nothing  in  this  section shall require that consent be obtained
from the parent or legal guardian, where  no  consent  is  necessary  or
where  the  defendant  is authorized by law to consent on his or her own
behalf to any medical, dental, and mental health service or treatment.]
  S 43. Subdivision 2 of section 70.20 of the penal law, as  amended  by
chapter 437 of the laws of 2013, is amended to read as follows:
  2.  [(a)] Definite sentence. Except as provided in subdivision four of
this section, when a definite sentence of imprisonment is  imposed,  the
court  shall commit the defendant to the county or regional correctional
institution for the term of his sentence and until released  in  accord-
ance with the law.
  [(b) The court in committing a defendant who is not yet eighteen years
of  age  to  the local correctional facility shall inquire as to whether
the parents or legal guardian of the defendant, if present,  will  grant
to  the  minor  the  capacity  to consent to routine medical, dental and
mental health services and treatment.
  (c) Nothing in this subdivision shall preclude a parent or legal guar-
dian of an inmate who is not yet eighteen years of  age  from  making  a
motion  on  notice  to the local correction facility pursuant to article
twenty-two of the civil practice law and rules and section  one  hundred
forty  of  the  correction  law, objecting to routine medical, dental or

S. 6406--A                         109                        A. 9006--A

mental health services and treatment being provided to such inmate under
the provisions of paragraph (b) of this subdivision.]
  S  44.  Paragraph  (a)  of subdivision 4 of section 70.20 of the penal
law, as amended by section 124 of subpart B of part C of chapter  62  of
the  laws of 2011, is amended and two new paragraphs (a-1) and (a-2) are
added to read as follows:
  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of  law  to  the  contrary,  a
juvenile  offender[,] or a juvenile offender who is adjudicated a youth-
ful offender  [and],  WHO  IS  given  an  indeterminate  or  a  definite
sentence, AND WHO IS UNDER THE AGE OF TWENTY-ONE AT THE TIME OF SENTENC-
ING, shall be committed to the custody of the commissioner of the office
of children and family services who shall arrange for the confinement of
such  offender  in  [secure]  facilities  of  the office. The release or
transfer of such offenders  from  the  office  of  children  and  family
services  shall  be governed by section five hundred eight of the execu-
tive law. IF THE JUVENILE OFFENDER IS  CONVICTED  OR,  IF  THE  JUVENILE
OFFENDER  WHO  IS  ADJUDICATED  A  YOUTHFUL OFFENDER IS CONVICTED AND IS
TWENTY-ONE YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER AT THE TIME OF SENTENCING,  HE  OR  SHE
SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPER-
VISION.
  (A-1)  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY  OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, A
PERSON SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE  WHO  COMMITS  A  VEHICLE  AND  TRAFFIC  LAW
OFFENSE THAT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A JUVENILE OFFENDER OFFENSE ON OR AFTER
JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN AND A PERSON SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE
WHO  COMMITS  SUCH  AN  OFFENSE  ON OR AFTER JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND
NINETEEN WHO IS SENTENCED TO A TERM OF IMPRISONMENT WHO IS UNDER THE AGE
OF TWENTY-ONE AT THE TIME HE OR SHE IS SENTENCED SHALL BE  COMMITTED  TO
THE  CUSTODY  OF  THE  COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES WHO SHALL ARRANGE CONFINEMENT OF SUCH OFFENDER IN FACILITIES OF
THE OFFICE.
  (A-2) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION  OF  LAW  TO  THE  CONTRARY,
COMMENCING  JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, A PERSON WHO IS IN THE
CUSTODY OF, OR IS COMMITTED TO, THE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND COMMU-
NITY SUPERVISION WHO IS UNDER THE AGE  OF  EIGHTEEN  SHALL,  WITHIN  THE
DISCRETION  OF  THE  DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION
AND THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY  SERVICES,  SUBJECT  TO  AVAILABLE
CAPACITY, AND WHEN CONSISTENT WITH THE PERSON'S CIRCUMSTANCES, BE TRANS-
FERRED  TO THE CUSTODY OF THE COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
FAMILY SERVICES WHO SHALL ARRANGE FOR THE CONFINEMENT OF  SUCH  OFFENDER
IN  FACILITIES  OF  THE  OFFICE.  THE  PLACEMENT FACILITY AND RELEASE OR
TRANSFER OF SUCH OFFENDERS  FROM  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES  SHALL  BE GOVERNED BY SECTION FIVE HUNDRED EIGHT OF THE EXECU-
TIVE LAW.
  S 44-a. Paragraph (f) of subdivision 1 of section 70.30 of  the  penal
law, as added by chapter 481 of the laws of 1978 and relettered by chap-
ter 3 of the laws of 1995, is amended to read as follows:
  (f)  [The aggregate maximum term of consecutive sentences imposed upon
a juvenile offender for two or more crimes,  not  including  a  class  A
felony, committed before he has reached the age of sixteen, shall, if it
exceeds  ten years, be deemed to be ten years. If consecutive indetermi-
nate sentences imposed upon a juvenile offender include a  sentence  for
the class A felony of arson in the first degree or for the class A felo-
ny of kidnapping in the first degree, then the aggregate maximum term of
such  sentences  shall,  if  it  exceeds  fifteen years, be deemed to be
fifteen years. Where the aggregate maximum term of two or  more  consec-
utive  sentences is reduced by a calculation made pursuant to this para-

S. 6406--A                         110                        A. 9006--A

graph, the aggregate minimum period of imprisonment, if it exceeds  one-
half  of the aggregate maximum term as so reduced, shall be deemed to be
one-half of the aggregate maximum term as so reduced.] (I) THE AGGREGATE
TERM  OR  MAXIMUM  TERM OF CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES IMPOSED UPON A JUVENILE
OFFENDER FOR TWO OR MORE CRIMES COMMITTED PRIOR TO THE TIME  THE  PERSON
WAS  IMPRISONED  UNDER  ANY  OF  SUCH  SENTENCES, OTHER THAN TWO OR MORE
SENTENCES THAT INCLUDE A SENTENCE FOR A CLASS A FELONY,  OR  A  SENTENCE
FOR  A CLASS B VIOLENT FELONY, SHALL, IF IT EXCEEDS TEN YEARS, BE DEEMED
TO BE TEN YEARS, PROVIDED:
  (A) WHERE ALL OF SUCH CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES ARE  DETERMINATE  AND  THE
AGGREGATE  TERM EXCEEDS TEN YEARS, THE JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE DEEMED
TO BE SERVING A DETERMINATE TERM OF TEN YEARS; AND
  (B) WHERE ALL OF SUCH CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES ARE INDETERMINATE AND  THE
AGGREGATE MAXIMUM TERM EXCEEDS TEN YEARS, THE JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE
DEEMED  TO  BE  SERVING  AN  INDETERMINATE SENTENCE, THE MAXIMUM TERM OF
WHICH SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE TEN YEARS AND THE AGGREGATE  MINIMUM  PERIOD
OF  WHICH,  IF  IT EXCEEDS FIVE YEARS, SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE FIVE YEARS;
AND
  (C) WHERE ONE OR MORE OF SUCH CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES IS  A  DETERMINATE
SENTENCE AND ONE OR MORE OF WHICH IS AN INDETERMINATE SENTENCE:
  (1)  IF THE AGGREGATE TERM OF THE DETERMINATE SENTENCES IS EQUAL TO OR
EXCEEDS TEN YEARS, THE JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE SERVING A
DETERMINATE TERM OF TEN YEARS; AND
  (2) IF THE TERM OR AGGREGATE  TERM  OF  THE  DETERMINATE  SENTENCE  OR
SENTENCES  IS LESS THAN TEN YEARS, THE JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE DEEMED
TO BE SERVING AN INDETERMINATE SENTENCE, THE MAXIMUM TERM OF WHICH SHALL
BE DEEMED TO BE TEN YEARS, AND THE MINIMUM  PERIOD  OF  WHICH  SHALL  BE
DEEMED TO BE FIVE YEARS OR SIX-SEVENTHS OF THE TERM OR AGGREGATE TERM OF
THE DETERMINATE SENTENCE OR SENTENCES, WHICHEVER IS GREATER.
  (II)  THE AGGREGATE MAXIMUM TERM OF CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES IMPOSED UPON
A JUVENILE OFFENDER FOR TWO OR MORE CRIMES COMMITTED PRIOR TO  THE  TIME
THE  PERSON  WAS IMPRISONED UNDER ANY OF SUCH SENTENCES, AT LEAST ONE OF
WHICH IS THE CLASS A FELONY OF ARSON IN THE FIRST DEGREE AS  DEFINED  BY
SECTION  150.20  OR KIDNAPPING IN THE FIRST DEGREE AS DEFINED BY SECTION
135.25 OF THIS CHAPTER BUT NO OTHER CLASS A FELONY, AND DOES NOT INCLUDE
A SENTENCE IMPOSED FOR A CLASS B VIOLENT FELONY, SHALL,  IF  IT  EXCEEDS
FIFTEEN YEARS, BE DEEMED TO BE FIFTEEN YEARS, PROVIDED:
  (A)  WHERE  ALL  OF SUCH CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES ARE DETERMINATE AND THE
AGGREGATE TERM EXCEEDS FIFTEEN YEARS, THE  JUVENILE  OFFENDER  SHALL  BE
DEEMED TO BE SERVING A DETERMINATE TERM OF FIFTEEN YEARS; AND
  (B)  WHERE ALL OF SUCH CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES ARE INDETERMINATE AND THE
AGGREGATE MAXIMUM TERM EXCEEDS  FIFTEEN  YEARS,  THE  JUVENILE  OFFENDER
SHALL  BE  DEEMED  TO  BE SERVING AN INDETERMINATE SENTENCE, THE MAXIMUM
TERM OF WHICH SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE  FIFTEEN  YEARS  AND  THE  AGGREGATE
MINIMUM  PERIOD  OF WHICH, IF IT EXCEEDS SEVEN AND ONE-HALF YEARS, SHALL
BE DEEMED TO BE SEVEN AND ONE-HALF YEARS; AND
  (C) WHERE ONE OR MORE OF SUCH CONSECUTIVE SENTENCES IS  A  DETERMINATE
SENTENCE AND ONE OR MORE OF WHICH IS AN INDETERMINATE SENTENCE:
  (1)  IF THE AGGREGATE TERM OF THE DETERMINATE SENTENCES IS EQUAL TO OR
EXCEEDS FIFTEEN YEARS, THE JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE SERV-
ING A DETERMINATE TERM OF FIFTEEN YEARS; AND
  (2) IF THE TERM OR AGGREGATE  TERM  OF  THE  DETERMINATE  SENTENCE  OR
SENTENCES  IS  LESS  THAN  FIFTEEN YEARS, THE JUVENILE OFFENDER SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE SERVING AN INDETERMINATE  SENTENCE,  THE  MAXIMUM  TERM  OF
WHICH  SHALL  BE  DEEMED  TO BE FIFTEEN YEARS, AND THE MINIMUM PERIOD OF
WHICH SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE SEVEN AND ONE-HALF YEARS OR SIX-SEVENTHS  OF

S. 6406--A                         111                        A. 9006--A

THE  TERM  OR  AGGREGATE  TERM OF THE DETERMINATE SENTENCE OR SENTENCES,
WHICHEVER IS GREATER.
  S  44-b.  Section  70.45  of  the penal law is amended by adding a new
subdivision 2-b to read as follows:
  2-B. PERIODS OF POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION FOR  JUVENILE  OFFENDERS  AND
YOUTHFUL  OFFENDERS.  (A)  THE  PERIOD OF POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION FOR A
DETERMINATE SENTENCE IMPOSED UPON A  YOUTHFUL  OFFENDER  OR  A  JUVENILE
OFFENDER  ADJUDICATED  A YOUTHFUL OFFENDER MUST BE FIXED BY THE COURT AT
ONE YEAR.
  (B) THE PERIOD OF POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION FOR A DETERMINATE  SENTENCE
IMPOSED  UPON  A  JUVENILE  OFFENDER NOT ADJUDICATED A YOUTHFUL OFFENDER
MUST BE FIXED BY THE COURT IN WHOLE OR HALF YEARS AS FOLLOWS:
  (I) SUCH PERIOD SHALL BE ONE YEAR WHENEVER A DETERMINATE  SENTENCE  OF
IMPRISONMENT IS IMPOSED UPON A CONVICTION OF A CLASS D OR CLASS E FELONY
OFFENSE;
  (II)  SUCH  PERIOD  SHALL  BE NOT LESS THAN ONE YEAR NOR MORE THAN TWO
YEARS WHENEVER A DETERMINATE SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT IS IMPOSED UPON  A
CONVICTION OF A CLASS C FELONY OFFENSE;
  (III)  SUCH PERIOD SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN ONE YEAR NOR MORE THAN THREE
YEARS WHENEVER A DETERMINATE SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT IS IMPOSED UPON  A
CONVICTION  OF  A  CLASS  B FELONY OFFENSE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH
PERIOD SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN ONE YEAR NOR MORE THAN FOUR YEARS WHENEVER
A DETERMINATE SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT IS IMPOSED UPON A CONVICTION OF A
CLASS B VIOLENT FELONY OFFENSE WHERE  THE  DEFENDANT  WAS  SIXTEEN,  AND
COMMENCING  JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN YEARS OLD AT
THE TIME OF THE OFFENSE; AND
  (IV) SUCH PERIOD SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN ONE YEAR NOR  MORE  THAN  FIVE
YEARS  WHENEVER A DETERMINATE SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT IS IMPOSED UPON A
CONVICTION OF THE CLASS A FELONY OFFENSE OF ARSON IN THE FIRST DEGREE AS
DEFINED BY SECTION 150.20 OR KIDNAPPING IN THE FIRST DEGREE  AS  DEFINED
BY  SECTION  135.25  OF  THIS  CHAPTER,  AND A FIVE-YEAR PERIOD SHALL BE
IMPOSED PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION TWO OF THIS SECTION WHENEVER A  DETERMI-
NATE  SENTENCE  IMPOSED  UPON  A JUVENILE OFFENDER FOR ANY OTHER CLASS A
FELONY.
  S 45. Subdivision 18 of section 10.00 of the penal law, as amended  by
chapter 7 of the laws of 2007, is amended to read as follows:
  18.  "Juvenile  offender" means (1) a person thirteen years old who is
criminally responsible for acts constituting murder in the second degree
as defined in subdivisions one and two of section 125.25 of this chapter
or such conduct as a sexually motivated felony, where authorized  pursu-
ant to section 130.91 of [the penal law; and] THIS CHAPTER;
  (2) a person fourteen [or], fifteen OR SIXTEEN YEARS OLD OR COMMENCING
JANUARY  FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years old who is crimi-
nally responsible for acts constituting the crimes defined  in  subdivi-
sions one and two of section 125.25 (murder in the second degree) and in
subdivision three of such section provided that the underlying crime for
the  murder  charge is one for which such person is criminally responsi-
ble; section 135.25 (kidnapping in the first degree); 150.20  (arson  in
the  first  degree); subdivisions one and two of section 120.10 (assault
in the first degree); 125.20 (manslaughter in the first degree);  subdi-
visions one and two of section 130.35 (rape in the first degree); subdi-
visions  one and two of section 130.50 (criminal sexual act in the first
degree); 130.70 (aggravated sexual abuse in the  first  degree);  140.30
(burglary  in  the  first  degree);  subdivision  one  of section 140.25
(burglary in the second degree); 150.15 (arson in  the  second  degree);
160.15  (robbery in the first degree); subdivision two of section 160.10

S. 6406--A                         112                        A. 9006--A

(robbery in the second degree) of this chapter;  or  section  265.03  of
this  chapter,  where  such  machine gun or such firearm is possessed on
school grounds, as that phrase is defined  in  subdivision  fourteen  of
section 220.00 of this chapter; or defined in this chapter as an attempt
to commit murder in the second degree or kidnapping in the first degree,
or  such conduct as a sexually motivated felony, where authorized pursu-
ant to section 130.91 of [the penal law] THIS CHAPTER; AND
  (3) A PERSON SIXTEEN OR, COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND  NINE-
TEEN, SEVENTEEN YEARS OLD WHO IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ACTS CONSTI-
TUTING AN OFFENSE SET FORTH IN THE VEHICLE AND TRAFFIC LAW; ACTS CONSTI-
TUTING  A  VIOLENT FELONY DEFINED IN SECTION 70.02 OF THIS CHAPTER; ACTS
CONSTITUTING ANY CRIME IN THIS CHAPTER THAT IS CLASSIFIED AS A  CLASS  A
FELONY  EXCEPTING THOSE CLASS A FELONIES WHICH REQUIRE, AS AN ELEMENT OF
THE OFFENSE, THAT THE DEFENDANT BE EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER;  ACTS
CONSTITUTING  THE CRIMES DEFINED IN SECTION 120.03 (VEHICULAR ASSAULT IN
THE SECOND DEGREE); 120.04 (VEHICULAR  ASSAULT  IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);
120.04-A  (AGGRAVATED  VEHICULAR  ASSAULT); 125.10 (CRIMINALLY NEGLIGENT
HOMICIDE); 125.11 (AGGRAVATED  CRIMINALLY  NEGLIGENT  HOMICIDE);  125.12
(VEHICULAR   MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  125.13  (VEHICULAR
MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  125.14   (AGGRAVATED   VEHICULAR
MANSLAUGHTER);  125.15  (MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  125.20
(MANSLAUGHTER IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 125.21 (AGGRAVATED  MANSLAUGHTER  IN
THE  SECOND  DEGREE);  125.22  (AGGRAVATED  MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  FIRST
DEGREE); 130.70 (AGGRAVATED SEXUAL ABUSE IN THE  FIRST  DEGREE);  130.75
(COURSE  OF  SEXUAL CONDUCT AGAINST A CHILD IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 215.11
(TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE THIRD DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE  CRIMI-
NAL  PROCEEDING  IN  WHICH THE PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH
PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.12 (TAMPERING WITH  A  WITNESS  IN
THE  SECOND  DEGREE)  PROVIDED THAT THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE
PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSI-
BLE; 215.13 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE FIRST DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT
THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE PERSON  IS  TAMPERING  IS  ONE  FOR
WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.52 (AGGRAVATED CRIMINAL
CONTEMPT); 130.95 (PREDATORY SEXUAL ASSAULT); 220.41 (CRIMINAL SALE OF A
CONTROLLED  SUBSTANCE  IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 220.43 (CRIMINAL SALE OF A
CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 220.77 (OPERATING AS A  MAJOR
TRAFFICKER); 460.22 (AGGRAVATED ENTERPRISE CORRUPTION); 490.45 (CRIMINAL
POSSESSION  OF  A  CHEMICAL  WEAPON  OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE FIRST
DEGREE); 490.50 (CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAP-
ON IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 490.55 (CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR A
BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE FIRST DEGREE); ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A  SPECIFIED
OFFENSE  DEFINED  IN  SUBDIVISION  TWO OF SECTION 130.91 OF THIS CHAPTER
WHEN COMMITTED AS A SEXUALLY MOTIVATED FELONY; ACTS CONSTITUTING A SPEC-
IFIED OFFENSE DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION THREE OF  SECTION  490.05  OF  THIS
CHAPTER WHEN COMMITTED AS AN ACT OF TERRORISM; ACTS CONSTITUTING A FELO-
NY  DEFINED  IN  ARTICLE  FOUR  HUNDRED NINETY OF THIS CHAPTER; AND ACTS
CONSTITUTING A CRIME SET FORTH IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 105.10  AND
SECTION  105.15  PROVIDED  THAT  THE UNDERLYING CRIME FOR THE CONSPIRACY
CHARGE IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE.
  S 46. Subdivision 42 of section 1.20 of the criminal procedure law, as
amended by chapter 7 of the laws of 2007, is amended to read as follows:
  42. "Juvenile offender" means (1) a person, thirteen years old who  is
criminally responsible for acts constituting murder in the second degree
as  defined  in  subdivisions one and two of section 125.25 of the penal
law, or such conduct as a sexually motivated  felony,  where  authorized
pursuant to section 130.91 of the penal law; [and] (2) a person fourteen

S. 6406--A                         113                        A. 9006--A

[or],  fifteen  OR  SIXTEEN  YEARS OLD, OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO
THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years old who is criminally responsible for
acts constituting the crimes defined in  subdivisions  one  and  two  of
section 125.25 (murder in the second degree) and in subdivision three of
such section provided that the underlying crime for the murder charge is
one  for  which  such  person  is criminally responsible; section 135.25
(kidnapping in the first degree); 150.20 (arson in  the  first  degree);
subdivisions  one  and  two  of  section  120.10  (assault  in the first
degree); 125.20 (manslaughter in the first degree); subdivisions one and
two of section 130.35 (rape in the first degree); subdivisions  one  and
two  of section 130.50 (criminal sexual act in the first degree); 130.70
(aggravated sexual abuse in the first degree); 140.30 (burglary  in  the
first degree); subdivision one of section 140.25 (burglary in the second
degree);  150.15  (arson  in  the second degree); 160.15 (robbery in the
first degree); subdivision two of section 160.10 (robbery in the  second
degree) of the penal law; or section 265.03 of the penal law, where such
machine  gun  or  such  firearm  is possessed on school grounds, as that
phrase is defined in subdivision fourteen of section 220.00 of the penal
law; or defined in the penal law as an attempt to commit murder  in  the
second  degree  or  kidnapping in the first degree, or such conduct as a
sexually motivated felony, where authorized pursuant to  section  130.91
of the penal law; AND (3) A PERSON SIXTEEN OR, COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST,
TWO  THOUSAND  NINETEEN,  A PERSON SIXTEEN OR SEVENTEEN YEARS OLD WHO IS
CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ACTS CONSTITUTING AN OFFENSE SET FORTH IN THE
VEHICLE AND TRAFFIC LAW; A VIOLENT FELONY DEFINED IN  SECTION  70.02  OF
THE  PENAL  LAW;  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  ANY CRIME IN THE PENAL LAW THAT IS
CLASSIFIED AS A CLASS A FELONY EXCEPTING THOSE CLASS  A  FELONIES  WHICH
REQUIRE,  AS  AN  ELEMENT OF THE OFFENSE, THAT THE DEFENDANT BE EIGHTEEN
YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER; ACTS CONSTITUTING THE CRIMES DEFINED  IN  SECTION
120.03  (VEHICULAR  ASSAULT  IN  THE  SECOND  DEGREE); 120.04 (VEHICULAR
ASSAULT IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 120.04-A (AGGRAVATED  VEHICULAR  ASSAULT);
125.10  (CRIMINALLY  NEGLIGENT  HOMICIDE); 125.11 (AGGRAVATED CRIMINALLY
NEGLIGENT  HOMICIDE);  125.12  (VEHICULAR  MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  SECOND
DEGREE);  125.13  (VEHICULAR  MANSLAUGHTER  IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 125.14
(AGGRAVATED VEHICULAR HOMICIDE);  125.15  (MANSLAUGHTER  IN  THE  SECOND
DEGREE);  125.20  (MANSLAUGHTER IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 125.21 (AGGRAVATED
MANSLAUGHTER IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 125.22 (AGGRAVATED  MANSLAUGHTER  IN
THE FIRST DEGREE); 130.70 (AGGRAVATED SEXUAL ABUSE IN THE FIRST DEGREE);
130.75  (COURSE  OF SEXUAL CONDUCT AGAINST A CHILD IN THE FIRST DEGREE);
215.11 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE THIRD DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT  THE
CRIMINAL  PROCEEDING  IN  WHICH THE PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH
SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.12 (TAMPERING WITH A  WITNESS
IN THE SECOND DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT THE CRIMINAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH THE
PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSI-
BLE; 215.13 (TAMPERING WITH A WITNESS IN THE FIRST DEGREE) PROVIDED THAT
THE  CRIMINAL  PROCEEDING  IN  WHICH  THE PERSON IS TAMPERING IS ONE FOR
WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE; 215.52 (AGGRAVATED CRIMINAL
CONTEMPT);  130.95  (PREDATORY   SEXUAL   ASSAULT);   220.18   (CRIMINAL
POSSESSION  OF  A  CONTROLLED  SUBSTANCE  IN  THE SECOND DEGREE); 220.21
(CRIMINAL POSSESSION OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE  IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);
220.41  (CRIMINAL  SALE OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN THE SECOND DEGREE);
220.43 (CRIMINAL SALE OF A CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE IN  THE  FIRST  DEGREE);
220.77  (OPERATING AS A MAJOR TRAFFICKER); 460.22 (AGGRAVATED ENTERPRISE
CORRUPTION); 490.45 (CRIMINAL POSSESSION  OF  A  CHEMICAL  WEAPON  OR  A
BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE FIRST DEGREE); 490.50 (CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMI-
CAL  WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE SECOND DEGREE); 490.55 (CRIMI-

S. 6406--A                         114                        A. 9006--A

NAL USE OF A CHEMICAL  WEAPON  OR  A  BIOLOGICAL  WEAPON  IN  THE  FIRST
DEGREE);  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A SPECIFIED OFFENSE DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION
TWO OF SECTION 130.91 OF THE PENAL LAW  WHEN  COMMITTED  AS  A  SEXUALLY
MOTIVATED  FELONY;  ACTS  CONSTITUTING  A  SPECIFIED  OFFENSE DEFINED IN
SUBDIVISION THREE OF SECTION 490.05 OF THE PENAL LAW WHEN  COMMITTED  AS
AN  ACT OF TERRORISM; ACTS CONSTITUTING A FELONY DEFINED IN ARTICLE FOUR
HUNDRED NINETY OF THE PENAL LAW; AND ACTS CONSTITUTING A CRIME SET FORTH
IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION 105.10 AND SECTION 105.15 OF THE PENAL LAW
PROVIDED THAT THE UNDERLYING CRIME FOR THE CONSPIRACY CHARGE IS ONE  FOR
WHICH SUCH PERSON IS CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE.
  S  47. Subdivision 1 of section 500-a of the correction law is amended
by adding a new paragraph (h) to read as follows:
  (H) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER  PROVISION  OF  LAW  COMMENCING  JANUARY
FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN,  NO  COUNTY  JAIL SHALL BE USED FOR THE
CONFINEMENT OF ANY PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF SEVENTEEN  WHO  IS  SENTENCED
FOR  AN  OFFENSE COMMITTED ON OR AFTER JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND EIGH-
TEEN, AND, COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND  NINETEEN,  NO  COUNTY
JAIL  SHALL  BE  USED FOR THE CONFINEMENT OF ANY PERSON UNDER THE AGE OF
EIGHTEEN WHO IS SENTENCED FOR AN OFFENSE COMMITTED ON OR  AFTER  JANUARY
FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND NINETEEN.   PLACEMENT OF ANY PERSON WHO MAY NOT BE
CONFINED TO A COUNTY JAIL PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL  BE  DETER-
MINED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES.
  S  48.  The  criminal procedure law is amended by adding a new section
160.59 to read as follows:
S 160.59 SEALING OF CERTAIN CONVICTIONS.
  1. DEFINITIONS: AS USED IN THIS SECTION,  THE  FOLLOWING  TERMS  SHALL
HAVE THE FOLLOWING MEANINGS;
  (A)  "ELIGIBLE  CONVICTION" SHALL MEAN ANY OFFENSE DEFINED IN THE LAWS
OF THIS STATE OTHER THAN A SEX OFFENSE DEFINED IN  ARTICLE  ONE  HUNDRED
THIRTY  OF  THE  PENAL  LAW,  AN  OFFENSE DEFINED IN ARTICLE TWO HUNDRED
SIXTY-THREE OF THE PENAL LAW, A FELONY OFFENSE DEFINED  IN  ARTICLE  ONE
HUNDRED  TWENTY-FIVE  OF THE PENAL LAW, A VIOLENT FELONY OFFENSE DEFINED
IN SECTION 70.02 OF THE PENAL LAW, A CLASS A FELONY OFFENSE  DEFINED  IN
THE PENAL LAW OTHER THAN A CLASS A FELONY OFFENSE DEFINED IN ARTICLE TWO
HUNDRED TWENTY OF THE PENAL LAW, OR AN OFFENSE FOR WHICH REGISTRATION AS
A  SEX  OFFENDER IS REQUIRED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE SIX-C OF THE CORRECTION
LAW.
  (B) "SENTENCING JUDGE" SHALL MEAN THE JUDGE  WHO  PRONOUNCED  SENTENCE
UPON  THE  CONVICTION UNDER CONSIDERATION, OR IF THAT JUDGE IS NO LONGER
SITTING IN A COURT IN THE  JURISDICTION  IN  WHICH  THE  CONVICTION  WAS
OBTAINED, ANY OTHER JUDGE WHO IS SITTING IN THE CRIMINAL COURT WHERE THE
JUDGMENT OF CONVICTION WAS ENTERED.
  2.  (A)  A  DEFENDANT  WHO  HAS  BEEN  CONVICTED OF UP TO TWO ELIGIBLE
OFFENSES BUT NOT MORE THAN ONE FELONY OFFENSE MAY APPLY TO THE COURT  IN
WHICH  HE  OR SHE WAS CONVICTED OF THE MOST SERIOUS OFFENSE TO HAVE SUCH
CONVICTION SEALED. IF ALL OFFENSES ARE OFFENSES WITH  THE  SAME  CLASSI-
FICATION,  THE  APPLICATION  SHALL  BE  MADE  TO  THE COURT IN WHICH THE
DEFENDANT WAS LAST CONVICTED.
  (B) AN APPLICATION SHALL CONTAIN (I) A COPY OF A CERTIFICATE OF DISPO-
SITION OR OTHER SIMILAR DOCUMENTATION FOR  ANY  OFFENSE  FOR  WHICH  THE
DEFENDANT  HAS BEEN CONVICTED, OR AN EXPLANATION OF WHY SUCH CERTIFICATE
OR OTHER DOCUMENTATION IS NOT AVAILABLE; (II) A SWORN STATEMENT  OF  THE
DEFENDANT  AS  TO  WHETHER HE OR SHE HAS FILED, OR THEN INTENDS TO FILE,
ANY APPLICATION FOR SEALING OF ANY OTHER ELIGIBLE OFFENSE; (III) A  COPY
OF  ANY OTHER SUCH APPLICATION THAT HAS BEEN FILED; AND (IV) A STATEMENT
AS TO THE CONVICTION OR CONVICTIONS FOR WHICH RELIEF IS BEING SOUGHT.

S. 6406--A                         115                        A. 9006--A

  (C) A COPY OF ANY APPLICATION FOR SUCH SEALING SHALL  BE  SERVED  UPON
THE  DISTRICT  ATTORNEY  OF  THE  COUNTY  IN  WHICH  THE  CONVICTION WAS
OBTAINED.
  (D)  WHEN  SUCH  APPLICATION  IS  FILED  WITH  THE  COURT, IT SHALL BE
ASSIGNED TO THE SENTENCING JUDGE UNLESS MORE  THAN  ONE  APPLICATION  IS
FILED  IN  WHICH  CASE  THE  APPLICATION SHALL BE ASSIGNED TO THE COUNTY
COURT OR THE SUPREME COURT OF THE COUNTY IN WHICH THE CRIMINAL COURT  IS
LOCATED,  WHO  SHALL  REQUEST  AND RECEIVE FROM THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL
JUSTICE SERVICES A FINGERPRINT BASED  CRIMINAL  HISTORY  RECORD  OF  THE
DEFENDANT,  INCLUDING  ANY SEALED OR SUPPRESSED RECORDS. THE DIVISION OF
CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES ALSO SHALL INCLUDE A CRIMINAL HISTORY  REPORT,
IF  ANY, FROM THE FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION REGARDING ANY CRIMINAL
HISTORY INFORMATION THAT OCCURRED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS.  THE  DIVISION
IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO RECEIVE SUCH INFORMATION FROM THE FEDERAL BUREAU
OF  INVESTIGATION  FOR THIS PURPOSE, AND TO MAKE SUCH INFORMATION AVAIL-
ABLE TO THE COURT, WHICH MAY MAKE  THIS  INFORMATION  AVAILABLE  TO  THE
DISTRICT ATTORNEY AND THE DEFENDANT.
  3.  THE  SENTENCING  JUDGE, OR COUNTY OR SUPREME COURT SHALL SUMMARILY
DENY THE DEFENDANT'S APPLICATION WHEN:
  (A) THE DEFENDANT IS REQUIRED TO REGISTER AS A SEX  OFFENDER  PURSUANT
TO ARTICLE SIX-C OF THE CORRECTION LAW; OR
  (B)  THE  DEFENDANT  HAS  PREVIOUSLY  OBTAINED  SEALING OF THE MAXIMUM
NUMBER OF CONVICTIONS ALLOWABLE UNDER SECTION  160.58  OF  THE  CRIMINAL
PROCEDURE LAW; OR
  (C)  THE  DEFENDANT  HAS  PREVIOUSLY  OBTAINED  SEALING OF THE MAXIMUM
NUMBER OF CONVICTIONS ALLOWABLE UNDER SUBDIVISION FOUR OF THIS  SECTION;
OR
  (D)  THE TIME PERIOD SPECIFIED IN SUBDIVISION FIVE OF THIS SECTION HAS
NOT YET BEEN SATISFIED; OR
  (E) THE DEFENDANT HAS AN UNDISPOSED ARREST OR CHARGE PENDING; OR
  (F) THE DEFENDANT WAS CONVICTED OF ANY OFFENSE AFTER THE DATE  OF  THE
ENTRY OF JUDGEMENT OF THE LAST CONVICTION FOR WHICH SEALING IS SOUGHT.
  4.  PROVIDED  THAT  THE  APPLICATION  IS  NOT SUMMARILY DENIED FOR THE
REASONS SET FORTH IN SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION, A DEFENDANT  WHO
STANDS  CONVICTED  OF UP TO TWO ELIGIBLE OFFENSES, MAY OBTAIN SEALING OF
NO MORE THAN TWO ELIGIBLE OFFENSES BUT NOT MORE THAN ONE FELONY OFFENSE.
  5. ANY ELIGIBLE OFFENSE MAY BE SEALED ONLY AFTER AT  LEAST  TEN  YEARS
HAVE  PASSED  SINCE  THE ENTRY OF THE JUDGMENT OF THE DEFENDANT'S LATEST
CONVICTION OR, IF THE DEFENDANT WAS SENTENCED TO INCARCERATION,  INCLUD-
ING  A PERIOD OF INCARCERATION IMPOSED IN CONJUNCTION WITH A SENTENCE OF
PROBATION, THE DEFENDANT'S RELEASE FROM INCARCERATION IMPOSED ON HIS  OR
HER LATEST CONVICTION.
  6.  UPON  DETERMINING THAT THE APPLICATION IS NOT SUBJECT TO MANDATORY
DENIAL PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION AND THAT THE APPLI-
CATION IS OPPOSED BY THE DISTRICT  ATTORNEY,  THE  SENTENCING  JUDGE  OR
COUNTY  OR  SUPREME  COURT SHALL CONDUCT A HEARING ON THE APPLICATION IN
ORDER TO CONSIDER ANY EVIDENCE OFFERED BY EITHER PARTY  THAT  WOULD  AID
THE  SENTENCING JUDGE IN HIS OR HER DECISION WHETHER TO SEAL THE RECORDS
OF THE DEFENDANT'S CONVICTIONS. NO HEARING IS REQUIRED IF  THE  DISTRICT
ATTORNEY DOES NOT OPPOSE THE APPLICATION.
  7. IN CONSIDERING ANY SUCH APPLICATION, THE SENTENCING JUDGE OR COUNTY
OR  SUPREME COURT SHALL CONSIDER ANY RELEVANT FACTORS, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO:
  (A) THE AMOUNT OF TIME THAT HAS ELAPSED  SINCE  THE  DEFENDANT'S  LAST
CONVICTION;

S. 6406--A                         116                        A. 9006--A

  (B)  THE  CIRCUMSTANCES  AND  SERIOUSNESS OF THE OFFENSE FOR WHICH THE
DEFENDANT IS SEEKING RELIEF;
  (C)  THE CIRCUMSTANCES AND SERIOUSNESS OF ANY OTHER OFFENSES FOR WHICH
THE DEFENDANT STANDS CONVICTED;
  (D) THE CHARACTER OF THE DEFENDANT, INCLUDING ANY  MEASURES  THAT  THE
DEFENDANT  HAS  TAKEN  TOWARD  REHABILITATION,  SUCH AS PARTICIPATING IN
TREATMENT PROGRAMS, WORK, OR SCHOOLING, AND PARTICIPATING  IN  COMMUNITY
SERVICE OR OTHER VOLUNTEER PROGRAMS;
  (E)  ANY  STATEMENTS  MADE  BY THE VICTIM OF THE OFFENSE FOR WHICH THE
DEFENDANT IS SEEKING RELIEF;
  (F) THE IMPACT OF SEALING THE DEFENDANT'S RECORD UPON HIS OR HER REHA-
BILITATION AND UPON HIS OR HER SUCCESSFUL  AND  PRODUCTIVE  REENTRY  AND
REINTEGRATION INTO SOCIETY; AND
  (G)  THE IMPACT OF SEALING THE DEFENDANT'S RECORD ON PUBLIC SAFETY AND
UPON THE PUBLIC'S CONFIDENCE IN AND RESPECT FOR THE LAW.
  8. WHEN A SENTENCING JUDGE OR COUNTY OR SUPREME COURT  ORDERS  SEALING
PURSUANT  TO  THIS  SECTION, ALL OFFICIAL RECORDS AND PAPERS RELATING TO
THE ARRESTS, PROSECUTIONS, AND CONVICTIONS, INCLUDING ALL DUPLICATES AND
COPIES THEREOF, ON FILE WITH THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL  JUSTICE  SERVICES
OR  ANY  COURT  SHALL  BE SEALED AND NOT MADE AVAILABLE TO ANY PERSON OR
PUBLIC OR PRIVATE AGENCY EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR IN SUBDIVISION  NINE  OF
THIS  SECTION;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THE DIVISION SHALL RETAIN ANY FINGER-
PRINTS, PALMPRINTS AND PHOTOGRAPHS, OR DIGITAL IMAGES OF THE  SAME.  THE
CLERK  OF  SUCH  COURT  SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE COMMISSIONER OF THE
DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES REGARDING THE RECORDS  THAT  SHALL
BE  SEALED  PURSUANT  TO  THIS  SECTION. THE CLERK ALSO SHALL NOTIFY ANY
COURT IN WHICH THE DEFENDANT HAS STATED, PURSUANT TO  PARAGRAPH  (B)  OF
SUBDIVISION  TWO OF THIS SECTION, THAT HE OR SHE HAS FILED OR INTENDS TO
FILE AN APPLICATION FOR SEALING OF ANY OTHER ELIGIBLE OFFENSE.
  9. RECORDS SEALED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO:
  (A) THE DEFENDANT OR THE DEFENDANT'S DESIGNATED AGENT;
  (B) QUALIFIED AGENCIES, AS DEFINED  IN  SUBDIVISION  NINE  OF  SECTION
EIGHT  HUNDRED  THIRTY-FIVE  OF THE EXECUTIVE LAW, AND FEDERAL AND STATE
LAW ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES, WHEN ACTING WITHIN  THE  SCOPE  OF  THEIR  LAW
ENFORCEMENT DUTIES; OR
  (C)  ANY  STATE OR LOCAL OFFICER OR AGENCY WITH RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE
ISSUANCE OF LICENSES TO POSSESS GUNS, WHEN THE PERSON HAS MADE  APPLICA-
TION FOR SUCH A LICENSE; OR
  (D)  ANY  PROSPECTIVE EMPLOYER OF A POLICE OFFICER OR PEACE OFFICER AS
THOSE TERMS ARE DEFINED IN SUBDIVISIONS THIRTY-THREE AND THIRTY-FOUR  OF
SECTION  1.20 OF THIS CHAPTER, IN RELATION TO AN APPLICATION FOR EMPLOY-
MENT AS A POLICE OFFICER OR PEACE OFFICER; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EVERY
PERSON WHO IS AN APPLICANT FOR THE POSITION OF POLICE OFFICER  OR  PEACE
OFFICER  SHALL  BE  FURNISHED  WITH A COPY OF ALL RECORDS OBTAINED UNDER
THIS PARAGRAPH AND AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO MAKE AN EXPLANATION THERE-
TO; OR
  (E) THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE INFORMATION SERVICES DIVISION OF THE  FEDERAL
BUREAU  OF  INVESTIGATION,  FOR THE PURPOSES OF RESPONDING TO QUERIES TO
THE NATIONAL INSTANT CRIMINAL BACKGROUND CHECK SYSTEM REGARDING ATTEMPTS
TO PURCHASE OR OTHERWISE TAKE POSSESSION OF FIREARMS, AS DEFINED  IN  18
USC 921 (A) (3).
  S  48-a.  Subdivision 16 of section 296 of the executive law, as sepa-
rately amended by section 3 of part N and section  14  of  part  AAA  of
chapter 56 of the laws of 2009, is amended to read as follows:
  16.  It  shall  be an unlawful discriminatory practice, unless specif-
ically required or permitted by statute, for any person, agency, bureau,

S. 6406--A                         117                        A. 9006--A

corporation or association, including the state and any political subdi-
vision thereof, to make any inquiry about, whether in any form of appli-
cation or  otherwise,  or  to  act  upon  adversely  to  the  individual
involved,  any arrest or criminal accusation of such individual not then
pending against that individual which was followed by a  termination  of
that  criminal  action  or  proceeding  in  favor of such individual, as
defined in subdivision two of section 160.50 of the  criminal  procedure
law,  or  by a youthful offender adjudication, as defined in subdivision
one of section 720.35 of the criminal procedure law, or by a  conviction
for a violation sealed pursuant to section 160.55 of the criminal proce-
dure  law  or by a conviction which is sealed pursuant to section 160.59
OR 160.58 of the criminal procedure law, in connection with the  licens-
ing,  employment or providing of credit or insurance to such individual;
provided, further, that no person shall be required to divulge  informa-
tion  pertaining to any arrest or criminal accusation of such individual
not then pending against that individual which was followed by a  termi-
nation  of  that criminal action or proceeding in favor of such individ-
ual, as defined in subdivision two of section  160.50  of  the  criminal
procedure  law,  or  by  a youthful offender adjudication, as defined in
subdivision one of section 720.35 of the criminal procedure law, or by a
conviction for a violation sealed pursuant  to  section  160.55  of  the
criminal  procedure  law, or by a conviction which is sealed pursuant to
section 160.58 OR 160.59 of the criminal procedure law.  The  provisions
of  this  subdivision  shall  not  apply  to the licensing activities of
governmental bodies in relation to the regulation of guns, firearms  and
other  deadly weapons or in relation to an application for employment as
a police officer or peace officer as those terms are defined in subdivi-
sions thirty-three and thirty-four  of  section  1.20  of  the  criminal
procedure  law; provided further that the provisions of this subdivision
shall not apply to an application for employment or  membership  in  any
law enforcement agency with respect to any arrest or criminal accusation
which  was  followed  by a youthful offender adjudication, as defined in
subdivision one of section 720.35 of the criminal procedure law, or by a
conviction for a violation sealed pursuant  to  section  160.55  of  the
criminal  procedure  law, or by a conviction which is sealed pursuant to
section 160.58 OR 160.59 of the criminal procedure law.
  S 49. Subdivision 3 of section 720.15 of the criminal  procedure  law,
as  amended  by  chapter  774 of the laws of 1985, is amended to read as
follows:
  3. The provisions of subdivisions one and two of this section  requir-
ing or authorizing the accusatory instrument filed against a youth to be
sealed,  and  the  arraignment  and  all proceedings in the action to be
conducted in private shall not apply in connection with a pending charge
of committing any [felony] offense [as] defined in ARTICLE  ONE  HUNDRED
THIRTY  OR  ARTICLE  TWO  HUNDRED  SIXTY-THREE  OF  the  penal law. [The
provisions of subdivision one requiring the accusatory instrument  filed
against a youth to be sealed shall not apply where such youth has previ-
ously been adjudicated a youthful offender or convicted of a crime.]
  S  50.  Subdivision 1 of section 720.20 of the criminal procedure law,
as amended by chapter 652 of the laws of 1974, is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  1.   Upon conviction of an eligible youth, the court must order a pre-
sentence investigation of the defendant.   After receipt  of  a  written
report  of the investigation and at the time of pronouncing sentence the
court must determine whether or not the eligible  youth  is  a  youthful

S. 6406--A                         118                        A. 9006--A

offender.   Such determination shall be in accordance with the following
criteria:
  (a)    If in the opinion of the court the interest of justice would be
served by relieving the eligible youth  from  the  onus  of  a  criminal
record and by not imposing an indeterminate term of imprisonment of more
than  four  years,  the  court may, in its discretion, find the eligible
youth is a youthful offender; [and]
  (b)  Where the conviction is had in a local  criminal  court  and  the
eligible youth had not prior to commencement of trial or entry of a plea
of  guilty  been  convicted of a crime or found a youthful offender, the
court must find he is a youthful offender[.]; AND
  (C) THERE SHALL BE A PRESUMPTION TO GRANT YOUTHFUL OFFENDER STATUS  TO
AN  ELIGIBLE  YOUTH  WHO HAS NOT PREVIOUSLY BEEN CONVICTED AND SENTENCED
FOR A FELONY, UNLESS THE DISTRICT ATTORNEY UPON  MOTION  WITH  NOT  LESS
THAN  SEVEN  DAYS'  NOTICE  TO SUCH PERSON OR HIS OR HER ATTORNEY DEMON-
STRATES TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE COURT THAT THE INTERESTS  OF  JUSTICE
REQUIRES OTHERWISE.
  S 51. Intentionally omitted.
  S 52. Intentionally omitted.
  S 53. Intentionally omitted.
  S 54. Paragraph (vi) of subdivision (a) and subdivision (e) of section
115  of  the  family  court  act,  paragraph  (vi) of subdivision (a) as
amended and subdivision (e) as added by chapter 222 of the laws of 1994,
are amended to read as follows:
  (vi) proceedings concerning juvenile delinquency as set forth in arti-
cle three THAT ARE COMMENCED IN FAMILY COURT.
  (e) The family court has concurrent  jurisdiction  with  the  criminal
court  over  all family offenses as defined in article eight of this act
AND HAS CONCURRENT JURISDICTION WITH THE YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR  COURT
OVER  ANY  JUVENILE DELINQUENCY PROCEEDING RESULTING FROM THE REMOVAL OF
THE  CASE  TO  THE  FAMILY  COURT  PURSUANT  TO  ARTICLE  SEVEN  HUNDRED
TWENTY-FIVE OF THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW.
  S  55.  Subdivision  (b)  of  section  117  of the family court act is
REPEALED and a new subdivision (b) is added to read as follows:
  (B) THERE IS HEREBY ESTABLISHED IN THE FAMILY COURT IN THE CITY OF NEW
YORK AT LEAST ONE "DESIGNATED FELONY ACT PART" WHICH SHALL BE HELD SEPA-
RATE FROM ALL OTHER PROCEEDINGS OF THE COURT, AND SHALL  HAVE  JURISDIC-
TION  OVER  ALL JUVENILE DELINQUENCY PROCEEDINGS INVOLVING AN ALLEGATION
THAT A PERSON COMMITTED AN ACT THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A DESIGNATED FELONY
ACT AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION EIGHT OF SECTION  301.2  OF  THIS  CHAPTER
THAT  ARE  NOT  REFERRED TO THE YOUTH PART OF A SUPERIOR COURT. ALL SUCH
PROCEEDINGS SHALL BE ORIGINATED IN OR BE TRANSFERRED TO SUCH  PART  FROM
OTHER  PARTS  AS  THEY ARE MADE KNOWN TO THE COURT.  OUTSIDE THE CITY OF
NEW YORK, ALL PROCEEDINGS INVOLVING SUCH  AN  ALLEGATION  SHALL  HAVE  A
HEARING  PREFERENCE  OVER  EVERY  OTHER  PROCEEDING IN THE COURT, EXCEPT
PROCEEDINGS UNDER ARTICLE TEN OF THIS CHAPTER.
  S 56. Subdivision 1 of section 301.2 of the family court act, as added
by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, is amended to read as follows:
  1. "Juvenile delinquent" means a person  [over  seven  and  less  than
sixteen years of age, who, having committed an act that would constitute
a  crime if committed by an adult, (a) is not criminally responsible for
such conduct by reason of infancy, or (b) is the defendant in an  action
ordered  removed  from  a criminal court to the family court pursuant to
article seven hundred twenty-five of the criminal procedure law]:
  (A) WHO IS:

S. 6406--A                         119                        A. 9006--A

  (I) TEN OR ELEVEN YEARS OF AGE WHO COMMITTED AN ACT THAT WOULD CONSTI-
TUTE A CRIME AS DEFINED IN SECTION 125.27 (MURDER IN THE  FIRST  DEGREE)
OR 125.25 (MURDER IN THE SECOND DEGREE) OF THE PENAL LAW IF COMMITTED BY
AN ADULT; OR
  (II)  AT  LEAST TWELVE YEARS OF AGE AND LESS THAN SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE
WHO COMMITTED AN ACT THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A CRIME IF  COMMITTED  BY  AN
ADULT; OR
  (III)  SIXTEEN  YEARS OF AGE OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND
NINETEEN, SIXTEEN OR SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE WHO COMMITTED  AN  ACT  THAT
WOULD  CONSTITUTE  A  CRIME, OR DISORDERLY CONDUCT AS DEFINED IN SECTION
240.20 OF THE PENAL LAW, OR HARASSMENT IN THE SECOND DEGREE  AS  DEFINED
IN SECTION 240.26 OF THE PENAL LAW IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT; AND
  (B) WHO IS EITHER:
  (I)  NOT CRIMINALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR SUCH CONDUCT BY REASON OF INFANCY;
OR
  (II) THE DEFENDANT IN AN ACTION  BASED  ON  SUCH  ACT  THAT  HAS  BEEN
ORDERED  REMOVED  TO  THE FAMILY COURT PURSUANT TO ARTICLE SEVEN HUNDRED
TWENTY-FIVE OF THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW.
  S 57. Subdivisions 8 and 9 of section 301.2 of the family  court  act,
subdivision  8  as amended by chapter 7 of the laws of 2007 and subdivi-
sion 9 as added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, are amended to  read
as follows:
  8.  "Designated  felony  act" means an act which, if done by an adult,
would be a crime: (i) defined in sections 125.27 (murder  in  the  first
degree); 125.25 (murder in the second degree); 135.25 (kidnapping in the
first  degree);  or  150.20 (arson in the first degree) of the penal law
committed by a person thirteen, fourteen [or], fifteen, OR  SIXTEEN,  OR
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years of age;
or  such conduct committed as a sexually motivated felony, where author-
ized pursuant to section 130.91  of  the  penal  law;  (ii)  defined  in
sections  120.10  (assault in the first degree); 125.20 (manslaughter in
the first degree); 130.35 (rape in the first degree);  130.50  (criminal
sexual  act in the first degree); 130.70 (aggravated sexual abuse in the
first degree); 135.20 (kidnapping in the second degree) but  only  where
the  abduction  involved  the  use  or  threat of use of deadly physical
force; 150.15 (arson in the second degree) or  160.15  (robbery  in  the
first  degree) of the penal law committed by a person thirteen, fourteen
[or], fifteen, OR SIXTEEN, OR, COMMENCING JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND
NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years of age; or such conduct committed as a sexual-
ly  motivated felony, where authorized pursuant to section 130.91 of the
penal law; (iii) defined in the penal law as an attempt to commit murder
in the first or second degree or kidnapping in the first degree  commit-
ted  by  a  person  thirteen,  fourteen  [or],  fifteen,  OR SIXTEEN, OR
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years of age;
or such conduct committed as a sexually motivated felony, where  author-
ized  pursuant  to  section  130.91  of  the  penal law; (iv) defined in
section 140.30 (burglary  in  the  first  degree);  subdivision  one  of
section  140.25  (burglary  in  the  second  degree); subdivision two of
section 160.10 (robbery in the second  degree)  of  the  penal  law;  or
section  265.03 of the penal law, where such machine gun or such firearm
is possessed on school grounds, as that phrase is defined in subdivision
fourteen of section 220.00 of the penal law committed by a person  four-
teen  or  fifteen  years of age; or such conduct committed as a sexually
motivated felony, where authorized pursuant to  section  130.91  of  the
penal  law; (v) defined in section 120.05 (assault in the second degree)
or 160.10 (robbery in the second degree) of the penal law committed by a

S. 6406--A                         120                        A. 9006--A

person fourteen [or], fifteen, OR SIXTEEN OR, COMMENCING JANUARY  FIRST,
TWO  THOUSAND  NINETEEN, SEVENTEEN years of age but only where there has
been a prior finding by a court that such person has previously  commit-
ted  an  act  which,  if  committed  by  an adult, would be the crime of
assault in the second degree, robbery in the second degree or any desig-
nated felony act specified in paragraph (i),  (ii),  or  (iii)  of  this
subdivision  regardless  of  the  age  of such person at the time of the
commission of the prior act; [or] (vi) other than a misdemeanor  commit-
ted  by  a person at least [seven] TWELVE but less than [sixteen] SEVEN-
TEEN years of age, OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN  A
PERSON  AT  LEAST  TWELVE  BUT LESS THAN EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE, but only
where there has been two prior findings by the court  that  such  person
has committed a prior felony; OR (VII) DEFINED IN SECTION 125.10 (CRIMI-
NAL  NEGLIGENT HOMICIDE) OF THE PENAL LAW; 125.11 (AGGRAVATED CRIMINALLY
NEGLIGENT HOMICIDE) OF THE PENAL LAW; 125.15 (MANSLAUGHTER IN THE SECOND
DEGREE) OF THE PENAL LAW; 125.21 (AGGRAVATED MANSLAUGHTER IN THE  SECOND
DEGREE)  OF  THE PENAL LAW; 125.22 (AGGRAVATED MANSLAUGHTER IN THE FIRST
DEGREE) OF THE PENAL LAW; 130.75 (COURSE OF  SEXUAL  CONDUCT  AGAINST  A
CHILD)  OF THE PENAL LAW; 130.95 (PREDATORY SEXUAL ASSAULT) OF THE PENAL
LAW; 220.77 (OPERATING AS A MAJOR TRAFFICKER) OF THE PENAL  LAW;  490.45
(CRIMINAL  POSSESSION OF A CHEMICAL WEAPON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE
FIRST DEGREE) OF THE PENAL LAW; 490.55 (CRIMINAL USE OF A CHEMICAL WEAP-
ON OR A BIOLOGICAL WEAPON IN THE FIRST DEGREE) OF THE  PENAL  LAW;  ACTS
CONSTITUTING A SPECIFIED OFFENSE DEFINED IN 130.91 OF THE PENAL LAW WHEN
COMMITTED  AS A SEXUALLY MOTIVATED FELONY; ACTS CONSTITUTING A SPECIFIED
OFFENSE DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION THREE OF SECTION 490.05 OF THE PENAL  LAW
WHEN  COMMITTED  AS  AN  ACT OF TERRORISM; OR ACTS CONSTITUTING A FELONY
DEFINED IN ARTICLE FOUR HUNDRED NINETY OF THE PENAL LAW, COMMITTED BY  A
PERSON  AT  LEAST  SIXTEEN  BUT  LESS  THAN  SEVENTEEN  YEARS OF AGE, OR
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, AT  LEAST  SIXTEEN  BUT
LESS THAN EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE.
  9.  "Designated  class  A  felony  act"  means a designated felony act
[defined in paragraph (i) of subdivision eight] THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE  A
CLASS A FELONY IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT.
  S 58. Subdivision 1 of section 302.1 of the family court act, as added
by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, is amended to read as follows:
  1.  The  family  court  has  exclusive  original jurisdiction over any
proceeding to determine  whether  a  person  is  a  juvenile  delinquent
COMMENCED  IN  FAMILY  COURT  AND CONCURRENT JURISDICTION WITH THE YOUTH
PART OF A SUPERIOR COURT OVER ANY SUCH PROCEEDING REMOVED TO THE  FAMILY
COURT  PURSUANT  TO  ARTICLE  SEVEN  HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE OF THE CRIMINAL
PROCEDURE LAW.
  S 59. Section 304.1 of the family court act, as added by  chapter  920
of the laws of 1982, subdivision 2 as amended by chapter 419 of the laws
of 1987, is amended to read as follows:
  S 304.1. Detention. 1. A facility certified by the [state division for
youth]  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES as a juvenile DETENTION
facility must be operated in conformity  with  the  regulations  of  the
[state  division  for  youth  and shall be subject to the visitation and
inspection of the state board of social welfare] OFFICE OF CHILDREN  AND
FAMILY SERVICES.
  2.  No child to whom the provisions of this article may apply shall be
detained in any prison, jail, lockup, or other  place  used  for  adults
convicted  of  crime  or under arrest and charged with crime without the
approval of the [state division for youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES in the case of each child and  the  statement  of  its  reasons

S. 6406--A                         121                        A. 9006--A

therefor.   The [state division for youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES shall promulgate and publish the rules which it shall apply  in
determining whether approval should be granted pursuant to this subdivi-
sion.
  3.  [The  detention  of  a  child  under  ten years of age in a secure
detention facility shall not be directed under any of the provisions  of
this article.
  4.] A detention facility which receives a child under subdivision four
of  section  305.2  OF  THIS  PART  shall immediately notify the child's
parent or other person legally responsible for his OR HER  care  or,  if
such  legally responsible person is unavailable the person with whom the
child resides, that he OR SHE has been placed in detention.
  S 60. Subdivision 1 of section 304.2 of the family court act, as added
by chapter 683 of the laws of 1984, is amended to read as follows:
  (1) Upon application by the presentment agency, OR UPON APPLICATION BY
THE PROBATION SERVICE AS PART OF THE ADJUSTMENT OF A CASE, the court may
issue a temporary order of protection  against  a  respondent  for  good
cause  shown,  ex  parte or upon notice, at any time after a juvenile is
taken into custody, pursuant to section 305.1 or 305.2 or upon the issu-
ance of an appearance ticket pursuant  to  section  307.1  or  upon  the
filing of a petition pursuant to section 310.1 OF THIS PART.
  S 61. Subdivision 1 of section 305.1 of the family court act, as added
by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, is amended to read as follows:
  1.  A  private  person may take a child [under the age of sixteen] WHO
MAY BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE FOR COMMITTING  AN  ACT
THAT  WOULD BE A CRIME IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT into custody in cases in
which [he] SUCH PRIVATE PERSON may arrest an adult  for  a  crime  under
section 140.30 of the criminal procedure law.
  S 62. Subdivision 2 of section 305.2 of the family court act, as added
by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, is amended to read as follows:
  2.  An  officer may take a child [under the age of sixteen] WHO MAY BE
SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE FOR  COMMITTING  AN  ACT  THAT
WOULD BE A CRIME IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT into custody without a warrant
in cases in which [he] THE OFFICER may arrest a person for a crime under
article one hundred forty of the criminal procedure law.
  S  63.  Paragraph  (b) of subdivision 4 of section 305.2 of the family
court act, as amended by chapter 492 of the laws of 1987, is amended  to
read as follows:
  (b)  forthwith  and with all reasonable speed take the child directly,
and without his first being taken to the police station  house,  to  the
family  court  located  in  the  county in which the act occasioning the
taking into custody allegedly was committed, OR, WHEN THE  FAMILY  COURT
IS NOT IN SESSION, TO THE MOST ACCESSIBLE MAGISTRATE, IF ANY, DESIGNATED
BY THE APPELLATE DIVISION OF THE SUPREME COURT IN THE APPLICABLE DEPART-
MENT  TO  CONDUCT A HEARING UNDER SECTION 307.4 OF THIS PART, unless the
officer determines that it is necessary to question the child, in  which
case  he OR SHE may take the child to a facility designated by the chief
administrator of the courts as a suitable place for the  questioning  of
children  or,  upon  the  consent  of  a  parent or other person legally
responsible for the care of the child,  to  the  child's  residence  and
there question him OR HER for a reasonable period of time; or
  S  64.  Subdivision  1  of  section  306.1 of the family court act, as
amended by chapter 645 of the laws  of  1996,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  1.  Following  the  arrest  of a child alleged to be a juvenile delin-
quent, or the filing of a delinquency petition involving a child who has

S. 6406--A                         122                        A. 9006--A

not been arrested, the arresting officer  or  other  appropriate  police
officer  or  agency shall take or cause to be taken fingerprints of such
child if:
  (a)  the  child is eleven years of age or older and the crime which is
the subject of the arrest or which is charged in  the  petition  consti-
tutes a class [A or B] A-I felony; [or] (b) THE CHILD IS TWELVE YEARS OF
AGE  OR  OLDER AND THE CRIME WHICH IS THE SUBJECT OF THE ARREST OR WHICH
IS CHARGED IN THE PETITION CONSTITUTES A CLASS A OR B FELONY; OR
  (C) the child is thirteen years of age or older and the crime which is
the subject of the arrest or which is charged in  the  petition  consti-
tutes a class C, D or E felony.
  S  65.  Subdivisions 2 and 4 of section 307.3 of the family court act,
subdivision 2 as amended by chapter 419 of the laws of 1987 and subdivi-
sion 4 as added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, are amended to  read
as follows:
  2.  When practicable such agency may release a child before the filing
of a petition to the custody of his  OR  HER  parents  or  other  person
legally  responsible for his OR HER care, or if such legally responsible
person is unavailable, to a person with whom he OR SHE resides, when the
events occasioning the taking into custody appear to involve allegations
that the child committed a  delinquent act; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT SUCH
AGENCY MUST RELEASE THE CHILD IF:
  (A) SUCH EVENTS APPEAR TO INVOLVE  ONLY  ALLEGATIONS  THAT  THE  CHILD
COMMITTED ACTS THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE NO MORE THAN A VIOLATION IF COMMIT-
TED BY AN ADULT; OR
  (B)  SUCH  EVENTS  APPEAR  TO  INVOLVE ONLY ALLEGATIONS THAT THE CHILD
COMMITTED ACTS THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE MORE THAN A VIOLATION BUT  NO  MORE
THAN A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT IF:
  (I)  THE ALLEGED ACTS DID NOT RESULT IN ANY PHYSICAL INJURY TO ANOTHER
PERSON;
  (II) THE CHILD DOES NOT HAVE ANY PRIOR ADJUDICATIONS FOR AN  ACT  THAT
WOULD CONSTITUTE A FELONY IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT;
  (III)  THE  CHILD  HAS  NO MORE THAN ONE PRIOR ADJUDICATION FOR AN ACT
THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY AN  ADULT  AND  THAT
ACT ALSO DID NOT RESULT IN ANY PHYSICAL INJURY AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION
NINE OF SECTION 10.00 OF THE PENAL LAW TO ANOTHER PERSON; AND
  (IV)  THE CHILD WAS ASSESSED AT A LOW RISK ON THE APPLICABLE DETENTION
RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT APPROVED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES UNLESS  THE  AGENCY  DETERMINES  THAT  DETENTION  IS  NECESSARY
BECAUSE THE RESPONDENT OTHERWISE POSES AN IMMINENT RISK TO PUBLIC SAFETY
AND STATES THE REASONS FOR SUCH DETERMINATION IN THE CHILD'S RECORD.
  4.  If  the  agency for any reason does not release a child under this
section, such child shall be brought    before  the  appropriate  family
court, OR WHEN SUCH FAMILY COURT IS NOT IN SESSION, TO THE MOST ACCESSI-
BLE  MAGISTRATE,  IF  ANY,  DESIGNATED  BY THE APPELLATE DIVISION OF THE
SUPREME COURT IN THE APPLICABLE DEPARTMENT; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  THAT  IF
SUCH  FAMILY  COURT  IS NOT IN SESSION AND IF A MAGISTRATE IS NOT AVAIL-
ABLE, SUCH YOUTH SHALL BE BROUGHT BEFORE SUCH FAMILY COURT within seven-
ty-two hours or the next day the court is in session, whichever is soon-
er. Such agency  shall  thereupon  file  an  application  for  an  order
pursuant to section 307.4 and shall forthwith serve a copy of the appli-
cation upon the appropriate presentment agency. Nothing in this subdivi-
sion shall preclude the adjustment of suitable cases pursuant to section
308.1.
  S  66.  The  section heading and subdivisions 1, 2, 3, 9, 12 and 13 of
section 308.1 of the family court act, the section heading and  subdivi-

S. 6406--A                         123                        A. 9006--A

sions 1, 3, 9, 12 and 13 as added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982 and
subdivision  2  as  amended  by section 3 of part V of chapter 55 of the
laws of 2012, are amended to read as follows:
  [Rules  of court for preliminary] PRELIMINARY procedure; ADJUSTMENT OF
CASES. 1. [Rules of court shall  authorize  and  determine  the  circum-
stances  under  which  the]  THE  probation  service may confer with any
person seeking to have a juvenile delinquency petition filed, the poten-
tial respondent and other interested persons concerning the advisability
of requesting that a petition be filed IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION.
  2. (A) Except as provided in subdivisions three [and], four, AND THIR-
TEEN of this section, the probation service  may[,  in  accordance  with
rules  of  court,]  ATTEMPT  TO  adjust [suitable cases] A CASE before a
petition is filed IF THE PROBATION SERVICE DETERMINES THAT THE  CASE  IS
SUITABLE  FOR  ADJUSTMENT  BASED  ON THE ASSESSED LEVEL OF RISK THAT THE
CHILD WILL COMMIT ANOTHER ACT THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A  CRIME  AS  DETER-
MINED  BY  A  VALIDATED RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT AND THE EXTENT OF ANY
PHYSICAL INJURY TO THE VICTIM.
  (B) IF A CHILD IS ASSESSED AT A LOW LEVEL OF RISK AND  THE  EVENTS  IN
THE  CASE  APPEAR  TO  INVOLVE ONLY ALLEGATIONS THAT THE CHILD COMMITTED
ACTS THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OR A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED  BY
AN  ADULT,  THE  PROBATION SERVICE MUST DILIGENTLY ATTEMPT TO ADJUST THE
CASE.  SUCH ATTEMPTS MAY INCLUDE THE USE  OF  A  JUVENILE  REVIEW  BOARD
COMPRISED  OF  APPROPRIATE  COMMUNITY MEMBERS TO WORK WITH THE CHILD AND
HIS OR HER FAMILY ON DEVELOPING RECOMMENDED ADJUSTMENT ACTIVITIES.   THE
PROBATION SERVICE MAY STOP ATTEMPTING TO ADJUST SUCH A CASE IF IT DETER-
MINES  THAT THERE IS NO SUBSTANTIAL LIKELIHOOD THAT THE CHILD WILL BENE-
FIT FROM ATTEMPTS AT ADJUSTMENT IN THE TIME REMAINING FOR ADJUSTMENT  OR
THE TIME FOR ADJUSTMENT HAS EXPIRED.
  (C)  The  inability  of  the  respondent  or his or her family to make
restitution shall not be a factor in a decision to adjust a case or in a
recommendation to the presentment agency pursuant to subdivision six  of
this section.
  (D)  THE  PROBATION SERVICE MAY MAKE AN APPLICATION TO THE COURT FOR A
TEMPORARY ORDER OF PROTECTION AS PART OF THE ADJUSTMENT  OF  A  CASE  IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 304.2 OF THIS PART.
  (E)  Nothing  in  this section shall prohibit the probation service or
the court from directing a respondent to obtain employment and  to  make
restitution  from  the  earnings  from  such employment. Nothing in this
section shall prohibit the probation service or the court from directing
an eligible person to complete an education reform program in accordance
with section four hundred fifty-eight-l of the social services law.
  3. The probation service shall not  ATTEMPT  TO  adjust  a  case  THAT
COMMENCED  IN  FAMILY COURT in which the child has allegedly committed a
designated felony act THAT INVOLVES ALLEGATIONS THAT  THE  CHILD  CAUSED
PHYSICAL  INJURY  TO  A  PERSON  unless  [it]  THE PROBATION SERVICE has
received the written approval of the court.
  9. Efforts at adjustment [pursuant  to  rules  of  court]  under  this
section  may  not extend for a period of more than two months [without],
OR, FOR A PERIOD OF MORE THAN  FOUR  MONTHS  IF  THE  PROBATION  SERVICE
DETERMINES  THAT  ADJUSTMENT  BEYOND  THE  FIRST TWO MONTHS IS WARRANTED
BECAUSE DOCUMENTED BARRIERS TO ADJUSTMENT EXIST OR CHANGES  NEED  TO  BE
MADE TO THE CHILD'S SERVICES PLAN, EXCEPT UPON leave of the court, which
may extend the ADJUSTMENT period for an additional two months.
  12.  The  probation  service shall certify to the division of criminal
justice services  and  to  the  appropriate  police  department  or  law
enforcement  agency  whenever  it  adjusts a case in which the potential

S. 6406--A                         124                        A. 9006--A

respondent's fingerprints were taken pursuant to section  306.1  in  any
manner  other than the filing of a petition for juvenile delinquency for
an act which, if committed by  an  adult,  would  constitute  a  felony,
provided,  however,  in  the case of a child [eleven or] twelve years of
age, such certification shall be made only if the act would constitute a
class A or B felony, OR, IN THE CASE OF A CHILD  ELEVEN  YEARS  OF  AGE,
SUCH  CERTIFICATION  SHALL  BE  MADE  ONLY IF THE ACT WOULD CONSTITUTE A
CLASS A-1 FELONY.
  13. The [provisions of  this  section]  PROBATION  SERVICE  shall  not
[apply]  ATTEMPT  TO  ADJUST  A  CASE  where the petition is an order of
removal to the family court pursuant to article  seven  hundred  twenty-
five  of  the  criminal procedure law UNLESS IT HAS RECEIVED THE WRITTEN
APPROVAL OF THE COURT.
  S 67. Paragraph (c) of subdivision 3 of section 311.1  of  the  family
court  act,  as  added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, is amended to
read as follows:
  (c) the fact that the respondent is a person [under sixteen years  of]
OF  THE  NECESSARY  age  TO  BE A JUVENILE DELINQUENT at the time of the
alleged act or acts;
  S 68. Subdivision 3 of section  320.5  of  the  family  court  act  is
amended by adding a new paragraph (a-1) to read as follows:
  (A-1)  NOTWITHSTANDING  PARAGRAPH  (A)  OF THIS SUBDIVISION, THE COURT
SHALL NOT DIRECT DETENTION IF:
  (I) THE EVENTS UNDERLYING THE INITIAL  APPEARANCE  APPEAR  TO  INVOLVE
ONLY  ALLEGATIONS THAT THE CHILD COMMITTED ACTS THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE NO
MORE THAN A VIOLATION IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT; OR
  (II) SUCH EVENTS APPEAR TO INVOLVE ONLY  ALLEGATIONS  THAT  THE  CHILD
COMMITTED  ACTS  THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE MORE THAN A VIOLATION BUT NO MORE
THAN A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT IF:
  (1) THE ALLEGED ACTS DID NOT RESULT IN ANY PHYSICAL INJURY AS  DEFINED
IN SUBDIVISION NINE OF SECTION 10.00 OF THE PENAL LAW TO ANOTHER PERSON;
  (2)  THE  RESPONDENT  DOES NOT HAVE ANY PRIOR ADJUDICATIONS FOR AN ACT
THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A FELONY IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT;
  (3) THE RESPONDENT HAS NO MORE THAN ONE PRIOR ADJUDICATION FOR AN  ACT
THAT  WOULD  CONSTITUTE  A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT AND THAT
ACT DID NOT RESULT IN ANY PHYSICAL HARM TO ANOTHER PERSON; AND
  (4) THE RESPONDENT WAS ASSESSED  AT  A  LOW  RISK  ON  THE  APPLICABLE
DETENTION  RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT APPROVED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN
AND FAMILY SERVICES UNLESS THE COURT DETERMINES THAT DETENTION IS NECES-
SARY BECAUSE THE RESPONDENT OTHERWISE POSES AN IMMINENT RISK  TO  PUBLIC
SAFETY AND STATES THE REASONS FOR SUCH DETERMINATION IN THE COURT ORDER.
  S  69. Paragraphs (a) and (b) of subdivision 5 of section 322.2 of the
family court act, paragraph (a) as amended by chapter 41 of the laws  of
2010  and paragraph (b) as added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, are
amended to read as follows:
  5. (a) If the court finds that there is probable cause to believe that
the respondent committed a felony, it shall order the respondent commit-
ted to the custody of the commissioner of mental health or  the  commis-
sioner  of [mental retardation and] PERSONS WITH developmental disabili-
ties for an initial period not to exceed one year from the date of  such
order.  Such period may be extended annually upon further application to
the court by the commissioner having custody or  his  or  her  designee.
Such  application  must  be  made  not more than sixty days prior to the
expiration of such period on forms that  have  been  prescribed  by  the
chief  administrator  of the courts. At that time, the commissioner must
give written notice of the application to the  respondent,  the  counsel

S. 6406--A                         125                        A. 9006--A

representing  the respondent and the mental hygiene legal service if the
respondent is at a residential facility. Upon receipt of  such  applica-
tion, the court must conduct a hearing to determine the issue of capaci-
ty. If, at the conclusion of a hearing conducted pursuant to this subdi-
vision,  the court finds that the respondent is no longer incapacitated,
he or she shall be returned to the family court for further  proceedings
pursuant  to this article. If the court is satisfied that the respondent
continues to be  incapacitated,  the  court  shall  authorize  continued
custody of the respondent by the commissioner for a period not to exceed
one  year. Such extensions shall not continue beyond a reasonable period
of time necessary to determine whether the respondent  will  attain  the
capacity  to proceed to a fact finding hearing in the foreseeable future
but in no event shall continue beyond the respondent's eighteenth birth-
day OR, IF THE RESPONDENT WAS AT LEAST SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE WHEN THE ACT
WAS COMMITTED, BEYOND THE RESPONDENT'S TWENTY-FIRST BIRTHDAY.
  (b) If a respondent is in the custody of  the  commissioner  upon  the
respondent's  eighteenth  birthday,  OR  IF  THE RESPONDENT WAS AT LEAST
SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE WHEN THE ACT RESULTING IN THE  RESPONDENT'S  PLACE-
MENT  WAS  COMMITTED, BEYOND THE RESPONDENT'S TWENTY-FIRST BIRTHDAY, the
commissioner shall notify the clerk of the court that the respondent was
in his custody on such date and the court shall dismiss the petition.
  S 70. Subdivisions 1 and 5 of section 325.1 of the family  court  act,
subdivision 1 as amended by chapter 398 of the laws of 1983, subdivision
5  as  added  by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, are amended to read as
follows:
  1. At the initial  appearance,  if  the  respondent  denies  a  charge
contained  in  the  petition and the court determines IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 320.5 OF THIS PART that [he] THE  RESPONDENT
shall  be detained for more than three days pending a fact-finding hear-
ing, the court shall schedule a probable-cause hearing to determine  the
issues specified in section 325.3 OF THIS PART.
  5.  Where  the  petition  consists  of an order of removal pursuant to
article seven hundred twenty-five of the criminal procedure law,  unless
the  removal was pursuant to subdivision three of section 725.05 of such
law and the respondent was not afforded a probable cause hearing  pursu-
ant  to  subdivision  [three] TWO of section [180.75] 725.20 of such law
[for a reason other than his waiver thereof pursuant to subdivision  two
of section 180.75 of such law], the petition shall be deemed to be based
upon  a determination that probable cause exists to believe the respond-
ent is a juvenile delinquent and the respondent shall not be entitled to
any further inquiry on the subject of  whether  probable  cause  exists.
After  the filing of any such petition the court must, however, exercise
independent, de novo discretion with respect to release or detention  as
set forth in section 320.5 OF THIS PART.
  S  71.  Paragraph  (a) of subdivision 2 of section 352.2 of the family
court act, as amended by chapter 880 of the laws of 1985, is amended  to
read as follows:
  (a)  In  determining an appropriate order the court shall consider the
needs and best interests of the respondent  as  well  as  the  need  for
protection  of  the  community. If the respondent has committed a desig-
nated felony act the court shall determine the  appropriate  disposition
in  [accord]  ACCORDANCE  with  section 353.5 OF THIS PART. In all other
cases the court shall order the least restrictive available  alternative
enumerated  in  subdivision one OF THIS SECTION which is consistent with
the needs and  best  interests  of  the  respondent  and  the  need  for
protection of the community; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE COURT SHALL NOT

S. 6406--A                         126                        A. 9006--A

DIRECT  THE  PLACEMENT  OF  A  RESPONDENT  WITH A COMMISSIONER OF SOCIAL
SERVICES OR THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES IF:
  (I)  THE  RESPONDENT ONLY COMMITTED ACTS THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE NO MORE
THAN A VIOLATION IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT; OR
  (II) THE RESPONDENT ONLY COMMITTED ACTS  THAT  WOULD  CONSTITUTE  MORE
THAN A VIOLATION BUT NO MORE THAN A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT
IF:
  (1)  THE  ACTS  DID  NOT  RESULT  IN ANY PHYSICAL INJURY AS DEFINED IN
SUBDIVISION NINE OF SECTION 10.00 OF THE PENAL LAW TO ANOTHER PERSON;
  (2) THE RESPONDENT DOES NOT HAVE ANY PRIOR ADJUDICATIONS  FOR  AN  ACT
THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A FELONY IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT;
  (3)  THE RESPONDENT HAS NO MORE THAN ONE PRIOR ADJUDICATION FOR AN ACT
THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A MISDEMEANOR IF COMMITTED BY AN  ADULT  AND  THAT
ACT DID NOT RESULT IN ANY PHYSICAL HARM TO ANOTHER PERSON; AND
  (4)  THE  RESPONDENT  WAS  ASSESSED  AT  A  LOW RISK ON THE APPLICABLE
PRE-DISPOSITIONAL RISK ASSESSMENT INSTRUMENT APPROVED BY THE  OFFICE  OF
CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES  UNLESS THE COURT DETERMINES THAT SUCH A
PLACEMENT IS NECESSARY BECAUSE THE RESPONDENT OTHERWISE POSES  AN  IMMI-
NENT RISK TO PUBLIC SAFETY AND STATES THE REASONS FOR SUCH DETERMINATION
IN THE COURT ORDER.
  S 72. The opening paragraph of subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (a) and
paragraph (d) of subdivision 4 of section 353.5 of the family court act,
as amended by section 6 of subpart A of part G of chapter 57 of the laws
of 2012, are amended to read as follows:
  after  the  period  set under subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph, the
respondent shall be placed in a residential facility  for  a  period  of
twelve months; provided, however, that if the respondent has been placed
from  a family court in a social services district operating an approved
juvenile justice services close to home initiative pursuant  to  section
four  hundred  four of the social services law FOR AN ACT COMMITTED WHEN
THE RESPONDENT WAS UNDER SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE, once the time  frames  in
subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph are met:
  (d)  Upon  the  expiration  of the initial period of placement, or any
extension thereof, the placement may  be  extended  in  accordance  with
section  355.3  on a petition of any party or the office of children and
family services, or, if applicable, a social services district operating
an approved juvenile justice services close to home initiative  pursuant
to  section four hundred four of the social services law, after a dispo-
sitional hearing, for an additional period not to exceed twelve  months,
but  no  initial  placement or extension of placement under this section
may continue beyond the respondent's twenty-first birthday, OR,  FOR  AN
ACT  THAT  WAS COMMITTED WHEN THE RESPONDENT WAS SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR
OLDER, THE RESPONDENT'S TWENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY.
  S 73. Paragraph (d) of subdivision 4 of section 353.5  of  the  family
court  act, as amended by chapter 398 of the laws of 1983, is amended to
read as follows:
  (d) Upon the expiration of the initial period  of  placement,  or  any
extension  thereof,  the  placement  may  be extended in accordance with
section 355.3 on a petition of any party or  the  [division  for  youth]
OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND FAMILY SERVICES after a dispositional hearing,
for an additional period not to exceed twelve  months,  but  no  initial
placement  or  extension  of  placement  under this section may continue
beyond the respondent's twenty-first birthday, OR, FOR AN ACT  THAT  WAS
COMMITTED  WHEN  THE  RESPONDENT  WAS SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER, THE
RESPONDENT'S TWENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY.

S. 6406--A                         127                        A. 9006--A

  S 74. Subdivision 1, 2, 6 and 7 of section 354.1 of the  family  court
act, subdivision 1 as added by chapter 920 of the laws of 1982, subdivi-
sions  2,  6  and  7  as amended by chapter 645 of the laws of 1996, are
amended to read as follows:
  1.  If  a  person  whose  fingerprints, palmprints or photographs were
taken pursuant to section 306.1 or  was  initially  fingerprinted  as  a
juvenile  offender  and  the  action is subsequently removed to a family
court pursuant to article seven  hundred  twenty-five  of  the  criminal
procedure  law  is adjudicated to be a juvenile delinquent for a felony,
the family court shall forward or cause to be forwarded to the  division
of  criminal justice services notification of such adjudication and such
related information as may  be  required  by  such  division,  provided,
however,  in  the  case of a person eleven [or twelve] years of age such
notification shall be provided only if the act upon  which  the  adjudi-
cation  is based would constitute a class [A or B] A-1 felony OR, IN THE
CASE OF A PERSON  TWELVE  YEARS  OF  AGE,  SUCH  NOTIFICATION  SHALL  BE
PROVIDED  ONLY  IF  THE  ACT  UPON WHICH THE ADJUDICATION IS BASED WOULD
CONSTITUTE A CLASS A OR B FELONY.
  2. If a person whose  fingerprints,  palmprints  or  photographs  were
taken  pursuant  to  section  306.1  or was initially fingerprinted as a
juvenile offender and the action is subsequently removed to family court
pursuant to article seven hundred twenty-five of the criminal  procedure
law  has had all petitions disposed of by the family court in any manner
other than an adjudication of juvenile delinquency for a felony, but  in
the case of acts committed when such person was eleven [or twelve] years
of  age  which would constitute a class [A or B] A-1 felony only, OR, IN
THE CASE OF ACTS COMMITTED WHEN SUCH PERSON  WAS  TWELVE  YEARS  OF  AGE
WHICH  WOULD  CONSTITUTE  A  CLASS  A OR B FELONY ONLY, all such finger-
prints, palmprints, photographs, and copies thereof, and all information
relating to such  allegations  obtained  by  the  division  of  criminal
justice services pursuant to section 306.1 shall be destroyed forthwith.
The  clerk of the court shall notify the commissioner of the division of
criminal justice services and the heads of all  police  departments  and
law  enforcement  agencies  having  copies  of  such  records, who shall
destroy such records without unnecessary delay.
  6. If a person fingerprinted pursuant to section 306.1 and subsequent-
ly adjudicated a juvenile delinquent for a felony, but in  the  case  of
acts  committed  when  such a person was eleven [or twelve] years of age
which would constitute a class [A or B] A-1 felony only, OR, IN THE CASE
OF ACTS COMMITTED WHEN SUCH A PERSON WAS TWELVE YEARS OF AGE WHICH WOULD
CONSTITUTE A CLASS A OR B FELONY ONLY, is subsequently  convicted  of  a
crime, all fingerprints and related information obtained by the division
of  criminal justice services pursuant to such section and not destroyed
pursuant to subdivisions two, five and seven or  subdivision  twelve  of
section 308.1 shall become part of such division's permanent adult crim-
inal record for that person, notwithstanding section 381.2 or 381.3.
  7.  When  a  person fingerprinted pursuant to section 306.1 and subse-
quently adjudicated a juvenile delinquent for a felony, but in the  case
of  acts  committed when such person was eleven [or twelve] years of age
which would constitute a class [A or B] A-1 felony only, OR, IN THE CASE
OF ACTS COMMITTED WHEN SUCH A PERSON WAS TWELVE YEARS OF AGE WHICH WOULD
CONSTITUTE A CLASS A OR B FELONY ONLY, reaches the age of twenty-one, or
has been discharged from placement under this act  for  at  least  three
years,  whichever occurs later, and has no criminal convictions or pend-
ing  criminal  actions  which  ultimately  terminate   in   a   criminal
conviction,  all  fingerprints,  palmprints,  photographs,  and  related

S. 6406--A                         128                        A. 9006--A

information and copies thereof obtained pursuant to section 306.1 in the
possession of the division of  criminal  justice  services,  any  police
department,  law  enforcement  agency  or  any  other  agency  shall  be
destroyed  forthwith.  The  division  of criminal justice services shall
notify the agency or agencies which forwarded fingerprints to such divi-
sion pursuant to section 306.1 of  their  obligation  to  destroy  those
records  in  their  possession. In the case of a pending criminal action
which does not terminate in a criminal conviction, such records shall be
destroyed forthwith upon such determination.
  S 75. Subdivision 6 of section 355.3  of  the  family  court  act,  as
amended  by  chapter  663  of  the  laws  of 1985, is amended to read as
follows:
  6. Successive extensions of placement under this section may be grant-
ed, but no placement may be made or continued  beyond  the  respondent's
eighteenth  birthday  without  the  child's  consent  FOR ACTS COMMITTED
BEFORE THE RESPONDENT'S SIXTEENTH BIRTHDAY and  in  no  event  past  the
child's twenty-first birthday EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR IN SUBDIVISION FOUR
OF SECTION 353.5.
  S  76.  Paragraph  (b) of subdivision 3 of section 355.5 of the family
court act, as amended by chapter 145 of the laws of 2000, is amended  to
read as follows:
  (b)  subsequent  permanency hearings shall be held no later than every
twelve months following the respondent's initial twelve months in place-
ment BUT IN  NO  EVENT  PAST  THE  RESPONDENT'S  TWENTY-FIRST  BIRTHDAY;
provided, however, that they shall be held in conjunction with an exten-
sion  of placement hearing held pursuant to section 355.3 of this [arti-
cle] PART.
  S 77. Section 360.3 of the family court act is amended by adding a new
subdivision 7 to read as follows:
  7.  NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AUTHORIZE A RESPONDENT TO BE  DETAINED  UNDER
SUBDIVISION  TWO OF THIS SECTION OR PLACED UNDER SUBDIVISION SIX OF THIS
SECTION FOR A VIOLATION OF A CONDITION THAT WOULD NOT CONSTITUTE A CRIME
IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT  UNLESS  THE  COURT  DETERMINES  (A)  THAT  THE
RESPONDENT  POSES A SPECIFIC IMMINENT THREAT TO PUBLIC SAFETY AND STATES
THE REASONS FOR THE FINDING ON THE RECORD OR (B) THE  RESPONDENT  IS  ON
PROBATION  FOR  AN ACT THAT WOULD CONSTITUTE A VIOLENT FELONY AS DEFINED
IN SECTION 70.02 OF THE PENAL LAW IF COMMITTED BY AN ADULT AND  THE  USE
OF GRADUATED SANCTIONS HAS BEEN EXHAUSTED WITHOUT SUCCESS.
  S  78. Subdivisions 5 and 6 of section 371 of the social services law,
subdivision 5 as added by chapter 690 of the laws of 1962, and  subdivi-
sion  6  as  amended  by chapter 596 of the laws of 2000, are amended to
read as follows:
  5. "Juvenile delinquent" means a person  [over  seven  and  less  than
sixteen  years of age who does any act which, if done by an adult, would
constitute a crime] AS DEFINED IN SECTION 301.2 OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT.
  6. "Person in need of supervision" means a person [less than  eighteen
years of age who is habitually truant or who is incorrigible, ungoverna-
ble  or habitually disobedient and beyond the lawful control of a parent
or other person legally responsible for  such  child's  care,  or  other
lawful  authority]  AS  DEFINED  IN  SECTION SEVEN HUNDRED TWELVE OF THE
FAMILY COURT ACT.
  S 79. Subdivisions 3 and 4 of section 502 of the executive law, subdi-
vision 3 as amended by section 1 of subpart B of part Q of chapter 58 of
the laws of 2011 and subdivision 4 as added by chapter 465 of  the  laws
of 1992, are amended to read as follows:

S. 6406--A                         129                        A. 9006--A

  3.  "Detention" means the temporary care and maintenance of youth held
away from their homes pursuant to article three [or seven] of the family
court act, or held pending a hearing for alleged violation of the condi-
tions of release from an office of children and family services facility
or authorized agency, or held pending a hearing for alleged violation of
the  condition  of parole as a juvenile offender, or held pending return
to a jurisdiction other than the one in which the youth is held, or held
pursuant to a securing order of a criminal  court  if  the  youth  named
therein as principal is charged as a juvenile offender or held pending a
hearing  on  an  extension  of  placement  or held pending transfer to a
facility upon commitment or placement by a court OR PURSUANT TO  ARTICLE
SEVEN  OF  THE FAMILY COURT ACT IF THE PETITION PURSUANT TO SUCH ARTICLE
WAS FILED PRIOR TO JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN. Only alleged or
convicted juvenile offenders who have not attained their eighteenth  OR,
COMMENCING  JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN, THEIR TWENTY-FIRST
birthday shall be subject to detention in a detention facility.
  4. For purposes of this article, the term "youth" shall [be synonymous
with the term "child" and means] MEAN a person not less than seven years
of age and not more than twenty OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST,  TWO  THOU-
SAND EIGHTEEN, NOT MORE THAN TWENTY-TWO years of age.
  S  80.  Paragraph  (a)  of  subdivision 2 and subdivision 5 of section
507-a of the executive law, as amended by chapter 465  of  the  laws  of
1992, are amended to read as follows:
  (a) Consistent with other provisions of law, only those youth who have
reached the age of [seven] TEN but who have not reached the age of twen-
ty-one  may  be  placed in[, committed to or remain in] the [division's]
custody OF THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY  SERVICES.  EXCEPT  AS
PROVIDED  FOR  IN  PARAGRAPH (A-1) OF THIS SUBDIVISION, NO YOUTH WHO HAS
REACHED THE AGE OF TWENTY-ONE MAY REMAIN IN CUSTODY  OF  THE  OFFICE  OF
CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES.
  (A-1) (I) A YOUTH WHO IS COMMITTED TO THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMI-
LY  SERVICES  AS  A JUVENILE OFFENDER OR YOUTHFUL OFFENDER MAY REMAIN IN
THE CUSTODY OF THE OFFICE DURING THE  PERIOD  OF  HIS  OR  HER  SENTENCE
BEYOND THE AGE OF TWENTY-ONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUBDI-
VISION  FIVE OF SECTION FIVE HUNDRED EIGHT OF THIS TITLE BUT IN NO EVENT
MAY SUCH A YOUTH REMAIN IN THE CUSTODY OF THE OFFICE BEYOND HIS  OR  HER
TWENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY; AND (II) A YOUTH FOUND TO HAVE COMMITTED A DESIG-
NATED  CLASS  A  FELONY  ACT WHO IS RESTRICTIVELY PLACED WITH THE OFFICE
UNDER SUBDIVISION FOUR OF SECTION 353.5 OF  THE  FAMILY  COURT  ACT  FOR
COMMITTING  AN ACT ON OR AFTER THE YOUTH'S SIXTEENTH BIRTHDAY MAY REMAIN
IN THE CUSTODY OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES UP  TO  THE
AGE OF TWENTY-THREE IN ACCORDANCE WITH HIS OR HER PLACEMENT ORDER.
  (A-2)  Whenever  it shall appear to the satisfaction of the [division]
OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES that any youth  placed  therewith
is  not  of  proper age to be so placed or is not properly placed, or is
mentally or physically incapable of being materially  benefited  by  the
program  of the [division] OFFICE, the [division] OFFICE shall cause the
return of such youth to the county from which placement was made.
  5. Consistent with other provisions of law, in the discretion  of  the
[director,  youth]  COMMISSIONER  OF  THE  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES, YOUTH PLACED WITHIN THE OFFICE UNDER THE FAMILY COURT ACT  who
attain the age of eighteen while in [division] custody OF THE OFFICE AND
WHO  ARE  NOT  REQUIRED  TO REMAIN IN THE PLACEMENT WITH THE OFFICE AS A
RESULT OF A DISPOSITIONAL ORDER OF THE FAMILY  COURT  may  reside  in  a
non-secure  facility  until  the  age  of twenty-one, provided that such

S. 6406--A                         130                        A. 9006--A

youth attend a full-time vocational or educational program and are like-
ly to benefit from such program.
  S  81.    Paragraphs  (a),  (b), (c), (d) and (e) of subdivision 2 and
subdivision 4 of section 508 of the executive law are REPEALED.
  S 82. Subdivisions 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of  section  508  of  the
executive  law,  subdivision  1 as amended by chapter 738 of the laws of
2004, subdivision 2 as amended by chapter  572  of  the  laws  of  1985,
subdivision 3 as added by chapter 481 of the laws of 1978 and renumbered
by  chapter  465 of the laws of 1992, subdivisions 5, 6 and 7 as amended
by section 97 of subpart B of part C of chapter 62 of the laws of  2011,
subdivision  8  as added by chapter 560 of the laws of 1984 and subdivi-
sion 9 as added by chapter 7 of the laws of 2007, are amended and a  new
subdivision 1-a is added to read as follows:
  1.  The office of children and family services shall maintain [secure]
facilities for the care and confinement of juvenile offenders  committed
[for  an  indeterminate, determinate or definite sentence] TO THE OFFICE
pursuant to the sentencing provisions of the penal law. Such  facilities
shall  provide  appropriate services to juvenile offenders including but
not limited to residential care, educational  and  vocational  training,
physical and mental health services, and employment counseling.
  1-A.    (A)  (I) THE STATE SHALL ESTABLISH ONE OR MORE FACILITIES WITH
ENHANCED SECURITY FEATURES AND SPECIALLY TRAINED STAFF  TO  SERVE  THOSE
YOUTH  SENTENCED  FOR  COMMITTING  OFFENSES  ON OR AFTER THEIR SIXTEENTH
BIRTHDAY WHO ARE  DETERMINED,  BASED  ON  THE  PLACEMENT  CLASSIFICATION
PROTOCOL  ESTABLISHED  PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (C) OF THIS SUBDIVISION, TO
NEED AN ENHANCED LEVEL OF SECURE CARE WHICH SHALL BE ADMINISTERED BY THE
OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES.
  (II) A COUNCIL COMPRISED OF THE COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN
AND FAMILY SERVICES, THE COMMISSIONER OF THE DEPARTMENT  OF  CORRECTIONS
AND  COMMUNITY  SUPERVISION, THE COMMISSIONER OF THE STATE COMMISSION OF
CORRECTION, AND THE COMMISSIONER OF THE  DIVISION  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE
SERVICES  SHALL BE ESTABLISHED TO OVERSEE THE OPERATION OF THE FACILITY.
THE GOVERNOR SHALL DESIGNATE THE CHAIR OF THE COUNCIL. THE COUNCIL SHALL
HAVE THE POWER TO PERFORM ALL ACTS NECESSARY TO  CARRY  OUT  ITS  DUTIES
INCLUDING  MAKING  UNANNOUNCED VISITS AND INSPECTIONS OF THE FACILITY AT
ANY TIME. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY  OTHER  PROVISION  OF  STATE  LAW  TO  THE
CONTRARY,  THE  COUNCIL  MAY  REQUEST AND THE OFFICE SHALL SUBMIT TO THE
COUNCIL, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY FEDERAL LAW, ALL INFORMATION IN  THE
FORM  AND  MANNER  AND  AT SUCH TIMES AS THE COUNCIL MAY REQUIRE THAT IS
APPROPRIATE TO THE PURPOSES AND OPERATION OF THE  COUNCIL.  THE  COUNCIL
SHALL  BE  SUBJECT TO THE SAME LAWS AS APPLY TO THE OFFICE REGARDING THE
PROTECTION AND CONFIDENTIALITY OF THE INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO  THE
COUNCIL AND SHALL PREVENT ACCESS THERETO BY, OR THE DISTRIBUTION THEREOF
TO, PERSONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY LAW.
  (III)  YOUTH DIVISION AIDES AND OTHER APPROPRIATE STAFF WORKING IN THE
FACILITY SHALL RECEIVE SPECIALIZED TRAINING TO ADDRESS WORKING WITH  THE
TYPES  OF  YOUTH  PLACED IN THE FACILITY, WHICH SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE
LIMITED TO, TRAINING ON TACTICAL RESPONSES AND DE-ESCALATION TECHNIQUES.
ANY APPLICANT FOR EMPLOYMENT IN THE FACILITY AS A  YOUTH  DIVISION  AIDE
SHALL  BE  SUBJECT TO THE SAME REQUIREMENTS AND PROCESSES FOR PSYCHOLOG-
ICAL SCREENING AS APPLICANTS FOR  EMPLOYMENT  AS  CORRECTIONAL  OFFICERS
WITH THE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION PURSUANT TO
SECTION EIGHT OF THE CORRECTION LAW INCLUDING THE RIGHT TO REVIEW BY THE
INDEPENDENT   ADVISORY  BOARD  ESTABLISHED  PURSUANT  TO  SUCH  SECTION,
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT WHEN REFERRED TO IN  SUCH  SECTION  "DEPARTMENT"
SHALL MEAN THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES AND "COMMISSIONER"

S. 6406--A                         131                        A. 9006--A

SHALL  MEAN  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES. ALL STAFF OF THE FACILITY SHALL  BE  SUBJECT  TO  RANDOM  DRUG
TESTS.
  (B)  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION OR THE
STATE COMMISSION OF CORRECTION SHALL ASSIGN AN ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER TO
ASSIST THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, ON A PERMANENT BASIS,
WITH THE SECURITY ISSUES RELATING TO OPERATING  FACILITIES  SERVING  THE
ADDITIONAL YOUTH SENTENCED TO THE OFFICE.
  (C)  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION OR THE
STATE COMMISSION OF CORRECTION AND THE OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES  SHALL JOINTLY ESTABLISH A PLACEMENT CLASSIFICATION PROTOCOL TO
BE USED BY THE ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER ASSIGNED TO THE OFFICE PURSUANT TO
PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SUBDIVISION AND AN OFFICE OF CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES OFFICIAL DESIGNATED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF THE OFFICE TO DETER-
MINE  THE  APPROPRIATE  LEVEL  OF  CARE  FOR EACH YOUTH SENTENCED TO THE
OFFICE.  THE PROTOCOL SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT NECESSARILY BE LIMITED  TO,
CONSIDERATION  OF  THE  NATURE  OF  THE  YOUTH'S OFFENSE AND THE YOUTH'S
HISTORY AND SERVICE NEEDS.
  (D) ANY NEW FACILITIES DEVELOPED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND  FAMILY
SERVICES  TO  SERVE  THE  ADDITIONAL  YOUTH  PLACED WITH THE OFFICE AS A
RESULT OF RAISING THE AGE OF JUVENILE JURISDICTION SHALL, TO THE  EXTENT
PRACTICABLE,  CONSIST OF SMALLER, MORE HOME-LIKE FACILITIES LOCATED NEAR
THE YOUTHS' HOMES AND FAMILIES THAT PROVIDE  GENDER-RESPONSIVE  PROGRAM-
MING,  SERVICES  AND  TREATMENT IN SMALL, CLOSELY SUPERVISED GROUPS THAT
OFFER EXTENSIVE AND ON-GOING INDIVIDUAL ATTENTION AND ENCOURAGE SUPPORT-
IVE PEER RELATIONSHIPS.
  2. Juvenile offenders COMMITTED TO THE OFFICE  FOR  COMMITTING  CRIMES
PRIOR  TO  THE AGE OF SIXTEEN shall be confined in such facilities until
the age of twenty-one IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR SENTENCES, and shall  not
be  released, discharged or permitted home visits except pursuant to the
provisions of this section.
  3. The [division] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES shall  report
in  writing to the sentencing court and district attorney, not less than
once every six months during the period of confinement, on  the  status,
adjustment, programs and progress of the offender.
  [5.]  4.  The  office  of children and family services may transfer an
offender not less than eighteen [nor more than twenty-one] years of  age
to  the  department  of  corrections  and  community  supervision if the
commissioner of the office certifies to the commissioner of  corrections
and  community  supervision that there is no substantial likelihood that
the youth will benefit from the programs offered by office facilities.
  [6. At age twenty-one, all] 5. (A) ALL juvenile offenders COMMITTED TO
THE OFFICE FOR COMMITTING A CRIME PRIOR TO THE YOUTH'S SIXTEENTH  BIRTH-
DAY WHO STILL HAVE TIME LEFT ON THEIR SENTENCES OF IMPRISONMENT shall be
transferred  AT  AGE  TWENTY-ONE  to  the  custody  of the department of
corrections and community supervision for confinement  pursuant  to  the
correction law.
  [7.]  (B)  ALL  OFFENDERS  COMMITTED  OR TRANSFERRED TO THE OFFICE FOR
COMMITTING A CRIME ON OR AFTER THEIR SIXTEENTH BIRTHDAY WHO  STILL  HAVE
TIME LEFT ON THEIR SENTENCES OF IMPRISONMENT SHALL BE TRANSFERRED TO THE
CUSTODY  OF  THE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION FOR
CONFINEMENT PURSUANT TO THE CORRECTION LAW AFTER COMPLETING TWO YEARS OF
CARE IN OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES  FACILITIES  UNLESS  THEY
ARE  WITHIN  FOUR MONTHS OF COMPLETING THE IMPRISONMENT PORTION OF THEIR
SENTENCE AND THE OFFICE DETERMINES, IN ITS DISCRETION, ON A CASE-BY-CASE
BASIS THAT THE YOUTH SHOULD BE PERMITTED TO REMAIN WITH THE  OFFICE  FOR

S. 6406--A                         132                        A. 9006--A

THE ADDITIONAL SHORT PERIOD OF TIME NECESSARY TO ENABLE THEM TO COMPLETE
THEIR  SENTENCE.  IN MAKING SUCH A DETERMINATION, THE FACTORS THE OFFICE
MAY CONSIDER INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE AGE OF THE YOUTH,  THE
AMOUNT  OF  TIME  REMAINING ON THE YOUTH'S SENTENCE OF IMPRISONMENT, THE
LEVEL OF THE YOUTH'S PARTICIPATION IN THE PROGRAM,  THE  YOUTH'S  EDUCA-
TIONAL AND VOCATIONAL PROGRESS, THE OPPORTUNITIES AVAILABLE TO THE YOUTH
THROUGH  THE  OFFICE  AND  THROUGH THE DEPARTMENT, AND THE LENGTH OF THE
YOUTH'S POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION SENTENCE.  NOTHING  IN  THIS  PARAGRAPH
SHALL  AUTHORIZE  A  YOUTH TO REMAIN IN AN OFFICE FACILITY BEYOND HIS OR
HER TWENTY-THIRD BIRTHDAY.
  (C) COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN,  ALL  JUVENILE
OFFENDERS WHO ARE ELIGIBLE TO BE RELEASED FROM AN OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
FAMILY  SERVICES  FACILITY BEFORE THEY ARE REQUIRED TO BE TRANSFERRED TO
THE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION AND WHO ARE ABLE
TO COMPLETE THE FULL-TERM OF THEIR  POST-RELEASE  SUPERVISION  SENTENCES
BEFORE  THEY TURN TWENTY-THREE YEARS OF AGE SHALL REMAIN WITH THE OFFICE
OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES FOR POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION.
  (D) COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN,  ALL  JUVENILE
OFFENDERS RELEASED FROM AN OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES FACIL-
ITY  BEFORE  THEY  ARE  TRANSFERRED TO THE DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS AND
COMMUNITY SUPERVISION WHO ARE UNABLE TO COMPLETE THE FULL-TERM OF  THEIR
POST-RELEASE  SUPERVISION  SENTENCES BEFORE THEY TURN TWENTY-THREE YEARS
OF AGE SHALL BE UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE DEPARTMENT  OF  CORRECTIONS
AND COMMUNITY SUPERVISION UNTIL EXPIRATION OF THE MAXIMUM TERM OR PERIOD
OF  SENTENCE,  OR  EXPIRATION OF SUPERVISION, INCLUDING ANY POST-RELEASE
SUPERVISION AS THE CASE MAY BE PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE OFFICE  SHALL
ASSIST  SUCH  DEPARTMENT IN PLANNING FOR THE YOUTH'S POST-RELEASE SUPER-
VISION.
  6. While in the custody of the office of children and family services,
an offender shall be subject to the rules and regulations of the office,
except that his  OR  HER  parole,  POST-RELEASE  SUPERVISION,  temporary
release  and  discharge  shall  be  governed  by  the laws applicable to
inmates of state correctional facilities and  his  OR  HER  transfer  to
state  hospitals  in  the  office  of mental health shall be governed by
section five hundred nine of this chapter; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT  AN
OTHERWISE  ELIGIBLE  JUVENILE OFFENDER MAY RECEIVE THE SIX-MONTH LIMITED
CREDIT TIME ALLOWANCE  FOR  SUCCESSFUL  PARTICIPATION  IN  ONE  OR  MORE
PROGRAMS  DEVELOPED  BY  THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES THAT
ARE COMPARABLE TO THE  PROGRAMS  SET  FORTH  IN  SECTION  EIGHT  HUNDRED
THREE-B  OF  THE  CORRECTION  LAW,  TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION THE AGE OF
JUVENILE OFFENDERS.   The commissioner of the  office  of  children  and
family  services shall, however, establish and operate temporary release
programs at office  of  children  and  family  services  facilities  AND
PROVIDE  POST-RELEASE  SUPERVISION  for  eligible juvenile offenders and
[contract with the department of corrections and  community  supervision
for  the  provision of parole] PROVIDE supervision [services] for tempo-
rary releasees AND JUVENILES ON POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION.  The rules and
regulations for these programs shall not be inconsistent with  the  laws
for temporary release AND POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION applicable to inmates
of  state correctional facilities. For the purposes of temporary release
programs for juvenile offenders only, when referred  to  or  defined  in
article  twenty-six  of the correction law, "institution" shall mean any
facility designated by the commissioner of the office  of  children  and
family  services,  "department"  shall  mean  the office of children and
family services, "inmate" shall mean a juvenile offender residing in  an
office  of  children  and  family  services facility, and "commissioner"

S. 6406--A                         133                        A. 9006--A

shall mean the [director] COMMISSIONER of the  office  of  children  and
family  services.  FOR THE PURPOSES OF SUCH POST-RELEASE SUPERVISION FOR
JUVENILE OFFENDERS UNDER PARAGRAPH  (C)  OF  SUBDIVISION  FIVE  OF  THIS
SECTION  ONLY,  WHEN  REFERRED  TO  IN SECTION 70.45 OF THE PENAL LAW OR
ARTICLE  TWELVE-B  OF  THE  EXECUTIVE  LAW,  THE  TERM  "DEPARTMENT   OF
CORRECTIONS  AND  COMMUNITY  SUPERVISION",  "DEPARTMENT",  "DIVISION  OF
PAROLE", "DIVISION", "BOARD OF PAROLE" AND "BOARD" SHALL MEAN THE OFFICE
OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, AND THE TERM "COMMISSIONER" SHALL  MEAN
THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY SERVICES. Time spent in office of
children and family services facilities and in juvenile detention facil-
ities shall be credited towards the sentence imposed in the same  manner
and  to  the  same  extent  applicable  to inmates of state correctional
facilities.
  [8] 7.  Whenever a juvenile offender or a  juvenile  offender  adjudi-
cated a youthful offender shall be delivered to the director of [a divi-
sion  for  youth]  AN  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES facility
pursuant to a commitment to the [director of  the  division  for  youth]
OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, the officer so delivering such
person shall deliver to such facility director a certified copy  of  the
sentence  received  by such officer from the clerk of the court by which
such person shall have been sentenced, a  copy  of  the  report  of  the
probation  officer's  investigation  and  report, any other pre-sentence
memoranda filed with the court,  a  copy  of  the  person's  fingerprint
records,  a  detailed  summary of available medical records, psychiatric
records and  reports  relating  to  assaults,  or  other  violent  acts,
attempts  at  suicide  or escape by the person while in the custody of a
local detention facility.
  [9] 8.  Notwithstanding any provision of law, including  section  five
hundred  one-c  of  this  article,  the  office  of  children and family
services shall make records pertaining to a person convicted  of  a  sex
offense  as  defined  in  subdivision (p) of section 10.03 of the mental
hygiene law available upon request to the commissioner of mental  health
or  the  commissioner of [mental retardation and] THE OFFICE FOR PERSONS
WITH developmental disabilities, as appropriate; a  case  review  panel;
and  the  attorney general; in accordance with the provisions of article
ten of the mental hygiene law.
  S 83. Section 712 of the family court act, as amended by  chapter  920
of  the  laws of 1982, subdivision (a) as amended by section 7 of part G
of chapter 58 of the laws of 2010, subdivision (b) as amended by chapter
465 of the laws of 1992, subdivision (g) as amended by section 2 of part
B of chapter 3 of the laws of 2005, subdivision (h) as added by  chapter
7  of the laws of 1999, subdivision (i) as amended and subdivisions (j),
(k), (l) and (m) as added by chapter 38 of the laws of 2014, is  amended
to read as follows:
  S 712. Definitions. As used in this article, the following terms shall
have the following meanings:
  (a) "Person in need of supervision". A person less than eighteen years
of  age  who does not attend school in accordance with the provisions of
part one of article sixty-five of the education law or who is incorrigi-
ble, ungovernable  or  habitually  disobedient  and  beyond  the  lawful
control of a parent or other person legally responsible for such child's
care,  or  other  lawful  authority,  or  who violates the provisions of
section 221.05 or 230.00 of the penal law, or who appears to be a  sexu-
ally exploited child as defined in paragraph (a), (c) or (d) of subdivi-
sion  one  of  section four hundred forty-seven-a of the social services

S. 6406--A                         134                        A. 9006--A

law, but only if the child consents to the filing of  a  petition  under
this article.
  (b)  ["Detention". The temporary care and maintenance of children away
from their own homes as defined in section five hundred two of the exec-
utive law.
  (c) "Secure detention facility". A  facility  characterized  by  phys-
ically restricting construction, hardware and procedures.
  (d)  "Non-secure  detention facility". A facility characterized by the
absence of physically restricting construction, hardware and procedures.
  (e)] "Fact-finding  hearing".  A  hearing  to  determine  whether  the
respondent did the acts alleged to show that he OR SHE violated a law or
is  incorrigible,  ungovernable or habitually disobedient and beyond the
control of his OR HER parents, guardian or legal custodian.
  [(f)] (C) "Dispositional hearing". A hearing to determine whether  the
respondent requires supervision or treatment.
  [(g)]  (D)  "Aggravated circumstances". Aggravated circumstances shall
have the same meaning as the definition of such term in subdivision  (j)
of section one thousand twelve of this act.
  [(h)]  (E)  "Permanency  hearing".  A  hearing held in accordance with
paragraph (b) of subdivision two of section seven hundred fifty-four  or
section  seven  hundred  fifty-six-a  of this article for the purpose of
reviewing the foster care status of the respondent and the  appropriate-
ness of the permanency plan developed by the social services official on
behalf of such respondent.
  [(i)]  (F)  "Diversion  services".   Services provided to children and
families pursuant to section seven hundred thirty-five of  this  article
for  the  purpose of avoiding the need to file a petition [or direct the
detention of the child]. Diversion services shall  include:  efforts  to
adjust  cases pursuant to this article before a petition is filed, or by
order of the court, after the petition is filed but before  fact-finding
is  commenced;  and  preventive  services  provided  in  accordance with
section four hundred nine-a of the social  services  law  to  avert  the
placement of the child [into foster care], including crisis intervention
and  respite  services.    Diversion services may also include, in cases
where any person is seeking to file a petition  that  alleges  that  the
child  has a substance use disorder or is in need of immediate detoxifi-
cation or substance use disorder services, an assessment  for  substance
use   disorder;   provided,  however,  that  notwithstanding  any  other
provision of law to the contrary, the designated lead agency  shall  not
be  required  to pay for all or any portion of the costs of such assess-
ment or substance use disorder or  detoxification  services,  except  in
cases  where medical assistance for needy persons may be used to pay for
all or any portion of the costs of such assessment or services.
  [(j)] (G) "Substance use disorder". The misuse of, dependence  on,  or
addiction  to  alcohol  and/or legal or illegal drugs leading to effects
that are detrimental to the person's physical and mental health  or  the
welfare of others.
  [(k)]  (H)  "Assessment  for  substance use disorder". Assessment by a
provider that has  been  certified  by  the  office  of  alcoholism  and
substance  abuse  services  of  a person less than eighteen years of age
where it is alleged that the youth is suffering  from  a  substance  use
disorder  which  could  make  a  youth a danger to himself or herself or
others.
  [(l)] (I) "A substance use disorder which could make a youth a  danger
to  himself  or  herself  or  others".  A substance use disorder that is
accompanied by the dependence on, or the repeated use or abuse of, drugs

S. 6406--A                         135                        A. 9006--A

or alcohol to the point of intoxication such that the person is in  need
of immediate detoxification or other substance use disorder services.
  [(m)]  (J)  "Substance  use disorder services". Substance use disorder
services shall have the same meaning as provided for in section 1.03  of
the mental hygiene law.
  S  84. The part heading of part 2 of article 7 of the family court act
is amended to read as follows:
                         CUSTODY [AND DETENTION]
  S 85. Section 720 of the family court act, as amended by  chapter  419
of  the laws of 1987, subdivision 3 as amended by section 9 of subpart B
of part Q of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, subdivision 5 as amended by
section 3 of part E of chapter 57 of the laws of 2005, and paragraph (c)
of subdivision 5 as added by section 8 of part G of chapter  58  of  the
laws of 2010, is amended to read as follows:
  S 720. Detention PRECLUDED. [1.] THE DETENTION OF A CHILD SHALL NOT BE
DIRECTED  UNDER  ANY OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE, EXCEPT AS OTHER-
WISE AUTHORIZED BY THE INTERSTATE COMPACT ON JUVENILES. No child to whom
the provisions of this article may apply, shall be detained in any pris-
on, jail, lockup, or other place used for adults convicted of  crime  or
under arrest and charged with a crime.
  [2.  The detention of a child in a secure detention facility shall not
be directed under any of the provisions of this article.
  3. Detention of a person alleged to be or adjudicated as a  person  in
need  of  supervision  shall,  except as provided in subdivision four of
this section, be authorized only in a foster care program  certified  by
the  office  of children and family services, or a certified or approved
family boarding home, or a non-secure detention  facility  certified  by
the  office  and in accordance with section seven hundred thirty-nine of
this article. The setting of the detention shall take into  account  (a)
the  proximity  to  the  community  in which the person alleged to be or
adjudicated as a person in need of supervision lives with such  person's
parents or to which such person will be discharged, and (b) the existing
educational  setting of such person and the proximity of such setting to
the location of the detention setting.
  4. Whenever detention is authorized and ordered pursuant to this arti-
cle, for a person alleged to be or adjudicated as a person  in  need  of
supervision, a family court in a city having a population of one million
or  more  shall,  notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of law, direct
detention in a foster care facility established and maintained  pursuant
to the social services law. In all other respects, the detention of such
a  person  in  a  foster care facility shall be subject to the identical
terms and conditions for detention as are set forth in this article  and
in section two hundred thirty-five of this act.
  5.  (a) The court shall not order or direct detention under this arti-
cle, unless the court determines that there is no substantial likelihood
that the youth and his or her  family  will  continue  to  benefit  from
diversion services and that all available alternatives to detention have
been exhausted; and
  (b)  Where the youth is sixteen years of age or older, the court shall
not order or direct detention  under  this  article,  unless  the  court
determines  and  states in its order that special circumstances exist to
warrant such detention.
  (c) If the respondent may be a sexually exploited child as defined  in
subdivision  one  of  section  four  hundred forty-seven-a of the social
services law, the court may direct the respondent to an available short-
term safe house as defined in subdivision two of  section  four  hundred

S. 6406--A                         136                        A. 9006--A

forty-seven-a   of   the  social  services  law  as  an  alternative  to
detention.]
  S 86. Section 727 of the family court act is REPEALED.
  S  87. The section heading and subdivisions (c) and (d) of section 728
of the family court act, subdivision (d) as added by chapter 145 of  the
laws  of  2000, paragraph (i) as added and paragraph (ii) of subdivision
(d) as renumbered by section 5 of part E of chapter 57 of  the  laws  of
2005,  and  paragraph (iii) as amended and paragraph (iv) of subdivision
(d) as added by section 10 of subpart B of part Q of chapter 58  of  the
laws of 2011, are amended to read as follows:
  Discharge[,]  OR  release  [or  detention]  by judge after hearing and
before filing of petition in custody cases.
  (c) An order of release under this  section  may,  but  need  not,  be
conditioned  upon the giving of a recognizance in accord with [sections]
SECTION seven hundred twenty-four (b) (i).
  [(d) Upon a finding of facts and reasons  which  support  a  detention
order pursuant to this section, the court shall also determine and state
in any order directing detention:
  (i)  that there is no substantial likelihood that the youth and his or
her family will continue to benefit from diversion services and that all
available alternatives to detention have been exhausted; and
  (ii) whether continuation of the child in the child's  home  would  be
contrary  to the best interests of the child based upon, and limited to,
the facts and circumstances available to the court at the  time  of  the
hearing held in accordance with this section; and
  (iii) where appropriate, whether reasonable efforts were made prior to
the  date  of the court hearing that resulted in the detention order, to
prevent or eliminate the need for removal of the child from his  or  her
home or, if the child had been removed from his or her home prior to the
court  appearance  pursuant  to this section, where appropriate, whether
reasonable efforts were made to make it possible for the child to safely
return home; and
  (iv) whether the setting of the detention takes into account the prox-
imity to the community in which the person alleged to be or  adjudicated
as  a  person in need of supervision lives with such person's parents or
to which such person will be discharged, and  the  existing  educational
setting of such person and the proximity of such setting to the location
of the detention setting.]
  S 88. Section 729 of the family court act is REPEALED.
  S 89. Subdivisions (b) and (f) and paragraph (i) of subdivision (d) of
section 735 of the family court act, subdivision (b) as amended by chap-
ter  38 of the laws of 2014, paragraph (i) of subdivision (d) as amended
by chapter 535 of the laws of 2011  and  subdivision  (f)  as  added  by
section  7  of  part E of chapter 57 of the laws of 2005, are amended to
read as follows:
  (b) The designated lead agency shall:
  (i) confer with any person seeking to file a petition, the  youth  who
may  be  a potential respondent, his or her family, and other interested
persons, concerning the provision of diversion services before any peti-
tion may be filed; and
  (ii) diligently attempt to prevent the filing of a petition under this
article or, after the petition is filed, to prevent the placement of the
youth into foster care; and
  (iii) assess whether the youth would benefit from residential  respite
services; and

S. 6406--A                         137                        A. 9006--A

  (iv) ASSESS WHETHER THE YOUTH IS A SEXUALLY EXPLOITED CHILD AS DEFINED
IN SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-SEVEN-A OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW AND, IF
SO, WHETHER SUCH YOUTH SHOULD BE REFERRED TO A SAFE HOUSE; AND
  (V)  determine  whether  alternatives  to detention are appropriate to
avoid remand of the youth to detention INCLUDING WHETHER THE  YOUTH  AND
HIS  OR  HER  FAMILY  SHOULD  BE REFERRED TO AN AVAILABLE FAMILY SUPPORT
CENTER; and
  [(v)] (VI) determine whether an assessment of the youth for  substance
use  disorder  by  an  office of alcoholism and substance abuse services
certified provider is necessary when a person seeking to file a petition
alleges in such petition that the youth is suffering  from  a  substance
use  disorder  which could make the youth a danger to himself or herself
or others. Provided, however, that notwithstanding any  other  provision
of law to the contrary, the designated lead agency shall not be required
to pay for all or any portion of the costs of such assessment or for any
substance use disorder or detoxification services, except in cases where
medical  assistance  for needy persons may be used to pay for all or any
portion of the costs of such assessment or services. The office of alco-
holism and substance abuse services shall make a list of  its  certified
providers available to the designated lead agency.
  (i)  providing,  at the first contact, information on the availability
of or a referral to services in the geographic area where the youth  and
his  or  her  family  are located that may be of benefit in avoiding the
need to file a petition under this article; including the  availability,
for  up  to  twenty-one  days,  of a residential respite program, if the
youth and his or her parent or other person legally responsible for  his
or  her care agree, and the availability of other non-residential crisis
intervention programs such as A FAMILY  SUPPORT  CENTER,  family  crisis
counseling  or alternative dispute resolution programs or an educational
program as defined in section four hundred fifty-eight-l of  the  social
services law.
  (f)  Efforts  to  prevent  the  filing  of a petition pursuant to this
section may extend until the  designated  lead  agency  determines  that
there  is no substantial likelihood that the youth and his or her family
will benefit from further attempts. Efforts  at  diversion  pursuant  to
this  section  may  continue  after  the  filing of a petition where the
designated lead agency determines that the youth and his or  her  family
will  benefit  from  further  attempts to prevent PLACEMENT OF the youth
[from entering foster care] IN ACCORDANCE  WITH  SECTION  SEVEN  HUNDRED
FIFTY-SIX OF THIS ARTICLE.
  S  90.  Section 739 of the family court act, as amended by chapter 920
of the laws of 1982, subdivision (a) as amended by section 10 of part  G
of  chapter  58 of the laws of 2010, subdivision (c) as added by chapter
145 of the laws of 2000, is amended to read as follows:
  S 739. Release or [detention] REFERRAL after filing  of  petition  and
prior  to  order  of  disposition.  [(a)] After the filing of a petition
under section seven hundred thirty-two of this part, the  court  in  its
discretion  may release the respondent [or direct his or her detention].
If the respondent may be a sexually exploited child as defined in subdi-
vision one of section four hundred forty-seven-a of the social  services
law, the court may direct the respondent to an available short-term safe
house  [as  an  alternative  to  detention. However, the court shall not
direct detention unless it finds and states the facts and reasons for so
finding that unless the respondent is detained there  is  a  substantial
probability  that  the respondent will not appear in court on the return
date and all available alternatives to detention have been exhausted.

S. 6406--A                         138                        A. 9006--A

  (b) Unless the respondent waives a determination that  probable  cause
exists  to  believe  that  he  is  a  person  in need of supervision, no
detention under this section may last more than three  days  (i)  unless
the  court  finds, pursuant to the evidentiary standards applicable to a
hearing  on  a  felony complaint in a criminal court, that such probable
cause exists, or (ii) unless special circumstances exist, in which cases
such detention may be extended not more than an  additional  three  days
exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays.
  (c)  Upon  a  finding  of  facts and reasons which support a detention
order pursuant to subdivision (a) of this section, the court shall  also
determine and state in any order directing detention:
  (i)  whether  continuation  of the respondent in the respondent's home
would be contrary to the best interests of the  respondent  based  upon,
and limited to, the facts and circumstance available to the court at the
time of the court's determination in accordance with this section; and
  (ii)  where appropriate, whether reasonable efforts were made prior to
the date of the court order directing detention in accordance with  this
section,  to prevent or eliminate the need for removal of the respondent
from his or her home or, if the respondent had been removed from his  or
her  home  prior to the court appearance pursuant to this section, where
appropriate, whether reasonable efforts were made to  make  it  possible
for the respondent to safely return home].
  S  91.  Section 741-a of the family court act, as amended by section 3
of part B of chapter 327 of the laws of 2007,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  S  741-a.  Notice  and right to be heard. The foster parent caring for
[the child] A SEXUALLY EXPLOITED CHILD PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION
SEVEN HUNDRED FIFTY-SIX OF THIS ARTICLE or any  pre-adoptive  parent  or
relative providing care for the respondent shall be provided with notice
of  any  permanency  hearing held pursuant to this article by the social
services official. Such foster parent, pre-adoptive parent  or  relative
shall have the right to be heard at any such hearing; provided, however,
no  such  foster  parent,  pre-adoptive  parent  or  relative  shall  be
construed to be a party to the hearing  solely  on  the  basis  of  such
notice  and  right to be heard. The failure of the foster parent, pre-a-
doptive parent, or relative caring for the child to appear at a  perman-
ency hearing shall constitute a waiver of the right to be heard and such
failure  to appear shall not cause a delay of the permanency hearing nor
shall such failure to appear be a ground for  the  invalidation  of  any
order issued by the court pursuant to this section.
  S 92. Section 747 of the family court act is REPEALED.
  S 93. Section 748 of the family court act is REPEALED.
  S  94.  Subdivision  (b)  of  section  749 of the family court act, as
amended by chapter 806 of the laws  of  1973,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (b)  On  its  own  motion,  the  court  may adjourn the proceedings on
conclusion of a fact-finding hearing or during a  dispositional  hearing
to  enable  it  to  make  inquiry  into the surroundings, conditions and
capacities of the respondent. An [adjournment on the court's motion  may
not be for a period of more than ten days if the respondent is detained,
in  which  case  not  more  than a total of two such adjournments may be
granted in the absence of special circumstances. If  the  respondent  is
not  detained,  an]  adjournment  may  be for a reasonable time, but the
total number of adjourned days may not exceed two months.
  S 95. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 2 of  section  754  of  the  family
court  act,  as  amended  by chapter 7 of the laws of 1999, subparagraph

S. 6406--A                         139                        A. 9006--A

(ii) of paragraph (a) as amended by section 20 of part L of  chapter  56
of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  (a)  The  order  shall  state  the  court's reasons for the particular
disposition. If the court places the child in  accordance  with  section
seven  hundred  fifty-six  of  this  part,  the court in its order shall
determine: (i) whether continuation in the child's home would be contra-
ry to the best interest of the child and where appropriate, that reason-
able efforts were made prior to the date of  the  dispositional  hearing
held  pursuant  to  this  article  to  prevent or eliminate the need for
removal of the child from his or her home and, if the child was  removed
from  his  or  her  home  prior  to  the date of such hearing, that such
removal was in the child's best interest and, where appropriate, reason-
able efforts were made to make it possible for the child to return safe-
ly home. If the court determines that reasonable efforts to  prevent  or
eliminate  the need for removal of the child from the home were not made
but that the lack of such efforts  was  appropriate  under  the  circum-
stances,  the  court order shall include such a finding; and (ii) in the
case of a child who has attained the age of fourteen, the services need-
ed, if any, to assist the child to make the transition from foster  care
to  independent  living. [Nothing in this subdivision shall be construed
to modify the standards for directing detention  set  forth  in  section
seven hundred thirty-nine of this article.]
  S  96.  Section 756 of the family court act, as amended by chapter 920
of the laws of 1982, paragraph (i) of  subdivision  (a)  as  amended  by
chapter 309 of the laws of 1996, the opening paragraph of paragraph (ii)
of  subdivision  (a) as amended by section 11 of part G of chapter 58 of
the laws of 2010, subdivision (b) as amended by chapter 7 of the laws of
1999, and subdivision (c) as amended by section 10 of part E of  chapter
57 of the laws of 2005, is amended to read as follows:
  S  756.  Placement.  (a)  (i)  For  purposes  of section seven hundred
fifty-four, the court may place the child in its  own  home  or  in  the
custody  of  a  suitable relative or other suitable private person [or a
commissioner of social services], subject to the orders of the court.
  (ii) [Where the child is placed] IF THE COURT FINDS THAT THE  RESPOND-
ENT  IS  A  SEXUALLY  EXPLOITED  CHILD  AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF
SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FORTY-SEVEN-A OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW, THE COURT
MAY PLACE THE CHILD with the commissioner of the local  social  services
district[, the court] AND may direct the commissioner to place the child
with  an  authorized agency or class of authorized agencies, including[,
if the court finds that the respondent is a sexually exploited child  as
defined  in subdivision one of section four hundred forty-seven-a of the
social services law,] an available  long-term  safe  house.  Unless  the
dispositional  order  provides  otherwise,  the court so directing shall
include one of the following alternatives to apply in the event that the
commissioner is unable to so place the child:
  (1) the commissioner shall apply to the court for an  order  to  stay,
modify,  set  aside, or vacate such directive pursuant to the provisions
of section seven hundred sixty-two or seven hundred sixty-three; or
  (2) the commissioner shall return the child to the family court for  a
new dispositional hearing and order.
  (b)  Placements  under  this  section  may be for an initial period of
twelve months. The court may extend  a  placement  pursuant  to  section
seven  hundred  fifty-six-a.  In its discretion, the court may recommend
restitution or require services for  public  good  pursuant  to  section
seven  hundred  fifty-eight-a in conjunction with an order of placement.
For the purposes of calculating the initial period  of  placement,  such

S. 6406--A                         140                        A. 9006--A

placement  shall  be  deemed to have commenced sixty days after the date
the child was removed from his  or  her  home  in  accordance  with  the
provisions  of  this  article.  [If the respondent has been in detention
pending  disposition, the initial period of placement ordered under this
section shall be credited with and diminished  by  the  amount  of  time
spent  by  the  respondent in detention prior to the commencement of the
placement unless the court finds that all or part of such  credit  would
not serve the best interests of the respondent.
  (c)  A  placement  pursuant  to  this section with the commissioner of
social services shall not be directed in any detention facility, but the
court may direct detention pending transfer to  a  placement  authorized
and  ordered under this section for no more than than fifteen days after
such order of placement is made. Such  direction  shall  be  subject  to
extension  pursuant  to subdivision three of section three hundred nine-
ty-eight of the social services law, upon written documentation  to  the
office  of  children  and  family  services that the youth is in need of
specialized treatment or placement  and  the  diligent  efforts  by  the
commissioner of social services to locate an appropriate placement.]
  S  97. Section 758-a of the family court act, as amended by chapter 73
of the laws of 1979, subdivision 1 as amended by chapter 4 of  the  laws
of 1987, paragraph (b) of subdivision 1 as amended by chapter 575 of the
laws  of  2007,  subdivision  2 as amended by chapter 309 of the laws of
1996, and subdivision 3 as separately amended by chapter 568 of the laws
of 1979, is amended to read as follows:
  S 758-a. Restitution. 1. In cases involving acts of [infants] CHILDREN
over [ten] TWELVE and less than [sixteen] EIGHTEEN  years  of  age,  the
court may
  (a)  recommend as a condition of placement, or order as a condition of
probation or suspended judgment, restitution in an amount representing a
fair and reasonable cost to replace the property or  repair  the  damage
caused  by  the  [infant]  CHILD,  not,  however, to exceed one thousand
dollars. [In the case of a placement, the court may recommend  that  the
infant  pay  out  of  his  or  her  own  funds or earnings the amount of
replacement or damage, either in a lump sum or in periodic  payments  in
amounts  set  by  the agency with which he is placed, and in the case of
probation or suspended judgment, the] THE court  may  require  that  the
[infant] CHILD pay out of his or her own funds or earnings the amount of
replacement  or  damage, either in a lump sum or in periodic payments in
amounts set by the court; and/or
  (b) order as a condition of placement, probation, or  suspended  judg-
ment,  services  for  the  public  good including in the case of a crime
involving willful, malicious, or unlawful damage or destruction to  real
or personal property maintained as a cemetery plot, grave, burial place,
or  other  place of interment of human remains, services for the mainte-
nance and repair thereof, taking into consideration the age and physical
condition of the [infant] CHILD.
  2. [If the court recommends restitution or requires services  for  the
public  good  in  conjunction  with  an  order  of placement pursuant to
section seven hundred fifty-six, the placement shall be made only to  an
authorized agency which has adopted rules and regulations for the super-
vision  of  such a program, which rules and regulations shall be subject
to the approval of the state department of social services.  Such  rules
and  regulations  shall  include,  but  not be limited to provisions (i)
assuring that the conditions of work, including wages, meet  the  stand-
ards  therefor  prescribed  pursuant  to  the  labor law; (ii) affording
coverage to the child under the workers' compensation law as an employee

S. 6406--A                         141                        A. 9006--A

of such agency, department or institution; (iii) assuring that the enti-
ty receiving such services shall not utilize the  same  to  replace  its
regular  employees; and (iv) providing for reports to the court not less
frequently than every six months, unless the order provides otherwise.
  3.]  If the court requires restitution or services for the public good
[as a condition of probation or suspended judgment],  it  shall  provide
that  an agency or person supervise the restitution or services and that
such agency or person report to the court not less frequently than every
six months, unless the order provides otherwise. Upon the written notice
sent by a school district to the court  and  the  appropriate  probation
department  or agency which submits probation recommendations or reports
to the court, the court may provide  that  such  school  district  shall
supervise the performance of services for the public good.
  [4.]  3. The court, upon receipt of the reports provided for in subdi-
vision two [or three] of this section may, on  its  own  motion  or  the
motion  of  any party or the agency, hold a hearing to determine whether
the [placement] CONDITION should be altered or modified.
  S 98. Section 774 of the family  court  act  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  S 774. Action on petition for transfer.  On receiving a petition under
section  seven  hundred  seventy-three,  the  court  may  proceed  under
sections seven hundred thirty-seven, seven hundred thirty-eight or seven
hundred thirty-nine with respect to the issuance of a summons or warrant
[and sections seven hundred twenty-seven and seven  hundred  twenty-nine
govern  questions  of  detention and failure to comply with a promise to
appear]. Due notice of the petition and a copy  of  the  petition  shall
also  be  served  personally  or by mail upon the office of the locality
chargeable for the support of the person involved and  upon  the  person
involved and his OR HER parents and other persons.
  S  98-a.  Article  6 of the social services law is amended by adding a
new title 12 to read as follows:
                                TITLE 12
                         FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS
SECTION 458-M. FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS.
        458-N. FUNDING FOR FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS.
  S 458-M. FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS. 1. AS USED IN THIS  TITLE,  THE  TERM
"FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER" SHALL MAN A PROGRAM ESTABLISHED PURSUANT TO THIS
TITLE  TO  PROVIDE  COMMUNITY-BASED  SUPPORTIVE SERVICES TO CHILDREN AND
FAMILIES WITH THE GOAL OF PREVENTING A CHILD FROM  BEING  ADJUDICATED  A
PERSON  IN  NEED  OF SUPERVISION AND HELP PREVENT THE OUT OF HOME PLACE-
MENTS OF SUCH YOUTH UNDER ARTICLE SEVEN OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT.
  2. FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS SHALL PROVIDE COMPREHENSIVE SERVICES TO SUCH
CHILDREN AND THEIR FAMILIES, EITHER DIRECTLY OR THROUGH  REFERRALS  WITH
PARTNER AGENCIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO:
  (A) RAPID FAMILY ASSESSMENTS AND SCREENINGS;
  (B) CRISIS INTERVENTION;
  (C) FAMILY MEDIATION AND SKILLS BUILDING;
  (D)  MENTAL  AND BEHAVIORAL HEALTH SERVICES INCLUDING COGNITIVE INTER-
VENTIONS;
  (E) CASE MANAGEMENT;
  (F) RESPITE SERVICES;
  (G) EDUCATION ADVOCACY; AND
  (H) OTHER FAMILY SUPPORT SERVICES.
  3. THE SERVICES THAT ARE PROVIDED SHALL BE TRAUMA  RESPONSIVE,  FAMILY
FOCUSED, GENDER-RESPONSIVE, AND EVIDENCE BASED OR INFORMED AND STRENGTHS
BASED AND SHALL BE TAILORED TO THE INDIVIDUALIZED NEEDS OF THE CHILD AND

S. 6406--A                         142                        A. 9006--A

FAMILY  BASED ON THE ASSESSMENTS AND SCREENINGS CONDUCTED BY SUCH FAMILY
SUPPORT CENTER.
  4.  FAMILY  SUPPORT  CENTERS SHALL HAVE THE CAPACITY TO SERVE FAMILIES
OUTSIDE OF REGULAR BUSINESS HOURS INCLUDING EVENINGS AND WEEKENDS.
  S 458-N. FUNDING FOR FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS.  1.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY
OTHER  PROVISION  OF  LAW  TO THE CONTRARY, TO THE EXTENT THAT FUNDS ARE
AVAILABLE FOR SUCH PURPOSE, THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND  FAMILY  SERVICES
SHALL  DISTRIBUTE  FUNDING TO THE HIGHEST NEED SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICTS
TO CONTRACT WITH NOT-FOR-PROFIT CORPORATIONS TO OPERATE  FAMILY  SUPPORT
CENTERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS TITLE AND THE SPECIFIC
PROGRAM MODEL REQUIREMENTS ISSUED BY THE OFFICE.
  2.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY  OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, WHEN
DETERMINING THE HIGHEST NEED SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICTS PURSUANT TO  THIS
SUBDIVISION,  THE  OFFICE MAY CONSIDER FACTORS THAT MAY INCLUDE, BUT ARE
NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO:
  (A) THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF AVAILABLE FUNDING AND THE  AMOUNT  OF  FUNDING
REQUIRED  FOR  FAMILY SUPPORT CENTERS TO MEET THE OBJECTIVES OUTLINED IN
SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FIFTY-EIGHT-M OF THIS TITLE;
  (B) RELEVANT, AVAILABLE STATISTICS REGARDING EACH DISTRICT, WHICH  MAY
INCLUDE, BUT NOT NECESSARILY BE LIMITED TO:
  (I)  THE  AVAILABILITY  OF SERVICES WITHIN SUCH DISTRICT TO PREVENT OR
REDUCE DETENTION OR RESIDENTIAL PLACEMENT OF YOUTH PURSUANT  TO  ARTICLE
SEVEN OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT; AND
  (II)  RELATIVE  TO  THE  YOUTH  POPULATION  OF  SUCH  SOCIAL  SERVICES
DISTRICT:
  (1) THE NUMBER OF PETITIONS FILED PURSUANT TO  ARTICLE  SEVEN  OF  THE
FAMILY COURT ACT; OR
  (2)  THE  NUMBER  OF  PLACEMENTS  OF  YOUTH  INTO  RESIDENTIAL CARE OR
DETENTION PURSUANT TO ARTICLE SEVEN OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT;
  (C) ANY REPORTED PERFORMANCE OUTCOMES REPORTED TO THE OFFICE  PURSUANT
TO  SUBDIVISION  THREE  OF  THIS  SECTION  FOR  PROGRAMS THAT PREVIOUSLY
RECEIVED FUNDING PURSUANT TO THIS TITLE; OR
  (D) OTHER APPROPRIATE FACTORS AS DETERMINED BY THE OFFICE.
  3. SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICTS RECEIVING FUNDING UNDER THIS TITLE  SHALL
REPORT  TO  THE  OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, IN THE FORM AND
MANNER AND AT SUCH TIMES AS DETERMINED BY THE OFFICE, ON THE PERFORMANCE
OUTCOMES OF ANY FAMILY SUPPORT CENTER LOCATED WITHIN SUCH DISTRICT  THAT
RECEIVES FUNDING UNDER THIS TITLE.
  S  98-b.  Subdivisions  3, 3-a, 11 and 12 of section 398 of the social
services law, subdivision 3 as amended by chapter 419  of  the  laws  of
1987,  paragraph (c) of subdivision 3 as amended by section 19 of part E
of chapter 57 of the laws of 2005, subdivision 3-a as added by section 1
of subpart B of part G of chapter 57 of the laws of 2012, subdivision 11
as added by chapter 514 of the  laws  of  1976  and  subdivision  12  as
amended  by  section 12 of subpart B of part Q of chapter 58 of the laws
of 2011, are amended to read as follows:
  3. As to delinquent children [and persons in need of supervision]:
  (a) Investigate complaints as to alleged delinquency of a child.
  (b) Bring such case of alleged delinquency when necessary  before  the
family court.
  (c)  Receive  within  fifteen  days  from  the order of placement as a
public charge any delinquent child committed or  placed  [or  person  in
need  of  supervision  placed]  in  his  or her care by the family court
provided, however, that the commissioner of the social services district
with whom the child is placed may apply to the state commissioner or his
or her designee for approval of an additional fifteen days, upon written

S. 6406--A                         143                        A. 9006--A

documentation to the office of children and  family  services  that  the
youth  is in need of specialized treatment or placement and the diligent
efforts by the commissioner of social services to locate an  appropriate
placement.
  [3-a. As to delinquent children:
  (a)] (D) (1) Conditionally release any juvenile delinquent placed with
the  district  to aftercare whenever the district determines conditional
release to be consistent with the needs and best interests of such juve-
nile delinquent, that suitable care and supervision can be provided, and
that there is a reasonable probability that such juvenile delinquent can
be conditionally released without endangering public  safety;  provided,
however,  that such conditional release shall be made in accordance with
the regulations of the office  of  children  and  family  services,  and
provided further that no juvenile delinquent while absent from a facili-
ty  or  program  without the consent of the director of such facility or
program shall be conditionally released by the district solely by reason
of the absence.
  (2) It shall be a condition of such release that a juvenile delinquent
so released shall continue  to  be  the  responsibility  of  the  social
services district for the period provided in the order of placement.
  (3)  The  social  services district may provide clothing, services and
other necessities for any conditionally released juvenile delinquent, as
may be required, including medical care and  services  not  provided  to
such  juvenile delinquent as medical assistance for needy persons pursu-
ant to title eleven of article five of this chapter.
  (4) The social services district, pursuant to the regulations  of  the
office  of children and family services, may cause a juvenile delinquent
to be returned to a facility operated and maintained by the district, or
an authorized agency under contract with the district, at any time with-
in the period of placement, where there is a violation of the conditions
of release or a change of circumstances.
  (5) Juvenile delinquents conditionally released by a  social  services
district may be provided for as follows:
  (i)  If,  in  the opinion of the social services district, there is no
suitable parent, relative or guardian to whom a juvenile delinquent  can
be  conditionally  released,  and  suitable  care  cannot  otherwise  be
secured, the district may conditionally release such juvenile delinquent
to the care of any other suitable person; provided that where such suit-
able person has no legal relationship with the  juvenile,  the  district
shall  advise  such  person  of  the procedures for obtaining custody or
guardianship of the juvenile.
  (ii) If a conditionally released juvenile  delinquent  is  subject  to
article  sixty-five  of the education law or elects to participate in an
educational program leading to a high school diploma, he or she shall be
enrolled in a school or educational program leading  to  a  high  school
diploma  following release, or, if such release occurs during the summer
recess, upon the commencement of the  next  school  term.  If  a  condi-
tionally  released  juvenile delinquent is not subject to article sixty-
five of the education law, and does  not  elect  to  participate  in  an
educational  program  leading  to  a high school diploma, steps shall be
taken, to the extent possible, to facilitate his or her gainful  employ-
ment or enrollment in a vocational program following release.
  [(b)]  (E)  When a juvenile delinquent placed with the social services
district is absent from placement without consent,  such  absence  shall
interrupt  the calculation of time for his or her placement. Such inter-
ruption shall continue until such juvenile  delinquent  returns  to  the

S. 6406--A                         144                        A. 9006--A

facility  or  authorized agency in which he or she was placed. Provided,
however, that any time spent by a juvenile delinquent  in  custody  from
the  date  of  absence  to  the date placement resumes shall be credited
against the time of such placement provided that such custody:
  (1) was due to an arrest or surrender based upon the absence; or
  (2)  arose from an arrest or surrender on another charge which did not
culminate in a conviction, adjudication or adjustment.
  [(c)] (F) In addition to the other requirements of  this  section,  no
juvenile  delinquent placed with a social services district operating an
approved juvenile justice services close to home initiative pursuant  to
section  four  hundred  four  of  this chapter pursuant to a restrictive
placement under the family court act shall be released  except  pursuant
to section 353.5 of the family court act.
  11.  In  the  case  of a child who is adjudicated [a person in need of
supervision or] a juvenile delinquent and is placed by the family  court
with the [division for youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES and
who is placed by [the division for youth] SUCH OFFICE with an authorized
agency  pursuant to court order, the social services official shall make
expenditures in accordance with the regulations of  the  department  for
the care and maintenance of such child during the term of such placement
subject   to   state  reimbursement  pursuant  to  SECTION  ONE  HUNDRED
FIFTY-THREE-K OF this [title, or article nineteen-G of the executive law
in applicable cases] ARTICLE.
  12. A social services official shall be  permitted  to  place  persons
adjudicated [in need of supervision or] delinquent[, and alleged persons
to  be in need of supervision] in detention pending transfer to a place-
ment, in the same foster care facilities as are providing care to desti-
tute, neglected, abused or abandoned children. Such foster care  facili-
ties  shall not provide care to a youth in the care of a social services
official as a convicted juvenile offender.
  S 98-c. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 1 of section 409-a of the  social
services law, as amended by chapter 87 of the laws of 1993, subparagraph
(i) as amended by chapter 342 of the laws of 2010, and subparagraph (ii)
as amended by section 22 of part C of chapter 83 of the laws of 2002, is
amended to read as follows:
  (a)  A social services official shall provide preventive services to a
child and his or her family, in accordance  with  the  family's  service
plan  as required by section four hundred nine-e of this [chapter] ARTI-
CLE and the social  services  district's  child  welfare  services  plan
submitted  and  approved pursuant to section four hundred nine-d of this
[chapter] ARTICLE, upon a finding by such official that [(i)] the  child
will  be  placed,  returned  to  or continued in foster care unless such
services are provided and that it  is  reasonable  to  believe  that  by
providing  such  services  the  child  will be able to remain with or be
returned to his or her family, and for a former foster care youth  under
the  age of twenty-one who was previously placed in the care and custody
or custody and guardianship of the local commissioner of social services
or other officer, board or department authorized to receive children  as
public  charges where it is reasonable to believe that by providing such
services the former foster care youth will avoid a return to foster care
[or (ii) the child is the subject of a petition under article  seven  of
the  family  court act, or has been determined by the assessment service
established pursuant to section two hundred forty-three-a of the  execu-
tive  law,  or by the probation service where no such assessment service
has been designated, to be at risk of being the subject of such a  peti-
tion,  and  the social services official determines that the child is at

S. 6406--A                         145                        A. 9006--A

risk of placement into foster care]. Such finding shall  be  entered  in
the  child's  uniform case record established and maintained pursuant to
section four hundred nine-f of this [chapter] ARTICLE.  The commissioner
shall  promulgate  regulations  to  assist  social services officials in
making determinations of eligibility for  mandated  preventive  services
pursuant to this [subparagraph] PARAGRAPH.
  S  99.  Subdivision  1,  the  opening  paragraph  of subdivision 2 and
subparagraphs (i) and (iii) of paragraph (a) of subdivision 3 of section
529-b of the executive law, as added by section 3 of subpart B of part Q
of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, are amended to read as follows:
  1. (a) Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary,  eligible
expenditures by an eligible municipality for services to divert youth at
risk  of,  alleged  to  be,  or  adjudicated as juvenile delinquents [or
persons alleged or adjudicated to be in need of supervision],  or  youth
alleged  to  be  or  convicted  as  juvenile offenders from placement in
detention or in residential care shall be subject to state reimbursement
under the supervision and treatment services for juveniles  program  for
up  to  sixty-two percent of the municipality's expenditures, subject to
available appropriations and exclusive of any federal funds made  avail-
able  for  such  purposes, not to exceed the municipality's distribution
under the supervision and treatment services for juveniles program.
  (b) The state funds appropriated for  the  supervision  and  treatment
services  for juveniles program shall be distributed to eligible munici-
palities by the office of children and family services based on  a  plan
developed  by  the  office  which  may  consider  historical information
regarding the number of youth seen at probation intake  for  an  alleged
act of delinquency, THE NUMBER OF ALLEGED PERSONS IN NEED OF SUPERVISION
RECEIVING  DIVERSION SERVICES UNDER SECTION SEVEN HUNDRED THIRTY-FIVE OF
THE FAMILY COURT ACT, the number of youth  remanded  to  detention,  the
number  of  juvenile  delinquents  placed with the office, the number of
juvenile delinquents [and persons in  need  of  supervision]  placed  in
residential  care with the municipality, the municipality's reduction in
the use of detention and residential placements, and  other  factors  as
determined  by  the  office.  Such plan developed by the office shall be
subject to the approval of the director of the  budget.  The  office  is
authorized,  in its discretion, to make advance distributions to a muni-
cipality in anticipation of state reimbursement.
  As used in this section, the term "municipality" shall mean a  county,
or  a  city having a population of one million or more, and "supervision
and  treatment  services  for  juveniles"  shall  mean   community-based
services  or programs designed to safely maintain youth in the community
pending a family court disposition or conviction in criminal  court  and
services  or  programs  provided to youth adjudicated as juvenile delin-
quents [or persons in need of supervision,] or youth alleged to be juve-
nile offenders to prevent residential  placement  of  such  youth  or  a
return to placement where such youth have been released to the community
from  residential  placement  OR  PROGRAMS PROVIDED TO YOUTH ADJUDICATED
PERSONS IN NEED OF SUPERVISION TO MAINTAIN SUCH YOUTH  IN  THEIR  HOMES.
Supervision and treatment services for juveniles may include but are not
limited to services or programs that:
  (i)  an analysis that identifies the neighborhoods or communities from
which the greatest number of juvenile delinquents [and persons  in  need
of  supervision]  are  remanded to detention or residentially placed AND
FROM WHICH THE GREATEST NUMBER OF ALLEGED PERSONS IN NEED OF SUPERVISION
ARE OFFERED DIVERSION SERVICES;

S. 6406--A                         146                        A. 9006--A

  (iii) a description of how the  services  and  programs  proposed  for
funding  will  reduce  the number of youth from the municipality who are
detained and residentially OR OTHERWISE placed; how  such  services  and
programs  are family-focused; and whether such services and programs are
capable of being replicated across multiple sites;
  S  100.  The  opening paragraph and paragraph (a) of subdivision 2 and
subdivisions 4, 5, 6 and 7 of section 530  of  the  executive  law,  the
opening  paragraph  of  subdivision  2  and  subdivision 4 as amended by
section 4 of subpart B of part Q of chapter 58  of  the  laws  of  2011,
paragraph  (a)  of  subdivision  2  as amended by section 1 of part M of
chapter 57 of the laws of 2012, subdivision 5 as amended by chapter  920
of the laws of 1982, subparagraphs 1, 2 and 4 of paragraph (a) and para-
graph  (b) of subdivision 5 as amended by section 5 of subpart B of part
Q of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, subdivision 6 as amended by chapter
880 of the laws of 1976, and subdivision 7 as amended by  section  6  of
subpart  B  of  part Q of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, are amended to
read as follows:
  [Expenditures] EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR IN  SUBDIVISION  EIGHT  OF  THIS
SECTION,  EXPENDITURES made by municipalities in providing care, mainte-
nance and supervision to youth in detention facilities designated pursu-
ant to [sections seven hundred twenty and] SECTION 305.2 of  the  family
court  act  and certified by [the division for youth] OFFICE OF CHILDREN
AND FAMILY SERVICES, shall be subject to reimbursement by the state,  as
follows:
  (a)  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of law to the contrary, eligible
expenditures by a municipality during a particular program year for  the
care,  maintenance and supervision [in foster care programs certified by
the office of children and family services, certified or approved family
boarding homes, and non-secure detention  facilities  certified  by  the
office  for  those youth alleged to be persons in need of supervision or
adjudicated persons in need of supervision held pending  transfer  to  a
facility upon placement; and] in secure and non-secure detention facili-
ties  certified  by  the  office in accordance with section five hundred
three of this article for those youth  alleged  to  be  juvenile  delin-
quents;  adjudicated  juvenile  delinquents  held  pending transfer to a
facility upon placement, and juvenile delinquents held at the request of
the office of children and family services pending extension  of  place-
ment  hearings or release revocation hearings or while awaiting disposi-
tion of such hearings; and youth alleged to be or convicted as  juvenile
offenders  AND,  PRIOR  TO  JANUARY  FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, YOUTH
ALLEGED TO BE PERSONS IN NEED OF SUPERVISION OR ADJUDICATED  PERSONS  IN
NEED  OF  SUPERVISION HELD PENDING TRANSFER TO A FACILITY UPON PLACEMENT
IN FOSTER CARE PROGRAMS CERTIFIED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES,  CERTIFIED  OR  APPROVED FAMILY BOARDING HOMES, AND NON-SECURE
DETENTION FACILITIES CERTIFIED BY THE OFFICE, shall be subject to  state
reimbursement  for  up  to  fifty percent of the municipality's expendi-
tures, exclusive of any federal funds made available for such  purposes,
not  to exceed the municipality's distribution from funds that have been
appropriated specifically therefor for that program year. Municipalities
shall implement the use of detention risk assessment  instruments  in  a
manner  prescribed  by  the  office so as to inform detention decisions.
Notwithstanding any other provision of state law to the  contrary,  data
necessary  for  completion of a detention risk assessment instrument may
be shared among law enforcement, probation, courts,  detention  adminis-
trators,  detention  providers,  and  the  attorney  for  the child upon
retention or appointment; solely for the purpose of accurate  completion

S. 6406--A                         147                        A. 9006--A

of  such  risk  assessment  instrument,  and  a  copy  of  the completed
detention risk assessment instrument shall  be  made  available  to  the
applicable detention provider, the attorney for the child and the court.
  4.  (a) The municipality must notify the office of children and family
services of state aid received under other state aid  formulas  by  each
detention  facility  for which the municipality is seeking reimbursement
pursuant to this section, including but not limited to, aid  for  educa-
tion, probation and mental health services.
  (b)  EXCEPT  AS PROVIDED IN SUBDIVISION EIGHT OF THIS SECTION:  (I) In
computing reimbursement to the municipality pursuant  to  this  section,
the  office shall insure that the aggregate of state aid under all state
aid formulas shall not exceed fifty percent of the cost of care, mainte-
nance  and  supervision  provided  to  detainees  eligible   for   state
reimbursement under subdivision two of this section, exclusive of feder-
al  aid for such purposes not to exceed the amount of the municipality's
distribution under the juvenile detention services program.
  [(c)] (II) Reimbursement for administrative  related  expenditures  as
defined  by  the  office of children and family services, for secure and
nonsecure detention services shall not exceed seventeen percent  of  the
total  approved  expenditures for facilities of twenty-five beds or more
and shall not exceed twenty-one percent of the total  approved  expendi-
tures for facilities with less than twenty-five beds.
  5.  (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this subdivision, care,
maintenance and supervision for the purpose of this section  shall  mean
and include only:
  (1)  temporary  care,  maintenance and supervision provided TO alleged
juvenile delinquents and persons in need  of  supervision  in  detention
facilities certified pursuant to sections seven hundred twenty and 305.2
of  the  family court act by the office of children and family services,
pending adjudication of alleged delinquency or alleged  need  of  super-
vision by the family court, or pending transfer to institutions to which
committed  or placed by such court or while awaiting disposition by such
court after adjudication or held pursuant to a securing order of a crim-
inal court if the person named therein as principal is  under  [sixteen]
SEVENTEEN YEARS OF AGE; or[,]
  (1-A)  COMMENCING  ON  JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN, TEMPORARY
CARE, MAINTENANCE, AND SUPERVISION PROVIDED TO ALLEGED  JUVENILE  DELIN-
QUENTS  IN  DETENTION FACILITIES CERTIFIED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
FAMILY SERVICES, PENDING ADJUDICATION  OF  ALLEGED  DELINQUENCY  BY  THE
FAMILY  COURT, OR PENDING TRANSFER TO INSTITUTIONS TO WHICH COMMITTED OR
PLACED BY SUCH COURT OR WHILE AWAITING DISPOSITION BY SUCH  COURT  AFTER
ADJUDICATION OR HELD PURSUANT TO A SECURING ORDER OF A CRIMINAL COURT IF
THE PERSON NAMED THEREIN AS PRINCIPAL IS UNDER TWENTY-ONE; OR
  (2)  temporary  care,  maintenance  and  supervision provided juvenile
delinquents in approved detention  facilities  at  the  request  of  the
office  of children and family services pending release revocation hear-
ings or while awaiting disposition after such hearings; or
  (3) temporary care, maintenance and supervision in approved  detention
facilities for youth held pursuant to the family court act or the inter-
state  compact  on juveniles, pending return to their place of residence
or domicile[.]; OR
  (4) PRIOR TO JANUARY FIRST, TWO  THOUSAND  NINETEEN,  temporary  care,
maintenance  and  supervision  provided  youth  detained  in foster care
facilities or certified or approved family boarding  homes  pursuant  to
article seven of the family court act.

S. 6406--A                         148                        A. 9006--A

  (b)  Payments made for reserved accommodations, whether or not in full
time use, approved AND CERTIFIED by the office of  children  and  family
services  [and  certified  pursuant to sections seven hundred twenty and
305.2 of the family court act], in order to assure that adequate  accom-
modations  will be available for the immediate reception and proper care
therein of youth for which detention costs are reimbursable pursuant  to
paragraph  (a)  of this subdivision, shall be reimbursed as expenditures
for care, maintenance and  supervision  under  the  provisions  of  this
section,  provided  the  office  shall have given its prior approval for
reserving such accommodations.
  6. The [director of the division for youth]  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND
FAMILY  SERVICES may adopt, amend, or rescind all rules and regulations,
subject to the approval of the director of the budget and  certification
to  the  chairmen  of  the  senate  finance  and assembly ways and means
committees, necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.
  7. The agency administering detention for each county and the city  of
New  York shall submit to the office of children and family services, at
such times and in such form and manner and containing  such  information
as  required  by  the  office of children and family services, an annual
report on youth remanded pursuant to article three or seven of the fami-
ly court act who are  detained  during  each  calendar  year  including,
commencing  January  first,  two thousand twelve, the risk level of each
detained youth as assessed by a  detention  risk  assessment  instrument
approved  by the office of children and family services PROVIDED, HOWEV-
ER, THAT THE REPORT DUE JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND TWENTY AND THEREAFT-
ER SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO CONTAIN ANY INFORMATION  ON  YOUTH  WHO  ARE
SUBJECT  TO  ARTICLE  SEVEN  OF  THE  FAMILY COURT ACT.   The office may
require that such data on detention use be submitted to the office elec-
tronically. Such report shall include, but not be limited to, the reason
for the court's determination in accordance with section 320.5 or  seven
hundred  thirty-nine  of  the family court act, IF APPLICABLE, to detain
the youth; the offense or offenses with which the youth is charged;  and
all  other  reasons  why  the  youth  remains detained. The office shall
submit a compilation of all the separate reports to the governor and the
legislature.
  S 100-a. Subparagraph 1 of paragraph d of  subdivision  3  of  section
3214  of  the  education  law,  as amended by chapter 425 of the laws of
2002, is amended to read as follows:
  (1) Consistent with the  federal  gun-free  schools  act,  any  public
school  pupil who is determined under this subdivision to have brought a
firearm to or possessed a firearm at a public school shall be  suspended
for a period of not less than one calendar year and any nonpublic school
pupil  participating  in  a program operated by a public school district
using funds from the elementary and secondary education act of  nineteen
hundred  sixty-five  who  is  determined  under this subdivision to have
brought a firearm to or possessed a firearm at a public school or  other
premises  used  by the school district to provide such programs shall be
suspended for a period of not less than one calendar year  from  partic-
ipation  in such program. The procedures of this subdivision shall apply
to such a suspension of a nonpublic school pupil.  A  superintendent  of
schools,  district superintendent of schools or community superintendent
shall have the authority to modify this suspension requirement for  each
student  on  a case-by-case basis. The determination of a superintendent
shall be subject to review by the board of education pursuant  to  para-
graph  c  of  this  subdivision and the commissioner pursuant to section
three hundred ten of this chapter. Nothing in this subdivision shall  be

S. 6406--A                         149                        A. 9006--A

deemed  to  authorize  the  suspension of a student with a disability in
violation of the individuals with disabilities education act or  article
eighty-nine  of  this  chapter.  A  superintendent shall refer the pupil
under the age of sixteen who has been determined to have brought a weap-
on  or  firearm to school in violation of this subdivision to a present-
ment agency for a juvenile delinquency proceeding consistent with  arti-
cle  three  of the family court act except a student fourteen or fifteen
years of age who qualifies for juvenile offender status  under  subdivi-
sion  forty-two  of section 1.20 of the criminal procedure law; PROVIDED
HOWEVER, THAT COMMENCING ON JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN,  A
SUPERINTENDENT  SHALL REFER THE PUPIL UNDER THE AGE OF SEVENTEEN WHO HAS
BEEN DETERMINED TO HAVE  BROUGHT  A  WEAPON  OR  FIREARM  TO  SCHOOL  IN
VIOLATION  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  TO A PRESENTMENT AGENCY FOR A JUVENILE
DELINQUENCY PROCEEDING CONSISTENT WITH ARTICLE THREE OF THE FAMILY COURT
ACT EXCEPT A STUDENT WHO QUALIFIES FOR JUVENILE  OFFENDER  STATUS  UNDER
SUBDIVISION FORTY-TWO OF SECTION 1.20 OF THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW; AND
PROVIDED  FURTHER  THAT  COMMENCING ON JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND NINE-
TEEN, A SUPERINTENDENT SHALL REFER THE PUPIL UNDER THE AGE  OF  EIGHTEEN
WHO HAS BEEN DETERMINED TO HAVE BROUGHT A WEAPON OR FIREARM TO SCHOOL IN
VIOLATION  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  TO A PRESENTMENT AGENCY FOR A JUVENILE
DELINQUENCY PROCEEDING CONSISTENT WITH ARTICLE THREE OF THE FAMILY COURT
ACT EXCEPT A STUDENT WHO QUALIFIES FOR JUVENILE  OFFENDER  STATUS  UNDER
SUBDIVISION  FORTY-TWO  OF SECTION 1.20 OF THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW. A
superintendent shall refer any pupil sixteen years of age or older or  a
student  fourteen  or  fifteen  years  of age who qualifies for juvenile
offender status under subdivision forty-two of section 1.20 of the crim-
inal procedure law, who has been determined to have brought a weapon  or
firearm  to  school  in violation of this subdivision to the appropriate
law enforcement officials.
  S 100-b. Paragraph b of subdivision 4 of section 3214 of the education
law, as amended by chapter 181 of the laws of 2000, is amended  to  read
as follows:
  b.  The  school  authorities  may institute proceedings before a court
having jurisdiction to determine the liability of a person  in  parental
relation  to  contribute  towards the maintenance of a school delinquent
under [sixteen] SEVENTEEN years of age OR COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST,  TWO
THOUSAND  NINETEEN,  UNDER  EIGHTEEN YEARS OF AGE ordered to attend upon
instruction under confinement. If the court shall  find  the  person  in
parental  relation  able to contribute towards the maintenance of such a
minor, it may issue an order fixing the amount to be paid weekly.
  S 101. The executive law is amended by adding a new section  259-p  to
read as follows:
  S 259-P. INTERSTATE DETENTION. (1) NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION
OF LAW, A DEFENDANT SUBJECT TO SECTION TWO HUNDRED FIFTY-NINE-MM OF THIS
ARTICLE,  MAY  BE  DETAINED  AS AUTHORIZED BY THE INTERSTATE COMPACT FOR
ADULT OFFENDER SUPERVISION.
  (2) A DEFENDANT SHALL BE DETAINED AT A  LOCAL  CORRECTIONAL  FACILITY,
EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION.
  (3)  (A)  A  DEFENDANT  SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR YOUNGER, WHO ALLEGEDLY
COMMITS A CRIMINAL ACT OR VIOLATION OF HIS  OR  HER  SUPERVISION  ON  OR
AFTER  JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN OR (B) A DEFENDANT SEVENTEEN
YEARS OF AGE  OR  YOUNGER  WHO  ALLEGEDLY  COMMITS  A  CRIMINAL  ACT  OR
VIOLATION OF HIS OR HER SUPERVISION ON OR AFTER JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOU-
SAND NINETEEN, SHALL BE DETAINED IN A JUVENILE DETENTION FACILITY.
  S 102. Section 153-k of the social services law is amended by adding a
new subdivision 2-a to read as follows:

S. 6406--A                         150                        A. 9006--A

  2-A.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY  OTHER  PROVISION  OF  LAW TO THE CONTRARY,
COMMENCING JANUARY FIRST, TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN,  STATE  REIMBURSEMENT
SHALL  BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OF EXPENDITURES MADE BY
SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICTS, EXCLUSIVE OF ANY FEDERAL FUNDS MADE AVAILABLE
FOR  SUCH  PURPOSES,  FOR PREVENTIVE SERVICES, AFTERCARE SERVICES, INDE-
PENDENT LIVING SERVICES AND FOSTER CARE SERVICES PROVIDED TO  YOUTH  AGE
SIXTEEN  YEARS  OF  AGE  OR OLDER WHEN SUCH SERVICES WOULD NOT OTHERWISE
HAVE BEEN PROVIDED TO SUCH YOUTH ABSENT THE PROVISIONS IN A  CHAPTER  OF
THE  LAWS  OF  TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN THAT INCREASED THE AGE OF JUVENILE
JURISDICTION ABOVE FIFTEEN YEARS OF AGE.
  S 103. The opening paragraph of paragraph  (a)  of  subdivision  8  of
section 404 of the social services law, as added by section 1 of subpart
A  of  part  G  of  chapter 57 of the laws of 2012, is amended and a new
paragraph (a-1) is added to read as follows:
  Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the  contrary[,]  EXCEPT
AS PROVIDED FOR IN PARAGRAPH (A-1) OF THIS SUBDIVISION, eligible expend-
itures  during  the  applicable  time  periods made by a social services
district for an approved juvenile justice services close to home  initi-
ative  shall,  if  approved  by  the department of family assistance, be
subject to reimbursement with state funds only up to the  extent  of  an
annual  appropriation  made specifically therefor, after first deducting
therefrom any federal funds properly  received  or  to  be  received  on
account  thereof;  provided,  however,  that  when  such funds have been
exhausted, a social services district may  receive  state  reimbursement
from other available state appropriations for that state fiscal year for
eligible  expenditures for services that otherwise would be reimbursable
under such funding streams. Any claims submitted by  a  social  services
district  for reimbursement for a particular state fiscal year for which
the social services district does not receive state  reimbursement  from
the  annual  appropriation for the approved close to home initiative may
not be claimed against that district's appropriation for the  initiative
for the next or any subsequent state fiscal year.
  (A-1)  STATE  REIMBURSEMENT  SHALL  BE  MADE AVAILABLE FOR ONE HUNDRED
PERCENT OF ELIGIBLE EXPENDITURES MADE BY  A  SOCIAL  SERVICES  DISTRICT,
EXCLUSIVE  OF  ANY  FEDERAL  FUNDS MADE AVAILABLE FOR SUCH PURPOSES, FOR
APPROVED JUVENILE JUSTICE SERVICES  UNDER  AN  APPROVED  CLOSE  TO  HOME
INITIATIVE  PROVIDED  TO  YOUTH  SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER WHEN SUCH
SERVICES WOULD NOT OTHERWISE HAVE BEEN PROVIDED TO SUCH YOUTH ABSENT THE
PROVISIONS IN A CHAPTER  OF  THE  LAWS  OF  TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  THAT
INCREASED THE AGE OF JUVENILE JURISDICTION ABOVE FIFTEEN YEARS OF AGE.
  S  104.  Subdivision 4 of section 246 of the executive law, as amended
by section 10 of part D of chapter 56 of the laws of 2010, is amended to
read as follows:
  4.  An approved plan and compliance with  standards  relating  to  the
administration  of probation services promulgated by the commissioner of
the division of criminal justice services shall  be  a  prerequisite  to
eligibility for state aid.
  The commissioner of the division of criminal justice services may take
into  consideration  granting additional state aid from an appropriation
made for state aid for county probation services  for  counties  or  the
city of New York when a county or the city of New York demonstrates that
additional  probation  services  were dedicated to intensive supervision
programs[,] AND  intensive  programs  for  sex  offenders  [or  programs
defined  as juvenile risk intervention services]. THE COMMISSIONER SHALL
GRANT ADDITIONAL STATE AID FROM AN APPROPRIATION DEDICATED  TO  JUVENILE
RISK  INTERVENTION  SERVICES COORDINATION BY PROBATION DEPARTMENTS WHICH

S. 6406--A                         151                        A. 9006--A

SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, PROBATION SERVICES PERFORMED UNDER
ARTICLE THREE OF THE FAMILY COURT ACT. The administration of such  addi-
tional  grants  shall be made according to rules and regulations promul-
gated  by the commissioner of the division of criminal justice services.
Each county and the city of New York  shall  certify  the  total  amount
collected pursuant to section two hundred fifty-seven-c of this chapter.
The  commissioner  of  the  division  of criminal justice services shall
thereupon certify to the comptroller for payment by  the  state  out  of
funds  appropriated  for that purpose, the amount to which the county or
the city of New York shall be entitled under this section.  THE  COMMIS-
SIONER  SHALL,  SUBJECT  TO  AN  APPROPRIATION  MADE  AVAILABLE FOR SUCH
PURPOSE, ESTABLISH AND PROVIDE FUNDING TO PROBATION  DEPARTMENTS  FOR  A
CONTINUUM  OF  EVIDENCE-BASED INTERVENTION SERVICES FOR YOUTH ALLEGED OR
ADJUDICATED JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PURSUANT TO ARTICLE THREE OF THE FAMILY
COURT ACT OR FOR ELIGIBLE YOUTH BEFORE OR SENTENCED UNDER THE YOUTH PART
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW.   SUCH  ADDITIONAL  STATE
AID  SHALL  BE MADE IN AN AMOUNT NECESSARY TO PAY ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OF
THE EXPENDITURES FOR EVIDENCE-BASED  PRACTICES  AND  JUVENILE  RISK  AND
EVIDENCE-BASED  INTERVENTION SERVICES PROVIDED TO YOUTH SIXTEEN YEARS OF
AGE OR OLDER WHEN SUCH SERVICES WOULD NOT OTHERWISE HAVE  BEEN  PROVIDED
ABSENT  THE  PROVISIONS OF A CHAPTER OF THE LAWS OF TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN
THAT INCREASED THE AGE OF JUVENILE JURISDICTION.
  S 105. The second undesignated paragraph of subdivision 4  of  section
246  of  the executive law, as added by chapter 479 of the laws of 1970,
is amended to read as follows:
  [The director shall thereupon certify to the comptroller  for  payment
by  the  state out of funds appropriated for that purpose, the amount to
which the county or the city of New York shall be  entitled  under  this
section.]
  THE COMMISSIONER OF THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES MAY TAKE
INTO  CONSIDERATION  GRANTING ADDITIONAL STATE AID FROM AN APPROPRIATION
MADE FOR STATE AID FOR COUNTY PROBATION SERVICES  FOR  COUNTIES  OR  THE
CITY OF NEW YORK WHEN A COUNTY OR THE CITY OF NEW YORK DEMONSTRATES THAT
ADDITIONAL  PROBATION  SERVICES  WERE DEDICATED TO INTENSIVE SUPERVISION
PROGRAMS AND INTENSIVE PROGRAMS FOR SEX  OFFENDERS.    THE  COMMISSIONER
SHALL  GRANT  ADDITIONAL  STATE  AID  FROM AN APPROPRIATION DEDICATED TO
JUVENILE RISK INTERVENTION SERVICES COORDINATION  BY  PROBATION  DEPART-
MENTS  WHICH  SHALL  INCLUDE,  BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, PROBATION SERVICES
PERFORMED UNDER ARTICLE THREE OF THE FAMILY COURT  ACT.    THE  ADMINIS-
TRATION  OF  SUCH ADDITIONAL GRANTS SHALL BE MADE ACCORDING TO RULES AND
REGULATIONS PROMULGATED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF THE DIVISION OF  CRIMINAL
JUSTICE SERVICES. EACH COUNTY AND THE CITY OF NEW YORK SHALL CERTIFY THE
TOTAL  AMOUNT COLLECTED PURSUANT TO SECTION TWO HUNDRED FIFTY-SEVEN-C OF
THIS CHAPTER. THE COMMISSIONER  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  CRIMINAL  JUSTICE
SERVICES  SHALL  THEREUPON CERTIFY TO THE COMPTROLLER FOR PAYMENT BY THE
STATE OUT OF FUNDS APPROPRIATED FOR THAT PURPOSE, THE  AMOUNT  TO  WHICH
THE COUNTY OR THE CITY OF NEW YORK SHALL BE ENTITLED UNDER THIS SECTION.
THE  COMMISSIONER  SHALL, SUBJECT TO AN APPROPRIATION MADE AVAILABLE FOR
SUCH PURPOSE, ESTABLISH AND PROVIDE FUNDING TO PROBATION DEPARTMENTS FOR
A CONTINUUM OF EVIDENCE-BASED INTERVENTION SERVICES FOR YOUTH ALLEGED OR
ADJUDICATED JUVENILE DELINQUENTS PURSUANT TO ARTICLE THREE OF THE FAMILY
COURT ACT OR FOR ELIGIBLE YOUTH BEFORE OR SENTENCED UNDER THE YOUTH PART
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE LAW.   SUCH  ADDITIONAL  STATE
AID  SHALL  BE MADE IN AN AMOUNT NECESSARY TO PAY ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OF
THE EXPENDITURES FOR EVIDENCE-BASED  PRACTICES  AND  JUVENILE  RISK  AND
EVIDENCE-BASED  INTERVENTION SERVICES PROVIDED TO YOUTH SIXTEEN YEARS OF

S. 6406--A                         152                        A. 9006--A

AGE OR OLDER WHEN SUCH SERVICES WOULD NOT OTHERWISE HAVE  BEEN  PROVIDED
ABSENT  THE  PROVISIONS OF A CHAPTER OF THE LAWS OF TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN
THAT INCREASED THE AGE OF JUVENILE JURISDICTION.
  S  106.  Section  529  of the executive law is amended by adding a new
subdivision 5-b to read as follows:
  5-B. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW TO  THE  CONTRARY,  NO
REIMBURSEMENT  SHALL  BE  REQUIRED  FROM  A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT FOR
EXPENDITURES MADE BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES FOR  THE
CARE, MAINTENANCE, SUPERVISION OR AFTERCARE SUPERVISION OF YOUTH SIXTEEN
YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER THAT WOULD NOT OTHERWISE HAVE BEEN MADE ABSENT THE
PROVISIONS  OF  A  CHAPTER  OF  THE  LAWS  OF  TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN THAT
INCREASED THE AGE OF JUVENILE JURISDICTION ABOVE FIFTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR
THAT AUTHORIZED THE PLACEMENT IN OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY  SERVICES
FACILITIES  OF  CERTAIN  OTHER  YOUTH  WHO COMMITTED A CRIME ON OR AFTER
THEIR SIXTEENTH BIRTHDAYS.
  S 106-a. Section 530 of the executive law is amended by adding  a  new
subdivision 8 to read as follows:
  8.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY  OTHER  PROVISION  OF  LAW  TO  THE CONTRARY,
COMMENCING APRIL FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN,  STATE  REIMBURSEMENT
SHALL  BE  MADE  AVAILABLE  FOR  ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OF A MUNICIPALITY'S
ELIGIBLE EXPENDITURES FOR THE CARE, MAINTENANCE AND SUPERVISION OF YOUTH
SIXTEEN YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER IN NON-SECURE AND SECURE DETENTION FACILI-
TIES WHEN SUCH DETENTION WOULD NOT OTHERWISE HAVE  OCCURRED  ABSENT  THE
PROVISIONS  OF  A  CHAPTER  OF  THE  LAWS  OF  TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN THAT
INCREASED THE AGE OF JUVENILE JURISDICTION ABOVE FIFTEEN YEARS OF AGE.
  S 107. Severability. If any clause, sentence, paragraph,  subdivision,
section  or  part contained in any part of this act shall be adjudged by
any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such  judgment  shall
not  affect,  impair,  or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be
confined in its operation to the clause, sentence,  paragraph,  subdivi-
sion, section or part contained in any part thereof directly involved in
the  controversy  in which such judgment shall have been rendered. It is
hereby declared to be the intent of the legislature that this act  would
have  been enacted even if such invalid provisions had not been included
herein.
  S 108. This act shall take effect immediately; provided that:
  a. sections forty-eight and  forty-eight-a  of  this  act  shall  take
effect  on  the  one hundred and eightieth day after this act shall have
become a law and shall be deemed to apply to  offenses  committed  prior
to, on, or after such effective date;
  b.  sections  one  through  forty-one, forty-four through forty-seven,
forty-nine, fifty-four through eighty, one hundred-a, one hundred-b  and
one hundred one of this act shall take effect January 1, 2018; provided,
however,  that  when the applicability of such provision is dependent on
the age of the youth that is alleged or adjudicated to have been commit-
ted or is convicted of a crime or an act that would constitute  a  crime
if committed by an adult:
  (i)  effective  January  1,  2018,  such provisions shall be deemed to
apply to youth who have been alleged to have committed, adjudicated for,
or convicted of, an offense that occurred on  or  after  such  effective
date and who were 16 years of age at the time the offense occurred, and
  (ii)  effective  January  1,  2019, such provisions shall be deemed to
apply to youth who have been alleged to have committed, adjudicated for,
or convicted of, an offense that occurred on  or  after  such  effective
date  and  who  were  seventeen  years  of  age at the time such offense
occurred;

S. 6406--A                         153                        A. 9006--A

  c. sections ninety-eight-a and one hundred  two  through  one  hundred
six-a of this act shall take effect April 1, 2017;
  d.  sections  eighty-three  through  ninety-eight and sections ninety-
eight-b through one hundred of this act shall  take  effect  January  1,
2019  and shall be deemed to be applicable to the detention or placement
of youth pursuant to petitions filed pursuant to article  seven  of  the
family court act on or after such effective date;
  e.  sections  forty-two  and forty-three of this act shall take effect
January 1, 2020;
  f. the amendments to subdivision 1 of section 70.02 of the  penal  law
made by section forty-two of this act shall not affect the expiration of
such subdivision and shall be deemed to expire therewith;
  g.  the amendments to paragraph d of section 3214 of the education law
made by section fifty-one of this act shall not affect the expiration of
such paragraph and shall be deemed to expire therewith;
  h. the amendments to subdivision 4 of  section  353.5  of  the  family
court  act  made  by section seventy-two of this act shall be subject to
the expiration and reversion of such subdivision pursuant to section  11
of  subpart  A  of part G of chapter 57 of the laws of 2012, as amended,
when upon such date the provisions of section seventy-three of this  act
shall take effect;
  i.  the amendments to section 153-k of the social services law made by
section one hundred two of this act shall not affect the  expiration  of
such section and shall be deemed repealed therewith;
  j.  the  amendments  to  subdivision  3-a of section 398 of the social
services law made by section ninety-eight-b of this act shall not affect
the expiration of such subdivision and shall be deemed  repealed  there-
with;
  k. the amendments to subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of subdivision
1  of  section  409-a of the social services law made by section ninety-
eight-c of this act shall not affect the expiration of such subparagraph
and shall be deemed to expire therewith;
  l. the amendments to section 404 of the social services  law  made  by
section one hundred three of this act shall not affect the expiration of
such section and shall be deemed repealed therewith;
  m.  the amendments to the second undesignated paragraph of subdivision
4 of section 246 of the executive law made by section one  hundred  four
of  this  act  shall  be subject to the expiration and reversion of such
undesignated paragraph as provided in subdivision (aa) of section 427 of
chapter 55 of the laws of 1992, as amended, when upon such date  section
one hundred five of this act shall take effect; and
  n.  the  amendments to paragraph (f) of subdivision 1 of section 70.30
of the penal law made by section forty-four-a  of  this  act  shall  not
affect  the  expiration and reversion of such paragraph and shall expire
and be deemed repealed therewith.

                                 PART O

  Section 1. Paragraphs (a), (b),  (c)  and  (d)  of  subdivision  1  of
section  131-o  of  the  social services law, as amended by section 1 of
part I of chapter 56 of the  laws  of  2015,  are  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (a)  in  the  case of each individual receiving family care, an amount
equal to at least $141.00 for each month beginning on or  after  January
first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN.

S. 6406--A                         154                        A. 9006--A

  (b)  in  the  case  of  each individual receiving residential care, an
amount equal to at least $163.00 for each month beginning  on  or  after
January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN.
  (c)  in  the  case  of  each individual receiving enhanced residential
care, an amount equal to at least $193.00 for each month beginning on or
after January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN.
  (d) for the period commencing January first,  two  thousand  [sixteen]
SEVENTEEN, the monthly personal needs allowance shall be an amount equal
to the sum of the amounts set forth in subparagraphs one and two of this
paragraph:
  (1)  the  amounts  specified  in  paragraphs  (a), (b) and (c) of this
subdivision; and
  (2) the amount in subparagraph one of this  paragraph,  multiplied  by
the  percentage  of  any  federal  supplemental  security income cost of
living adjustment which becomes effective on or after January first, two
thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN, but prior to June thirtieth, two  thousand
[sixteen] SEVENTEEN, rounded to the nearest whole dollar.
  S  2.  Paragraphs  (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of subdivision 2 of
section 209 of the social services law, as amended by section 2 of  part
I of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, are amended to read as follows:
  (a) On and after January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN, for an
eligible  individual  living  alone, $820.00; and for an eligible couple
living alone, $1204.00.
  (b) On and after January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN, for an
eligible individual living with others with or without  in-kind  income,
$756.00;  and  for an eligible couple living with others with or without
in-kind income, $1146.00.
  (c) On and after January first, two thousand  [fifteen]  SIXTEEN,  (i)
for  an  eligible individual receiving family care, $999.48 if he or she
is receiving such care in the city of New York or the county of  Nassau,
Suffolk,  Westchester  or  Rockland;  and  (ii)  for  an eligible couple
receiving family care in the city of New York or the county  of  Nassau,
Suffolk,  Westchester  or  Rockland,  two  times the amount set forth in
subparagraph (i) of this paragraph; or (iii) for an eligible  individual
receiving  such care in any other county in the state, $961.48; and (iv)
for an eligible couple receiving such care in any other  county  in  the
state,  two  times  the  amount  set forth in subparagraph (iii) of this
paragraph.
  (d) On and after January first, two thousand  [fifteen]  SIXTEEN,  (i)
for an eligible individual receiving residential care, $1168.00 if he or
she  is  receiving  such  care  in the city of New York or the county of
Nassau, Suffolk, Westchester or  Rockland;  and  (ii)  for  an  eligible
couple  receiving residential care in the city of New York or the county
of Nassau, Suffolk, Westchester or Rockland, two times  the  amount  set
forth  in  subparagraph  (i) of this paragraph; or (iii) for an eligible
individual receiving such  care  in  any  other  county  in  the  state,
$1138.00;  and  (iv)  for  an eligible couple receiving such care in any
other county in the state, two times the amount set  forth  in  subpara-
graph (iii) of this paragraph.
  (e)  (i)  On  and after January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN,
for  an  eligible  individual  receiving  enhanced   residential   care,
$1427.00; and (ii) for an eligible couple receiving enhanced residential
care,  two  times the amount set forth in subparagraph (i) of this para-
graph.
  (f) The amounts set forth in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this subdi-
vision shall be increased to reflect any increases  in  federal  supple-

S. 6406--A                         155                        A. 9006--A

mental  security income benefits for individuals or couples which become
effective on or after January first, two  thousand  [sixteen]  SEVENTEEN
but prior to June thirtieth, two thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN.
  S 3. This act shall take effect December 31, 2016.

                                 PART P

  Section  1.  Notwithstanding  any  other provision of law, the housing
trust fund corporation may provide, for purposes  of  the  rural  rental
assistance  program,  a sum not to exceed twenty-two million two hundred
ninety-two thousand dollars for the fiscal year ending March  31,  2017.
Notwithstanding  any other provision of law, and subject to the approval
of the New York state director of the budget, the board of directors  of
the  state  of  New York mortgage agency shall authorize the transfer to
the housing trust fund corporation, for the purposes of reimbursing  any
costs  associated with rural rental assistance program contracts author-
ized by this section, a total sum not to exceed twenty-two  million  two
hundred  ninety-two  thousand dollars, such transfer to be made from (i)
the special account of the mortgage insurance fund created  pursuant  to
section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an amount not to exceed
the  actual excess balance in the special account of the mortgage insur-
ance fund, as determined and certified by the state of New York mortgage
agency for the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with  section  2429-b
of  the  public  authorities  law, if any, and/or (ii) provided that the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the  public  authorities  law
are  sufficient  to attain and maintain the credit rating (as determined
by the state of New York mortgage agency)  required  to  accomplish  the
purposes  of  such  account,  the  project pool insurance account of the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than June 30, 2016.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
law, such funds may be used by the corporation in support  of  contracts
scheduled to expire in the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017 for as many
as  10  additional  years;  in  support  of  contracts  for new eligible
projects for a period not to exceed 5 years; and in support of contracts
which reach their 25 year maximum in and/or prior  to  the  fiscal  year
ending March 31, 2017 for an additional one year period.
  S  2.  Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the housing finance
agency may provide, for costs  associated  with  the  rehabilitation  of
Mitchell  Lama  housing  projects, a sum not to exceed forty-two million
dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017.  Notwithstanding  any
other  provision  of  law,  and  subject to the approval of the New York
state director of the budget, the board of directors of the state of New
York mortgage agency shall authorize the transfer to the housing finance
agency, for the purposes of reimbursing any costs associated with  Mitc-
hell  Lama  housing projects authorized by this section, a total sum not
to exceed forty-two million dollars, such transfer to be made  from  (i)
the  special  account of the mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to
section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an amount not to exceed
the actual excess balance in the special account of the mortgage  insur-
ance fund, as determined and certified by the state of New York mortgage
agency  for  the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with section 2429-b
of the public authorities law, if any, and/or  (ii)  provided  that  the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund  created  pursuant  to section 2429-b of the public authorities law
are sufficient to attain and maintain the credit rating  (as  determined

S. 6406--A                         156                        A. 9006--A

by  the  state  of  New York mortgage agency) required to accomplish the
purposes of such account, the project  pool  insurance  account  of  the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S  3.  Notwithstanding  any  other provision of law, the housing trust
fund corporation may provide, for purposes of the neighborhood preserva-
tion program, a sum not to exceed eight million  four  hundred  seventy-
nine  thousand  dollars  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  March 31, 2017.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and subject to the  approval
of  the New York state director of the budget, the board of directors of
the state of New York mortgage agency shall authorize  the  transfer  to
the  housing trust fund corporation, for the purposes of reimbursing any
costs  associated  with  neighborhood  preservation  program   contracts
authorized by this section, a total sum not to exceed eight million four
hundred seventy-nine thousand dollars, such transfer to be made from (i)
the  special  account of the mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to
section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an amount not to exceed
the actual excess balance in the special account of the mortgage  insur-
ance fund, as determined and certified by the state of New York mortgage
agency  for  the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with section 2429-b
of the public authorities law, if any, and/or  (ii)  provided  that  the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund  created  pursuant  to section 2429-b of the public authorities law
are sufficient to attain and maintain the credit rating  (as  determined
by  the  state  of  New York mortgage agency) required to accomplish the
purposes of such account, the project  pool  insurance  account  of  the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than June 30, 2016.
  S  4.  Notwithstanding  any  other provision of law, the housing trust
fund corporation may provide, for purposes  of  the  rural  preservation
program,  a  sum  not  to  exceed three million five hundred thirty-nine
thousand dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31,  2017.    Notwith-
standing  any other provision of law, and subject to the approval of the
New York state director of the budget, the board  of  directors  of  the
state  of  New  York mortgage agency shall authorize the transfer to the
housing trust fund corporation, for  the  purposes  of  reimbursing  any
costs associated with rural preservation program contracts authorized by
this section, a total sum not to exceed three million five hundred thir-
ty-nine  thousand dollars, such transfer to be made from (i) the special
account of the mortgage  insurance  fund  created  pursuant  to  section
2429-b  of  the  public  authorities law, in an amount not to exceed the
actual excess balance in the special account of the  mortgage  insurance
fund,  as  determined  and  certified  by the state of New York mortgage
agency for the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with  section  2429-b
of  the  public  authorities  law, if any, and/or (ii) provided that the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the  public  authorities  law
are  sufficient  to attain and maintain the credit rating (as determined
by the state of New York mortgage agency)  required  to  accomplish  the
purposes  of  such  account,  the  project pool insurance account of the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than June 30, 2016.
  S 5. Notwithstanding any other provision of  law,  the  housing  trust
fund corporation may provide, for purposes of the rural and urban commu-
nity  investment  fund  program created pursuant to article XXVII of the
private housing finance law, a sum not to exceed thirty-five million two

S. 6406--A                         157                        A. 9006--A

hundred fifty thousand dollars for the  fiscal  year  ending  March  31,
2017.    Notwithstanding  any other provision of law, and subject to the
approval of the New York state director of  the  budget,  the  board  of
directors  of  the state of New York mortgage agency shall authorize the
transfer to the housing trust fund  corporation,  for  the  purposes  of
reimbursing  any costs associated with rural and urban community invest-
ment fund program contracts authorized by this section, a total sum  not
to  exceed  thirty-five million two hundred fifty thousand dollars, such
transfer to be made from (i) the special account of the mortgage  insur-
ance  fund  created pursuant to section 2429-b of the public authorities
law, in an amount not to exceed the actual excess balance in the special
account of the mortgage insurance fund, as determined and  certified  by
the  state  of New York mortgage agency for the fiscal year 2015-2016 in
accordance with section 2429-b of the public authorities  law,  if  any,
and/or  (ii)  provided  that  the reserves in the project pool insurance
account of the mortgage  insurance  fund  created  pursuant  to  section
2429-b  of the public authorities law are sufficient to attain and main-
tain the credit rating (as determined by the state of New York  mortgage
agency) required to accomplish the purposes of such account, the project
pool  insurance account of the mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to
be made as soon as practicable but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S 6. Notwithstanding any other provision of  law,  the  housing  trust
fund  corporation  may  provide,  for  the  purposes of carrying out the
provisions of the low income housing trust fund program created pursuant
to article XVIII of the private housing finance law, a sum not to exceed
ten million dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017.  Notwith-
standing  any other provision of law, and subject to the approval of the
New York state director of the budget, the board  of  directors  of  the
state  of  New  York mortgage agency shall authorize the transfer to the
housing trust fund corporation, for the purposes  of  carrying  out  the
provisions of the low income housing trust fund program created pursuant
to  article  XVIII of the private housing finance law authorized by this
section, a total sum not to exceed ten million dollars, such transfer to
be made from (i) the special account  of  the  mortgage  insurance  fund
created  pursuant to section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an
amount not to exceed the actual excess balance in the special account of
the mortgage insurance fund, as determined and certified by the state of
New York mortgage agency for the fiscal  year  2015-2016  in  accordance
with  section  2429-b of the public authorities law, if any, and/or (ii)
provided that the reserves in the project pool insurance account of  the
mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the public
authorities  law are sufficient to attain and maintain the credit rating
(as determined by the state of New York  mortgage  agency)  required  to
accomplish  the  purposes  of  such  account, the project pool insurance
account of the mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon
as practicable but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S 7. Notwithstanding any other provision of  law,  the  housing  trust
fund  corporation  may  provide,  for  purposes of the homes for working
families program for deposit in the housing trust fund created  pursuant
to  section  59-a  of the private housing finance law and subject to the
provisions of article XVIII of the private housing finance  law,  a  sum
not  to  exceed  twelve million seven hundred fifty thousand dollars for
the fiscal  year  ending  March  31,  2017.  Notwithstanding  any  other
provision  of  law,  and  subject  to the approval of the New York state
director of the budget, the board of directors of the state of New  York
mortgage  agency  shall authorize the transfer to the housing trust fund

S. 6406--A                         158                        A. 9006--A

corporation, for the purposes of reimbursing any costs  associated  with
homes for working families program contracts authorized by this section,
a  total  sum  not to exceed twelve million seven hundred fifty thousand
dollars,  such  transfer  to be made from (i) the special account of the
mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the public
authorities law, in an amount not to exceed the actual excess balance in
the special account of the mortgage insurance fund,  as  determined  and
certified  by  the state of New York mortgage agency for the fiscal year
2015-2016 in accordance with section 2429-b of  the  public  authorities
law,  if any, and/or (ii) provided that the reserves in the project pool
insurance account of the mortgage insurance  fund  created  pursuant  to
section  2429-b  of  the public authorities law are sufficient to attain
and maintain the credit rating (as determined by the state of  New  York
mortgage  agency)  required  to accomplish the purposes of such account,
the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance fund,  such
transfer  to  be made as soon as practicable but no later than March 31,
2017.
  S 8. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the homeless  housing
and  assistance  corporation  may  provide, for purposes of the New York
state supportive housing program,  the  solutions  to  end  homelessness
program or the operational support for AIDS housing program, or to qual-
ified grantees under those programs, in accordance with the requirements
of those programs, a sum not to exceed fifteen million six hundred nine-
ty thousand dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017. The home-
less housing and assistance corporation may enter into an agreement with
the office of temporary and disability assistance to administer such sum
in accordance with the requirements of the programs. Notwithstanding any
other  provision  of law, and subject to the approval of the director of
the budget, the board of directors of the state  of  New  York  mortgage
agency  shall authorize the transfer to the homeless housing and assist-
ance corporation, a total sum not to exceed fifteen million six  hundred
ninety  thousand  dollars, such transfer to be made from (i) the special
account of the mortgage  insurance  fund  created  pursuant  to  section
2429-b  of  the  public  authorities law, in an amount not to exceed the
actual excess balance in the special account of the  mortgage  insurance
fund,  as  determined  and  certified  by the state of New York mortgage
agency for the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with  section  2429-b
of  the  public  authorities  law, if any, and/or (ii) provided that the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the  public  authorities  law
are  sufficient  to attain and maintain the credit rating (as determined
by the state of New York mortgage agency)  required  to  accomplish  the
purposes  of  such  account,  the  project pool insurance account of the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S 9. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART Q

  Section 1. Section 4 of subpart A of part D of chapter 58 of the  laws
the  2011  amending  the education law relating to capital facilities in
support of the state university and community colleges,  is  amended  to
read as follows:
  S  4.  This  act shall take effect immediately and shall expire and be
deemed repealed June 30, [2016] 2021.

S. 6406--A                         159                        A. 9006--A

  S 2. Section 4 of subpart B of part D of chapter 58  of  the  laws  of
2011  amending  the  education law relating to procurement in support of
the state and city universities, is amended to read as follows:
  S  4.  This  act shall take effect immediately and shall expire and be
deemed repealed June 30, [2016] 2021.
  S 3. Section 3 of subpart C of part D of chapter 58  of  the  laws  of
2011 amending the education law relating to state university health care
facilities, is amended to read as follows:
  S  3.  This act shall take effect immediately, and shall expire and be
deemed repealed June 30, [2016] 2021.
  S 4. This act shall take effect immediately.
  S 2. Severability clause. If any clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivi-
sion, section or part of this act shall be  adjudged  by  any  court  of
competent  jurisdiction  to  be invalid, such judgment shall not affect,
impair, or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall  be  confined  in
its  operation  to the clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision, section
or part thereof directly involved in the controversy in which such judg-
ment shall have been rendered. It is hereby declared to be the intent of
the legislature that this act would  have  been  enacted  even  if  such
invalid provisions had not been included herein.
  S  3.  This  act shall take effect immediately provided, however, that
the applicable effective date of Parts A through Q of this act shall  be
as specifically set forth in the last section of such Parts.

                            
                    S T A T E   O F   N E W   Y O R K
________________________________________________________________________

                                 6406--B

                            I N  S E N A T E

                            January 14, 2016
                               ___________

A  BUDGET  BILL,  submitted by the Governor pursuant to article seven of
  the Constitution -- read twice and ordered printed, and  when  printed
  to  be  committed to the Committee on Finance -- committee discharged,
  bill amended, ordered reprinted as amended  and  recommitted  to  said
  committee  -- committee discharged, bill amended, ordered reprinted as
  amended and recommitted to said committee

AN ACT to amend the education law, in relation to contracts  for  excel-
  lence  and  the apportionment of public moneys; to amend the education
  law, in relation to applications for waivers of certain duties by  the
  education  department; to amend the education law in relation to char-
  ter schools; to amend the education law, in relation to the  statewide
  universal  full-day  pre-kindergarten program; to amend chapter 552 of
  the laws of 1995, amending the education law relating to contracts for
  the transportation of school children, in relation to  the  effective-
  ness  thereof;  to  amend chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, relating to
  funding a program for work force education conducted by the consortium
  for worker education in New York city, in relation  to  reimbursements
  for  the  2015-2016  school  year; to amend chapter 756 of the laws of
  1992, relating to funding a program for work force education conducted
  by the consortium for worker education in New York city,  in  relation
  to  withholding  a portion of employment preparation education aid and
  in relation to the effectiveness thereof; to amend the  state  finance
  law,  in relation to the New York state teen health education fund; to
  amend chapter 169 of the laws of 1994, relating to certain  provisions
  related  to  the  1994-95 state operations, aid to localities, capital
  projects and debt service budgets, in relation  to  the  effectiveness
  thereof;  to amend chapter 82 of the laws of 1995, amending the educa-
  tion law and other laws relating to state aid to school districts  and
  the  appropriation of funds for the support of government, in relation
  to the effectiveness thereof; to amend chapter  147  of  the  laws  of
  2001,  amending  the education law relating to conditional appointment
  of school district, charter school or BOCES employees, in relation  to
  the  effectiveness  thereof; to amend chapter 425 of the laws of 2002,
  amending the education law relating to the provision  of  supplemental
  educational  services,  attendance  at  a  safe  public school and the
  suspension of pupils who bring a firearm to or possess a firearm at  a
  school, in relation to the effectiveness thereof; and to amend chapter

 EXPLANATION--Matter in ITALICS (underscored) is new; matter in brackets
              

                      [ ] is old law to be omitted.
                                                           LBD12672-04-6

S. 6406--B                          2

  101 of the laws of 2003, amending the education law relating to imple-
  mentation  of the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, in relation to the
  effectiveness thereof  (Part  A);  to  amend  the  education  law,  in
  relation  to  total  foundation  aid,  in relation to establishment of
  boards of cooperative educational services  pending  the  creation  of
  intermediate  districts, in relation to the state office for religious
  and independent school establishment act,  in  relation  to  providing
  that  a  school  bond  resolution vote shall take place in conjunction
  with the school budget vote, in relation to transportation after  four
  p.m.,  in  relation  to  apportionment  of  public  monies  to  school
  districts employing eight or more teachers, and in relation to founda-
  tion aid; to amend the tax law, in relation to exempting school  buses
  from  sales and compensating use taxes; to amend the education law, in
  relation to eligible applicants for charter schools,  in  relation  to
  participation  by  a  charter  school  in  universal  pre-kindergarten
  programs, in relation to certification of teachers employed  by  high-
  performing public charter schools; to amend the general municipal law,
  in  relation  to limits upon real property tax levies by local govern-
  ments; to amend the education law, in relation to contracts for trans-
  portation of school children; to amend the education law, in  relation
  to  tuition  stabilization  aid;  to amend part A of chapter 97 of the
  laws of 2011, amending the general municipal law and the education law
  relating to establishing limits upon school district and local govern-
  ment tax levies, in relation to the effectiveness  thereof;  to  amend
  chapter  121 of the laws of 1996 relating to authorizing the Roosevelt
  union free school district to finance  deficits  by  the  issuance  of
  serial  bonds,  in  relation  to certain apportionments; ratifying and
  legalizing certain acts and proceedings taken by school  districts  in
  connection  with  transportation  contracts  and building projects; to
  repeal certain provisions of the education law relating  thereto;  and
  to repeal subdivision 17 of section 3602 of the education law relating
  to eliminating the gap elimination adjustment (Part A-1); to amend the
  education law, in relation to enacting "Erin Merryn's law" (Part A-2);
  to  amend  the education law, in relation to school emergency response
  plans (Part B); to amend the education law, in relation to the city of
  New York  assuming  greater  financial  responsibility  for  the  city
  university  of  New York senior colleges (Part C); to amend the educa-
  tion law, in relation to the NY-SUNY 2020 challenge grant program act;
  to amend chapter 260 of the laws of 2011, amending the  education  law
  and  the  New York state urban development corporation act relating to
  establishing components of the NY-2020  challenge  grant  program,  in
  relation  to the effectiveness thereof; and to repeal subdivision 5 of
  section 359 and subdivision 17 of section 6206 of  the  education  law
  relating thereto (Part D); to amend the state finance law, in relation
  to  the creation of the SUNY Stony Brook Affiliation escrow fund (Part
  E); intentionally omitted (Part F); to amend chapter 161 of  the  laws
  of  2005  amending  the  education  law relating to the New York state
  licensed social worker loan forgiveness program, in  relation  to  the
  effectiveness  thereof;  to  amend part V of chapter 57 of the laws of
  2005 amending the education law relating to the New York state nursing
  faculty loan forgiveness incentive program  and  the  New  York  state
  nursing  faculty scholarship program, in relation to the effectiveness
  thereof; to amend chapter 31 of the laws of 1985 amending  the  educa-
  tion  law relating to regents scholarships in certain professions; and
  to amend the education law, in relation to forgiving  loans  upon  the
  death of the recipient (Part G); to amend the education law, the busi-

S. 6406--B                          3

  ness  corporation  law,  the partnership law and the limited liability
  company law, in relation to certified  public  accountants  (Part  H);
  intentionally omitted (Part I); intentionally omitted (Part J); inten-
  tionally  omitted  (Part  K); intentionally omitted (Part L); to amend
  the family court act, in relation to findings that  must  be  made  at
  permanency hearings, and to amend the social services law, in relation
  to  guardianship  expenses, the reasonable and prudent parent standard
  and the criminal history of prospective foster  and  adoptive  parents
  (Part M); intentionally omitted (Part N); to amend the social services
  law, in relation to increasing the standards of monthly need for aged,
  blind  and  disabled  persons  living  in  the  community (Part O); to
  utilize reserves in the mortgage insurance fund  for  various  housing
  purposes  (Part  P); to amend Part D of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011
  amending the education law relating to capital facilities  in  support
  of  the  state  university and community colleges, procurement and the
  state university health care facilities, in relation to the effective-
  ness thereof (Part Q); to amend the arts and cultural affairs law,  in
  relation  to  grants by the council on the arts (Part R); to amend the
  education law, in relation to the State University of New York  (SUNY)
  Orange  BRIDGES  program  (Part  S);  to  amend  the education law, in
  relation to community colleges (Part T); to amend the  education  law,
  in  relation  to  a standard financial aid award letter; and to repeal
  certain provisions of the banking law relating thereto  (Part  U);  to
  amend  the  education law, in relation to the practices of psychology,
  social work and psychotherapy (Part V); to amend the education law, in
  relation to income as a determinant of amount of awards (Part  W);  to
  amend the limited liability company law, the business corporation law,
  the  partnership  law, the public health law and the education law, in
  relation to allowing doctors  of  chiropractic  licensed  under  title
  VIII,  article  132  of  the  education  law to form limited liability
  companies (Part X); to amend  the  private  housing  finance  law,  in
  relation  to  the  rural  mobile home replacement program (Part Y); to
  amend the emergency housing rent control  law,  the  emergency  tenant
  protection  act  of nineteen seventy-four, and the administrative code
  of the city of New York, in relation to making technical  corrections;
  and  to  repeal section 467-i of the real property tax law relating to
  real property tax abatement (Part Z); to amend the real  property  tax
  law,  in  relation  to  tax  abatements for dwelling units occupied by
  certain persons residing in rent-controlled or rent regulated  proper-
  ties;  and  providing  state aid to cities affected by such tax abate-
  ments (Part AA); to amend the education law, in relation to  community
  colleges (Part BB); to amend the education law, in relation to requir-
  ing  nonpublic  institutions  of higher education to report on tuition
  and fees for higher education, student aid,  debt  and  job  placement
  rates  (Part  CC);  to amend the education law, in relation to the New
  York state science, technology, engineering and mathematics  incentive
  program  (Part DD); to amend the education law, in relation to provid-
  ing loan forgiveness for agriculture educators (Part EE); to amend the
  social services law, in relation to creating the child care regulatory
  review task force (Part FF); to amend the administrative code  of  the
  city of New York and the public housing law, in relation to establish-
  ing  the  New  York  city housing authority repair certificate program
  (Part GG); to amend the public housing law and the New York city char-
  ter, in relation to authorizing the New York city council  to  oversee
  the  activities  of  the New York city housing authority (Part HH); to
  amend the state finance law and the public housing law, in relation to

S. 6406--B                          4

  establishing the public housing  revitalization  fund  (Part  II);  to
  amend the public housing law and the tax law, in relation to providing
  certain  tax  credits for construction or rehabilitation of middle-in-
  come housing (Part JJ); to amend the state finance law, in relation to
  establishing  the  community reinvestment program; and establishes the
  community reinvestment program fund council (Part KK);  to  amend  the
  real property tax law, in relation to increasing the allowable maximum
  income  of  persons  occupying rental units otherwise eligible for tax
  abatement in certain cases; and to amend part U of chapter 55  of  the
  laws  of  2014, amending the real property tax law relating to the tax
  abatement and exemption for rent regulated and rent controlled proper-
  ty occupied by senior citizens, in relation to  the  effectiveness  of
  certain  provisions thereof (Part LL); to amend the education law, the
  state finance law, the civil practice law and rules and the  tax  law,
  in  relation  to establishing the New York state pre-paid tuition plan
  (Part MM); to amend the insurance law, in  relation  to  reduction  in
  rates  of  property/casualty  insurance  on  residential  property for
  insureds who complete an approved homeowner natural disaster prepared-
  ness, home safety and loss prevention course (Part NN); to  amend  the
  education  law, in relation to tuition assistance program awards (Part
  OO); to amend the public housing law, in relation to veterans'  eligi-
  bility  for public housing (Part PP); to amend the public housing law,
  in relation to preferences and priorities for prospective public hous-
  ing and section 8 tenants in the city of New York (Part QQ); to  amend
  the  real  property tax law and the administrative code of the city of
  New York, in relation to increasing the average assessed value thresh-
  old (Part RR); to amend the administrative code of  the  city  of  New
  York, in relation to the location of supportive housing facilities and
  social services centers, and renewal of the lease or operation of such
  facility  or  center  (Part  SS); to amend the social services law, in
  relation to establishing the senior heating assistance  program  (Part
  TT); and to amend the labor law, in relation to exempting agricultural
  employers from paying for unemployment benefits for federally ineligi-
  ble farm labor (Part UU)

  THE  PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, REPRESENTED IN SENATE AND ASSEM-
BLY, DO ENACT AS FOLLOWS:

  Section 1. This act enacts into law major  components  of  legislation
which are necessary to implement the state fiscal plan for the 2016-2017
state  fiscal  year.  Each  component  is wholly contained within a Part
identified as Parts A through UU. The effective date for each particular
provision contained within such Part is set forth in the last section of
such Part. Any provision in any section contained within a Part, includ-
ing the effective date of the Part, which makes a reference to a section
"of this act", when used in connection with that  particular  component,
shall  be  deemed  to mean and refer to the corresponding section of the
Part in which it is found. Section three of  this  act  sets  forth  the
general effective date of this act.

                                 PART A

  Section 1. Paragraph e of subdivision 1 of section 211-d of the educa-
tion law, as amended by section 1 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of
2015, is amended to read as follows:

S. 6406--B                          5

  e.  Notwithstanding  paragraphs  a and b of this subdivision, a school
district that submitted a contract for excellence for the  two  thousand
eight--two  thousand nine school year shall submit a contract for excel-
lence for the  two  thousand  nine--two  thousand  ten  school  year  in
conformity  with the requirements of subparagraph (vi) of paragraph a of
subdivision two of this section unless all schools in the  district  are
identified  as  in  good  standing  and  provided further that, a school
district that submitted a contract for excellence for the  two  thousand
nine--two  thousand  ten school year, unless all schools in the district
are identified as in good standing, shall submit a contract  for  excel-
lence for the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school year which
shall,  notwithstanding  the  requirements of subparagraph (vi) of para-
graph a of subdivision two of this section, provide for the  expenditure
of  an  amount  which  shall  be not less than the product of the amount
approved by the commissioner in the contract for excellence for the  two
thousand   nine--two   thousand  ten  school  year,  multiplied  by  the
district's gap elimination adjustment percentage  and  provided  further
that, a school district that submitted a contract for excellence for the
two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school year, unless all schools
in  the  district  are  identified  as  in good standing, shall submit a
contract for excellence for the two thousand twelve--two thousand  thir-
teen  school  year  which  shall,  notwithstanding  the  requirements of
subparagraph (vi) of paragraph a of subdivision  two  of  this  section,
provide  for  the  expenditure of an amount which shall be not less than
the amount approved by the commissioner in the contract  for  excellence
for  the  two  thousand  eleven--two  thousand  twelve  school  year and
provided further that, a school district that submitted a  contract  for
excellence  for  the  two  thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen school
year, unless all schools in the  district  are  identified  as  in  good
standing,  shall  submit  a contract for excellence for the two thousand
thirteen--two thousand fourteen school year which shall, notwithstanding
the requirements of subparagraph (vi) of paragraph a of subdivision  two
of this section, provide for the expenditure of an amount which shall be
not  less  than  the amount approved by the commissioner in the contract
for excellence for the two thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen school
year and provided further that, a  school  district  [that  submitted  a
contract  for  excellence  for  the  two thousand thirteen--two thousand
fourteen school year, unless all schools in the district are  identified
as  in good standing, shall submit a contract for excellence for the two
thousand  fourteen--two  thousand  fifteen  school  year  which   shall,
notwithstanding  the requirements of subparagraph (vi) of paragraph a of
subdivision two of this section,  provide  for  the  expenditure  of  an
amount  which  shall be not less than the amount approved by the commis-
sioner in the contract for excellence for the two thousand thirteen--two
thousand fourteen school year;  and  provided  further  that,  a  school
district  that  submitted a contract for excellence for the two thousand
fourteen--two thousand fifteen school year, unless all  schools  in  the
district are identified as in good standing, shall submit a contract for
excellence  for  the  two  thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen school
year which shall, notwithstanding the requirements of subparagraph  (vi)
of  paragraph  a  of  subdivision  two  of this section, provide for the
expenditure of an amount  which  shall  be  not  less  than  the  amount
approved  by the commissioner in the contract for excellence for the two
thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen school year] WITH  A  POPULATION
OF  ONE MILLION OR MORE THAT SUBMITTED A CONTRACT FOR EXCELLENCE FOR THE
TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR,  UNLESS  ALL

S. 6406--B                          6

SCHOOLS IN THE DISTRICT ARE IDENTIFIED AS IN GOOD STANDING, SHALL SUBMIT
A  CONTRACT  FOR  EXCELLENCE  FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR WHICH SHALL, NOTWITHSTANDING THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF
SUBPARAGRAPH  (VI)  OF  PARAGRAPH  A OF SUBDIVISION TWO OF THIS SECTION,
PROVIDE FOR THE EXPENDITURE OF AN AMOUNT WHICH SHALL BE  NOT  LESS  THAN
THE  AMOUNT  APPROVED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN THE CONTRACT FOR EXCELLENCE
FOR THE TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR.    For
purposes  of this paragraph, the "gap elimination adjustment percentage"
shall be calculated as the sum of one minus the quotient of the  sum  of
the  school  district's  net gap elimination adjustment for two thousand
ten--two thousand eleven computed pursuant to chapter fifty-three of the
laws of two thousand ten,  making  appropriations  for  the  support  of
government,  plus  the  school district's gap elimination adjustment for
two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve as computed pursuant to chapter
fifty-three of the laws of two thousand  eleven,  making  appropriations
for  the  support  of the local assistance budget, including support for
general support for public schools, divided by the total aid for adjust-
ment computed pursuant to chapter fifty-three of the laws of  two  thou-
sand  eleven,  making  appropriations  for  the local assistance budget,
including support for general  support  for  public  schools.  Provided,
further,  that  such  amount  shall  be expended to support and maintain
allowable programs and activities approved in the two thousand nine--two
thousand ten school  year  or  to  support  new  or  expanded  allowable
programs and activities in the current year.
  S  2.  The closing paragraph of subdivision 5-a of section 3602 of the
education law, as amended by section 2 of part A of chapter  56  of  the
laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  For the two thousand eight--two thousand nine school year, each school
district  shall  be entitled to an apportionment equal to the product of
fifteen percent and the additional apportionment  computed  pursuant  to
this  subdivision  for the two thousand seven--two thousand eight school
year. For the two thousand nine--two thousand ten through  two  thousand
[fifteen]  SIXTEEN--two  thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN school years, each
school district shall be entitled  to  an  apportionment  equal  to  the
amount  set  forth  for such school district as "SUPPLEMENTAL PUB EXCESS
COST" under the heading "2008-09 BASE  YEAR  AIDS"  in  the  school  aid
computer  listing  produced by the commissioner in support of the budget
for the two thousand nine--two thousand ten  school  year  and  entitled
"SA0910".
  S 3. Subdivision 12 of section 3602 of the education law is amended by
adding a fourth undesignated paragraph to read as follows:
  FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR, EACH
SCHOOL  DISTRICT  SHALL  BE  ENTITLED  TO  AN APPORTIONMENT EQUAL TO THE
AMOUNT SET FORTH FOR SUCH  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  AS  "ACADEMIC  ENHANCEMENT"
UNDER  THE  HEADING  "2015-16 ESTIMATED AIDS" IN THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER
LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE  BUDGET  FOR  THE
TWO  THOUSAND  FIFTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN  SCHOOL YEAR AND ENTITLED
"SA151-6", AND SUCH APPORTIONMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO SATISFY  THE  STATE
OBLIGATION  TO PROVIDE AN APPORTIONMENT PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION EIGHT OF
SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED FORTY-ONE OF THIS ARTICLE.
  S 4. The opening paragraph of subdivision 16 of section  3602  of  the
education  law,  as  amended by section 4 of part A of chapter 56 of the
laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  Each school district shall be eligible  to  receive  a  high  tax  aid
apportionment  in the two thousand eight--two thousand nine school year,
which shall equal the greater of (i) the sum of the tier 1 high tax  aid

S. 6406--B                          7

apportionment, the tier 2 high tax aid apportionment and the tier 3 high
tax  aid apportionment or (ii) the product of the apportionment received
by the school district pursuant to this subdivision in the two  thousand
seven--two  thousand  eight  school  year, multiplied by the due-minimum
factor, which shall equal, for districts with an alternate pupil  wealth
ratio  computed  pursuant  to  paragraph  b of subdivision three of this
section that is less than two, seventy percent (0.70), and for all other
districts, fifty percent (0.50). Each school district shall be  eligible
to  receive  a  high tax aid apportionment in the two thousand nine--two
thousand ten through two thousand twelve--two thousand  thirteen  school
years in the amount set forth for such school district as "HIGH TAX AID"
under  the  heading  "2008-09 BASE YEAR AIDS" in the school aid computer
listing produced by the commissioner in support of the  budget  for  the
two  thousand  nine--two thousand ten school year and entitled "SA0910".
Each school district shall be eligible to receive a high tax aid  appor-
tionment  in  the  two  thousand thirteen--two thousand fourteen through
[two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen] TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO
THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN  school years equal to the greater of (1) the amount
set forth for such school district as "HIGH TAX AID" under  the  heading
"2008-09  BASE YEAR AIDS" in the school aid computer listing produced by
the commissioner in support of the budget for the two thousand nine--two
thousand ten school year and entitled "SA0910" or  (2)  the  amount  set
forth  for  such  school  district  as  "HIGH TAX AID" under the heading
"2013-14 ESTIMATED AIDS" in the school aid computer listing produced  by
the  commissioner  in  support  of  the executive budget for the 2013-14
fiscal year and entitled "BT131-4".
  S 5. The opening paragraph of subdivision 10 of section 3602-e of  the
education  law,  as  amended by section 5 of part A of chapter 56 of the
laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  Notwithstanding any provision of law to the contrary, for aid  payable
in  the  two thousand eight--two thousand nine school year, the grant to
each eligible school district for universal prekindergarten aid shall be
computed pursuant to this subdivision, and for the two  thousand  nine--
two thousand ten and two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school years,
each  school district shall be eligible for a maximum grant equal to the
amount computed for such school district for the base year in the  elec-
tronic  data  file  produced  by  the commissioner in support of the two
thousand nine--two thousand ten education, labor and  family  assistance
budget,  provided,  however, that in the case of a district implementing
programs for the first time or implementing expansion  programs  in  the
two  thousand  eight--two  thousand nine school year where such programs
operate for a minimum of ninety days in any one school year as  provided
in  section  151-1.4 of the regulations of the commissioner, for the two
thousand nine--two thousand ten and two thousand ten--two thousand elev-
en school years, such school district shall be eligible  for  a  maximum
grant  equal  to the amount computed pursuant to paragraph a of subdivi-
sion nine of this section in the two thousand eight--two  thousand  nine
school year, and for the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school
year each school district shall be eligible for a maximum grant equal to
the  amount  set forth for such school district as "UNIVERSAL PREKINDER-
GARTEN" under the heading "2011-12 ESTIMATED AIDS"  in  the  school  aid
computer  listing produced by the commissioner in support of the enacted
budget for the 2011-12 school year and entitled "SA111-2", and  for  two
thousand  twelve--two  thousand  thirteen through two thousand [fifteen]
SIXTEEN--two thousand  [sixteen]  SEVENTEEN  school  years  each  school
district  shall  be eligible for a maximum grant equal to the greater of

S. 6406--B                          8

(i) the amount set forth for such school district as "UNIVERSAL  PREKIN-
DERGARTEN"  under the heading "2010-11 BASE YEAR AIDS" in the school aid
computer listing produced by the commissioner in support of the  enacted
budget  for  the 2011-12 school year and entitled "SA111-2", or (ii) the
amount set forth for such school district as "UNIVERSAL PREKINDERGARTEN"
under the heading "2010-11 BASE YEAR AIDS" in the  school  aid  computer
listing  produced  by  the  commissioner  on May fifteenth, two thousand
eleven pursuant to paragraph b  of  subdivision  twenty-one  of  section
three  hundred five of this chapter, and provided further that the maxi-
mum grant shall not exceed the total actual grant expenditures  incurred
by  the  school  district  in the current school year as approved by the
commissioner.
  S 6. Intentionally omitted.
  S 7. Intentionally omitted.
  S 8. Intentionally omitted.
  S 9. Intentionally omitted.
  S 10. Intentionally omitted.
  S 11. The opening paragraph and subparagraphs 1, 5, 6 and 7  of  para-
graph  (e)  of  subdivision  3  of section 2853 of the education law, as
added by section 5 of part BB of chapter 56 of the  laws  of  2014,  are
amended to read as follows:
  In a city school district in a city having a population of one million
or  more inhabitants, charter schools that first commence instruction or
that require additional space due to an expansion of grade level, pursu-
ant to this article, approved by their charter entity for the two  thou-
sand  fourteen--two  thousand  fifteen  school  year  or  thereafter and
request co-location in a public school building shall be provided access
to facilities pursuant to this paragraph for such charter  schools  that
first  commence  instruction  or that require additional space due to an
expansion of grade level, pursuant to this article,  approved  by  their
charter entity [for those grades newly provided].
  (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, within
the  later  of  (i) five months after a charter school's written request
for co-location and (ii) thirty days after the charter school's  charter
is  approved  by  its  charter  entity,  the  city school district shall
either: (A) offer at no cost to the charter school a co-location site in
a public school building approved by the board of education as  provided
by  law,  or  (B) offer the charter school space in a privately owned or
other publicly owned facility at the expense of the city school district
and at no cost to the charter school.  The  space  must  be  reasonable,
appropriate  and  comparable  and in the community school district to be
served by the charter school and otherwise in reasonable proximity,  AND
MUST  BE  SUFFICIENT  TO ALLOW THE CHARTER SCHOOL'S ENTIRE PLANNED GRADE
CONFIGURATION FOR ELEMENTARY, MIDDLE OR HIGH SCHOOL TO BE LOCATED WITHIN
A SINGLE BUILDING.
  (5) For a new charter school whose charter is granted or for an exist-
ing charter school whose expansion of  grade  level,  pursuant  to  this
article,  is approved by their charter entity [before October first, two
thousand sixteen], if the appeal results in a determination in favor  of
the  charter  school,  the  city  school  district shall pay the charter
school an amount attributable to the grade level expansion or the forma-
tion of the new charter school that is equal to the lesser of:
  (A) the actual TOTAL rental cost, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED  TO  LEASE
PAYMENTS,  MAINTENANCE, COSTS OF CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS, COSTS OF OCCUPAN-
CY, SECURITY, INSURANCE AND  REAL  PROPERTY  TAXES,  of  an  alternative
privately owned site selected by the charter school or

S. 6406--B                          9

  (B)  [twenty]  THIRTY  percent  of the product of the charter school's
basic tuition for the current school year and  (i)  for  a  new  charter
school  that  first  commences  instruction  on or after July first, two
thousand fourteen, the charter school's current year enrollment; or (ii)
for  a  charter  school  which expands its grade level, pursuant to this
article, [before October first,  two  thousand  sixteen,]  the  positive
difference of the charter school's enrollment in the current school year
minus  the  charter  school's enrollment in the school year prior to the
first year of the expansion, EXCLUDING ENROLLMENT  IN  ANY  GRADES  THAT
WERE  RELOCATED  TO  ACCOMMODATE  WITHIN  A  SINGLE  BUILDING  THE  FULL
GRADE-LEVEL CONFIGURATION FOR THE NEW OR EXPANDED ELEMENTARY, MIDDLE, OR
HIGH SCHOOL.
  (6) [For a new charter school whose  charter  is  granted  or  for  an
existing charter school whose expansion of grade level, pursuant to this
article,  is approved by their charter entity on or after October first,
two thousand sixteen, if the appeal results in a determination in  favor
of  the  charter  school, the city school district shall pay the charter
school an amount attributable to the grade level expansion or the forma-
tion of the new charter school that is equal to the maximum cost  allow-
ance  established  by the commissioner for leases aidable under subdivi-
sion six of section thirty-six hundred two of this chapter.
  (7)] An arbitration in an appeal pursuant to this paragraph  shall  be
conducted  by  a  single  arbitrator  selected  in  accordance with this
subparagraph from a list of arbitrators from  the  American  arbitration
association's  panel  of  labor  arbitrators, with relevant biographical
information, submitted by such association to the commissioner  pursuant
to  paragraph  a of subdivision three of section three thousand twenty-a
of this chapter. Upon request by the charter  school,  the  commissioner
shall  forthwith  send  a copy of such list and biographical information
simultaneously to the charter  school  and  city  school  district.  The
parties  shall,  by mutual agreement, select an arbitrator from the list
within fifteen days from receipt of the list, and if the parties fail to
agree on an arbitrator within such fifteen day  period  or  fail  within
such  fifteen  day  period to notify the commissioner that an arbitrator
has been selected, the commissioner shall appoint an arbitrator from the
list to serve as the arbitrator. The arbitration shall be  conducted  in
accordance  with  the American arbitration association's rules for labor
arbitration, except that the  arbitrator  shall  conduct  a  pre-hearing
conference within ten to fifteen days of agreeing to serve and the arbi-
tration  shall  be  completed  and  a  decision rendered within the time
frames prescribed for hearings pursuant to section three thousand  twen-
ty-a  of  this  chapter.  The arbitrator's fee shall not exceed the rate
established by the  commissioner  for  hearings  conducted  pursuant  to
section  three  thousand  twenty-a of this chapter, and the cost of such
fee, the arbitrator's necessary travel and  other  reasonable  expenses,
and  all other hearing expenses shall be borne equally by the parties to
the arbitration.
  S 11-a. Subdivision 6-g of section 3602 of the education law, as added
by section 6 of part BB of chapter 56 of the laws of 2014, is amended to
read as follows:
  6-g. Charter schools facilities aid. a. The city  school  district  of
the city of New York, upon documenting that it has incurred total aggre-
gate  expenses  of  forty  million dollars or more pursuant to [subpara-
graphs] SUBPARAGRAPH five [and six]  of  paragraph  (e)  of  subdivision
three of section twenty-eight hundred fifty-three of this chapter, shall
be  eligible  for  an apportionment pursuant to this subdivision for its

S. 6406--B                         10

annual approved expenditures for the lease of space for charter  schools
incurred  in  the base year in accordance with paragraph (e) of subdivi-
sion three of section twenty-eight hundred fifty-three of this chapter.
  b. The apportionment shall equal the product of (1) the sum of:
  [(A)]  for  aid payable for expenses incurred pursuant to subparagraph
five of paragraph (e)  of  subdivision  three  of  section  twenty-eight
hundred fifty-three of this chapter where the charter school prevails on
appeal,  the  annual  approved  expenses  incurred  by  the  city school
district pursuant to such subparagraph five[; and
  (B) for aid payable for expenses incurred pursuant to subparagraph six
of paragraph (e) of subdivision three of  section  twenty-eight  hundred
fifty-three of this chapter where the charter school prevails on appeal,
the  actual  annual  approved  rental expenses incurred pursuant to such
subparagraph six] multiplied by
  (2) six-tenths.
  c. For purposes of this subdivision, the approved  expenses  attribut-
able  to  a lease by a charter school of a privately owned site shall be
the lesser of the actual TOTAL rent, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO  LEASE
PAYMENTS,  MAINTENANCE, COSTS OF CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS, COSTS OF OCCUPAN-
CY, SECURITY, INSURANCE AND REAL PROPERTY TAXES, paid under the lease or
the maximum cost allowance established by the  commissioner  for  leases
aidable under subdivision six of this section.
  d.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of  law  to the contrary, amounts
apportioned pursuant to this subdivision shall not be included  in:  (1)
the  allowable growth amount computed pursuant to paragraph dd of subdi-
vision one of this section, (2) the preliminary growth  amount  computed
pursuant to paragraph ff of subdivision one of this section, and (3) the
allocable growth amount computed pursuant to paragraph gg of subdivision
one  of  this  section,  and  shall  not be considered, and shall not be
available for interchange with, general support for public schools.
  S 12. Subdivision 1 of section 2856 of the education law,  as  amended
by  chapter  378 of the laws of 2007, paragraph (a) as amended and para-
graph (d) as added by section 3 of part BB of chapter 56 of the laws  of
2014,  paragraph  (c)  as  added  by chapter 375 of the laws of 2007, is
amended to read as follows:
  1. (a) The enrollment of students attending charter schools  shall  be
included  in  the enrollment, attendance, membership and, if applicable,
count of students with disabilities of the school district in which  the
pupil  resides.  The  charter  school  shall report all such data to the
school districts of residence in a timely manner. Each  school  district
shall  report  such  enrollment,  attendance  and count of students with
disabilities to the department. The school district of  residence  shall
pay  directly  to  the  charter  school for each student enrolled in the
charter school who resides in the school  district  the  charter  school
basic tuition, which shall be:
  (i)  for school years prior to the two thousand nine--two thousand ten
school year and for school years following the two thousand sixteen--two
thousand seventeen school year, an amount equal to one  hundred  percent
of  the  amount calculated pursuant to paragraph f of subdivision one of
section thirty-six hundred two of this chapter for the  school  district
for  the  year prior to the base year increased by the percentage change
in the state total approved operating  expense  calculated  pursuant  to
paragraph t of subdivision one of section thirty-six hundred two of this
chapter from two years prior to the base year to the base year;
  (ii)  for  the  two  thousand  nine--two thousand ten school year, the
charter school basic  tuition  shall  be  the  amount  payable  by  such

S. 6406--B                         11

district as charter school basic tuition for the two thousand eight--two
thousand nine school year;
  (iii)  for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven through two thou-
sand thirteen--two thousand fourteen school years,  the  charter  school
basic  tuition  shall be the basic tuition computed for the two thousand
ten--two thousand eleven school  year  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of
subparagraph (i) of this paragraph;
  (iv)  for  the  two thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen[,] AND two
thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen [and  two  thousand  sixteen--two
thousand seventeen] school years, the charter school basic tuition shall
be  the  sum  of the lesser of the charter school basic tuition computed
for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school  year  pursuant  to
the  provisions  of  subparagraph  (i)  of this paragraph or the charter
school basic tuition computed for  the  current  year  pursuant  to  the
provisions  of  subparagraph (i) of this paragraph plus the supplemental
basic tuition;
  (V) FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL  YEAR,
THE  CHARTER  SCHOOL  BASIC  TUITION  SHALL BE (A) FOR A SCHOOL DISTRICT
LOCATED IN A CITY OF ONE MILLION OR MORE INHABITANTS, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO
ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OF THE AMOUNT CALCULATED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH F  OF
SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF  SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO OF THIS CHAPTER FOR
THE SCHOOL DISTRICT FOR THE YEAR PRIOR TO THE BASE YEAR INCREASED BY THE
PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN THE STATE TOTAL APPROVED OPERATING  EXPENSE  CALCU-
LATED  PURSUANT  TO PARAGRAPH T OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX
HUNDRED TWO OF THIS CHAPTER FROM TWO YEARS PRIOR TO THE BASE YEAR TO THE
BASE YEAR PLUS THE SUPPLEMENTAL BASIC  TUITION  OR  (B)  FOR  ALL  OTHER
SCHOOL  DISTRICTS,  THE  SUM  OF  THE LESSER OF THE CHARTER SCHOOL BASIC
TUITION COMPUTED FOR THE TWO THOUSAND TEN--TWO  THOUSAND  ELEVEN  SCHOOL
YEAR PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH OR
THE  CHARTER SCHOOL BASIC TUITION COMPUTED FOR THE CURRENT YEAR PURSUANT
TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH PLUS THE SUPPLE-
MENTAL BASIC TUITION.
  For the purposes of this subdivision, the "supplemental basic tuition"
shall be (A) for a school district for which the  charter  school  basic
tuition  computed  for  the current year is greater than or equal to the
charter school basic tuition for  the  two  thousand  ten--two  thousand
eleven  school  year  pursuant  to the provisions of subparagraph (i) of
this paragraph, (1) for the two thousand fourteen--two thousand  fifteen
school  year two hundred and fifty dollars, and (2) for the two thousand
fifteen--two thousand  sixteen  school  year  three  hundred  and  fifty
dollars,  and  (3)  for the two thousand sixteen--two thousand seventeen
school year five hundred dollars, and (B)  for  a  school  district  for
which  the  charter  school  basic tuition for the two thousand ten--two
thousand eleven school year is greater than  the  charter  school  basic
tuition  for the current year pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph
(i) of this paragraph, the positive difference  of  the  charter  school
basic  tuition for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school year
minus the charter school basic tuition for the current year pursuant  to
the provisions of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph.
  (b)  The school district shall also pay directly to the charter school
any federal or state aid attributable to a  student  with  a  disability
attending charter school in proportion to the level of services for such
student  with  a disability that the charter school provides directly or
indirectly. Notwithstanding anything in this section  to  the  contrary,
amounts  payable  pursuant to this subdivision from state or local funds
may be reduced pursuant to an agreement between the school and the char-

S. 6406--B                         12

ter entity set forth in the charter.  Payments  made  pursuant  to  this
subdivision  shall  be  made by the school district in six substantially
equal installments each year beginning on the first business day of July
and  every two months thereafter. Amounts payable under this subdivision
shall be determined by the commissioner. Amounts payable  to  a  charter
school  in its first year of operation shall be based on the projections
of initial-year enrollment set forth in the charter until actual enroll-
ment data is reported to the school district by the charter school. Such
projections shall be reconciled with the  actual  enrollment  as  actual
enrollment data is so reported and at the end of the school's first year
of  operation and each subsequent year based on a final report of actual
enrollment by the charter school, and any necessary adjustments  result-
ing from such final report shall be made to payments during the school's
following year of operation.
  (c)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision of this subdivision to the
contrary, payment of the federal aid attributable to a  student  with  a
disability  attending  a charter school shall be made in accordance with
the requirements of section 8065-a of title twenty of the United  States
code  and sections 76.785-76.799 and 300.209 of title thirty-four of the
code of federal regulations.
  (d) School districts shall be eligible  for  an  annual  apportionment
equal  to the amount of the supplemental basic tuition paid to the char-
ter school in the base year for the expenses incurred in the  two  thou-
sand  fourteen--two  thousand  fifteen[,]  AND two thousand fifteen--two
thousand sixteen[, and two  thousand  sixteen--two  thousand  seventeen]
school years.
  S  13.  Subdivision 1 of section 2856 of the education law, as amended
by section 22 of part A of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, paragraph (a)
as amended and paragraph (c) as added by section 4 of part BB of chapter
56 of the laws of 2014, is amended to read as follows:
  1. (a) The enrollment of students attending charter schools  shall  be
included  in  the  enrollment,  attendance  and, if applicable, count of
students with disabilities of the school district  in  which  the  pupil
resides.  The  charter  school  shall report all such data to the school
districts of residence in a timely manner. Each  school  district  shall
report  such enrollment, attendance and count of students with disabili-
ties to the department. The  school  district  of  residence  shall  pay
directly  to the charter school for each student enrolled in the charter
school who resides in the  school  district  the  charter  school  basic
tuition which shall be:
  (i)  for school years prior to the two thousand nine--two thousand ten
school year and for school years following the two thousand sixteen--two
thousand seventeen school year, an amount equal to one  hundred  percent
of  the  amount calculated pursuant to paragraph f of subdivision one of
section thirty-six hundred two of this chapter for the  school  district
for  the  year prior to the base year increased by the percentage change
in the state total approved operating  expense  calculated  pursuant  to
paragraph t of subdivision one of section thirty-six hundred two of this
chapter from two years prior to the base year to the base year;
  (ii)  for  the  two  thousand  nine--two thousand ten school year, the
charter school basic  tuition  shall  be  the  amount  payable  by  such
district as charter school basic tuition for the two thousand eight--two
thousand nine school year;
  (iii)  for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven through two thou-
sand thirteen--two thousand fourteen school years,  the  charter  school
basic  tuition  shall be the basic tuition computed for the two thousand

S. 6406--B                         13

ten--two thousand eleven school  year  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of
subparagraph (i) of this paragraph;
  (iv)  for  the  two thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen[,] AND two
thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen [and  two  thousand  sixteen--two
thousand seventeen] school years, the charter school basic tuition shall
be  the  sum  of the lesser of the charter school basic tuition computed
for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school  year  pursuant  to
the  provisions  of  subparagraph  (i)  of this paragraph or the charter
school basic tuition computed for  the  current  year  pursuant  to  the
provisions  of  subparagraph (i) of this paragraph plus the supplemental
basic tuition[.];
  (V) FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL  YEAR,
THE  CHARTER  SCHOOL  BASIC  TUITION  SHALL BE (A) FOR A SCHOOL DISTRICT
LOCATED IN A CITY OF ONE MILLION OR MORE INHABITANTS, AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO
ONE HUNDRED PERCENT OF THE AMOUNT CALCULATED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH F  OF
SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF  SECTION THIRTY-SIX HUNDRED TWO OF THIS CHAPTER FOR
THE SCHOOL DISTRICT FOR THE YEAR PRIOR TO THE BASE YEAR INCREASED BY THE
PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN THE STATE TOTAL APPROVED OPERATING  EXPENSE  CALCU-
LATED  PURSUANT  TO PARAGRAPH T OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION THIRTY-SIX
HUNDRED TWO OF THIS CHAPTER FROM TWO YEARS PRIOR TO THE BASE YEAR TO THE
BASE YEAR PLUS THE SUPPLEMENTAL BASIC  TUITION  OR  (B)  FOR  ALL  OTHER
SCHOOL  DISTRICTS,  THE  SUM  OF  THE LESSER OF THE CHARTER SCHOOL BASIC
TUITION COMPUTED FOR THE TWO THOUSAND TEN--TWO  THOUSAND  ELEVEN  SCHOOL
YEAR PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH OR
THE  CHARTER SCHOOL BASIC TUITION COMPUTED FOR THE CURRENT YEAR PURSUANT
TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUBPARAGRAPH (I) OF THIS PARAGRAPH PLUS THE SUPPLE-
MENTAL BASIC TUITION.
  For the purposes of this subdivision, the "supplemental basic tuition"
shall be (A) for a school district for which the  charter  school  basic
tuition  computed  for  the current year is greater than or equal to the
charter school basic tuition for  the  two  thousand  ten--two  thousand
eleven  school  year  pursuant  to the provisions of subparagraph (i) of
this paragraph, (1) for the two thousand fourteen--two thousand  fifteen
school  year two hundred and fifty dollars, and (2) for the two thousand
fifteen--two thousand  sixteen  school  year  three  hundred  and  fifty
dollars,  and  (3)  for the two thousand sixteen--two thousand seventeen
school year five hundred dollars, and (B)  for  a  school  district  for
which  the  charter  school  basic tuition for the two thousand ten--two
thousand eleven school year is greater than  the  charter  school  basic
tuition  for the current year pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph
(i) of this paragraph, the positive difference  of  the  charter  school
basic  tuition for the two thousand ten--two thousand eleven school year
minus the charter school basic tuition for the current year pursuant  to
the provisions of subparagraph (i) of this paragraph.
  (b)  The school district shall also pay directly to the charter school
any federal or state aid attributable to a  student  with  a  disability
attending charter school in proportion to the level of services for such
student  with  a disability that the charter school provides directly or
indirectly. Notwithstanding anything in this section  to  the  contrary,
amounts  payable pursuant to this subdivision may be reduced pursuant to
an agreement between the school and the charter entity set forth in  the
charter. Payments made pursuant to this subdivision shall be made by the
school district in six substantially equal installments each year begin-
ning  on the first business day of July and every two months thereafter.
Amounts payable under  this  subdivision  shall  be  determined  by  the
commissioner.  Amounts  payable to a charter school in its first year of

S. 6406--B                         14

operation shall be based on the projections of  initial-year  enrollment
set  forth in the charter. Such projections shall be reconciled with the
actual enrollment at the end of the school's first  year  of  operation,
and  any  necessary  adjustments  shall  be  made to payments during the
school's second year of operation.
  (c) School districts shall be eligible  for  an  annual  apportionment
equal  to the amount of the supplemental basic tuition paid to the char-
ter school in the base year for the expenses incurred in the  two  thou-
sand  fourteen--two  thousand  fifteen[,]  AND two thousand fifteen--two
thousand sixteen[, and two  thousand  sixteen--two  thousand  seventeen]
school years.
  S  14. Clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph 1 of paragraph e of subdi-
vision 1 of section 3602 of the education law, as amended by section  11
of  part  B  of  chapter  57 of the laws of 2007, are amended to read as
follows:
  (i) determine the number of pupils tested who scored below the  state-
wide  reference  point  as  determined  by the commissioner on each test
administered pursuant to this  subparagraph,  plus  pupils,  other  than
pupils  with  disabilities  and  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  LEARNER pupils [with
limited English proficiency] as defined  by  the  commissioner  who  are
exempt  from  taking  such  tests,  provided,  however,  that a district
employing eight or more teachers in such years but  not  operating  each
grade may use the percentage computed pursuant to this paragraph for the
district  which  in such years enrolled the greatest number of pupils in
such grade from such district;
  (ii) divide the sum of such numbers by the number of such  pupils  who
took  each  of such tests, plus pupils, other than pupils with disabili-
ties and ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER pupils [with  limited  English  profi-
ciency]  as  defined by the commissioner who are exempt from taking such
tests, provided, however, that a district which in any of the applicable
school years did not maintain a home school or employed fewer than eight
teachers, and which in the base year employed eight  or  more  teachers,
may use the scores in a later test as designated by the commissioner for
the purposes of this paragraph;
  S  15.  Paragraph  o of subdivision 1 of section 3602 of the education
law, as amended by section 11 of part B of chapter 57  of  the  laws  of
2007, is amended to read as follows:
  o. "[Limited English proficient] ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER count" shall
mean the number of pupils served in the base year in programs for pupils
with  limited  English proficiency approved by the commissioner pursuant
to the provisions of this chapter and  in  accordance  with  regulations
adopted for such purpose.
  S  16. Paragraph b of subdivision 2 of section 3602-d of the education
law, as added by chapter 792 of the laws of 1990, is amended to read  as
follows:
  (b)  "Disadvantaged"  shall  mean  individuals (other than handicapped
individuals) who have economic or academic disadvantages and who require
special services and assistance in order to enable them  to  succeed  in
work-prep  programs.  Such term includes individuals who are: members of
economically disadvantaged families as set forth in regulations  promul-
gated  by  the department pursuant to sections sixty-four hundred fifty-
one and sixty-four hundred fifty-two of this chapter or as set forth  in
the  Federal Job Training Partnership Act of nineteen hundred eighty-two
(PL 97-300) (29 U.S.C.A. S 1501 et  seq.);  migrants;  [individuals  who
have  limited  English proficiency] ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNERS; and indi-
viduals who are identified as potential dropouts from secondary school.

S. 6406--B                         15

  S 17. Paragraph d of subdivision 4 of section 3602-f of the  education
law,  as  added  by section 83-a of part L of chapter 405 of the laws of
1999, is amended to read as follows:
  d.  [Limited  English proficient] ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER pupil count
as defined in paragraph o  of  subdivision  one  of  section  thirty-six
hundred two of this article.
  S  18.  Section  3604  of the education law is amended by adding a new
subdivision 13 to read as follows:
  13. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS CHAPTER,  "LIMITED  ENGLISH  PROFICIENT"  AND
"LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENCY" SHALL MEAN "ENGLISH LANGUAGE LEARNER".
  S  19. Clause (B) of subparagraph 2 of paragraph b of subdivision 6 of
section 3641 of the education law, as added by section 2 of  part  B  of
chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  (B)  [students  with limited English proficiency and] students who are
English language learners;
  S 20. The education law is amended by adding a new section  4403-a  to
read as follows:
  S  4403-A.  WAIVERS  FROM  CERTAIN DUTIES. 1. A LOCAL SCHOOL DISTRICT,
APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES MAY
SUBMIT AN APPLICATION FOR A WAIVER FROM ANY REQUIREMENT IMPOSED ON  SUCH
DISTRICT,  SCHOOL  OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES PURSUANT
TO SECTION FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED TWO OR SECTION FORTY-FOUR HUNDRED THREE OF
THIS ARTICLE, AND REGULATIONS PROMULGATED  THEREUNDER,  FOR  A  SPECIFIC
SCHOOL  YEAR. SUCH APPLICATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED AT LEAST SIXTY DAYS IN
ADVANCE OF THE PROPOSED DATE ON WHICH THE WAIVER WOULD BE EFFECTIVE  AND
SHALL BE IN A FORM PRESCRIBED BY THE COMMISSIONER.
  2.  BEFORE  SUBMITTING  AN  APPLICATION FOR A WAIVER, THE LOCAL SCHOOL
DISTRICT, APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL OR BOARD  OF  COOPERATIVE  EDUCATIONAL
SERVICES  SHALL  PROVIDE NOTICE OF THE PROPOSED WAIVER TO THE PARENTS OR
PERSONS IN PARENTAL RELATIONSHIP TO THE STUDENTS THAT WOULD BE  IMPACTED
BY THE WAIVER IF GRANTED. SUCH NOTICE SHALL BE IN A FORM AND MANNER THAT
WILL  ENSURE THAT SUCH PARENTS AND PERSONS IN PARENTAL RELATIONSHIP WILL
BE AWARE OF ALL RELEVANT CHANGES THAT WOULD OCCUR UNDER THE WAIVER,  AND
SHALL  INCLUDE INFORMATION ON THE FORM, MANNER AND DATE BY WHICH PARENTS
MAY SUBMIT WRITTEN COMMENTS ON THE PROPOSED  WAIVER.  THE  LOCAL  SCHOOL
DISTRICT,  APPROVED  PRIVATE SCHOOL, OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL
SERVICES SHALL PROVIDE AT LEAST SIXTY DAYS FOR SUCH PARENTS AND  PERSONS
IN  PARENTAL  RELATIONSHIP TO SUBMIT WRITTEN COMMENTS, AND SHALL INCLUDE
IN THE WAIVER APPLICATION SUBMITTED  TO  THE  COMMISSIONER  PURSUANT  TO
SUBDIVISION  ONE OF THIS SECTION ANY WRITTEN COMMENTS RECEIVED FROM SUCH
PARENTS OR PERSONS IN PARENTAL RELATION TO SUCH STUDENTS.
  3. THE COMMISSIONER MAY GRANT A WAIVER FROM ANY REQUIREMENT IMPOSED ON
A LOCAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE
EDUCATIONAL SERVICES PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  FORTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  TWO  OR
SECTION  FORTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  THREE OF THIS ARTICLE, UPON A FINDING THAT
SUCH WAIVER WILL ENABLE A LOCAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL
OR BOARD OF COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES TO IMPLEMENT AN  INNOVATIVE
SPECIAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM  THAT  IS CONSISTENT WITH APPLICABLE FEDERAL
REQUIREMENTS, AND WOULD ENHANCE STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT AND/OR OPPORTUNITIES
FOR PLACEMENT IN REGULAR CLASSES AND PROGRAMS. IN MAKING  SUCH  DETERMI-
NATION,  THE  COMMISSIONER  SHALL  CONSIDER ANY COMMENTS RECEIVED BY THE
LOCAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL OR BOARD  OF  COOPERATIVE
EDUCATIONAL SERVICES FROM PARENTS OR PERSONS IN PARENTAL RELATION TO THE
STUDENTS THAT WOULD BE DIRECTLY AFFECTED BY THE WAIVER IF GRANTED.
  4.  ANY  LOCAL  SCHOOL  DISTRICT,  APPROVED PRIVATE SCHOOL OR BOARD OF
COOPERATIVE EDUCATIONAL SERVICES GRANTED A WAIVER SHALL SUBMIT AN ANNUAL

S. 6406--B                         16

REPORT TO THE COMMISSIONER REGARDING THE OPERATION AND EVALUATION OF THE
PROGRAM NO LATER THAN THIRTY DAYS AFTER THE END OF EACH SCHOOL YEAR  FOR
WHICH A WAIVER IS GRANTED.
  S 21. Intentionally omitted.
  S 22. Intentionally omitted.
  S 23. Subdivision 16 of section 3602-ee of the education law, as added
by section 1 of part CC of chapter 56 of the laws of 2014, is amended to
read as follows:
  16.  The authority of the department to administer the universal full-
day pre-kindergarten program shall expire June thirtieth,  two  thousand
[sixteen] SEVENTEEN; provided that the program shall continue and remain
in full effect.
  S  24. Paragraph b of subdivision 6-c of section 3602 of the education
law, as added by chapter 1 of the laws of 2013, is amended  to  read  as
follows:
  b.  For  projects  approved  by the commissioner authorized to receive
additional building aid pursuant to this subdivision for the purchase of
stationary metal detectors, security cameras, CARBON MONOXIDE  DETECTORS
or other security devices approved by the commissioner that increase the
safety  of  students and school personnel, provided that for purposes of
this paragraph such other security devices shall be limited to electron-
ic security systems and hardened doors, and provided that  for  projects
approved by the commissioner on or after the first day of July two thou-
sand  thirteen  and  before the first day of July [two thousand sixteen]
TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN such additional aid shall equal  the  product  of
(i) the building aid ratio computed for use in the current year pursuant
to  paragraph  c  of subdivision six of this section plus ten percentage
points, except that in no case shall  this  amount  exceed  one  hundred
percent,  and (ii) the actual approved expenditures incurred in the base
year pursuant to this subdivision, provided that the limitations on cost
allowances prescribed by paragraph a of subdivision six of this  section
shall not apply, and provided further that any projects aided under this
paragraph  must  be  included  in  a  district's school safety plan. The
commissioner shall annually prescribe a special cost allowance for metal
detectors, and security cameras, and the approved expenditures shall not
exceed such cost allowance.
  S 25. Section 2 of chapter 552 of the laws of 1995 amending the educa-
tion law relating to contracts for the transportation  of  school  chil-
dren,  as amended by chapter 116 of the laws of 2013, is amended to read
as follows:
  S 2. This act shall take effect on  the  first  day  of  January  next
succeeding the date on which it shall have become a law and shall remain
in  full  force  and effect until January 1, [2017] 2020, when upon such
date the provisions of this act shall be deemed repealed.
  S 26. Paragraph b of subdivision 2 of section 3612  of  the  education
law,  as  amended  by  section  8 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of
2015, is amended to read as follows:
  b. Such grants shall be awarded to school districts, within the limits
of funds appropriated therefor, through a competitive process that takes
into consideration the magnitude of any  shortage  of  teachers  in  the
school  district, the number of teachers employed in the school district
who hold temporary licenses to teach in the public schools of the state,
the number of provisionally certified teachers, the fiscal capacity  and
geographic  sparsity  of  the  district,  the number of new teachers the
school district intends to hire in the coming school year and the number
of summer in the city student internships proposed by an eligible school

S. 6406--B                         17

district, if applicable. Grants provided pursuant to this section  shall
be used only for the purposes enumerated in this section.  Notwithstand-
ing  any  other provision of law to the contrary, a city school district
in a city having a population of one million or more inhabitants receiv-
ing a grant pursuant to this section may use no more than eighty percent
of  such  grant  funds  for any recruitment, retention and certification
costs associated with transitional certification of  teacher  candidates
for  the  school  years  two thousand one--two thousand two through [two
thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen] TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO  THOU-
SAND SEVENTEEN.
  S  27.  Subdivision 6 of section 4402 of the education law, as amended
by section 9 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended  to
read as follows:
  6.  Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the contrary,
the board of education of a city school district with  a  population  of
one  hundred twenty-five thousand or more inhabitants shall be permitted
to establish  maximum  class  sizes  for  special  classes  for  certain
students  with  disabilities  in  accordance with the provisions of this
subdivision. For the purpose of obtaining relief from any adverse fiscal
impact from under-utilization of special education resources due to  low
student  attendance  in  special  education  classes  at  the middle and
secondary level as determined by the commissioner, such boards of educa-
tion shall, during the school years nineteen hundred  ninety-five--nine-
ty-six  through  June thirtieth, two thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN of the
[two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen] TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO
THOUSAND SEVENTEEN school year, be authorized to increase class sizes in
special  classes  containing students with disabilities whose age ranges
are equivalent to those of students in middle and secondary  schools  as
defined  by  the  commissioner for purposes of this section by up to but
not to exceed one and two tenths times the applicable maximum class size
specified in regulations of the commissioner rounded up to  the  nearest
whole  number,  provided  that  in a city school district having a popu-
lation of one million or more, classes that have a maximum class size of
fifteen may be increased by no more than one student and  provided  that
the  projected average class size shall not exceed the maximum specified
in the applicable regulation, provided  that  such  authorization  shall
terminate  on  June thirtieth, two thousand. Such authorization shall be
granted upon filing of a notice by such a board of  education  with  the
commissioner  stating the board's intention to increase such class sizes
and a certification that the board will conduct a  study  of  attendance
problems  at  the secondary level and will implement a corrective action
plan to increase the rate of attendance of students in such  classes  to
at  least  the  rate for students attending regular education classes in
secondary schools of the district. Such corrective action plan shall  be
submitted  for  approval by the commissioner by a date during the school
year in which such board increases class sizes as provided  pursuant  to
this  subdivision  to  be  prescribed by the commissioner. Upon at least
thirty days notice to the board of education, after  conclusion  of  the
school year in which such board increases class sizes as provided pursu-
ant  to this subdivision, the commissioner shall be authorized to termi-
nate such authorization upon a finding that  the  board  has  failed  to
develop or implement an approved corrective action plan.
  S  28.  Subdivision b of section 2 of chapter 756 of the laws of 1992,
relating to funding a program for work force education conducted by  the
consortium  for worker education in New York city, as amended by section

S. 6406--B                         18

13 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended  to  read  as
follows:
  b.  Reimbursement for programs approved in accordance with subdivision
a of this section for the 2012--2013 school year shall not  exceed  63.3
percent  of  the  lesser  of  such  approvable costs per contact hour or
twelve dollars and thirty-five cents per contact hour, reimbursement for
the 2013--2014 school year shall not exceed 62.3 percent of  the  lesser
of  such  approvable costs per contact hour or twelve dollars and sixty-
five cents per contact hour, reimbursement  for  the  2014--2015  school
year  shall  not  exceed  61.6  percent of the lesser of such approvable
costs per contact hour or  thirteen  dollars  per  contact  hour,  [and]
reimbursement  for  the  2015--2016  school  year  shall not exceed 60.7
percent of the lesser of such approvable costs per contact hour or thir-
teen dollars and forty cents per contact hour, AND REIMBURSEMENT FOR THE
2016--2017 SCHOOL YEAR SHALL NOT EXCEED 60.3 PERCENT OF  THE  LESSER  OF
SUCH  APPROVABLE COSTS PER CONTACT HOUR OR THIRTEEN DOLLARS NINETY CENTS
PER CONTACT HOUR where  a  contact  hour  represents  sixty  minutes  of
instruction services provided to an eligible adult.  Notwithstanding any
other  provision  of law to the contrary, for the 2012--2013 school year
such contact hours shall not exceed one million six  hundred  sixty-four
thousand  five  hundred  thirty-two  (1,664,532)  hours; whereas for the
2013--2014 school year such contact hours shall not exceed  one  million
six  hundred  forty-nine  thousand  seven  hundred forty-six (1,649,746)
hours; whereas for the 2014--2015 school year such contact  hours  shall
not  exceed  one  million  six  hundred twenty-five thousand (1,625,000)
hours; whereas for the 2015--2016 school year such contact  hours  shall
not  exceed  one  million  five  hundred  ninety-nine  thousand  fifteen
(1,599,015) HOURS; WHEREAS FOR THE 2016--2017 SCHOOL YEAR  SUCH  CONTACT
HOURS SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED FIFTY-ONE THOUSAND THREE
HUNDRED TWELVE ($1,551,312).  Notwithstanding any other provision of law
to  the  contrary,  the  apportionment  calculated  for  the city school
district of the city of New York pursuant to subdivision 11  of  section
3602  of  the  education  law shall be computed as if such contact hours
provided by the consortium for  worker  education,  not  to  exceed  the
contact hours set forth herein, were eligible for aid in accordance with
the  provisions  of such subdivision 11 of section 3602 of the education
law.
  S 29. Section 4 of chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, relating to  fund-
ing  a  program for work force education conducted by the consortium for
worker education in New York city, is amended by adding a  new  subdivi-
sion u to read as follows:
  U.  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  SHALL  NOT APPLY AFTER THE
COMPLETION OF PAYMENTS FOR THE 2016--2017 SCHOOL  YEAR.  NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY  INCONSISTENT  PROVISIONS  OF LAW, THE COMMISSIONER SHALL WITHHOLD A
PORTION OF EMPLOYMENT PREPARATION EDUCATION AID DUE TO THE  CITY  SCHOOL
DISTRICT  OF  THE  CITY OF NEW YORK TO SUPPORT A PORTION OF THE COSTS OF
THE WORK FORCE EDUCATION PROGRAM. SUCH MONEYS SHALL BE CREDITED  TO  THE
ELEMENTARY  AND  SECONDARY  EDUCATION  FUND LOCAL ASSISTANCE ACCOUNT AND
SHALL NOT EXCEED THIRTEEN MILLION DOLLARS ($13,000,000).
  S 30. Section 6 of chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, relating to  fund-
ing  a  program for work force education conducted by the consortium for
worker education in New York city, as amended by section 15 of part A of
chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S 6. This act shall take effect July 1,  1992,  and  shall  be  deemed
repealed on June 30, [2016] 2017.

S. 6406--B                         19

  S  31. Section 99-u of the state finance law, as added by section 2 of
part GG of chapter 59 of the laws of 2013, subdivision 2-a as  added  by
chapter 453 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S [99-u] 99-Z. New York state teen health education fund. 1.  There is
hereby  established in the JOINT custody of the commissioner of taxation
and finance AND THE STATE COMPTROLLER a special account to be  known  as
the "New York state teen health education fund".
  2.  Such fund shall consist of all revenues received by the department
of taxation and finance, pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  section  six
hundred thirty-c of the tax law and all other moneys appropriated there-
to  from  any other fund or source pursuant to law. Nothing contained in
this section shall prevent the state from  receiving  grants,  gifts  or
bequests  for  the  purposes  of the fund as defined in this section and
depositing them into the fund according to law.
  2-a. On or before the first day of February each year, the commission-
er of health shall provide a written report to the  temporary  president
of  the  senate,  speaker  of  the assembly, chair of the senate finance
committee, chair of the assembly ways and means committee, chair of  the
senate  committee on health, chair of the assembly health committee, the
state comptroller and the public. Such  report  shall  include  how  the
monies of the fund were utilized during the preceding calendar year, and
shall include:
  (i)  the amount of money dispersed from the fund and the award process
used for such disbursements;
  (ii) recipients of awards from the fund;
  (iii) the amount awarded to each;
  (iv) the purposes for which such awards were granted; and
  (v) a summary financial plan for such monies which shall include esti-
mates of all receipts and all disbursements for the current and succeed-
ing fiscal years, along with the actual results from  the  prior  fiscal
year.
  3. [The moneys in said account shall be retained by the fund and shall
be  released  by  the  commissioner  of  taxation  and finance only upon
certificates signed by the commissioner  of  education  or  his  or  her
designee and only for the purposes set forth in this section.
  4.  The  moneys  in  such  fund  shall  be expended for the purpose of
supplementing educational programs in schools for health  and  awareness
of  issues  facing  teens  today when it comes to their health. Eligible
health programs are  those  with  an  established  curriculum  providing
instruction  on  alcohol,  tobacco  and other drug abuse prevention, the
causes and problems associated with teen obesity, and for  awareness  of
the  symptoms  of  teen endometriosis.] THE MONEYS OF SUCH FUND SHALL BE
PAID OUT ON THE AUDIT AND WARRANT OF THE STATE COMPTROLLER  ON  VOUCHERS
CERTIFIED  OR  APPROVED  BY THE COMMISSIONER OF EDUCATION, OR HIS OR HER
DESIGNEE, AND ONLY FOR THE PURPOSES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION.
  4. THE MONEYS IN SUCH FUND  SHALL  BE  EXPENDED  FOR  THE  PURPOSE  OF
SUPPLEMENTING  EDUCATIONAL  PROGRAMS  IN SCHOOLS FOR TEEN HEALTH ISSUES,
INCLUDING PROVIDING GRANTS TO NOT-FOR-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS FOR  PROGRAMS
THAT RAISE AWARENESS OF ISSUES FACING TEENS TODAY WHEN IT COMES TO THEIR
HEALTH.  ELIGIBLE  PROGRAMS  ARE THOSE THAT PROVIDE INSTRUCTION OR RAISE
AWARENESS ON ALCOHOL, TOBACCO AND OTHER DRUG ABUSE PREVENTION, THE CAUS-
ES AND PROBLEMS ASSOCIATED WITH TEEN OBESITY, OR FOR  AWARENESS  OF  THE
SYMPTOMS OF TEEN ENDOMETRIOSIS.
  5.  (I) ON OR BEFORE THE FIRST DAY OF FEBRUARY OF EACH YEAR, THE STATE
COMPTROLLER SHALL CERTIFY TO THE GOVERNOR, TEMPORARY  PRESIDENT  OF  THE
SENATE,  SPEAKER OF THE ASSEMBLY, CHAIR OF SENATE FINANCE COMMITTEE, AND

S. 6406--B                         20

CHAIR OF ASSEMBLY WAYS AND MEANS COMMITTEE THE AMOUNT OF MONEY DEPOSITED
BY SOURCE IN THE NEW YORK STATE TEEN HEALTH EDUCATION  FUND  DURING  THE
PRECEDING  CALENDAR  YEAR  AS  THE RESULT OF REVENUE DERIVED PURSUANT TO
SECTION SIX HUNDRED THIRTY-C OF THE TAX LAW AND FROM ALL OTHER SOURCES.
  (II)  ON OR BEFORE THE FIRST DAY OF FEBRUARY OF EACH YEAR, THE COMMIS-
SIONER OF EDUCATION SHALL PROVIDE A  WRITTEN  REPORT  TO  THE  TEMPORARY
PRESIDENT  OF  THE  SENATE,  SPEAKER  OF  THE  ASSEMBLY, CHAIR OF SENATE
FINANCE COMMITTEE, AND CHAIR OF THE ASSEMBLY WAYS AND  MEANS  COMMITTEE.
SUCH  REPORT  SHALL  INCLUDE HOW MONIES OF THE FUND WERE UTILIZED DURING
THE PRECEDING CALENDAR YEAR AND SHALL INCLUDE:
  (A) THE AMOUNT OF MONEY DISBURSED FROM THE FUND;
  (B) RECIPIENTS OF AWARDS FROM THE FUND;
  (C) THE AMOUNT AWARDED TO EACH; AND
  (D) THE PURPOSES FOR WHICH SUCH AWARDS WERE GRANTED.
  S 32. Subdivision 1 of section 167 of chapter 169 of the laws of 1994,
relating to certain provisions related to the 1994-95 state  operations,
aid to localities, capital projects and debt service budgets, as amended
by section 16 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to
read as follows:
  1.  Sections  one  through seventy of this act shall be deemed to have
been in full force and effect as of April  1,  1994  provided,  however,
that  sections  one,  two,  twenty-four,  twenty-five  and  twenty-seven
through seventy of this act shall expire and be deemed repealed on March
31, 2000; provided, however, that section twenty of this act shall apply
only to hearings commenced prior to  September  1,  1994,  and  provided
further  that  section twenty-six of this act shall expire and be deemed
repealed on March 31, 1997; and  provided  further  that  sections  four
through fourteen, sixteen, and eighteen, nineteen and twenty-one through
twenty-one-a  of  this  act shall expire and be deemed repealed on March
31, 1997; and provided further that sections three, fifteen,  seventeen,
twenty,  twenty-two  and  twenty-three  of  this act shall expire and be
deemed repealed on March 31, [2017] 2018.
  S 33. Subdivisions 22 and 24 of section 140 of chapter 82 of the  laws
of 1995, amending the education law and other laws relating to state aid
to  school  districts  and the appropriation of funds for the support of
government, as amended by section 17 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws
of 2015, are amended to read as follows:
  (22) sections one hundred twelve, one hundred  thirteen,  one  hundred
fourteen,  one hundred fifteen and one hundred sixteen of this act shall
take effect on July 1, 1995; provided, however, that section one hundred
thirteen of this act shall remain in full force and effect until July 1,
[2016] 2017 at which time it shall be deemed repealed;
  (24) sections one hundred eighteen through one hundred thirty of  this
act  shall  be deemed to have been in full force and effect on and after
July 1, 1995; provided further, however, that the amendments made pursu-
ant to section one hundred twenty-four of this act shall be deemed to be
repealed on and after July 1, [2016] 2017;
  S 34. Section 12 of chapter 147 of the  laws  of  2001,  amending  the
education  law  relating  to conditional appointment of school district,
charter school or BOCES employees, as amended by section 19 of part A of
chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S 12. This act shall take effect on the same date as  chapter  180  of
the laws of 2000 takes effect, and shall expire July 1, [2016] 2017 when
upon such date the provisions of this act shall be deemed repealed.
  S  35.  Section  4  of  chapter  425 of the laws of 2002, amending the
education law relating to  the  provision  of  supplemental  educational

S. 6406--B                         21

services,  attendance  at  a  safe  public  school and the suspension of
pupils who bring a firearm to or possess  a  firearm  at  a  school,  as
amended  by  section  20 of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is
amended to read as follows:
  S  4.  This act shall take effect July 1, 2002 and shall expire and be
deemed repealed June 30, [2016] 2017.
  S 36. Section 5 of chapter 101 of  the  laws  of  2003,  amending  the
education law relating to the implementation of the No Child Left Behind
Act  of  2001,  as  amended by section 21 of part A of chapter 56 of the
laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S 5. This act shall take effect immediately;  provided  that  sections
one,  two  and  three of this act shall expire and be deemed repealed on
June 30, [2016] 2017.
  S 37. School bus driver training. In addition to apportionments other-
wise provided by section 3602 of the education law, for aid  payable  in
the 2016--2017 school year, the commissioner of education shall allocate
school  bus  driver  training  grants  to school districts and boards of
cooperative educational services pursuant to sections 3650-a, 3650-b and
3650-c of the education law, or for contracts directly with not-for-pro-
fit educational organizations for the purposes  of  this  section.  Such
payments  shall  not exceed four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) per
school year.
  S 38. Special apportionment for salary expenses. a.    Notwithstanding
any  other  provision  of  law,  upon application to the commissioner of
education, not sooner than the first day of  the  second  full  business
week  of  June  2017  and  not later than the last day of the third full
business week of June 2017, a school district eligible for an apportion-
ment pursuant to section 3602 of the education law shall be eligible  to
receive  an  apportionment pursuant to this section, for the school year
ending June 30, 2017, for salary expenses incurred between April  1  and
June 30, 2016 and such apportionment shall not exceed the sum of (i) the
deficit  reduction assessment of 1990--1991 as determined by the commis-
sioner of education, pursuant to paragraph f of subdivision 1 of section
3602 of the education law, as in effect through June 30, 1993, plus (ii)
186 percent of such amount for a city school district in a city  with  a
population in excess of 1,000,000 inhabitants, plus (iii) 209 percent of
such  amount  for  a city school district in a city with a population of
more than 195,000 inhabitants and less than 219,000 inhabitants  accord-
ing  to  the  latest  federal  census, plus (iv) the net gap elimination
adjustment for 2010--2011, as determined by the commissioner  of  educa-
tion pursuant to chapter 53 of the laws of 2010, plus (v) the gap elimi-
nation  adjustment  for  2011--2012 as determined by the commissioner of
education pursuant to subdivision 17 of section 3602  of  the  education
law,  and provided further that such apportionment shall not exceed such
salary expenses. Such application shall be made by  a  school  district,
after the board of education or trustees have adopted a resolution to do
so and in the case of a city school district in a city with a population
in excess of 125,000 inhabitants, with the approval of the mayor of such
city.
  b.  The  claim  for  an  apportionment to be paid to a school district
pursuant to subdivision a of this section  shall  be  submitted  to  the
commissioner  of  education  on  a form prescribed for such purpose, and
shall be payable upon determination by such commissioner that  the  form
has been submitted as prescribed. Such approved amounts shall be payable
on  the  same  day in September of the school year following the year in
which application was made as funds provided  pursuant  to  subparagraph

S. 6406--B                         22

(4) of paragraph b of subdivision 4 of section 92-c of the state finance
law,  on  the  audit  and  warrant  of the state comptroller on vouchers
certified or approved by the commissioner of  education  in  the  manner
prescribed  by  law  from  moneys in the state lottery fund and from the
general fund to the extent that the amount paid  to  a  school  district
pursuant  to  this  section  exceeds the amount, if any, due such school
district pursuant to subparagraph (2) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of
section 3609-a of the education law in the  school  year  following  the
year in which application was made.
  c.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of section 3609-a of the education
law, an amount equal to the amount paid to a school district pursuant to
subdivisions a and b of this section shall first be  deducted  from  the
following  payments  due  the  school  district  during  the school year
following the year in which application was made  pursuant  to  subpara-
graphs  (1),  (2),  (3),  (4) and (5) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of
section 3609-a of the education law in the following order: the  lottery
apportionment  payable  pursuant  to  subparagraph (2) of such paragraph
followed by the fixed fall payments payable pursuant to subparagraph (4)
of such paragraph and then followed by the district's  payments  to  the
teachers'  retirement  system pursuant to subparagraph (1) of such para-
graph, and any remainder to be deducted from the individualized payments
due the district pursuant to paragraph b of such  subdivision  shall  be
deducted on a chronological basis starting with the earliest payment due
the district.
  S  39. Special apportionment for public pension accruals. a.  Notwith-
standing any other provision of law, upon application to the commission-
er of education, not later than June 30, 2017, a school district  eligi-
ble  for  an apportionment pursuant to section 3602 of the education law
shall be eligible to receive an apportionment pursuant to this  section,
for  the  school  year ending June 30, 2017 and such apportionment shall
not exceed the  additional  accruals  required  to  be  made  by  school
districts  in the 2004--2005 and 2005--2006 school years associated with
changes for such public pension liabilities. The amount  of  such  addi-
tional  accrual  shall  be certified to the commissioner of education by
the president of the board of education or the trustees or, in the  case
of  a  city  school  district  in  a city with a population in excess of
125,000 inhabitants, the mayor of such city. Such application  shall  be
made by a school district, after the board of education or trustees have
adopted  a resolution to do so and in the case of a city school district
in a city with a population in excess of 125,000 inhabitants,  with  the
approval of the mayor of such city.
  b.  The  claim  for  an  apportionment to be paid to a school district
pursuant to subdivision a of this section  shall  be  submitted  to  the
commissioner  of  education  on  a form prescribed for such purpose, and
shall be payable upon determination by such commissioner that  the  form
has been submitted as prescribed. Such approved amounts shall be payable
on  the  same  day in September of the school year following the year in
which application was made as funds provided  pursuant  to  subparagraph
(4) of paragraph b of subdivision 4 of section 92-c of the state finance
law,  on  the  audit  and  warrant  of the state comptroller on vouchers
certified or approved by the commissioner of  education  in  the  manner
prescribed  by  law  from  moneys in the state lottery fund and from the
general fund to the extent that the amount paid  to  a  school  district
pursuant  to  this  section  exceeds the amount, if any, due such school
district pursuant to subparagraph (2) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of

S. 6406--B                         23

section 3609-a of the education law in the  school  year  following  the
year in which application was made.
  c.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of section 3609-a of the education
law, an amount equal to the amount paid to a school district pursuant to
subdivisions a and b of this section shall first be  deducted  from  the
following  payments  due  the  school  district  during  the school year
following the year in which application was made  pursuant  to  subpara-
graphs  (1),  (2),  (3),  (4) and (5) of paragraph a of subdivision 1 of
section 3609-a of the education law in the following order: the  lottery
apportionment  payable  pursuant  to  subparagraph (2) of such paragraph
followed by the fixed fall payments payable pursuant to subparagraph (4)
of such paragraph and then followed by the district's  payments  to  the
teachers'  retirement  system pursuant to subparagraph (1) of such para-
graph, and any remainder to be deducted from the individualized payments
due the district pursuant to paragraph b of such  subdivision  shall  be
deducted on a chronological basis starting with the earliest payment due
the district.
  S  40.  a.  Notwithstanding  any  other law, rule or regulation to the
contrary, any moneys appropriated to the state education department  may
be  suballocated  to  other state departments or agencies, as needed, to
accomplish the intent of the specific appropriations contained therein.
  b. Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the  contrary,
moneys  appropriated  to the state education department from the general
fund/aid to localities,  local  assistance  account-001,  shall  be  for
payment  of  financial  assistance,  as scheduled, net of disallowances,
refunds, reimbursement and credits.
  c. Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the  contrary,
all  moneys  appropriated  to  the state education department for aid to
localities shall be available for payment of aid heretofore or hereafter
to accrue and may be suballocated to other departments and  agencies  to
accomplish the intent of the specific appropriations contained therein.
  d.  Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation to the contrary,
moneys appropriated  to  the  state  education  department  for  general
support  for  public  schools may be interchanged with any other item of
appropriation for general support for public schools within the  general
fund  local  assistance  account office of prekindergarten through grade
twelve education programs.
  S 41. Notwithstanding the provision of any law, rule, or regulation to
the contrary, the city school district of the city  of  Rochester,  upon
the  consent  of  the  board  of cooperative educational services of the
supervisory district serving its geographic  region  may  purchase  from
such  board  for  the  2016--2017 school year, as a non-component school
district, services required by article 19 of the education law.
  S 42. The amounts specified in this section shall be a set aside  from
the  state  funds  which  each such district is receiving from the total
foundation aid: for the  purpose  of  the  development,  maintenance  or
expansion of magnet schools or magnet school programs for the 2016--2017
school  year.  To the city school district of the city of New York there
shall be paid forty-eight  million  one  hundred  seventy-five  thousand
dollars ($48,175,000) including five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000)
for the Andrew Jackson High School; to the Buffalo city school district,
twenty-one  million  twenty-five  thousand dollars ($21,025,000); to the
Rochester city school district, fifteen million  dollars  ($15,000,000);
to   the   Syracuse  city  school  district,  thirteen  million  dollars
($13,000,000); to the Yonkers city school district,  forty-nine  million
five hundred thousand dollars ($49,500,000); to the Newburgh city school

S. 6406--B                         24

district,   four   million   six  hundred  forty-five  thousand  dollars
($4,645,000); to the Poughkeepsie city school district, two million four
hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($2,475,000); to the Mount  Vernon
city  school  district,  two  million  dollars  ($2,000,000); to the New
Rochelle city school district, one million  four  hundred  ten  thousand
dollars  ($1,410,000);  to  the  Schenectady  city  school district, one
million eight hundred thousand dollars ($1,800,000); to the Port Chester
city school district, one million one  hundred  fifty  thousand  dollars
($1,150,000);  to  the  White  Plains city school district, nine hundred
thousand dollars ($900,000); to the Niagara Falls city school  district,
six  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($600,000);  to  the Albany city school
district,  three   million   five   hundred   fifty   thousand   dollars
($3,550,000);  to  the  Utica  city school district, two million dollars
($2,000,000); to the Beacon city school district, five hundred sixty-six
thousand dollars ($566,000); to the  Middletown  city  school  district,
four  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($400,000); to the Freeport union free
school district, four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000); to the Green-
burgh  central  school  district,   three   hundred   thousand   dollars
($300,000);  to  the Amsterdam city school district, eight hundred thou-
sand dollars ($800,000); to the  Peekskill  city  school  district,  two
hundred  thousand  dollars  ($200,000);  and  to  the Hudson city school
district, four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000). Notwithstanding  the
provisions of this section, a school district receiving a grant pursuant
to  this  section may use such grant funds for: (i) any instructional or
instructional support costs associated with the operation  of  a  magnet
school; or (ii) any instructional or instructional support costs associ-
ated  with  implementation  of  an  alternative approach to reduction of
racial isolation and/or enhancement of  the  instructional  program  and
raising  of  standards  in  elementary  and  secondary schools of school
districts having substantial concentrations of  minority  students.  The
commissioner  of  education  shall  not be authorized to withhold magnet
grant funds from a school district that used such  funds  in  accordance
with  this section, notwithstanding any inconsistency with a request for
proposals issued by such commissioner. For  the  purpose  of  attendance
improvement  and  dropout prevention for the 2016--2017 school year, for
any city school district in a city having a population of more than  one
million, the set aside for attendance improvement and dropout prevention
shall  equal  the  amount set aside in the base year. For the 2016--2017
school year, it is further provided that any city school district  in  a
city  having  a  population  of  more than one million shall allocate at
least one-third of any increase from base year levels in funds set aside
pursuant to the requirements of this section to  community-based  organ-
izations.  Any  increase required pursuant to this section to community-
based organizations must be  in  addition  to  allocations  provided  to
community-based  organizations  in  the  base  year.  For the purpose of
teacher support for the 2016--2017  school  year:  to  the  city  school
district  of the city of New York, sixty-two million seven hundred seven
thousand dollars ($62,707,000); to the Buffalo city school district, one
million seven hundred forty-one thousand dollars  ($1,741,000);  to  the
Rochester city school district, one million seventy-six thousand dollars
($1,076,000);  to  the  Yonkers  city  school  district, one million one
hundred forty-seven thousand dollars ($1,147,000); and to  the  Syracuse
city  school  district,  eight hundred nine thousand dollars ($809,000).
All funds made available to a school district pursuant to  this  section
shall  be  distributed among teachers including prekindergarten teachers
and teachers of adult vocational and  academic  subjects  in  accordance

S. 6406--B                         25

with  this  section  and  shall be in addition to salaries heretofore or
hereafter negotiated or made  available;  provided,  however,  that  all
funds distributed pursuant to this section for the current year shall be
deemed  to incorporate all funds distributed pursuant to former subdivi-
sion 27 of section 3602 of the education law for prior years.  In school
districts where the teachers are represented by certified or  recognized
employee  organizations,  all  salary  increases funded pursuant to this
section  shall  be  determined  by  separate   collective   negotiations
conducted pursuant to the provisions and procedures of article 14 of the
civil  service law, notwithstanding the existence of a negotiated agree-
ment between a school district and a certified  or  recognized  employee
organization.   For the purpose of continuing contractual obligations of
conversion charter schools and their employees for the 2016-2017  school
year,  to  the  city  school  district  of the city of New York, fifteen
million dollars ($15,000,000).
  S 43. Support of public libraries. The  moneys  appropriated  for  the
support  of  public  libraries by a chapter of the laws of 2016 enacting
the aid to localities budget shall  be  apportioned  for  the  2016-2017
state  fiscal  year  in  accordance with the provisions of sections 271,
272, 273, 282, 284, and 285 of the  education  law  as  amended  by  the
provisions  of this chapter and the provisions of this section, provided
that library construction aid pursuant to section 273-a of the education
law shall not be payable from the  appropriations  for  the  support  of
public libraries and provided further that no library, library system or
program, as defined by the commissioner of education, shall receive less
total  system  or  program  aid  than it received for the year 2001-2002
except as a result of a reduction adjustment necessary to conform to the
appropriations for support  of  public  libraries.  Notwithstanding  any
other  provision  of law to the contrary the moneys appropriated for the
support of public libraries for the year 2016-2017 by a chapter  of  the
laws  of 2016 enacting the education, labor and family assistance budget
shall fulfill the state's obligation to provide such aid  and,  pursuant
to a plan developed by the commissioner of education and approved by the
director of the budget, the aid payable to libraries and library systems
pursuant  to  such  appropriations  shall  be reduced proportionately to
assure that the total amount of aid payable does not  exceed  the  total
appropriations for such purpose.
  S 44. Severability. The provisions of this act shall be severable, and
if  the  application  of  any  clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision,
section or part of this act to  any  person  or  circumstance  shall  be
adjudged  by  any  court  of  competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such
judgment shall not necessarily affect, impair or invalidate the applica-
tion of any such clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivision, section, part
of this act or remainder thereof, as the  case  may  be,  to  any  other
person  or  circumstance,  but shall be confined in its operation to the
clause,  sentence,  paragraph,  subdivision,  section  or  part  thereof
directly  involved  in the controversy in which such judgment shall have
been rendered.
  S 45. This act shall take effect immediately, and shall be  deemed  to
have been in full force and effect on and after April 1, 2016, provided,
however, that:
  1.  Sections one, twenty-six, twenty-seven, twenty-eight, twenty-nine,
thirty-seven, forty-one and forty-two of this act shall take effect July
1, 2016.
  2. The amendments to subdivision 1 of section 2856  of  the  education
law  made  by section twelve of this act shall be subject to the expira-

S. 6406--B                         26

tion and reversion of such subdivision  pursuant  to  subdivision  d  of
section  27  of  chapter  378 of the laws of 2007, as amended, when upon
such date the provisions of section thirteen  of  this  act  shall  take
effect.
  3.  The  amendments  to  chapter 756 of the laws of 1992, amending the
education law relating to funding a program  for  work  force  education
conducted  by a consortium for worker education in New York City made by
sections twenty-eight and twenty-nine of this act shall not  affect  the
repeal of such chapter and shall be deemed repealed therewith.
  4.  Section thirty-three of this act shall take effect immediately and
shall be deemed to have been in full force and effect on and  after  the
effective date of section 140 of chapter 82 of the laws of 1995.

                                PART A-1

  Section  1.  Subdivision  4  of  section 3602 of the education law, as
amended by section 5-a of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of  2015,  is
amended to read as follows:
  4. Total foundation aid. In addition to any other apportionment pursu-
ant  to this chapter, a school district, other than a special act school
district as defined in subdivision eight of section four thousand one of
this chapter, shall be eligible for total foundation aid  equal  to  the
product  of  total  aidable  foundation  pupil  units  multiplied by the
district's selected foundation aid, which shall be the greater  of  five
hundred dollars ($500) or foundation formula aid, provided, however that
for  the  two  thousand  seven--two  thousand eight through two thousand
eight--two thousand nine school years, no school district shall  receive
total  foundation  aid  in excess of the sum of the total foundation aid
base for aid payable in  the  two  thousand  seven--two  thousand  eight
school  year  computed  pursuant  to  subparagraph (i) of paragraph j of
subdivision one of this section, plus the phase-in  foundation  increase
computed  pursuant  to  paragraph  b  of  this subdivision, and provided
further that for the two thousand twelve--two thousand  thirteen  school
year, no school district shall receive total foundation aid in excess of
the  sum  of  the  total  foundation aid base for aid payable in the two
thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school year  computed  pursuant  to
SUBPARAGRAPH  (II)  OF  paragraph  j of subdivision one of this section,
plus the phase-in foundation increase computed pursuant to  paragraph  b
of  this  subdivision,  and  provided  further that for the two thousand
thirteen--two thousand fourteen school year and  thereafter,  no  school
district  shall receive total foundation aid in excess of the sum of the
total foundation aid base computed  pursuant  to  SUBPARAGRAPH  (II)  OF
paragraph  j of subdivision one of this section, plus the phase-in foun-
dation increase computed pursuant to paragraph b  of  this  subdivision,
AND  PROVIDED,  FURTHER, THAT FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN SCHOOL YEAR, NO SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL RECEIVE TOTAL FOUNDATION
AID IN EXCESS OF THE LESSER OF (1) THE SUM OF THE TOTAL  FOUNDATION  AID
BASE  COMPUTED  PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH J OF SUBDIVI-
SION ONE OF THIS SECTION, PLUS THE PERCENTAGE INCREASE COMPUTED PURSUANT
TO PARAGRAPH B-2 OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION  OR  (2)  TOTAL  FOUNDATION  AID,
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT FOR ANY DISTRICT IN WHICH THE TOTAL FOUNDATION
AID BASE COMPUTED PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH J OF SUBDI-
VISION ONE OF THIS SECTION EXCEEDS TOTAL FOUNDATION AID,  AND  WHICH  IS
DESIGNATED  AS  HIGH  NEED PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C) OF SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF
PARAGRAPH C OF SUBDIVISION SIX  OF  THIS  SECTION  FOR  THE  SCHOOL  AID
COMPUTER  LISTING PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE ENACTED

S. 6406--B                         27

BUDGET FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SEVEN--TWO THOUSAND EIGHT  SCHOOL  YEAR  AND
ENTITLED  "SA0708"  OTHER  THAN  A  CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT OF THOSE CITIES
HAVING POPULATIONS IN EXCESS OF ONE HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE  THOUSAND,  SUCH
TOTAL  FOUNDATION  AID  SHALL  BE THE TOTAL FOUNDATION AID BASE COMPUTED
PURSUANT TO SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH J OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF  THIS
SECTION  MULTIPLIED  BY  ONE  AND  FOUR-HUNDREDTHS  (1.04)  and provided
further that total foundation aid shall not be less than the product  of
the total foundation aid base computed pursuant to paragraph j of subdi-
vision  one  of this section and the due-minimum percent which shall be,
for the two thousand twelve--two  thousand  thirteen  school  year,  one
hundred  and  six-tenths  percent (1.006) and for the two thousand thir-
teen--two thousand fourteen school year for  city  school  districts  of
those  cities  having  populations  in excess of one hundred twenty-five
thousand and less than one million inhabitants one hundred and  one  and
one  hundred  and seventy-six thousandths percent (1.01176), and for all
other districts one hundred and three-tenths percent  (1.003),  and  for
the  two thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen school year one hundred
and eighty-five hundredths percent (1.0085), and for  the  two  thousand
fifteen--two  thousand sixteen school year, one hundred and thirty-seven
hundredths percent (1.0037),  subject  to  allocation  pursuant  to  the
provisions of subdivision eighteen of this section and any provisions of
a  chapter  of  the laws of New York as described therein, nor more than
the product of such total foundation aid base and  one  hundred  fifteen
percent,  and provided further that for the two thousand nine--two thou-
sand ten through two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school  years,
each  school  district  shall  receive total foundation aid in an amount
equal to the amount apportioned to such  school  district  for  the  two
thousand  eight--two thousand nine school year pursuant to this subdivi-
sion. Total aidable foundation pupil units shall be calculated  pursuant
to  paragraph  g of subdivision two of this section. For the purposes of
calculating aid pursuant to this subdivision, aid for  the  city  school
district  of  the  city  of  New  York shall be calculated on a citywide
basis.
  a. Foundation formula aid. Foundation  formula  aid  shall  equal  the
remainder  when  the  expected  minimum local contribution is subtracted
from the product of the foundation amount, the regional cost index,  and
the  pupil  need  index,  or: (foundation amount x regional cost index x
pupil need index)- expected minimum local contribution.
  (1) The foundation amount shall reflect the average per pupil cost  of
general  education instruction in successful school districts, as deter-
mined by a statistical analysis of the costs of  special  education  and
general  education  in  successful  school  districts, provided that the
foundation amount shall be adjusted annually to reflect  the  percentage
increase in the consumer price index as computed pursuant to section two
thousand  twenty-two of this chapter, provided that for the two thousand
eight--two thousand nine school year, for the purpose  of  such  adjust-
ment,  the  percentage  increase  in  the  consumer price index shall be
deemed to be two and nine-tenths percent (0.029), and  provided  further
that  the  foundation  amount  for  the two thousand seven--two thousand
eight school  year  shall  be  five  thousand  two  hundred  fifty-eight
dollars, and provided further that for the two thousand seven--two thou-
sand   eight   through  two  thousand  [fifteen]  SIXTEEN--two  thousand
[sixteen] SEVENTEEN school years, the foundation amount shall be further
adjusted by the phase-in  foundation  percent  established  pursuant  to
paragraph b of this subdivision.

S. 6406--B                         28

  (2)  The regional cost index shall reflect an analysis of labor market
costs based on median salaries in professional occupations that  require
similar  credentials  to  those of positions in the education field, but
not including those occupations in the education  field,  provided  that
the regional cost indices for the two thousand seven--two thousand eight
school year and thereafter shall be as follows:
          Labor Force Region  Index
          Capital District    1.124
          Southern Tier       1.045
          Western New York    1.091
          Hudson Valley       1.314
          Long Island/NYC     1.425
          Finger Lakes        1.141
          Central New York    1.103
          Mohawk Valley       1.000
          North Country       1.000
  (3)  The pupil need index shall equal the sum of one plus the extraor-
dinary needs percent, provided, however, that the pupil need index shall
not be less than one nor more than two. The extraordinary needs  percent
shall  be  calculated pursuant to paragraph w of subdivision one of this
section.
  (4) The expected minimum local contribution shall equal the lesser  of
(i)  the product of (A) the quotient arrived at when the selected actual
valuation is divided by total wealth foundation pupil units,  multiplied
by  (B)  the  product  of the local tax factor, multiplied by the income
wealth index, or (ii) the product of (A) the product of  the  foundation
amount, the regional cost index, and the pupil need index, multiplied by
(B)  the  positive  difference,  if  any, of one minus the state sharing
ratio for total foundation aid. The local tax  factor  shall  be  estab-
lished by May first of each year by determining the product, computed to
four  decimal  places  without rounding, of ninety percent multiplied by
the quotient of the sum of the statewide average tax rate as computed by
the commissioner for the current year in accordance with the  provisions
of  paragraph  e of subdivision one of section thirty-six hundred nine-e
of this part plus the statewide average tax rate computed by the commis-
sioner for the base year in accordance with  such  provisions  plus  the
statewide  average  tax  rate  computed by the commissioner for the year
prior to the base year in accordance with such  provisions,  divided  by
three,  provided  however  that for the two thousand seven--two thousand
eight school year, such local tax factor shall  be  sixteen  thousandths
(0.016), and provided further that for the two thousand eight--two thou-
sand  nine  school  year,  such  local  tax  factor shall be one hundred
fifty-four ten thousandths (0.0154). The income wealth  index  shall  be
calculated pursuant to paragraph d of subdivision three of this section,
provided, however, that for the purposes of computing the expected mini-
mum  local  contribution  the income wealth index shall not be less than
sixty-five percent (0.65) and shall not be more than two hundred percent
(2.0) and provided however that such income wealth index  shall  not  be
more  than  ninety-five  percent  (0.95) for the two thousand eight--two
thousand nine school year, and provided further that such income  wealth
index  shall  not  be  less than zero for the two thousand thirteen--two
thousand fourteen school year. The selected actual  valuation  shall  be
calculated  pursuant  to paragraph c of subdivision one of this section.
Total wealth foundation pupil units  shall  be  calculated  pursuant  to
paragraph h of subdivision two of this section.

S. 6406--B                         29

  b.  Phase-in foundation increase. (1) The phase-in foundation increase
shall equal the product  of  the  phase-in  foundation  increase  factor
multiplied by the positive difference, if any, of (i) the product of the
total  aidable  foundation  pupil  units  multiplied  by  the district's
selected foundation aid less (ii) the total foundation aid base computed
pursuant to paragraph j of subdivision one of this section.
  (2)  (i)  Phase-in foundation percent. The phase-in foundation percent
shall equal one hundred thirteen and  fourteen  one  hundredths  percent
(1.1314)  for  the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve school year,
one hundred ten and thirty-eight hundredths percent (1.1038) for the two
thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen school year,  one  hundred  seven
and  sixty-eight  hundredths percent (1.0768) for the two thousand thir-
teen--two thousand fourteen  school  year,  one  hundred  five  and  six
hundredths  percent (1.0506) for the two thousand fourteen--two thousand
fifteen school year,  and  one  hundred  two  and  five  tenths  percent
(1.0250) for the two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen school year.
  (ii)  Phase-in  foundation  increase  factor.  For  the  two  thousand
eleven--two  thousand  twelve  school  year,  the  phase-in   foundation
increase  factor  shall  equal thirty-seven and one-half percent (0.375)
and the phase-in due minimum percent shall equal nineteen and  forty-one
hundredths  percent  (0.1941), for the two thousand twelve--two thousand
thirteen school year the phase-in foundation increase factor shall equal
one and seven-tenths percent (0.017), for the two thousand thirteen--two
thousand fourteen school year the phase-in  foundation  increase  factor
shall equal (1) for a city school district in a city having a population
of  one  million  or  more,  five  and  twenty-three  hundredths percent
(0.0523) or (2) for all other school districts zero percent, for the two
thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen school year the phase-in founda-
tion increase factor shall equal (1) for a city  school  district  of  a
city  having  a  population  of one million or more, four and thirty-two
hundredths percent (0.0432) or (2) for a school district  other  than  a
city  school  district  having  a  population of one million or more for
which (A) the quotient of the  positive  difference  of  the  foundation
formula aid minus the foundation aid base computed pursuant to paragraph
j  of  subdivision one of this section divided by the foundation formula
aid is greater than twenty-two percent (0.22) and (B) a combined  wealth
ratio  less  than thirty-five hundredths (0.35), seven percent (0.07) or
(3) for all other  school  districts,  four  and  thirty-one  hundredths
percent (0.0431), and for the two thousand fifteen--two thousand sixteen
school year the phase-in foundation increase factor shall equal: (1) for
a  city  school district of a city having a population of one million or
more,  thirteen  and  two  hundred  seventy-four   thousandths   percent
(0.13274);  or  (2)  for  districts  where  the quotient arrived at when
dividing (A) the product of the total  aidable  foundation  pupil  units
multiplied  by  the  district's  selected  foundation aid less the total
foundation aid base computed pursuant to paragraph j of subdivision  one
of  this section divided by (B) the product of the total aidable founda-
tion pupil units multiplied by the district's selected foundation aid is
greater than nineteen percent (0.19), and where the district's  combined
wealth  ratio  is  less  than  thirty-three hundredths (0.33), seven and
seventy-five hundredths percent (0.0775); or (3) for any other  district
designated  as  high  need pursuant to clause (c) of subparagraph two of
paragraph c of subdivision six  of  this  section  for  the  school  aid
computer  listing produced by the commissioner in support of the enacted
budget for the two thousand seven--two thousand eight  school  year  and
entitled  "SA0708",  four  percent  (0.04);  or  (4)  for  a city school

S. 6406--B                         30

district in a city having a population of one hundred twenty-five  thou-
sand  or more but less than one million, fourteen percent (0.14); or (5)
for school districts that were designated as small city school districts
or  central  school  districts  whose  boundaries include a portion of a
small city for the school aid computer listing produced by  the  commis-
sioner  in support of the enacted budget for the two thousand fourteen--
two thousand fifteen school year and entitled "SA1415", four  and  seven
hundred  fifty-one  thousandths  percent (0.04751); or (6) for all other
districts one percent (0.01), and for  the  two  thousand  [sixteen--two
thousand  seventeen]  SEVENTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN school year and
thereafter the commissioner shall annually determine the phase-in  foun-
dation  increase factor subject to allocation pursuant to the provisions
of subdivision eighteen of this section and any provisions of a  chapter
of the laws of New York as described therein.
  b-1.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of law to the contrary, for
the two thousand seven--two thousand eight school year  and  thereafter,
the  additional  amount payable to each school district pursuant to this
subdivision in the current year as total foundation aid, after deducting
the total foundation aid base, shall be deemed  a  state  grant  in  aid
identified  by  the commissioner for general use for purposes of section
seventeen hundred eighteen of this chapter.
  B-2. 1. PERCENTAGE INCREASE. FOR THE TWO THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO  THOU-
SAND  SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR,  THE  PERCENTAGE INCREASE SHALL EQUAL THE
GREATER OF (A) THE  TOTAL  FOUNDATION  AID  BASE  COMPUTED  PURSUANT  TO
SUBPARAGRAPH  (II)  OF  PARAGRAPH  J  OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION
MULTIPLIED BY THE PERCENTAGE INCREASE FACTOR OR (B)  THE  DIFFERENCE  OF
(1)  THE SUM OF THE AMOUNTS SET FORTH FOR EACH SCHOOL DISTRICT AS "2016-
17 FOUNDATION AID" PLUS "2016-17 COMMUNITY SCHOOLS AID"  IN  THE  SCHOOL
AID  COMPUTER  LISTING  PRODUCED  BY  THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE
EXECUTIVE BUDGET REQUEST FOR  THE  TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN  SCHOOL  YEAR  AND ENTITLED "BT161-7" LESS (2) THE AMOUNTS SET
FORTH FOR EACH SCHOOL DISTRICT  AS  "2015-16  FOUNDATION  AID"  IN  SUCH
COMPUTER LISTING.
  2.  FOR  PURPOSES OF THIS PARAGRAPH, "HIGH NEED URBAN/SUBURBAN," "HIGH
NEED RURAL," "AVERAGE NEED," AND "LOW NEED" SHALL MEAN SUCH DESIGNATIONS
PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (C) OF SUBPARAGRAPH TWO OF PARAGRAPH C OF SUBDIVISION
SIX OF THIS SECTION FOR THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING PRODUCED BY  THE
COMMISSIONER  IN  SUPPORT  OF  THE  ENACTED  BUDGET FOR THE TWO THOUSAND
SEVEN--TWO THOUSAND EIGHT SCHOOL YEAR AND ENTITLED "SA0708".
  3. THE PERCENTAGE INCREASE FACTOR SHALL BE: (A) FOR A SCHOOL  DISTRICT
IN A CITY WITH A POPULATION GREATER THAN ONE MILLION, SIX THOUSAND EIGHT
HUNDRED  EIGHTY-FIVE  HUNDRED  THOUSANDTHS  (0.06885);  (B) FOR A SCHOOL
DISTRICT IN A CITY WITH A POPULATION GREATER THAN TWO HUNDRED  THOUSAND,
BUT  LESS  THAN  ONE  MILLION,  SIX  HUNDREDTHS (0.06); (C) FOR A SCHOOL
DISTRICT  IN  A  CITY  WITH  A  POPULATION  GREATER  THAN  ONE   HUNDRED
TWENTY-FIVE  THOUSAND  BUT  LESS  THAN ONE HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND, SEVEN
HUNDREDTHS (0.07); (D) FOR A SCHOOL DISTRICT IN A CITY WITH A POPULATION
OF GREATER THAN ONE HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND BUT  LESS  THAN  TWO  HUNDRED
THOUSAND,  FOUR  HUNDREDTHS  (0.04);  (E) FOR ANY DISTRICT DESIGNATED AS
HIGH NEED URBAN/SUBURBAN, FIVE HUNDREDTHS (0.05); (F) FOR  ANY  DISTRICT
DESIGNATED AS HIGH NEED RURAL, SEVEN HUNDRED TWENTY-NINE TEN THOUSANDTHS
(0.0729); (G) FOR ANY AVERAGE NEED DISTRICT WITH A COMBINED WEALTH RATIO
LESS  THAN  SEVEN-TENTHS (0.7), SIXTY-SEVEN THOUSANDTHS (0.067); (H) FOR
ANY AVERAGE NEED DISTRICT WITH A  COMBINED  WEALTH  RATIO  GREATER  THAN
SEVEN-TENTHS  (0.7)  BUT LESS THAN ONE (1.0), TWO HUNDREDTHS (0.02); (I)
FOR ANY AVERAGE NEED DISTRICT WITH A COMBINED WEALTH RATIO GREATER  THAN

S. 6406--B                         31

ONE  (1.0),  ONE  HUNDREDTH  (0.01); (J) FOR ANY LOW NEED DISTRICT, FIVE
THOUSANDTHS (0.005); (K) FOR SCHOOL DISTRICTS THAT  WERE  DESIGNATED  AS
SMALL CITY SCHOOL DISTRICTS OR CENTRAL SCHOOL DISTRICTS WHOSE BOUNDARIES
INCLUDE  A  PORTION  OF A SMALL CITY FOR THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING
PRODUCED BY THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE ENACTED  BUDGET  FOR  THE
TWO  THOUSAND  FOURTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  FIFTEEN SCHOOL YEAR AND ENTITLED
"SA1415" AND HAVE A COMBINED WEALTH RATIO OF LESS THAN ONE AND  ONE-HALF
(1.5),  THE SUM OF FORTY-TWO THOUSANDTHS (0.042) PLUS ANY OTHER PERCENT-
AGE INCREASE FACTOR FOR WHICH THE DISTRICT IS ELIGIBLE.
  B-3. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION OF  THIS  SECTION  OF  LAW  TO  THE
CONTRARY, DISTRICTS IN WHICH THE TOTAL FOUNDATION AID BASE MULTIPLIED BY
ONE  AND FIFTEEN HUNDREDTHS (1.15) IS LESS THAN THE SUM OF (1) THE POSI-
TIVE VALUE OF THE AMOUNTS SET FORTH FOR EACH SCHOOL DISTRICT AS "2015-16
GAP ELIMINATION ADJUSTMENT" IN THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING  PRODUCED
BY  THE  COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE ENACTED BUDGET FOR THE TWO THOU-
SAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN SCHOOL YEAR  AND  ENTITLED  "SA151-6"
AND  (2)  THE  TOTAL FOUNDATION AID COMPUTED PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH,
SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR A FOUNDATION  ALLOCATION  EQUAL  TO  THE  POSITIVE
DIFFERENCE,  IF ANY, OF (A) ONE AND FIFTEEN HUNDREDTHS (1.15) MULTIPLIED
BY THE FOUNDATION AID BASE COMPUTED PURSUANT  TO  SUBPARAGRAPH  (II)  OF
PARAGRAPH  J  OF  SUBDIVISION  ONE OF THIS SECTION LESS (B) THE POSITIVE
VALUE OF THE AMOUNTS SET FORTH FOR EACH SCHOOL DISTRICT AS "2015-16  GAP
ELIMINATION  ADJUSTMENT"  IN THE SCHOOL AID COMPUTER LISTING PRODUCED BY
THE COMMISSIONER IN SUPPORT OF THE ENACTED BUDGET FOR THE  TWO  THOUSAND
FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN SCHOOL YEAR AND ENTITLED "SA151-6".
  c.  Public  excess  cost  aid setaside. Each school district shall set
aside from its total foundation aid computed for the current year pursu-
ant to this subdivision an amount equal  to  the  product  of:  (i)  the
difference  between  the  amount  the  school  district  was eligible to
receive in the two thousand six--two thousand seven school year pursuant
to or in lieu of paragraph six of subdivision nineteen of  this  section
as  such  paragraph existed on June thirtieth, two thousand seven, minus
the amount such district was eligible to receive pursuant to or in  lieu
of  paragraph five of subdivision nineteen of this section as such para-
graph existed on June thirtieth, two  thousand  seven,  in  such  school
year, and (ii) the sum of one and the percentage increase in the consum-
er  price  index for the current year over such consumer price index for
the two thousand six--two thousand seven school year, as computed pursu-
ant to section two thousand twenty-two of this chapter.  Notwithstanding
any  other  provision of law to the contrary, the public excess cost aid
setaside shall be paid pursuant to section thirty-six hundred nine-b  of
this part.
  d.  For the two thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen [and two thou-
sand fifteen--two thousand sixteen] THROUGH  TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN--TWO
THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN school years a city school district of a city having
a population of one million or more may use amounts apportioned pursuant
to this subdivision for afterschool programs.
  S 1-a. Subdivision  17  of  section  3602  of  the  education  law  is
REPEALED.
  S  2.  Paragraph  b  of subdivision 5 of section 1950 of the education
law, as amended by section 80-a of part A of chapter 58 of the  laws  of
2011, is amended to read as follows:
  b.  The  cost of services herein referred to shall be the amount allo-
cated to each component school district  by  the  board  of  cooperative
educational  services to defray expenses of such board, except that that
part of the salary paid any teacher, supervisor or other employee of the

S. 6406--B                         32

board of cooperative educational services which is in excess  of  thirty
thousand  dollars shall not be such an approved expense, and except also
that administrative and clerical expenses shall not exceed  ten  percent
of the total expenses for purposes of this computation.  PROVIDED HOWEV-
ER,  THAT  FOR  TEACHERS  PROVIDING  INSTRUCTION IN CAREER AND TECHNICAL
EDUCATION TO SCHOOL AGE STUDENTS THE SALARY,  TO  BE  CONSIDERED  AS  AN
APPROVED  EXPENSE,  SHALL NOT EXCEED THIRTY-FOUR THOUSAND DOLLARS IN THE
TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN SCHOOL  YEAR;  THIRTY-EIGHT
THOUSAND  DOLLARS  FOR THE TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN--TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN
SCHOOL  YEAR;  FORTY-TWO  THOUSAND  DOLLARS   FOR   THE   TWO   THOUSAND
EIGHTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND NINETEEN SCHOOL YEAR; FORTY-SIX THOUSAND DOLLARS
FOR THE TWO THOUSAND NINETEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  TWENTY  SCHOOL  YEAR;  AND
FIFTY  THOUSAND  DOLLARS FOR THE TWO THOUSAND TWENTY--TWO THOUSAND TWEN-
TY-ONE SCHOOL YEAR, AND THEREAFTER. Any  gifts,  donations  or  interest
earned  by the board of cooperative educational services or on behalf of
the board of cooperative educational services by the dormitory authority
or any other source shall not be deducted in  determining  the  cost  of
services  allocated to each component school district. Any payments made
to a component school district by the board of  cooperative  educational
services  pursuant to subdivision eleven of section six-p of the general
municipal law attributable to  an  approved  cost  of  service  computed
pursuant to this subdivision shall be deducted from the cost of services
allocated to such component school district.  The expense of transporta-
tion  provided by the board of cooperative educational services pursuant
to paragraph q of subdivision four of this section shall be eligible for
aid apportioned pursuant to  subdivision  seven  of  section  thirty-six
hundred  two  of  this  chapter  and no board of cooperative educational
services transportation expense shall be an approved  cost  of  services
for  the  computation  of  aid  under  this  subdivision. Transportation
expense pursuant to paragraph q of  subdivision  four  of  this  section
shall  be  included  in the computation of the ten percent limitation on
administrative and clerical expenses.
  S 3. The education law is amended by adding a new article 12-B to read
as follows:
                              ARTICLE 12-B
           STATE OFFICE FOR RELIGIOUS AND INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS
SECTION 571. SHORT TITLE.
        572. STATE OFFICE FOR RELIGIOUS AND INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS.
        573. RULES AND REGULATIONS.
  S 571. SHORT TITLE. THIS ARTICLE SHALL BE KNOWN AND MAY  BE  CITED  AS
THE  "STATE  OFFICE  FOR RELIGIOUS AND INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS ESTABLISHMENT
ACT".
  S 572. STATE OFFICE FOR RELIGIOUS  AND  INDEPENDENT  SCHOOLS.  1.  THE
STATE OFFICE FOR RELIGIOUS AND INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS IS HEREBY ESTABLISHED
WITHIN  THE DEPARTMENT TO PROVIDE AND COORDINATE SERVICES AND ADMINISTER
STATE AND FEDERAL PROGRAMS AND APPROPRIATIONS AS MAY  BE  IDENTIFIED  BY
THE  COMMISSIONER  INTENDED FOR THE BENEFIT OF STUDENTS AND PERSONNEL IN
RELIGIOUS AND INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS AND  TO  DISSEMINATE  INFORMATION  AND
CARRY  OUT  OTHER  ACTIVITIES  INTENDED  FOR THE BENEFIT OF STUDENTS AND
PERSONNEL IN RELIGIOUS AND INDEPENDENT SCHOOLS.
  2. THE DEPARTMENT, ON BEHALF OF THE OFFICE, SHALL HAVE  THE  AUTHORITY
TO  ACCEPT AND RECEIVE ANY GRANTS, AWARDS, APPROPRIATIONS OR OTHER FUNDS
AS MAY BE MADE AVAILABLE TO CARRY OUT THE FUNCTIONS OF THE  OFFICE.  ALL
SUCH  FUNDS  RECEIVED  BY  OR OTHERWISE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE DEPARTMENT
SHALL BE HELD IN A DISTINCT ACCOUNT  OR  ACCOUNTS  ADMINISTERED  BY  THE
DEPARTMENT TO CARRY OUT THE FUNCTIONS OF THE OFFICE.

S. 6406--B                         33

  3.  THE  COMMISSIONER  SHALL UTILIZE A PORTION OF STATE AND/OR FEDERAL
FUNDS APPROPRIATED SOLELY FOR THE BENEFIT OF RELIGIOUS  AND  INDEPENDENT
SCHOOLS  FOR  PERSONNEL SERVICES NECESSARY TO CARRY OUT THE FUNCTIONS OF
THE OFFICE.
  S  573.  RULES  AND  REGULATIONS.  THE COMMISSIONER MAY PROMULGATE ANY
RULES OR REGULATIONS NECESSARY TO CARRY OUT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTI-
CLE.
  S 4. Clause (c) of subparagraph 5 of paragraph e of subdivision  6  of
section 3602 of the education law is REPEALED and clause (d) of subpara-
graph 5 of paragraph e of subdivision 6 is relettered clause (c).
  S  5. Subdivision 2 of section 2116-b of the education law, as amended
by section 4 of part A of chapter 57 of the laws of 2013, is amended  to
read as follows:
  2. School districts of less than eight teachers, school districts with
actual general fund expenditures totaling less than five million dollars
in  the previous school year, or school districts with actual enrollment
of less than [one] FIVE thousand [five hundred] students in the previous
school year shall be exempt from this requirement. Any  school  district
claiming  such exemption shall annually certify to the commissioner that
such school district meets the requirements set forth in  this  subdivi-
sion.
  S  6.    The  section heading and subdivision 1 of section 2022 of the
education law, as amended by section 7 of part A of chapter  97  of  the
laws  of 2011, are amended and a new subdivision 1-a is added to read as
follows:
  Vote on school district  budgets,  ON  BOND  RESOLUTIONS  and  on  the
election  of school district trustees and board of education members. 1.
Notwithstanding any  law,  rule  or  regulation  to  the  contrary,  the
election  of  trustees  or  members of the board of education, [and] the
vote upon the appropriation of the necessary funds to meet the estimated
expenditures, AND THE VOTE UPON A  BOND  RESOLUTION,  EXCEPT  WHERE  THE
BOARD  SHALL  BY UNANIMOUS VOTE DECLARE THAT AN EMERGENCY EXISTS AND THE
COMMISSIONER DETERMINES THAT THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE DISTRICT  REQUIRE
THAT THE VOTE ON THE BOND RESOLUTION BE HELD ON A DIFFERENT DATE, in any
common  school  district,  union  free  school  district, central school
district or central high school district shall be  held  at  the  annual
meeting  and  election  on  the third Tuesday in May, provided, however,
that such election shall be held on the second Tuesday  in  May  if  the
commissioner  at  the request of a local school board certifies no later
than March first that such election would conflict with religious obser-
vances. The sole trustee, board of trustees or  board  of  education  of
every  common,  union  free, central or central high school district and
every city school district to which this article applies  shall  hold  a
budget  hearing not less than seven nor more than fourteen days prior to
the annual meeting and election or special district meeting at  which  a
school  budget  vote  will  occur,  and shall prepare and present to the
voters at such budget hearing a proposed school district budget for  the
ensuing school year.
  1-A.  ANY  BOND  RESOLUTION  VOTED UPON PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION ONE OF
THIS SECTION MAY ONLY  BE  RESUBMITTED  TO  THE  VOTERS  OF  THE  SCHOOL
DISTRICT ONE TIME SUBSEQUENT TO SUCH VOTE.
  S  7.  The  section  heading  and subdivision 1 of section 2022 of the
education law, the section heading as amended by section 23 of part A of
chapter 436 of the laws of 1997 and subdivision 1 as amended by  section
8  of  part  C  of chapter 58 of the laws of 1998, are amended and a new
subdivision 1-a is added to read as follows:

S. 6406--B                         34

  Vote on school district  budgets,  ON  BOND  RESOLUTIONS  and  on  the
election of school district trustees and board of education members.  1.
Notwithstanding  any  law,  rule  or  regulation  to  the  contrary, the
election of trustees or members of the board  of  education,  [and]  the
vote upon the appropriation of the necessary funds to meet the estimated
expenditures,  AND  THE  VOTE  UPON  A BOND RESOLUTION, EXCEPT WHERE THE
BOARD SHALL BY UNANIMOUS VOTE DECLARE THAT AN EMERGENCY EXISTS  AND  THE
COMMISSIONER  DETERMINES THAT THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE DISTRICT REQUIRE
THAT THE VOTE ON THE BOND RESOLUTION BE HELD ON A DIFFERENT DATE, in any
common school district,  union  free  school  district,  central  school
district  or  central  high  school district shall be held at the annual
meeting and election on the third Tuesday  in  May,  provided,  however,
that  such  election  shall  be held on the second Tuesday in May if the
commissioner at the request of a local school board certifies  no  later
than March first that such election would conflict with religious obser-
vances.  When  such  election or vote is taken by recording the ayes and
noes of the qualified voters attending,  a  majority  of  the  qualified
voters  present  and  voting,  by a hand or voice vote, may determine to
take up the question of voting the necessary funds to meet the estimated
expenditures for a specific item separately, and  the  qualified  voters
present and voting may increase the amount of any estimated expenditures
or  reduce  the  same,  except  for teachers' salaries, and the ordinary
contingent expenses of the schools. The sole trustee, board of  trustees
or  board  of  education of every common, union free, central or central
high school district and every city school district to which this  arti-
cle  applies  shall  hold  a budget hearing not less than seven nor more
than fourteen days prior to the annual meeting and election  or  special
district  meeting  at  which  a school budget vote will occur, and shall
prepare and present to the voters at  such  budget  hearing  a  proposed
school district budget for the ensuing school year.
  1-A.  ANY  BOND  RESOLUTION  VOTED UPON PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION ONE OF
THIS SECTION MAY ONLY  BE  RESUBMITTED  TO  THE  VOTERS  OF  THE  SCHOOL
DISTRICT ONE TIME SUBSEQUENT TO SUCH VOTE.
  S 8. Subdivision 4 of section 3627 of the education law, as amended by
section  1  of  part  C of chapter 60 of the laws of 2015, is amended to
read as follows:
  4. Notwithstanding any other provision of law  to  the  contrary,  any
expenditures for transportation provided pursuant to this section in the
two  thousand  thirteen--two  thousand  fourteen [and two thousand four-
teen--two thousand fifteen] school year  and  thereafter  and  otherwise
eligible for transportation aid pursuant to subdivision seven of section
thirty-six  hundred  two  of  this  article shall be considered approved
transportation  expenses  eligible  for  transportation  aid,   provided
further that for the two thousand thirteen--two thousand fourteen school
year  such  aid  shall  be limited to eight million one hundred thousand
dollars and for the two thousand fourteen--two thousand  fifteen  school
year  and  thereafter  such  aid shall be limited to [twelve] THE SUM OF
SEVENTEEN million [six] ONE  hundred  thousand  dollars  PLUS  THE  BASE
AMOUNT.    FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, THE "BASE AMOUNT" MEANS THE
AMOUNT OF TRANSPORTATION AID PAID TO THE SCHOOL  DISTRICT  FOR  EXPENDI-
TURES  INCURRED IN THE TWO THOUSAND TWELVE--TWO THOUSAND THIRTEEN SCHOOL
YEAR FOR TRANSPORTATION THAT WOULD HAVE BEEN ELIGIBLE FOR  AID  PURSUANT
TO  THIS  SECTION  HAD  THIS SECTION BEEN IN EFFECT IN SUCH SCHOOL YEAR,
EXCEPT THAT SUBDIVISION SIX SHALL BE DEEMED NOT TO HAVE BEEN IN  EFFECT.
And provided further that [such expenditures eligible for aid under this
section shall supplement not supplant local expenditures for such trans-

S. 6406--B                         35

portation in the two thousand twelve--two thousand thirteen school year]
THE  SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL CONTINUE TO ANNUALLY EXPEND FOR THE TRANSPOR-
TATION DESCRIBED IN SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION AT LEAST THE EXPEND-
ITURES USED FOR THE BASED AMOUNT.
  S  9.  Section  3602  of  the education law is amended by adding a new
subdivision 6-h to read as follows:
  6-H. BUILDING AID FOR SCHOOLS AUTHORIZED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE FIFTY-SIX
OF THIS CHAPTER. A. SCHOOLS AUTHORIZED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE FIFTY-SIX  OF
THIS  CHAPTER  SHALL  BE ELIGIBLE FOR BUILDING AID TO THE SAME EXTENT AS
SCHOOL DISTRICTS IN A PROCESS PRESCRIBED BY THE COMMISSIONER,  PROVIDED,
THAT  (1)  AID APPORTIONMENTS FOR SUCH SCHOOLS SHALL BE CALCULATED BASED
ON THE ACTUAL AMORTIZATION AND ACTUAL INTEREST RATE,  (2)  THE  BUILDING
AID  RATIO  USED SHALL BE THE RATIO FOR THE SCHOOL DISTRICT IN WHICH THE
SCHOOL IS LOCATED, AND THE  CHARTER  SCHOOL  SHALL  BE  RESPONSIBLE  FOR
PAYMENT OF THE LOCAL SHARE OF ANY AIDABLE BUILDING EXPENSES, AND (3) AID
ON  EXPENDITURES  FOR  LEASE  PAYMENTS  SHALL BE APPORTIONED ONLY IF THE
LEASE HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE SCHOOL'S BOARD OF TRUSTEES, THE AUTHORIZ-
ING ENTITY, AND THE COMMISSIONER.
  B. THE COMMISSIONER SHALL BE AUTHORIZED TO GRANT SPECIFIC WAIVERS FROM
BUILDING AID PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS  TO  SCHOOLS  AUTHORIZED  PURSUANT  TO
ARTICLE  FIFTY-SIX  OF  THIS CHAPTER UPON A SHOWING THAT COMPLIANCE WITH
SUCH REQUIREMENTS WOULD CREATE AN UNDUE ECONOMIC HARDSHIP OR  THAT  SOME
OTHER GOOD CAUSE EXISTS THAT MAKES COMPLIANCE EXTREMELY IMPRACTICAL.
  C.  SCHOOL  DISTRICTS  THAT  COLLECT PAYMENTS FROM A SCHOOL AUTHORIZED
PURSUANT TO ARTICLE FIFTY-SIX OF THIS CHAPTER UNDER A LEASE OR ANY OTHER
ARRANGEMENT FOR THE USE OF  DISTRICT-OWNED  FACILITIES  SHALL  HAVE  ITS
BUILDING  AID  APPORTIONMENT  REDUCED BY AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE SCHOOL'S
PAYMENTS TO THE DISTRICT PROVIDED, HOWEVER, NOTHING IN THIS  SUBDIVISION
SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO AUTHORIZE A REDUCTION IN BUILDING AID ATTRIBUTABLE
TO  BUILDING  PROJECTS  SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF SUBDIVISION FOUR OF
SECTION TWENTY-SEVEN HUNDRED NINETY-NINE-TT OF  THE  PUBLIC  AUTHORITIES
LAW.
  D.  IN  THE  EVENT  THAT  A SCHOOL IS NO LONGER AUTHORIZED PURSUANT TO
ARTICLE FIFTY-SIX OF THIS CHAPTER, BUILDING  AID  PAYMENTS  SHALL  CEASE
IMMEDIATELY.
  E.  A  CHARTER SCHOOL AUTHORIZED UNDER THIS ARTICLE SHALL NOT BE ENTI-
TLED TO RECEIVE BOTH BUILDING  AID  UNDER  THIS  SUBDIVISION  AND  UNDER
SUBDIVISION THREE OF SECTION TWENTY-EIGHT FIFTY-THREE OF THIS CHAPTER.
  S  10.  Subdivision  (a)  of section 1115 of the tax law is amended by
adding a new paragraph 44 to read as follows:
  (44) SCHOOL BUSES AS SUCH TERM  IS  DEFINED  IN  SECTION  ONE  HUNDRED
FORTY-TWO  OF  THE VEHICLE AND TRAFFIC LAW, AND PARTS, EQUIPMENT, LUBRI-
CANTS AND FUEL PURCHASED AND USED IN THEIR OPERATION.
  S 11. Section 2851 of the education law is amended  by  adding  a  new
subdivision 5 to read as follows:
  5.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY  PROVISION  OF LAW, RULE OR REGULATION TO THE
CONTRARY, A CHARTER SCHOOL APPROVED BY A CHARTER ENTITY LISTED IN SUBDI-
VISION THREE OF THIS SECTION MAY APPLY AT ANY TIME  TO  ANOTHER  CHARTER
ENTITY DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH (A), (B) OR (C) OF SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS
SECTION  TO  REQUEST  SUCH OTHER CHARTER ENTITY TO OVERSEE AND SUPERVISE
SUCH CHARTER SCHOOL. ALL OBLIGATIONS OF THE PREVIOUS CHARTER  ENTITY  TO
OVERSEE AND SUPERVISE A CHARTER SCHOOL SHALL TERMINATE UPON SUCH CHARTER
SCHOOL ENTERING INTO A CHARTER AGREEMENT, AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION FIVE
OF  SECTION TWENTY-EIGHT HUNDRED FIFTY-TWO OF THIS ARTICLE, WITH ANOTHER
CHARTER ENTITY, AND THE PREVIOUS CHARTER ENTITY SHALL PROVIDE IN A TIME-

S. 6406--B                         36

LY FASHION INFORMATION RELEVANT TO THE  CHARTER  AS  REQUESTED  BY  SUCH
OTHER CHARTER ENTITY.
  S 12. Subdivision 12 of section 3602-ee of the education law, as added
by section 1 of part CC of chapter 56 of the laws of 2014, is amended to
read as follows:
  12.  Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of subdivision one of section twen-
ty-eight hundred fifty-four of this chapter and paragraph (c) of  subdi-
vision  two  of section twenty-eight hundred fifty-four of this chapter,
charter schools shall be eligible to participate in  universal  full-day
pre-kindergarten  programs  under  this  section, provided that all such
monitoring, programmatic review and operational requirements under  this
section  shall  be the responsibility of the charter entity and shall be
consistent  with  the  requirements  under  article  fifty-six  of  this
chapter;  WHEREFORE, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW, PARTIC-
IPATION BY A CHARTER SCHOOL IN UNIVERSAL PRE-KINDERGARTEN  PROGRAMS  MAY
NOT BE CONDITIONED UPON THE CHARTER SCHOOL AGREEING TO CONTRACTUAL TERMS
OR  CONDITIONS  IMPOSED BY A NON-CHARTER ENTITY. The provisions of para-
graph (b) of subdivision two of section twenty-eight hundred  fifty-four
of  this  chapter  shall  apply  to  the  admission  of pre-kindergarten
students, except parents of pre-kindergarten children may submit  appli-
cations  for the two thousand fourteen--two thousand fifteen school year
by a date to be determined by  the  charter  school  upon  selection  to
participate  in  the  universal  full-day  pre-kindergarten program. The
limitations on the employment of uncertified  teachers  under  paragraph
(a-1) of subdivision three of section twenty-eight hundred fifty-four of
this  chapter  shall apply to all teachers from pre-kindergarten through
grade twelve.
  S 13. Paragraph (a-1) of subdivision 3 of section 2854 of  the  educa-
tion  law,  as amended by section 1 of subpart A of part B of chapter 20
of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  (a-1) The board of trustees of  a  charter  school  shall  employ  and
contract  with  necessary  teachers,  administrators  and  other  school
personnel. Such teachers shall  be  certified  in  accordance  with  the
requirements applicable to other public schools; provided, however, that
TEACHERS  EMPLOYED  BY  A  HIGH-PERFORMING  PUBLIC CHARTER SCHOOL WITH A
RIGOROUS TEACHER TRAINING PROGRAM  WILL  HAVE  THREE  YEARS  FROM  THEIR
EMPLOYMENT  START  DATE  BEFORE THEY MUST SATISFY CERTIFICATION REQUIRE-
MENTS; AND, a charter school may  employ  as  teachers  (i)  uncertified
teachers  with  at  least three years of elementary, middle or secondary
classroom teaching experience; (ii)  tenured  or  tenure  track  college
faculty;  (iii)  individuals  with  two years of satisfactory experience
through the Teach for America program; and (iv) individuals who  possess
exceptional  business,  professional,  artistic,  athletic,  or military
experience, provided, however, that such teachers described  in  clauses
(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this paragraph shall not in total comprise
more  than  the sum of: (A) thirty per centum of the teaching staff of a
charter school, or five teachers,  whichever  is  less;  plus  (B)  five
teachers  of  mathematics,  science,  computer  science,  technology, or
career and technical education; plus (C)  five  additional  teachers.  A
teacher certified or otherwise approved by the commissioner shall not be
included in the numerical limits established by the preceding sentence.
  S  14.  Subdivisions  1  and 2 of section 3-c of the general municipal
law, as added by section 1 of part A of chapter 97 of the laws of  2011,
are amended to read as follows:
  1.    Unless  otherwise  provided  by law, the amount of real property
taxes that may be levied by or on behalf of any local government[, other

S. 6406--B                         37

than the city of New York and the counties contained therein,] shall not
exceed the tax levy limit established pursuant to this section.
  2. When used in this section:
  (a) "Allowable levy growth factor" shall be the lesser of: (i) one and
two  one-hundredths;  or  (ii) the sum of one plus the inflation factor;
provided, however, that in no case shall the levy growth factor be  less
than one.
  (b)  "Available  carryover" means the amount by which the tax levy for
the prior fiscal year was below the tax levy limit for such fiscal year,
if any, but no more than an amount that equals one and one-half  percent
of the tax levy limit for such fiscal year.
  (c) "Coming fiscal year" means the fiscal year of the local government
for which a tax levy limit shall be determined pursuant to this section.
  (d)  "Inflation  factor" means the quotient of: (i) the average of the
national consumer price indexes determined by the United States  depart-
ment of labor for the twelve-month period ending six months prior to the
start  of  the  coming  fiscal  year  minus  the average of the national
consumer price indexes determined by the  United  States  department  of
labor  for  the twelve-month period ending six months prior to the start
of the prior fiscal year, divided by: (ii) the average of  the  national
consumer  price  indexes  determined  by the United States department of
labor for the twelve-month period ending six months prior to  the  start
of the prior fiscal year, with the result expressed as a decimal to four
places.
  (e)  "Local  government"  means  a  county,  city, town, village, fire
district, or special district including but not limited  to  a  district
created  pursuant  to article twelve or twelve-A, or governed by article
thirteen of the town law, or created pursuant to article five-A,  five-B
or five-D of the county law, chapter five hundred sixteen of the laws of
nineteen  hundred  twenty-eight, or chapter two hundred seventy-three of
the laws  of  nineteen  hundred  thirty-nine,  and  shall  include  town
improvements  provided  pursuant to articles three-A and twelve-C of the
town law [but shall not include the city of New  York  or  the  counties
contained therein].
  (f)  "Prior fiscal year" means the fiscal year of the local government
immediately preceding the coming fiscal year.
  (g) "Tax levy limit" means the amount of taxes authorized to be levied
by or on  behalf  of  a  local  government  pursuant  to  this  section,
provided, however, that the tax levy limit shall not include the follow-
ing:
  (i)  a tax levy necessary for expenditures resulting from court orders
or judgments against the local government arising out  of  tort  actions
for  any amount that exceeds five percent of the total tax levied in the
prior fiscal year;
  (ii) in years in which the system average actuarial contribution  rate
of the New York state and local employees' retirement system, as defined
by  paragraph  ten of subdivision a of section nineteen-a of the retire-
ment and social security law, increases  by  more  than  two  percentage
points from the previous year, a tax levy necessary for expenditures for
the  coming  fiscal  year for local government employer contributions to
the New York state and local  employees'  retirement  system  caused  by
growth  in  the  system  average  actuarial  contribution rate minus two
percentage points;
  (iii) in years in which the system average actuarial contribution rate
of the New York state and local police and fire  retirement  system,  as
defined  by  paragraph  eleven of subdivision a of section three hundred

S. 6406--B                         38

nineteen-a of the retirement and social security law, increases by  more
than  two percentage points from the previous year, a tax levy necessary
for expenditures for the coming fiscal year for local government employ-
er contributions to the New York state and local police and fire retire-
ment  system  caused  by growth in the system average actuarial contrib-
ution rate minus two percentage points;
  (iv) in years in which the normal contribution rate of  the  New  York
state teachers' retirement system, as defined by paragraph a of subdivi-
sion  two  of  section  five  hundred  seventeen  of  the education law,
increases by more than two percentage points from the previous  year,  a
tax levy necessary for expenditures for the coming fiscal year for local
government  employer  contributions  to  the  New  York  state teachers'
retirement system caused by growth in the normal contribution rate minus
two percentage points[.];
  (V) IN YEARS IN WHICH THE AVERAGE ACTUARIAL CONTRIBUTION RATE  OF  THE
NEW  YORK  CITY  EMPLOYEES' RETIREMENT SYSTEM, AS DEFINED BY SUBDIVISION
ONE OF SECTION 13-101 OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE CODE  OF  THE  CITY  OF  NEW
YORK,  INCREASES  BY  MORE  THAN TWO PERCENTAGE POINTS FROM THE PREVIOUS
YEAR, A TAX  LEVY NECESSARY FOR EXPENDITURES FOR THE COMING FISCAL  YEAR
FOR LOCAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE NEW YORK CITY EMPLOY-
EES'  RETIREMENT  SYSTEM  CAUSED BY A GROWTH IN THE  NORMAL CONTRIBUTION
RATE MINUS TWO PERCENTAGE POINTS.
  (h) "Tax" or "taxes" shall include (i)  a  charge  imposed  upon  real
property  by  or  on  behalf  of a county, city, town, village or school
district for municipal or school district purposes, and (ii) special  ad
valorem  levies and special assessments as defined in subdivisions four-
teen and fifteen of section one hundred two of  the  real  property  tax
law.
  S 14-a. Section 13 of part A of chapter 97 of the laws of 2011, amend-
ing  the  general municipal law and the education law relating to estab-
lishing limits upon school district and local government tax levies,  as
amended  by  section  18 of part A of chapter 20 of the laws of 2015, is
amended to read as follows:
  S 13. This act shall take effect immediately; provided, however,  that
sections  two  through eleven of this act shall take effect July 1, 2011
and shall first apply to school district budgets and the budget adoption
process for the 2012-13 school year; and  shall  continue  to  apply  to
school  district  budgets and the budget adoption process for any school
year beginning in any calendar year during which this act is in  effect;
provided further, that if section 26 of part A of chapter 58 of the laws
of  2011 shall not have taken effect on or before such date then section
ten of this act shall take effect on the  same  date  and  in  the  same
manner  as  such  chapter  of  the  laws of 2011, takes effect; provided
further, that section one of this act shall first apply to the  levy  of
taxes  by  local governments for the fiscal year that begins in 2012 and
shall continue to apply to the levy of taxes by  local  governments  for
any  fiscal year beginning in any calendar year during which this act is
in effect[; provided, further, that this act shall remain in full  force
and  effect  at  a  minimum  until and including June 15, 2020 and shall
remain in effect thereafter only so long as the public emergency requir-
ing the regulation and control of residential rents  and  evictions  and
all  such  laws  providing  for  such regulation and control continue as
provided in subdivision 3 of section  1  of  the  local  emergency  rent
control  act,  sections  26-501, 26-502 and 26-520 of the administrative
code of the city of New York, section 17 of chapter 576 of the  laws  of
1974  and  subdivision 2 of section 1 of chapter 274 of the laws of 1946

S. 6406--B                         39

constituting the emergency housing rent control law, and section  10  of
chapter  555  of the laws of 1982, amending the general business law and
the administrative code of the city of New York relating to  conversions
of  residential property  to cooperative or condominium ownership in the
city of New York as such laws are continued by chapter 93 of the laws of
2011 and as such sections are amended from time to time].
  S 15. Paragraphs a and c of subdivision  14  of  section  305  of  the
education law, paragraph a as amended by chapter 273 of the laws of 1999
and  paragraph  c  as  amended  by  chapter  15 of the laws of 2005, are
amended to read as follows
  a. All contracts  for  the  transportation  of  school  children,  all
contracts  to maintain school buses owned or leased by a school district
that are used for the transportation of school children,  all  contracts
for  mobile  instructional units, and all contracts to provide, maintain
and operate cafeteria or restaurant service by a  private  food  service
management company shall be subject to the approval of the commissioner,
who  may  disapprove  a proposed contract if, in his OR HER opinion, the
best interests of the district  will  be  promoted  thereby.  Except  as
provided  in paragraph e of this subdivision, all such contracts involv-
ing an annual expenditure in excess of the amount specified for purchase
contracts in the bidding requirements of the general municipal law shall
be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder, which responsibility  shall
be  determined  by  the board of education or the trustee of a district,
with power hereby vested in the commissioner to reject any or  all  bids
if,  in  his  OR HER opinion, the best interests of the district will be
promoted thereby and, upon such rejection of all bids, the  commissioner
shall  order  the board of education or trustee of the district to seek,
obtain and consider new proposals. All proposals  for  such  transporta-
tion,  maintenance, mobile instructional units, or cafeteria and restau-
rant service shall be in such form as the  commissioner  may  prescribe.
Advertisement  for  bids shall be published in a newspaper or newspapers
designated by the board of education or trustee of the  district  having
general  circulation  within  the district for such purpose. Such adver-
tisement shall contain a statement of the time when and place where  all
bids received pursuant to such advertisement will be publicly opened and
read  either  by the school authorities or by a person or persons desig-
nated by them. All bids received shall be publicly opened  and  read  at
the time and place so specified. At least five days shall elapse between
the  first  publication  of such advertisement and the date so specified
for the opening and reading of bids.  The  requirement  for  competitive
bidding shall not apply to an award of a contract for the transportation
of pupils or a contract for mobile instructional units, if such award is
based  on  an  evaluation  of  proposals  in  response  to a request for
proposals pursuant to paragraph e of this subdivision.  The  requirement
for competitive bidding shall not apply to annual, biennial, or trienni-
al  extensions  of  a contract nor shall the requirement for competitive
bidding apply to  quadrennial  or  quinquennial  year  extensions  of  a
contract involving transportation of pupils, maintenance of school buses
or mobile instructional units secured either through competitive bidding
or  through  evaluation  of  proposals  in  response  to  a  request for
proposals pursuant to paragraph e of this subdivision, when such  exten-
sions  (1)  are  made  by  the  board  of  education or the trustee of a
district, under rules and regulations prescribed  by  the  commissioner,
[and,]  (2) do not extend the original contract period beyond five years
from the date cafeteria and restaurant service commenced thereunder  and
(3)  in  the case of contracts for the transportation of pupils, for the

S. 6406--B                         40

maintenance of school buses or for mobile instructional units, that such
contracts may be extended, except that power is  hereby  vested  in  the
commissioner,  in addition to his OR HER existing statutory authority to
approve  or  disapprove  transportation or maintenance contracts, (i) to
reject any extension of a contract beyond the initial term thereof if he
OR SHE finds that amount to be paid by the district to the contractor in
any year of such proposed extension fails to reflect any decrease in the
regional consumer price index  for  the  N.Y.,  N.Y.-Northeastern,  N.J.
area,  based  upon  the index for all urban consumers (CPI-U) during the
preceding twelve month period, OR FOR ALL  CONTRACTS  FOR  SCHOOL  BUSES
USED  FOR  THE  TRANSPORTATION  OF SCHOOL CHILDREN, MAINTENANCE, AND ALL
CONTRACTS FOR MOBILE INSTRUCTIONAL UNITS, IF THE AMOUNT TO  BE  PAID  BY
THE  DISTRICT  TO  THE CONTRACTOR IN ANY YEAR OF SUCH PROPOSED EXTENSION
FAILS TO REFLECT ANY PERCENTAGE DECREASE IN THE  EMPLOYMENT  COST  INDEX
(ECI)  TOTAL  COMPENSATION FOR PRIVATE INDUSTRY WORKERS IN THE NORTHEAST
REGION (NOT SEASONALLY ADJUSTED) FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER OF THE PRECEDING
YEAR; and (ii) to reject any extension of a  contract  after  ten  years
from  the  date  transportation  or maintenance service commenced there-
under, or mobile instructional units were first provided, if in  his  OR
HER  opinion,  the  best  interests  of  the  district  will be promoted
thereby; AND (III) TO REJECT ANY EXTENSION OF A CONTRACT FOR TRANSPORTA-
TION, OR NEW CONTRACT, IF HE OR SHE FINDS THAT THE AMOUNT TO BE PAID  BY
THE  DISTRICT  TO  THE  CONTRACTOR IN ANY YEAR OF SUCH PROPOSED CONTRACT
FAILS TO REFLECT THE SAVINGS REALIZED FROM THE SALES  TAX  EXEMPTION  ON
SCHOOL  BUSES,  PARTS,  EQUIPMENT,  LUBRICANTS  AND FUEL USED FOR SCHOOL
PURPOSES PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH FORTY-FOUR OF SUBDIVISION (A) OF  SECTION
ELEVEN  HUNDRED  FIFTEEN  OF  THE  TAX LAW.   Upon such rejection of any
proposed extension, the commissioner may order the board of education or
trustee of the district to seek, obtain and consider  bids  pursuant  to
the provisions of this section. The board of education or the trustee of
a school district electing to extend a contract as provided herein, may,
in  its  discretion,  increase the amount to be paid in each year of the
contract extension by an amount not  to  exceed  the  regional  consumer
price  index  increase for the N.Y., N.Y.-Northeastern, N.J. area, based
upon the index for all urban consumers  (CPI-U),  during  the  preceding
twelve  month period, OR FOR ALL CONTRACTS FOR SCHOOL BUSES USED FOR THE
TRANSPORTATION OF SCHOOL CHILDREN, MAINTENANCE, AND  ALL  CONTRACTS  FOR
MOBILE  INSTRUCTIONAL  UNITS,  BY AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PERCENTAGE
INCREASE IN THE EMPLOYMENT  COST  INDEX  (ECI)  TOTAL  COMPENSATION  FOR
PRIVATE  INDUSTRY  WORKERS  IN  THE  NORTHEAST  REGION  (NOT  SEASONALLY
ADJUSTED) FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER OF THE PRECEDING YEAR, provided it  has
been satisfactorily established by the contractor that there has been at
least  an equivalent increase in the amount of his OR HER cost of opera-
tion, during the period of the contract.
  c. Each board of education, or the  trustees,  of  a  school  district
which  elected  or  elects  to  extend  one or more pupil transportation
contracts may extend a contract in an amount which is in excess  of  the
maximum increase allowed by use of the [CPI] ECI referenced in paragraph
a  of this subdivision. Such excess amount shall not be greater than the
sum of the following: (i) the sum of the actual cost of qualifying crim-
inal history and driver licensing testing fees attributable  to  special
requirements  for  drivers of school buses pursuant to articles nineteen
and nineteen-A of the vehicle and traffic law plus the  actual  cost  of
any  diagnostic  tests and physical performance tests that are deemed to
be necessary by an examining physician or the chief  school  officer  to
determine  whether an applicant to drive a school bus under the terms of

S. 6406--B                         41

the contract has the physical and mental ability  to  operate  a  school
transportation  conveyance  and  to  satisfactorily  perform  the  other
responsibilities of a school bus driver pursuant to regulations  of  the
commissioner;  (ii) in a school district located in a city with at least
one million inhabitants, the actual cost of clean air technology filters
and Global Positioning  System  (GPS)  technology;  (iii)  in  a  school
district  located  in a city with at least one million inhabitants, with
respects only to any extension beginning in  fiscal  year  two  thousand
five--two  thousand  six, the sum of the actual cost of providing school
bus attendants including the actual  cost  of  criminal  history  record
checks  for school bus attendant applicants and training and instruction
for school bus attendants pursuant to  section  twelve  hundred  twenty-
nine-d  of  the  vehicle and traffic law plus up to five percent of such
cost for necessary administrative services; and (iv) the actual cost  of
equipment or vehicle modification, or training required, by any state or
local  legislation  or  regulation  promulgated or effective on or after
June first, two thousand five. Such  costs  shall  be  approved  by  the
commissioner  upon  documentation  provided  by  the school district and
contractor as required by the commissioner.
  S 16. The education law is amended by adding a  new  section  2046  to
read as follows:
  S  2046.  TUITION  STABILIZATION  AID.  1.  PROVISION  OF  EDUCATIONAL
PROGRAMS. ANY ELIGIBLE SCHOOL DISTRICT THAT OPERATES A PUBLIC  SECONDARY
SCHOOL  AND ENTERS INTO A CONTRACT FOR THE PROVISION OF PROVIDING EDUCA-
TIONAL PROGRAMS AND SERVICES TO  PUBLIC  NON-RESIDENT  SECONDARY  PUPILS
WHERE  SUCH  PUBLIC  NON-RESIDENT  SECONDARY  PUPILS  RESIDE IN A SCHOOL
DISTRICT THAT DOES NOT OPERATE A PUBLIC SECONDARY SCHOOL SHALL BE ELIGI-
BLE FOR AN APPORTIONMENT UNDER THIS SECTION.
  2. ELIGIBILITY. ANY RECEIVING OR EDUCATING SCHOOL  DISTRICT  SHALL  BE
CONSIDERED ELIGIBLE FOR AN APPORTIONMENT UNDER THIS SECTION PROVIDED (A)
THE SENDING OR NON-RESIDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT AND THE RECEIVING OR EDUCAT-
ING  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  SHALL  BOTH BE PUBLIC SCHOOL DISTRICTS LOCATED IN
SUFFOLK COUNTY, AND (B) THE SENDING OR NON-RESIDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT  AND
THE  RECEIVING  OR  EDUCATING  SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL NOT INCLUDE SCHOOLS
AUTHORIZED UNDER TITLE SIX OF THIS  CHAPTER  AND  CHAPTER  FIVE  HUNDRED
SIXTY-SIX  OF  THE LAWS OF NINETEEN SIXTY-SEVEN, AS AMENDED, AND (C) THE
SENDING OR NON-RESIDENT SCHOOL DISTRICT SHALL NOT  OPERATE  A  SECONDARY
SCHOOL  PROVIDING EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS AND SERVICES TO PUPILS DURING THE
TERM OF THE CONTRACT PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION.
  3. CONTRACTS. CONTRACTS FOR THE PROVISION OF EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS  AND
SERVICES  FOR SUCH NON-RESIDENT  SECONDARY PUPILS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SECTIONS TWO THOUSAND FORTY, TWO THOUSAND FORTY-ONE, AND TWO  THOU-
SAND FORTY-TWO OF THIS PART.
  4.  NON-RESIDENT  TUITION RATES. NON-RESIDENT TUITION RATES STIPULATED
IN SUCH CONTRACTS SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE DIFFERENCE OF (A) THE  NON-RESI-
DENT  TUITION RATE FOR THE RECEIVING OR EDUCATING SCHOOL DISTRICT CALCU-
LATED BY THE COMMISSIONER  PURSUANT  TO  8  NYCRR  174.2,  MINUS  (B)  A
DISCOUNT AGREED TO BY THE PARTIES AND SPECIFIED IN A CONTRACT IN ACCORD-
ANCE WITH SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION, PROVIDED THAT FUTURE ANNUAL
GROWTH  IN  SUCH  DISCOUNTED NON-RESIDENT TUITION RATES SHALL NOT EXCEED
ONE HUNDRED THREE PERCENT (1.03) OF THE PRIOR YEAR DISCOUNTED  NON-RESI-
DENT TUITION RATES.
  5.  STATE AID. THE COMMISSIONER IS AUTHORIZED TO PROVIDE AN APPORTION-
MENT TO A RECEIVING OR EDUCATING SCHOOL DISTRICT EQUAL TO THE LESSER  OF
(A)  THE  PRODUCT  OF  (I)  TWO-TENTHS (.20), AND (II) THE AMOUNT OF THE
DISCOUNT SPECIFIED PURSUANT TO  SUBDIVISIONS  THREE  AND  FOUR  OF  THIS

S. 6406--B                         42

SECTION,  AND  (III)  THE  SUM OF ALL FULL-TIME EQUIVALENT ENROLLMENT OF
SUCH NON-RESIDENT SECONDARY PUPILS RECEIVING  EDUCATIONAL  PROGRAMS  AND
SERVICES  IN AN ELIGIBLE SCHOOL DISTRICT, OR (B) TWO HUNDRED FIFTY THOU-
SAND DOLLARS.
  6. CLAIMS. THE CLAIM FOR AN APPORTIONMENT TO BE PAID TO A RECEIVING OR
EDUCATING  SCHOOL  DISTRICT UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE
COMMISSIONER ON A FORM PRESCRIBED FOR SUCH PURPOSE, AND SHALL BE PAYABLE
NO LATER THAN DECEMBER FIRST OF THE YEAR FOLLOWING  THE  YEAR  IN  WHICH
EDUCATIONAL  PROGRAMS  AND  SERVICES  WERE PROVIDED TO SUCH NON-RESIDENT
SECONDARY PUPILS.
  S 17. Subdivision a of section 5 of chapter 121 of the laws  of  1996,
relating  to  authorizing  the  Roosevelt  union free school district to
finance deficits by the issuance of serial bonds, as amended by  section
26-b  of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as
follows:
  a. Notwithstanding any other provisions of law,  upon  application  to
the  commissioner of education submitted not sooner than April first and
not later than June thirtieth of the applicable school year, the  Roose-
velt  union  free school district shall be eligible to receive an appor-
tionment pursuant to this chapter for salary expenses, including related
benefits, incurred between April first and June thirtieth of such school
year.  Such apportionment shall not exceed: for the 1996-97 school  year
through   the  [2015-16]  2016-17  school  year,  four  million  dollars
($4,000,000); for the  [2016-17]  2017-18  school  year,  three  million
dollars ($3,000,000); for the [2017-18] 2018-19 school year, two million
dollars ($2,000,000); for the [2018-19] 2019-20 school year, one million
dollars  ($1,000,000);  and  for the [2019-20] 2020-21 school year, zero
dollars.   Such annual application shall be  made  after  the  board  of
education  has  adopted  a  resolution to do so with the approval of the
commissioner of education.
  S 18. (a) All the acts done and proceedings heretofore had  and  taken
or  caused to be had and taken by a school district and by all officers,
employees or agents of each such  school  district  relating  to  or  in
connection  with  transportation  contracts  (1) identified by the state
education department as having been filed or executed late prior to June
30, 2016, and (2) for which an aid adjustment or recovery has  not  been
initiated  by the state education department as of the effective date of
this act  are  hereby  legalized,  validated,  ratified  and  confirmed,
notwithstanding   any   failure  to  comply  with  the  contract  filing
provisions of the education law,  other  than  those  filing  provisions
defined in paragraph a of subdivision 5 of section 3604 of the education
law,  in  relation to any omission, error, defect, irregularity or ille-
gality in such proceeding had and taken.
  (b) The education department is hereby directed to consider the afore-
mentioned contracts for transportation aid as  valid  and  proper  obli-
gations of such school district.
  S  19. a.  Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary,
the actions or omissions of any school district which failed to submit a
final building project cost report by June 30 of the school year follow-
ing June 30 of the school year in which the certificate  of  substantial
completion of the project is issued by the architect or engineer, or six
months after issuance of such certificate, whichever is later, are here-
by  ratified  and validated, provided the following conditions have been
met: (i) that such building project was eligible for aid in a  year  for
which  the  commissioner of education is required to prepare an estimate
of apportionments due and owing pursuant to paragraph c  of  subdivision

S. 6406--B                         43

21  of  section  305  of the education law, and (ii) (A) that the school
district was notified in writing by the state education department after
March 1, 2015 but before July 1, 2016  that  such  final  building  cost
reports  were  late,  or  (B)  such building project was eligible for an
installment recovery pursuant to sections 25-a, 25-b,  25-c,  25-d,  and
25-e  of part A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015 or section 9-a of part
A of chapter 56 of the laws of 2014 or section 24-a or part A of chapter
57 of the laws of 2013;  provided,  however,  that  notwithstanding  any
other  provision  of law to the contrary, the state education department
shall not refund any monies for which recovery of  excess  payments  has
already  been  made  pursuant to paragraph c of subdivision 5 of section
3604 of the education law and this act.
  b. The education department is hereby directed to adjust the  approved
costs  of  the aforementioned projects for the 2016-2017 school year and
thereafter to reflect the ratification and validation provided  in  this
act  and  to  consider  such adjusted approved costs as valid and proper
obligations of such school districts.
  S 20. This act shall take effect immediately; provided, however, that
  a. the amendments made to paragraph b-1 of subdivision  4  of  section
3602  of  the  education law by section one of this act shall not affect
the expiration of such paragraph and shall be deemed  to  expire  there-
with;
  b.  any  rules  and  regulations  necessary  for the implementation of
section three of this act shall  be  promulgated  and  take  effect  one
hundred eighty days after such effective date;
  c. amendments to section 2022 of the education law made by section six
of  this  act  shall  be subject to the expiration and reversion of such
section pursuant to section 13 of part A of chapter 97 of  the  laws  of
2011, as amended, when upon such date the provisions of section seven of
this act shall take effect;
  d.  the provisions of section eight of this act increasing the limita-
tion on aid from $12.6 million to  $17.1  million  shall  apply  to  aid
distributed to school districts beginning in the 2015-2016 school year;
  e.  the provisions of section ten of this act shall take effect on the
first day of a quarterly sales tax period, as set forth  in  subdivision
(b) of section 1136 of the tax law, next succeeding April 1, 2016;
  f.  the  provisions  of  section twelve of this act shall be deemed to
have been in full force and effect on and after March 31, 2014;
  g. the provisions of section fourteen of this act shall first apply to
the levy of taxes by local governments for the fiscal year commencing in
2017; and
  h. section sixteen of this act shall take effect July 1, 2016.

                                PART A-2

  Section 1. Short title. This act shall be known and may  be  cited  as
"Erin Merryn's law".
  S  2.  Legislative  findings  and  intent.  The  legislature finds and
declares that child sexual abuse, estimated to affect up to one in  four
girls  and up to one in six boys, poses a grave threat to the health and
safety of young people, and its damaging effects can last a lifetime.
  The legislature also finds and declares that  child  sexual  exploita-
tion, including the use of children in pornography and prostitution, and
child  abduction pose a similar threat to the health and safety of young
people, and put child victims at grave risk of death  or  severe  bodily
harm.

S. 6406--B                         44

  The  legislature  also  finds and declares that the incidence of child
sexual abuse, child sexual  exploitation  and  child  abduction  can  be
reduced  by raising awareness among young children of common dangers and
warning signs, empowering children to  better  protect  themselves  from
sexual  predators,  and  teaching  children  how to obtain any necessary
assistance or services.
  It is hereby declared to be the public policy and in the public inter-
est of this state to establish a comprehensive  program  to  provide  an
age-appropriate  course of instruction in the prevention of child abduc-
tion, child sexual exploitation and child sexual abuse.
  S 3. Section 305 of the education law  is  amended  by  adding  a  new
subdivision 55 to read as follows:
  55.  A.  THE  COMMISSIONER  SHALL  MAKE RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE REGENTS
RELATING TO INSTRUCTION TO PREVENT CHILD SEXUAL EXPLOITATION  AND  CHILD
ABUSE IN GRADES KINDERGARTEN THROUGH EIGHT.
  B. PRIOR TO MAKING THE RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE REGENTS, THE COMMISSION-
ER SHALL:
  (I)  SEEK  THE  RECOMMENDATIONS  OF  TEACHERS,  SCHOOL ADMINISTRATORS,
TEACHER EDUCATORS AND OTHERS WITH EDUCATIONAL EXPERTISE IN THE  PROPOSED
CURRICULUM;
  (II) SEEK COMMENT FROM PARENTS, STUDENTS AND OTHER INTERESTED PARTIES;
  (III)  CONSIDER  THE AMOUNT OF INSTRUCTIONAL TIME SUCH CURRICULUM WILL
REQUIRE AND WHETHER SUCH TIME WOULD DETRACT FROM OTHER MANDATED  COURSES
OF STUDY;
  (IV)  CONSIDER  THE  FISCAL  IMPACT,  IF  ANY, ON THE STATE AND SCHOOL
DISTRICTS; AND
  (V) CONSIDER ANY ADDITIONAL FACTORS THE COMMISSIONER DEEMS RELEVANT.
  C. NO LATER THAN ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE  DATE  OF
THIS SUBDIVISION, THE COMMISSIONER SHALL PROVIDE A RECOMMENDATION TO THE
REGENTS TO EITHER ADOPT AND PROMULGATE APPROPRIATE RULES AND REGULATIONS
IMPLEMENTING  SUCH  CURRICULUM  OR  REJECT  THE  IMPLEMENTATION  OF SUCH
CURRICULUM. UPON  RECEIVING  A  RECOMMENDATION  FROM  THE  COMMISSIONER,
PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION, THE REGENTS SHALL VOTE TO EITHER ACCEPT OR
REJECT  THE COMMISSIONER'S RECOMMENDATION NO LATER THAN SIXTY DAYS AFTER
RECEIVING SUCH RECOMMENDATION.
  D. IF THE REGENTS ADOPT SUCH CURRICULUM,  THE  CURRICULUM  REQUIREMENT
SHALL  TAKE EFFECT NO LATER THAN THE NEXT SCHOOL YEAR AFTER SUCH CURRIC-
ULUM HAS BEEN ADOPTED.
  E. IF THE REGENTS  REJECT  SUCH  CURRICULUM,  THE  COMMISSIONER  SHALL
PROVIDE A REPORT AS TO THE DETERMINATION OF THE REGENTS TO THE GOVERNOR,
THE  TEMPORARY  PRESIDENT OF THE SENATE, THE SPEAKER OF THE ASSEMBLY AND
THE CHAIRS OF THE SENATE AND ASSEMBLY COMMITTEES ON EDUCATION  PROVIDING
THE  REASONS  FOR  SUCH  REJECTION  NOT LATER THAN THIRTY DAYS AFTER THE
REGENTS REJECT SUCH CURRICULUM.
  S 4. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART B

  Section 1.  Section 2801-a of the education law, as added  by  chapter
181 of the laws of 2000, subdivision 1 as amended  by chapter 380 of the
laws of 2001, is amended to read as follows:
  S  2801-a. School safety plans. 1. The board of education or trustees,
as defined in section two of this  chapter,  of  every  school  district
within the state, however created, and every board of cooperative educa-
tional  services and county vocational education and extension board and
the chancellor of the city school district of the city of New York shall

S. 6406--B                         45

adopt and amend a comprehensive district-wide  school  safety  plan  and
building-level [school safety] EMERGENCY RESPONSE plans regarding crisis
intervention,  emergency  response  and management, provided that in the
city  school  district  of  the  city  of  New York, such plans shall be
adopted by the chancellor of the city school district. Such plans  shall
be  developed by a district-wide school safety team and a building-level
school safety team established pursuant  to  subdivision  four  of  this
section  and shall be in a form developed by the commissioner in consul-
tation with the division of criminal justice services,  the  superinten-
dent  of  the  state  police and any other appropriate state agencies. A
school district having only one school building, shall develop a  single
building-level school safety plan, which shall also fulfill all require-
ments for development of a district-wide plan.
  2.  Such comprehensive district-wide safety plan shall be developed by
the district-wide school safety team and shall include at a minimum:
  a. policies and procedures for responding to implied or direct threats
of violence by students, teachers, other school  personnel  as  well  as
visitors to the school;
  b.  policies  and  procedures  for  responding  to acts of violence by
students, teachers, other school personnel as well as  visitors  to  the
school,  including  consideration  of zero-tolerance policies for school
violence;
  B-1. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR RESPONDING TO A STUDENT WHERE  IT  IS
REASONABLE  TO BELIEVE THAT THE STUDENT IS AT RISK OF HARMING HIMSELF OR
HERSELF AS MANIFESTED BY A THREAT OF SUICIDE  OR  OTHER  CONDUCT  DEMON-
STRATING THAT THE STUDENT IS A DANGER TO HIMSELF OR HERSELF;
  c. appropriate prevention and intervention strategies such as:
  (i)  collaborative  arrangements  with state and local law enforcement
officials, designed to ensure that  school  safety  officers  and  other
security  personnel  are  adequately trained, including being trained to
de-escalate potentially violent  situations,  and  are  effectively  and
fairly recruited;
  (ii) non-violent conflict resolution training programs;
  (iii) peer mediation programs and youth courts; and
  (iv) extended day and other school safety programs;
  d.  policies and procedures for contacting appropriate law enforcement
officials in the event of a violent incident;
  e. policies  and  procedures  for  contacting  parents,  guardians  or
persons  in  parental  relation  to  the students of the district in the
event of a violent incident;
  E-1. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES  FOR  CONTACTING  PARENTS,  GUARDIANS  OR
PERSONS  IN  PARENTAL  RELATION TO A STUDENT OF THE DISTRICT WHERE IT IS
REASONABLE TO BELIEVE THAT THE STUDENT IS AT RISK OF HARMING HIMSELF  OR
HERSELF  AS  MANIFESTED  BY  A THREAT OF SUICIDE OR OTHER CONDUCT DEMON-
STRATING THAT THE STUDENT IS A DANGER TO HIMSELF OR HERSELF;
  f. policies and  procedures  relating  to  school  building  security,
including  where  appropriate  the  use of school safety officers and/or
security devices or procedures;
  g. policies and procedures for the dissemination of informative  mate-
rials  regarding  the  early detection of potentially violent behaviors,
including but not limited to the identification of family, community and
environmental factors, to teachers,  administrators,  school  personnel,
persons  in  parental relation to students of the district, students and
other persons deemed appropriate to receive such information;
  h. policies and procedures for annual school safety training for staff
and students;

S. 6406--B                         46

  i. protocols for responding to bomb threats,  hostage-takings,  intru-
sions and kidnappings;
  j.  strategies  for improving communication among students and between
students and staff and reporting of potentially violent incidents,  such
as  the  establishment  of  youth-run programs, peer mediation, conflict
resolution, creating a  forum  or  designating  a  mentor  for  students
concerned with bullying or violence and establishing anonymous reporting
mechanisms for school violence; [and]
  k.  a  description of the duties of hall monitors and any other school
safety personnel, the training required of all  personnel  acting  in  a
school  security  capacity, and the hiring and screening process for all
personnel acting in a school security capacity; AND
  1.  THE DESIGNATION OF THE SUPERINTENDENT, OR SUPERINTENDENT'S  DESIG-
NEE,  AS THE DISTRICT CHIEF EMERGENCY OFFICER RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINAT-
ING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN SCHOOL STAFF AND  LAW  ENFORCEMENT  AND  FIRST
RESPONDERS, AND ENSURING STAFF UNDERSTANDING OF THE DISTRICT-LEVEL SAFE-
TY  PLAN.  THE  CHIEF  EMERGENCY  OFFICER  SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR
ENSURING THE COMPLETION AND YEARLY UPDATING OF BUILDING-LEVEL  EMERGENCY
RESPONSE PLANS.
  3.  A  school emergency response plan, developed by the building-level
school safety team defined in subdivision four of this section, shall BE
KEPT CONFIDENTIAL, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FLOOR  PLANS,  BLUE-
PRINTS,  SCHEMATICS OR OTHER MAPS OF THE SCHOOL INTERIOR, SCHOOL GROUNDS
AND ROAD MAPS OF THE  IMMEDIATE  SURROUNDING  AREA,  AND  SHALL  NOT  BE
DISCLOSED  EXCEPT  TO  AUTHORIZED  DEPARTMENT  OR  SCHOOL STAFF, AND LAW
ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS, AND SHALL include the following elements:
  a. policies and procedures  for  [the  safe  evacuation  of  students,
teachers,  other  school  personnel as well as visitors to the school in
the event of a serious violent incident or other emergency, which  shall
include  evacuation routes and shelter sites and procedures for address-
ing medical needs, transportation and emergency notification to  persons
in  parental  relation  to  a student. For purposes of this subdivision,
"serious violent incident" means an incident of violent criminal conduct
that is, or appears to be, life threatening and warrants the  evacuation
of  students and/or staff, as defined in regulations of the commissioner
developed in conjunction with the division of criminal justice services]
RESPONSE TO EMERGENCY SITUATIONS, SUCH AS  THOSE  REQUIRING  EVACUATION,
SHELTERING,  AND  LOCK-DOWN. THESE POLICIES SHALL INCLUDE, AT A MINIMUM,
EVACUATION ROUTES, SHELTER SITES, AND PROCEDURES FOR ADDRESSING  MEDICAL
NEEDS,  TRANSPORTATION AND EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION OF PARENTS AND GUARDI-
ANS;
  b. designation of an  emergency  response  team  comprised  of  school
personnel,  [local] law enforcement officials, FIRE OFFICIALS and repre-
sentatives from local regional and/or state emergency response agencies,
other appropriate incident response teams, and a post-incident  response
team  that  includes  appropriate  school  personnel, medical personnel,
mental health counselors and others who can assist the school  community
in coping with the aftermath of a violent incident;
  c.  [procedures  for assuring that crisis response and law enforcement
officials have access to] floor plans, blueprints, schematics  or  other
maps of the school interior, school grounds and road maps of the immedi-
ate surrounding area;
  d.  establishment  of  internal  and external communication systems in
emergencies;
  e. definition of the chain of command in a manner consistent with  the
national interagency incident management system/incident command system;

S. 6406--B                         47

  f. coordination of the school safety plan with the state-wide plan for
disaster  mental health services to assure that the school has access to
federal, state and local mental health  resources  in  the  event  of  a
violent incident;
  g. procedures for review and the conduct of drills and other exercises
to test components of the emergency response plan; and
  h.  policies and procedures for securing and restricting access to the
crime scene in order to preserve evidence in cases of violent crimes  on
school property.
  4.  Each  district-wide  school  safety team shall be appointed by the
board of education, or the chancellor in the case  of  the  city  school
district  of  the city of New York, and shall include but not be limited
to representatives of the school board, [student,] teacher,  administra-
tor, and parent organizations, school safety personnel, and other school
personnel.  Each building-level school safety team shall be appointed by
the building principal, in accordance  with  regulations  or  guidelines
prescribed  by  the  board  of  education, chancellor or other governing
body. Such building-level teams shall include  but  not  be  limited  to
representatives  of  teacher,  administrator,  and parent organizations,
school safety personnel and other school personnel,  community  members,
[local]  law  enforcement officials, [local ambulance] FIRE OFFICIALS or
other emergency response agencies, and  any  other  representatives  the
board  of  education, chancellor or other governing body deems appropri-
ate.
  5. [Each safety plan shall be reviewed by the appropriate school safe-
ty team on at  least  an  annual  basis,  and  updated  as  needed]  THE
DISTRICT-WIDE  SAFETY  PLAN  AND BUILDING-LEVEL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS
SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE APPROPRIATE TEAM ON AT LEAST  AN  ANNUAL  BASIS
AND UPDATED AS NEEDED.
  6.  Each  board of education, chancellor or other governing body shall
make each district-wide [and building-level school] safety  plan  avail-
able  for  public  comment  at least thirty days prior to its adoption[,
provided that only a summary of each building-level  emergency  response
plan  shall  be  made  available for public comment]. Such district-wide
[and building-level] plans may be adopted by the school board only after
at least one public hearing  that  provides  for  the  participation  of
school  personnel,  parents,  students and any other interested parties.
Each district shall file a copy  of  its  district-wide  [comprehensive]
safety  plan with the commissioner and all amendments to such plan shall
be filed with the commissioner no later than  thirty  days  after  their
adoption.
  [A]  7. EACH BOARD OF EDUCATION, CHANCELLOR OR OTHER GOVERNING BODY OR
OFFICER SHALL ENSURE A copy of each  building-level  [safety]  EMERGENCY
RESPONSE plan and any amendments thereto, shall be filed with the appro-
priate  local  law  enforcement  agency and with the state police within
thirty days of its adoption.   Building-level emergency  response  plans
shall be confidential and shall not be subject to disclosure under arti-
cle six of the public officers law or any other provision of law. If the
board  of  education,  chancellor  or other governing body or chancellor
fails to file such plan as required by this  section,  the  commissioner
may,  in an amount determined by the commissioner, withhold public money
from the district until the district is in compliance.
  [7. The commissioner may grant a waiver of the  requirements  of  this
section  to  any  school  district  or  board of cooperative educational
services for a period of up to two years from the date of enactment upon
a finding by the commissioner that such district had adopted  a  compre-

S. 6406--B                         48

hensive  school  safety plan on the effective date of this section which
is in substantial compliance with the requirements of this section.]
  8.  The  commissioner  shall  annually  report to the governor and the
legislature on the implementation and compliance with the provisions  of
this section.
  9. Whenever it shall have been demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
commissioner  that  a  school  district  has  failed  to adopt a code of
conduct which fully satisfies the requirements of  section  twenty-eight
hundred  one  of  this  article, or a [school safety plan] DISTRICT-WIDE
SAFETY PLAN OR BUILDING-LEVEL EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLANS  which  satisfies
the requirements of this section, or to faithfully and completely imple-
ment  [either  or  both] ALL THREE, the commissioner may, on thirty days
notice to the district, withhold from the district monies to be paid  to
such district for the current school year pursuant to section thirty-six
hundred  nine-a  of  this  chapter,  exclusive  of  monies to be paid in
respect of obligations to the retirement systems for school and district
staff and pursuant to collective bargaining agreements, or  the  commis-
sioner  may  direct  the  district  to expend up to such amount upon the
development and implementation  of  a  code  of  conduct  and  a  school
district  safety  plan as required by such sections. Prior to such with-
holding or redirection, the commissioner shall provide the  district  an
opportunity  to  present  evidence  of  extenuating  circumstances; when
combined with evidence that the district shall  promptly  comply  within
short  time frames that shall be established by the commissioner as part
of an agreement between the district and the commissioner,  the  commis-
sioner  may  temporarily  stay  the  withholding or redirection of funds
pending implementation of such agreement. If the district  promptly  and
fully  complies  with  the agreement and is in full compliance with this
section and section  twenty-eight  hundred  one  of  this  article,  the
commissioner shall abate the withholding in its entirety. Any failure to
meet  the obligations of the compliance agreement by the district within
the time frames established shall be considered a willful violation of a
commissioner's order by the members of the district board  for  purposes
of  subdivision  one  of section three hundred six of the education law.
Notwithstanding any other law, rule or regulation, such  transfer  shall
take  effect  upon  filing  of a notice thereof with the director of the
budget and the chairs of the senate finance and assembly ways and  means
committees.
  S  2. The section heading and subdivisions 1 and 1-a of section 807 of
the education law, the section heading as amended by chapter 765 of  the
laws  of  1964,  subdivision  1 as amended by chapter 143 of the laws of
1985 and subdivision 1-a as added by chapter 9 of the laws of 1991,  are
amended to read as follows:
  Fire  AND  EMERGENCY drills.  1. It shall be the duty of the principal
or other person in charge of every public or private  school  or  educa-
tional  institution  within  the state, other than colleges or universi-
ties, to instruct and train the pupils by means of drills, so that  they
may in a sudden emergency be able to [leave the school building] RESPOND
APPROPRIATELY  in  the  shortest  possible time and without confusion or
panic. Such drills [or rapid dismissals] shall be held at  least  twelve
times  in each school year, eight of which required drills shall be held
between September first and December [first] THIRTY-FIRST of  each  such
year.  [At  least one-third of all such required drills shall be through
use of the fire escapes on buildings where fire escapes are provided. In
the course of at least one such drill, pupils shall be instructed in the
procedure to be followed in the event that a fire  occurs  during  lunch

S. 6406--B                         49

period, provided however, that such additional instruction may be waived
where  a drill is held during the regular school lunch period.  At least
four] EIGHT OF ALL SUCH DRILLS SHALL BE EVACUATION DRILLS, FOUR OF WHICH
SHALL BE THROUGH USE OF THE FIRE ESCAPES ON BUILDINGS WHERE FIRE ESCAPES
ARE PROVIDED OR THROUGH THE USE OF IDENTIFIED SECONDARY MEANS OF EGRESS.
FOUR  OF  ALL  SUCH  REQUIRED  DRILLS SHALL BE LOCK-DOWN DRILLS.  DRILLS
SHALL BE CONDUCTED AT DIFFERENT TIMES OF THE SCHOOL DAY. FOUR additional
drills shall be held in each school year during the hours  after  sunset
and  before  sunrise  in school buildings in which students are provided
with sleeping accommodations.  At least two additional drills  shall  be
held during summer school in buildings where summer school is conducted,
and  one  of  such  drills shall be held during the first week of summer
school.
  1-a. In the case of  after-school  programs,  events  or  performances
which  are  conducted within a school building and which include persons
who do not regularly attend classes in such school building, the princi-
pal or other person in charge of the building shall require the  teacher
or  person  in charge of such after-school program, event or performance
to notify persons in attendance at the beginning of each  such  program,
event  or  performance, of the procedures to be followed in the event of
an emergency so that they may be able to [leave the building] RESPOND in
a timely, orderly manner.
  S 3. Subdivision 7 of section 3604 of the education law, as amended by
section 31 of part B of chapter 57 of the laws of 2007,  is  amended  to
read as follows:
  7.  No district shall be entitled to any portion of such school moneys
on such apportionment unless the report of  the  trustees  or  board  of
education  for  the  preceding  school  year  shall show that the public
schools were actually in session in the district and taught by a  quali-
fied  teacher or by successive qualified teachers or by qualified teach-
ers for not less than one hundred eighty days. The moneys payable  to  a
school  district  pursuant  to section thirty-six hundred nine-a of this
chapter in the current year shall be reduced by one  one-hundred  eight-
ieth  of  the district's total foundation aid for each day less than one
hundred eighty days that the schools of the district  were  actually  in
session,  except  that the commissioner may disregard such reduction, up
to five days, in the apportionment of public money, if he finds that the
schools of the district were not in session for one hundred eighty  days
because  of  extraordinarily  adverse  weather conditions, impairment of
heating facilities, insufficiency of water  supply,  shortage  of  fuel,
lack  of electricity, natural gas leakage, unacceptable levels of chemi-
cal substances, A CREDIBLE THREAT TO STUDENT SAFETY AS REASONABLY DETER-
MINED BY A LEAD SCHOOL OFFICIAL or the destruction of a school  building
either in whole or in part, and if, further, the commissioner finds that
such  district  cannot make up such days of instruction by using for the
secondary grades all scheduled vacation days which occur  prior  to  the
first  scheduled regents examination day in June, and for the elementary
grades all scheduled vacation days which occur prior to the last  sched-
uled  regents examination day in June. For the purposes of this subdivi-
sion, "scheduled vacation days" shall mean days on which the schools  of
the  district  are not in session and for which no prohibition exists in
subdivision eight of this section for them to be in session.
  S 4. This act shall take effect July 1, 2016.

                                 PART C

S. 6406--B                         50

  Section 1. Subparagraphs a and b of paragraph 2 of  subdivision  A  of
section  6221  of the education law, as added by chapter 305 of the laws
of 1979, is amended to read as follows:
  a.  Notwithstanding  any  other provision of law, the city of New York
shall appropriate in its expense budget and pay to the  account  of  the
senior  colleges  of  the  city  university of New York as operating aid
amounts in accordance with the following schedule:
  (i) For  the  twelve-month  period  commencing  July  first,  nineteen
hundred  seventy-nine,  an  amount  equal  to  the lesser of fifty-eight
million, three hundred ninety-three thousand  dollars  ($58,393,000)  or
twenty-five  per  centum  of  the  net operating expenses of such senior
college programs and services, as certified by the  comptroller  of  the
state of New York to be properly chargeable to such twelve-month period;
  (ii)  For  the  twelve-month  period  commencing  July first, nineteen
hundred eighty, an amount equal to eighty per centum of the amount spec-
ified in (i) of subparagraph a of this paragraph.
  (iii) For the twelve-month  period  commencing  July  first,  nineteen
hundred  eighty-one,  an  amount equal to forty per centum of the amount
specified in (i) of subparagraph a of this paragraph.
  [b.] (IV) For the [twelve-month] period commencing July  first,  nine-
teen  hundred  eighty-two  and  [thereafter]  ENDING JUNE THIRTIETH, TWO
THOUSAND SIXTEEN, the city of New York shall not be required to make any
appropriation in support of the net operating expenses of  the  programs
and services of the senior colleges of the city university.
  (V)  FOR  THE  TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD COMMENCING JULY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND
SIXTEEN AND FOR EACH TWELVE MONTH PERIOD THEREAFTER, AN AMOUNT EQUAL  TO
THIRTY PER CENTUM OF THE NET OPERATING EXPENSES OF THE APPROVED PROGRAMS
AND  SERVICES OF THE SENIOR COLLEGES, PLUS AN ADDITIONAL AMOUNT EQUAL TO
THIRTY PER CENTUM OF THE CITY UNIVERSITY SENIOR COLLEGE DEBT SERVICE AND
CAPITAL CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE FOR THE TWELVE-MONTH  PERIOD
FIRST  BEGINNING APRIL FIRST, TWO THOUSAND FOURTEEN AND FOR EACH TWELVE-
MONTH PERIOD THEREAFTER AS CERTIFIED BY THE DIRECTOR OF THE BUDGET TO BE
PROPERLY CHARGEABLE TO SUCH TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD.
  S 2. Subparagraph c of paragraph 2 of subdivision A of section 6221 of
the education law is relettered subparagraph b.
  S 3. Subparagraph d of paragraph 2 of subdivision A of section 6221 of
the education law is relettered subparagraph c.
  S 4. Subparagraph e of paragraph 2 of subdivision A of section 6221 of
the education law, as added by chapter 815 of the laws of 1980  and  the
opening paragraph and item (iii) as amended by chapter 87 of the laws of
2002, is amended to read as follows:
  [e.] D. In addition to the amounts specified in subparagraph a of this
paragraph  [and notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph b of this
paragraph], the city of New York shall appropriate in its expense budget
and pay to the account of the senior colleges of the city university  of
New  York as the city's share of operating aid for the college of Staten
Island and New York city college of  technology  amounts  in  accordance
with the following schedule:
  (i)  For  the  twelve  month  period  commencing  July first, nineteen
hundred eighty, an amount that shall equal  four  million,  one  hundred
thousand dollars ($4,100,000).
  (ii)  For  the  twelve  month  period  commencing July first, nineteen
hundred eighty-one, an amount equal to one-half of the amount  specified
in clause (i) of this subparagraph.
  (iii)  For  the  [twelve month] period commencing July first, nineteen
hundred eighty-two, and [thereafter] ENDING JUNE THIRTIETH, TWO THOUSAND

S. 6406--B                         51

SIXTEEN the city of New York shall not be required to make any appropri-
ation for operating aid for the college of Staten Island  and  New  York
city college of technology.
  S  5.  Paragraph  4  of subdivision A of section 6221 of the education
law, as added by chapter 305 of the law of 1979, is amended to  read  as
follows:
  4.  [Commencing]  NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  PROVISION  OF ANY LAW, RULE OR
REGULATION TO THE CONTRARY, (A) COMMENCING with the twelve-month  period
beginning  July  first,  nineteen  hundred  eighty-two  and [thereafter]
ENDING JUNE THIRTIETH, TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN, the state  shall  reimburse
to  the  city  of  New  York one hundred per centum of the net operating
expenses  of  the  approved  programs  and  services   of   the   senior
colleges[.]; AND
  (B)  COMMENCING WITH THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD BEGINNING JULY FIRST, TWO
THOUSAND SIXTEEN AND FOR EACH TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD THEREAFTER, THE  STATE
SHALL  REIMBURSE  TO  THE CITY OF NEW YORK SEVENTY PER CENTUM OF THE NET
OPERATING EXPENSES OF THE APPROVED PROGRAMS AND SERVICES OF  THE  SENIOR
COLLEGES  LESS  AN  ADDITIONAL  AMOUNT EQUAL TO THIRTY PER CENTUM OF THE
CITY UNIVERSITY SENIOR COLLEGE DEBT  SERVICE  AND  CAPITAL  CONSTRUCTION
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE FOR THE TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD FIRST BEGINNING APRIL
FIRST, TWO THOUSAND FOURTEEN AND FOR EACH TWELVE MONTH PERIOD THEREAFTER
AS  CERTIFIED BY THE DIRECTOR OF THE BUDGET TO BE PROPERLY CHARGEABLE TO
SUCH TWELVE-MONTH PERIOD.
  S 6. Subdivision D of section 6221 of the education law, as  added  by
chapter  815 of the laws of 1980 and as relettered by chapter 585 of the
laws of 1988, is amended to read as follows:
  D. College of Staten Island. Notwithstanding the  designation  of  the
college of Staten Island as a senior college:
  (i)  the  city  of  New York shall annually appropriate in its expense
budget and pay to the city university of New York, as operating  aid  in
support of the programs and services of the college of Staten Island, an
amount  for  each  full-time  equivalent student in the associate degree
program of the college equal to the amount  the  city  of  New  York  is
appropriating  and  paying  for each full-time equivalent student in the
community colleges;
  (ii) and the state of New York shall annually appropriate and  pay  to
the  city  university of New York an amount equal to [the net operating]
ITS SHARE OF expenses of the college of Staten Island  less  the  amount
payable  by the city of New York pursuant to this [subdivision] SECTION.
Such state of New York payment shall be made in four installments on  or
before  April  twenty-fifth, June twenty-fifth, October twenty-fifth and
January twenty-fifth. The amount to be paid by  the  city  of  New  York
pursuant  to  this subdivision shall be determined by the state director
of the budget, based upon information submitted by  the  mayor  in  such
form  and  content  and at such time as may be [requred] REQUIRED by the
state director of the budget.
  S 7. Subdivision E of section 6221 of the education law, as  added  by
chapter  170  of the laws of 1994, paragraph (i) as amended by section 2
and paragraph (ii) as renumbered by section 3 of part HH of  chapter  57
of the laws of 2009, is amended to read as follows:
  E.  Medgar  Evers  college.  Notwithstanding the designation of Medgar
Evers college as a senior college:
  (i) in addition to the amounts specified in subparagraph  e  of  para-
graph  two  of subdivision A of this section, the city of New York shall
annually appropriate in its expense budget and pay to the city universi-
ty of New York as operating aid in support of the programs and services,

S. 6406--B                         52

an amount for each full-time equivalent student in the associate  degree
program  of  the  college  equal  to  the amount the city of New York is
appropriating and paying for each full-time equivalent  student  in  the
community colleges; and
  (ii)  the  state of New York shall annually appropriate and pay to the
city of New York on behalf of the city university of New York an  amount
equal  to  [the  net  operating]  ITS  SHARE OF expenses of Medgar Evers
college less the amount payable by the city of New York pursuant to this
[subdivision] SECTION.  Such state of New York payment shall be made  in
four  installments  on  or before April twenty-fifth, June twenty-fifth,
October twenty-fifth and February twenty-fifth. The amount to be paid by
the city of New York pursuant to this subdivision shall be determined by
the state director of the budget, based upon  information  submitted  by
the  mayor  in such form and content and at such time as may be required
by the state director of the budget.
  S 8. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART D

  Section 1. Subparagraph 4 of paragraph h of subdivision 2  of  section
355 of the education law, as amended by chapter 260 of the laws of 2011,
the  opening paragraph as amended by chapter 437 of the laws of 2015 and
clause (ii) as amended by section 1 of part P of chapter 57 of the  laws
of 2012, is amended to read as follows:
  (4)  The trustees shall not impose a differential tuition charge based
upon need or  income.  Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  all  students
enrolled  in  programs  leading to like degrees at state-operated insti-
tutions of the state university shall  be  charged  a  uniform  rate  of
tuition  except for differential tuition rates based on state residency.
Provided, however, that the trustees may authorize the presidents of the
colleges of technology and the colleges of agriculture and technology to
set differing rates of tuition for each of  the  colleges  for  students
enrolled  in degree-granting programs leading to an associate degree and
non-degree granting programs so long  as  such  tuition  rate  does  not
exceed  the  tuition  rate  charged to students who are enrolled in like
degree programs or degree-granting undergraduate programs leading  to  a
baccalaureate  degree  at other state-operated institutions of the state
university of New York.   Notwithstanding any other  provision  of  this
subparagraph, the trustees may authorize the setting of a separate cate-
gory  of  tuition  rate, that shall be greater than the tuition rate for
resident students and  less  than  the  tuition  rate  for  non-resident
students,  only  for  students enrolled in distance learning courses who
are not residents of the state.  Except as otherwise authorized in  this
subparagraph,  the  trustees  shall  not adopt changes affecting tuition
charges prior to the enactment of the annual  budget,  provided  however
that:
  (i)  Commencing  with  the  two  thousand  eleven--two thousand twelve
academic year and ending  in  the  two  thousand  fifteen--two  thousand
sixteen academic year the state university of New York board of trustees
shall  be  empowered  to  increase  the  resident  undergraduate rate of
tuition by not more than three hundred dollars over the resident  under-
graduate  rate  of tuition adopted by the board of trustees in the prior
academic year, provided however that if the annual resident  undergradu-
ate  rate  of tuition would exceed five thousand dollars, then a tuition
credit for each eligible student, as determined and  calculated  by  the
New York state higher education services corporation pursuant to section

S. 6406--B                         53

six  hundred  eighty-nine-a  of  this title, shall be applied toward the
tuition charged for each semester, quarter or term of study. Tuition for
each semester, quarter or term of study shall not be due for any student
eligible  to  receive  such  tuition  credit until the tuition credit is
calculated and applied against the tuition charged for the corresponding
semester, quarter or term.
  (ii) [On or before November thirtieth, two thousand eleven, the  trus-
tees  shall  approve  and  submit to the chairs of the assembly ways and
means committee and the senate finance committee and to the director  of
the  budget  a  master tuition plan setting forth the tuition rates that
the trustees propose for resident undergraduate students  for  the  five
year period commencing with the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve
academic  year  and  ending  in  the  two  thousand fifteen-two thousand
sixteen academic year, and shall submit any proposed amendments to  such
plan  by  November  thirtieth of each subsequent year thereafter through
November thirtieth, two thousand fifteen,  and  provided  further,  that
with  the  approval of the board of trustees, each university center may
increase non-resident undergraduate tuition rates each year by not  more
than ten percent over the tuition rates of the prior academic year for a
five  year period commencing with the semester following the semester in
which the governor and the chancellor of the  state  university  of  New
York  approve  the  NY-SUNY  2020  proposal for such university center.]
COMMENCING WITH THE TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN ACADEM-
IC YEAR AND ENDING IN THE TWO THOUSAND TWENTY--TWO  THOUSAND  TWENTY-ONE
ACADEMIC YEAR IF THE ANNUAL RESIDENT UNDERGRADUATE RATE OF TUITION WOULD
EXCEED  FIVE  THOUSAND  DOLLARS, THEN A TUITION CREDIT FOR EACH ELIGIBLE
STUDENT, AS DETERMINED AND CALCULATED  BY  THE  NEW  YORK  STATE  HIGHER
EDUCATION   SERVICES   CORPORATION   PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  SIX  HUNDRED
EIGHTY-NINE-A OF THIS TITLE, SHALL BE APPLIED TOWARD THE TUITION CHARGED
FOR EACH SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM OF STUDY. TUITION FOR EACH  SEMESTER,
QUARTER  OR  TERM  OF STUDY SHALL NOT BE DUE FOR ANY STUDENT ELIGIBLE TO
RECEIVE SUCH TUITION CREDIT UNTIL THE TUITION CREDIT IS  CALCULATED  AND
APPLIED  AGAINST  THE  TUITION  CHARGED  FOR THE CORRESPONDING SEMESTER,
QUARTER OR TERM.
  (iii) The state shall appropriate annually and make available  general
fund operating support, including fringe benefits, for the state univer-
sity  in an amount not less than the amount appropriated and made avail-
able to the state university in state fiscal year two thousand  eleven--
two  thousand  twelve.  Beginning  in  state  fiscal  year  two thousand
[twelve] SIXTEEN--two thousand [thirteen] SEVENTEEN and thereafter,  the
state  shall  appropriate  and  make  available  general  fund operating
support[, including fringe benefits,] for the state university  AND  THE
STATE  UNIVERSITY  HEALTH SCIENCE CENTERS in an amount not less than the
[amount] AMOUNTS SEPARATELY appropriated and made available in the prior
state fiscal year; provided, however, THE STATE  SHALL  APPROPRIATE  AND
MAKE  AVAILABLE  GENERAL  FUND  OPERATING SUPPORT TO COVER ALL MANDATORY
COSTS OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY AND THE STATE  UNIVERSITY  HEALTH  SCIENCE
CENTERS, WHICH SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, COLLECTIVE BARGAIN-
ING  COSTS  INCLUDING  SALARY  INCREMENTS,  FRINGE  BENEFITS,  AND OTHER
NON-PERSONAL SERVICE COSTS SUCH AS UTILITY COSTS, BUILDING  RENTALS  AND
OTHER  INFLATIONARY  EXPENSES  INCURRED  BY THE STATE UNIVERSITY AND THE
STATE UNIVERSITY HEALTH SCIENCE CENTERS. PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that
if the governor declares a fiscal emergency, and communicates such emer-
gency to the temporary president of the senate and speaker of the assem-
bly, state support for operating expenses at the  state  university  and

S. 6406--B                         54

city university may be reduced in a manner proportionate to one another,
and the aforementioned provisions shall not apply.
  (iv)  [For  the  state university fiscal years commencing two thousand
eleven--two thousand twelve and ending two thousand  fifteen--two  thou-
sand  sixteen,  each  university  center  may set aside a portion of its
tuition revenues derived from tuition  increases  to  provide  increased
financial  aid  for New York state resident undergraduate students whose
net taxable income is eighty thousand dollars or  more  subject  to  the
approval  of  a NY-SUNY 2020 proposal by the governor and the chancellor
of the state university of New York. Nothing in this paragraph shall  be
construed  as  to  authorize  that  students whose net taxable income is
eighty thousand dollars or more  are  eligible  for  tuition  assistance
program awards pursuant to section six hundred sixty-seven of this chap-
ter.]  BEGINNING IN STATE FISCAL YEAR TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN, THE STATE SHALL APPROPRIATE FUNDS FOR  THE  CREATION  OF  THE
STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF NEW YORK INVESTMENT FUND. FUNDS APPROPRIATED SHALL
BE USED FOR FUNDING THE TUITION CREDIT PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (II)  OF  THIS
SUBPARAGRAPH  FOR  EXPENSES  RELATED  TO  STUDENT  SERVICES, FACULTY AND
INSTRUCTION, AND MAY BE USED TO GRANT SCHOLARSHIPS AT THE FOUR UNIVERSI-
TY CENTERS TO THOSE STUDENTS WHOSE FAMILY'S NET TAXABLE INCOME IS  ABOVE
ONE  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  DOLLARS  A YEAR. THE INVESTMENT FUND MAY ALSO BE
USED PURSUANT TO THE DISCRETION OF THE CHANCELLOR  TO  COVER  ANY  OTHER
UNIVERSITY  EXPENSES  DEEMED  NECESSARY.    PROVIDED  FURTHER, THE STATE
UNIVERSITY BOARD OF TRUSTEES SHALL ANNUALLY REPORT ON HOW THE INVESTMENT
FUND WAS INVESTED IN FACULTY, INSTRUCTION AND STUDENT FINANCIAL  ASSIST-
ANCE  OR  STUDENT  SERVICES  AND  ALSO HOW IT WAS USED TO FUND MANDATORY
COSTS NOT COVERED BY THE STATE, IF ANY.
  S 2. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 7 of section 6206 of  the  education
law, as amended by chapter 260 of the laws of 2011 and the opening para-
graph  as amended by chapter 437 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read
as follows:
  (a) The board of  trustees  shall  establish  positions,  departments,
divisions  and  faculties; appoint and in accordance with the provisions
of law fix salaries of  instructional  and  non-instructional  employees
therein;  establish  and conduct courses and curricula; prescribe condi-
tions of student admission, attendance and discharge; and shall have the
power to determine in its discretion whether tuition  shall  be  charged
and  to  regulate  tuition  charges, and other instructional and non-in-
structional fees and other fees and charges at the educational units  of
the  city  university.  The trustees shall review any proposed community
college tuition increase and the justification for  such  increase.  The
justification  provided by the community college for such increase shall
include a detailed analysis of ongoing operating  costs,  capital,  debt
service  expenditures, and all revenues. The trustees shall not impose a
differential tuition charge based upon  need  or  income.  All  students
enrolled  in  programs  leading  to  like degrees at the senior colleges
shall be charged a uniform rate  of  tuition,  except  for  differential
tuition  rates  based  on  state  residency  Notwithstanding  any  other
provision of this paragraph, the trustees may authorize the setting of a
separate category of tuition  rate,  that  shall  be  greater  than  the
tuition  rate  for  resident students and less than the tuition rate for
non-resident students, only for students enrolled in  distance  learning
courses who are not residents of the state; provided, however, that:
  (i)  Commencing  with  the  two  thousand  eleven--two thousand twelve
academic year and ending  in  the  two  thousand  fifteen--two  thousand
sixteen academic year, the city university of New York board of trustees

S. 6406--B                         55

shall  be  empowered  to  increase  the  resident  undergraduate rate of
tuition by not more than three hundred dollars over the resident  under-
graduate  rate  of tuition adopted by the board of trustees in the prior
academic  year, provided however that if the annual resident undergradu-
ate rate of tuition would exceed five thousand dollars, then  a  tuition
credit  for  each  eligible student, as determined and calculated by the
New York state higher education services corporation pursuant to section
six hundred eighty-nine-a of this chapter, shall be applied  toward  the
tuition  charged  for  each semester, quarter or term of study.  Tuition
for each semester, quarter or term of study shall not  be  due  for  any
student eligible to receive such tuition credit until the tuition credit
is  calculated  and  applied  against the tuition charged for the corre-
sponding semester, quarter or term.
  (ii) [On or before November thirtieth, two thousand eleven, the  trus-
tees  shall  approve  and  submit to the chairs of the assembly ways and
means committee and the senate finance committee and to the director  of
the  budget  a  master tuition plan setting forth the tuition rates that
the trustees propose for resident undergraduate students  for  the  five
year period commencing with the two thousand eleven--two thousand twelve
academic  year  and  ending  in  the  two thousand fifteen--two thousand
sixteen academic year, and shall submit any proposed amendments to  such
plan  by  November  thirtieth of each subsequent year thereafter through
November thirtieth, two thousand fifteen.] COMMENCING WITH THE TWO THOU-
SAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN ACADEMIC YEAR AND ENDING IN THE TWO
THOUSAND TWENTY--TWO THOUSAND TWENTY-ONE ACADEMIC  YEAR  IF  THE  ANNUAL
RESIDENT  UNDERGRADUATE  RATE  OF  TUITION  WOULD  EXCEED  FIVE THOUSAND
DOLLARS, THEN A TUITION CREDIT FOR EACH ELIGIBLE STUDENT, AS  DETERMINED
AND  CALCULATED  BY  THE NEW YORK STATE HIGHER EDUCATION SERVICES CORPO-
RATION PURSUANT TO SECTION SIX  HUNDRED  EIGHTY-NINE-A  OF  THIS  TITLE,
SHALL  BE  APPLIED TOWARD THE TUITION CHARGED FOR EACH SEMESTER, QUARTER
OR TERM OF STUDY.  TUITION FOR EACH SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM  OF  STUDY
SHALL NOT BE DUE FOR ANY STUDENT ELIGIBLE TO RECEIVE SUCH TUITION CREDIT
UNTIL  THE  TUITION CREDIT IS CALCULATED AND APPLIED AGAINST THE TUITION
CHARGED FOR THE CORRESPONDING SEMESTER, QUARTER OR TERM.
  (iii) The state shall appropriate annually and  make  available  state
support  for operating expenses, including fringe benefits, for the city
university in an amount not less than the amount appropriated  and  made
available  to  the  city  university  in  state fiscal year two thousand
eleven--two thousand twelve. Beginning in state fiscal year two thousand
twelve--two thousand thirteen and [thereafter] ENDING  IN  STATE  FISCAL
YEAR  TWO THOUSAND FIFTEEN--TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN, the state shall appro-
priate and make available state support for operating expenses,  includ-
ing  fringe benefits, for the city university in an amount not less than
the amount appropriated and made available in  the  prior  state  fiscal
year; provided, however, that if the governor declares a fiscal emergen-
cy,  and  communicates  such emergency to the temporary president of the
senate and speaker of the assembly, state support for operating expenses
of the state university and city university may be reduced in  a  manner
proportionate  to  one  another, and the aforementioned provisions shall
not apply.
  (IV) BEGINNING IN ACADEMIC FISCAL YEAR TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO THOU-
SAND SEVENTEEN AND THEREAFTER, THE STATE AND  CITY  OF  NEW  YORK  SHALL
APPROPRIATE  ANNUALLY  AND  MAKE  AVAILABLE  ITS REPRESENTATIVE SHARE OF
SUPPORT FOR EXPENSES PURSUANT TO SECTION SIX THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED  TWEN-
TY-ONE OF THIS TITLE, WHICH SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, FRINGE
BENEFITS,  AND  OTHER  NON-PERSONAL SERVICE COSTS SUCH AS UTILITY COSTS,

S. 6406--B                         56

BUILDING RENTALS AND OTHER INFLATIONARY EXPENSES INCURRED  BY  THE  CITY
UNIVERSITY  IN  AN AMOUNT NOT LESS THAN THE AMOUNT APPROPRIATED AND MADE
AVAILABLE FOR EXPENSES IN THE  PRIOR  ACADEMIC  FISCAL  YEAR;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  THAT IF THE GOVERNOR DECLARES A FISCAL EMERGENCY, AND COMMUNI-
CATES SUCH EMERGENCY TO THE TEMPORARY PRESIDENT OF THE SENATE AND SPEAK-
ER OF THE ASSEMBLY, STATE SUPPORT FOR OPERATING EXPENSES  OF  THE  STATE
UNIVERSITY  AND CITY UNIVERSITY MAY BE REDUCED IN A MANNER PROPORTIONATE
TO ONE ANOTHER, AND THE AFOREMENTIONED PROVISIONS SHALL NOT APPLY.
  (V) BEGINNING IN STATE FISCAL YEAR TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND
SEVENTEEN,  THE  STATE  SHALL  APPROPRIATE FUNDS FOR THE CREATION OF THE
CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK INVESTMENT FUND. FUNDS APPROPRIATED SHALL BE
USED FOR FUNDING THE TUITION CREDIT PURSUANT  TO  SUBPARAGRAPH  (II)  OF
THIS  PARAGRAPH  FOR  EXPENSES  RELATED TO STUDENT SERVICES, FACULTY AND
INSTRUCTION, AND MAY BE USED TO GRANT SCHOLARSHIPS AT THE FOUR UNIVERSI-
TY CENTERS TO THOSE STUDENTS WHOSE FAMILY'S NET TAXABLE INCOME IS  ABOVE
EIGHTY  THOUSAND  DOLLARS  A  YEAR. THE INVESTMENT FUND MAY ALSO BE USED
PURSUANT TO THE DISCRETION OF THE CHANCELLOR TO COVER ANY OTHER  UNIVER-
SITY  EXPENSES  DEEMED  NECESSARY. PROVIDED FURTHER, THE CITY UNIVERSITY
BOARD OF TRUSTEES SHALL ANNUALLY REPORT ON HOW THE INVESTMENT  FUND  WAS
INVESTED  IN  FACULTY,  INSTRUCTION  AND STUDENT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE OR
STUDENT SERVICES AND ALSO HOW IT WAS USED TO FUND  MANDATORY  COSTS  NOT
COVERED BY THE STATE, IF ANY.
  S 3. Subdivision 5 of section 359 of the education law is REPEALED.
  S 4. Subdivision 17 of section 6206 of the education law is REPEALED.
  S 5. Section 16 of chapter 260 of the laws of 2011 amending the educa-
tion law and the New York state urban development corporation act relat-
ing  to    establishing  components  of the NY-SUNY 2020 challenge grant
program, as amended by section 65-a of part HH of chapter 57 of the laws
of 2013, is amended to read as follows:
  S 16. This act shall take effect July 1, 2011; provided that  sections
one,  two,  three,  four, five, six, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve[,]
AND thirteen[, fourteen and fifteen] of this act  shall  expire  [5]  10
years  after  such  effective date when upon such date the provisions of
this act shall be deemed repealed.
  S 6. This at shall take effect immediately; provided that  the  amend-
ments  to  subparagraph 4 of paragraph h of subdivision 2 of section 355
of the education law made by section one of this act and the  amendments
to  paragraph  (a) of subdivision 7 of section 6206 of the education law
made by section two of this act shall not affect the expiration of  such
provisions  and  shall  be deemed to expire therewith; provided further,
that if chapter 437 of the laws of 2015 shall not have taken  effect  by
such  effective  date,  then  the amendments to the opening paragraph of
subparagraph 4 of paragraph h of subdivision 2 of  section  355  of  the
education  law made by section one of this act and the amendments to the
opening paragraph of paragraph (a) of subdivision 7 of section  6206  of
the  education  law made by section two of this act shall take effect on
the same day and in the same manner as sections 1 and 3 of  chapter  437
of the laws of 2015, takes effect.

                                 PART E

  Section  1.  The  state finance law is amended by adding a new section
99-y to read as follows:
  S 99-Y. SUNY STONY BROOK AFFILIATION ESCROW FUND. 1.   NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW, RULE, REGULATION, OR PRACTICE TO THE CONTRA-
RY,  THERE IS HEREBY ESTABLISHED IN THE JOINT CUSTODY OF THE COMPTROLLER

S. 6406--B                         57

AND THE CHANCELLOR OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW  YORK  (SUNY)  ONE  OR
MORE TRUST AND AGENCY FUNDS, TO BE KNOWN AS THE "SUNY STONY BROOK AFFIL-
IATION ESCROW FUND" WHICH SHALL BE AVAILABLE WITHOUT FISCAL YEAR LIMITA-
TION.
  2.  EACH SUNY STONY BROOK AFFILIATION ESCROW FUND SHALL CONSIST OF (I)
ALL MONIES GENERATED THROUGH THE  ACTIVITIES  OF  STONY  BROOK  AT  EACH
HOSPITAL  WITH  WHICH  IT  ENTERS INTO AN AFFILIATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO PATIENT REVENUE, FEDERAL REIMBURSEMENT, AND OTHER  ASSOCIATED
REVENUE SOURCES, AND (II) PAYMENTS MADE BY STONY BROOK UNIVERSITY HOSPI-
TAL  TO  SUCH  HOSPITAL  OR ITS AFFILIATES IN ACCORDANCE WITH AGREEMENTS
APPROVED PURSUANT TO OTHER APPLICABLE STATUTES.
  3. MONIES OF EACH SUNY STONY BROOK AFFILIATION ESCROW  FUND  SHALL  BE
EXPENDED CONSISTENT WITH THE PURPOSES OF SUCH AFFILIATION.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART F

                          Intentionally Omitted

                                 PART G

  Section 1. Subdivision (a) of section 50 of chapter 161 of the laws of
2005  amending the education law relating to the New York state licensed
social worker loan forgiveness program, as amended by section 1 of  part
M of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  (a)  section  two of this act shall expire and be deemed repealed June
30, [2016] 2021; and provided, further that the amendment to paragraph b
of subdivision 1 of section 679-c and the amendment to  paragraph  2  of
subdivision  a  of  section  679-d of the education law made by sections
three and four of this act shall not affect the repeal of such  sections
and shall be deemed repealed therewith;
  S  2.  Section  3 of part V of chapter 57 of the laws of 2005 amending
the education law relating to the New York state  nursing  faculty  loan
forgiveness  incentive  program  and  the New York state nursing faculty
scholarship program, as amended by section 1 of part L of chapter 58  of
the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
  S  3.  This  act  shall  take  effect on the same date and in the same
manner as Part H of this chapter; provided that section two of this  act
shall  take  effect on the same date and in the same manner as Part I of
this chapter; and provided further that this act  shall  expire  and  be
deemed repealed on June 30, [2016] 2021.
  S  3. Section 17 of chapter 31 of the laws of 1985 amending the educa-
tion law relating to regents scholarships  in  certain  professions,  as
amended  by  section  1  of part K of chapter 58 of the laws of 2011, is
amended to read as follows:
  S 17. This act shall take effect immediately; provided, however,  that
the  scholarship  and  loan forgiveness programs established pursuant to
the provisions of this act shall terminate upon  the  granting  of  such
awards for the 2008-2009 school year provided, however, that the regents
physician  loan  forgiveness  program  established  pursuant to this act
shall not terminate until the granting of such awards for the  [2015-16]
2020-21  school year, provided that the final disbursement of any multi-
year awards granted in such school year shall be paid.
  S 4. Paragraph a of subdivision 5 of section 679-c  of  the  education
law,  as  amended  by  section 1 of part E3 of chapter 57 of the laws of
2007, is amended to read as follows:

S. 6406--B                         58

  a. The corporation shall convert to a student loan the full amount  of
the  award given pursuant to this section, plus interest, according to a
schedule to be determined by the corporation if: (1) three  years  after
the  completion  of the degree program it is found that an applicant did
not begin to provide nursing faculty or clinical nurse faculty services;
(2) if such applicant does not provide nursing faculty or clinical nurs-
ing faculty services for four years within seven years of the completion
of the master's degree program in nursing or doctoral degree; or (3) the
student fails to receive a master's degree in nursing or doctoral degree
that  will  qualify  them as nursing faculty or adjunct clinical faculty
within the three years of receiving the award.  THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
OF THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL BE DEFERRED FOR ANY INTERRUPTION  IN  GRADUATE
OR  DOCTORAL  STUDY  OR EMPLOYMENT AS ESTABLISHED BY THE RULES AND REGU-
LATIONS  OF  THE  CORPORATION.  ANY  OBLIGATION  TO  COMPLY  WITH   SUCH
PROVISIONS AS OUTLINED IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE CANCELLED UPON THE DEATH
OF THE RECIPIENT.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBDIVISION TO
THE  CONTRARY,  THE  CORPORATION  IS  AUTHORIZED TO PROMULGATE RULES AND
REGULATIONS TO PROVIDE FOR THE WAIVER OR  SUSPENSION  OF  ANY  FINANCIAL
OBLIGATION WHICH WOULD INVOLVE EXTREME HARDSHIP.
  S  5.  Subdivision 5 of section 669-d of the education law, as amended
by section 1 of part H1 of section 109 of the laws of 2006,  is  amended
to read as follows:
  5.  The corporation shall convert to a student loan the full amount of
the award given pursuant to this section, plus interest, according to  a
schedule to be determined by the corporation if: (a) two years after the
completion of the degree program and receipt of initial certification it
is  found  that  a  recipient  is  not  teaching in the field of math or
science in a school located within New York  state  providing  secondary
education  recognized  by  the board of regents or the university of the
state of New York; or (b) a recipient has not taught  in  the  field  of
math  or  science  in  a  school located within New York state providing
secondary education recognized by the board of regents or the university
of the state of  New  York  for  five  of  the  seven  years  after  the
completion  of  the degree program and receipt of initial certification;
or (c) a recipient fails to complete their  degree  program  or  changes
majors to an undergraduate degree program other than in science or math;
or  (d)  a recipient fails to receive or maintain their teaching certif-
icate or license in New York state; or (e) a recipient fails to  respond
to  requests by the corporation for the status of his or her academic or
professional progress.   THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION
SHALL  BE  DEFERRED  FOR  ANY  INTERRUPTION IN UNDERGRADUATE OR GRADUATE
STUDY OR EMPLOYMENT AS ESTABLISHED BY THE RULES AND REGULATIONS  OF  THE
CORPORATION.  ANY  OBLIGATION TO COMPLY WITH SUCH PROVISIONS AS OUTLINED
IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE CANCELLED UPON  THE  DEATH  OF  THE  RECIPIENT.
NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY PROVISIONS OF THIS SUBDIVISION TO THE CONTRARY, THE
CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO PROMULGATE RULES AND REGULATIONS TO PROVIDE
FOR THE WAIVER OR SUSPENSION OF ANY  FINANCIAL  OBLIGATION  WHICH  WOULD
INVOLVE EXTREME HARDSHIP.
  S  6. This act shall take effect immediately; provided that the amend-
ments to paragraph a of subdivision 5 of section 679-c of the  education
law made by section four of this act shall not affect the repeal of such
section and shall be deemed repealed therewith.

                                 PART H

S. 6406--B                         59

  Section  1.  Section  7408 of the education law is amended by adding a
new subdivision 6 to read as follows:
  6. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF LAW, ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED TO
LAWFULLY  ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY PURSUANT TO ARTI-
CLE FIFTEEN OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW, ARTICLES ONE AND EIGHT-B OF
THE PARTNERSHIP LAW, OR ARTICLES TWELVE  AND  THIRTEEN  OF  THE  LIMITED
LIABILITY  COMPANY  LAW SHALL BE DEEMED ELIGIBLE TO REGISTER PURSUANT TO
THIS SECTION.
  S 2. Section 1503 of the business corporation law is amended by adding
a new paragraph (h) to read as follows:
  (H) ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING  AS
A  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE  CORPORATION  FORMED  TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE
PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED
UNDER ARTICLE ONE HUNDRED FORTY-NINE  OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW  SHALL  BE
REQUIRED  TO  SHOW  (1)  THAT  A SIMPLE MAJORITY OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE
FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPEN-
SATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVID-
UALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT
ALL SHAREHOLDERS OF A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION  WHOSE  PRINCIPAL
PLACE  OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE
OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE  ISSUED  UNDER
SECTION  SEVENTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  FOUR  OF THE EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION  SEVENTY-FOUR  HUNDRED  FIVE  OF  THE
EDUCATION  LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM
AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD  OF
REGENTS.    NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  PROVISIONS  OF  THIS PARAGRAPH, A FIRM
INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF  THE
FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTI-
FIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS,"  OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS".  EACH
NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS  INCORPORATED  UNDER  THIS  SECTION
SHALL  BE  A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF
THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION,
"ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHER-
WISE  INDIVIDUALLY TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF
THE FIRM. SUCH A FIRM SHALL HAVE ATTACHED TO ITS CERTIFICATE OF INCORPO-
RATION A CERTIFICATE OR CERTIFICATES DEMONSTRATING THE FIRM'S COMPLIANCE
WITH THIS PARAGRAPH, IN LIEU OF THE CERTIFICATE OR CERTIFICATES REQUIRED
BY SUBPARAGRAPH (II) OF PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION.
  S 3. Section 1507 of the business corporation law is amended by adding
a new paragraph (c) to read as follows:
  (C) ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING  AS
A  PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF SECTION
1503 OF THIS ARTICLE MAY ISSUE SHARES TO INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE  AUTHORIZED
BY  LAW TO PRACTICE IN THIS STATE A PROFESSION WHICH SUCH CORPORATION IS
AUTHORIZED TO PRACTICE AND WHO ARE OR HAVE BEEN ENGAGED IN THE  PRACTICE
OF  SUCH  PROFESSION IN SUCH CORPORATION OR A PREDECESSOR ENTITY, OR WHO
WILL ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF SUCH PROFESSION IN SUCH CORPORATION WITH-
IN THIRTY DAYS OF THE DATE SUCH SHARES ARE ISSUED  AND  MAY  ALSO  ISSUE
SHARES  TO EMPLOYEES OF THE CORPORATION NOT LICENSED AS CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS, PROVIDED THAT:
  (I) AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES OF  STOCK  OF
THE CORPORATION ARE OWNED BY CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,
  (II)  AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE DIRECTORS ARE CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS,
  (III) AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OFFICERS ARE CERTIFIED  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS,

S. 6406--B                         60

  (IV)  THE PRESIDENT, THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND THE
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OR OFFICERS ARE  CERTIFIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS.
NO  SHAREHOLDER OF A FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCOR-
PORATING AS A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H)
OF  SECTION  1503 OF THIS ARTICLE SHALL ENTER INTO A VOTING TRUST AGREE-
MENT, PROXY OR ANY OTHER TYPE OF AGREEMENT VESTING  IN  ANOTHER  PERSON,
OTHER THAN ANOTHER SHAREHOLDER OF THE SAME CORPORATION, THE AUTHORITY TO
EXERCISE  VOTING  POWER  OF  ANY OR ALL OF HIS OR HER SHARES. ALL SHARES
ISSUED, AGREEMENTS MADE OR PROXIES GRANTED IN VIOLATION OF THIS  SECTION
SHALL BE VOID.
  S 4. Section 1508 of the business corporation law is amended by adding
a new paragraph (c) to read as follows:
  (C)  THE  DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSI-
NESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING  AS  A  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE  CORPORATION
PURSUANT  TO  PARAGRAPH  (H) OF SECTION 1503 OF THIS ARTICLE MAY INCLUDE
INDIVIDUALS  WHO  ARE  NOT  LICENSED  TO  PRACTICE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY,
PROVIDED  HOWEVER  THAT  AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE DIRECTORS, AT
LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OFFICERS AND THE  PRESIDENT,  THE  CHAIR-
PERSON  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS AND THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER OR
OFFICERS ARE AUTHORIZED BY LAW TO PRACTICE IN THIS  STATE  A  PROFESSION
WHICH  SUCH CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO PRACTICE, AND ARE EITHER SHARE-
HOLDERS OF  SUCH  CORPORATION  OR  ENGAGED  IN  THE  PRACTICE  OF  THEIR
PROFESSIONS IN SUCH CORPORATION.
  S 5. Section 1509 of the business corporation law, as amended by chap-
ter 550 of the laws of 2011, is amended to read as follows:
S 1509. Disqualification   of   shareholders,  directors,  officers  and
          employees.
  If any shareholder, director, officer or employee  of  a  professional
service  corporation,  including  a  design  professional service corpo-
ration, OR ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF  INCORPORAT-
ING  AS  A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF
SECTION 1503 OF  THIS  ARTICLE,  who  has  been  rendering  professional
service  to  the  public  becomes  legally  disqualified to practice his
profession within this state, he shall sever all  employment  with,  and
financial interests (other than interests as a creditor) in, such corpo-
ration  forthwith or as otherwise provided in section 1510 of this arti-
cle. All provisions of law  regulating  the  rendering  of  professional
services  by  a  person elected or appointed to a public office shall be
applicable to a shareholder, director,  officer  and  employee  of  such
corporation  in  the  same manner and to the same extent as if fully set
forth herein. Such legal disqualification  to  practice  his  profession
within  this state shall be deemed to constitute an irrevocable offer by
the disqualified shareholder to sell  his  shares  to  the  corporation,
pursuant  to  the  provisions  of section 1510 of this article or of the
certificate of incorporation, by-laws or agreement among the corporation
and all shareholders, whichever is applicable. Compliance with the terms
of such offer shall be specifically enforceable in the  courts  of  this
state.  A  professional service corporation's failure to enforce compli-
ance with this provision shall constitute a ground for forfeiture of its
certificate of incorporation and its dissolution.
  S 6. Paragraph (a) of section 1511 of the business corporation law, as
amended by chapter 550 of the laws of 2011, is amended and a  new  para-
graph (c) is added to read as follows:
  (a) No shareholder of a professional service corporation [or], INCLUD-
ING  a  design professional service corporation, OR ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED
FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF  INCORPORATING  AS  A  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE

S. 6406--B                         61

CORPORATION  PURSUANT  TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF SECTION 1503 OF THIS ARTICLE,
may sell or transfer his shares in such corporation  except  to  another
individual  who  is eligible to have shares issued to him by such corpo-
ration or except in trust to another individual who would be eligible to
receive  shares  if  he were employed by the corporation. Nothing herein
contained shall be construed to prohibit the transfer of shares by oper-
ation of law or by court decree.  No transferee of shares  by  operation
of  law  or  court decree may vote the shares for any purpose whatsoever
except with respect to corporate action under sections 909 and  1001  of
this chapter. The restriction in the preceding sentence shall not apply,
however,  where  such transferee would be eligible to have shares issued
to him if he were an employee of the corporation and, if there are other
shareholders, a majority of such other shareholders shall fail to redeem
the shares so transferred, pursuant to section  1510  of  this  article,
within sixty days of receiving written notice of such transfer. Any sale
or  transfer, except by operation of law or court decree or except for a
corporation having only one shareholder, may be made only after the same
shall have been approved by the board of directors, or at  a  sharehold-
ers'  meeting  specially called for such purpose by such proportion, not
less than a majority, of the outstanding shares as may  be  provided  in
the  certificate of incorporation or in the by-laws of such professional
service corporation. At such shareholders' meeting the  shares  held  by
the  shareholder  proposing  to  sell  or transfer his shares may not be
voted or counted for any purpose, unless all shareholders  consent  that
such shares be voted or counted. The certificate of incorporation or the
by-laws  of  the  professional  service corporation, or the professional
service corporation and  the  shareholders  by  private  agreement,  may
provide,  in lieu of or in addition to the foregoing provisions, for the
alienation of shares and may require the redemption or purchase of  such
shares  by  such  corporation at prices and in a manner specifically set
forth therein. The existence of the restrictions on the sale or transfer
of shares, as contained in this  article  and,  if  applicable,  in  the
certificate  of  incorporation, by-laws, stock purchase or stock redemp-
tion agreement, shall be noted conspicuously on  the  face  or  back  of
every  certificate  for  shares  issued by a professional service corpo-
ration. Any sale or transfer in violation of such restrictions shall  be
void.
  (C)  A FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING AS A
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH  (H)  OF  SECTION
1503  OF  THIS ARTICLE, SHALL PURCHASE OR REDEEM THE SHARES OF A NON-LI-
CENSED PROFESSIONAL SHAREHOLDER IN THE CASE OF HIS OR HER TERMINATION OF
EMPLOYMENT WITHIN THIRTY DAYS AFTER SUCH TERMINATION. A FIRM ESTABLISHED
FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF  INCORPORATING  AS  A  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE
CORPORATION  PURSUANT  TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF SECTION 1503 OF THIS ARTICLE,
SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO PURCHASE OR REDEEM THE SHARES OF  A  TERMINATED
NON-LICENSED PROFESSIONAL SHAREHOLDER IF SUCH SHARES, WITHIN THIRTY DAYS
AFTER  SUCH  TERMINATION, ARE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED TO ANOTHER EMPLOYEE OF
THE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO THIS ARTICLE.
  S 7. Paragraph (a) of section 1512 of the business corporation law, as
amended by chapter 550 of the laws  of  2011,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (a) Notwithstanding  any other provision of law, the name of a profes-
sional service corporation,  including  a  design  professional  service
corporation  AND ANY FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCOR-
PORATING AS A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H)
OF SECTION 1503 OF THIS ARTICLE, may contain any word which, at the time

S. 6406--B                         62

of incorporation, could be used in the name of a partnership  practicing
a  profession  which  the corporation is authorized to practice, and may
not contain any word which could not be  used  by  such  a  partnership.
Provided,  however,  the  name of a professional service corporation may
not contain the name of a deceased person unless
  (1) such person's name was part of the corporate name at the  time  of
such person's death; or
  (2) such person's name was part of the name of an existing partnership
and at least two-thirds of such partnership's partners become sharehold-
ers of the corporation.
  S 8. Section 1514 of the business corporation law is amended by adding
a new paragraph (c) to read as follows:
  (C) EACH FIRM ESTABLISHED FOR THE BUSINESS PURPOSE OF INCORPORATING AS
A  PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (H) OF SECTION
1503 OF THIS ARTICLE SHALL, AT LEAST ONCE EVERY THREE YEARS ON OR BEFORE
THE DATE PRESCRIBED BY THE LICENSING AUTHORITY, FURNISH A  STATEMENT  TO
THE  LICENSING  AUTHORITY  LISTING  THE NAMES AND RESIDENCE ADDRESSES OF
EACH SHAREHOLDER, DIRECTOR AND OFFICER OF SUCH CORPORATION  AND  CERTIFY
AS THE DATE OF CERTIFICATION AND AT ALL TIMES OVER THE ENTIRE THREE YEAR
PERIOD THAT:
  (I)  AT  LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES OF STOCK OF
THE CORPORATION ARE AND WERE OWNED BY CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,
  (II) AT LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE DIRECTORS ARE AND  WERE  CERTI-
FIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,
  (III)  AT  LEAST FIFTY-ONE PERCENT OF THE OFFICERS ARE AND WERE CERTI-
FIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,
  (IV) THE PRESIDENT, THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND  THE
CHIEF  EXECUTIVE  OFFICER  OR  OFFICERS  ARE  AND  WERE CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS.
THE STATEMENT SHALL BE SIGNED BY THE PRESIDENT OR ANY  CERTIFIED  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANT  VICE-PRESIDENT  AND  ATTESTED  TO  BY  THE  SECRETARY OR ANY
ASSISTANT SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.
  S 9. Paragraph (d) of section 1525 of the business corporation law, as
added by chapter 505 of the laws of 1983, is amended to read as follows:
  (d) "Foreign professional service corporation"  means  a  professional
service corporation, whether or not denominated as such, organized under
the  laws of a jurisdiction other than this state, all of the sharehold-
ers, directors and officers of which  are  authorized  and  licensed  to
practice  the  profession  for  which such corporation is licensed to do
business; except that all shareholders,  directors  and  officers  of  a
foreign  professional service corporation which provides health services
in this state shall be licensed in this state. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER
PROVISION OF LAW A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE  CORPORATION  FORMED  TO
LAWFULLY  ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE
IS DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE ONE HUNDRED FORTY-NINE OF THE EDUCATION LAW, OR
EQUIVALENT STATE LAW, SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJOR-
ITY OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE  FIRM,  IN  TERMS  OF  FINANCIAL  INTERESTS,
INCLUDING  OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE
FIRM'S OWNERS,  BELONGS  TO  INDIVIDUALS  LICENSED  TO  PRACTICE  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY  IN  SOME  STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL SHAREHOLDERS OF A FOREIGN
PROFESSIONAL SERVICE CORPORATION WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN
THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN
THIS STATE, HOLD A  VALID  LICENSE  ISSUED  UNDER  SECTION  SEVENTY-FOUR
HUNDRED  FOUR  OF  THE  EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED
UNDER SECTION SEVENTY-FOUR HUNDRED FIVE OF THE EDUCATION  LAW.  ALTHOUGH
FIRMS  MAY  INCLUDE  NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS,  THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST

S. 6406--B                         63

COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD OF REGENTS.    NOTWITH-
STANDING  THE  FOREGOING,  A  FIRM REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT
HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE  WORDS  "CERTI-
FIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANT,"  OR  "CERTIFIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE
ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS
OPERATING UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE  A  NATURAL  PERSON  WHO  ACTIVELY
PARTICIPATES  IN  THE  BUSINESS  OF THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES,
PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A
NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY
THE  FIRM  OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION,
"ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHER-
WISE INDIVIDUALLY TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT  OF
THE FIRM.
  S  10.  Subdivision (q) of section 121-1500 of the partnership law, as
amended by chapter 554 of the laws  of  2013,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (q)  Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed
to provide medical services in this state must be licensed  pursuant  to
article  131 of the education law to practice medicine in this state and
each partner of a registered limited  liability  partnership  formed  to
provide dental services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle  133 of the education law to practice dentistry in this state.  Each
partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed to  provide
veterinary  services  in this state must be licensed pursuant to article
135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this  state.
EACH  PARTNER  OF  A  REGISTERED LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO
PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE  OF  BUSINESS
IS  IN  THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST BE
LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. Each partner of a registered limited  liabil-
ity partnership formed to provide professional engineering, land survey-
ing, architectural and/or landscape architectural services in this state
must be licensed pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148
of the education law to practice one or more of such professions in this
state. Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed
to  provide licensed clinical social work services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article 154 of the education law to practice  clin-
ical  social  work  in  this state. Each partner of a registered limited
liability partnership formed to provide creative arts  therapy  services
in  this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education
law to practice creative arts therapy in this state. Each partner  of  a
registered  limited liability partnership formed to provide marriage and
family therapy services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle 163 of the education law to practice marriage and family therapy  in
this  state.  Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership
formed to provide mental health counseling services in this  state  must
be  licensed  pursuant  to  article 163 of the education law to practice
mental health counseling in this state. Each  partner  of  a  registered
limited  liability partnership formed to provide psychoanalysis services
in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the  education
law  to  practice psychoanalysis in this state. Each partner of a regis-
tered limited liability partnership formed to provide  applied  behavior
analysis service in this state must be licensed or certified pursuant to
article  167  of the education law to practice applied behavior analysis
in this state.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF  LAW  A  LIMITED
LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP  FORMED  TO  LAWFULLY  ENGAGE  IN THE PRACTICE OF

S. 6406--B                         64

PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTI-
CLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE  REQUIRED  TO  SHOW  (1)  THAT  A
SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL
INTERESTS,  INCLUDING  OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND VOTING RIGHTS
HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED  TO  PRACTICE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A LIMITED
LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP  WHOSE  PRINCIPAL  PLACE  OF  BUSINESS IS IN THIS
STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS
STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF  THE  EDUCATION
LAW  OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCA-
TION LAW.  ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM  AND
ITS  OWNERS  MUST  COMPLY  WITH  RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD OF
REGENTS.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM  REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS
SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE
WORDS  "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,"
OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A  FIRM
THAT  IS  INCORPORATED  UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON
WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM OR ITS  AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 11. Subdivision (q) of section 121-1500 of the partnership  law,  as
amended  by  chapter  475  of  the  laws  of 2014, is amended to read as
follows:
  (q) Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership  formed
to  provide  medical services in this state must be licensed pursuant to
article 131 of the education law to practice medicine in this state  and
each  partner  of  a  registered limited liability partnership formed to
provide dental services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle 133 of the education law to practice dentistry in this state.   Each
partner  of a registered limited liability partnership formed to provide
veterinary services in this state must be licensed pursuant  to  article
135  of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this state.
EACH PARTNER OF A REGISTERED LIMITED  LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP  FORMED  TO
PROVIDE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS
IS IN THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES,  MUST  BE
LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY  IN THIS STATE. Each partner of a registered limited liabil-
ity partnership formed to provide professional engineering, land survey-
ing, geological services, architectural and/or  landscape  architectural
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 145, article
147  and/or  article 148 of the education law to practice one or more of
such professions in this state. Each partner  of  a  registered  limited
liability  partnership  formed  to provide licensed clinical social work
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 154  of  the
education law to practice clinical social work in this state. Each part-
ner  of  a  registered  limited  liability partnership formed to provide
creative arts therapy services in this state must be  licensed  pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice creative arts therapy in
this  state.  Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership
formed to provide marriage and family therapy  services  in  this  state
must  be  licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to prac-

S. 6406--B                         65

tice marriage and family therapy in this state. Each partner of a regis-
tered limited liability partnership  formed  to  provide  mental  health
counseling  services  in this state must be licensed pursuant to article
163  of  the  education law to practice mental health counseling in this
state. Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed
to provide psychoanalysis services in this state must be licensed pursu-
ant to article 163 of the education law to  practice  psychoanalysis  in
this  state.  Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership
formed to provide applied behavior analysis service in this  state  must
be licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of the education law to
practice  applied  behavior  analysis in this state. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY
OTHER PROVISIONS OF  LAW  A  LIMITED  LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP  FORMED  TO
LAWFULLY  ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE
IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE
REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY  OF  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF  THE
FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPEN-
SATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVID-
UALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT
ALL PARTNERS OF A LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF
BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY  IN  THIS  STATE,  HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION
7404 OF THE EDUCATION LAW  OR  ARE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS  LICENSED  UNDER
SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICEN-
SEE  OWNERS,  THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED
BY THE STATE BOARD OF REGENTS. NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  FOREGOING,  A  FIRM
REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS  SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE
FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTI-
FIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTS,"  OR  THE  ABBREVIATIONS  "CPA"  OR  "CPAS."  EACH
NON-LICENSEE  OWNER  OF  A  FIRM THAT IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION
SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE  BUSINESS
OF THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH
BENEFICIAL  OWNER  OF  AN  EQUITY  INTEREST  IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL
PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS CONDUCTED BY  THE  FIRM
OR  ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY
PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE  INDI-
VIDUALLY TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S  12.  Subdivision (q) of section 121-1502 of the partnership law, as
amended by chapter 554 of the laws  of  2013,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (q)  Each  partner  of  a  foreign limited liability partnership which
provides medical services in this state must  be  licensed  pursuant  to
article  131  of the education law to practice medicine in the state and
each partner of a foreign limited liability partnership  which  provides
dental services in the state must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of
the education law to practice dentistry in this state. Each partner of a
foreign  limited liability partnership which provides veterinary service
in the state shall be licensed pursuant to article 135 of the  education
law  to  practice  veterinary  medicine in this state. Each partner of a
foreign limited liability partnership which provides professional  engi-
neering,  land  surveying,  architectural and/or landscape architectural
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 145, article
147 and/or article 148 of the education law to practice one or  more  of
such professions. EACH PARTNER OF A FOREIGN REGISTERED LIMITED LIABILITY
PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCI-
PAL  PLACE  OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUN-

S. 6406--B                         66

TANCY SERVICES, MUST BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF  THE  EDUCA-
TION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. Each partner of a
foreign  limited  liability partnership which provides licensed clinical
social  work services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article
154 of the education law to practice licensed clinical  social  work  in
this  state.  Each  partner  of  a foreign limited liability partnership
which provides creative arts therapy services  in  this  state  must  be
licensed  pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice crea-
tive arts therapy in this state.  Each  partner  of  a  foreign  limited
liability   partnership  which  provides  marriage  and  family  therapy
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163  of  the
education  law  to  practice  marriage and family therapy in this state.
Each partner of a foreign limited liability partnership  which  provides
mental  health counseling services in this state must be licensed pursu-
ant to article 163 of the education law to practice mental health  coun-
seling  in this state. Each partner of a foreign limited liability part-
nership which provides psychoanalysis services in  this  state  must  be
licensed  pursuant  to  article  163  of  the  education law to practice
psychoanalysis in this state. Each partner of a foreign limited  liabil-
ity  partnership  which  provides  applied behavior analysis services in
this state must be licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of  the
education  law  to  practice  applied  behavior  analysis in this state.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A FOREIGN LIMITED  LIABILITY
PARTNERSHIP  FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUN-
TANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE
EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF
THE  OWNERSHIP  OF  THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING
OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND  VOTING  RIGHTS  HELD  BY  THE  FIRM'S
OWNERS,  BELONGS  TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY
IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A FOREIGN LIMITED  LIABILITY
PARTNERSHIP  WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO
ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE, HOLD  A
VALID  LICENSE  ISSUED  UNDER  SECTION  7404 OF THE EDUCATION LAW OR ARE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405  OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW.
ALTHOUGH  FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS
MUST COMPLY WITH RULES  PROMULGATED  BY  THE  STATE  BOARD  OF  REGENTS.
NOTWITHSTANDING  THE FOREGOING, A FIRM REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION MAY
NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF  THE  FIRM'S  NAME  INCLUDES  THE  WORDS
"CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE
ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS
INCORPORATED  UNDER  THIS  SECTION  SHALL  BE  (1)  A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED
ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP
OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY
INTEREST IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN
THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES.  FOR
PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE"  MEANS  TO  PROVIDE
SERVICES  TO  CLIENTS  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  INDIVIDUALLY  TAKE PART IN THE
DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 13. Subdivision (q) of section 121-1502 of the partnership  law,  as
amended  by  chapter  475  of  the  laws  of 2014, is amended to read as
follows:
  (q) Each partner of a  foreign  limited  liability  partnership  which
provides  medical  services  in  this state must be licensed pursuant to
article 131 of the education law to practice medicine in the  state  and
each  partner  of a foreign limited liability partnership which provides

S. 6406--B                         67

dental services in the state must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of
the education law to practice dentistry in this state. Each partner of a
foreign limited liability partnership which provides veterinary  service
in  the state shall be licensed pursuant to article 135 of the education
law to practice veterinary medicine in this state.  Each  partner  of  a
foreign  limited liability partnership which provides professional engi-
neering, land surveying, geological services, architectural and/or land-
scape architectural services in this state must be licensed pursuant  to
article  145,  article  147  and/or  article 148 of the education law to
practice one or more of such professions.   EACH PARTNER  OF  A  FOREIGN
REGISTERED  LIMITED  LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP  FORMED  TO  PROVIDE  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE
AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST BE LICENSED  PURSUANT
TO  ARTICLE  149  OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN
THIS STATE. Each partner of  a  foreign  limited  liability  partnership
which provides licensed clinical social work services in this state must
be  licensed  pursuant  to  article 154 of the education law to practice
licensed clinical social work in this state. Each partner of  a  foreign
limited  liability  partnership  which  provides  creative  arts therapy
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163  of  the
education  law  to  practice  creative  arts therapy in this state. Each
partner of  a  foreign  limited  liability  partnership  which  provides
marriage  and  family  therapy  services  in this state must be licensed
pursuant to article 163 of the education law to  practice  marriage  and
family  therapy in this state. Each partner of a foreign limited liabil-
ity partnership which provides mental health counseling services in this
state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education  law  to
practice  mental  health  counseling  in  this  state. Each partner of a
foreign limited  liability  partnership  which  provides  psychoanalysis
services  in  this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the
education law to practice psychoanalysis in this state. Each partner  of
a  foreign limited liability partnership which provides applied behavior
analysis services in this state must be licensed or  certified  pursuant
to  article 167 of the education law to practice applied behavior analy-
sis in this state.   NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY  OTHER  PROVISIONS  OF  LAW  A
FOREIGN  LIMITED  LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE
PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED
UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL BE REQUIRED  TO  SHOW  (1)
THAT  A SIMPLE MAJORITY OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINAN-
CIAL  INTERESTS,  INCLUDING  OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING
RIGHTS  HELD  BY  THE  FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO
PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL PARTNERS  OF
A  FOREIGN  LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSI-
NESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN  THE  PRACTICE  OF  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY  IN  THIS  STATE,  HOLD A VALID LICENCE ISSUED UNDER SECTION
7404 OF THE EDUCATION LAW  OR  ARE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS  LICENSED  UNDER
SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICEN-
SEE  OWNERS,  THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED
BY THE STATE BOARD OF REGENTS. NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  FOREGOING,  A  FIRM
REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS  SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE
FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTI-
FIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR  "CPAS."    EACH
NON-LICENSEE  OWNER  OF  A  FIRM THAT IS INCORPORATED UNDER THIS SECTION
SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE  BUSINESS
OF THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH

S. 6406--B                         68

BENEFICIAL  OWNER  OF  AN  EQUITY  INTEREST  IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL
PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS CONDUCTED BY  THE  FIRM
OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES.  FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY
PARTICIPATE"  MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE INDI-
VIDUALLY TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 14. Subdivision (h) of section 121-101 of the  partnership  law,  as
added by chapter 950 of the laws of 1990, is amended to read as follows:
  (h)  "Limited  partnership"  and  "domestic limited partnership" mean,
unless the context otherwise requires, a partnership (i) formed  by  two
or more persons pursuant to this article or which complies with subdivi-
sion (a) of section 121-1202 of this article and (ii) having one or more
general  partners and one or more limited partners.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY
OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OR DOMESTIC LIMITED  PART-
NERSHIP FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY,
AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCA-
TION  LAW  SHALL  BE  REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY OF THE
OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNER-
SHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY  THE  FIRM'S  OWNERS,
BELONGS  TO  INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME
STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL PARTNERS OF A LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP  OR  DOMESTIC
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE,
AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE,
HOLD  A  VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE EDUCATION LAW OR
ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION LAW.
ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS  OWNERS
MUST  COMPLY  WITH  RULES  PROMULGATED  BY  THE  STATE BOARD OF REGENTS.
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION  MAY
NOT  HAVE  NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS  IF  THE  FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS
"CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE
ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS
REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY
PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES,  OR
(2)  AN  ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFES-
SIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY INTEREST
IN SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON  WHO  ACTIVELY  PARTICIPATES  IN  THE
BUSINESS  CONDUCTED BY THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES
OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO
CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE INDIVIDUALLY TAKE PART IN THE  DAY-TO-DAY  BUSI-
NESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 15. Subdivision (b) of section 1207 of the limited liability company
law,  as  amended by chapter 554 of the laws of 2013, is amended to read
as follows:
  (b) With respect to a professional service limited  liability  company
formed to provide medical services as such services are defined in arti-
cle  131  of  the  education  law, each member of such limited liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 131 of the education law to
practice medicine in this state. With respect to a professional  service
limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide dental services as such
services are defined in article 133 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to article  133
of  the  education law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect
to a professional service limited liability company  formed  to  provide
veterinary  services  as such services are defined in article 135 of the
education law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be
licensed pursuant to article 135 of the education law to practice veter-
inary  medicine  in  this  state. With respect to a professional service

S. 6406--B                         69

limited liability company formed to  provide  professional  engineering,
land surveying, architectural and/or landscape architectural services as
such services are defined in article 145, article 147 and article 148 of
the education law, each member of such limited liability company must be
licensed  pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the
education law to practice one or more of such professions in this state.
WITH RESPECT TO A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY  FORMED
TO  PROVIDE  PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES AS SUCH SERVICES ARE DEFINED IN
ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW EACH MEMBER OF SUCH  LIMITED  LIABILITY
COMPANY  WHOSE  PRINCIPAL  PLACE  OF  BUSINESS  IS IN THIS STATE AND WHO
PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTI-
CLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO  PRACTICE  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY  IN  THIS
STATE.  With respect to a professional service limited liability company
formed to  provide  licensed  clinical  social  work  services  as  such
services are defined in article 154 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to article 154
of  the  education law to practice licensed clinical social work in this
state. With respect to a professional service limited liability  company
formed  to  provide  creative arts therapy services as such services are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such limited
liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the educa-
tion law to practice creative arts therapy in this state.  With  respect
to  a  professional  service limited liability company formed to provide
marriage and family therapy services as such  services  are  defined  in
article  163 of the education law, each member of such limited liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to
practice marriage and family therapy in this state. With  respect  to  a
professional  service limited liability company formed to provide mental
health counseling services as such services are defined in  article  163
of the education law, each member of such limited liability company must
be  licensed  pursuant  to  article 163 of the education law to practice
mental health counseling in this state. With respect to  a  professional
service  limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide psychoanalysis
services as such services are defined in article 163  of  the  education
law,  each  member  of  such  limited liability company must be licensed
pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice  psychoanalysis
in  this state. With respect to a professional service limited liability
company formed to provide applied behavior  analysis  services  as  such
services are defined in article 167 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed or certified pursuant to
article  167  of the education law to practice applied behavior analysis
in this state. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS  OF  LAW  A  PROFES-
SIONAL  SERVICE  LIMITED  LIABILITY COMPANY FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN
THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS  SUCH  PRACTICE  IS  RESPECTIVELY
DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW
(1)  THAT  A  SIMPLE  MAJORITY OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF
FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNERSHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND  VOTING
RIGHTS  HELD  BY  THE  FIRM'S OWNERS, BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO
PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL MEMBERS OF A
LIMITED PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, WHOSE  PRINCIPAL
PLACE  OF BUSINESS IS IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE
OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE  ISSUED  UNDER
SECTION  7404  OF  THE  EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED
UNDER SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION  LAW.  ALTHOUGH  FIRMS  MAY  INCLUDE
NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS,  THE  FIRM  AND  ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH RULES
PROMULGATED BY THE STATE BOARD OF REGENTS.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE  FOREGO-

S. 6406--B                         70

ING,  A  FIRM  REGISTERED  UNDER  THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE
OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC  ACCOUNT-
ANT,"  OR  "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR
"CPAS."  EACH NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS
SECTION SHALL BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES  IN  THE
BUSINESS  OF  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS  AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  A  PARTNERSHIP  OR  PROFESSIONAL  CORPO-
RATION,  PROVIDED  EACH  BENEFICIAL  OWNER OF AN EQUITY INTEREST IN SUCH
ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY  PARTICIPATES  IN  THE  BUSINESS
CONDUCTED  BY  THE FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS
OR TO OTHERWISE INDIVIDUALLY TAKE PART IN  THE  DAY-TO-DAY  BUSINESS  OR
MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 16. Subdivision (b) of section 1207 of the limited liability company
law,  as  amended by chapter 475 of the laws of 2014, is amended to read
as follows:
  (b) With respect to a professional service limited  liability  company
formed to provide medical services as such services are defined in arti-
cle  131  of  the  education  law, each member of such limited liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 131 of the education law to
practice medicine in this state.  With respect to a professional service
limited liability company formed to  provide  dental  services  as  such
services are defined in article 133 of the education law, each member of
such  limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 133
of the education law to practice dentistry in this state.  With  respect
to  a  professional  service limited liability company formed to provide
veterinary services as such services are defined in article 135  of  the
education  law,  each  member  of such limited liability company must be
licensed pursuant to article 135 of the education law to practice veter-
inary medicine in this state. With respect  to  a  professional  service
limited  liability  company  formed to provide professional engineering,
land surveying, architectural, landscape architectural and/or geological
services as such services are defined in article 145,  article  147  and
article  148 of the education law, each member of such limited liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article  145,  article  147  and/or
article  148  of  the  education  law  to  practice  one or more of such
professions in this state.   WITH  RESPECT  TO  A  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE
LIMITED  LIABILITY COMPANY FORMED TO PROVIDE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES
AS SUCH SERVICES ARE DEFINED IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE  EDUCATION  LAW  EACH
MEMBER  OF SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSI-
NESS IS IN THIS STATE AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES, MUST
BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE  EDUCATION  LAW  TO  PRACTICE
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. With respect to a professional service
limited  liability  company  formed  to provide licensed clinical social
work services as such services are defined in article 154 of the  educa-
tion  law,  each  member  of  such  limited  liability  company shall be
licensed pursuant to article  154  of  the  education  law  to  practice
licensed  clinical  social work in this state. With respect to a profes-
sional service limited liability company formed to provide creative arts
therapy services as such services are defined  in  article  163  of  the
education  law,  each  member  of such limited liability company must be
licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice  crea-
tive  arts therapy in this state. With respect to a professional service
limited liability company formed to provide marriage and family  therapy
services  as  such  services are defined in article 163 of the education
law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be  licensed

S. 6406--B                         71

pursuant  to  article  163 of the education law to practice marriage and
family therapy in this state. With respect  to  a  professional  service
limited  liability  company  formed  to provide mental health counseling
services  as  such  services are defined in article 163 of the education
law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be  licensed
pursuant  to  article 163 of the education law to practice mental health
counseling in this state. With respect to a professional service limited
liability company formed to  provide  psychoanalysis  services  as  such
services are defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of
such  limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 163
of the education law to practice  psychoanalysis  in  this  state.  With
respect  to  a  professional service limited liability company formed to
provide applied behavior analysis services as such services are  defined
in article 167 of the education law, each member of such limited liabil-
ity company must be licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of the
education  law  to  practice  applied  behavior  analysis in this state.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER  PROVISIONS  OF  LAW  A  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE
LIMITED  LIABILITY  COMPANY FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF
PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY, AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTI-
CLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE
MAJORITY OF THE OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL  INTERESTS,
INCLUDING  OWNERSHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE
FIRM'S OWNERS,  BELONGS  TO  INDIVIDUALS  LICENSED  TO  PRACTICE  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME STATE, AND (2) THAT ALL MEMBERS OF A LIMITED PROFES-
SIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSI-
NESS  IS  IN  THIS  STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID  LICENSE  ISSUED  UNDER  SECTION
7404  OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW  OR  ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER
SECTION 7405 OF THE EDUCATION LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICEN-
SEE OWNERS, THE FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH  RULES  PROMULGATED
BY  THE  STATE  BOARD OF REGENTS.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, A FIRM
REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS  IF  THE
FIRM'S NAME INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTI-
FIED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS,"  OR  THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH
NON-LICENSEE OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL
BE (1) A NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE
FIRM OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY,  INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT
LIMITED  TO,  A  PARTNERSHIP  OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH
BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN EQUITY INTEREST  IN  SUCH  ENTITY  IS  A  NATURAL
PERSON  WHO  ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS CONDUCTED BY THE FIRM
OR ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION,  "ACTIVELY
PARTICIPATE"  MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE INDI-
VIDUALLY TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 17. Subdivision (a) of section 1301 of the limited liability company
law, as amended by chapter 554 of the laws of 2013, is amended  to  read
as follows:
  (a)  "Foreign  professional service limited liability company" means a
professional service limited liability company, whether or  not  denomi-
nated  as  such,  organized  under the laws of a jurisdiction other than
this state, (i) each of whose members and managers, if any, is a profes-
sional authorized by law to render a professional  service  within  this
state  and who is or has been engaged in the practice of such profession
in such professional service limited liability company or a  predecessor
entity, or will engage in the practice of such profession in the profes-
sional  service limited liability company within thirty days of the date
such professional becomes a member, or each of whose members and  manag-

S. 6406--B                         72

ers,  if  any, is a professional at least one of such members is author-
ized by law to render a professional service within this state  and  who
is  or  has  been  engaged  in  the  practice of such profession in such
professional  service limited liability company or a predecessor entity,
or will engage in the practice of such profession  in  the  professional
service  limited  liability  company within thirty days of the date such
professional becomes a member, or  (ii)  authorized  by,  or  holding  a
license,  certificate,  registration  or  permit issued by the licensing
authority pursuant to,  the  education  law  to  render  a  professional
service within this state; except that all members and managers, if any,
of  a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company  that
provides health services in this state shall be licensed in this  state.
With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability company
which provides veterinary services as such services are defined in arti-
cle  135  of the education law, each member of such foreign professional
service limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to  article
135  of  the education law to practice veterinary medicine. With respect
to a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company  which
provides medical services as such services are defined in article 131 of
the  education  law,  each  member  of such foreign professional service
limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to  article  131  of
the education law to practice medicine in this state.  With respect to a
foreign  professional  service  limited liability company which provides
dental services as such services are  defined  in  article  133  of  the
education  law, each member of such foreign professional service limited
liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of the educa-
tion law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect to a  foreign
professional  service  limited  liability company which provides profes-
sional  engineering,  land  surveying,  architectural  and/or  landscape
architectural  services  as  such  services  are defined in article 145,
article 147 and article 148 of the education law, each  member  of  such
foreign  professional service limited liability company must be licensed
pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the education
law to practice one or more of such  professions  in  this  state.  WITH
RESPECT  TO  A  FOREIGN  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
WHICH PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES AS SUCH SERVICES ARE  DEFINED
IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EACH MEMBER OF SUCH FOREIGN PROFES-
SIONAL  SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSI-
NESS IS IN THIS STATE AND  WHO  PROVIDES  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANCY  SERVICES,
SHALL  BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRAC-
TICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. With respect to a foreign profes-
sional service limited liability company which provides  licensed  clin-
ical social work services as such services are defined in article 154 of
the  education  law,  each  member  of such foreign professional service
limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to article  154  of
the  education  law to practice clinical social work in this state. With
respect to a foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company
which  provides  creative  arts  therapy  services  as such services are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice creative arts therapy in
this state. With respect  to  a  foreign  professional  service  limited
liability company which provides marriage and family therapy services as
such  services  are  defined  in  article 163 of the education law, each
member of such foreign professional service  limited  liability  company
must  be  licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to prac-

S. 6406--B                         73

tice marriage and family therapy  in  this  state.  With  respect  to  a
foreign  professional  service  limited liability company which provides
mental health counseling services as such services are defined in  arti-
cle  163  of the education law, each member of such foreign professional
service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant  to  article
163  of  the  education law to practice mental health counseling in this
state. With respect to a foreign professional service limited  liability
company  which  provides  psychoanalysis  services  as such services are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice psychoanalysis  in  this
state.  With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability
company which  provides  applied  behavior  analysis  services  as  such
services are defined in article 167 of the education law, each member of
such  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability company must be
licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of the  education  law  to
practice  applied  behavior analysis in this state.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY
OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY,
AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCA-
TION LAW SHALL BE REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A  SIMPLE  MAJORITY  OF  THE
OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNER-
SHIP-BASED  COMPENSATION,  AND  VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY THE FIRM'S OWNERS,
BELONGS TO INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY  IN  SOME
STATE,  AND  (2)  THAT  ALL  MEMBERS  OF  A FOREIGN LIMITED PROFESSIONAL
SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS  IS
IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY
IN  THIS  STATE,  HOLD  A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER SECTION 7404 OF THE
EDUCATION LAW OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION  7405  OF
THE  EDUCATION  LAW. ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS, THE
FIRM AND ITS OWNERS MUST COMPLY WITH  RULES  PROMULGATED  BY  THE  STATE
BOARD  OF  REGENTS.    NOTWITHSTANDING  THE FOREGOING, A FIRM REGISTERED
UNDER THIS SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE  FIRM'S  NAME
INCLUDES  THE  WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR "CERTIFIED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS," OR THE ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS."   EACH  NON-LICENSEE
OWNER  OF  A  FIRM  THAT IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE (1) A
NATURAL PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM  OR
ITS  AFFILIATED  ENTITIES,  OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH  BENEFICIAL
OWNER  OF  AN  EQUITY  INTEREST  IN  SUCH ENTITY IS A NATURAL PERSON WHO
ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY  THE  FIRM  OR  ITS
AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTIC-
IPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE INDIVIDUALLY
TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 18. Subdivision (a) of section 1301 of the limited liability company
law,  as  amended by chapter 475 of the laws of 2014, is amended to read
as follows:
  (a) "Foreign professional service limited liability company"  means  a
professional  service  limited liability company, whether or not denomi-
nated as such, organized under the laws of  a  jurisdiction  other  than
this state, (i) each of whose members and managers, if any, is a profes-
sional  authorized  by  law to render a professional service within this
state and who is or has been engaged in the practice of such  profession
in  such professional service limited liability company or a predecessor
entity, or will engage in the practice of such profession in the profes-
sional service limited liability company within thirty days of the  date

S. 6406--B                         74

such  professional becomes a member, or each of whose members and manag-
ers, if any, is a professional at least one of such members  is  author-
ized  by  law to render a professional service within this state and who
is  or  has  been  engaged  in  the  practice of such profession in such
professional service limited liability company or a predecessor  entity,
or  will  engage  in the practice of such profession in the professional
service limited liability company within thirty days of  the  date  such
professional  becomes  a  member,  or  (ii)  authorized by, or holding a
license, certificate, registration or permit  issued  by  the  licensing
authority  pursuant  to,  the  education  law  to  render a professional
service within this state; except that all members and managers, if any,
of  a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company  that
provides  health services in this state shall be licensed in this state.
With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability company
which provides veterinary services as such services are defined in arti-
cle 135 of the education law, each member of such  foreign  professional
service  limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to article
135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine.  With  respect
to  a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company which
provides medical services as such services are defined in article 131 of
the education law, each member  of  such  foreign  professional  service
limited  liability  company  must be licensed pursuant to article 131 of
the education law to practice medicine in this state.  With respect to a
foreign professional service limited liability  company  which  provides
dental  services  as  such  services  are  defined in article 133 of the
education law, each member of such foreign professional service  limited
liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of the educa-
tion  law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect to a foreign
professional service limited liability company  which  provides  profes-
sional engineering, land surveying, geologic, architectural and/or land-
scape  architectural  services  as  such services are defined in article
145, article 147 and article 148 of the education law,  each  member  of
such  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability company must be
licensed pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of  the
education law to practice one or more of such professions in this state.
WITH RESPECT TO A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
WHICH  PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES AS SUCH SERVICES ARE DEFINED
IN ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EACH MEMBER OF SUCH FOREIGN PROFES-
SIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF  BUSI-
NESS  IS  IN  THIS  STATE  AND WHO PROVIDES PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY SERVICES,
SHALL BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO  PRAC-
TICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN THIS STATE. With respect to a foreign profes-
sional  service  limited liability company which provides licensed clin-
ical social work services as such services are defined in article 154 of
the education law, each member  of  such  foreign  professional  service
limited  liability  company shall be licensed pursuant to article 154 of
the education law to practice clinical social work in this  state.  With
respect  to  a  foreign  professional  service limited liability company
which provides creative arts  therapy  services  as  such  services  are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice creative arts therapy in
this  state.  With  respect  to  a  foreign professional service limited
liability company which provides marriage and family therapy services as
such services are defined in article 163  of  the  education  law,  each
member  of  such  foreign professional service limited liability company

S. 6406--B                         75

must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law  to  prac-
tice  marriage  and  family  therapy  in  this  state. With respect to a
foreign professional service limited liability  company  which  provides
mental  health counseling services as such services are defined in arti-
cle 163 of the education law, each member of such  foreign  professional
service  limited  liability company must be licensed pursuant to article
163 of the education law to practice mental health  counseling  in  this
state.  With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability
company which provides psychoanalysis  services  as  such  services  are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to  article  163 of the education law to practice psychoanalysis in this
state. With respect to a foreign professional service limited  liability
company  which  provides  applied  behavior  analysis  services  as such
services are defined in article 167 of the education law, each member of
such foreign professional service  limited  liability  company  must  be
licensed  or  certified  pursuant to article 167 of the education law to
practice applied behavior analysis in this  state.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY
OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY FORMED TO LAWFULLY ENGAGE IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY,
AS SUCH PRACTICE IS RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 149 OF THE EDUCA-
TION  LAW  SHALL  BE  REQUIRED TO SHOW (1) THAT A SIMPLE MAJORITY OF THE
OWNERSHIP OF THE FIRM, IN TERMS OF FINANCIAL INTERESTS, INCLUDING OWNER-
SHIP-BASED COMPENSATION, AND VOTING RIGHTS HELD BY  THE  FIRM'S  OWNERS,
BELONGS  TO  INDIVIDUALS LICENSED TO PRACTICE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY IN SOME
STATE, AND (2) THAT  ALL  MEMBERS  OF  A  FOREIGN  LIMITED  PROFESSIONAL
SERVICE  LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, WHOSE PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS
IN THIS STATE, AND WHO ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRACTICE OF PUBLIC ACCOUNTANCY
IN THIS STATE, HOLD A VALID LICENSE ISSUED UNDER  SECTION  7404  OF  THE
EDUCATION  LAW  OR ARE PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS LICENSED UNDER SECTION 7405 OF
THE EDUCATION LAW, ALTHOUGH FIRMS MAY INCLUDE NON-LICENSEE  OWNERS,  THE
FIRM  AND  ITS  OWNERS  MUST  COMPLY WITH RULES PROMULGATED BY THE STATE
BOARD OF REGENTS.   NOTWITHSTANDING THE  FOREGOING,  A  FIRM  REGISTERED
UNDER  THIS  SECTION MAY NOT HAVE NON-LICENSEE OWNERS IF THE FIRM'S NAME
INCLUDES THE WORDS "CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT," OR  "CERTIFIED  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS,"  OR  THE  ABBREVIATIONS "CPA" OR "CPAS." EACH NON-LICENSEE
OWNER OF A FIRM THAT IS REGISTERED UNDER THIS SECTION  SHALL  BE  (1)  A
NATURAL  PERSON WHO ACTIVELY PARTICIPATES IN THE BUSINESS OF THE FIRM OR
ITS AFFILIATED ENTITIES, OR (2) AN ENTITY, INCLUDING,  BUT  NOT  LIMITED
TO,  A PARTNERSHIP OR PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION, PROVIDED EACH BENEFICIAL
OWNER OF AN EQUITY INTEREST IN SUCH  ENTITY  IS  A  NATURAL  PERSON  WHO
ACTIVELY  PARTICIPATES  IN  THE  BUSINESS  CONDUCTED  BY THE FIRM OR ITS
AFFILIATED ENTITIES. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS SUBDIVISION, "ACTIVELY PARTIC-
IPATE" MEANS TO PROVIDE SERVICES TO CLIENTS OR TO OTHERWISE INDIVIDUALLY
TAKE PART IN THE DAY-TO-DAY BUSINESS OR MANAGEMENT OF THE FIRM.
  S 19. This act shall take effect immediately; provided  that  sections
eleven, thirteen, sixteen, and eighteen of this act shall take effect on
the  same  date  as sections 26, 27, 22 and 23, respectively, of chapter
475 of the laws of 2014 take effect.

                                 PART I

                          Intentionally Omitted

                                 PART J

S. 6406--B                         76

                          Intentionally Omitted

                                 PART K

                          Intentionally Omitted

                                 PART L

                          Intentionally Omitted

                                 PART M

  Section 1. Clause (G) of subparagraph (vii) of paragraph 2 of subdivi-
sion (d) of section 1089 of the family court act, as added by section 27
of  part  A  of  chapter  3  of  the laws of 2005, is amended to read as
follows:
  (G) where a child has or will before the next permanency hearing reach
the age of fourteen, (I) the services and assistance necessary to assist
the child in learning independent living skills TO ASSIST THE  CHILD  TO
MAKE  THE  TRANSITION FROM FOSTER CARE TO SUCCESSFUL ADULTHOOD; AND (II)
A. THAT THE PERMANENCY PLAN DEVELOPED FOR THE CHILD IN FOSTER  CARE  WHO
HAS  ATTAINED  THE  AGE OF FOURTEEN, AND ANY REVISION OR ADDITION TO THE
PLAN, SHALL BE DEVELOPED IN CONSULTATION WITH  THE  CHILD  AND,  AT  THE
OPTION  OF  THE  CHILD, WITH UP TO TWO MEMBERS OF THE CHILD'S PERMANENCY
PLANNING TEAM WHO ARE SELECTED BY THE CHILD AND WHO  ARE  NOT  A  FOSTER
PARENT  OF,  OR  THE  CASE WORKER, CASE PLANNER OR CASE MANAGER FOR, THE
CHILD EXCEPT THAT THE LOCAL COMMISSIONER OF SOCIAL SERVICES WITH CUSTODY
OF THE CHILD MAY REJECT AN INDIVIDUAL SO SELECTED BY THE CHILD  IF  SUCH
LOCAL  COMMISSIONER  HAS GOOD CAUSE TO BELIEVE THAT THE INDIVIDUAL WOULD
NOT ACT IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE CHILD, AND B. THAT  ONE  INDIVIDUAL
SO  SELECTED  BY  THE  CHILD MAY BE DESIGNATED TO BE THE CHILD'S ADVISOR
AND, AS NECESSARY, ADVOCATE, WITH RESPECT  TO  THE  APPLICATION  OF  THE
REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD TO THE CHILD; and
  S  2.  Paragraph  (b)  of subdivision 7 of section 355.5 of the family
court act, as amended by section 17 of part L of chapter 56 of the  laws
of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  (b)  in the case of a respondent who has attained the age of fourteen,
(I) the services needed, if any, to assist the respondent  to  make  the
transition  from  foster  care to [independent living] SUCCESSFUL ADULT-
HOOD; AND (II)(A) THAT THE PERMANENCY PLAN DEVELOPED FOR THE RESPONDENT,
AND ANY REVISION OR ADDITION TO THE PLAN, SHALL BE DEVELOPED IN  CONSUL-
TATION WITH THE RESPONDENT AND, AT THE OPTION OF THE RESPONDENT, WITH UP
TO  TWO  MEMBERS  OF  THE  RESPONDENT'S PERMANENCY PLANNING TEAM WHO ARE
SELECTED BY THE RESPONDENT AND WHO ARE NOT A FOSTER PARENT OF,  OR  CASE
WORKER,  CASE  PLANNER  OR  CASE MANAGER FOR, THE CHILD, EXCEPT THAT THE
LOCAL COMMISSIONER OF SOCIAL SERVICES WITH CUSTODY OF THE RESPONDENT  OR
THE  COMMISSIONER  OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES IF SUCH
OFFICE HAS CUSTODY OF THE RESPONDENT MAY REJECT AN  INDIVIDUAL  SELECTED
BY  THE  RESPONDENT  IF SUCH COMMISSIONER HAS GOOD CAUSE TO BELIEVE THAT
THE INDIVIDUAL WOULD NOT ACT IN THE BEST INTERESTS  OF  THE  RESPONDENT,
AND  (B) THAT ONE INDIVIDUAL SO SELECTED BY THE RESPONDENT MAY BE DESIG-
NATED TO BE THE RESPONDENT'S ADVISOR AND, AS NECESSARY,  ADVOCATE,  WITH
RESPECT  TO  THE  APPLICATION  OF  THE  REASONABLE  AND  PRUDENT  PARENT
STANDARD;

S. 6406--B                         77

  S 3. Paragraph (ii) of subdivision (d) of section 756-a of the  family
court  act, as amended by section 22 of part L of chapter 56 of the laws
of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  (ii)  in the case of a child who has attained the age of fourteen, (A)
the services needed, if any, to assist the child to make the  transition
from  foster  care  to  [independent  living]  SUCCESSFUL ADULTHOOD; AND
(B)(1) THAT THE  PERMANENCY  PLAN  DEVELOPED  FOR  THE  CHILD,  AND  ANY
REVISION OR ADDITION TO THE PLAN SHALL BE DEVELOPED IN CONSULTATION WITH
THE  CHILD  AND,  AT  THE OPTION OF THE CHILD, WITH UP TO TWO ADDITIONAL
MEMBERS OF THE CHILD'S PERMANENCY PLANNING TEAM WHO ARE SELECTED BY  THE
CHILD  AND  WHO ARE NOT A FOSTER PARENT OF, OR CASE WORKER, CASE PLANNER
OR CASE MANAGER FOR, THE CHILD, EXCEPT THAT THE  LOCAL  COMMISSIONER  OF
SOCIAL  SERVICES  WITH  CUSTODY OF THE CHILD MAY REJECT AN INDIVIDUAL SO
SELECTED BY THE CHILD IF SUCH COMMISSIONER HAS  GOOD  CAUSE  TO  BELIEVE
THAT  THE  INDIVIDUAL  WOULD NOT ACT IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE CHILD,
AND (2) THAT ONE INDIVIDUAL SO SELECTED BY THE CHILD MAY  BE  DESIGNATED
TO  BE  THE  CHILD'S ADVISOR AND, AS NECESSARY, ADVOCATE WITH RESPECT TO
THE APPLICATION OF THE REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD;
  S 4. Subdivisions 1 and 2 of section 458-c of the social services law,
as added by section 4 of part F of chapter 58 of the laws of  2010,  are
amended to read as follows:
  1.  A  social  services official shall make payments for non-recurring
guardianship expenses incurred by or  on  behalf  of  the  relatives  OR
SUCCESSOR  GUARDIANS who have been approved by the social services offi-
cial to receive kinship  guardianship  assistance  payments,  when  such
expenses  are incurred in connection with assuming the guardianship of a
foster child OR A FORMER FOSTER CHILD IN REGARD TO SUCCESSOR  GUARDIANS.
The  agreement  for  the  payment of non-recurring guardianship expenses
must be reflected in the written agreement set forth in subdivision four
of section four hundred fifty-eight-b of this title. In accordance  with
subdivision  two  of  this  section,  the  payments shall be made by the
social services official either to the relative OR SUCCESSOR guardian or
guardians directly or to an  attorney  on  behalf  of  the  relative  OR
SUCCESSOR guardian or guardians, AS APPLICABLE, for the allowable amount
of  non-recurring  guardianship  expenses  incurred  in  connection with
obtaining such guardianship.
  2. The amount of the payment made pursuant to this section  shall  not
exceed  two  thousand  dollars  for  each  foster  child  for  whom  the
relatives, OR EACH FORMER FOSTER CHILD FOR WHOM THE SUCCESSOR GUARDIANS,
seek guardianship or permanent guardianship and shall be available  only
for  those expenses that are determined to be eligible for reimbursement
by the social services official in accordance with  the  regulations  of
the office of children and family services.
  S  5. The social services law is amended by adding a new section 383-a
to read as follows:
  S 383-A. IMMUNITY FROM LIABILITY FOR APPLICATION OF THE REASONABLE AND
PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD.  1.  TO FACILITATE A NORMAL  CHILDHOOD  EXPERI-
ENCE, CAREGIVERS SHALL BE ENCOURAGED TO ALLOW FOSTER CHILDREN TO PARTIC-
IPATE IN EXTRACURRICULAR, ENRICHMENT, CULTURAL, OR SOCIAL ACTIVITIES. TO
PROMOTE  THIS  GOAL,  CAREGIVERS CAN PERMIT FOSTER CHILDREN TO ENGAGE IN
SUCH ACTIVITIES WITHOUT LIABILITY IF THEY EXERCISE  THE  REASONABLE  AND
PRUDENT  PARENT  STANDARD. HOWEVER, FOSTER CHILDREN SHALL CONTINUE TO BE
ABLE TO SEEK COMPENSATION WHEN THEY HAVE BEEN INJURED AS A RESULT OF ANY
PERSON'S NEGLIGENCE WHEN THEY ARE ENGAGED IN SUCH ACTIVITIES.
  2. DEFINITIONS.  AS USED IN THIS SECTION, THE  FOLLOWING  TERMS  SHALL
HAVE THE FOLLOWING MEANINGS:

S. 6406--B                         78

  (A)  "CAREGIVER"  SHALL  MEAN A FOSTER PARENT, THE EMPLOYEE OF A CHILD
CARE FACILITY OPERATED BY A VOLUNTARY AUTHORIZED AGENCY THAT  IS  DESIG-
NATED  TO  APPLY  THE REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD, OR A LOCAL
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL SERVICES OR A VOLUNTARY AUTHORIZED AGENCY  THAT  IS
RESPONSIBLE  FOR  THE  CARE  OF A FOSTER CHILD AT THE RELEVANT TIME WHEN
SUCH CAREGIVER IS APPLYING THE REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD.
  (B) "CHILD" SHALL MEAN A CHILD WHO IS IN FOSTER CARE  OR  WHO  WAS  IN
FOSTER CARE AT THE RELEVANT TIME.
  (C)  "CHILD CARE FACILITY" SHALL MEAN AN INSTITUTION, GROUP RESIDENCE,
GROUP HOME, AGENCY OPERATED BOARDING  HOME,  OR  SUPERVISED  INDEPENDENT
LIVING PROGRAM.
  (D) "REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD" SHALL MEAN, IN ACCORDANCE
WITH  42  U.S.C. 675 AS AMENDED BY P.L. 113-183, THE STANDARD CHARACTER-
IZED BY CAREFUL  AND  SENSIBLE  PARENTAL  DECISIONS  THAT  MAINTAIN  THE
HEALTH,  SAFETY,  AND  BEST  INTERESTS OF A CHILD WHILE AT THE SAME TIME
ENCOURAGING THE EMOTIONAL AND DEVELOPMENTAL GROWTH OF THE CHILD  THAT  A
CAREGIVER  SHALL USE WHEN DETERMINING WHETHER TO ALLOW A CHILD IN FOSTER
CARE TO PARTICIPATE IN EXTRACURRICULAR, ENRICHMENT, CULTURAL  OR  SOCIAL
ACTIVITIES.
  3.  A  CAREGIVER  SHALL  NOT  BE LIABLE FOR INJURIES TO THE CHILD THAT
OCCUR AS A RESULT OF  ACTING  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  REASONABLE  AND
PRUDENT  PARENT  STANDARD AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH (D) OF SUBDIVISION TWO
OF THIS SECTION. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION  SHALL  PROVIDE  IMMUNITY  FROM
LIABILITY FOR A CAREGIVER'S OWN NEGLIGENT ACTION OR INACTION.
  4.  IN  DETERMINING WHETHER THE REASONABLE AND PRUDENT PARENT STANDARD
WAS APPLIED BY A CAREGIVER IN RELATION TO A PARTICULAR CHILD, ANY  GUID-
ANCE  ISSUED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES OR THE UNITED
STATES DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  42
U.S.C. 675 AS AMENDED BY P.L. 113-183, MAY BE CONSIDERED.
  S  6.  The  opening  paragraph  of  paragraph  (e) of subdivision 2 of
section 378-a of the social services law, as amended by  section  10  of
part L of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  [After]  EXCEPT  AS  SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH (M) OF THIS SECTION, AFTER
reviewing any criminal history record information provided by the  divi-
sion  of  criminal  justice  services, the office of children and family
services shall promptly notify the  authorized  agency  or  other  state
agency that:
  S  7.  Subdivision  2  of  section 378-a of the social services law is
amended by adding a new paragraph (m) to read as follows:
  (M)(1) THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES  SHALL  NOT  RELEASE
THE  CONTENT  OF  THE  RESULTS OF THE NATIONWIDE CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORD
CHECK CONDUCTED BY THE FEDERAL BUREAU  OF  INVESTIGATION  IN  ACCORDANCE
WITH  THIS SUBDIVISION TO AN AUTHORIZED AGENCY, AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPHS
(A) OR (C) OF SUBDIVISION TEN OF SECTION THREE  HUNDRED  SEVENTY-ONE  OF
THIS TITLE.
  (2)  FOR  ANY APPLICATION MADE TO SUCH AN AUTHORIZED AGENCY UNDER THIS
SUBDIVISION, THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES SHALL:
  (A) REVIEW AND EVALUATE THE RESULTS OF THE NATIONWIDE CRIMINAL HISTORY
RECORD CHECK OF THE  PROSPECTIVE  FOSTER  PARENT,  PROSPECTIVE  ADOPTIVE
PARENT  AND ANY OTHER PERSON OVER THE AGE OF EIGHTEEN WHO RESIDES IN THE
HOME OF SUCH APPLICANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE  STANDARDS  SET  FORTH  IN
PARAGRAPH  (E)  OF  THIS SUBDIVISION RELATING TO MANDATORY DISQUALIFYING
CONVICTIONS, HOLD IN ABEYANCE CHARGES OR CONVICTIONS, AND  DISCRETIONARY
CHARGES AND CONVICTIONS; AND
  (B)  BASED  ON  THE  RESULTS OF THE NATIONWIDE CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORD
CHECK, INFORM SUCH AUTHORIZED AGENCY THAT THE  APPLICATION  FOR  CERTIF-

S. 6406--B                         79

ICATION  OR APPROVAL OF THE PROSPECTIVE FOSTER PARENT OR THE PROSPECTIVE
ADOPTIVE PARENT EITHER: (I) MUST BE DENIED; (II) MUST BE HELD  IN  ABEY-
ANCE  PENDING  SUBSEQUENT  NOTIFICATION  FROM THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND
FAMILY  SERVICES;  OR  (III)  THAT  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN AND FAMILY
SERVICES HAS NO OBJECTION,  SOLELY  BASED  ON  THE  NATIONWIDE  CRIMINAL
HISTORY RECORD CHECK, FOR THE AUTHORIZED AGENCY TO PROCEED WITH A DETER-
MINATION ON SUCH APPLICATION BASED ON THE STANDARDS FOR CERTIFICATION OR
APPROVAL  OF A PROSPECTIVE FOSTER PARENT OR PROSPECTIVE ADOPTIVE PARENT,
AS SET FORTH IN THE REGULATIONS OF THE OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND  FAMILY
SERVICES.
  (3)  WHERE  THE  OFFICE  OF  CHILDREN  AND FAMILY SERVICES DIRECTS THE
AUTHORIZED AGENCY TO DENY THE APPLICATION OF A PROSPECTIVE FOSTER PARENT
OR A PROSPECTIVE ADOPTIVE PARENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS PARAGRAPH,  THE
OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES SHALL ALSO NOTIFY THE PROSPECTIVE
FOSTER  PARENT, PROSPECTIVE ADOPTIVE PARENT OR OTHER PERSON OVER THE AGE
OF EIGHTEEN WHO RESIDED IN THE HOME  OF  THE  APPLICANT  WHOSE  CRIMINAL
HISTORY WAS THE BASIS FOR THE DENIAL.
  (4)  THIS  PARAGRAPH  DOES  NOT  APPLY  TO NATIONWIDE CRIMINAL HISTORY
RECORD CHECKS CONDUCTED BY THE FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION ON BEHALF
OF STATE AGENCIES OR AUTHORIZED AGENCIES, AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF
SUBDIVISION TEN OF SECTION THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY-ONE OF THIS  TITLE,  OR
TO  THE RESULTS OF STATEWIDE CRIMINAL HISTORY RECORD CHECKS CONDUCTED BY
THE DIVISION OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE SERVICES.
  S 8. Severability. If any clause,  sentence,  paragraph,  subdivision,
section  or  part contained in any part of this act shall be adjudged by
any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgement  shall
not  affect,  impair,  or invalidate the remainder thereof, but shall be
confined in its operation to the clause, sentence,  paragraph,  subdivi-
sion, section or part contained in any part thereof directly involved in
the  controversy  in which such judgment shall have been rendered. It is
hereby declared to be the intent of the legislature that this act  would
have  been enacted even if such invalid provisions had not been included
herein.
  S 9. This act shall take effect  immediately,  provided  however  that
sections  six  and  seven of this act shall take effect on the ninetieth
day after it shall have become a law.

                                 PART N

                          Intentionally Omitted

                                 PART O

  Section 1. Paragraphs (a), (b),  (c)  and  (d)  of  subdivision  1  of
section  131-o  of  the  social services law, as amended by section 1 of
part I of chapter 56 of the  laws  of  2015,  are  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (a)  in  the  case of each individual receiving family care, an amount
equal to at least $141.00 for each month beginning on or  after  January
first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN.
  (b)  in  the  case  of  each individual receiving residential care, an
amount equal to at least $163.00 for each month beginning  on  or  after
January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN.
  (c)  in  the  case  of  each individual receiving enhanced residential
care, an amount equal to at least $193.00 for each month beginning on or
after January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN.

S. 6406--B                         80

  (d) for the period commencing January first,  two  thousand  [sixteen]
SEVENTEEN, the monthly personal needs allowance shall be an amount equal
to the sum of the amounts set forth in subparagraphs one and two of this
paragraph:
  (1)  the  amounts  specified  in  paragraphs  (a), (b) and (c) of this
subdivision; and
  (2) the amount in subparagraph one of this  paragraph,  multiplied  by
the  percentage  of  any  federal  supplemental  security income cost of
living adjustment which becomes effective on or after January first, two
thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN, but prior to June thirtieth, two  thousand
[sixteen] SEVENTEEN, rounded to the nearest whole dollar.
  S  2.  Paragraphs  (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of subdivision 2 of
section 209 of the social services law, as amended by section 2 of  part
I of chapter 56 of the laws of 2015, are amended to read as follows:
  (a) On and after January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN, for an
eligible  individual  living  alone, $820.00; and for an eligible couple
living alone, $1204.00.
  (b) On and after January first, two thousand [fifteen] SIXTEEN, for an
eligible individual living with others with or without  in-kind  income,
$756.00;  and  for an eligible couple living with others with or without
in-kind income, $1146.00.
  (c) On and after January first, two thousand  [fifteen]  SIXTEEN,  (i)
for  an  eligible individual receiving family care, $999.48 if he or she
is receiving such care in the city of New York or the county of  Nassau,
Suffolk,  Westchester  or  Rockland;  and  (ii)  for  an eligible couple
receiving family care in the city of New York or the county  of  Nassau,
Suffolk,  Westchester  or  Rockland,  two  times the amount set forth in
subparagraph (i) of this paragraph; or (iii) for an eligible  individual
receiving  such care in any other county in the state, $961.48; and (iv)
for an eligible couple receiving such care in any other  county  in  the
state,  two  times  the  amount  set forth in subparagraph (iii) of this
paragraph.
  (d) On and after January first, two thousand  [fifteen]  SIXTEEN,  (i)
for an eligible individual receiving residential care, $1168.00 if he or
she  is  receiving  such  care  in the city of New York or the county of
Nassau, Suffolk, Westchester or  Rockland;  and  (ii)  for  an  eligible
couple  receiving residential care in the city of New York or the county
of Nassau, Suffolk, Westchester or Rockland, two times  the  amount  set
forth  in  subparagraph  (i) of this paragraph; or (iii) for an eligible
individual receiving such  care  in  any  other  county  in  the  state,
$1138.00;  and  (iv)  for  an eligible couple receiving such care in any
other county in the state, two times the amount set  forth  in  subpara-
graph (iii) of this paragraph.
  (e)  [(i) On and after] (1) FROM January first, two thousand [fifteen]
SIXTEEN TO MARCH THIRTY-FIRST, TWO THOUSAND  SIXTEEN,  for  an  eligible
individual receiving enhanced residential care, $1427.00; and [(ii)] (2)
for  an  eligible  couple receiving enhanced residential care, two times
the amount set forth in [subparagraph (i)] CLAUSE  ONE  of  this  [para-
graph] SUBPARAGRAPH.
  (II) (1) FROM APRIL FIRST, TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN TO MARCH THIRTY-FIRST,
TWO  THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN,  FOR AN ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL RECEIVING ENHANCED
RESIDENTIAL CARE, $1502;  AND  (2)  FOR  AN  ELIGIBLE  COUPLE  RECEIVING
ENHANCED  RESIDENTIAL CARE, TWO TIMES THE AMOUNT SET FORTH IN CLAUSE ONE
OF THIS SUBPARAGRAPH.
  (III)  (1)  FROM  APRIL  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN   TO   MARCH
THIRTY-FIRST,  TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN, FOR AN ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL RECEIV-

S. 6406--B                         81

ING ENHANCED RESIDENTIAL CARE, $1577; AND (2)  FOR  AN  ELIGIBLE  COUPLE
RECEIVING  ENHANCED  RESIDENTIAL CARE, TWO TIMES THE AMOUNT SET FORTH IN
CLAUSE ONE OF THIS SUBPARAGRAPH.
  (IV)  (1)  FROM APRIL FIRST, TWO THOUSAND EIGHTEEN AND THEREAFTER, FOR
AN ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL RECEIVING ENHANCED RESIDENTIAL CARE,  $1652;  AND
(2)  FOR  AN  ELIGIBLE  COUPLE  RECEIVING ENHANCED RESIDENTIAL CARE, TWO
TIMES THE AMOUNT SET FORTH IN CLAUSE ONE OF THIS SUBPARAGRAPH.
  (f) The amounts set forth in paragraphs (a) through (e) of this subdi-
vision shall be increased to reflect any increases  in  federal  supple-
mental  security income benefits for individuals or couples which become
effective on or after January first, two  thousand  [sixteen]  SEVENTEEN
but prior to June thirtieth, two thousand [sixteen] SEVENTEEN.
  S  3.  This act shall take effect December 31, 2016; provided, however
that the amendments to paragraph (e) of subdivision 2 of section 209  of
the  social  services  law,  made by section two of this act, shall take
effect April 1, 2016.

                                 PART P

  Section 1. Notwithstanding any other provision  of  law,  the  housing
trust  fund  corporation  may  provide, for purposes of the rural rental
assistance program, a sum not to exceed twenty-two million  two  hundred
ninety-two  thousand  dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and subject to the  approval
of  the New York state director of the budget, the board of directors of
the state of New York mortgage agency shall authorize  the  transfer  to
the  housing trust fund corporation, for the purposes of reimbursing any
costs associated with rural rental assistance program contracts  author-
ized  by  this section, a total sum not to exceed twenty-two million two
hundred ninety-two thousand dollars, such transfer to be made  from  (i)
the  special  account of the mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to
section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an amount not to exceed
the actual excess balance in the special account of the mortgage  insur-
ance fund, as determined and certified by the state of New York mortgage
agency  for  the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with section 2429-b
of the public authorities law, if any, and/or  (ii)  provided  that  the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund  created  pursuant  to section 2429-b of the public authorities law
are sufficient to attain and maintain the credit rating  (as  determined
by  the  state  of  New York mortgage agency) required to accomplish the
purposes of such account, the project  pool  insurance  account  of  the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than June 30, 2016.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
law,  such  funds may be used by the corporation in support of contracts
scheduled to expire in the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017 for as many
as 10 additional  years;  in  support  of  contracts  for  new  eligible
projects for a period not to exceed 5 years; and in support of contracts
which  reach  their  25  year maximum in and/or prior to the fiscal year
ending March 31, 2017 for an additional one year period.
  S 2. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the  housing  finance
agency  may  provide,  for  costs  associated with the rehabilitation of
Mitchell Lama housing projects, a sum not to  exceed  forty-two  million
dollars  for  the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017. Notwithstanding any
other provision of law, and subject to the  approval  of  the  New  York
state director of the budget, the board of directors of the state of New
York mortgage agency shall authorize the transfer to the housing finance

S. 6406--B                         82

agency,  for the purposes of reimbursing any costs associated with Mitc-
hell Lama housing projects authorized by this section, a total  sum  not
to  exceed  forty-two million dollars, such transfer to be made from (i)
the  special  account of the mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to
section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an amount not to exceed
the actual excess balance in the special account of the mortgage  insur-
ance fund, as determined and certified by the state of New York mortgage
agency  for  the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with section 2429-b
of the public authorities law, if any, and/or  (ii)  provided  that  the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund  created  pursuant  to section 2429-b of the public authorities law
are sufficient to attain and maintain the credit rating  (as  determined
by  the  state  of  New York mortgage agency) required to accomplish the
purposes of such account, the project  pool  insurance  account  of  the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S  3.  Notwithstanding  any  other provision of law, the housing trust
fund corporation may provide, for purposes of the neighborhood preserva-
tion program, a sum not to exceed eight million  four  hundred  seventy-
nine  thousand  dollars  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  March 31, 2017.
Notwithstanding any other provision of law, and subject to the  approval
of  the New York state director of the budget, the board of directors of
the state of New York mortgage agency shall authorize  the  transfer  to
the  housing trust fund corporation, for the purposes of reimbursing any
costs  associated  with  neighborhood  preservation  program   contracts
authorized by this section, a total sum not to exceed eight million four
hundred seventy-nine thousand dollars, such transfer to be made from (i)
the  special  account of the mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to
section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an amount not to exceed
the actual excess balance in the special account of the mortgage  insur-
ance fund, as determined and certified by the state of New York mortgage
agency  for  the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with section 2429-b
of the public authorities law, if any, and/or  (ii)  provided  that  the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund  created  pursuant  to section 2429-b of the public authorities law
are sufficient to attain and maintain the credit rating  (as  determined
by  the  state  of  New York mortgage agency) required to accomplish the
purposes of such account, the project  pool  insurance  account  of  the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than June 30, 2016.
  S  4.  Notwithstanding  any  other provision of law, the housing trust
fund corporation may provide, for purposes  of  the  rural  preservation
program,  a  sum  not  to  exceed three million five hundred thirty-nine
thousand dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31,  2017.    Notwith-
standing  any other provision of law, and subject to the approval of the
New York state director of the budget, the board  of  directors  of  the
state  of  New  York mortgage agency shall authorize the transfer to the
housing trust fund corporation, for  the  purposes  of  reimbursing  any
costs associated with rural preservation program contracts authorized by
this section, a total sum not to exceed three million five hundred thir-
ty-nine  thousand dollars, such transfer to be made from (i) the special
account of the mortgage  insurance  fund  created  pursuant  to  section
2429-b  of  the  public  authorities law, in an amount not to exceed the
actual excess balance in the special account of the  mortgage  insurance
fund,  as  determined  and  certified  by the state of New York mortgage
agency for the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with  section  2429-b

S. 6406--B                         83

of  the  public  authorities  law, if any, and/or (ii) provided that the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the  public  authorities  law
are  sufficient  to attain and maintain the credit rating (as determined
by the state of New York mortgage agency)  required  to  accomplish  the
purposes  of  such  account,  the  project pool insurance account of the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than June 30, 2016.
  S 5. Notwithstanding any other provision of  law,  the  housing  trust
fund corporation may provide, for purposes of the rural and urban commu-
nity  investment  fund  program created pursuant to article XXVII of the
private housing finance law, a sum not to exceed thirty-five million two
hundred fifty thousand dollars for the  fiscal  year  ending  March  31,
2017.    Notwithstanding  any other provision of law, and subject to the
approval of the New York state director of  the  budget,  the  board  of
directors  of  the state of New York mortgage agency shall authorize the
transfer to the housing trust fund  corporation,  for  the  purposes  of
reimbursing  any costs associated with rural and urban community invest-
ment fund program contracts authorized by this section, a total sum  not
to  exceed  thirty-five million two hundred fifty thousand dollars, such
transfer to be made from (i) the special account of the mortgage  insur-
ance  fund  created pursuant to section 2429-b of the public authorities
law, in an amount not to exceed the actual excess balance in the special
account of the mortgage insurance fund, as determined and  certified  by
the  state  of New York mortgage agency for the fiscal year 2015-2016 in
accordance with section 2429-b of the public authorities  law,  if  any,
and/or  (ii)  provided  that  the reserves in the project pool insurance
account of the mortgage  insurance  fund  created  pursuant  to  section
2429-b  of the public authorities law are sufficient to attain and main-
tain the credit rating (as determined by the state of New York  mortgage
agency) required to accomplish the purposes of such account, the project
pool  insurance account of the mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to
be made as soon as practicable but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S 6. Notwithstanding any other provision of  law,  the  housing  trust
fund  corporation  may  provide,  for  the  purposes of carrying out the
provisions of the low income housing trust fund program created pursuant
to article XVIII of the private housing finance law, a sum not to exceed
ten million dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017.  Notwith-
standing  any other provision of law, and subject to the approval of the
New York state director of the budget, the board  of  directors  of  the
state  of  New  York mortgage agency shall authorize the transfer to the
housing trust fund corporation, for the purposes  of  carrying  out  the
provisions of the low income housing trust fund program created pursuant
to  article  XVIII of the private housing finance law authorized by this
section, a total sum not to exceed ten million dollars, such transfer to
be made from (i) the special account  of  the  mortgage  insurance  fund
created  pursuant to section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an
amount not to exceed the actual excess balance in the special account of
the mortgage insurance fund, as determined and certified by the state of
New York mortgage agency for the fiscal  year  2015-2016  in  accordance
with  section  2429-b of the public authorities law, if any, and/or (ii)
provided that the reserves in the project pool insurance account of  the
mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the public
authorities  law are sufficient to attain and maintain the credit rating
(as determined by the state of New York  mortgage  agency)  required  to
accomplish  the  purposes  of  such  account, the project pool insurance

S. 6406--B                         84

account of the mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon
as practicable but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S  7.  Notwithstanding  any  other provision of law, the housing trust
fund corporation may provide, for purposes  of  the  homes  for  working
families  program for deposit in the housing trust fund created pursuant
to section 59-a of the private housing finance law and  subject  to  the
provisions  of  article  XVIII of the private housing finance law, a sum
not to exceed twelve million seven hundred fifty  thousand  dollars  for
the  fiscal  year  ending  March  31,  2017.  Notwithstanding  any other
provision of law, and subject to the approval  of  the  New  York  state
director  of the budget, the board of directors of the state of New York
mortgage agency shall authorize the transfer to the housing  trust  fund
corporation,  for  the purposes of reimbursing any costs associated with
homes for working families program contracts authorized by this section,
a total sum not to exceed twelve million seven  hundred  fifty  thousand
dollars,  such  transfer  to be made from (i) the special account of the
mortgage insurance fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the public
authorities law, in an amount not to exceed the actual excess balance in
the special account of the mortgage insurance fund,  as  determined  and
certified  by  the state of New York mortgage agency for the fiscal year
2015-2016 in accordance with section 2429-b of  the  public  authorities
law,  if any, and/or (ii) provided that the reserves in the project pool
insurance account of the mortgage insurance  fund  created  pursuant  to
section  2429-b  of  the public authorities law are sufficient to attain
and maintain the credit rating (as determined by the state of  New  York
mortgage  agency)  required  to accomplish the purposes of such account,
the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance fund,  such
transfer  to  be made as soon as practicable but no later than March 31,
2017.
  S 8. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the homeless  housing
and  assistance  corporation  may  provide, for purposes of the New York
state supportive housing program,  the  solutions  to  end  homelessness
program or the operational support for AIDS housing program, or to qual-
ified grantees under those programs, in accordance with the requirements
of those programs, a sum not to exceed fifteen million six hundred nine-
ty thousand dollars for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017. The home-
less housing and assistance corporation may enter into an agreement with
the office of temporary and disability assistance to administer such sum
in accordance with the requirements of the programs. Notwithstanding any
other  provision  of law, and subject to the approval of the director of
the budget, the board of directors of the state  of  New  York  mortgage
agency  shall authorize the transfer to the homeless housing and assist-
ance corporation, a total sum not to exceed fifteen million six  hundred
ninety  thousand  dollars, such transfer to be made from (i) the special
account of the mortgage  insurance  fund  created  pursuant  to  section
2429-b  of  the  public  authorities law, in an amount not to exceed the
actual excess balance in the special account of the  mortgage  insurance
fund,  as  determined  and  certified  by the state of New York mortgage
agency for the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with  section  2429-b
of  the  public  authorities  law, if any, and/or (ii) provided that the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the  public  authorities  law
are  sufficient  to attain and maintain the credit rating (as determined
by the state of New York mortgage agency)  required  to  accomplish  the
purposes  of  such  account,  the  project pool insurance account of the

S. 6406--B                         85

mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S  9.  Notwithstanding  any  other provision of law, the housing trust
fund corporation may provide, for the purposes of the rural mobile  home
replacement  program,  a  sum not to exceed five million dollars for the
fiscal year ending March 31, 2017. Notwithstanding any  other  provision
of  law,  and  subject to the approval of the New York state director of
the budget, the board of directors of the state  of  New  York  mortgage
agency  shall  authorize  the  transfer to the housing trust fund corpo-
ration, for the purposes of carrying  out  the  provisions  of  the  low
income  housing  trust fund program created pursuant to article XVIII of
the private housing finance law authorized by this section, a total  sum
not  to  exceed  five million dollars, such transfer to be made from (i)
the special account of the mortgage insurance fund created  pursuant  to
section 2429-b of the public authorities law, in an amount not to exceed
the  actual excess balance in the special account of the mortgage insur-
ance fund, as determined and certified by the state of New York mortgage
agency for the fiscal year 2015-2016 in accordance with  section  2429-b
of  the  public  authorities  law, if any, and/or (ii) provided that the
reserves in the project pool insurance account of the mortgage insurance
fund created pursuant to section 2429-b of the  public  authorities  law
are  sufficient  to attain and maintain the credit rating (as determined
by the state of New York mortgage agency)  required  to  accomplish  the
purposes  of  such  account,  the  project pool insurance account of the
mortgage insurance fund, such transfer to be made as soon as practicable
but no later than March 31, 2017.
  S 10. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART Q

  Section 1. Section 4 of subpart A of part D of chapter 58 of the  laws
the  2011  amending  the education law relating to capital facilities in
support of the state university and community colleges,  is  amended  to
read as follows:
  S  4.  This  act shall take effect immediately and shall expire and be
deemed repealed June 30, [2016] 2021.
  S 2. Section 4 of subpart B of part D of chapter 58  of  the  laws  of
2011  amending  the  education law relating to procurement in support of
the state and city universities, is amended to read as follows:
  S 4. This act shall take effect immediately and shall  expire  and  be
deemed repealed June 30, [2016] 2021.
  S  3.  Section  3  of subpart C of part D of chapter 58 of the laws of
2011 amending the education law relating to state university health care
facilities, is amended to read as follows:
  S 3. This act shall take effect immediately, and shall expire  and  be
deemed repealed June 30, [2016] 2021.
  S 4. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART R

  Section  1.  Section  3.11  of  the  arts  and cultural affairs law is
amended to read as follows:
  S 3.11. Grants by council; consideration to certain applicants.  1. In
issuing grants to applicants for council  funds  [in  the  area  of  the
performing  arts]  the council may give consideration to the applicant's
demonstration of an ability to enhance the state's capacity  to  attract

S. 6406--B                         86

tourists  as evidenced by showing that significant numbers of persons in
such audiences are or will be attracted to the applicant's  geographical
area  by  reason of such applicant's program and evidence of advertising
and  publicity  designed and planned in such a manner as to reach poten-
tial audiences from outside the applicant's geographical area.
  2. REGIONS OF THE STATE. THERE ARE HEREBY CREATED AND ESTABLISHED  TEN
REGIONS  WITHIN WHICH THE COUNCIL SHALL APPROVE GRANTS.  THE TEN REGIONS
SHALL CONSIST OF THE SEVERAL COUNTIES AS FOLLOWS:
  (A) REGION ONE, WHICH SHALL CONSIST OF THE COUNTIES OF ALBANY,  COLUM-
BIA, GREENE, RENSSELAER, SARATOGA, SCHENECTADY, WARREN, AND WASHINGTON;
  (B) REGION TWO, WHICH SHALL CONSIST OF THE COUNTIES OF FULTON, HERKIM-
ER, MONTGOMERY, ONEIDA, OTSEGO, AND SCHOHARIE;
  (C) REGION THREE, WHICH SHALL CONSIST OF THE COUNTIES OF CAYUGA, CORT-
LAND, MADISON, ONONDAGA, AND OSWEGO;
  (D)  REGION  FOUR,  WHICH  SHALL  CONSIST  OF THE COUNTIES OF GENESEE,
LIVINGSTON, MONROE, ONTARIO, ORLEANS, SENECA, WAYNE, WYOMING, AND YATES;
  (E) REGION FIVE, WHICH SHALL CONSIST  OF  THE  COUNTIES  OF  ALLEGANY,
CATTARAUGUS, CHAUTAUQUA, ERIE, AND NIAGARA;
  (F) REGION SIX, WHICH SHALL CONSIST OF THE COUNTIES OF CLINTON, ESSEX,
FRANKLIN, HAMILTON, JEFFERSON, LEWIS, AND ST. LAWRENCE;
  (G)  REGION  SEVEN,  WHICH  SHALL CONSIST OF THE COUNTIES OF DUTCHESS,
ORANGE, PUTNAM, ROCKLAND, SULLIVAN, ULSTER, AND WESTCHESTER;
  (H) REGION EIGHT, WHICH SHALL  CONSIST  OF  THE  COUNTIES  OF  BROOME,
CHEMUNG, CHENANGO, DELAWARE, SCHUYLER, STEUBEN, TIOGA, AND TOMPKINS;
  (I)  REGION  NINE,  WHICH  SHALL CONSIST OF THE COUNTIES OF NASSAU AND
SUFFOLK;
  (J) REGION TEN, WHICH SHALL CONSIST OF THE COUNTIES OF  BRONX,  KINGS,
NEW YORK, QUEENS, AND RICHMOND.
  3.  THE  AMOUNTS  AVAILABLE  FOR  DISTRIBUTION  AS  GENERAL FUND LOCAL
ASSISTANCE, SUBJECT TO THE APPROPRIATION AVAILABLE, SHALL BE APPORTIONED
SUCH THAT NO REGION AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION TWO OF THIS  SECTION,  (A)
SHALL  BE  APPORTIONED  LESS  IN  GENERAL FUND LOCAL ASSISTANCE THAN THE
AMOUNT IT WAS AWARDED IN THE PRIOR YEAR, AND (B) AMOUNTS  AVAILABLE  FOR
DISTRIBUTION AS GENERAL FUND LOCAL ASSISTANCE ABOVE THE AMOUNT APPROPRI-
ATED  IN THE PRIOR YEAR SHALL BE APPORTIONED SUCH THAT EACH REGION SHALL
RECEIVE AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE  QUOTIENT  OF  SUCH  REGION'S  POPULATION
DIVIDED  BY THE TOTAL POPULATION OF NEW YORK STATE ACCORDING TO THE MOST
RECENT DECENNIAL CENSUS POPULATION FIGURES FOR NEW YORK STATE.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART S

  Section 1. Section 6303 of the education law is amended  by  adding  a
new subdivision 6 to read as follows:
  6.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER LAW, RULE OR REGULATION TO THE CONTRARY,
FOR PURPOSES OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK (SUNY)  ORANGE  BRIDGES
PROGRAM,  ORANGE  COUNTY  COMMUNITY  COLLEGE  SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AN
INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR FOR THE PURPOSES OF PROVIDING SERVICES TO  SCHOOL
DISTRICTS WHOSE STUDENTS HAVE DUEL ENROLLMENT WITH SUCH BRIDGES PROGRAM.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART T

  Section  1.  Subdivision  10  of section 6306 of the education law, as
added by section 1 of part Y of chapter 56  of  the  laws  of  2015,  is
amended to read as follows:

S. 6406--B                         87

  10.  The boards of trustees of the state university of New York commu-
nity colleges shall  consult  with  boards  of  cooperative  educational
services (BOCES) AND THE TRUSTEE, TRUSTEES OR BOARD OF EDUCATION OF EACH
SCHOOL DISTRICT to identify new or existing programs offered to students
that  would  allow  a  student  to  pursue  an associate of occupational
studies (AOS) degree from a community college upon  high  school  gradu-
ation.  Once  identified,  BOCES  in  collaboration  with  the community
college boards of trustees shall make such  path,  identified  programs,
and AOS degree options known to ensure that students are aware that such
options  exist. Such notification [may] SHALL begin [as early as] IN the
seventh grade. Provided however, that such boards and  BOCES  shall  not
take  any  action  to  direct  or suggest that a student should pursue a
particular degree or pathway.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART U

  Section 1. Section 9-w of the banking law is REPEALED.
  S 2. The education law is amended by adding a  new  section  665-b  to
read as follows:
  S 665-B. STANDARD FINANCIAL AID AWARD LETTER. EACH COLLEGE, VOCATIONAL
INSTITUTION,  AND  ANY OTHER INSTITUTION THAT OFFERS AN APPROVED PROGRAM
AS DEFINED IN SECTION SIX  HUNDRED  ONE  OF  THIS  TITLE  SHALL  PROVIDE
UNIFORM  FINANCIAL  AID  INFORMATION TO EVERY PROSPECTIVE FIRST-TIME AND
TRANSFER UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT WHO HAS BEEN ACCEPTED  FOR  ADMISSION  TO
SUCH  INSTITUTION. EACH INSTITUTION SHALL PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION PRIOR
TO SUCH INSTITUTION'S ENROLLMENT DEADLINE. EACH  INSTITUTION  SHALL  USE
THE  FINANCIAL  AID  SHOPPING  SHEET DEVELOPED BY THE CONSUMER FINANCIAL
PROTECTION BUREAU AND THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION PURSUANT
TO THE HIGHER EDUCATION OPPORTUNITY ACT, P.L. 110-315, TO  PROVIDE  SUCH
INFORMATION.  EACH  INSTITUTION  SHALL  UTILIZE  THE  STANDARD LETTER IN
RESPONDING TO ALL FINANCIAL AID APPLICANTS FOR THE TWO  THOUSAND  SEVEN-
TEEN--TWO  THOUSAND EIGHTEEN ACADEMIC YEAR AND THEREAFTER. THE PRESIDENT
OF THE HIGHER EDUCATION  SERVICES  CORPORATION  SHALL  PROMULGATE  REGU-
LATIONS IMPLEMENTING THIS SECTION.
  S  3.  This  act  shall take effect immediately and shall be deemed to
have been in full force and effect on and after April 1, 2016.

                                 PART V

  Section 1. Subdivision 10 of section 7605 of  the  education  law,  as
added  by  section  4  of  part AA of chapter 57 of the laws of 2013, is
amended and a new subdivision 12 is added to read as follows:
  10. A person without a license from  performing  assessments  such  as
basic   information  collection,  gathering  of  demographic  data,  and
informal observations, screening and referral used for general eligibil-
ity for a program or service and determining the functional status of an
individual for the purpose of determining need for  services  [unrelated
to  a  behavioral  health  diagnosis  or treatment plan]. Such licensure
shall not be required to [create, develop or implement] PARTICIPATE AS A
MEMBER OF THE TREATMENT TEAM IN THE CREATION, DEVELOPMENT OR IMPLEMENTA-
TION OF a service plan [unrelated to a behavioral  health  diagnosis  or
treatment  plan].  Such service plans shall include, but are not limited
to, job training and employability, housing, general public  assistance,
in  home  services  and supports or home-delivered meals, investigations
conducted or assessments made by adult  or  child  protective  services,

S. 6406--B                         88

adoption  home studies and assessments, family service plans, transition
plans and permanency planning activities, de-escalation techniques, peer
services or skill development. A license under this article shall not be
required  for persons to participate as a member of a multi-disciplinary
team to implement  a  behavioral  health  services  or  treatment  plan;
provided however, that such team shall include one or more professionals
licensed  under  this  article or [articles] ARTICLE one hundred thirty-
one, one hundred fifty-four or one hundred sixty-three of this [chapter]
TITLE WHO MUST HAVE A FACE TO FACE VISIT WITH EACH PATIENT PRIOR TO  THE
RENDERING  OF  A  DIAGNOSIS;  and provided, further, that the activities
performed by members of the team shall be consistent with the  scope  of
practice for each team member licensed or authorized under title VIII of
this  chapter, and those who are not so authorized may not engage in the
following restricted practices, BUT MAY  ASSIST  LICENSED  PROFESSIONALS
AND/OR  MULTI-DISCIPLINARY  TEAM  MEMBERS WITH: the diagnosis of mental,
emotional, behavioral, addictive and developmental disorders  and  disa-
bilities;   [patient   assessment  and  evaluating;]  the  provision  of
psychotherapeutic treatment;  the  provision  of  treatment  other  than
psychotherapeutic  treatment;  and/or the development and implementation
of assessment-based treatment plans as defined in section  seventy-seven
hundred  one  of this [chapter] TITLE.  AS USED IN THIS SUBDIVISION, THE
TERM "ASSIST" SHALL INCLUDE, THOSE FUNCTIONS WHICH ARE EXEMPT UNDER THIS
SUBDIVISION.  Provided, further, that nothing in this subdivision  shall
be construed as requiring a license for any particular activity or func-
tion based solely on the fact that the activity or function is not list-
ed in this subdivision.
  12.  NOTHING  IN  THIS ARTICLE SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO PROHIBIT OR LIMIT
THE ACTIVITIES OR SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS ARTICLE ON  THE  PART  OF
ANY  PERSON WHO, ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS SECTION, IS IN THE EMPLOY
OF A PROGRAM OR SERVICE, AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION B OF  SECTION  SEVEN-
TEEN-A  OF  CHAPTER  SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY-SIX OF THE LAWS OF TWO THOUSAND
TWO, AS AMENDED, FOR THE  PERIOD  DURING  WHICH  SUCH  PERSON  MAINTAINS
EMPLOYMENT  IN  SUCH  PROGRAM;  ACTIVITIES  AND  SERVICES  THAT  MAY  BE
PERFORMED ARE LIMITED TO THOSE PROVIDED BY SUCH  INDIVIDUAL  WITHIN  THE
PRACTICE OF PSYCHOLOGY, PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS SUBDIVISION.
THIS  SECTION SHALL NOT AUTHORIZE THE USE OF ANY TITLE AUTHORIZED PURSU-
ANT TO THIS ARTICLE BY ANY SUCH EMPLOYED  PERSON,  EXCEPT  AS  OTHERWISE
PROVIDED BY THIS ARTICLE RESPECTIVELY.
  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT ANY PERSON EMPLOYED AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE
OF THIS SUBDIVISION TO PERFORM SERVICES THAT ARE RESTRICTED  UNDER  THIS
ARTICLE  SHALL  BE APPROPRIATELY LICENSED OR AUTHORIZED UNDER THIS ARTI-
CLE.
  S 2. Subdivision 7 of section 7706 of the education law, as  added  by
section 5 of part AA of chapter 57 of the laws of 2013, is amended and a
new subdivision 8 is added to read as follows:
  7. Prevent a person without a license from performing assessments such
as  basic  information  collection,  gathering  of demographic data, and
informal observations, screening and referral used for general eligibil-
ity for a program or service and determining the functional status of an
individual for the purpose of determining need for  services  [unrelated
to  a  behavioral  health  diagnosis  or treatment plan]. Such licensure
shall not be required to [create, develop or implement] PARTICIPATE AS A
MEMBER OF THE TREATMENT TEAM IN THE CREATION, DEVELOPMENT OR IMPLEMENTA-
TION OF a service plan unrelated to a  behavioral  health  diagnosis  or
treatment  plan.  Such  service plans shall include, but are not limited
to, job training and employability, housing, general public  assistance,

S. 6406--B                         89

in  home  services  and supports or home-delivered meals, investigations
conducted or assessments made by adult  or  child  protective  services,
adoption  home studies and assessments, family service plans, transition
plans and permanency planning activities, de-escalation techniques, peer
services or skill development. A license under this article shall not be
required  for persons to participate as a member of a multi-disciplinary
team to implement  a  behavioral  health  services  or  treatment  plan;
provided however, that such team shall include one or more professionals
licensed  under  this  article or [articles] ARTICLE one hundred thirty-
one, one hundred fifty-three or one hundred sixty-three of  this  [chap-
ter] TITLE WHO MUST HAVE A FACE TO FACE VISIT WITH EACH PATIENT PRIOR TO
THE RENDERING OF A DIAGNOSIS; and provided, further, that the activities
performed  by  members of the team shall be consistent with the scope of
practice for each team member licensed or authorized under title VIII of
this chapter, and those who are not so authorized may not engage in  the
following  restricted  practices,  BUT MAY ASSIST LICENSED PROFESSIONALS
AND/OR MULTI-DISCIPLINARY TEAM MEMBERS WITH: the  diagnosis  of  mental,
emotional,  behavioral,  addictive and developmental disorders and disa-
bilities;  [patient  assessment  and  evaluating;]  the   provision   of
psychotherapeutic  treatment;  the  provision  of  treatment  other than
psychotherapeutic treatment; and/or the development  and  implementation
of  assessment-based treatment plans as defined in section seventy-seven
hundred one of this article. AS  USED  IN  THIS  SUBDIVISION,  THE  TERM
"ASSIST"  SHALL  INCLUDE,  THOSE  FUNCTIONS  WHICH ARE EXEMPT UNDER THIS
SUBDIVISION. Provided, further, that nothing in this  subdivision  shall
be construed as requiring a license for any particular activity or func-
tion based solely on the fact that the activity or function is not list-
ed in this subdivision.
  8. NOTHING IN THIS ARTICLE SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO PROHIBIT OR LIMIT THE
ACTIVITIES  OR  SERVICES  PROVIDED UNDER THIS ARTICLE ON THE PART OF ANY
PERSON WHO, ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS SUBDIVISION, IS IN THE  EMPLOY
OF  A  PROGRAM  OR  SERVICE,  AS DEFINED IN SECTION NINE OF CHAPTER FOUR
HUNDRED TWENTY OF THE LAWS OF TWO THOUSAND  TWO,  AS  AMENDED,  FOR  THE
PERIOD  DURING  WHICH  SUCH PERSON MAINTAINS EMPLOYMENT IN SUCH PROGRAM;
ACTIVITIES AND SERVICES THAT MAY  BE  PERFORMED  ARE  LIMITED  TO  THOSE
PROVIDED  BY  SUCH  INDIVIDUAL  WITHIN  THE  PRACTICE OF LICENSED MASTER
SOCIAL WORK OR LICENSED CLINICAL SOCIAL WORK,  PRIOR  TO  THE  EFFECTIVE
DATE  OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION. THIS SECTION SHALL NOT AUTHORIZE THE USE OF
ANY TITLE AUTHORIZED PURSUANT TO  THIS  ARTICLE  BY  ANY  SUCH  EMPLOYED
PERSON, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY THIS ARTICLE RESPECTIVELY.
  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT ANY PERSON EMPLOYED AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE
OF THIS SECTION TO PERFORM SERVICES THAT ARE RESTRICTED UNDER THIS ARTI-
CLE SHALL BE APPROPRIATELY LICENSED OR AUTHORIZED UNDER THIS ARTICLE.
  S 3. Section 7707 of the education law is  amended  by  adding  a  new
subdivision 2-a to read as follows:
  2-A.  ANY  PERSON  WHO  POSSESSES  A  MASTER'S  OF SOCIAL WORK DEGREE,
ACCEPTABLE TO THE DEPARTMENT, ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS SUBDIVISION,
AND WHO HAS TWO YEARS OF POST-GRADUATE SOCIAL WORK EMPLOYMENT, AS  VERI-
FIED  BY  A  LICENSED SUPERVISOR OR COLLEAGUE ON FORMS ACCEPTABLE TO THE
DEPARTMENT, AND WHO, IN THE DETERMINATION OF THE DEPARTMENT,  MEETS  ALL
OTHER  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  LICENSURE  AS A LICENSED MASTER SOCIAL WORKER,
EXCEPT FOR EXAMINATION, AND WHO FILES WITH THE DEPARTMENT  THE  APPLICA-
TION,  FEE  AND  REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION WITHIN ONE YEAR OF THE EFFECTIVE
DATE OF THIS SUBDIVISION, SHALL BE LICENSED AS A LICENSED MASTER  SOCIAL
WORKER.

S. 6406--B                         90

  S  4.  Subdivision 8 of section 8410 of the education law, as added by
section 6 of part AA of chapter 57 of the laws of 2013, is amended and a
new subdivision 9 is added to read as follows:
  8. Prevent a person without a license from performing assessments such
as  basic  information  collection,  gathering  of demographic data, and
informal observations, screening and referral used for general eligibil-
ity for a program or service and determining the functional status of an
individual for the purpose of determining need for  services  [unrelated
to  a  behavioral  health  diagnosis  or treatment plan]. Such licensure
shall not be required to [create, develop or implement] PARTICIPATE AS A
MEMBER OF THE TREATMENT TEAM IN THE CREATION, DEVELOPMENT OR IMPLEMENTA-
TION OF a service plan unrelated to a  behavioral  health  diagnosis  or
treatment  plan.  Such  service plans shall include, but are not limited
to, job training and employability, housing, general public  assistance,
in  home  services  and supports or home-delivered meals, investigations
conducted or assessments made by adult  or  child  protective  services,
adoption  home studies and assessments, family service plans, transition
plans and permanency planning activities, de-escalation techniques, peer
services or skill development. A license under this article shall not be
required for persons to participate as a member of a  multi-disciplinary
team  to  implement  a  behavioral  health  services  or treatment plan;
provided however, that such team shall include one or more professionals
licensed under this article or [articles] ARTICLE  one  hundred  thirty-
one, one hundred fifty-three or one hundred fifty-four of this [chapter]
TITLE  WHO MUST HAVE A FACE TO FACE VISIT WITH EACH PATIENT PRIOR TO THE
RENDERING OF A DIAGNOSIS; and provided,  further,  that  the  activities
performed  by  members of the team shall be consistent with the scope of
practice for each team member licensed or authorized under title VIII of
this chapter, and those who are not so authorized may not engage in  the
following  restricted  practices  BUT  MAY ASSIST LICENSED PROFESSIONALS
AND/OR MULTI-DISCIPLINARY TEAM MEMBERS WITH: the  diagnosis  of  mental,
emotional,  behavioral,  addictive and developmental disorders and disa-
bilities;  [patient  assessment  and  evaluating;]  the   provision   of
psychotherapeutic  treatment;  the  provision  of  treatment  other than
psychotherapeutic treatment; and/or the development  and  implementation
of  assessment-based treatment plans as defined in section seventy-seven
hundred one of this [chapter] TITLE. AS USED IN  THIS  SUBDIVISION,  THE
TERM  "ASSIST" SHALL INCLUDE, THOSE FUNCTIONS THAT ARE EXEMPT UNDER THIS
SUBDIVISION. Provided, further, that nothing in this  subdivision  shall
be construed as requiring a license for any particular activity or func-
tion based solely on the fact that the activity or function is not list-
ed in this subdivision.
  9. NOTHING IN THIS ARTICLE SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO PROHIBIT OR LIMIT THE
ACTIVITIES  OR  SERVICES  PROVIDED UNDER THIS ARTICLE ON THE PART OF ANY
PERSON WHO, ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS SUBDIVISION, IS IN THE  EMPLOY
OF  A  PROGRAM OR SERVICE, AS DEFINED IN SUBDIVISION B OF SECTION SEVEN-
TEEN-A OF CHAPTER SIX HUNDRED SEVENTY-SIX OF THE LAWS  OF  TWO  THOUSAND
TWO,  AS  AMENDED,  FOR  THE  PERIOD  DURING WHICH SUCH PERSON MAINTAINS
EMPLOYMENT  IN  SUCH  PROGRAM;  ACTIVITIES  AND  SERVICES  THAT  MAY  BE
PERFORMED  ARE  LIMITED  TO THOSE PROVIDED BY SUCH INDIVIDUAL WITHIN THE
PRACTICE OF MENTAL HEALTH COUNSELING, MARRIAGE AND FAMILY THERAPY, CREA-
TIVE ARTS THERAPY AND PSYCHOANALYSIS, PRIOR TO  THE  EFFECTIVE  DATE  OF
THIS  SUBDIVISION. THIS SECTION SHALL NOT AUTHORIZE THE USE OF ANY TITLE
AUTHORIZED PURSUANT TO THIS ARTICLE BY ANY SUCH EMPLOYED PERSON,  EXCEPT
AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY THIS ARTICLE RESPECTIVELY.

S. 6406--B                         91

  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  THAT ANY PERSON EMPLOYED AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE
OF THIS SUBDIVISION TO PERFORM SERVICES THAT ARE RESTRICTED  UNDER  THIS
ARTICLE  SHALL  BE APPROPRIATELY LICENSED OR AUTHORIZED UNDER THIS ARTI-
CLE.
  S 5. This act shall take effect July 1, 2016.

                                 PART W

  Section  1.  Subdivision  1  of  section  663 of the education law, as
amended by section 1 of part F of chapter 58 of the  laws  of  2011,  is
amended to read as follows:
  1.  Income  defined.  Except  as  otherwise  provided in this section,
"income" shall be the total of  the  combined  net  taxable  income  and
income  from  pensions of New York state, local governments, the federal
government and any private employer of the  applicant,  the  applicant's
spouse,  and  the applicant's parents, including any pension and annuity
income excluded for purposes of taxation pursuant to  paragraph  three-a
of  subsection  (c)  of  section  six  hundred twelve of the tax law, as
reported in New York state income tax  returns  for  the  calendar  year
PRIOR  TO  THE  CALENDAR YEAR next preceding the beginning of the school
year for which application for  assistance  is  made,  except  that  any
amount  received  by  an  applicant  as  a scholarship at an educational
institution or as a fellowship grant, including the value of contributed
services and accommodations, shall not be included within the definition
of "income" for the purposes of this article. The  term  "parent"  shall
include  birth  parents, stepparents, adoptive parents and the spouse of
an adoptive parent.   Income, if not a whole  dollar  amount,  shall  be
assumed  to  be equal to the next lowest whole dollar amount. Any change
in the status of an applicant with regard to the persons responsible for
the applicant's support occurring after the beginning  of  any  semester
shall  not be considered to change the applicant's award for that semes-
ter.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately and  shall  apply  to  all
awards commencing with the 2017-2018 school year and thereafter.

                                 PART X

  Section  1.  Subdivision  (a) of section 1203 of the limited liability
company law, as amended by chapter 554 of the laws of 2013,  is  amended
to read as follows:
  (a)  Notwithstanding  the education law or any other provision of law,
one or more professionals each of whom is authorized by law to render  a
professional  service within the state, or one or more professionals, at
least one of whom is authorized by law to render a professional  service
within  the  state,  may  form,  or  cause  to be formed, a professional
service limited liability company for pecuniary profit under this  arti-
cle for the purpose of rendering the professional service or services as
such professionals are authorized to practice. With respect to a profes-
sional  service  limited  liability  company  formed  to provide medical
services as such services are defined in article 131  of  the  education
law,  each  member  of  such  limited liability company must be licensed
pursuant to article 131 of the education law  to  practice  medicine  in
this  state.  With  respect  to a professional service limited liability
company formed to provide dental services as such services  are  defined
in article 133 of the education law, each member of such limited liabil-
ity  company  must  be licensed pursuant to article 133 of the education

S. 6406--B                         92

law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect to a  professional
service  limited liability company formed to provide veterinary services
as such services are defined in article 135 of the education  law,  each
member  of  such  limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to
article 135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this
state. With respect to a professional service limited liability  company
formed  to  provide  professional engineering, land surveying, architec-
tural and/or landscape  architectural  services  as  such  services  are
defined  in  article  145,  article 147 and article 148 of the education
law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be  licensed
pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the education
law  to  practice  one  or  more of such professions in this state. With
respect to a professional service limited liability  company  formed  to
provide  licensed  clinical  social  work  services as such services are
defined in article 154 of the education law, each member of such limited
liability company shall be licensed  pursuant  to  article  154  of  the
education  law  to practice licensed clinical social work in this state.
With respect to a professional service limited liability company  formed
to  provide  creative arts therapy services as such services are defined
in article 163 of the education law, each member of such limited liabil-
ity company must be licensed pursuant to article 163  of  the  education
law  to  practice creative arts therapy in this state. With respect to a
professional  service  limited  liability  company  formed  to   provide
marriage  and  family  therapy  services as such services are defined in
article 163 of the education law, each member of such limited  liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to
practice  marriage  and  family therapy in this state. With respect to a
professional service limited liability company formed to provide  mental
health  counseling  services as such services are defined in article 163
of the education law, each member of such limited liability company must
be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the  education  law  to  practice
mental  health  counseling in this state. With respect to a professional
service limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide  psychoanalysis
services  as  such  services are defined in article 163 of the education
law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be  licensed
pursuant  to article 163 of the education law to practice psychoanalysis
in this state. With respect to a professional service limited  liability
company  formed  to  provide  applied behavior analysis services as such
services are defined in article 167 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed or certified pursuant to
article 167 of the education law to practice applied  behavior  analysis
in   this   state.  In  addition  to  engaging  in  such  profession  or
professions, a professional service limited liability company may engage
in any other business or activities as  to  which  a  limited  liability
company  may  be  formed  under section two hundred one of this chapter.
Notwithstanding any other provision  of  this  section,  a  professional
service  limited  liability  company  (i) authorized to practice law may
only engage in another profession or  business  or  activities  or  (ii)
which  is  engaged in a profession or other business or activities other
than law may only engage in the practice  of  law,  to  the  extent  not
prohibited  by  any  other  law of this state or any rule adopted by the
appropriate appellate division of the supreme  court  or  the  court  of
appeals.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY  OTHER  PROVISION  OF  THIS SECTION, WITH
RESPECT TO A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY  FORMED  TO  PROVIDE  INTEGRATED,
MULTIDISCIPLINARY  MEDICAL  AND  CHIROPRACTIC SERVICES, AS SUCH SERVICES
ARE RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLES 131 AND  132  OF  THE  EDUCATION

S. 6406--B                         93

LAW,  (I) EACH MEMBER OF SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY MUST BE LICENSED
PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 131 OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO  PRACTICE
HIS  OR  HER PROFESSION IN THIS STATE, (II) EACH MEMBER SHALL ONLY PRAC-
TICE HIS OR HER PROFESSION AS SPECIFIED IN HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFES-
SIONAL  ENABLING  STATUTE UNDER ARTICLE 131 OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCA-
TION LAW, AND (III) THE CLINICAL INTEGRATION OF  PROFESSIONAL  PRACTICES
WITHIN  AN  INTEGRATED,  MULTIDISCIPLINARY  ENTITY  ORGANIZED UNDER THIS
SECTION DOES NOT ALTER, EXPAND OR CURTAIL THE SCOPE OF PRACTICE  OF  ANY
OF  THE  INDIVIDUALS LICENSED UNDER THE STATUTE OF HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE
PROFESSIONAL ENABLING LAW, PROVIDED THAT:  (A)  THE  CLINICAL  JUDGMENT,
MANAGEMENT  AND  CLINICAL  DECISION-MAKING  OF  ONE  OR MORE ARTICLE 131
PROVIDERS  IN  AN  INTEGRATED,  MULTIDISCIPLINARY  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE
LIMITED  LIABILITY  COMPANY  SHALL  BE CONTROLLING, (B) MEMBERS LICENSED
UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL NOT, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECT-
LY, INTERFERE WITH THE CLINICAL JUDGMENT OR LEGITIMATE CLINICAL PRACTICE
OF A PROFESSIONAL  LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE  131,  AND  (C)  INDIVIDUALS
LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE  131  MAY  NOT  ORDER  OR DIRECT A PROFESSIONAL
LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE  BEYOND  THE
SCOPE OF HIS OR HER LICENSE UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EVEN
IF  SUPERVISED  DIRECTLY  OR INDIRECTLY BY A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER
ARTICLE 131.
  S 2. Subdivision (b) of section 1207 of the limited liability  company
law,  as  amended by chapter 554 of the laws of 2013, is amended to read
as follows:
  (b) With respect to a professional service limited  liability  company
formed to provide medical services as such services are defined in arti-
cle  131  of  the  education  law, each member of such limited liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 131 of the education law to
practice medicine in this state. With respect to a professional  service
limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide dental services as such
services are defined in article 133 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to article  133
of  the  education law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect
to a professional service limited liability company  formed  to  provide
veterinary  services  as such services are defined in article 135 of the
education law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be
licensed pursuant to article 135 of the education law to practice veter-
inary  medicine  in  this  state. With respect to a professional service
limited liability company formed to  provide  professional  engineering,
land surveying, architectural and/or landscape architectural services as
such services are defined in article 145, article 147 and article 148 of
the education law, each member of such limited liability company must be
licensed  pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the
education law to practice one or more of such professions in this state.
With respect to a professional service limited liability company  formed
to  provide  licensed clinical social work services as such services are
defined in article 154 of the education law, each member of such limited
liability company shall be licensed  pursuant  to  article  154  of  the
education  law  to practice licensed clinical social work in this state.
With respect to a professional service limited liability company  formed
to  provide  creative arts therapy services as such services are defined
in article 163 of the education law, each member of such limited liabil-
ity company must be licensed pursuant to article 163  of  the  education
law  to  practice creative arts therapy in this state. With respect to a
professional  service  limited  liability  company  formed  to   provide
marriage  and  family  therapy  services as such services are defined in

S. 6406--B                         94

article 163 of the education law, each member of such limited  liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to
practice  marriage  and  family therapy in this state. With respect to a
professional  service limited liability company formed to provide mental
health counseling services as such services are defined in  article  163
of the education law, each member of such limited liability company must
be  licensed  pursuant  to  article 163 of the education law to practice
mental health counseling in this state. With respect to  a  professional
service  limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide psychoanalysis
services as such services are defined in article 163  of  the  education
law,  each  member  of  such  limited liability company must be licensed
pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice  psychoanalysis
in  this state. With respect to a professional service limited liability
company formed to provide applied behavior  analysis  services  as  such
services are defined in article 167 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed or certified pursuant to
article  167  of the education law to practice applied behavior analysis
in this state.   NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION  OF  THIS  SECTION,
WITH  RESPECT TO A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY FORMED
TO  PROVIDE  INTEGRATED,  MULTIDISCIPLINARY  MEDICAL  AND   CHIROPRACTIC
SERVICES,  AS  SUCH SERVICES ARE RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLES 131
AND 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, (I) EACH MEMBER OF SUCH LIMITED  LIABILITY
COMPANY  MUST  BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 131 OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE
EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE HIS OR HER PROFESSION IN THIS STATE, (II) EACH
MEMBER SHALL ONLY PRACTICE HIS OR HER PROFESSION AS SPECIFIED IN HIS  OR
HER  RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL ENABLING STATUTE UNDER ARTICLE 131 OR ARTI-
CLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, AND  (III)  THE  CLINICAL  INTEGRATION  OF
PROFESSIONAL  PRACTICES  WITHIN  AN INTEGRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY ENTITY
ORGANIZED UNDER THIS SECTION DOES NOT ALTER, EXPAND OR CURTAIL THE SCOPE
OF PRACTICE OF ANY OF THE INDIVIDUALS LICENSED UNDER THE STATUTE OF  HIS
OR  HER  RESPECTIVE  PROFESSIONAL  ENABLING  LAW, PROVIDED THAT: (A) THE
CLINICAL JUDGMENT, MANAGEMENT AND CLINICAL  DECISION-MAKING  OF  ONE  OR
MORE  ARTICLE  131 PROVIDERS IN AN INTEGRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY PROFES-
SIONAL SERVICE LIMITED  LIABILITY  COMPANY  SHALL  BE  CONTROLLING,  (B)
MEMBERS  LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE  132  OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL NOT,
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, INTERFERE WITH THE CLINICAL JUDGMENT OR  LEGITI-
MATE CLINICAL PRACTICE OF A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131, AND
(C)  INDIVIDUALS  LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE 131 MAY NOT ORDER OR DIRECT A
PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE
BEYOND THE SCOPE OF HIS OR HER LICENSE UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF  THE  EDUCA-
TION  LAW,  EVEN  IF SUPERVISED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BY A PROFESSIONAL
LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131.
  S 3. Subdivision (a) of section 1301 of the limited liability  company
law,  as  amended by chapter 554 of the laws of 2013, is amended to read
as follows:
  (a) "Foreign professional service limited liability company"  means  a
professional  service  limited liability company, whether or not denomi-
nated as such, organized under the laws of  a  jurisdiction  other  than
this state, (i) each of whose members and managers, if any, is a profes-
sional  authorized  by  law to render a professional service within this
state and who is or has been engaged in the practice of such  profession
in  such professional service limited liability company or a predecessor
entity, or will engage in the practice of such profession in the profes-
sional service limited liability company within thirty days of the  date
such  professional becomes a member, or each of whose members and manag-
ers, if any, is a professional at least one of such members  is  author-

S. 6406--B                         95

ized  by  law to render a professional service within this state and who
is or has been engaged in  the  practice  of  such  profession  in  such
professional  service limited liability company or a predecessor entity,
or  will  engage  in the practice of such profession in the professional
service limited liability company within thirty days of  the  date  such
professional  becomes  a  member,  or  (ii)  authorized by, or holding a
license, certificate, registration or permit  issued  by  the  licensing
authority  pursuant  to,  the  education  law  to  render a professional
service within this state; except that all members and managers, if any,
of  a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company  that
provides  health services in this state shall be licensed in this state.
With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability company
which provides veterinary services as such services are defined in arti-
cle 135 of the education law, each member of such  foreign  professional
service  limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to article
135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine.  With  respect
to  a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company which
provides medical services as such services are defined in article 131 of
the education law, each member  of  such  foreign  professional  service
limited  liability  company  must be licensed pursuant to article 131 of
the education law to practice medicine in this state.  With respect to a
foreign professional service limited liability  company  which  provides
dental  services  as  such  services  are  defined in article 133 of the
education law, each member of such foreign professional service  limited
liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of the educa-
tion  law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect to a foreign
professional service limited liability company  which  provides  profes-
sional  engineering,  land  surveying,  architectural  and/or  landscape
architectural services as such services  are  defined  in  article  145,
article  147  and  article 148 of the education law, each member of such
foreign professional service limited liability company must be  licensed
pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the education
law  to  practice  one  or  more of such professions in this state. With
respect to a foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company
which  provides  licensed clinical social work services as such services
are defined in article 154 of the education law,  each  member  of  such
foreign professional service limited liability company shall be licensed
pursuant to article 154 of the education law to practice clinical social
work  in  this  state.  With  respect  to a foreign professional service
limited liability company which provides creative arts therapy  services
as  such  services are defined in article 163 of the education law, each
member of such foreign professional service  limited  liability  company
must  be  licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to prac-
tice creative arts therapy in this state.  With  respect  to  a  foreign
professional  service  limited liability company which provides marriage
and family therapy services as such services are defined in article  163
of  the  education law, each member of such foreign professional service
limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to  article  163  of
the education law to practice marriage and family therapy in this state.
With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability company
which  provides  mental  health counseling services as such services are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice mental health counseling
in this state. With respect to a foreign  professional  service  limited
liability   company  which  provides  psychoanalysis  services  as  such

S. 6406--B                         96

services are defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of
such foreign professional service  limited  liability  company  must  be
licensed  pursuant  to  article  163  of  the  education law to practice
psychoanalysis  in  this  state.  With respect to a foreign professional
service limited liability company which provides applied behavior analy-
sis services as such services are defined in article 167 of  the  educa-
tion  law,  each  member  of  such  foreign professional service limited
liability company must be licensed or certified pursuant to article  167
of  the  education  law  to  practice  applied behavior analysis in this
state.  WITH RESPECT TO A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY FORMED TO PROVIDE  INTEGRATED,  MULTI-DISCIPLINARY  MEDICAL  AND
CHIROPRACTIC  SERVICES,  AS SUCH SERVICES ARE RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER
ARTICLE 131 AND ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW,  (I)  EACH  MEMBER  OF
SUCH  LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY MUST BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 131
OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE HIS OR HER PROFESSION IN
THIS STATE, (II) EACH MEMBER SHALL ONLY PRACTICE HIS OR  HER  PROFESSION
AS  SPECIFIED  IN  HIS  OR  HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL ENABLING STATUTE
UNDER ARTICLE 131 OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION  LAW,  AND  (III)  THE
CLINICAL  INTEGRATION  OF  PROFESSIONAL  PRACTICES WITHIN AN INTEGRATED,
MULTIDISCIPLINARY ENTITY ORGANIZED UNDER THIS SECTION  DOES  NOT  ALTER,
EXPAND  OR  CURTAIL  THE  SCOPE  OF  PRACTICE  OF ANY OF THE INDIVIDUALS
LICENSED UNDER THE STATUTE OF HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL  ENABL-
ING  LAW, PROVIDED THAT: (A) THE CLINICAL JUDGMENT, MANAGEMENT AND CLIN-
ICAL DECISION-MAKING OF ONE OR MORE ARTICLE 131 PROVIDERS  IN  AN  INTE-
GRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
SHALL  BE  CONTROLLING,  (B)  MEMBERS  LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE
EDUCATION LAW, SHALL NOT, DIRECTLY OR  INDIRECTLY,  INTERFERE  WITH  THE
CLINICAL  JUDGMENT  OR  LEGITIMATE  CLINICAL  PRACTICE OF A PROFESSIONAL
LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131, AND (C) INDIVIDUALS LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE
131 MAY NOT ORDER OR DIRECT A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF
THE  EDUCATION  LAW  TO  PRACTICE BEYOND THE SCOPE OF HIS OR HER LICENSE
UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EVEN IF SUPERVISED  DIRECTLY  OR
INDIRECTLY BY A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131.
  S 4. Paragraph (a) of section 1503 of the business corporation law, as
amended  by  chapter  550  of  the  laws  of 2011, is amended to read as
follows:
  (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, (I) one or more  indi-
viduals  duly  authorized by law to render the same professional service
within the state may organize, or cause to be organized, a  professional
service  corporation  for  pecuniary  profit  under this article for the
purpose of rendering the same professional service, except that  one  or
more  individuals  duly authorized by law to practice professional engi-
neering, architecture, landscape architecture or land  surveying  within
the state may organize, or cause to be organized, a professional service
corporation  or  a design professional service corporation for pecuniary
profit under this article for the purpose of rendering such professional
services as such individuals are authorized to practice, AND,  (II)  ONE
OR  MORE  INDIVIDUALS DULY LICENSED TO PRACTICE MEDICINE AND ONE OR MORE
CHIROPRACTORS LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW,  WHO  MAY
BE  BOARD  CERTIFIED  OR QUALIFIED BY HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL
SPECIALTY BOARDS, MAY ORGANIZE, OR CAUSE TO BE ORGANIZED,  FOR  BUSINESS
PURPOSES  ONLY,  A  MULTIDISCIPLINARY  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE CORPORATION
FORMED FOR PECUNIARY PROFIT  UNDER  THIS  ARTICLE  FOR  THE  PURPOSE  OF
RENDERING  INTEGRATED  AND  NON-INTEGRATED  PROFESSIONAL SERVICES WITHIN
SUCH A CORPORATION AS SUCH INDIVIDUALS ARE AUTHORIZED TO PRACTICE  INDI-
VIDUALLY  IN  HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONS, PROVIDED THAT THE CLIN-

S. 6406--B                         97

ICAL INTEGRATION OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES WITHIN  AN  ENTITY  ORGANIZED
UNDER  THIS SECTION DOES NOT ALTER, EXPAND OR CURTAIL THE SCOPE OF PRAC-
TICE OF ANY OF THE INDIVIDUALS LICENSED UNDER THE STATUTE OF HIS OR  HER
RESPECTIVE  PROFESSIONAL  ENABLING  LAW;  THAT  THE  CLINICAL  JUDGMENT,
MANAGEMENT AND CLINICAL DECISION-MAKING  OF  ONE  OR  MORE  ARTICLE  131
PROVIDERS IN AN INTEGRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY PRACTICE SHALL BE CONTROL-
LING;  THAT  MEMBERS  LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW,
SHALL NOT, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, INTERFERE WITH THE CLINICAL  JUDGMENT
OR LEGITIMATE CLINICAL PRACTICE OF A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE
131;  AND  THAT  INDIVIDUALS LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131 MAY NOT ORDER OR
DIRECT A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO
PRACTICE BEYOND THE SCOPE OF HIS OR HER LICENSE UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE
EDUCATION LAW IN A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY,  EVEN
IF  SUPERVISED  DIRECTLY  OR INDIRECTLY BY A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER
ARTICLE 131.
  S 5. Subdivision (q) of section 121-1500 of the  partnership  law,  as
amended  by  chapter  554  of  the  laws  of 2013, is amended to read as
follows:
  (q) Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership  formed
to  provide  medical services in this state must be licensed pursuant to
article 131 of the education law to practice medicine in this state  and
each  partner  of  a  registered limited liability partnership formed to
provide dental services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle 133 of the education law to practice dentistry in this state.   Each
partner  of a registered limited liability partnership formed to provide
veterinary services in this state must be licensed pursuant  to  article
135  of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this state.
Each partner of a registered limited  liability  partnership  formed  to
provide  professional  engineering, land surveying, architectural and/or
landscape architectural services in this state must be licensed pursuant
to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of the education  law  to
practice  one or more of such professions in this state. Each partner of
a registered limited liability partnership formed  to  provide  licensed
clinical social work services in this state must be licensed pursuant to
article  154  of  the  education law to practice clinical social work in
this state. Each partner of a registered limited  liability  partnership
formed  to  provide creative arts therapy services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice  crea-
tive  arts  therapy  in this state. Each partner of a registered limited
liability partnership formed to  provide  marriage  and  family  therapy
services  in  this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the
education law to practice marriage and family  therapy  in  this  state.
Each  partner  of  a  registered limited liability partnership formed to
provide mental health counseling services in this state must be licensed
pursuant to article 163 of the education law to practice  mental  health
counseling in this state. Each partner of a registered limited liability
partnership formed to provide psychoanalysis services in this state must
be  licensed  pursuant  to  article 163 of the education law to practice
psychoanalysis in this state.  Each  partner  of  a  registered  limited
liability  partnership  formed  to  provide  applied  behavior  analysis
service in this state must be licensed or certified pursuant to  article
167  of  the education law to practice applied behavior analysis in this
state.   EACH PARTNER OF  A  REGISTERED  LIMITED  LIABILITY  PARTNERSHIP
FORMED TO PROVIDE INTEGRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY MEDICAL AND CHIROPRACTIC
SERVICES,  AS  SUCH  SERVICES ARE RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 131
AND ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, (I) MUST BE LICENSED  PURSUANT  TO

S. 6406--B                         98

ARTICLE  131  OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE HIS OR HER
PROFESSION IN THIS STATE, (II) SHALL ONLY PRACTICE HIS OR HER PROFESSION
AS SPECIFIED IN HIS OR  HER  RESPECTIVE  PROFESSIONAL  ENABLING  STATUTE
UNDER  ARTICLE  131  OR  ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, AND (III) THE
CLINICAL INTEGRATION OF PROFESSIONAL  PRACTICES  WITHIN  AN  INTEGRATED,
MULTI-DISCIPLINARY  ENTITY  ORGANIZED UNDER THIS SECTION DOES NOT ALTER,
EXPAND OR CURTAIL THE SCOPE  OF  PRACTICE  OF  ANY  OF  THE  INDIVIDUALS
LICENSED  UNDER THE STATUTE OF HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL ENABL-
ING LAW, PROVIDED THAT: (A) THE CLINICAL JUDGMENT, MANAGEMENT AND  CLIN-
ICAL  DECISION-MAKING  OF  ONE OR MORE ARTICLE 131 PROVIDERS IN AN INTE-
GRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
SHALL BE CONTROLLING, (B) MEMBERS LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE  132  OF  THE
EDUCATION  LAW,  SHALL  NOT,  DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, INTERFERE WITH THE
CLINICAL JUDGMENT OR LEGITIMATE  CLINICAL  PRACTICE  OF  A  PROFESSIONAL
LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE 131, AND (C) INDIVIDUALS LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE
131 MAY NOT ORDER OR DIRECT A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF
THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE BEYOND THE SCOPE OF  HIS  OR  HER  LICENSE
UNDER  ARTICLE  132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EVEN IF SUPERVISED DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY BY A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131.
  S 6. Subdivision (q) of section 121-1502 of the  partnership  law,  as
amended  by  chapter  554  of  the  laws  of 2013, is amended to read as
follows:
  (q) Each partner of a  foreign  limited  liability  partnership  which
provides  medical  services  in  this state must be licensed pursuant to
article 131 of the education law to practice medicine in the  state  and
each  partner  of a foreign limited liability partnership which provides
dental services in the state must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of
the education law to practice dentistry in this state. Each partner of a
foreign limited liability partnership which provides veterinary  service
in  the state shall be licensed pursuant to article 135 of the education
law to practice veterinary medicine in this state.  Each  partner  of  a
foreign  limited liability partnership which provides professional engi-
neering, land surveying, architectural  and/or  landscape  architectural
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 145, article
147  and/or  article 148 of the education law to practice one or more of
such professions. Each partner of a foreign limited  liability  partner-
ship which provides licensed clinical social work services in this state
must  be  licensed pursuant to article 154 of the education law to prac-
tice licensed clinical social work in this  state.  Each  partner  of  a
foreign limited liability partnership which provides creative arts ther-
apy  services  in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of
the education law to practice creative arts therapy in this state.  Each
partner  of  a  foreign  limited  liability  partnership  which provides
marriage and family therapy services in  this  state  must  be  licensed
pursuant  to  article  163 of the education law to practice marriage and
family therapy in this state. Each partner of a foreign limited  liabil-
ity partnership which provides mental health counseling services in this
state  must  be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to
practice mental health counseling in  this  state.  Each  partner  of  a
foreign  limited  liability  partnership  which  provides psychoanalysis
services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163  of  the
education  law to practice psychoanalysis in this state. Each partner of
a foreign limited liability partnership which provides applied  behavior
analysis  services  in this state must be licensed or certified pursuant
to article 167 of the education law to practice applied behavior  analy-
sis in this state.  EACH PARTNER OF A FOREIGN LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNER-

S. 6406--B                         99

SHIP FORMED TO PROVIDE INTEGRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY MEDICAL AND CHIROP-
RACTIC  SERVICES,  AS  SUCH  SERVICES  ARE  DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE 131 OR
ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, (I) MUST BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTI-
CLE  131  OR  ARTICLE  132  OF  THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE HIS OR HER
PROFESSION IN THIS STATE, (II) SHALL ONLY PRACTICE HIS OR HER PROFESSION
AS SPECIFIED IN HIS OR  HER  RESPECTIVE  PROFESSIONAL  ENABLING  STATUTE
UNDER  ARTICLE  131  OR  ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, AND (III) THE
CLINICAL INTEGRATION OF PROFESSIONAL  PRACTICES  WITHIN  AN  INTEGRATED,
MULTIDISCIPLINARY  ENTITY  ORGANIZED  UNDER THIS SECTION DOES NOT ALTER,
EXPAND OR CURTAIL THE SCOPE  OF  PRACTICE  OF  ANY  OF  THE  INDIVIDUALS
LICENSED  UNDER THE STATUTE OF HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL ENABL-
ING LAW, PROVIDED THAT: (A) THE CLINICAL JUDGMENT, MANAGEMENT AND  CLIN-
ICAL  DECISION-MAKING  OF  ONE OR MORE ARTICLE 131 PROVIDERS IN AN INTE-
GRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
SHALL BE CONTROLLING, (B) MEMBERS NOT LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131 OF  THE
EDUCATION  LAW,  SHALL  NOT,  DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, INTERFERE WITH THE
CLINICAL JUDGMENT OR LEGITIMATE  CLINICAL  PRACTICE  OF  A  PROFESSIONAL
LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE 131, AND (C) INDIVIDUALS LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE
131 MAY NOT ORDER OR DIRECT A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF
THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE BEYOND THE SCOPE OF  HIS  OR  HER  LICENSE
UNDER  ARTICLE  132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EVEN IF SUPERVISED DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY BY A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131.
  S 7. Subdivision (a) of section 1203 of the limited liability  company
law,  as  amended by chapter 475 of the laws of 2014, is amended to read
as follows:
  (a) Notwithstanding the education law or any other provision  of  law,
one  or more professionals each of whom is authorized by law to render a
professional service within the state, or one or more professionals,  at
least  one of whom is authorized by law to render a professional service
within the state, may form,  or  cause  to  be  formed,  a  professional
service  limited liability company for pecuniary profit under this arti-
cle for the purpose of rendering the professional service or services as
such professionals are authorized to practice. With respect to a profes-
sional service limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide  medical
services  as  such  services are defined in article 131 of the education
law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be  licensed
pursuant  to  article  131  of the education law to practice medicine in
this state. With respect to a  professional  service  limited  liability
company  formed  to provide dental services as such services are defined
in article 133 of the education law, each member of such limited liabil-
ity company must be licensed pursuant to article 133  of  the  education
law  to practice dentistry in this state. With respect to a professional
service limited liability company formed to provide veterinary  services
as  such  services are defined in article 135 of the education law, each
member of such limited liability company must be  licensed  pursuant  to
article 135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this
state.  With respect to a professional service limited liability company
formed to provide professional engineering,  land  surveying,  architec-
tural,  landscape  architectural  and/or  geological  services  as  such
services are defined in article 145, article 147 and article 148 of  the
education  law,  each  member  of such limited liability company must be
licensed pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of  the
education law to practice one or more of such professions in this state.
With  respect to a professional service limited liability company formed
to provide licensed clinical social work services as such  services  are
defined in article 154 of the education law, each member of such limited

S. 6406--B                         100

liability  company  shall  be  licensed  pursuant  to article 154 of the
education law to practice licensed clinical social work in  this  state.
With  respect to a professional service limited liability company formed
to  provide  creative arts therapy services as such services are defined
in article 163 of the education law, each member of such limited liabil-
ity company must be licensed pursuant to article 163  of  the  education
law  to  practice creative arts therapy in this state. With respect to a
professional  service  limited  liability  company  formed  to   provide
marriage  and  family  therapy  services as such services are defined in
article 163 of the education law, each member of such limited  liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to
practice  marriage  and  family therapy in this state. With respect to a
professional service limited liability company formed to provide  mental
health  counseling  services as such services are defined in article 163
of the education law, each member of such limited liability company must
be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the  education  law  to  practice
mental  health  counseling in this state. With respect to a professional
service limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide  psychoanalysis
services  as  such  services are defined in article 163 of the education
law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be  licensed
pursuant  to article 163 of the education law to practice psychoanalysis
in this state. With respect to a professional service limited  liability
company  formed  to  provide  applied behavior analysis services as such
services are defined in article 167 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed or certified pursuant to
article 167 of the education law to practice applied  behavior  analysis
in   this   state.  In  addition  to  engaging  in  such  profession  or
professions, a professional service limited liability company may engage
in any other business or activities as  to  which  a  limited  liability
company  may  be  formed  under section two hundred one of this chapter.
Notwithstanding any other provision  of  this  section,  a  professional
service  limited  liability  company  (i) authorized to practice law may
only engage in another profession or  business  or  activities  or  (ii)
which  is  engaged in a profession or other business or activities other
than law may only engage in the practice  of  law,  to  the  extent  not
prohibited  by  any  other  law of this state or any rule adopted by the
appropriate appellate division of the supreme  court  or  the  court  of
appeals.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY  OTHER  PROVISION  OF  THIS SECTION, WITH
RESPECT TO A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY  FORMED  TO  PROVIDE  INTEGRATED,
MULTIDISCIPLINARY  MEDICAL  AND  CHIROPRACTIC SERVICES, AS SUCH SERVICES
ARE RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLES 131 AND  132  OF  THE  EDUCATION
LAW,  (I) EACH MEMBER OF SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY MUST BE LICENSED
PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 131 OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO  PRACTICE
HIS  OR  HER PROFESSION IN THIS STATE, (II) EACH MEMBER SHALL ONLY PRAC-
TICE HIS OR HER PROFESSION AS SPECIFIED IN HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFES-
SIONAL ENABLING STATUTE UNDER ARTICLE 131 OR ARTICLE 132 OF  THE  EDUCA-
TION  LAW,  AND (III) THE CLINICAL INTEGRATION OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES
WITHIN AN INTEGRATED,  MULTIDISCIPLINARY  ENTITY  ORGANIZED  UNDER  THIS
SECTION  DOES  NOT ALTER, EXPAND OR CURTAIL THE SCOPE OF PRACTICE OF ANY
OF THE INDIVIDUALS LICENSED UNDER THE STATUTE OF HIS OR  HER  RESPECTIVE
PROFESSIONAL  ENABLING  LAW,  PROVIDED  THAT: (A) THE CLINICAL JUDGMENT,
MANAGEMENT AND CLINICAL DECISION-MAKING  OF  ONE  OR  MORE  ARTICLE  131
PROVIDERS  IN  AN  INTEGRATED,  MULTIDISCIPLINARY  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY SHALL BE  CONTROLLING,  (B)  MEMBERS  LICENSED
UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL NOT, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECT-
LY, INTERFERE WITH THE CLINICAL JUDGMENT OR LEGITIMATE CLINICAL PRACTICE

S. 6406--B                         101

OF  A  PROFESSIONAL  LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE  131,  AND (C) INDIVIDUALS
LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131  MAY  NOT  ORDER  OR  DIRECT  A  PROFESSIONAL
LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE BEYOND THE
SCOPE OF HIS OR HER LICENSE UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EVEN
IF  SUPERVISED  DIRECTLY  OR INDIRECTLY BY A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER
ARTICLE 131.
  S 8. Subdivision (b) of section 1207 of the limited liability  company
law,  as  amended by chapter 475 of the laws of 2014, is amended to read
as follows:
  (b) With respect to a professional service limited  liability  company
formed to provide medical services as such services are defined in arti-
cle  131  of  the  education  law, each member of such limited liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 131 of the education law to
practice medicine in this state. With respect to a professional  service
limited  liability  company  formed  to  provide dental services as such
services are defined in article 133 of the education law, each member of
such limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to article  133
of  the  education law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect
to a professional service limited liability company  formed  to  provide
veterinary  services  as such services are defined in article 135 of the
education law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be
licensed pursuant to article 135 of the education law to practice veter-
inary  medicine  in  this  state. With respect to a professional service
limited liability company formed to  provide  professional  engineering,
land surveying, architectural, landscape architectural and/or geological
services  as  such  services are defined in article 145, article 147 and
article 148 of the education law, each member of such limited  liability
company  must  be  licensed  pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or
article 148 of the education  law  to  practice  one  or  more  of  such
professions in this state. With respect to a professional service limit-
ed  liability  company  formed  to provide licensed clinical social work
services as such services are defined in article 154  of  the  education
law,  each  member  of  such limited liability company shall be licensed
pursuant to article 154 of the education law to practice licensed  clin-
ical  social  work in this state. With respect to a professional service
limited liability  company  formed  to  provide  creative  arts  therapy
services  as  such  services are defined in article 163 of the education
law, each member of such limited  liability  company  must  be  licensed
pursuant  to  article 163 of the education law to practice creative arts
therapy in this state. With respect to a  professional  service  limited
liability company formed to provide marriage and family therapy services
as  such  services are defined in article 163 of the education law, each
member of such limited liability company must be  licensed  pursuant  to
article 163 of the education law to practice marriage and family therapy
in  this state. With respect to a professional service limited liability
company formed to provide mental  health  counseling  services  as  such
services are defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of
such  limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 163
of the education law to practice mental health counseling in this state.
With respect to a professional service limited liability company  formed
to provide psychoanalysis services as such services are defined in arti-
cle  163  of  the  education  law, each member of such limited liability
company must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to
practice psychoanalysis in this state. With respect  to  a  professional
service  limited  liability  company  formed to provide applied behavior
analysis services as such services are defined in  article  167  of  the

S. 6406--B                         102

education  law,  each  member  of such limited liability company must be
licensed or certified pursuant to article 167 of the  education  law  to
practice  applied  behavior analysis in this state.  NOTWITHSTANDING ANY
OTHER  PROVISION OF THIS SECTION, WITH RESPECT TO A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY FORMED TO PROVIDE  INTEGRATED,  MULTIDISCIPLI-
NARY MEDICAL AND CHIROPRACTIC SERVICES, AS SUCH SERVICES ARE RESPECTIVE-
LY  DEFINED  UNDER  ARTICLES  131 AND 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, (I) EACH
MEMBER OF SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY MUST BE  LICENSED  PURSUANT  TO
ARTICLE  131  OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE HIS OR HER
PROFESSION IN THIS STATE, (II) EACH MEMBER SHALL ONLY  PRACTICE  HIS  OR
HER PROFESSION AS SPECIFIED IN HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL ENABL-
ING  STATUTE  UNDER ARTICLE 131 OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, AND
(III) THE CLINICAL INTEGRATION OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES WITHIN AN INTE-
GRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY ENTITY ORGANIZED UNDER THIS SECTION  DOES  NOT
ALTER, EXPAND OR CURTAIL THE SCOPE OF PRACTICE OF ANY OF THE INDIVIDUALS
LICENSED  UNDER THE STATUTE OF HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL ENABL-
ING LAW, PROVIDED THAT: (A) THE CLINICAL JUDGMENT, MANAGEMENT AND  CLIN-
ICAL  DECISION-MAKING  OF  ONE OR MORE ARTICLE 131 PROVIDERS IN AN INTE-
GRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
SHALL BE CONTROLLING, (B) MEMBERS LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE  132  OF  THE
EDUCATION  LAW,  SHALL  NOT,  DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, INTERFERE WITH THE
CLINICAL JUDGMENT OR LEGITIMATE  CLINICAL  PRACTICE  OF  A  PROFESSIONAL
LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE 131, AND (C) INDIVIDUALS LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE
131 MAY NOT ORDER OR DIRECT A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF
THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE BEYOND THE SCOPE OF  HIS  OR  HER  LICENSE
UNDER  ARTICLE  132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EVEN IF SUPERVISED DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY BY A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131.
  S 9. Subdivision (a) of section 1301 of the limited liability  company
law,  as  amended by chapter 475 of the laws of 2014, is amended to read
as follows:
  (a) "Foreign professional service limited liability company"  means  a
professional  service  limited liability company, whether or not denomi-
nated as such, organized under the laws of  a  jurisdiction  other  than
this state, (i) each of whose members and managers, if any, is a profes-
sional  authorized  by  law to render a professional service within this
state and who is or has been engaged in the practice of such  profession
in  such professional service limited liability company or a predecessor
entity, or will engage in the practice of such profession in the profes-
sional service limited liability company within thirty days of the  date
such  professional becomes a member, or each of whose members and manag-
ers, if any, is a professional at least one of such members  is  author-
ized  by  law to render a professional service within this state and who
is or has been engaged in  the  practice  of  such  profession  in  such
professional  service limited liability company or a predecessor entity,
or will engage in the practice of such profession  in  the  professional
service  limited  liability  company within thirty days of the date such
professional becomes a member, or  (ii)  authorized  by,  or  holding  a
license,  certificate,  registration  or  permit issued by the licensing
authority pursuant to,  the  education  law  to  render  a  professional
service within this state; except that all members and managers, if any,
of  a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company  that
provides health services in this state shall be licensed in this  state.
With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability company
which provides veterinary services as such services are defined in arti-
cle  135  of the education law, each member of such foreign professional
service limited liability company shall be licensed pursuant to  article

S. 6406--B                         103

135  of  the education law to practice veterinary medicine. With respect
to a  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability  company  which
provides medical services as such services are defined in article 131 of
the  education  law,  each  member  of such foreign professional service
limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to  article  131  of
the education law to practice medicine in this state.  With respect to a
foreign  professional  service  limited liability company which provides
dental services as such services are  defined  in  article  133  of  the
education  law, each member of such foreign professional service limited
liability company must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of the educa-
tion law to practice dentistry in this state. With respect to a  foreign
professional  service  limited  liability company which provides profes-
sional engineering, land surveying, geologic architectural and/or  land-
scape  architectural  services  as  such services are defined in article
145, article 147 and article 148 of the education law,  each  member  of
such  foreign  professional  service  limited  liability company must be
licensed pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of  the
education law to practice one or more of such professions in this state.
With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability company
which  provides  licensed clinical social work services as such services
are defined in article 154 of the education law,  each  member  of  such
foreign professional service limited liability company shall be licensed
pursuant to article 154 of the education law to practice clinical social
work  in  this  state.  With  respect  to a foreign professional service
limited liability company which provides creative arts therapy  services
as  such  services are defined in article 163 of the education law, each
member of such foreign professional service  limited  liability  company
must  be  licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to prac-
tice creative arts therapy in this state.  With  respect  to  a  foreign
professional  service  limited liability company which provides marriage
and family therapy services as such services are defined in article  163
of  the  education law, each member of such foreign professional service
limited liability company must be licensed pursuant to  article  163  of
the education law to practice marriage and family therapy in this state.
With respect to a foreign professional service limited liability company
which  provides  mental  health counseling services as such services are
defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of such foreign
professional service limited liability company must be licensed pursuant
to article 163 of the education law to practice mental health counseling
in this state. With respect to a foreign  professional  service  limited
liability   company  which  provides  psychoanalysis  services  as  such
services are defined in article 163 of the education law, each member of
such foreign professional service  limited  liability  company  must  be
licensed  pursuant  to  article  163  of  the  education law to practice
psychoanalysis in this state. With respect  to  a  foreign  professional
service limited liability company which provides applied behavior analy-
sis  services  as such services are defined in article 167 of the educa-
tion law, each member  of  such  foreign  professional  service  limited
liability  company must be licensed or certified pursuant to article 167
of the education law to  practice  applied  behavior  analysis  in  this
state.  WITH RESPECT TO A FOREIGN PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY  FORMED  TO  PROVIDE  INTEGRATED, MULTI-DISCIPLINARY MEDICAL AND
CHIROPRACTIC SERVICES, AS SUCH SERVICES ARE RESPECTIVELY  DEFINED  UNDER
ARTICLE  131  AND  ARTICLE  132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, (I) EACH MEMBER OF
SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY MUST BE LICENSED PURSUANT TO ARTICLE  131
OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE HIS OR HER PROFESSION IN

S. 6406--B                         104

THIS  STATE,  (II) EACH MEMBER SHALL ONLY PRACTICE HIS OR HER PROFESSION
AS SPECIFIED IN HIS OR  HER  RESPECTIVE  PROFESSIONAL  ENABLING  STATUTE
UNDER  ARTICLE  131  OR  ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, AND (III) THE
CLINICAL  INTEGRATION  OF  PROFESSIONAL  PRACTICES WITHIN AN INTEGRATED,
MULTIDISCIPLINARY ENTITY ORGANIZED UNDER THIS SECTION  DOES  NOT  ALTER,
EXPAND  OR  CURTAIL  THE  SCOPE  OF  PRACTICE  OF ANY OF THE INDIVIDUALS
LICENSED UNDER THE STATUTE OF HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL  ENABL-
ING  LAW, PROVIDED THAT: (A) THE CLINICAL JUDGMENT, MANAGEMENT AND CLIN-
ICAL DECISION-MAKING OF ONE OR MORE ARTICLE 131 PROVIDERS  IN  AN  INTE-
GRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
SHALL  BE  CONTROLLING,  (B)  MEMBERS  LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE
EDUCATION LAW, SHALL NOT, DIRECTLY OR  INDIRECTLY,  INTERFERE  WITH  THE
CLINICAL  JUDGMENT  OR  LEGITIMATE  CLINICAL  PRACTICE OF A PROFESSIONAL
LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131, AND (C) INDIVIDUALS LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE
131 MAY NOT ORDER OR DIRECT A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF
THE  EDUCATION  LAW  TO  PRACTICE BEYOND THE SCOPE OF HIS OR HER LICENSE
UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EVEN IF SUPERVISED  DIRECTLY  OR
INDIRECTLY BY A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131.
  S  10.  Paragraph (a) of section 1503 of the business corporation law,
as amended by chapter 475 of the laws of 2014, is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (a)  Notwithstanding any other provision of law, (I) one or more indi-
viduals duly authorized by law to render the same  professional  service
within  the state may organize, or cause to be organized, a professional
service corporation for pecuniary profit  under  this  article  for  the
purpose  of  rendering the same professional service, except that one or
more individuals duly authorized by law to practice  professional  engi-
neering, architecture, landscape architecture, land surveying or geology
within  the state may organize, or cause to be organized, a professional
service corporation or a design  professional  service  corporation  for
pecuniary  profit  under  this article for the purpose of rendering such
professional services as such individuals are  authorized  to  practice,
AND, (II) ONE OR MORE INDIVIDUALS DULY LICENSED TO PRACTICE MEDICINE AND
ONE  OR  MORE  CHIROPRACTORS LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION
LAW, WHO MAY BE BOARD CERTIFIED OR QUALIFIED BY HIS  OR  HER  RESPECTIVE
PROFESSIONAL  SPECIALTY  BOARDS, MAY ORGANIZE, OR CAUSE TO BE ORGANIZED,
FOR BUSINESS PURPOSES ONLY,  A  MULTIDISCIPLINARY  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE
CORPORATION  FORMED  FOR  PECUNIARY  PROFIT  UNDER  THIS ARTICLE FOR THE
PURPOSE OF RENDERING INTEGRATED AND NON-INTEGRATED PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
WITHIN SUCH A CORPORATION AS SUCH INDIVIDUALS ARE AUTHORIZED TO PRACTICE
INDIVIDUALLY IN HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE  PROFESSIONS,  PROVIDED  THAT  THE
CLINICAL  INTEGRATION  OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES WITHIN AN ENTITY ORGAN-
IZED UNDER THIS SECTION DOES NOT ALTER, EXPAND OR CURTAIL THE  SCOPE  OF
PRACTICE  OF ANY OF THE INDIVIDUALS LICENSED UNDER THE STATUTE OF HIS OR
HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL ENABLING LAW; THAT  THE  CLINICAL  JUDGMENT,
MANAGEMENT  AND  CLINICAL  DECISION-MAKING  OF  ONE  OR MORE ARTICLE 131
PROVIDERS IN AN INTEGRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY PRACTICE SHALL BE CONTROL-
LING; THAT MEMBERS LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE  132  OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW,
SHALL  NOT, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, INTERFERE WITH THE CLINICAL JUDGMENT
OR LEGITIMATE CLINICAL PRACTICE OF A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE
131; AND THAT INDIVIDUALS LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131 MAY  NOT  ORDER  OR
DIRECT A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO
PRACTICE BEYOND THE SCOPE OF HIS OR HER LICENSE UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE
EDUCATION  LAW IN A PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, EVEN
IF SUPERVISED DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BY A  PROFESSIONAL  LICENSED  UNDER
ARTICLE 131.

S. 6406--B                         105

  S  11.  Subdivision (q) of section 121-1500 of the partnership law, as
amended by chapter 475 of the laws  of  2014,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (q)  Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed
to provide medical services in this state must be licensed  pursuant  to
article  131 of the education law to practice medicine in this state and
each partner of a registered limited  liability  partnership  formed  to
provide dental services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle  133 of the education law to practice dentistry in this state.  Each
partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed to  provide
veterinary  services  in this state must be licensed pursuant to article
135 of the education law to practice veterinary medicine in this  state.
Each  partner  of  a  registered limited liability partnership formed to
provide professional engineering, land surveying,  geological  services,
architectural and/or landscape architectural services in this state must
be  licensed  pursuant to article 145, article 147 and/or article 148 of
the education law to practice one or more of such  professions  in  this
state. Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership formed
to  provide licensed clinical social work services in this state must be
licensed pursuant to article 154 of the education law to practice  clin-
ical  social  work  in  this state. Each partner of a registered limited
liability partnership formed to provide creative arts  therapy  services
in  this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education
law to practice creative arts therapy in this state. Each partner  of  a
registered  limited liability partnership formed to provide marriage and
family therapy services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle 163 of the education law to practice marriage and family therapy  in
this  state.  Each partner of a registered limited liability partnership
formed to provide mental health counseling services in this  state  must
be  licensed  pursuant  to  article 163 of the education law to practice
mental health counseling in this state. Each  partner  of  a  registered
limited  liability partnership formed to provide psychoanalysis services
in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the  education
law  to  practice psychoanalysis in this state. Each partner of a regis-
tered limited liability partnership formed to provide  applied  behavior
analysis service in this state must be licensed or certified pursuant to
article  167  of the education law to practice applied behavior analysis
in this state.  EACH PARTNER OF A REGISTERED LIMITED LIABILITY  PARTNER-
SHIP FORMED TO PROVIDE INTEGRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY MEDICAL AND CHIROP-
RACTIC SERVICES, AS SUCH SERVICES ARE RESPECTIVELY DEFINED UNDER ARTICLE
131  AND ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, (I) MUST BE LICENSED PURSUANT
TO ARTICLE 131 OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO  PRACTICE  HIS  OR
HER  PROFESSION  IN  THIS  STATE,  (II)  SHALL  ONLY PRACTICE HIS OR HER
PROFESSION AS SPECIFIED IN HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE  PROFESSIONAL  ENABLING
STATUTE UNDER ARTICLE 131 OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, AND (III)
THE CLINICAL INTEGRATION OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES WITHIN AN INTEGRATED,
MULTI-DISCIPLINARY  ENTITY  ORGANIZED UNDER THIS SECTION DOES NOT ALTER,
EXPAND OR CURTAIL THE SCOPE  OF  PRACTICE  OF  ANY  OF  THE  INDIVIDUALS
LICENSED  UNDER THE STATUTE OF HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL ENABL-
ING LAW, PROVIDED THAT: (A) THE CLINICAL JUDGMENT, MANAGEMENT AND  CLIN-
ICAL  DECISION-MAKING  OF  ONE OR MORE ARTICLE 131 PROVIDERS IN AN INTE-
GRATED, MULTIDISCIPLINARY PROFESSIONAL SERVICE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
SHALL BE CONTROLLING, (B) MEMBERS LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE  132  OF  THE
EDUCATION  LAW,  SHALL  NOT,  DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, INTERFERE WITH THE
CLINICAL JUDGMENT OR LEGITIMATE  CLINICAL  PRACTICE  OF  A  PROFESSIONAL
LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE 131, AND (C) INDIVIDUALS LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE

S. 6406--B                         106

131 MAY NOT ORDER OR DIRECT A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF
THE EDUCATION LAW TO PRACTICE BEYOND THE SCOPE OF  HIS  OR  HER  LICENSE
UNDER  ARTICLE  132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EVEN IF SUPERVISED DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY BY A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131.
  S  12.  Subdivision (q) of section 121-1502 of the partnership law, as
amended by chapter 475 of the laws  of  2014,  is  amended  to  read  as
follows:
  (q)  Each  partner  of  a  foreign limited liability partnership which
provides medical services in this state must  be  licensed  pursuant  to
article  131  of the education law to practice medicine in the state and
each partner of a foreign limited liability partnership  which  provides
dental services in the state must be licensed pursuant to article 133 of
the education law to practice dentistry in this state. Each partner of a
foreign  limited liability partnership which provides veterinary service
in the state shall be licensed pursuant to article 135 of the  education
law  to  practice  veterinary  medicine in this state. Each partner of a
foreign limited liability partnership which provides professional  engi-
neering, land surveying, geological services, architectural and/or land-
scape  architectural services in this state must be licensed pursuant to
article 145, article 147 and/or article 148  of  the  education  law  to
practice  one  or  more  of  such professions. Each partner of a foreign
limited liability partnership which provides  licensed  clinical  social
work  services in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 154 of
the education law to practice licensed  clinical  social  work  in  this
state.  Each  partner  of  a foreign limited liability partnership which
provides creative arts therapy services in this state must  be  licensed
pursuant  to  article 163 of the education law to practice creative arts
therapy in this state. Each partner of a foreign limited liability part-
nership which provides marriage and  family  therapy  services  in  this
state  must  be licensed pursuant to article 163 of the education law to
practice marriage and family therapy in this state. Each  partner  of  a
foreign limited liability partnership which provides mental health coun-
seling  services  in this state must be licensed pursuant to article 163
of the education law to practice mental health counseling in this state.
Each partner of a foreign limited liability partnership  which  provides
psychoanalysis services in this state must be licensed pursuant to arti-
cle  163  of the education law to practice psychoanalysis in this state.
Each partner of a foreign limited liability partnership  which  provides
applied  behavior  analysis  services  in this state must be licensed or
certified pursuant to article 167  of  the  education  law  to  practice
applied  behavior  analysis  in  this state.   EACH PARTNER OF A FOREIGN
LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP FORMED TO PROVIDE INTEGRATED,  MULTIDISCI-
PLINARY  MEDICAL AND CHIROPRACTIC SERVICES, AS SUCH SERVICES ARE DEFINED
UNDER ARTICLE 131 OR ARTICLE 132 OF  THE  EDUCATION  LAW,  (I)  MUST  BE
LICENSED  PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 131 OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW TO
PRACTICE HIS OR HER PROFESSION IN THIS STATE, (II) SHALL  ONLY  PRACTICE
HIS OR HER PROFESSION AS SPECIFIED IN HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL
ENABLING  STATUTE UNDER ARTICLE 131 OR ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW,
AND (III) THE CLINICAL INTEGRATION OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES  WITHIN  AN
INTEGRATED,  MULTIDISCIPLINARY  ENTITY ORGANIZED UNDER THIS SECTION DOES
NOT ALTER, EXPAND OR CURTAIL THE SCOPE OF PRACTICE OF ANY OF  THE  INDI-
VIDUALS LICENSED UNDER THE STATUTE OF HIS OR HER RESPECTIVE PROFESSIONAL
ENABLING  LAW,  PROVIDED THAT: (A) THE CLINICAL JUDGMENT, MANAGEMENT AND
CLINICAL DECISION-MAKING OF ONE OR MORE  ARTICLE  131  PROVIDERS  IN  AN
INTEGRATED,  MULTIDISCIPLINARY  PROFESSIONAL  SERVICE  LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY SHALL BE CONTROLLING, (B) MEMBERS NOT LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131

S. 6406--B                         107

OF THE EDUCATION LAW, SHALL NOT, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, INTERFERE  WITH
THE  CLINICAL JUDGMENT OR LEGITIMATE CLINICAL PRACTICE OF A PROFESSIONAL
LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131, AND (C) INDIVIDUALS LICENSED  UNDER  ARTICLE
131 MAY NOT ORDER OR DIRECT A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF
THE  EDUCATION  LAW  TO  PRACTICE BEYOND THE SCOPE OF HIS OR HER LICENSE
UNDER ARTICLE 132 OF THE EDUCATION LAW, EVEN IF SUPERVISED  DIRECTLY  OR
INDIRECTLY BY A PROFESSIONAL LICENSED UNDER ARTICLE 131.
  S 13. Subdivision 1 of section 2801 of the public health law, as sepa-
rately  amended  by chapters 297 and 416 of the laws of 1983, is amended
to read as follows:
  1. "Hospital" means a facility or institution engaged  principally  in
providing services by or under the supervision of a physician or, in the
case  of  a  dental  clinic  or dental dispensary, of a dentist, for the
prevention, diagnosis or  treatment  of  human  disease,  pain,  injury,
deformity or physical condition, including, but not limited to, a gener-
al  hospital, public health center, diagnostic center, treatment center,
dental clinic, dental dispensary, rehabilitation  center  other  than  a
facility used solely for vocational rehabilitation, nursing home, tuber-
culosis  hospital,  chronic disease hospital, maternity hospital, lying-
in-asylum, out-patient department, out-patient lodge, dispensary  and  a
laboratory  or  central service facility serving one or more such insti-
tutions, but the term hospital shall not include an  institution,  sani-
tarium  or  other facility engaged principally in providing services for
the prevention, diagnosis or treatment of mental disability and which is
subject to the powers of visitation, examination, inspection and  inves-
tigation  of  the department of mental hygiene except for those distinct
parts of such a facility which provide hospital service. The  provisions
of  this  article  shall  not apply to a facility or institution engaged
principally in providing services by or under  the  supervision  of  the
bona  fide  members and adherents of a recognized religious organization
whose teachings include reliance on spiritual means through prayer alone
for healing in the practice of the religion  of  such  organization  and
where  services  are provided in accordance with those teachings OR TO A
BUSINESS  CORPORATION,  LIMITED  LIABILITY  CORPORATION  OR  PARTNERSHIP
BETWEEN  A  MEDICAL  DOCTOR  AND  A  DULY LICENSED TITLE VIII HEALTHCARE
PROFESSIONAL.
  S 14. Subdivision 19 of section 6530 of the education law, as added by
chapter 606 of the laws of 1991, is amended to read as follows:
  19. Permitting any person  to  share  in  the  fees  for  professional
services,  other  than: a partner, employee, associate in a professional
firm or corporation, professional subcontractor or consultant authorized
to practice medicine, or a legally authorized trainee  practicing  under
the  supervision  of a licensee OR A CHIROPRACTOR PROVIDING PROFESSIONAL
SERVICES IN THE SAME PRACTICE.    This  prohibition  shall  include  any
arrangement  or  agreement  whereby  the  amount received in payment for
furnishing space, facilities, equipment or personnel services used by  a
licensee  constitutes  a  percentage of, or is otherwise dependent upon,
the income or receipts of the licensee from  such  practice,  except  as
otherwise  provided  by law with respect to a facility licensed pursuant
to article twenty-eight of the public health law or article thirteen  of
the mental hygiene law;
  S  15.  Section 6509-a of the education law, as amended by chapter 555
of the laws of 1993, is amended to read as follows:
  S 6509-a. Additional definition of  professional  misconduct;  limited
application.  Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of this article
or  of any other provision of law to the contrary, the license or regis-

S. 6406--B                         108

tration of a person subject to the provisions of  articles  one  hundred
thirty-two,  one  hundred  thirty-three,  one  hundred  thirty-six,  one
hundred thirty-seven, one hundred thirty-nine,  one  hundred  forty-one,
one  hundred forty-three, one hundred forty-four, one hundred fifty-six,
one hundred fifty-nine and one hundred sixty-four of this chapter may be
revoked, suspended or annulled or such person  may  be  subject  to  any
other  penalty  provided  in  section  sixty-five hundred eleven of this
article in accordance with the provisions and procedure of this  article
for the following:
  That any person subject to the above enumerated articles, has directly
or  indirectly  requested,  received  or  participated  in the division,
transference, assignment, rebate, splitting or refunding of a  fee  for,
or  has directly requested, received or profited by means of a credit or
other valuable consideration as a commission, discount  or  gratuity  in
connection with the furnishing of professional care, or service, includ-
ing  x-ray  examination  and treatment, or for or in connection with the
sale, rental, supplying or furnishing of clinical laboratory services or
supplies, x-ray laboratory  services  or  supplies,  inhalation  therapy
service  or  equipment, ambulance service, hospital or medical supplies,
physiotherapy or other  therapeutic  service  or  equipment,  artificial
limbs,  teeth  or  eyes,  orthopedic or surgical appliances or supplies,
optical appliances, supplies or equipment, devices for aid  of  hearing,
drugs,  medication  or  medical supplies or any other goods, services or
supplies prescribed for medical diagnosis, care or treatment under  this
chapter,  except  payment,  not to exceed thirty-three and one-third per
centum of any fee received for x-ray examination,  diagnosis  or  treat-
ment,  to any hospital furnishing facilities for such examination, diag-
nosis or treatment.  Nothing contained in this  section  shall  prohibit
such persons from practicing as partners, in groups or as a professional
corporation  or  as  a  university faculty practice corporation nor from
pooling fees and moneys received, either by  the  partnerships,  profes-
sional  corporations, university faculty practice corporations or groups
by the individual members thereof, for professional  services  furnished
by  any individual professional member, or employee of such partnership,
corporation or group, nor shall the professionals constituting the part-
nerships, corporations or groups be prohibited from sharing, dividing or
apportioning the fees and moneys received by them or by the partnership,
corporation or group in accordance with a partnership  or  other  agree-
ment;  provided  that  no  such practice as partners, corporations or in
groups or pooling of fees or moneys  received  or  shared,  division  or
apportionment of fees shall be permitted with respect to care and treat-
ment  under the workers' compensation law except as expressly authorized
by the workers' compensation law.   NOTHING CONTAINED IN  THIS  SECTION,
SHALL  PROHIBIT  A  MULTIDISCIPLINARY  MEDICAL AND CHIROPRACTIC PRACTICE
FORMED PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION (A) OR  (B)  OF  SECTION  TWELVE  HUNDRED
THREE  OF  THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY LAW, SUBDIVISION (A) OF SECTION
THIRTEEN HUNDRED ONE OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY LAW, PARAGRAPH (A)
OF SECTION FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAW, SUBDI-
VISION (Q) OF SECTION 121-1500 OF THE PARTNERSHIP  LAW,  OR  SUBDIVISION
(Q)  OF  SECTION  121-1502  OF  THE PARTNERSHIP LAW FROM POOLING FEES OR
MONIES RECEIVED. Nothing contained in  this  chapter  shall  prohibit  a
medical or dental expense indemnity corporation pursuant to its contract
with the subscriber from prorationing a medical or dental expense indem-
nity  allowance  among  two  or  more professionals in proportion to the
services rendered by each  such  professional  at  the  request  of  the
subscriber,  provided  that  prior to payment thereof such professionals

S. 6406--B                         109

shall submit both to the medical or dental expense indemnity corporation
and to the subscriber statements itemizing the services rendered by each
such professional and the charges therefor.
  S  16. Section 6531 of the education law, as amended by chapter 555 of
the laws of 1993, is amended to read as follows:
  S 6531. Additional  definition  of  professional  misconduct,  limited
application.  Notwithstanding any inconsistent provision of this article
or any other provisions of law to the contrary, the license or registra-
tion  of  a person subject to the provisions of this article and article
one hundred thirty-one-B of this chapter may be revoked,  suspended,  or
annulled  or such person may be subject to any other penalty provided in
section two hundred thirty-a of the public health law in accordance with
the provisions and procedures of this article for the following:
  That any person subject to the above-enumerated articles has  directly
or  indirectly  requested,  received  or  participated  in the division,
transference, assignment, rebate, splitting, or refunding of a fee  for,
or  has directly requested, received or profited by means of a credit or
other valuable consideration as a commission, discount or  gratuity,  in
connection  with the furnishing of professional care or service, includ-
ing x-ray examination and treatment, or for or in  connection  with  the
sale,  rental,  supplying, or furnishing of clinical laboratory services
or supplies, x-ray laboratory services or supplies,  inhalation  therapy
service  or  equipment, ambulance service, hospital or medical supplies,
physiotherapy or other  therapeutic  service  or  equipment,  artificial
limbs,  teeth  or  eyes,  orthopedic or surgical appliances or supplies,
optical appliances, supplies, or equipment, devices for aid of  hearing,
drugs, medication, or medical supplies, or any other goods, services, or
supplies prescribed for medical diagnosis, care, or treatment under this
chapter,  except  payment,  not  to  exceed  thirty-three  and one-third
percent of any fee received for x-ray examination, diagnosis, or  treat-
ment,  to any hospital furnishing facilities for such examination, diag-
nosis, or treatment. Nothing contained in this  section  shall  prohibit
such persons from practicing as partners, in groups or as a professional
corporation  or  as  a university faculty practice corporation, nor from
pooling fees and moneys received, either by  the  partnerships,  profes-
sional  corporations,  or  university  faculty  practice corporations or
groups by the individual  members  thereof,  for  professional  services
furnished  by  an  individual  professional  member, or employee of such
partnership, corporation, or group, nor shall the professionals  consti-
tuting the partnerships, corporations or groups be prohibited from shar-
ing,  dividing,  or apportioning the fees and moneys received by them or
by the partnership, corporation, or group in accordance with a  partner-
ship  or  other  agreement;  provided that no such practice as partners,
corporations, or groups, or  pooling  of  fees  or  moneys  received  or
shared,  division  or  apportionment  of  fees  shall  be permitted with
respect to and treatment under the workers'  compensation  law.  NOTHING
CONTAINED  IN  THIS  SECTION, SHALL PROHIBIT A MULTIDISCIPLINARY MEDICAL
AND CHIROPRACTIC PRACTICE FORMED PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION (A) OR  (B)  OF
SECTION  TWELVE  HUNDRED  THREE  OF  THE  LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY LAW,
SUBDIVISION (A) OF SECTION THIRTEEN HUNDRED ONE OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY
COMPANY LAW, PARAGRAPH (A) OF SECTION FIFTEEN HUNDRED THREE OF THE BUSI-
NESS CORPORATION LAW, SUBDIVISION (Q) OF SECTION 121-1500 OF  THE  PART-
NERSHIP  LAW,  OR SUBDIVISION (Q) OF SECTION 121-1502 OF THE PARTNERSHIP
LAW FROM POOLING FEES OR MONIES  RECEIVED.  Nothing  contained  in  this
chapter  shall  prohibit  a  corporation  licensed  pursuant  to article
forty-three of the insurance law  pursuant  to  its  contract  with  the

S. 6406--B                         110

subscribed  from  prorationing  a  medical  or dental expenses indemnity
allowance among two or more professionals in proportion to the  services
rendered  by  each  such  professional at the request of the subscriber,
provided  that  prior to payment thereof such professionals shall submit
both to the corporation licensed pursuant to article forty-three of  the
insurance  law  and  to the subscriber statements itemizing the services
rendered by each such professional and the charges therefor.
  S 17. This act shall take effect on the thirtieth day after  it  shall
have  became  a law; provided, however that sections seven, eight, nine,
ten, eleven and twelve of this act shall take effect on  the  same  date
and in the same manner as section 28 of chapter 475 of the laws of 2014,
takes effect.

                                 PART Y

  Section  1. The private housing finance law is amended by adding a new
article 28 to read as follows:
                             ARTICLE XXVIII
                  RURAL MOBILE HOME REPLACEMENT PROGRAM
SECTION 1240. STATEMENT OF LEGISLATIVE FINDINGS AND PURPOSE.
        1241. DEFINITIONS.
        1242. RURAL MOBILE HOME REPLACEMENT CONTRACTS.
  S 1240. STATEMENT OF LEGISLATIVE FINDINGS AND PURPOSE. THE LEGISLATURE
HEREBY FINDS AND DECLARES THAT THERE EXISTS IN NEW YORK STATE A  SERIOUS
NEED  TO ELIMINATE OLDER, DILAPIDATED MOBILE HOMES AND REPLACE THEM WITH
NEW MODULAR OR STICK-BUILT HOMES ON SITE. OLDER MOBILE HOME  UNITS  WITH
RUSTED, LEAKING METAL ROOFS, METAL-FRAMED WINDOWS WITH INTERIOR TAKE-OUT
STORMS,  AND  METAL  SIDING,  ARE  THOSE  THAT MOST NEED REPLACEMENT. NO
MATTER THE AMOUNT OF REHABILITATION INVESTMENT, THE END RESULT IS UNSAT-
ISFACTORY IN TERMS OF LONGEVITY, ENERGY  EFFICIENCY  AND  AFFORDABILITY.
THE  LEGISLATURE  THEREFORE  FINDS  THAT, IN RURAL AREAS OF THE STATE, A
PROGRAM SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED TO FUND THE REPLACEMENT  OF  MOBILE  HOMES
WITH NEW AFFORDABLE AND ENERGY EFFICIENT MODULAR OR STICK-BUILT HOMES.
  S 1241. DEFINITIONS.  FOR  THE  PURPOSES OF THIS ARTICLE THE FOLLOWING
TERMS SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MEANINGS:
  1. "CORPORATION" SHALL MEAN THE HOUSING TRUST FUND CORPORATION  ESTAB-
LISHED IN SECTION FORTY-FIVE-A OF THIS CHAPTER.
  2.  "RURAL  MOBILE HOME REPLACEMENT PROGRAM" OR "PROGRAM" SHALL MEAN A
PROPOSAL BY AN ELIGIBLE APPLICANT FOR THE REPLACEMENT OF  A  DILAPIDATED
MOBILE HOME IN A RURAL AREA WITH A NEW MODULAR OR STICK-BUILT HOME.
  3.  "RURAL  AREA  OF  THE STATE" SHALL MEAN CITIES, TOWNS AND VILLAGES
HAVING A POPULATION OF LESS THAN TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND AS  DETERMINED  BY
THE LAST FEDERAL DECENNIAL CENSUS.
  4.  "ELIGIBLE  APPLICANT"  SHALL MEAN A PERSON WHO OWNS AND LIVES IN A
DILAPIDATED MOBILE HOME THAT IS AT LEAST TEN YEARS OLD, ON LAND THAT THE
APPLICANT OWNS, WITH THE DEED IN THE APPLICANT'S NAME.
  5. "ELIGIBLE PROPERTY" SHALL MEAN A MOBILE HOME IN A RURAL  AREA  THAT
IS  THE PRIMARY RESIDENCE OF A PERSON WITH A TOTAL HOUSEHOLD INCOME THAT
DOES NOT EXCEED EIGHTY PERCENT OF AREA MEDIAN INCOME FOR THE  COUNTY  IN
WHICH A PROJECT IS LOCATED AS CALCULATED BY THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT
OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT.
  S 1242. RURAL MOBILE HOME REPLACEMENT CONTRACTS. 1. ASSISTANCE. WITHIN
AMOUNTS  APPROPRIATED OR OTHERWISE AVAILABLE THEREFOR, THE HOUSING TRUST
FUND CORPORATION SHALL  DEVELOP  AND  ADMINISTER  A  RURAL  MOBILE  HOME
REPLACEMENT PROGRAM WHICH SHALL PROVIDE ASSISTANCE IN THE FORM OF GRANTS

S. 6406--B                         111

TO AN ELIGIBLE APPLICANT FOR THE REPLACEMENT OF DILAPIDATED MOBILE HOMES
IN RURAL AREAS OF THE STATE.
  2.  PROGRAM CRITERIA. THE CORPORATION SHALL DEVELOP PROCEDURES, CRITE-
RIA AND REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO THE APPLICATION AND  AWARD  OF  PROJECTS
PURSUANT  TO  THIS  SECTION  WHICH  SHALL INCLUDE:   ELIGIBILITY, MARKET
DEMAND, FEASIBILITY AND  FUNDING  CRITERIA;  THE  FUNDING  DETERMINATION
PROCESS;  SUPERVISION  AND EVALUATION OF CONTRACTING APPLICANTS; REPORT-
ING, BUDGETING AND RECORD-KEEPING REQUIREMENTS; PROVISIONS FOR MODIFICA-
TION AND TERMINATION OF CONTRACTS; AND SUCH OTHER MATTERS NOT INCONSIST-
ENT WITH THE PURPOSES AND PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE AS THE  CORPORATION
SHALL DEEM NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE. THE CORPORATION SHALL REQUIRE THAT,
IN  ORDER  TO  RECEIVE  A  GRANT  PURSUANT TO THIS ARTICLE, THE ELIGIBLE
APPLICANT SHALL HAVE NO LIENS ON THE LAND AFTER CLOSING THE GRANT  OTHER
THAN  THE  NEW  HOME  FINANCING AND CURRENTLY EXISTING MORTGAGE OR MORT-
GAGES; ALL PROPERTY TAXES AND INSURANCES MUST BE  CURRENT;  ONE  HUNDRED
PERCENT  GRANTS  IN  THE  FORM  OF  DEFERRED PAYMENT LOANS (DPL) WILL BE
PROVIDED. A TEN YEAR DECLINING BALANCE LIEN IN THE FORM OF  A  NOTE  AND
MORTGAGE,  DULY FILED AT THE COUNTY CLERK'S OFFICE, WILL BE UTILIZED FOR
STICK-BUILT REPLACEMENT  PROJECTS.  NO  INTEREST  OR  PAYMENTS  WILL  BE
REQUIRED  ON  THE  DPL UNLESS THE PROPERTY IS SOLD OR TRANSFERRED BEFORE
THE REGULATORY TERM EXPIRES. IN SUCH CASES FUNDS WILL BE RECAPTURED FROM
THE PROCEEDS OF THE SALE OF THE HOME,  ON  A  DECLINING  BALANCE  BASIS,
UNLESS  AN INCOME-ELIGIBLE IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER ACCEPTS OWNERSHIP OF,
AND RESIDES IN THE HOME FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE  REGULATORY  TERM.  THE
ELIGIBLE APPLICANT MUST AGREE TO ATTEND AN APPROVED HOMEOWNERSHIP TRAIN-
ING PROGRAM FOR POST-PURCHASE, CREDIT/BUDGET, AND HOME MAINTENANCE COUN-
SELING AS PART OF THE APPLICATION PROCESS.
  3.  FUNDING  CRITERIA.  THE  TOTAL  PAYMENT  PURSUANT TO ANY ONE GRANT
CONTRACT SHALL NOT EXCEED SEVENTY-FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS AND THE CONTRACT
SHALL PROVIDE FOR COMPLETION OF THE PROGRAM WITHIN A REASONABLE  PERIOD,
AS SPECIFIED THEREIN, NOT TO EXCEED FOUR YEARS.
  4.  FUNDING  AND ANNUAL REPORT. THE CORPORATION IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION
SHALL AUTHORIZE ALL FUNDING DECISIONS AND MAKE ALL AWARD  ANNOUNCEMENTS.
THE  CORPORATION  SHALL, ON OR BEFORE DECEMBER THIRTY-FIRST IN EACH YEAR
SUBMIT A REPORT TO THE LEGISLATURE ON THE IMPLEMENTATION OF  THIS  ARTI-
CLE.  SUCH  REPORT  SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, FOR EACH AWARD
MADE TO A GRANTEE UNDER THIS  ARTICLE:  A  DESCRIPTION  OF  SUCH  AWARD;
CONTRACT  AMOUNT AND CUMULATIVE TOTAL; AND SUCH OTHER INFORMATION AS THE
CORPORATION DEEMS PERTINENT.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART Z

  Section 1. Paragraph (n) of subdivision 2 of section 2 of chapter  274
of  the  laws  of  1946, constituting the emergency housing rent control
law, as amended by section 7 of part A of chapter  20  of  the  laws  of
2015, is amended to read as follows:
  (n)  any  housing  accommodation  with  a maximum rent of two thousand
dollars or more per month at any time between the effective date of this
paragraph and October first, nineteen hundred ninety-three which  is  or
becomes vacant on or after the effective date of this paragraph; or, for
any housing accommodation with a maximum rent of two thousand dollars or
more  per  month  at any time on or after the effective date of the rent
regulation reform act of 1997 and before the effective date of the  rent
act  of  2011, which is or becomes vacant on or after the effective date
of the rent regulation reform act of 1997 and before the effective  date

S. 6406--B                         112

of the rent act of 2011. This exclusion shall apply regardless of wheth-
er the next tenant in occupancy or any subsequent tenant in occupancy is
charged  or  pays  less  than  two thousand dollars a month; or, for any
housing  accommodation  with a maximum rent of two thousand five hundred
dollars or more per month at any time on or after the effective date  of
the rent act of 2011, which is or becomes vacant on or after such effec-
tive  date, but prior to the effective date of the rent act of 2015; or,
any housing accommodation with a legal regulated rent [that was] OF  two
thousand seven hundred dollars or more per month at any time on or after
the  effective  date of the rent act of 2015, which becomes vacant after
the effective date of the rent act  of  2015,  provided,  however,  that
starting  on January 1, 2016, and annually thereafter, the maximum legal
regulated rent for this deregulation threshold, shall also be  increased
by  the  same percentage as the most recent one year renewal adjustment,
adopted by the applicable rent guidelines board.  This  exclusion  shall
apply  regardless  of whether the next tenant in occupancy or any subse-
quent tenant in occupancy actually is charged  or  pays  less  than  two
thousand  seven  hundred  dollars,  as  adjusted  by the applicable rent
guidelines board, per month. An exclusion  pursuant  to  this  paragraph
shall not apply, however, to or become effective with respect to housing
accommodations which the commissioner determines or finds that the land-
lord or any person acting on his or her behalf, with intent to cause the
tenant  to  vacate, has engaged in any course of conduct (including, but
not limited to, interruption or  discontinuance  of  required  services)
which  interfered with or disturbed or was intended to interfere with or
disturb the comfort, repose, peace or quiet of the tenant in his or  her
use  or  occupancy  of the housing accommodations and in connection with
such course of conduct, any other general enforcement provision of  this
law shall also apply.
  S  2. Paragraph 13 of subdivision a of section 5 of section 4 of chap-
ter  576  of  the  laws  of  1974,  constituting  the  emergency  tenant
protection act of nineteen seventy-four, as amended by section 8 of part
A of chapter 20 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  (13)  any  housing  accommodation  with  a legal regulated rent of two
thousand dollars or more per month at any  time  between  the  effective
date  of this paragraph and October first, nineteen hundred ninety-three
which is or becomes vacant on or after the effective date of this  para-
graph;  or, for any housing accommodation with a legal regulated rent of
two thousand dollars or more per month at  any  time  on  or  after  the
effective  date of the rent regulation reform act of 1997 and before the
effective date of the rent act of 2011, which is or becomes vacant on or
after the effective date of the rent regulation reform act of  1997  and
before  the effective date of the rent act of 2011. This exclusion shall
apply regardless of whether the next tenant in occupancy or  any  subse-
quent  tenant  in  occupancy  is  charged or pays less than two thousand
dollars a month; or, for any housing accommodation with  a  legal  regu-
lated rent of two thousand five hundred dollars or more per month at any
time on or after the effective date of the rent act of 2011, which is or
becomes  vacant on or after such effective date, but prior to the effec-
tive date of the rent act of 2015; or, any housing accommodation with  a
legal regulated rent [that was] OF two thousand seven hundred dollars or
more  per  month  at any time on or after the effective date of the rent
act of 2015, which becomes vacant after the effective date of  the  rent
act  of  2015,  provided, however, that starting on January 1, 2016, and
annually thereafter, the maximum legal regulated rent for  this  deregu-
lation  threshold, shall also be increased by the same percentage as the

S. 6406--B                         113

most recent one year renewal adjustment, adopted by the applicable  rent
guidelines  board.  An  exclusion pursuant to this paragraph shall apply
regardless of whether the next tenant in  occupancy  or  any  subsequent
tenant  in  occupancy actually is charged or pays less than two thousand
seven hundred dollars a  month.  Provided  however,  that  an  exclusion
pursuant  to  this  paragraph  shall not apply to housing accommodations
which became or become subject to this act (a) by  virtue  of  receiving
tax  benefits  pursuant  to  section  four  hundred twenty-one-a or four
hundred eighty-nine of the real property tax law,  except  as  otherwise
provided  in  subparagraph  (i)  of  paragraph (f) of subdivision two of
section four hundred twenty-one-a of the real property tax law,  or  (b)
by  virtue  of  article seven-C of the multiple dwelling law. This para-
graph shall not apply, however, to or become effective with  respect  to
housing  accommodations  which the commissioner determines or finds that
the landlord or any person acting on his or her behalf, with  intent  to
cause  the  tenant  to  vacate,  has  engaged  in  any course of conduct
(including, but  not  limited  to,  interruption  or  discontinuance  of
required services) which interfered with or disturbed or was intended to
interfere  with  or  disturb  the comfort, repose, peace or quiet of the
tenant in his or her use or occupancy of the housing accommodations  and
in connection with such course of conduct, any other general enforcement
provision of this act shall also apply.
  S  3.  Subparagraph  (k)  of  paragraph  2 of subdivision e of section
26-403 of the administrative code of the city of New York, as amended by
section 9 of part A of chapter 20 of the laws of  2015,  is  amended  to
read as follows:
  (k)  Any  housing accommodation which becomes vacant on or after April
first, nineteen hundred ninety-seven and before the  effective  date  of
the  rent  act  of  2011,  and where at the time the tenant vacated such
housing accommodation the maximum rent was two thousand dollars or  more
per  month; or, for any housing accommodation which is or becomes vacant
on or after the effective date of the rent regulation reform act of 1997
and before the effective date of the rent act of  2011  with  a  maximum
rent  of  two  thousand  dollars or more per month. This exclusion shall
apply regardless of whether the next tenant in occupancy or  any  subse-
quent  tenant  in  occupancy  is  charged or pays less than two thousand
dollars a month; or, for any housing accommodation with a  maximum  rent
of two thousand five hundred dollars or more per month at any time on or
after  the  effective  date of the rent act of 2011, which is or becomes
vacant on or after such effective date, but prior to the effective  date
of  the  rent  act  of  2015; or, any housing accommodation with a legal
regulated rent [that was] OF two thousand seven hundred dollars or  more
per  month at any time on or after the effective date of the rent act of
2015, which becomes vacant after the effective date of the rent  act  of
2015,  provided, however, that starting on January 1, 2016, and annually
thereafter, the maximum  legal  regulated  rent  for  this  deregulation
threshold,  shall  also  be  increased  by  the same percent as the most
recent one year renewal adjustment, adopted by the New  York  city  rent
guidelines  board pursuant to the rent stabilization law. This exclusion
shall apply regardless of whether the next tenant in  occupancy  or  any
subsequent tenant in occupancy actually is charged or pays less than two
thousand seven hundred dollars a month. Provided however, that an exclu-
sion  pursuant  to this subparagraph shall not apply to housing accommo-
dations which became or become subject to this law by virtue of  receiv-
ing  tax  benefits  pursuant  to section four hundred eighty-nine of the
real property tax law. This subparagraph shall not apply, however, to or

S. 6406--B                         114

become effective  with  respect  to  housing  accommodations  which  the
commissioner  determines or finds that the landlord or any person acting
on his or her behalf, with intent to cause the  tenant  to  vacate,  has
engaged  in any course of conduct (including, but not limited to, inter-
ruption or discontinuance of required services) which interfered with or
disturbed or was intended to interfere  with  or  disturb  the  comfort,
repose,  peace  or quiet of the tenant in his or her use or occupancy of
the housing  accommodations  and  in  connection  with  such  course  of
conduct,  any other general enforcement provision of this law shall also
apply.
  S 4. Section 26-504.2 of the administrative code of the  city  of  New
York,  as  amended  by section 10 of part A of chapter 20 of the laws of
2015, is amended to read as follows:
  S 26-504.2 Exclusion of high rent accommodations. a. "Housing accommo-
dations" shall not include:  any  housing  accommodation  which  becomes
vacant on or after April first, nineteen hundred ninety-seven and before
the  effective  date  of  the rent act of 2011 and where at the time the
tenant vacated such housing accommodation the legal regulated  rent  was
two  thousand  dollars  or  more per month; or, for any housing accommo-
dation which is or becomes vacant on or after the effective date of  the
rent  regulation reform act of 1997 and before the effective date of the
rent act of 2011, with a legal regulated rent of two thousand dollars or
more per month; or for any housing accommodation that becomes vacant  on
or after the effective date of the rent act of 2015, [where such] WITH A
legal  regulated  rent  [was]  OF  two thousand seven hundred dollars or
more, and as further adjusted by this section. Starting  on  January  1,
2016, and annually thereafter, the maximum legal regulated rent for this
deregulation  threshold,  shall also be increased by the same percent as
the most recent one year renewal adjustment, adopted  by  the  New  York
city  rent guidelines board pursuant to the rent stabilization law. This
exclusion shall apply regardless of whether the next tenant in occupancy
or any subsequent tenant in occupancy is charged or pays less  than  two
thousand dollars a month; or, for any housing accommodation with a legal
regulated rent of two thousand five hundred dollars or more per month at
any  time  on or after the effective date of the rent act of 2011, which
is or becomes vacant on or after such effective date, but prior  to  the
effective  date  of  the rent act of 2015; or, any housing accommodation
with a legal regulated rent [that was] OF  two  thousand  seven  hundred
dollars  or more per month at any time on or after the effective date of
the rent act of 2015, which becomes vacant after the effective  date  of
the  rent  act  of  2015, provided, however, that starting on January 1,
2016, and annually thereafter, such legal regulated rent for this dereg-
ulation threshold, shall also be increased by the same percentage as the
most recent one year renewal adjustment, adopted by the  New  York  city
rent  guidelines board. This exclusion shall apply regardless of whether
the next tenant in occupancy or any subsequent tenant in occupancy actu-
ally is charged or pays less than two thousand seven hundred dollars, as
adjusted by the applicable rent  guidelines  board,  a  month.  Provided
however,  that an exclusion pursuant to this subdivision shall not apply
to housing accommodations which became or become subject to this law (a)
by virtue of receiving tax benefits pursuant  to  section  four  hundred
twenty-one-a  or  four hundred eighty-nine of the real property tax law,
except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (i)  of  paragraph  (f)  of
subdivision two of section four hundred twenty-one-a of the real proper-
ty tax law, or (b) by virtue of article seven-C of the multiple dwelling
law.  This section shall not apply, however, to or become effective with

S. 6406--B                         115

respect to housing accommodations which the commissioner  determines  or
finds  that the landlord or any person acting on his or her behalf, with
intent to cause the tenant to vacate, engaged in any course  of  conduct
(including,  but  not  limited  to,  interruption  or  discontinuance of
required services) which interfered with or disturbed or was intended to
interfere with or disturb the comfort, repose, peace  or  quiet  of  the
tenant  in his or her use or occupancy of the housing accommodations and
in connection with such course of conduct, any other general enforcement
provision of this law shall also apply.
  b. The owner of any housing accommodation that is not subject to  this
law  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  subdivision a of this section or
subparagraph k of paragraph 2 of subdivision e of section 26-403 of this
code shall give written notice certified by  such  owner  to  the  first
tenant  of  that  housing accommodation after such housing accommodation
becomes exempt from the provisions of this law  or  the  city  rent  and
rehabilitation  law.  Such notice shall contain the last regulated rent,
the reason that such housing accommodation is not subject to this law or
the city rent and rehabilitation law, a calculation of  how  either  the
rental  amount  charged  when  there  is  no  lease or the rental amount
provided for in the lease has been derived so as to reach  two  thousand
dollars  or  more per month or, for a housing accommodation with a legal
regulated rent or maximum rent of two thousand five hundred  dollars  or
more  per  month on or after the effective date of the rent act of 2011,
and before the effective date of the rent  act  of  2015,  which  is  or
becomes  vacant on or after such effective date, whether the next tenant
in occupancy or any subsequent tenant in occupancy actually  is  charged
or pays less than a legal regulated rent or maximum rent of two thousand
five  hundred  dollars  or more per month, or two thousand seven hundred
dollars or more, per month, starting on January 1,  2016,  and  annually
thereafter,  the  maximum  legal  regulated  rent  for this deregulation
threshold, shall also be increased by  the  same  percent  as  the  most
recent  one  year  renewal adjustment, adopted by the New York city rent
guidelines board pursuant to the rent  stabilization  law,  a  statement
that  the  last legal regulated rent or the maximum rent may be verified
by the tenant by contacting the state division of housing and  community
renewal,  or any successor thereto, and the address and telephone number
of such agency, or any successor thereto. Such notice shall be  sent  by
certified  mail  within thirty days after the tenancy commences or after
the signing of the lease by both  parties,  whichever  occurs  first  or
shall  be  delivered to the tenant at the signing of the lease. In addi-
tion, the owner shall send and certify to  the  tenant  a  copy  of  the
registration  statement  for  such  housing accommodation filed with the
state division of housing and community  renewal  indicating  that  such
housing  accommodation  became exempt from the provisions of this law or
the city rent and rehabilitation law, which form shall include the  last
regulated rent, and shall be sent to the tenant within thirty days after
the  tenancy  commences  or  the  filing of such registration, whichever
occurs later.
  S 5. Paragraph 14 of subdivision c of section 26-511 of  the  adminis-
trative code of the city of New York, as amended by section 12 of part A
of chapter 20 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  (14) provides that where the amount of rent charged to and paid by the
tenant  is  less  than the legal regulated rent for the housing accommo-
dation, the amount of rent for such housing accommodation which  may  be
charged  upon renewal or upon vacancy thereof, may, at the option of the
owner, be based upon such previously established legal  regulated  rent,

S. 6406--B                         116

as  adjusted  by the most recent applicable guidelines increases and any
other increases authorized by law. Such housing accommodation  shall  be
excluded  from  the provisions of this code pursuant to section 26-504.2
of  this  chapter  when, subsequent to vacancy: (i) such legal regulated
rent [prior to vacancy] is two thousand five hundred dollars per  month,
or  more,  for any housing accommodation that is or becomes vacant after
the effective date of the rent act of 2011 but prior  to  the  effective
date  of  the  rent act of 2015 or (ii) such legal regulated rent is two
thousand seven hundred dollars per month or more, provided, however that
on January 1, 2016, and annually thereafter, the maximum legal regulated
rent for this deregulation threshold  shall  be  adjusted  by  the  same
percentage as the most recent one year renewal adjustment as adjusted by
the  relevant  rent guidelines board, for any housing accommodation that
is or becomes vacant on or after the rent act of 2015.
  S 6. Section 467-i of the real property tax law is REPEALED.
  S 7. This act shall take effect immediately; provided, however that:
  (a) the amendments to the emergency housing rent control law  made  by
section  one  of  this  act  shall  expire  on the same date as such law
expires and shall not affect the expiration of such law as  provided  in
subdivision 2 of section 1 of chapter 274 of the laws of 1946;
  (b)  the amendments to the emergency tenant protection act of nineteen
seventy-four made by section two of this act shall expire  on  the  same
date as such act expires and shall not affect the expiration of such act
as provided in section 17 of chapter 576 of the laws of 1974;
  (c) the amendments to chapter 4 of title 26 of the administrative code
of the city of New York made by sections four and five of this act shall
expire on the same date as such chapter expires and shall not affect the
expiration of such chapter as provided under section 26-520 of such law;
and
  (d) the amendments to chapter 3 of title 26 of the administrative code
of  the  city of New York made by section three of this act shall remain
in full force and effect only as long as the public emergency  requiring
the regulation and control of residential rents and evictions continues,
as provided in subdivision 3 of section 1 of the local emergency housing
rent control act.

                                 PART AA

  Section  1.  The section heading of section 467-b of the real property
tax law, as amended by section 1 of chapter 188 of the laws of 2005,  is
amended to read as follows:
  Tax abatement for rent-controlled and rent regulated property occupied
by  senior  citizens  or  persons  with disabilities OR PERSONS PAYING A
MAXIMUM RENT OR LEGAL REGULATED  RENT  WHICH  EXCEEDS  ONE-HALF  OF  THE
COMBINED INCOME OF ALL MEMBERS OF THEIR HOUSEHOLD.
  S 2. Paragraph b of subdivision 1 of section 467-b of the real proper-
ty  tax law, as amended by section 1 of chapter 188 of the laws of 2005,
is amended to read as follows:
  b. "Head of the household" means a person (i) who is  sixty-two  years
of  age  or  older,  or (ii) who qualifies as a person with a disability
pursuant to subdivision five of this section, OR (III) WHO PAYS A  MAXI-
MUM  RENT OR LEGAL REGULATED RENT WHICH EXCEEDS ONE-HALF OF THE COMBINED
INCOME OF ALL MEMBERS  OF  THEIR  HOUSEHOLD,  and  is  entitled  to  the
possession or to the use or occupancy of a dwelling unit;

S. 6406--B                         117

  S  3.  Subdivision 2 of section 467-b of the real property tax law, as
amended by chapter 747 of the laws of 1985, paragraph (c)  as  added  by
chapter 553 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  2.  The  governing body of any municipal corporation is hereby author-
ized and empowered to adopt, after public hearing,  in  accordance  with
the  provisions  of  this  section, a local law, ordinance or resolution
providing for the abatement  of  taxes  of  said  municipal  corporation
imposed on real property containing a dwelling unit as defined herein by
one  of the following amounts:  (a) where the head of the household does
not receive a monthly allowance  for  shelter  pursuant  to  the  social
services law, an amount not in excess of that portion of any increase in
maximum  rent  or legal regulated rent which causes such maximum rent or
legal regulated rent to exceed one-third of the combined income  of  all
members of the household; or
  (b)  WHERE  THE  HEAD  OF THE HOUSEHOLD QUALIFIES AS A PERSON PAYING A
MAXIMUM RENT OR LEGAL REGULATED  RENT  WHICH  EXCEEDS  ONE-HALF  OF  THE
COMBINED  INCOME  OF ALL MEMBERS OF THE HOUSEHOLD AND DOES NOT RECEIVE A
MONTHLY ALLOWANCE FOR SHELTER PURSUANT TO THE SOCIAL  SERVICES  LAW,  AN
AMOUNT  NOT IN EXCESS OF THAT PORTION OF ANY INCREASE IN MAXIMUM RENT OR
LEGAL REGULATED RENT WHICH CAUSES SUCH MAXIMUM RENT OR  LEGAL  REGULATED
RENT  TO  EXCEED  ONE-HALF  OF THE COMBINED INCOME OF ALL MEMBERS OF THE
HOUSEHOLD; OR
  (C) where the head of the household receives a monthly  allowance  for
shelter  pursuant to the social services law, an amount not in excess of
that portion of any increase in maximum rent  or  legal  regulated  rent
which  is  not  covered  by the maximum allowance for shelter which such
person is entitled to receive pursuant to the social services law.
  [(c)] Provided, however, that in a city of a population of one million
or more, where the head of household has been granted  a  rent  increase
exemption  order  that  is  in  effect as of January first, two thousand
fifteen or takes effect on or before July first, two  thousand  fifteen,
the  amount  determined by paragraph (a) of this subdivision shall be an
amount not in excess of the difference between the maximum rent or legal
regulated rent and the amount specified in such order,  as  adjusted  by
any other provision of this section.
  S 4. Paragraph a of subdivision 3 of section 467-b of the real proper-
ty  tax law, as amended by section 1 of part U of chapter 55 of the laws
of 2014, is amended to read as follows:
  a. for a dwelling unit where the head of the  household  is  a  person
sixty-two  years of age or older OR WHERE THE HEAD OF THE HOUSEHOLD PAYS
A MAXIMUM RENT OR LEGAL REGULATED RENT WHICH  EXCEEDS  ONE-HALF  OF  THE
COMBINED  INCOME OF ALL MEMBERS OF THE HOUSEHOLD, no tax abatement shall
be granted if the combined income of all members of  the  household  for
the income tax year immediately preceding the date of making application
exceeds  four  thousand dollars, or such other sum not more than twenty-
five thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand  five,  twenty-
six thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand six, twenty-sev-
en   thousand   dollars   beginning  July  first,  two  thousand  seven,
twenty-eight thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand  eight,
twenty-nine  thousand  dollars  beginning July first, two thousand nine,
and fifty thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand  fourteen,
as  may  be  provided  by the local law, ordinance or resolution adopted
pursuant to this section, provided that when the head of  the  household
retires  before the commencement of such income tax year and the date of
filing the application, the income for such  year  may  be  adjusted  by

S. 6406--B                         118

excluding salary or earnings and projecting his or her retirement income
over the entire period of such year.
  S 5. Paragraph a of subdivision 3 of section 467-b of the real proper-
ty  tax law, as separately amended by section 1 of chapter 188 and chap-
ter 205 of the laws of 2005, is amended to read as follows:
  a. for a dwelling unit where the head of the  household  is  a  person
sixty-two  years of age or older OR WHERE THE HEAD OF THE HOUSEHOLD PAYS
A MAXIMUM RENT OR LEGAL REGULATED RENT WHICH  EXCEEDS  ONE-HALF  OF  THE
COMBINED  INCOME OF ALL MEMBERS OF THE HOUSEHOLD, no tax abatement shall
be granted if the combined income of all members of  the  household  for
the income tax year immediately preceding the date of making application
exceeds  four  thousand dollars, or such other sum not more than twenty-
five thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand  five,  twenty-
six thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand six, twenty-sev-
en   thousand   dollars   beginning  July  first,  two  thousand  seven,
twenty-eight thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand  eight,
and  twenty-nine  thousand  dollars  beginning  July first, two thousand
nine, as may be provided by  the  local  law,  ordinance  or  resolution
adopted  pursuant  to  this  section, provided that when the head of the
household retires before the commencement of such income  tax  year  and
the  date  of  filing  the  application, the income for such year may be
adjusted by excluding salary or  earnings  and  projecting  his  or  her
retirement income over the entire period of such year.
  S 6. Paragraph d of subdivision 1 of section 467-c of the real proper-
ty tax law, as separately amended by chapters 188 and 205 of the laws of
2005, and subparagraph 1 as amended by section 2 of part U of chapter 55
of the laws of 2014, is amended to read as follows:
  d.  "Eligible  head of the household" means (1) a person or his or her
spouse who is sixty-two years of age or older, OR A PERSON  WHO  PAYS  A
MAXIMUM  RENT  WHICH  EXCEEDS  ONE-HALF  OF  THE  COMBINED INCOME OF ALL
MEMBERS OF THE HOUSEHOLD, and is entitled to the possession  or  to  the
use and occupancy of a dwelling unit, provided, however, with respect to
a  dwelling which was subject to a mortgage insured or initially insured
by the federal government pursuant to section two  hundred  thirteen  of
the  National  Housing  Act, as amended "eligible head of the household"
shall be limited to that person or his or her spouse who was entitled to
possession or the use and occupancy of such dwelling unit at the time of
termination of such mortgage, and whose income when  combined  with  the
income  of all other members of the household, does not exceed six thou-
sand five hundred dollars for the taxable period, or such other sum  not
less  than sixty-five hundred dollars nor more than twenty-five thousand
dollars beginning July first, two  thousand  five,  twenty-six  thousand
dollars  beginning  July  first, two thousand six, twenty-seven thousand
dollars beginning July first, two thousand seven, twenty-eight  thousand
dollars  beginning  July first, two thousand eight, twenty-nine thousand
dollars beginning July first, two  thousand  nine,  and  fifty  thousand
dollars  beginning July first, two thousand fourteen, as may be provided
by local law; or (2) a person with  a  disability  as  defined  in  this
subdivision.
  S  7.  Subparagraph 1 of paragraph d of subdivision 1 of section 467-c
of the real property tax law, as separately amended by chapters 188  and
205 of the laws of 2005, is amended to read as follows:
  (1)  a  person  or  his or her spouse who is sixty-two years of age or
older, OR A PERSON WHO PAYS A MAXIMUM RENT WHICH EXCEEDS ONE-HALF OF THE
COMBINED INCOME OF ALL MEMBERS OF THE HOUSEHOLD, and is entitled to  the
possession  or  to  the  use and occupancy of a dwelling unit, provided,

S. 6406--B                         119

however, with respect to a dwelling which  was  subject  to  a  mortgage
insured  or  initially  insured  by  the  federal government pursuant to
section two hundred thirteen of the National  Housing  Act,  as  amended
"eligible  head of the household" shall be limited to that person or his
or her spouse who was entitled to possession or the use and occupancy of
such dwelling unit at the time of  termination  of  such  mortgage,  and
whose  income  when combined with the income of all other members of the
household, does not exceed six thousand five  hundred  dollars  for  the
taxable  period,  or  such  other  sum  not less than sixty-five hundred
dollars nor more than twenty-five thousand dollars beginning July first,
two thousand five, twenty-six thousand dollars beginning July first, two
thousand six, twenty-seven thousand dollars beginning  July  first,  two
thousand  seven, twenty-eight thousand dollars beginning July first, two
thousand eight, and twenty-nine thousand dollars beginning  July  first,
two thousand nine, as may be provided by local law; or
  S 8. Subparagraph (1) of paragraph a of subdivision 3 of section 467-c
of  the  real property tax law, as amended by chapter 747 of the laws of
1985, is amended to read as follows:
  (1) where the eligible head of the household WHO IS  EITHER  SIXTY-TWO
YEARS  OF  AGE OR OLDER OR IS DISABLED does not receive a monthly allow-
ance for shelter pursuant to the social  services  law,  the  amount  by
which  increases  in the maximum rent subsequent to such person's eligi-
bility date have resulted in the maximum rent exceeding one-third of the
combined income of all members of the household for the taxable  period,
OR WHERE THE ELIGIBLE HEAD OF THE HOUSEHOLD IS A PERSON WHO PAYS A MAXI-
MUM RENT WHICH EXCEEDS ONE-HALF OF THE COMBINED INCOME OF ALL MEMBERS OF
THE  HOUSEHOLD DOES NOT RECEIVE A MONTHLY ALLOWANCE FOR SHELTER PURSUANT
TO THE SOCIAL SERVICES LAW, THE AMOUNT BY WHICH INCREASES IN THE MAXIMUM
RENT SUBSEQUENT TO SUCH PERSON'S DATE HAVE RESULTED IN THE MAXIMUM  RENT
EXCEEDING  ONE-HALF  OF THE COMBINED INCOME OF ALL MEMBERS OF THE HOUSE-
HOLD FOR THE TAXABLE PERIOD, except  that  in  no  event  shall  a  rent
increase  exemption  order/tax  abatement  certificate  become effective
prior to January first, nineteen hundred seventy-six; or
  S 9. The state comptroller shall annually pay to each  city  providing
real property tax abatements pursuant to sections 467-b and 467-c of the
real property tax law an amount equal to 10 per centum of the real prop-
erty tax revenue lost during the city fiscal year due to the implementa-
tion  of  the  provisions  of  this  act.  Each  city eligible for state
payments pursuant to this section shall provide  the  state  comptroller
with such information as he or she shall deem necessary.
  S 10. This act shall take effect July 1, 2016; provided however, that:
  a.  the amendments to section 467-b of the real property tax law, made
by sections one, two, three, four and five of this act shall not  affect
the  expiration  of such section and shall expire and be deemed repealed
therewith;
  b. the amendments to paragraph a of subdivision 3 of section 467-b  of
the  real  property  tax  law, made by section four of this act shall be
subject to the expiration and reversion of such  paragraph  pursuant  to
section  4  of part U of chapter 55 of the laws of 2014, as amended, and
shall be deemed to expire therewith, when upon such date section five of
this act shall take effect; and
  c. the amendments to subparagraph 1 of paragraph d of subdivision 1 of
section 467-c of the real property tax law, made by section six of  this
act  shall  not affect the expiration and reversion of such subparagraph
pursuant to section 4 of part U of chapter 55 of the laws  of  2014,  as

S. 6406--B                         120

amended,  and  shall  expire and be deemed repealed therewith, when upon
such date section seven of this act shall take effect.

                                 PART BB

  Section  1.  Section  6305 of the education law is amended by adding a
new subdivision 2-a to read as follows:
  2-A. NOTWITHSTANDING SUBDIVISIONS TWO AND THREE OF  THIS  SECTION,  NO
COMMUNITY  COLLEGE  SHALL  BE AUTHORIZED TO CHARGE A COUNTY IN THE STATE
FOR ANY PORTION OF THE LOCAL SPONSOR'S SHARE OF OPERATING COSTS  ATTRIB-
UTABLE  TO  A  NON-RESIDENT  STUDENT  IF  SUCH  NON-RESIDENT  STUDENT IS
ENROLLED IN A BACHELOR'S DEGREE PROGRAM  OR  HIGHER  AT  SUCH  COMMUNITY
COLLEGE.
  S 2. Subdivision 5 of section 6305 of the education law, as amended by
chapter 681 of the laws of 1971, is amended to read as follows:
  5.  Amounts  payable  to  such  colleges  by a county pursuant to this
section shall be a general county charge[; provided, however, that  with
respect  to the amounts allocable to each community college a county may
charge back such amounts in whole or in part to the cities and towns  in
the  county in proportion to the number of students who, on the basis of
certificates of residence issued by such  county,  were  attending  each
such  college  as non-residents of the local sponsors thereof during the
terms for which the county has been charged, and who were  residents  of
each such city or town at the beginning of such terms].
  S 3. This act shall take effect July 1, 2016.

                                 PART CC

  Section 1. The education law is amended by adding a new section 609 to
read as follows:
  S  609.  TUITION, AID AND PLACEMENT REPORT. BEGINNING IN ACADEMIC YEAR
TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN--TWO  THOUSAND  SEVENTEEN,  ALL  NON-PUBLIC  INSTI-
TUTIONS  OF  HIGHER EDUCATION, RECOGNIZED AND APPROVED BY THE REGENTS OF
THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WHICH PROVIDE A COURSE OF STUDY
LEADING TO THE GRANTING OF A FOUR YEAR POST-SECONDARY DEGREE OR  DIPLOMA
SHALL  REPORT  TO THE SENATE AND ASSEMBLY CHAIRS OF THE HIGHER EDUCATION
COMMITTEES ON OR BEFORE AUGUST FIFTEENTH OF EACH YEAR, ON THE FOLLOWING:
FACTORS THAT DRIVE COST INCREASES; TUITION TRENDS FOR THE PAST SIX YEARS
AND PERCENTAGE OF YEAR TO YEAR INCREASES; TOTAL COST  OF  FEES;  IF  THE
INSTITUTION HAS AN ENDOWMENT AND THE AMOUNT OF SUCH ENDOWMENT; THE AVER-
AGE  INSTITUTIONAL FINANCIAL AID PACKAGE BY INCOME BRACKET AS DEFINED BY
THE NATIONAL CENTER FOR EDUCATION STATISTICS' INTEGRATED  POST-SECONDARY
EDUCATION  DATA  SYSTEM;  THE  AVERAGE AMOUNT OF DEBT A STUDENT HAS UPON
GRADUATION BY INCOME BRACKET; GRADUATION RATES FOR FOUR,  FIVE  AND  SIX
YEARS  AND AVERAGE DEBT ASSOCIATED WITH EACH; ENROLLMENT TRENDS OVER THE
PAST SIX YEARS; JOB PLACEMENT RATES FOR GRADUATES  OF  THE  INSTITUTION;
THE AMOUNT SPENT TO EDUCATE STUDENTS PER FTE; THE PERCENTAGE OF STUDENTS
WHO  ARE  TAP  AND PELL ELIGIBLE; ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATING COSTS AND
THE PERCENTAGE OF THOSE COSTS FUNDED BY TUITION; AND COST  SAVING  MEAS-
URES IMPLEMENTED OVER THE PAST SIX YEARS, IF ANY.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART DD

S. 6406--B                         121

  Section  1.  Subdivision  1  of section 669-e of the education law, as
added by section 1 of part G of chapter 56  of  the  laws  of  2014,  is
amended to read as follows:
  1.  Undergraduate  students who are matriculated in an approved under-
graduate program leading to a career in science, technology, engineering
or mathematics at a New York state [public institution of higher  educa-
tion]  COLLEGE  AS  DEFINED  IN  SECTION SIX HUNDRED ONE OF THIS CHAPTER
shall be eligible for an award under this section, provided  the  appli-
cant:  (a) graduates from a high school located in New York state during
or after the two thousand thirteen--fourteen school year; and (b) gradu-
ates within the top ten percent of his or her high school class; and (c)
enrolls in full-time study each term beginning in the  fall  term  after
his  or  her high school graduation in an approved undergraduate program
in science, technology, engineering or mathematics, as  defined  by  the
corporation,  at  a  New York state [public institution of higher educa-
tion] COLLEGE AS DEFINED IN SECTION SIX HUNDRED ONE OF THIS CHAPTER; and
(d) signs a contract with the corporation agreeing that his or her award
will be converted to a student loan in the event the  student  fails  to
comply  with  the terms of this program as set forth in subdivision four
of this section; and (e) complies with the applicable provisions of this
article and all requirements promulgated  by  the  corporation  for  the
administration of the program.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART EE

  Section  1. The education law is amended by adding a new section 679-h
to read as follows:
  S 679-H. NEW YORK STATE AGRICULTURE EDUCATORS LOAN FORGIVENESS  INCEN-
TIVE  PROGRAM.  1.  DEFINITION. THE TERM "AGRICULTURE EDUCATOR" MEANS AN
INSTRUCTOR WHO PROVIDES DIDACTIC INSTRUCTION TO STUDENTS ABOUT  AGRICUL-
TURE,  FOOD  AND NATURAL RESOURCES DELIVERED THROUGH LESSONS IN SCIENCE,
COMMUNICATIONS, LEADERSHIP, MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY.
  2. PURPOSE. THE PRESIDENT SHALL GRANT STUDENT LOAN FORGIVENESS  AWARDS
FOR THE PURPOSE OF ALLEVIATING THE BURDEN OF STUDENT LOAN DEBT FOR AGRI-
CULTURE  EDUCATORS TEACHING IN THE FIELD OF AGRICULTURE EDUCATION IN NEW
YORK STATE. SUCH AWARDS SHALL BE MADE ON A COMPETITIVE BASIS AS  PROMUL-
GATED  BY  THE CORPORATION FOR SUCH PURPOSES, TO APPLICANTS WHO MEET THE
ELIGIBILITY  CRITERIA.  SUCH  RULES  AND   REGULATIONS   SHALL   INCLUDE
PROVISIONS  FOR  THE  CONSIDERATION  OF  APPLICANTS WHO ARE ECONOMICALLY
DISADVANTAGED.
  3. ELIGIBILITY. TO BE ELIGIBLE FOR AN AWARD PURSUANT TO THIS  SECTION,
APPLICANTS SHALL:
  (A)  HAVE  GRADUATED  AND  OBTAINED A DEGREE FROM AN APPROVED NEW YORK
STATE COLLEGE OR UNIVERSITY;
  (B) HAVE AN OUTSTANDING STUDENT LOAN DEBT FROM OBTAINING SUCH DEGREE;
  (C) BE EMPLOYED AS AN AGRICULTURE EDUCATOR IN NEW YORK STATE;
  (D) APPLY FOR THIS PROGRAM WITHIN TWO YEARS OF COLLEGE GRADUATION; AND
  (E) COMPLY WITH SUBDIVISIONS THREE AND FIVE  OF  SECTION  SIX  HUNDRED
SIXTY-ONE OF THIS PART.
  4.  AWARDS.  THE  CORPORATION  SHALL  GRANT SUCH AWARDS WITHIN AMOUNTS
APPROPRIATED FOR SUCH PURPOSES AND BASED ON THE AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS.
  S 2. This act shall take effect on the ninetieth day  after  it  shall
have become a law.

                                 PART FF

S. 6406--B                         122

  Section  1. The social services law is amended by adding a new section
390-j to read as follows:
  S  390-J. THE CHILD CARE REGULATORY REVIEW TASK FORCE. 1. DUTIES.  (A)
PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION, THE  CHILD  CARE  REGULATORY
REVIEW  TASK  FORCE SHALL REVIEW PROCESSES AND REGULATORY, STATUTORY AND
PROGRAMMATIC REQUIREMENTS, PLACED ON  CHILD  CARE  PROVIDERS  WHICH  ARE
REGULATED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES, THAT ARE DUPLI-
CATIVE  OR  UNNECESSARY AND CREATE ADMINISTRATIVE BURDENS FOR CHILD CARE
PROVIDERS;
  (B) HOLD, AT MINIMUM, ONE PUBLIC HEARING TO OBTAIN ORAL AND/OR WRITTEN
TESTIMONY FROM INTERESTED STAKEHOLDERS;
  (C) DEVELOP  AND  PROPOSE  RECOMMENDATIONS  FOR  THE  STREAMLINING  OF
CURRENT  PROCESSES  AND REQUIREMENTS WHICH ARE IDENTIFIED AS DUPLICATIVE
OR BURDENSOME;
  (D) SUCH RECOMMENDATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE LEGISLATURE ANNUAL-
LY.
  2. MEMBERSHIP. (A) THE TASK FORCE SHALL CONSIST OF, AT A MINIMUM,  THE
COMMISSIONER  OF THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES; THE COMMIS-
SIONER OF THE OFFICE OF TEMPORARY AND DISABILITY ASSISTANCE; THE COMMIS-
SIONER OF THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND THE COMMISSIONER OF THE NEW  YORK
CITY DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND MENTAL HYGIENE.
  (B)  THE  MEMBERS  OF  THE  CHILD CARE REGULATORY TASK FORCE SHALL NOT
RECEIVE ANY COMPENSATION. HOWEVER, THE  MEMBERS  SHALL  BE  ENTITLED  TO
REIMBURSEMENT FOR ANY NECESSARY EXPENSES INCURRED IN CONNECTION WITH THE
PERFORMANCE OF THEIR DUTIES.
  3. EVERY STATE DEPARTMENT, AGENCY, DIVISION, BOARD, BUREAU, COMMISSION
AND  ANY  OTHER  RELEVANT  ENTITY SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY ASSISTANCE
AND/OR INFORMATION TO THE CHILD CARE REGULATORY  REVIEW  TASK  FORCE  TO
CARRY  OUT  ITS DUTIES AS AUTHORIZED BY SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION,
UNLESS OTHERWISE PROTECTED BY LAW.
  4. ANY INFORMATION OBTAINED BY A MEMBER OF THE CHILD  CARE  REGULATORY
REVIEW  TASK FORCE WHILE CARRYING OUT ANY DUTIES AS PRESCRIBED IN SUBDI-
VISION ONE OF THIS SECTION SHALL ONLY BE UTILIZED IN HIS OR HER CAPACITY
AS A MEMBER OF THE CHILD CARE REGULATORY REVIEW TASK FORCE.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART GG

  Section 1. The administrative code of the city of New York is  amended
by adding a new section 25-114 to read as follows:
  S  25-114  NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY REPAIR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM.
A. THE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION SHALL ESTABLISH THE NEW YORK CITY  HOUS-
ING  AUTHORITY  REPAIR  CERTIFICATE PROGRAM, IN COOPERATION WITH THE NEW
YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY.  UNDER  SUCH  PROGRAM,  THE  CITY  PLANNING
COMMISSION  SHALL  GRANT AMENDMENTS TO ZONING RESOLUTIONS WHICH INCREASE
THE ALLOWABLE DEVELOPMENT IN AREAS COVERED BY A NEW  YORK  CITY  HOUSING
AUTHORITY  REPAIR  CERTIFICATE  ISSUED  PURSUANT TO SECTION FOUR HUNDRED
TWO-C OF THE PUBLIC HOUSING LAW.
  B. THE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION SHALL  FOR  EACH  APPLICATION  FOR  AN
AMENDMENT  OF  A  ZONING RESOLUTION, ESTABLISH THE PER FOOT VALUE OF ANY
NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY REPAIR CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN  THE  AREAS
COVERED  BY  SUCH AMENDMENT AND THE MAXIMUM ALLOWED FOOT AREA RATIO THAT
MAY BE GRANTED TO THE HOLDER OF SUCH  CERTIFICATE  IN  THE  NEWLY  ZONED
AREA. SUCH PER FOOT VALUE SHALL BE UPDATED ANNUALLY BASED UPON INCREASES
IN  THE  CONSUMER  PRICE  INDEX  FOR  HOUSING COSTS IN THE NEW YORK CITY
METROPOLITAN AREA.

S. 6406--B                         123

  C. A DEVELOPER WHO SEEKS TO OBTAIN AN INCREASED FOOT AREA RATIO  IN  A
NEWLY  ZONED AREA, BY MEANS OF BEING THE HOLDER OF A NEW YORK CITY HOUS-
ING AUTHORITY REPAIR CERTIFICATE, SHALL SUBMIT AN  APPLICATION  THEREFOR
TO THE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION. SUCH COMMISSION SHALL WITHIN SEVEN DAYS
OF  RECEIVING AN APPLICATION PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION, FORWARD IT TO
THE NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY, ALONG WITH THE PER FOOT VALUE TO BE
GRANTED IF THE APPLICANT RECEIVES A REPAIR CERTIFICATE FROM SUCH AUTHOR-
ITY.
  D. UPON CERTIFICATION BY THE NEW YORK CITY HOUSING  AUTHORITY  THAT  A
DEVELOPER  HAS  BEEN  AWARDED  A  REPAIR  CERTIFICATE, THE CITY PLANNING
COMMISSION SHALL APPROVE SUCH DEVELOPER'S APPLICATION SUBMITTED PURSUANT
TO THIS SECTION.
  E. THE TRANSFER OF A CERTIFICATE MUST  BE  REGISTERED  WITH  THE  CITY
PLANNING COMMISSION WITHIN SEVEN DAYS OF THE TRANSFER.
  S  2.  The public housing law is amended by adding a new section 402-c
to read as follows:
  S 402-C. ISSUANCE OF REPAIR CERTIFICATE. 1. THE NEW YORK CITY  HOUSING
AUTHORITY,  IN  CONSULTATION WITH THE NEW YORK CITY PLANNING COMMISSION,
SHALL ESTABLISH PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES FOR  THE  AWARDING  OF  REPAIR
CERTIFICATES  BY  SUCH  AUTHORITY  TO  DEVELOPERS  WHICH PERFORM CAPITAL
REPAIRS TO A PROJECT OPERATED BY  THE  AUTHORITY.  NO  SUCH  CERTIFICATE
SHALL  BE  AWARDED  BASED  UPON  THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY WORK WHICH WOULD
CONSTITUTE REGULAR MAINTENANCE UPON ANY PROJECT OPERATED BY SUCH AUTHOR-
ITY. THE PROCEDURES AND GUIDELINES ESTABLISHED PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVI-
SION SHALL PROVIDE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE COSTS FOR VARIOUS KINDS  AND  TYPES
OF CAPITAL REPAIR PROJECTS.
  2.  THERE  SHALL  BE  ESTABLISHED,  WITHIN  THE  NEW YORK CITY HOUSING
AUTHORITY, AN OFFICE OF REPAIR CERTIFICATION. SUCH OFFICE SHALL ADMINIS-
TER THE REPAIR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM. THE OFFICE SHALL ESTABLISH LISTS  OF
REPAIR  PROJECTS,  TO  AUTHORITY FACILITIES, WHICH SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR
THE REPAIR CERTIFICATE PROGRAM, THE ESTIMATED VALUE OF EACH SUCH  REPAIR
PROJECT,  AND THE PRIORITY OF EACH REPAIR PROJECT BASED UPON ITS URGENCY
AND/OR IMPORTANCE.
  3. THE OFFICE OF REPAIR CERTIFICATION SHALL RECEIVE  EACH  APPLICATION
FORWARDED TO THE NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY PURSUANT TO SUBDIVISION
C  OF SECTION 25-114 OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE CODE OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK.
WITHIN TEN DAYS OF RECEIVING AN APPLICATION, THE  OFFICE  SHALL  CONTACT
THE  APPLICANT  AND  PROVIDE  IT WITH A LIST OF ELIGIBLE REPAIR PROJECTS
EQUAL IN VALUE TO THE BENEFIT TO BE PROVIDED TO SUCH  APPLICANT  BY  THE
CITY  PLANNING  COMMISSION.  SUCH LIST SHALL, TO THE EXTENT PRACTICABLE,
INCLUDE ONLY THOSE ELIGIBLE REPAIR PROJECTS WITHIN THE SAME NEIGHBORHOOD
INCLUDED IN THE AREA TO WHICH THE  REQUESTED  AMENDMENT  TO  THE  ZONING
RESOLUTION  RELATES,  REGARDLESS  OF  THE  IMPORTANCE  OR URGENCY OF THE
REPAIR PROJECT. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, IF NO SUCH ELIGIBLE  REPAIR  PROJECTS
EXIST IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD, THEN THE PROJECTS SHALL BE LISTED IN ORDER OF
PRIORITY.
  4.  UPON  RECEIPT  OF  A LIST FROM THE OFFICE, AN APPLICANT MUST REPLY
WITHIN THIRTY DAYS. IF THE APPLICANT FAILS TO  DO  SO,  ITS  APPLICATION
SHALL  BE TERMINATED. SUCH REPLY TO THE OFFICE SHALL INCLUDE DESIGNATION
OF THE PROJECT OR PROJECTS THE APPLICANT DESIRES TO COMPLETE, THE APPLI-
CANT'S ESTIMATE OF THE COST OF COMPLETING  THE  REPAIR  PROJECT,  AND  A
TIMELINE FOR THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT.
  5.  THE  OFFICE OF REPAIR CERTIFICATION SHALL, WITHIN FOURTEEN DAYS OF
RECEIVING AN APPLICANT'S  REPLY,  REVIEW  THE  COSTS  AND  PROJECT  PLAN
SUBMITTED,  AND  EITHER  APPROVE  OR DISAPPROVE SUCH REPLY. IF AN APPLI-
CANT'S SUBMISSION IS DISAPPROVED, IT SHALL HAVE FIFTEEN DAYS TO RESUBMIT

S. 6406--B                         124

A NEW PROJECT PLAN AND ESTIMATE OF COSTS FOR REVIEW BY THE OFFICE.  UPON
A  SECOND SUBMISSION, THE OFFICE SHALL AGAIN MAKE A DETERMINATION WITHIN
FOURTEEN DAYS, AND, IF THE PLAN IS DISAPPROVED, THE OFFICE SHALL PROVIDE
THE APPLICANT WITH A WRITTEN EXPLANATION THEREFOR.
  6.  FOR  ANY  REPAIR  PROJECT  PLAN  THAT IS APPROVED BY THE OFFICE OF
REPAIR  CERTIFICATION  WHERE  THE  APPLICANT'S  ESTIMATED  COST  THEREOF
EXCEEDS  THE VALUE OF THE PROJECT ESTABLISHED BY THE OFFICE, SUCH OFFICE
SHALL PROVIDE NOTICE TO THE CITY PLANNING  COMMISSION  THAT  THE  ZONING
VALUATION OF THE ZONING AMENDMENT MUST BE ADJUSTED WITHIN SEVEN DAYS.
  7.  UPON  COMPLETION  OF THE AGREED UPON REPAIR PROJECT OR PROJECTS BY
THE APPLICANT, THE OFFICE SHALL AWARD THE  APPLICANT  A  CERTIFICATE  OF
COMPLETION  AND  PROVIDE  A COPY THEREOF TO THE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION
WITHIN FOURTEEN DAYS OF CERTIFYING THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT.
  S 3. This act shall take effect on the one hundred eightieth day after
it shall have become a law; provided, however, that effective immediate-
ly, the addition, amendment and/or repeal  of  any  rule  or  regulation
necessary  for  the implementation of this act on its effective date are
authorized and directed to be made  and  completed  on  or  before  such
effective date.

                                 PART HH

  Section  1.  The public housing law is amended by adding a new section
402-c to read as follows:
  S 402-C. NEW YORK CITY COUNCIL OVERSIGHT.  THE NEW YORK  CITY  COUNCIL
AS  ESTABLISHED  IN  SECTION  TWENTY-ONE OF THE NEW YORK CITY CHARTER IS
EMPOWERED TO MANDATE THAT THE NEW YORK CITY  HOUSING  AUTHORITY  PRODUCE
REPORTS  ABOUT  ANY  FACETS  OF  ITS  OPERATIONS OR THE CONDITION OF THE
PROJECTS UNDER ITS MANAGEMENT, INCLUDING ANY PROJECT BASED SECTION EIGHT
VOUCHER DEVELOPMENTS IN WHICH THE  AUTHORITY  HAS  AN  OWNERSHIP  STAKE,
THROUGH  THE  PASSAGE  OF  A LOCAL LAW. SUCH A LAW SHALL DETERMINE WHICH
INFORMATION IS TO BE INCLUDED  IN  THE  REPORT,  THE  DEADLINE  FOR  THE
PRODUCTION  OF THE REPORT, WHETHER THE REPORTING MANDATE APPLIES ONCE OR
IS RECURRING, AND WHICH LOCAL AUTHORITIES SHALL RECEIVE COPIES.  A  COPY
OF  ANY  SUCH  REPORTS MUST BE PROVIDED TO THE COMMISSIONER AND SHALL BE
CONSIDERED AN AGENCY DOCUMENT FOR THE PURPOSES OF  ARTICLE  SIX  OF  THE
PUBLIC OFFICERS LAW.
  S  2.  Subdivision  a  of  section 29 of the New York city charter, as
added by a vote of the people of the city of New  York  at  the  general
election held in November 1989, is amended to read as follows:
  a.  The council, acting as a committee of the whole, and each standing
or special committee of the council, through hearings or otherwise:
  1. [may] MAY investigate any matters within its jurisdiction  relating
to  the  property,  affairs,  or government of the city or of any county
within the city, or to any other powers of the council, or to the effec-
tuation of the purposes or provisions of this charter or any laws relat-
ing to the city or to any county within the city.
  2. [shall] SHALL review on a regular and continuous basis  the  activ-
ities  of  the  agencies  of the city, including their service goals and
performance and management efficiency.   Each unit of  appropriation  in
the  adopted  budget of the city shall be assigned to a standing commit-
tee.  Each standing committee of the council shall  hold  at  least  one
hearing  each  year  relating  to the activities of each of the agencies
under its jurisdiction.
  3. SHALL REVIEW ON A REGULAR AND CONTINUOUS BASIS  THE  ACTIVITIES  OF
THE  NEW  YORK  CITY  HOUSING  AUTHORITY,  INCLUDING  THE SERVICE GOALS,

S. 6406--B                         125

PERFORMANCE AND MANAGEMENT EFFICIENCY OF SUCH AUTHORITY. SUCH  AUTHORITY
SHALL  BE  ASSIGNED  TO A STANDING COMMITTEE. SUCH STANDING COMMITTEE OF
THE COUNCIL SHALL HOLD AT LEAST ONE HEARING EACH YEAR  RELATING  TO  THE
ACTIVITIES OF THE NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY.
  S  3.  This  act shall take effect on the thirtieth day after it shall
have become a law.

                                 PART II

  Section 1. The state finance law is amended by adding  a  new  section
99-y to read as follows:
  S  99-Y. PUBLIC HOUSING REVITALIZATION FUND. 1. THERE IS HEREBY ESTAB-
LISHED IN THE CUSTODY OF THE STATE COMPTROLLER A SPECIAL REVENUE FUND TO
BE KNOWN AS THE "PUBLIC HOUSING REVITALIZATION FUND".
  2. THE FUND SHALL BE CLASSIFIED BY THE STATE COMPTROLLER AS A  CAPITAL
PROJECTS  TYPE  OF FUND, AND SHALL CONSIST OF ALL MONEYS APPROPRIATED OR
TRANSFERRED THERETO FROM ANY OTHER FUND OR SOURCE PURSUANT TO  LAW,  AND
ANY  OTHER MONEYS TRANSFERRED THERETO FOR THE PURPOSES OF THE FUND.  THE
STATE SHALL APPROPRIATE AN AMOUNT TO THE  FUND  WHICH  SHALL  EQUAL  ANY
AMOUNT  APPROPRIATED  BY  THE  CITY OF NEW YORK FOR THE SAME PURPOSES AS
THOSE OUTLINED IN SUBDIVISION THREE OF THIS SECTION, FOLLOWING  A  JOINT
CERTIFICATION  BY THE COMPTROLLER AND THE COMPTROLLER OF THE CITY OF NEW
YORK OF THE AMOUNT OF SUCH FUNDS MADE AVAILABLE BY THE CITY OF NEW  YORK
FOR THOSE PURPOSES.
  3. MONIES OF THE FUNDS, UPON APPROPRIATION THEREOF, SHALL BE DISBURSED
BY  THE  COMMISSIONER  OF  HOUSING AND COMMUNITY RENEWAL TO THE NEW YORK
CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION SEVENTY-SEVEN OF  THE
PUBLIC  HOUSING  LAW, FOR THE REPAIR, RECONSTRUCTION, REHABILITATION AND
UPGRADE OF PROJECTS OPERATED BY SUCH AUTHORITY.
  S 2. The public housing law is amended by adding a new section  77  to
read as follows:
  S 77. PUBLIC HOUSING REVITALIZATION FUND. 1. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER
PROVISION  OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, THE COMMISSIONER SHALL MAKE AVAILABLE
TO THE NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHORITY, CONSTITUTED UNDER  SECTION  FOUR
HUNDRED  ONE  OF  THIS  CHAPTER,  MONEYS FOR THE REPAIR, RECONSTRUCTION,
REHABILITATION AND UPGRADE OF PROJECTS OWNED BY THE AUTHORITY  IN  ORDER
TO PREVENT THE FURTHER DETERIORATION OF SUCH PROJECTS.
  2.  SUCH MONEYS SHALL BE DISBURSED FROM THE PUBLIC HOUSING REVITALIZA-
TION FUND ESTABLISHED BY SECTION NINETY-NINE-Y OF THE STATE FINANCE LAW.
  3. MONEYS MADE AVAILABLE TO THE NEW YORK CITY HOUSING  AUTHORITY  FROM
THIS  FUND SHALL BE USED FOR THE REPAIR, RECONSTRUCTION, REHABILITATION,
AND UPGRADE OF EXISTING STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF PROJECTS IN POOR CONDI-
TION INCLUDING ROOFS, WALLS, ELEVATORS, HEATING SYSTEMS INCLUDING  BOIL-
ERS, WATER PIPES, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AND OTHER SUCH COMPONENTS.
  4. NO MONEYS SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE BY THE COMMISSIONER AFTER JANUARY
FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND SEVENTEEN UNLESS HE OR SHE HAS BY THAT DATE CERTI-
FIED THE RECEIPT OF A REFORM PLAN FROM THE NEW YORK CITY HOUSING AUTHOR-
ITY LAYING OUT PROPOSALS FOR THE STREAMLINING  OF  ITS  OPERATIONS  THAT
SHOULD INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, RECOMMENDATIONS SUCH AS:
  A.  A  PROPERTY-CENTRIC  PROPERTY MANAGEMENT MODEL WITH MORE EMPOWERED
PROPERTY MANAGERS. THIS INCLUDES, BUT SHALL NOT BE  LIMITED  TO,  DECEN-
TRALIZING MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR STAFF TO THE PROPERTY LEVEL AND DEVOLV-
ING MANAGERIAL RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PROPERTY MANAGERS;
  B.  REDESIGNING  MAINTENANCE  AND  REPAIR  POLICIES  TO CUT WAIT TIMES
SIGNIFICANTLY;

S. 6406--B                         126

  C. OVERHAUL OF ITS PROCUREMENT SYSTEM TO CUT REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL WAIT
TIMES SIGNIFICANTLY AND CREATING A CENTRALIZED  STREAMLINED  PROCUREMENT
SYSTEM;
  D.   IMPROVE   CUSTOMER   SERVICE  TO  PROVIDE  A  MORE  RELIABLE  AND
USER-FRIENDLY EXPERIENCE TO BOTH RESIDENTS AND APPLICANT;
  E. REDUCE INTERNAL BUREAUCRACY BY FLATTENING THE ORGANIZATION,  REDUC-
ING  REDUNDANT OR UNNECESSARY STEPS AND REQUIREMENTS AND IMPROVING CYCLE
TIMES; AND
  F. DEVELOPING  A  LONG-TERM  FINANCIAL  SUSTAINABILITY  PLAN,  UPDATED
BI-ANNUALLY.
  S 3. This act shall take effect on the one hundred twentieth day after
it shall have become a law.

                                 PART JJ

  Section  1. Article 2-A of the public housing law, as added by section
1 of part CC of chapter 63 of the laws of 2000, subdivision 4 of section
22 as amended by section 2 of part P of chapter 59 of the laws of  2014,
is amended to read as follows:
                               ARTICLE 2-A
               NEW YORK STATE LOW INCOME AND MIDDLE INCOME
                       HOUSING TAX CREDIT PROGRAM
Section 21. Definitions.
        22. Allowance of credit, amount and limitations.
        23. Project monitoring.
        24. Credit recapture.
        25. Regulations,  coordination  with  federal low-income housing
              credit provisions.
  S 21. Definitions. 1.  (a)  "Applicable  percentage"  means,  FOR  THE
PURPOSES  OF AN ELIGIBLE LOW-INCOME BUILDING, the appropriate percentage
(depending on whether a building is new, existing, or  federally  subsi-
dized)  prescribed  by  the  secretary  of  the treasury for purposes of
section 42 of the internal revenue code AND,  FOR  THE  PURPOSES  OF  AN
ELIGIBLE  MIDDLE-INCOME  BUILDING, THIRTY PERCENT OF THE QUALIFIED BASIS
OF THE BUILDING AS DETERMINED PURSUANT TO SECTION  42  OF  THE  INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE, for the month which is the earlier of:
  (i)  the month in which the eligible low-income building OR THE ELIGI-
BLE MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDING is placed in service, or
  (ii) at the election of the taxpayer,
  (A) the month in which the taxpayer and the commissioner enter into an
agreement with respect to such building (which is binding on the commis-
sioner, the taxpayer, and all successors in interest) as to the  housing
credit dollar amount to be allocated to such building, or
  (B)  in the case of any building to which subsection (h)(4)(B) of such
section 42 applies, the month in which the  tax-exempt  obligations  are
issued.
  (b) A month may be elected under subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of
this  subdivision  only if the election is made not later than the fifth
day after the close of such month. Such election, once  made,  shall  be
irrevocable.
  (c)  If, as of the close of any taxable year in the credit period, the
qualified basis of  an  eligible  low-income  building  OR  AN  ELIGIBLE
MIDDLE-INCOME  BUILDING  exceeds such basis as of the close of the first
year of the credit period, the applicable percentage which  shall  apply
to  such  excess  shall  be  two-thirds  of  the  applicable  percentage
originally ascribed to such building.

S. 6406--B                         127

  2. "Compliance period" means, with respect to any building, the period
of fifteen taxable years beginning with the first taxable  year  of  the
credit period with respect to such building.
  3.  "Credit  period"  means,  with  respect to any eligible low-income
building OR ELIGIBLE MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDING, the period of  ten  taxable
years beginning with
  (a) the taxable year in which the building is placed in service, or
  (b) at the election of the taxpayer, the succeeding taxable year,
but  only  if  the building is an eligible low-income building as of the
close of the first year of such period. The election under paragraph (b)
of this subdivision, once made, shall be irrevocable.
  4. "Eligibility statement" means a statement issued by the commission-
er certifying that a building is an eligible low-income building  OR  AN
ELIGIBLE  MIDDLE-INCOME  BUILDING.  Such  statement  shall set forth the
taxable year in which such building is placed  in  service,  the  dollar
amount  of  low-income  housing  credit  OR MIDDLE-INCOME HOUSING CREDIT
allocated by the commissioner to such building as provided  in  subdivi-
sion five of section twenty-two of this article, the applicable percent-
age and maximum qualified basis with respect to such building taken into
account  in  determining  such  dollar amount, sufficient information to
identify each such building and the taxpayer or taxpayers  with  respect
to  each  such building, and such other information as the commissioner,
in consultation with the commissioner of  taxation  and  finance,  shall
prescribe.  Such  statement shall be first issued following the close of
the first taxable year in the credit  period,  and  thereafter,  to  the
extent  required  by the commissioner of taxation and finance, following
the close of each taxable year of the compliance period.
  5. "Eligible low-income building" means a  building  located  in  this
state which either
  (a)  is a qualified low-income building as defined in section 42(c) of
the internal revenue code, or
  (b) would be a qualified low-income building under such section if the
20-50 test specified in subsection (g)(1) of such  section  were  disre-
garded  and  the 40-60 test specified in such subsection (requiring that
at least forty percent of residential units be both rent-restricted  and
occupied  by  individuals  whose income is sixty percent or less of area
median gross income) were a 40-90 test.
  5-A. "ELIGIBLE MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDING" MEANS  A  BUILDING  LOCATED  IN
THIS  STATE  WHICH IS COMPOSED OF MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL UNITS WHICH WILL,
UPON COMPLETION, BE AFFORDABLE BY ELIGIBLE MIDDLE-INCOME HOUSEHOLDS.
  5-B. "ELIGIBLE MIDDLE-INCOME HOUSEHOLD" MEANS (A) IN CITIES  HAVING  A
POPULATION  OF  ONE  MILLION  OR  MORE, A PERSON OR FAMILY RESIDING IN A
RESIDENTIAL UNIT WHOSE INCOME DOES NOT EXCEED ONE HUNDRED THIRTY PERCENT
OF THE MEDIAN INCOME FOR THE METROPOLITAN STATISTICAL AREA IN  WHICH  AN
ELIGIBLE MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDING IS LOCATED; OR (B) IN ANY PORTION OF THE
STATE  OUTSIDE  OF A CITY HAVING A POPULATION OF ONE MILLION OR MORE AND
(I) WITHIN A METROPOLITAN STATISTICAL AREA, A PERSON OR FAMILY  RESIDING
IN  A  RESIDENTIAL  UNIT WHOSE INCOME DOES NOT EXCEED ONE HUNDRED THIRTY
PERCENT OF THE MEDIAN INCOME FOR THE METROPOLITAN  STATISTICAL  AREA  IN
WHICH  AN  ELIGIBLE  MIDDLE-INCOME  BUILDING  IS LOCATED, OR ONE HUNDRED
THIRTY PERCENT OF THE STATEWIDE MEDIAN INCOME, WHICHEVER SHALL BE  LESS,
OR  (II)  OUTSIDE  OF  METROPOLITAN STATISTICAL AREA, A PERSON OR FAMILY
RESIDING IN A RESIDENTIAL UNIT WHOSE INCOME DOES NOT EXCEED ONE  HUNDRED
THIRTY  PERCENT OF THE MEDIAN INCOME FOR THE COUNTY IN WHICH AN ELIGIBLE
MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDING IS LOCATED, OR ONE HUNDRED THIRTY PERCENT OF  THE
STATEWIDE MEDIAN INCOME, WHICHEVER SHALL BE LESS.

S. 6406--B                         128

  6. "Qualified basis" of an eligible low-income building OR AN ELIGIBLE
MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDING means the qualified basis of such building deter-
mined  under  section  42(c)  of  the  internal revenue code, or, FOR AN
ELIGIBLE LOW-INCOME BUILDING,  which  would  be  determined  under  such
section if the 40-90 test specified in paragraph (b) of subdivision five
of  this  section  applied  under  such  section 42 to determine if such
building were part of a qualified low-income housing project.
  7. References in this article to section 42 of  the  internal  revenue
code shall mean such section as amended from time to time.
  S  22.  Allowance  of  credit,  amount  and limitations. 1. A taxpayer
subject to tax under article nine-A, twenty-two[, thirty-two]  or  thir-
ty-three  of  the tax law which owns an interest in one or more eligible
low-income  buildings  OR  ELIGIBLE  MIDDLE-INCOME  BUILDINGS  shall  be
allowed  a  credit against such tax for the amount of low-income housing
credit OR FOR THE AMOUNT OF THE MIDDLE-INCOME  HOUSING  CREDIT,  AS  THE
CASE MAY BE, allocated by the commissioner to each such building. Except
as  provided  in  subdivision  two of this section, the credit amount so
allocated shall be allowed as a credit against the tax for the ten taxa-
ble years in the credit period.
  2. Adjustment of first-year credit allowed in eleventh year. The cred-
it allowable for the first  taxable  year  of  the  credit  period  with
respect  to  any  building  shall be adjusted using the rules of section
42(f)(2) of the internal revenue code (relating to first-year adjustment
of qualified basis by the weighted average of low-income to total  resi-
dential  units,  OR  BY  THE  WEIGHTED AVERAGE OF MIDDLE-INCOME TO TOTAL
RESIDENTIAL UNITS, AS THE CASE MAY BE), and any reduction in  first-year
credit  by  reason  of  such adjustment shall be allowable for the first
taxable year following the credit period.
  3. Amount of credit. Except as provided in subdivisions four and  five
of  this section, the amount of low-income housing credit AND MIDDLE-IN-
COME HOUSING CREDIT shall be the applicable percentage of the  qualified
basis   of  each  eligible  low-income  building  OR  OF  EACH  ELIGIBLE
MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDING.
  4. Statewide limitation. The aggregate dollar amount of  credit  which
the  commissioner  may  allocate  to eligible low-income buildings under
this article shall be sixty-four million dollars. THE  AGGREGATE  DOLLAR
AMOUNT  OF  CREDIT  WHICH  THE  COMMISSIONER  MAY  ALLOCATE  TO ELIGIBLE
MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDINGS UNDER THIS ARTICLE SHALL BE TWENTY-FIVE  MILLION
DOLLARS.  The  limitation  provided  by this subdivision applies only to
allocation of the aggregate dollar amount of credit by the commissioner,
and does not apply to allowance to a taxpayer of the credit with respect
to an eligible low-income building OR AN ELIGIBLE MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDING
for each year of the credit period.
  5. Building limitation. The dollar amount of credit allocated  to  any
building  shall  not  exceed  the  amount the commissioner determines is
necessary for the financial feasibility of the project and the viability
of the building as an eligible low-income building  OR  AS  AN  ELIGIBLE
MIDDLE-INCOME  BUILDING  throughout  the  credit period. In allocating a
dollar amount of credit to any building, the commissioner shall  specify
the  applicable  percentage and the maximum qualified basis which may be
taken into account under this article with respect to such building. The
applicable percentage and the maximum qualified basis with respect to  a
building shall not exceed the amounts determined in subdivisions one and
six, respectively, of section twenty-one of this article.
  6.   Long-term  commitment  to  low-income  OR  MIDDLE-INCOME  housing
required. (A) No credit shall be allowed under this article with respect

S. 6406--B                         129

to [a] AN ELIGIBLE LOW-INCOME building for the taxable  year  unless  an
extended  low-income  housing  commitment  is in effect as of the end of
such taxable year. For purposes of  this  [subdivision]  PARAGRAPH,  the
term "extended low-income housing commitment" means an agreement between
the taxpayer and the commissioner substantially similar to the agreement
specified in section 42(h)(6)(B) of the internal revenue code.
  (B)  NO  CREDIT SHALL BE ALLOWED UNDER THIS ARTICLE WITH RESPECT TO AN
ELIGIBLE MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDING FOR THE TAXABLE YEAR UNLESS AN  EXTENDED
MIDDLE-INCOME  HOUSING  COMMITMENT  IS  IN  EFFECT AS OF THE END OF SUCH
TAXABLE YEAR. FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS  PARAGRAPH,  THE  TERM  "EXTENDED
MIDDLE-INCOME HOUSING COMMITMENT" MEANS AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE TAXPAY-
ER AND THE COMMISSIONER WHICH HAS BEEN DETERMINED BY THE COMMISSIONER TO
BE  SIMILAR  TO  THE  AGREEMENT  SPECIFIED IN SECTION 42(H)(6)(B) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.
  7. Credit to successor owner. If a credit is allowed under subdivision
one of this section with respect to an eligible low-income  building  OR
AN  ELIGIBLE  MIDDLE-INCOME  BUILDING, and such building (or an interest
therein) is sold during the credit period, the  credit  for  the  period
after  the  sale  which would have been allowable under such subdivision
one to the prior owner had the building not been sold shall be allowable
to the new owner. Credit for the year of sale shall be allocated between
the parties on the basis of the number of days during such year that the
building or interest was held by each.
  S 23. Project monitoring. The commissioner shall establish such proce-
dures as he OR SHE deems  necessary  for  monitoring  compliance  of  an
eligible  low-income building OR AN ELIGIBLE MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDING with
the provisions of this article, and for notifying  the  commissioner  of
taxation  and  finance  of  any  such  noncompliance  of which he OR SHE
becomes aware.
  S 24. Credit recapture. If, as of the close of any taxable year in the
compliance period, the amount of the qualified  basis  of  any  building
with respect to the taxpayer is less than the amount of such basis as of
the  close  of the preceding taxable year, the credit under this article
may be recaptured as provided in section eighteen OR EIGHTEEN-A  of  the
tax law.
  S 25. Regulations, coordination with federal low-income housing credit
provisions.  1.  The commissioner shall promulgate rules and regulations
necessary to administer the provisions of this act.
  2. The provisions of section 42 of the  internal  revenue  code  shall
apply  to the credit under this article, provided however, to the extent
such provisions are inconsistent with this article,  the  provisions  of
this article shall control.
  S  2.  The  tax law is amended by adding a new section 18-a to read as
follows:
  S 18-A. MIDDLE-INCOME HOUSING  CREDIT.  (A)  ALLOWANCE  OF  CREDIT.  A
TAXPAYER SUBJECT TO TAX UNDER ARTICLE NINE-A, TWENTY-TWO OR THIRTY-THREE
OF  THIS CHAPTER SHALL BE ALLOWED A CREDIT AGAINST SUCH TAX, PURSUANT TO
THE PROVISIONS REFERENCED IN  SUBDIVISION  (D)  OF  THIS  SECTION,  WITH
RESPECT  TO  THE OWNERSHIP OF ELIGIBLE MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDINGS FOR WHICH
AN ELIGIBILITY STATEMENT HAS BEEN ISSUED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF  HOUSING
AND  COMMUNITY  RENEWAL.  THE  AMOUNT  OF THE CREDIT SHALL BE THE CREDIT
AMOUNT FOR EACH SUCH BUILDING ALLOCATED BY SUCH COMMISSIONER AS PROVIDED
IN ARTICLE TWO-A OF THE PUBLIC HOUSING LAW. THE CREDIT AMOUNT  SHALL  BE
ALLOWED  FOR EACH OF THE TEN TAXABLE YEARS IN THE CREDIT PERIOD, AND ANY
REDUCTION IN FIRST-YEAR CREDIT AS PROVIDED IN SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION
TWENTY-TWO OF SUCH LAW SHALL BE ALLOWED IN THE ELEVENTH TAXABLE YEAR.

S. 6406--B                         130

  (B) CREDIT RECAPTURE. (1) GENERAL. IF,
  (A)  AS OF THE CLOSE OF ANY TAXABLE YEAR IN THE COMPLIANCE PERIOD, THE
AMOUNT OF THE QUALIFIED BASIS  OF  ANY  BUILDING  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THE
TAXPAYER IS LESS THAN
  (B)  THE AMOUNT OF SUCH BASIS AS OF THE CLOSE OF THE PRECEDING TAXABLE
YEAR,
  (C) THEN THE CREDIT RECAPTURE AMOUNT MUST BE ADDED BACK FOR THE  TAXA-
BLE YEAR.
  (2)  CREDIT RECAPTURE AMOUNT. THE CREDIT RECAPTURE AMOUNT IS AN AMOUNT
EQUAL TO THE SUM OF
  (A) THE AGGREGATE DECREASE IN THE  CREDITS  ALLOWED  TO  THE  TAXPAYER
UNDER THIS SECTION FOR ALL PRIOR TAXABLE YEARS WHICH WOULD HAVE RESULTED
IF  THE  ACCELERATED  PORTION  OF THE CREDIT ALLOWABLE BY REASON OF THIS
SECTION WERE NOT ALLOWED FOR ALL PRIOR TAXABLE YEARS WITH RESPECT TO THE
EXCESS OF THE AMOUNT DESCRIBED IN SUBPARAGRAPH (B) OF PARAGRAPH  (1)  OF
THIS  SUBDIVISION  OVER THE AMOUNT DESCRIBED IN SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF SUCH
PARAGRAPH, PLUS
  (B) INTEREST AT THE OVERPAYMENT RATE  ESTABLISHED  UNDER  SECTION  ONE
THOUSAND  NINETY-SIX  OF  THIS  CHAPTER  ON  THE AMOUNT DETERMINED UNDER
SUBPARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS PARAGRAPH FOR EACH PRIOR TAXABLE YEAR  FOR  THE
PERIOD  BEGINNING  ON  THE  DUE DATE FOR FILING THE REPORT FOR THE PRIOR
TAXABLE YEAR INVOLVED.
  (3) ACCELERATED PORTION OF CREDIT. FOR PURPOSES OF  PARAGRAPH  TWO  OF
THIS  SUBDIVISION,  THE  ACCELERATED PORTION OF THE CREDIT FOR THE PRIOR
TAXABLE YEARS WITH RESPECT TO ANY AMOUNT OF BASIS IS THE EXCESS OF
  (A) THE AGGREGATE CREDIT ALLOWED BY REASON OF  THIS  SECTION  (WITHOUT
REGARD  TO  THIS SUBDIVISION) FOR SUCH YEARS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH BASIS,
OVER
  (B) THE AGGREGATE CREDIT WHICH WOULD BE ALLOWABLE BY  REASON  OF  THIS
SECTION FOR SUCH YEARS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH BASIS IF THE AGGREGATE CRED-
IT  WHICH  WOULD  (BUT  FOR  THIS SUBDIVISION) HAVE BEEN ALLOWED FOR THE
ENTIRE COMPLIANCE PERIOD WERE ALLOWABLE RATABLY OVER FIFTEEN YEARS.
  (4) SPECIAL RULES. FOR PURPOSES OF  THIS  SUBDIVISION,  THE  RULES  OF
SECTION 42 (J)(4)(B) AND (C) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SHALL APPLY IN
DETERMINING THE CREDIT RECAPTURE AMOUNT.
  (5)  EXCEPTIONS  TO  RECAPTURE. RECAPTURE UNDER THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL
NOT APPLY TO A REDUCTION IN QUALIFIED BASIS
  (A) BY REASON OF A CASUALTY LOSS, IF THE COMMISSIONER, IN CONSULTATION
WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY RENEWAL, DETERMINES  THAT
SUCH  LOSS IS RESTORED BY RECONSTRUCTION OR REPLACEMENT WITHIN A REASON-
ABLE PERIOD, OR
  (B) BY REASON OF A CHANGE IN  FLOOR  SPACE  DEVOTED  TO  MIDDLE-INCOME
UNITS  IN A BUILDING, IF SUCH BUILDING REMAINS AN ELIGIBLE MIDDLE-INCOME
BUILDING AFTER SUCH CHANGE, AND IF  THE  COMMISSIONER,  IN  CONSULTATION
WITH  THE COMMISSIONER OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY RENEWAL, DETERMINES THAT
SUCH CHANGE IS DE MINIMIS, OR
  (C) BY REASON OF ERROR IN  COMPLYING  WITH  MIDDLE-INCOME  ELIGIBILITY
TESTS  REFERRED  TO  IN  SUBDIVISION  FIVE  OF SECTION TWENTY-ONE OF THE
PUBLIC HOUSING LAW,  IF  THE  COMMISSIONER,  IN  CONSULTATION  WITH  THE
COMMISSIONER  OF  HOUSING  AND  COMMUNITY  RENEWAL, DETERMINES THAT SUCH
ERROR IS DE MINIMIS.
  (6) RECAPTURE BY PARTNERS OF A PARTNERSHIP. IN THE CASE  OF  OWNERSHIP
OF A BUILDING OR INTEREST THEREIN BY A PARTNERSHIP WHICH HAS THIRTY-FIVE
OR  MORE  PARTNERS,  THE  PROVISIONS OF SECTION 42(J)(5) OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE SHALL APPLY TO ANY RECAPTURE UNDER THIS SUBDIVISION  UNLESS
THE PARTNERSHIP ELECTS NOT TO HAVE SUCH PROVISIONS APPLY.

S. 6406--B                         131

  (7)  (A) THE CREDIT RECAPTURE REQUIRED UNDER THIS SUBDIVISION WILL NOT
APPLY SOLELY BY REASON OF THE DISPOSITION OF A BUILDING OR  AN  INTEREST
THEREIN IF IT IS REASONABLY EXPECTED THAT SUCH BUILDING WILL CONTINUE TO
BE  OPERATED  AS  AN  ELIGIBLE  MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDING FOR THE REMAINING
COMPLIANCE PERIOD WITH RESPECT TO SUCH BUILDING.
  (B)  STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS. IF A BUILDING (OR AN INTEREST THEREIN) IS
DISPOSED OF DURING ANY TAXABLE YEAR AND THERE IS ANY  REDUCTION  IN  THE
QUALIFIED  BASIS  OF  SUCH  BUILDING WHICH RESULTS IN AN INCREASE IN TAX
UNDER THIS SECTION FOR SUCH TAXABLE OR ANY SUBSEQUENT TAXABLE YEAR, THEN
  (I) THE STATUTORY PERIOD FOR THE ASSESSMENT  OF  ANY  DEFICIENCY  WITH
RESPECT TO SUCH INCREASE IN TAX WILL NOT EXPIRE BEFORE THE EXPIRATION OF
THREE  YEARS  FROM  THE  DATE  THE COMMISSIONER OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY
RENEWAL IS NOTIFIED BY THE TAXPAYER (IN SUCH MANNER AS THE  COMMISSIONER
OF  HOUSING  AND  COMMUNITY  RENEWAL MAY PRESCRIBE) OF SUCH REDUCTION IN
QUALIFIED BASIS, AND
  (II) SUCH DEFICIENCY MAY BE ASSESSED BEFORE  THE  EXPIRATION  OF  SUCH
THREE-YEAR  PERIOD  NOTWITHSTANDING  THE  PROVISIONS OF ANY OTHER LAW OR
RULE OF LAW WHICH WOULD OTHERWISE PREVENT SUCH ASSESSMENT.
  (C) CONSTRUCTION WITH PUBLIC HOUSING LAW; DEFINITIONS. THE  PROVISIONS
OF THIS SECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROVISIONS OF
ARTICLE TWO-A OF THE PUBLIC HOUSING LAW. FOR DEFINITIONS RELATING TO THE
MIDDLE-INCOME HOUSING CREDIT, SEE SECTION TWENTY-ONE OF SUCH LAW.
  (D)  CROSS-REFERENCES.  FOR  APPLICATION OF THE CREDIT PROVIDED FOR IN
THIS SECTION, SEE THE FOLLOWING PROVISIONS OF THIS CHAPTER:
  (1) ARTICLE 9-A: SECTION 210-B: SUBDIVISION 15-A,
  (2) ARTICLE 22: SECTION 606: SUBSECTIONS (I) AND (X-1),
  (3) ARTICLE 33: SECTION 1511: SUBDIVISION (N-1).
  S 3. Section 210-B of the tax law is amended by adding a new  subdivi-
sion 15-a to read as follows:
  15-A. MIDDLE-INCOME HOUSING CREDIT. (A) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT. A TAXPAY-
ER  SHALL  BE  ALLOWED  A CREDIT AGAINST THE TAX IMPOSED BY THIS ARTICLE
WITH RESPECT TO  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF  ELIGIBLE  MIDDLE-INCOME  BUILDINGS,
COMPUTED AS PROVIDED IN SECTION EIGHTEEN-A OF THIS CHAPTER.
  (B)  APPLICATION  OF CREDIT. THE CREDIT ALLOWED UNDER THIS SUBDIVISION
FOR ANY TAXABLE YEAR SHALL NOT, IN THE AGGREGATE, REDUCE THE TAX DUE FOR
SUCH YEAR TO LESS THAN THE HIGHER OF THE  AMOUNTS  PRESCRIBED  IN  PARA-
GRAPHS  (C)  AND (D) OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION. HOWEVER, IF THE
AMOUNT OF CREDIT ALLOWED UNDER THIS SUBDIVISION  FOR  ANY  TAXABLE  YEAR
REDUCES THE TAX TO SUCH AMOUNT, ANY AMOUNT OF CREDIT THUS NOT DEDUCTIBLE
IN  SUCH  TAXABLE  YEAR  SHALL BE TREATED AS AN OVERPAYMENT OF TAX TO BE
CREDITED OR REFUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS  OF  SECTION  TEN
HUNDRED EIGHTY-SIX OF THIS CHAPTER. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THE PROVISIONS OF
SUBSECTION  (C)  OF  SECTION  TEN  HUNDRED  EIGHTY-EIGHT OF THIS CHAPTER
NOTWITHSTANDING, NO INTEREST SHALL BE PAID THEREON.
  (C) CREDIT RECAPTURE. FOR PROVISIONS REQUIRING  RECAPTURE  OF  CREDIT,
SEE SUBDIVISION (B) OF SECTION EIGHTEEN-A OF THIS CHAPTER.
  S  4. Subparagraph (B) of paragraph 1 of subsection (i) of section 606
of the tax law is amended by adding a new clause  (xiii-a)  to  read  as
follows:

(XIII-A) MIDDLE-INCOME HOUSING       CREDIT AMOUNT UNDER SUBDIVISION
CREDIT UNDER SUBSECTION (X-L)        FIFTEEN-A OF SECTION TWO HUNDRED
                                     TEN-B

  S  5. Section 606 of the tax law is amended by adding a new subsection
(x-1) to read as follows:

S. 6406--B                         132

  (X-1) MIDDLE-INCOME HOUSING CREDIT. (1) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT. A TAXPAY-
ER SHALL BE ALLOWED A CREDIT AGAINST THE TAX  IMPOSED  BY  THIS  ARTICLE
WITH  RESPECT  TO  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF  ELIGIBLE MIDDLE-INCOME BUILDINGS,
COMPUTED AS PROVIDED IN SECTION EIGHTEEN-A OF THIS CHAPTER.
  (2)  APPLICATION  OF  CREDIT.  IF THE AMOUNT OF CREDIT ALLOWABLE UNDER
THIS SUBSECTION FOR ANY TAXABLE YEAR SHALL EXCEED THE TAXPAYER'S TAX FOR
SUCH YEAR, THE EXCESS SHALL BE TREATED AS AN OVERPAYMENT OF  TAX  TO  BE
CREDITED  OR  REFUNDED  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION SIX
HUNDRED EIGHTY-SIX OF THIS ARTICLE, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT NO  INTEREST
SHALL BE PAID THEREON.
  (3)  CREDIT  RECAPTURE.  FOR PROVISIONS REQUIRING RECAPTURE OF CREDIT,
SEE SUBDIVISION (B) OF SECTION EIGHTEEN-A OF THIS CHAPTER.
  S 6. Section 1511 of the tax law is amended by adding a  new  subdivi-
sion (n-1) to read as follows:
  (N-1) MIDDLE-INCOME HOUSING CREDIT. (1) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT. A TAXPAY-
ER  SHALL  BE  ALLOWED  A CREDIT AGAINST THE TAX IMPOSED BY THIS ARTICLE
WITH RESPECT TO  THE  OWNERSHIP  OF  ELIGIBLE  MIDDLE-INCOME  BUILDINGS,
COMPUTED AS PROVIDED IN SECTION EIGHTEEN-A OF THIS CHAPTER.
  (2)  APPLICATION  OF CREDIT. THE CREDIT ALLOWED UNDER THIS SUBDIVISION
FOR ANY TAXABLE YEAR SHALL NOT, IN THE AGGREGATE, REDUCE THE TAX DUE FOR
SUCH YEAR TO LESS THAN THE MINIMUM TAX FIXED BY PARAGRAPH FOUR OF SUBDI-
VISION (A) OF SECTION FIFTEEN HUNDRED TWO OF THIS ARTICLE OR BY  SECTION
FIFTEEN  HUNDRED TWO-A OF THIS ARTICLE, WHICHEVER IS APPLICABLE.  HOWEV-
ER, IF THE AMOUNT OF CREDIT ALLOWED UNDER THIS SUBDIVISION FOR ANY TAXA-
BLE YEAR REDUCES THE TAX TO SUCH AMOUNT, THEN ANY AMOUNT OF CREDIT  THUS
NOT  DEDUCTIBLE  IN SUCH TAXABLE YEAR SHALL BE TREATED AS AN OVERPAYMENT
OF TAX TO BE CREDITED OR REFUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE  PROVISIONS  OF
SECTION  TEN  HUNDRED EIGHTY-SIX OF THIS CHAPTER. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THE
PROVISIONS OF SUBSECTION (C) OF SECTION TEN HUNDRED EIGHTY-EIGHT OF THIS
CHAPTER NOTWITHSTANDING, NO INTEREST SHALL BE PAID THEREON.
  (3) CREDIT RECAPTURE. FOR PROVISIONS REQUIRING  RECAPTURE  OF  CREDIT,
SEE SUBDIVISION (B) OF SECTION EIGHTEEN-A OF THIS CHAPTER.
  S  7.  This  act  shall take effect immediately and shall apply to tax
years commencing on or after January 1, 2016.

                                 PART KK

  Section 1. Statement of legislative purpose and findings. The legisla-
ture finds and declares that New York's mortgage foreclosure  crisis  is
ongoing.   This state's communities have been devastated by the dramatic
increase in foreclosures since the 2008 financial crisis. Many New York-
ers are working to keep their homes,  but  are  faced  with  a  mortgage
servicing  system moving too slowly. Communities across the state strug-
gle to cope with vacant,  distressed or abandoned  properties  that,  if
repaired  and  returned  to  the market, would be affordable housing and
generate tax income for municipalities.  The legislature finds  that  it
is  necessary  to  create  a  statewide  program  to protect communities
throughout the state by: (i) preventing foreclosures when possible, (ii)
reducing blight, (iii) restoring property tax revenue, and (iv) support-
ing affordable  housing  options.  Accordingly  the  legislature  hereby
creates the community reinvestment program.
  S 2. Definitions. As used in this act, the following words and phrases
shall have the following meanings:
  1. "Asset" means real property or notes secured by mortgages.
  2.  "Community  development  financial institution" or "CDFI" means an
organization which has been certified as a community development  finan-

S. 6406--B                         133

cial  institution  by the federal community development financial insti-
tutions fund, as established pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 4701 et seq.
  3. "Community reinvestment program fund" or "fund" means the community
reinvestment  program  fund  established  pursuant  to section 85 of the
state finance law.
  4. "Council" means the community reinvestment program fund council.
  5. "Fund manager" means a Community Development Financial  Institution
("CDFI") fund manager.
  6.  "Not-for-profit  members" means members of the community reinvest-
ment program fund council who do not have a significant financial inter-
est in or control of a business or profit making entity involved in real
estate transactions or real estate speculation.
  7. "Program manager" means a property holding company  that  will  own
and  manage  the  assets  purchased  through  the community reinvestment
program.
  8. "Real estate owned" means real property owned by a lender,  includ-
ing  a banking organization, or federal or state agency, which owns such
property as the result of a default in payments on a mortgage.
  9. "Vacant" means real property which has no current residents.
  S 3. The state finance law is amended by adding a new  section  85  to
read as follows:
  S  85.  COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT PROGRAM FUND. 1. THERE IS HEREBY ESTAB-
LISHED IN THE CUSTODY OF THE STATE COMPTROLLER  A  SPECIAL  FUND  TO  BE
KNOWN AS THE "COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT PROGRAM FUND".
  2.  THE  COMMUNITY  REINVESTMENT  PROGRAM FUND SHALL CONSIST OF MONEYS
DEPOSITED THEREIN BY THE STATE COMPTROLLER.  NOTHING CONTAINED  IN  THIS
SECTION  SHALL  PREVENT  THE  STATE FROM RECEIVING GRANTS, GIFTS, MONIES
OBTAINED THROUGH JUDGMENTS AND SETTLEMENTS FROM THE STATE OR  ANY  OTHER
GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY, OR BEQUESTS AND DEPOSITING THEM INTO THE ACCESSIBLE
ELECTRONIC INFORMATION SERVICE FUND ACCORDING TO LAW.
  3. THE MONEYS IN THE FUND SHALL BE USED TO:
  (A)  PURCHASE  MORTGAGE  NOTES ON ONE TO FOUR UNIT HOMES AT DISCOUNTED
RATES; AND
  (B) ACQUIRE OR SELL  HOMES  AT  DISCOUNTED  RATES  FROM  LENDERS,  AND
PURCHASE  HOMES  AT  AUCTION, THROUGH SHORT SALE, OR OTHER SALE WITH THE
INTENT TO:
  (I) WHERE POSSIBLE, MODIFY THE MORTGAGE TO AN AFFORDABLE RATE TO  KEEP
CURRENT HOMEOWNERS IN THE PROPERTY;
  (II) RENT OR SELL BACK TO HOMEOWNERS WITH AN AFFORDABLE LOAN;
  (III)  FUND  LOCAL,  NOT-FOR-PROFIT DEVELOPMENT EFFORTS TO TURN VACANT
PROPERTIES INTO AFFORDABLE HOUSING;
  (IV) REHABILITATE DISTRESSED PROPERTIES FOR NEW OWNERS; AND/OR
  (V) DEMOLISH HOMES THAT ARE DILAPIDATED OR REASONABLY BEYOND REPAIR.
  4. (A) AS USED IN  THIS  SECTION,  THE  TERMS  "COMMUNITY  DEVELOPMENT
FINANCIAL  INSTITUTION"  "CDFI",  "FUND  MANAGER"  AND "PROGRAM MANAGER"
SHALL HAVE THE SAME MEANINGS AS ASCRIBED TO SUCH TERMS BY SECTION TWO OF
THE CHAPTER OF THE LAWS OF TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN THAT ADDED THIS SECTION.
  (B) AS USED IN THIS  SECTION,  "COMMUNITY  REINVESTMENT  PROGRAM  FUND
COUNCIL"  MEANS SUCH COUNCIL AS ESTABLISHED BY SECTION FOUR OF THE CHAP-
TER OF THE LAWS OF TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN THAT ADDED THIS SECTION.
  5. THE DIVISION OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY RENEWAL, IN CONSULTATION WITH
THE COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT PROGRAM FUND COUNCIL, SHALL SELECT  THE  FUND
MANAGER AND PROGRAM MANAGER THROUGH THE REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL PROCESS.
  6. THE FUND MANAGER SHALL:
  (A)  BE  RESPONSIBLE  FOR  THE  RECEIPT, MANAGEMENT AND EXPENDITURE OF
MONIES HELD IN THE COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT PROGRAM FUND;

S. 6406--B                         134

  (B) MAINTAIN BOOKS AND RECORDS PERTAINING TO ALL MONIES  RECEIVED  AND
DISBURSED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION;
  (C)  SEEK  AND  RECEIVE RECEIVE PUBLIC, SETTLEMENT AND OTHER FUNDS AND
USE THOSE FUNDS TO PURCHASE ASSETS THAT WILL  BE  HELD  BY  THE  PROGRAM
MANAGER;
  (D) HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO RESEARCH, ACQUIRE AND PURCHASE DISTRESSED OR
UNDERPERFORMING  ASSETS  IN ORDER TO TRANSFER SUCH ASSETS TO THE PROGRAM
MANAGER;
  (E) WORK WITH THE  COMMUNITY  REINVESTMENT  PROGRAM  FUND  COUNCIL  TO
DEVELOP  STRATEGIES  FOR  ACQUIRING  DISTRESSED  ASSETS  AND TO IDENTIFY
OPPORTUNITIES TO ACQUIRE DISTRESSED ASSETS;
  (F) WORK WITH THE  PROGRAM  MANAGER  AND  THE  COMMUNITY  REINVESTMENT
PROGRAM  FUND  COUNCIL  TO  IDENTIFY  NOT-FOR-PROFIT  DEVELOPERS ABLE TO
IMPLEMENT DISPOSITIONS TAILORED TO LOCAL NEEDS,  WHETHER  SALES  TO  NEW
HOMEOWNERS,  USE AS AFFORDABLE RENTAL PROPERTY, OR DEMOLITION AND REPUR-
POSING FOR OTHER COMMUNITY USES; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT IF NO  NOT-FOR-
PROFIT  DEVELOPER  IS  AVAILABLE  IN A PARTICULAR LOCATION, A FOR-PROFIT
DEVELOPER MAY, WITH THE CONSENT AND APPROVAL OF THE COMMUNITY  REINVEST-
MENT PROGRAM FUND COUNCIL, BE SELECTED;
  (G)  MAKE FUNDS DIRECTLY AVAILABLE TO NOT-FOR-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS AND
DEVELOPERS FOR USE TO ACQUIRE, REHABILITATE  AND/OR  FINANCE  PROPERTIES
DIRECTLY; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT IF NO NOT-FOR-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS AND
DEVELOPERS  ARE AVAILABLE IN A PARTICULAR LOCATION, FOR-PROFIT ORGANIZA-
TIONS AND DEVELOPERS MAY, WITH THE CONSENT AND APPROVAL OF THE COMMUNITY
REINVESTMENT PROGRAM FUND COUNCIL, BE SELECTED.   THESE FUNDS  WOULD  BE
MADE  AVAILABLE THROUGH A REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL PROCESS CONDUCTED THROUGH
THE DIVISION OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY RENEWAL, IN CONSULTATION WITH  THE
FUND MANAGER;
  (H) DEVELOP A PLAN TO MAKE THE FUND A REVOLVING LOAN FUND;
  (I) APPLY FOR FEDERAL OR PRIVATE GRANT MONEY THAT BECOMES AVAILABLE TO
CARRY OUT THE PURPOSE OF THIS SECTION;
  (J)  COORDINATE  WITH  MUNICIPALITIES  TO  IDENTIFY MORTGAGE NOTES FOR
PURCHASE; AND
  (K) PERFORM ANY AND ALL TASKS AND FUNCTIONS NECESSARY TO  OPERATE  THE
FUND.
  7. THE PROGRAM MANAGER SHALL:
  (A)  HAVE  THE  AUTHORITY TO ACQUIRE, PURCHASE OR SELL DISTRESSED REAL
PROPERTY ASSETS OR MORTGAGE NOTES ON ONE TO  FOUR  UNIT  HOMES,  WHETHER
CURRENT,  DELINQUENT  AND/OR  IN  FORECLOSURE, OCCUPIED, VACANT OR ABAN-
DONED, WHERE PURCHASED OR ACQUIRED:
  (I) AT OR BELOW REASONABLE AND CUSTOMARY PRICES;
  (II) THROUGH NEGOTIATED SALES AT FHA  DISTRESSED  ASSET  STABILIZATION
PROGRAM SALES OR AT ANY OTHER SUCH SALES CONDUCTED BY A GOVERNMENT ENTI-
TY;
  (III)  THROUGH  AUCTIONS, SHORT SALES, REAL ESTATE OWNED PROPERTIES OR
PROPERTIES IDENTIFIED BY  THE  MEMBERS  OF  THE  COMMUNITY  REINVESTMENT
PROGRAM FUND COUNCIL;
  (IV) THROUGH DONATION OR BY OTHER MEANS;
  (B) OWN AND MANAGE THE DISTRESSED OR UNDERPERFORMING ASSETS;
  (C) HAVE THE POWER TO MODIFY MORTGAGE NOTES ON THE ACQUIRED ASSETS;
  (D) WITH THE INPUT OF THE COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT PROGRAM FUND COUNCIL,
DEVELOP  DISPOSITION  STRATEGIES TAILORED TO THE NEEDS AND MARKET CONDI-
TIONS IN THE LOCAL COMMUNITIES WHERE THE DISTRESSED  OR  UNDERPERFORMING
ASSETS ARE LOCATED;
  (E)  WORK  WITH  THE  COMMUNITY  REINVESTMENT  PROGRAM FUND COUNCIL TO
DETERMINE OPTIMAL OUTCOMES FOR ACQUIRED MORTGAGE NOTES AND PROPERTIES;

S. 6406--B                         135

  (F) HAVE A RELATIONSHIP WITH A SPECIALTY MORTGAGE SERVICER WHOSE  ROLE
IS TO ASSIST WITH MODIFICATIONS OF ACQUIRED MORTGAGE NOTES;
  (G)  WORK WITH THE FUND MANAGER AND THE COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT PROGRAM
FUND COUNCIL TO DEVELOP MODIFICATION CRITERIA;
  (H) WORK WITH LOAN SERVICERS,  HOUSING  COUNSELORS  AND  ATTORNEYS  TO
ASSIST  BORROWERS WITH APPLICATIONS FOR LOAN MODIFICATIONS AND REFINANC-
ING;
  (I) WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT PROGRAM FUND COUN-
CIL, MAKE AVAILABLE REASONABLE EXPENSES TO NOT-FOR-PROFIT  ORGANIZATIONS
FOR  DIRECT  DISPOSITION  EXPENSES, INCLUDING WORKING WITH HOMEOWNERS TO
ACHIEVE LOAN MODIFICATIONS AND OTHER WORKOUT OPTIONS;
  (J) WORK WITH THE FUND MANAGER AND THE COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT  PROGRAM
FUND  COUNCIL  TO  IDENTIFY  NOT-FOR-PROFIT DEVELOPERS ABLE TO IMPLEMENT
DISPOSITIONS TAILORED TO LOCAL NEEDS, WHETHER SALES TO  NEW  HOMEOWNERS,
USE  AS  AFFORDABLE  RENTAL  PROPERTY, OR DEMOLITION AND REPURPOSING FOR
OTHER COMMUNITY USES;
  (K) MEET WITH THE COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT PROGRAM  FUND  COUNCIL  AT  A
MINIMUM  EVERY  QUARTER  OF  THE CALENDAR YEAR, AND PROVIDE SUCH COUNCIL
WITH THE INFORMATION NEEDED TO ASSESS  WHETHER  THE  FUND  IS  OPERATING
WITHIN THE PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION; AND
  (L)  PERFORM  ANY AND ALL TASKS AND FUNCTIONS NECESSARY TO OPERATE THE
FUND.
  S 4. Community reinvestment program fund council. 1. There  is  hereby
established  the  community reinvestment program fund council consisting
of twenty-seven members. The purpose of such council is to serve  as  an
advisory  board to advise the program manager, assist with the identifi-
cation of opportunities to acquire distressed or underperforming assets,
assist in the development of disposition strategies tailored to meet the
needs and market conditions in the local communities where distressed or
underperforming assets are located, work with  the  program  manager  to
determine  optimal  outcomes for acquired mortgage notes and properties,
work with the fund manager and program manager  to  determine  the  loan
servicer's modification criteria, work with the fund manager and program
manager to identify not-for-profit developers able to implement disposi-
tions  tailored  to local needs, whether sales to new homeowners, use as
affordable rental property, or  demolition  and  repurposing  for  other
community  uses,  and  perform  such  functions as shall be necessary to
operate the community reinvestment program fund.
  2. The members of the council shall consist of:
  a. the commissioner of housing and community renewal, or  his  or  her
designee, who shall be the chair of the council;
  b. the commissioner of economic development, or his or her designee;
  c.  the  chair  of  the  senate committee on housing, construction and
community development or his or her designee;
  d. the chair of the assembly committee on housing or his or her desig-
nee;
  e.   twenty-three community based,  not-for-profit  members  with  two
members  from  each  of  the  regional  economic council areas, with the
exception of the city of New York.  These areas shall  include:  Western
New  York,  the  Finger  Lakes, Central New York, the Southern Tier, the
Mohawk Valley, the North Country, the  Capital  Region,  the  Mid-Hudson
Region  and Long Island. One member shall be appointed from each borough
of the city of New York; and
  f. not less than seventy-five percent of the appointed members of  the
council shall have experience with housing organizations, not-for-profit
corporations,  advocacy  organizations,  civic  associations, community-

S. 6406--B                         136

based organizations or similar entities with expertise in the fields  of
housing, housing finance, municipal planning or community development.
  3. Members of the council shall serve terms of two years.  Members who
serve  pursuant to paragraphs c and d of subdivision two of this section
shall serve for the duration of their two year term  and  shall  not  be
removed  unless  there is good cause shown, after notice and an opportu-
nity to be heard.
  4. The governor shall appoint the members of  the  council,  with  the
advice  and  consent  of  the  senate.    The governor shall appoint the
members of the council from a list of qualified persons submitted to the
division of housing and community renewal by the chairs  of  the  senate
committees  on  banks,  and housing, construction and community develop-
ment, and the chairs of the assembly committees on  banks  and  housing.
Such  list shall be composed of individuals who have knowledge or exper-
tise in housing issues within their region of the state.
  5.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  subdivision  three  of  this
section,  of  the members of the council initially appointed, in accord-
ance with paragraph c of subdivision two of  this  section,  one  member
from  each  regional  council  area  and  the members appointed from the
boroughs of Manhattan and Staten Island shall be appointed for a term of
one year, and all subsequent appointees shall serve terms of two  years.
The  governor  shall  appoint  the  initial members, with the advice and
consent of the senate, within 180 days of the  effective  date  of  this
section.  Furthermore,  the  first  meeting of the council shall convene
within 90 days of the date upon which all members of  the  council  have
been appointed.
  6. The council shall meet at least quarterly or more frequently at the
call  of the chair of the council. At the initial meeting of the council
and annually thereafter the members of the council shall elect from  its
members  a  secretary  and such other officers as the council shall deem
necessary.
  7. The chair of the council shall establish committees for the purpose
of conducting special studies pursuant to the  duties  of  the  council.
Individuals  who  are not members of the  council shall be authorized to
be members of a committee to serve as resource persons for  the  commit-
tee.    No  person  who is not a member of the council shall be a voting
member of a committee or the council. All recommendations of a committee
shall be subject to the approval of the council.
  8. The members of the council shall receive no compensation for  their
services,  but  shall  be  allowed  their  actual and necessary expenses
incurred in the performance of their duties pursuant to  this  act.  All
such expenses shall be payable from the fund.
  S  5.  Annual  report  to the legislature. The division of housing and
community renewal shall submit a report to the governor, the speaker  of
the assembly, the temporary president of the senate, the minority leader
of  the  assembly and the minority leader of the senate on or before the
first of October, and annually thereafter, describing  the  use  of  the
community  restoration  fund  pursuant  to  this  act,  including  asset
purchases, loan modifications, home sales, rentals,  property  rehabili-
tations  and other information provided pursuant to this act, including:
the number of assets purchased, number  of  loans  modified,  number  of
properties  rented and a description of projects financed or assisted by
fund monies; the amount and source of funds leveraged;  and  such  other
information as the state agency may deem appropriate.
  S  6.  The  community  reinvestment program shall constitute a govern-
mental entity within the division of housing and community renewal. Such

S. 6406--B                         137

program shall be the primary entity within the state for negotiating the
purchase of assets from distressed asset stabilization sales, in consul-
tation with municipalities and local  government  entities.  Such  local
governments shall enter into participation agreements with the community
reinvestment program to establish the terms of asset acquisition.  Local
government entities shall notify the program manager not less than thir-
ty  days  prior to making any distressed asset purchase, federal housing
finance agency purchase, or purchase from any other  entity  engaged  in
the  sale  of  mortgage note pools for purposes substantially similar to
those enumerated in this act. In the event that the program  manager  is
able to expedite such purchases or reduce costs, he or she shall make an
effort to do so in consultation with the council.
  S  7.  The division of housing and community renewal is hereby author-
ized to promulgate rules and regulations in accordance  with  the  state
administrative  procedure act that are necessary to fulfill the purposes
of this act including, but not limited to, rules relating to the manage-
ment of the fund, distribution of monies therefrom, mortgage note acqui-
sition guidelines, council activities and meeting schedules, and afford-
ability guidelines. The rules shall include guidelines  to  ensure  that
fund  monies  are  expended  based upon demonstrable community needs. In
addition, these rules shall specify that no more than forty  percent  of
the  monies  of  the  fund  shall  be expended on an annual basis in any
single economic development council area. Furthermore,  such  rules  and
regulations  are  to be completed not later than one hundred eighty days
after the effective date of this act.
  S 8. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART LL

  Section 1.  Paragraph a of subdivision 3 of section 467-b of the  real
property  tax law, as amended by section 2 of chapter 188 of the laws of
2005, is amended to read as follows:
  a. for a dwelling unit where the head of the  household  is  a  person
sixty-two  years  of  age or older, no tax abatement shall be granted if
the combined income of all members of the household for the  income  tax
year  immediately preceding the date of making application exceeds three
thousand dollars, or such other sum not more than five thousand dollars,
AND FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS BEGINNING JULY FIRST, TWO  THOUSAND  SIXTEEN,
as  may  be  provided  by the local law, ordinance or resolution adopted
pursuant to this section, provided that when the head of  the  household
retires  before the commencement of such year and the date of filing the
application, the income for such year may be adjusted by excluding sala-
ry or earnings and projecting his  retirement  income  over  the  entire
period of such year.
  S  2.  Section 4 of part U of chapter 55 of the laws of 2014, amending
the real property tax law, relating to the tax abatement  and  exemption
for rent regulated and rent controlled property occupied by senior citi-
zens, is amended to read as follows:
  S  4.  This  act shall take effect July 1, 2014[, and sections one and
two of this act shall expire and be deemed repealed 2  years  after  the
effective date thereof]; provided that the amendment to section 467-b of
the  real  property  tax  law  made by section one of this act shall not
affect the expiration of such section and  shall  be  deemed  to  expire
therewith.

S. 6406--B                         138

  S 3. Paragraph b of subdivision 3 of section 467-b of the real proper-
ty  tax law, as amended by section 2 of chapter 129 of the laws of 2014,
is amended to read as follows:
  b.  for a dwelling unit where the head of the household qualifies as a
person with a disability pursuant to subdivision five of  this  section,
no tax abatement shall be granted if the combined income for all members
of  the household for the current income tax year exceeds fifty thousand
dollars beginning July first, two thousand [fourteen] SIXTEEN as may  be
provided  by  the local law, ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to
this section.
  S 4. Paragraph m of subdivision 1 of section 467-c of the real proper-
ty tax law, as added by chapter 188 of the laws of 2005, is  amended  to
read as follows:
  m.  "Person  with  a  disability" means an individual who is currently
receiving social security disability insurance  (SSDI)  or  supplemental
security  income (SSI) benefits under the federal social security act or
disability pension or disability compensation benefits provided  by  the
United  States department of veterans affairs or those previously eligi-
ble by virtue of receiving disability benefits  under  the  supplemental
security  income  program  or the social security disability program and
currently receiving medical assistance benefits based  on  determination
of  disability  as  provided  in  section three hundred sixty-six of the
social services law and whose income for the current  income  tax  year,
together  with the income of all members of such individual's household,
does not exceed [the maximum income at which such  individual  would  be
eligible  to  receive  cash  supplemental security income benefits under
federal law during such tax year] FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS BEGINNING  JULY
FIRST, TWO THOUSAND SIXTEEN, AS MAY BE PROVIDED BY LOCAL LAW.
  S 5. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 3 of section 467 of the real proper-
ty tax law, as amended by chapter 259 of the laws of 2009, is amended to
read as follows:
  (a) if the income of the owner or the combined income of the owners of
the  property  for the income tax year immediately preceding the date of
making application for exemption  exceeds  the  sum  of  three  thousand
dollars, or such other sum not less than three thousand dollars nor more
than twenty-six thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand six,
twenty-seven  thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand seven,
twenty-eight thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand  eight,
[and]  twenty-nine  thousand  dollars beginning July first, two thousand
nine, AND FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS  BEGINNING  JULY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND
SIXTEEN,  as  may  be provided by the local law, ordinance or resolution
adopted pursuant to this section. Income tax year shall mean the  twelve
month  period  for  which  the  owner or owners filed a federal personal
income tax return, or if no such return is  filed,  the  calendar  year.
Where  title is vested in either the husband or the wife, their combined
income may not exceed such sum, except where the  husband  or  wife,  or
ex-husband or ex-wife is absent from the property as provided in subpar-
agraph  (ii)  of paragraph (d) of this subdivision, then only the income
of the spouse or ex-spouse residing on the property shall be  considered
and  may  not exceed such sum. Such income shall include social security
and retirement benefits, interest, dividends, total gain from  the  sale
or  exchange  of  a capital asset which may be offset by a loss from the
sale or exchange of a capital asset in the same  income  tax  year,  net
rental  income, salary or earnings, and net income from self-employment,
but shall not include a return of capital, gifts, inheritances, payments
made to individuals because of their status as victims  of  Nazi  perse-

S. 6406--B                         139

cution,  as  defined in P.L. 103-286 or monies earned through employment
in the federal foster grandparent program and any such income  shall  be
offset by all medical and prescription drug expenses actually paid which
were  not reimbursed or paid for by insurance, if the governing board of
a municipality, after a public hearing, adopts a local law, ordinance or
resolution providing therefor.    Furthermore,  such  income  shall  not
include  the  proceeds  of  a reverse mortgage, as authorized by section
six-h of the banking law,  and  sections  two  hundred  eighty  and  two
hundred  eighty-a  of  the  real  property  law; provided, however, that
monies used to repay a reverse mortgage may not be deducted from income,
and provided additionally that any interest or dividends  realized  from
the  investment of reverse mortgage proceeds shall be considered income.
The provisions of this paragraph notwithstanding, such income shall  not
include  veterans disability compensation, as defined in Title 38 of the
United States Code provided the governing board  of  such  municipality,
after  public  hearing,  adopts  a  local  law,  ordinance or resolution
providing therefor.  In computing net rental income and net income  from
self-employment  no  depreciation  deduction  shall  be  allowed for the
exhaustion, wear and tear of real or  personal  property  held  for  the
production of income;
  S 6. Paragraph (a) of subdivision 5 of section 459-c of the real prop-
erty  tax law, as separately amended by chapters 187 and 252 of the laws
of 2006, is amended to read as follows:
  (a) if the income of the owner or the combined income of the owners of
the property for the income tax year immediately preceding the  date  of
making  application  for  exemption  exceeds  the  sum of three thousand
dollars, or such other sum not less than three thousand dollars nor more
than twenty-six thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand six,
twenty-seven thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand  seven,
twenty-eight  thousand dollars beginning July first, two thousand eight,
[and] twenty-nine thousand dollars beginning July  first,  two  thousand
nine,  AND  FIFTY  THOUSAND  DOLLARS  BEGINNING JULY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND
SIXTEEN, as may be provided by  the  local  law  or  resolution  adopted
pursuant  to  this  section. Income tax year shall mean the twelve month
period for which the owner or owners filed a federal personal income tax
return, or if no such return is filed, the calendar year. Where title is
vested in either the husband or the wife, their combined income may  not
exceed  such  sum,  except  where  the husband or wife, or ex-husband or
ex-wife is absent from the property due to divorce, legal separation  or
abandonment, then only the income of the spouse or ex-spouse residing on
the  property  shall  be  considered  and  may not exceed such sum. Such
income shall include social security and retirement benefits,  interest,
dividends, total gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset which
may  be offset by a loss from the sale or exchange of a capital asset in
the same income tax year, net rental income, salary or earnings, and net
income from self-employment, but shall not include a return of  capital,
gifts,  inheritances  or monies earned through employment in the federal
foster grandparent program and any such income shall be  offset  by  all
medical  and  prescription  drug  expenses  actually paid which were not
reimbursed or paid for by insurance, if the governing board of a munici-
pality, after a public hearing, adopts a local law or resolution provid-
ing therefor. In computing net rental income and net income  from  self-
employment   no   depreciation   deduction  shall  be  allowed  for  the
exhaustion, wear and tear of real or  personal  property  held  for  the
production of income;
  S 7. This act shall take effect immediately; provided that:

S. 6406--B                         140

  a.  the amendments to subdivision 3 of section 467-b of the real prop-
erty tax law made by sections one and  three  of  this  act  shall  take
effect  on  the  same  date as the reversion of such section pursuant to
section 17 of chapter 576 of the laws of 1974, as amended; and
  b.  the amendments to paragraph m of subdivision 1 of section 467-c of
the real property tax law, made by section four of this act  shall  take
effect  on  the same date as the reversion of such paragraph as provided
in subdivision (b) of section 4 of chapter 129 of the laws of  2014,  as
amended.

                                 PART MM

  Section  1. The education law is amended by adding a new section 355-d
to read as follows:
  S 355-D. "NEW YORK STATE PRE-PAID TUITION PLAN". 1. DEFINITIONS.   FOR
THE PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION, THE FOLLOWING TERMS SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOW-
ING MEANINGS:
  A.  "ACCOUNT"  OR  "PRE-PAID TUITION ACCOUNT" SHALL MEAN AN INDIVIDUAL
PRE-PAID TUITION ACCOUNT ESTABLISHED IN ACCORDANCE WITH  THE  PROVISIONS
OF THIS SECTION.
  B.  "ACCOUNT  OWNER"  SHALL  MEAN  A PERSON WHO ENTERS INTO A PRE-PAID
TUITION AGREEMENT PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ARTICLE,  INCLUDING
A  PERSON  WHO  ENTERS INTO SUCH AN AGREEMENT AS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT ON
BEHALF OF A TRUST, ESTATE, PARTNERSHIP, ASSOCIATION, COMPANY  OR  CORPO-
RATION.  THE ACCOUNT OWNER MAY ALSO BE THE DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY OF THE
ACCOUNT.
  C. "CITY UNIVERSITY" SHALL MEAN THE CITY UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK.
  D. "COMPTROLLER" SHALL MEAN THE STATE COMPTROLLER.
  E. "DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY" SHALL MEAN, WITH RESPECT TO AN ACCOUNT  OR
ACCOUNTS,  THE  INDIVIDUAL  DESIGNATED  AS  THE INDIVIDUAL WHOSE TUITION
EXPENSES ARE EXPECTED TO BE PAID FROM THE ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS.
  F. "ELIGIBLE EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION" SHALL MEAN  ANY  INSTITUTION  OF
HIGHER  EDUCATION  DEFINED  AS  AN  ELIGIBLE  EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION IN
SECTION 529(E)(5) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED.
  G. "FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION" SHALL MEAN AN ORGANIZATION  AUTHORIZED  TO
DO BUSINESS IN THE STATE AND (I) WHICH IS AN AUTHORIZED FIDUCIARY TO ACT
AS  A  TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF AN ACT OF CONGRESS ENTITLED
"EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974" AS SUCH PROVISIONS MAY
BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, OR AN INSURANCE COMPANY; AND (II)  (A)  IS
LICENSED  OR  CHARTERED  BY THE DEPARTMENT OF FINANCIAL SERVICES, (B) IS
CHARTERED BY AN AGENCY OF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT, (C) IS SUBJECT TO  THE
JURISDICTION AND REGULATION OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OF
THE  FEDERAL GOVERNMENT, OR (D) IS ANY OTHER ENTITY OTHERWISE AUTHORIZED
TO ACT IN THIS STATE AS A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF  AN  ACT
OF  CONGRESS  ENTITLED "EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974"
AS SUCH PROVISIONS MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.
  H. "MEMBER OF FAMILY" SHALL MEAN A FAMILY MEMBER AS DEFINED IN SECTION
529 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED.
  I. "NONQUALIFIED WITHDRAWAL" SHALL MEAN A WITHDRAWAL FROM AN  ACCOUNT,
BUT SHALL NOT MEAN:
  (I)  A  QUALIFIED  WITHDRAWAL; (II) A WITHDRAWAL MADE AS THE RESULT OF
THE DEATH OR DISABILITY OF THE DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY OF AN ACCOUNT;  OR
(III) A WITHDRAWAL MADE ON THE ACCOUNT OF A SCHOLARSHIP.
  J.  "PLAN"  SHALL MEAN THE NEW YORK STATE PRE-PAID TUITION PLAN ESTAB-
LISHED PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION.

S. 6406--B                         141

  K. "PLAN MANAGER" SHALL MEAN A FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION SELECTED BY  THE
COMPTROLLER TO ACT AS A DEPOSITORY AND MANAGER OF THE PLAN.
  L.  "QUALIFIED  WITHDRAWAL" SHALL MEAN A WITHDRAWAL FROM AN ACCOUNT TO
PAY THE QUALIFIED TUITION EXPENSES OF THE DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY.
  M. "STATE UNIVERSITY" SHALL MEAN THE STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK.
  N. "TUITION" SHALL MEAN ANY MANDATORY CHARGES IMPOSED BY  AN  ELIGIBLE
EDUCATIONAL  INSTITUTION FOR ATTENDANCE FOR AN ACADEMIC YEAR AS A CONDI-
TION OF ENROLLMENT. SUCH TERM SHALL NOT INCLUDE  LABORATORY  FEES,  ROOM
AND BOARD, OR OTHER SIMILAR FEES AND CHARGES.
  O.  "TUITION  SAVINGS  AGREEMENT"  SHALL MEAN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE
COMPTROLLER OR A FINANCIAL ORGANIZATION AND AN ACCOUNT OWNER.
  2. POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE COMPTROLLER. THE COMPTROLLER SHALL  ADMIN-
ISTER  THE PLAN AND SHALL DEVELOP AND IMPLEMENT PROGRAMS FOR THE PREPAY-
MENT OF UNDERGRADUATE TUITION, AT A FIXED, GUARANTEED LEVEL FOR APPLICA-
TION AT ANY TWO-YEAR OR FOUR-YEAR ELIGIBLE  EDUCATIONAL  INSTITUTION  AS
DEFINED IN SECTION 529 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED,
OR OTHER APPLICABLE FEDERAL LAW. IN ADDITION, THE COMPTROLLER SHALL HAVE
THE POWER AND DUTY TO:
  A.  DEVELOP  AND  IMPLEMENT  THE  PLAN IN A MANNER CONSISTENT WITH THE
PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION THROUGH RULES AND REGULATIONS ESTABLISHED  IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE STATE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE ACT;
  B.  MAKE  ARRANGEMENTS  WITH THE STATE UNIVERSITY, CITY UNIVERSITY AND
ANY ELIGIBLE EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION  LOCATED  WITHIN  THE  STATE  WHICH
CHOOSES  TO  PARTICIPATE,  TO  FULFILL OBLIGATIONS UNDER PREPAID TUITION
CONTRACTS FOR TWO-YEAR OR FOUR-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMS, INCLUDING, BUT  NOT
LIMITED TO, PAYMENT FROM THE PLAN OF THE THEN ACTUAL IN-STATE UNDERGRAD-
UATE  TUITION  COST  ON  BEHALF  OF A QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY OF A PREPAID
TUITION CONTRACT TO THE INSTITUTION IN WHICH SUCH BENEFICIARY IS  ADMIT-
TED AND ENROLLED, AND APPLICATION OF SUCH BENEFITS TOWARDS GRADUATE-LEV-
EL TUITION AND TOWARDS TUITION COSTS AT SUCH ELIGIBLE EDUCATIONAL INSTI-
TUTIONS,  AS  THAT  TERM  IS  DEFINED  IN  26  U.S.C. S 529 OR ANY OTHER
APPLICABLE SECTION OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED,  AS
DETERMINED  BY  THE  COMPTROLLER  IN  HIS  OR  HER SOLE DISCRETION. SUCH
ARRANGEMENTS MUST INCLUDE PLANS THAT ALLOW AN  ACCOUNT  OWNER  TO  ENTER
INTO  CONTRACTS  IN WHICH HE OR SHE CAN PURCHASE TUITION IN INSTALLMENTS
EQUAL TO THE COST OF SEMESTERS AS A FULL  TIME  STUDENT,  BUT  CAN  ALSO
INCLUDE PLANS THAT WOULD ALLOW FOR THE PREPAYMENT OF TUITION FOR TUITION
CREDIT HOURS;
  C.  ENGAGE THE SERVICES OF CONSULTANTS ON A CONTRACT BASIS FOR RENDER-
ING PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE AND ADVICE;
  D. SEEK RULINGS AND OTHER GUIDANCE FROM THE UNITED  STATES  DEPARTMENT
OF TREASURY AND THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE RELATING TO THE PROGRAM;
  E.  MAKE  CHANGES  TO THE PLAN REQUIRED FOR THE PARTICIPANTS TO OBTAIN
THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX BENEFITS OR TREATMENT PROVIDED BY SECTION 529  OF
THE  INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, OR ANY SIMILAR SUCCESSOR
LEGISLATION;
  F. CHARGE, IMPOSE AND COLLECT ADMINISTRATIVE FEES AND SERVICE  CHARGES
IN  CONNECTION  WITH  ANY AGREEMENT, CONTRACT OR TRANSACTION RELATING TO
THE PLAN;
  G. DEVELOP MARKETING PLANS AND PROMOTION MATERIAL;
  H. ESTABLISH THE METHODS BY WHICH THE FUNDS HELD IN SUCH  ACCOUNTS  BE
DISBURSED;
  I.  ESTABLISH  THE METHOD BY WHICH FUNDS SHALL BE ALLOCATED TO PAY FOR
ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS; AND
  J. DO ALL THINGS NECESSARY AND PROPER TO CARRY  OUT  THE  PURPOSES  OF
THIS SECTION.

S. 6406--B                         142

  3. PLAN REQUIREMENTS. EVERY PRE-PAID TUITION ACCOUNT SHALL COMPLY WITH
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION.
  A.  A PRE-PAID TUITION ACCOUNT MAY BE OPENED BY ANY PERSON WHO DESIRES
TO ENTER INTO A CONTRACT FOR  PRE-PAYMENT  OF  TUITION  EXPENSES  AT  AN
INSTITUTION  OF THE STATE UNIVERSITY, THE CITY UNIVERSITY OR ANY PARTIC-
IPATING ELIGIBLE EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION. AN ACCOUNT OWNER MAY DESIGNATE
ANOTHER PERSON AS SUCCESSOR OWNER OF THE ACCOUNT IN  THE  EVENT  OF  THE
DEATH OF THE ORIGINAL ACCOUNT OWNER. SUCH PERSON WHO OPENS AN ACCOUNT OR
ANY SUCCESSOR OWNER SHALL BE CONSIDERED THE ACCOUNT OWNER.
  B.  AN APPLICATION FOR SUCH ACCOUNT SHALL BE IN THE FORM PRESCRIBED BY
THE COMPTROLLER AND CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING:
  (I) THE NAME, ADDRESS AND SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR EMPLOYER IDENTIFI-
CATION NUMBER OF THE ACCOUNT OWNER;
  (II) THE DESIGNATION OF A DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY;
  (III) THE NAME, ADDRESS AND SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OF  THE  DESIGNATED
BENEFICIARY; AND
  (IV) SUCH OTHER INFORMATION AS THE COMPTROLLER MAY REQUIRE.
  C. THE COMPTROLLER MAY ESTABLISH A NOMINAL FEE FOR SUCH APPLICATION.
  D.  ANY PERSON, INCLUDING THE ACCOUNT OWNER, MAY MAKE CONTRIBUTIONS TO
AN ACCOUNT AFTER THE ACCOUNT IS OPENED.
  E. CONTRIBUTIONS TO ACCOUNTS MAY BE MADE ONLY IN CASH.
  F. FOUR YEARS MUST ELAPSE BETWEEN  THE  ESTABLISHMENT  OF  A  PRE-PAID
TUITION  ACCOUNT AND THE TIME THE FIRST QUALIFIED WITHDRAWAL IS MADE FOR
THE PAYMENT OF TUITION EXPENSES.
  G. AN ACCOUNT OWNER MAY WITHDRAW ALL OR PART OF THE  BALANCE  FROM  AN
ACCOUNT ON SIXTY DAYS NOTICE OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD AS MAY BE AUTHORIZED
UNDER RULES GOVERNING THE PLAN. SUCH RULES SHALL INCLUDE PROVISIONS THAT
WILL  GENERALLY ENABLE THE DETERMINATION AS TO WHETHER A WITHDRAWAL IS A
NONQUALIFIED WITHDRAWAL OR A QUALIFIED WITHDRAWAL.
  H. AN ACCOUNT OWNER  MAY  CHANGE  THE  DESIGNATED  BENEFICIARY  OF  AN
ACCOUNT  TO  AN  INDIVIDUAL  WHO  IS A MEMBER OF THE FAMILY OF THE PRIOR
DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES ESTABLISHED BY  THE
COMPTROLLER.
  I.  AN  ACCOUNT  OWNER  MAY TRANSFER ALL OR A PORTION OF AN ACCOUNT TO
ANOTHER FAMILY TUITION ACCOUNT, THE SUBSEQUENT DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY OF
WHICH IS A MEMBER OF THE FAMILY AS DEFINED IN SECTION 529 OF THE  INTER-
NAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED.
  J.  THE  PLAN  SHALL  PROVIDE  SEPARATE ACCOUNTING FOR EACH DESIGNATED
BENEFICIARY.
  K. NO ACCOUNT OWNER OR DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY OF ANY ACCOUNT SHALL  BE
PERMITTED TO DIRECT THE INVESTMENT OF ANY CONTRIBUTIONS TO AN ACCOUNT OR
THE EARNINGS THEREON.
  L.  NEITHER AN ACCOUNT OWNER NOR A DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY SHALL USE AN
INTEREST IN AN ACCOUNT AS SECURITY FOR A LOAN. ANY PLEDGE OF AN INTEREST
IN AN ACCOUNT SHALL BE OF NO FORCE AND EFFECT.
  M. (I) IF THERE IS ANY DISTRIBUTION FROM AN ACCOUNT TO ANY  INDIVIDUAL
OR  FOR  THE  BENEFIT  OF  ANY  INDIVIDUAL  DURING A CALENDAR YEAR, SUCH
DISTRIBUTION SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE  AND  THE
ACCOUNT  OWNER,  THE  DESIGNATED  BENEFICIARY  OR THE DISTRIBUTEE TO THE
EXTENT REQUIRED BY FEDERAL LAW OR REGULATION.
  (II) STATEMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO EACH ACCOUNT OWNER AT LEAST  ONCE
EACH  YEAR WITHIN SIXTY DAYS AFTER THE END OF THE TWELVE MONTH PERIOD TO
WHICH THEY RELATE. THE STATEMENT SHALL IDENTIFY THE  CONTRIBUTIONS  MADE
DURING  A PRECEDING TWELVE MONTH PERIOD, THE TOTAL CONTRIBUTIONS MADE TO
THE ACCOUNT THROUGH THE END OF THE PERIOD, THE VALUE OF THE  ACCOUNT  AT
THE  END  OF  SUCH PERIOD, DISTRIBUTIONS MADE DURING SUCH PERIOD AND ANY

S. 6406--B                         143

OTHER INFORMATION THAT THE COMPTROLLER SHALL REQUIRE TO BE  REPORTED  TO
THE ACCOUNT OWNER.
  (III)  STATEMENTS  AND  INFORMATION  RELATING  TO  ACCOUNTS  SHALL  BE
PREPARED AND FILED TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY FEDERAL AND STATE TAX LAW.
  N. (I)  A  LOCAL  GOVERNMENT  OR  ORGANIZATION  DESCRIBED  IN  SECTION
501(C)(3) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, MAY OPEN AND
BECOME  THE ACCOUNT OWNER OF AN ACCOUNT TO FUND SCHOLARSHIPS FOR PERSONS
WHOSE IDENTITY WILL BE DETERMINED UPON DISBURSEMENT.
  (II) IN THE CASE OF ANY ACCOUNT OPENED PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH A OF THIS
SUBDIVISION THE REQUIREMENT SET FORTH IN THIS SUBDIVISION THAT A  DESIG-
NATED  BENEFICIARY  BE  DESIGNATED  WHEN  AN ACCOUNT IS OPENED SHALL NOT
APPLY AND EACH INDIVIDUAL WHO RECEIVES AN INTEREST IN SUCH ACCOUNT AS  A
SCHOLARSHIP SHALL BE TREATED AS A DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY WITH RESPECT TO
SUCH INTEREST.
  O. AN ANNUAL FEE MAY BE IMPOSED UPON THE ACCOUNT OWNER FOR THE MAINTE-
NANCE OF THE ACCOUNT.
  P.  THE  PLAN  SHALL  DISCLOSE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IN WRITING TO
EACH ACCOUNT OWNER AND PROSPECTIVE ACCOUNT OWNER OF A  PRE-PAID  TUITION
ACCOUNT:
  (I)  THE  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  FOR  PURCHASING  A  PRE-PAID TUITION
ACCOUNT;
  (II) ANY RESTRICTIONS ON THE SUBSTITUTION OF BENEFICIARIES;
  (III) THE PERSON OR ENTITY ENTITLED TO TERMINATE THE TUITION  PRE-PAY-
MENT AGREEMENT;
  (IV)  THE  PERIOD OF TIME DURING WHICH A BENEFICIARY MAY RECEIVE BENE-
FITS UNDER THE TUITION PRE-PAYMENT AGREEMENT;
  (V) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS  UNDER  WHICH  MONEY  MAY  BE  WHOLLY  OR
PARTIALLY  WITHDRAWN  FROM  THE PLAN, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY
REASONABLE CHARGES AND FEES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED FOR WITHDRAWAL;
  (VI) THE PROBABLE TAX CONSEQUENCES ASSOCIATED  WITH  CONTRIBUTIONS  TO
AND DISTRIBUTIONS FROM ACCOUNTS; AND
  (VII)  ALL  OTHER  RIGHT  AND OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO PRE-PAID TUITION
AGREEMENTS, AND ANY OTHER TERMS, CONDITIONS AND PROVISIONS DEEMED NECES-
SARY AND APPROPRIATE BY THE COMPTROLLER PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION.
  Q. PRE-PAID TUITION SAVINGS AGREEMENTS SHALL  BE  SUBJECT  TO  SECTION
FOURTEEN-C  OF  THE  BANKING  LAW AND THE "TRUTH-IN-SAVINGS" REGULATIONS
PROMULGATED THEREUNDER.
  R. NOTHING IN THIS ARTICLE OR IN ANY PRE-PAID TUITION  SAVINGS  AGREE-
MENT ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO THIS ARTICLE SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS A GUAR-
ANTEE BY THE STATE OR ANY COLLEGE THAT A BENEFICIARY WILL BE ADMITTED TO
A COLLEGE OR UNIVERSITY, OR, UPON ADMISSION TO A COLLEGE WILL BE PERMIT-
TED  TO  CONTINUE  TO  ATTEND OR WILL RECEIVE A DEGREE FROM A COLLEGE OR
UNIVERSITY.
  4. STATE GUARANTEE. A. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION SHALL ESTABLISH  OR  BE
DEEMED  TO ESTABLISH ANY OBLIGATION OF THE STATE, THE COMPTROLLER OR ANY
AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY OF THE STATE TO GUARANTEE ANY BENEFITS TO  ANY
ACCOUNT OWNER OR DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY.
  B.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISIONS OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF THIS SECTION,
IN ORDER TO ENSURE THAT THE PLAN IS ABLE TO MEET  ITS  OBLIGATIONS,  THE
GOVERNOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE BUDGET SUBMITTED PURSUANT TO SECTION TWEN-
TY-TWO  OF  THE  STATE  FINANCE LAW, AN APPROPRIATION SUFFICIENT FOR THE
PURPOSE OF ENSURING THAT THE PLAN CAN MEET  ITS  OBLIGATIONS.  ANY  SUMS
APPROPRIATED  FOR  SUCH  PURPOSE  SHALL  BE TRANSFERRED TO THE PLAN. ALL
AMOUNTS PAID INTO THE PLAN PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION SHALL CONSTITUTE
AND BE ACCOUNTED FOR AS ADVANCES BY THE STATE TO THE PLAN  AND,  SUBJECT
TO  THE  RIGHTS  OF  THE PLAN'S CONTRACT HOLDERS, SHALL BE REPAID TO THE

S. 6406--B                         144

STATE WITHOUT INTEREST FROM AVAILABLE OPERATING REVENUE OF THE  PLAN  IN
EXCESS  OF  AMOUNTS  REQUIRED  FOR THE PAYMENT OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE
PLAN. AS USED IN THIS SECTION, "OBLIGATIONS OF THE PLAN"  MEANS  AMOUNTS
REQUIRED  FOR  THE  PAYMENT OF CONTRACT BENEFITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF
THE PLAN, THE MAINTENANCE OF THE PLAN, AND OPERATING  EXPENSES  FOR  THE
CURRENT FISCAL YEAR.
  S  2. The state finance law is amended by adding a new section 78-c to
read as follows:
  S 78-C. NEW YORK STATE PRE-PAID TUITION PLAN FUND. 1. THERE IS  HEREBY
ESTABLISHED  IN THE SOLE CUSTODY OF THE STATE COMPTROLLER A SPECIAL FUND
TO BE KNOWN AS THE NEW  YORK  STATE  PRE-PAID  TUITION  PLAN  FUND.  ALL
PAYMENTS  FROM  SUCH FUND SHALL BE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION THREE
HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE-D OF THE EDUCATION LAW.
  2. (A) THE COMPTROLLER SHALL INVEST THE ASSETS OF THE FUND IN  INVEST-
MENTS AUTHORIZED BY ARTICLE FOUR-A OF THE RETIREMENT AND SOCIAL SECURITY
LAW, PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT:
  (I)  THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (A) OF SUBDIVISION TWO OF SECTION ONE
HUNDRED SEVENTY-SEVEN OF THE RETIREMENT AND SOCIAL  SECURITY  LAW  SHALL
NOT  APPLY  EXCEPT  FOR  SUBPARAGRAPH  (II)  OF SUCH PARAGRAPH; AND (II)
NOTWITHSTANDING THE PROVISIONS  OF  SUBDIVISION  SEVEN  OF  SECTION  ONE
HUNDRED  SEVENTY-SEVEN  OF THE RETIREMENT AND SOCIAL SECURITY LAW OR ANY
OTHER LAW TO THE CONTRARY, THE ASSETS OF THE FUND MAY BE INVESTED IN ANY
FUNDING AGREEMENT ISSUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION THREE  THOUSAND  TWO
HUNDRED  TWENTY-TWO  OF  THE  INSURANCE LAW BY A DOMESTIC LIFE INSURANCE
COMPANY OR A FOREIGN LIFE  INSURANCE  COMPANY  DOING  BUSINESS  IN  THIS
STATE, SUBJECT TO THE FOLLOWING:
  (1) SUCH A FUNDING AGREEMENT MAY PROVIDE FOR A GUARANTEED MINIMUM RATE
OF RETURN;
  (2)  SUCH  A  FUNDING  AGREEMENT MAY BE ALLOCATED AS EITHER A SEPARATE
ACCOUNT OR A GENERAL ACCOUNT OF  THE  ISSUER,  AS  THE  COMPTROLLER  MAY
DECIDE;
  (3)  TOTAL  INVESTMENTS  OF THE FUND PURSUANT TO THIS PARAGRAPH IN ANY
FUNDING AGREEMENTS ISSUED BY A SINGLE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY  WHICH  ARE
ALLOCATED  AS  A  GENERAL ACCOUNT OF THE ISSUER SHALL NOT, IN THE AGGRE-
GATE, EXCEED THREE HUNDRED FIFTY MILLION DOLLARS; AND
  (4) NO ASSETS OF THE FUND SHALL BE INVESTED IN ANY SUCH FUNDING AGREE-
MENT UNLESS, AT THE TIME OF SUCH INVESTMENT, THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS  OR
FINANCIAL  STRENGTH  OF  THE  ISSUER HAVE RECEIVED EITHER THE HIGHEST OR
SECOND HIGHEST RATING BY TWO NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED RATING SERVICES OR BY
ONE NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED RATING SERVICE IN THE EVENT THAT ONLY ONE SUCH
SERVICE RATES SUCH OBLIGATIONS.
  (B) FUND ASSETS SHALL BE KEPT SEPARATE AND  SHALL  NOT  BE  COMMINGLED
WITH  OTHER  ASSETS. THE COMPTROLLER MAY ENTER INTO CONTRACTS TO PROVIDE
FOR INVESTMENT ADVICE  AND  MANAGEMENT,  CUSTODIAL  SERVICES  AND  OTHER
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES FOR THE ADMINISTRATION AND INVESTMENT OF THE PLAN.
ADMINISTRATIVE  FEES,  COSTS AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING INVESTMENT FEES AND
EXPENSES, SHALL BE PAID FROM THE ASSETS OF THE FUND.
  3. THE COMPTROLLER SHALL PROVIDE FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF  THE  TRUST
FUND,  INCLUDING  MAINTAINING  PARTICIPANT  RECORDS  AND  ACCOUNTS,  AND
PROVIDING  ANNUAL  AUDITED  REPORTS.  THE  COMPTROLLER  MAY  ENTER  INTO
CONTRACTS TO PROVIDE ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AND REPORTING.
  S  3.  Section  5205 of the civil practice law and rules is amended by
adding a new subdivision (p) to read as follows:
  (P) EXEMPTION FOR NEW YORK STATE PRE-PAID TUITION PLAN MONIES.  MONIES
IN AN ACCOUNT CREATED PURSUANT TO SECTION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE-D  OF

S. 6406--B                         145

THE  EDUCATION  LAW ARE EXEMPT FROM APPLICATION TO THE SATISFACTION OF A
MONEY JUDGMENT AS FOLLOWS:
  1.  ONE  HUNDRED  PERCENT OF MONIES IN AN ACCOUNT IN CONNECTION WITH A
PRE-PAID TUITION PLAN ESTABLISHED PURSUANT TO SUCH  ARTICLE  IS  EXEMPT;
AND
  2.  ONE  HUNDRED  PERCENT  OF MONIES IN AN ACCOUNT IS EXEMPT WHERE THE
JUDGMENT DEBTOR IS THE ACCOUNT OWNER OR DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY  OF  SUCH
ACCOUNT.
  FOR  THE  PURPOSES  OF THIS SUBDIVISION, THE TERMS "ACCOUNT OWNER" AND
"DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY" SHALL HAVE THE MEANINGS  ASCRIBED  TO  THEM  IN
ARTICLE FOURTEEN-A OF THE EDUCATION LAW.
  S  4. Paragraph 34 of subsection (b) of section 612 of the tax law, as
amended by chapter 535 of the laws of 2000, subparagraph (B) as  amended
by chapter 593 of the laws of 2003, is amended to read as follows:
  (34)  (A)  Excess  distributions received during the taxable year by a
distributee of a family tuition account established under the  New  York
state  college choice tuition savings program provided for under article
fourteen-A of the education law, OR OF A PRE-PAID TUITION ACCOUNT ESTAB-
LISHED PURSUANT TO SECTION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE-D OF  THE  EDUCATION
LAW,  to the extent such excess distributions are deemed attributable to
deductible contributions under paragraph thirty-two of subsection (c) of
this section.
  (B) (i) The term "excess distributions" means distributions which  are
not
  (I)  qualified  withdrawals  within the meaning of subdivision nine of
section six hundred ninety-five-b OR PARAGRAPH L OF SUBDIVISION  ONE  OF
SECTION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE-D of the education law;
  (II)  withdrawals  made  as a result of the death or disability of the
designated beneficiary within the meaning of subdivision ten of  section
six  hundred  ninety-five-b OR PARAGRAPH I OF SUBDIVISION ONE OF SECTION
THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE-D of such law; or
  (III) transfers described in paragraph b of subdivision six of section
six hundred ninety-five-e of such law.
  (ii) Excess distributions shall be deemed attributable  to  deductible
contributions  to the extent the amount of any such excess distribution,
when added to  all  previous  excess  distributions  from  the  account,
exceeds the aggregate of all nondeductible contributions to the account.
  S  5. Paragraphs 32 and 33 of subsection (c) of section 612 of the tax
law, paragraph 32 as amended by chapter 81 of the laws of 2008 and para-
graph 33 as added by chapter 546 of the laws of  1997,  are  amended  to
read as follows:
  (32) Contributions made during the taxable year by an account owner to
one or more family tuition accounts established under the New York state
college  choice tuition savings program provided for under article four-
teen-A, OR TO A PRE-PAID  TUITION  ACCOUNT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  THREE
HUNDRED  FIFTY-FIVE-D of the education law, to the extent not deductible
or eligible for credit for federal income tax purposes, provided, howev-
er, the exclusion provided for in this paragraph shall not  exceed  five
thousand dollars for an individual or head of household, and for married
couples  who  file  joint  tax  returns,  shall  not exceed ten thousand
dollars; provided, further, that such exclusion shall be available  only
to the account owner and not to any other person.
  (33) Distributions from a family tuition account established under the
New York state college choice tuition savings program provided for under
article  fourteen-A,  OR  FROM  A  PRE-PAID  TUITION ACCOUNT PURSUANT TO

S. 6406--B                         146

SECTION THREE HUNDRED FIFTY-FIVE-D of the education law, to  the  extent
includible in gross income for federal income tax purposes.
  S 6. This act shall take effect immediately and shall apply to taxable
years commencing after December 31, 2016.

                                 PART NN

  Section  1.    Legislative  intent.  The legislature declares that the
purpose of this act is to clearly provide in  statute  for  insurers  to
offer  and  for  homeowners,  condominium  owners, cooperative apartment
owners, and renters to obtain a financial incentive if they  complete  a
course of instruction on how to make their residence more resilient to a
natural  disaster,  reduce the potential loss of life or property damage
that could result from a natural disaster,  reduce  the  risk  of  fire,
theft,  burglary,  personal  injury  or property damage, and raise their
awareness of natural disaster preparedness by offering property/casualty
insurance premium reductions.
  S 2. The section heading of section 2346  of  the  insurance  law,  as
amended  by  chapter  637  of  the  laws  of  1993, is amended and a new
subsection 5 is added to read as follows:
  Reduction in rates of fire insurance  [or],  homeowners  insurance  OR
PROPERTY/CASUALTY premiums for residential property.
  5. (A) DEFINITIONS. FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS SUBSECTION, THE FOLLOWING
TERMS SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MEANINGS:
  (1)  "COMPLETION CERTIFICATE" MEANS A DOCUMENT WHICH CANNOT BE ALTERED
AND WHICH IS PROVIDED TO A PERSON WHO SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETES A HOMEOWNER
NATURAL DISASTER PREPAREDNESS, HOME SAFETY AND LOSS PREVENTION COURSE.
  (2) "NATURAL DISASTER" MEANS THE  OCCURRENCE  OR  IMMINENT  THREAT  OF
WIDESPREAD  CATASTROPHIC  OR  SEVERE  DAMAGE, INJURY, OR LOSS OF LIFE OR
PROPERTY RESULTING FROM ANY NATURAL CAUSE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
FIRE, FLOOD, EARTHQUAKE,  HURRICANE,  TORNADO,  HIGH  WATER,  LANDSLIDE,
MUDSLIDE,  WIND,  STORM,  WAVE  ACTION, ICE STORM, EPIDEMIC, AIR CONTAM-
INATION, BLIGHT, DROUGHT, INFESTATION, EXPLOSION,  WATER  CONTAMINATION,
BRIDGE FAILURE, OR BRIDGE COLLAPSE.
  (3)  "HOMEOWNER  NATURAL  DISASTER  PREPAREDNESS, HOME SAFETY AND LOSS
PREVENTION COURSE" MEANS A NATURAL DISASTER  PREPAREDNESS,  HOME  SAFETY
AND LOSS PREVENTION COURSE THAT HAS BEEN SUBMITTED TO THE SUPERINTENDENT
FOR  APPROVAL BY AN APPLICANT, AND WHICH HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE SUPER-
INTENDENT, PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (D) OF THIS SUBSECTION.    SUCH  COURSE
SHALL PROVIDE USEFUL INFORMATION TO PARTICIPANTS ON ITEMS INCLUDING, BUT
NOT  LIMITED TO:  COURSES OF ACTION THAT CAN BE TAKEN BEFORE, DURING AND
AFTER THE OCCURRENCE OF A NATURAL DISASTER, STRATEGIES  TO  REDUCE  RISK
EXPOSURE  TO INSURED RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY OWNERS AND RENTERS, AND INFOR-
MATION ABOUT THE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT,  DEVICES  OR  OTHER  CAPITAL
IMPROVEMENTS  TO  REAL  PROPERTY WHICH CAN HELP TO ELIMINATE OR MITIGATE
DAMAGE TO REAL OR PERSONAL PROPERTY, PERSONAL INJURY OR THE LOSS OF LIFE
CAUSED BY A NATURAL DISASTER OR OTHER INSURABLE EVENT OR OCCURRENCE OF A
FIRE, THEFT, BURGLARY, PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE.
  (4) "APPLICANT" MEANS AN INSURER,  OR  ANY  OTHER  PERSON,  AGENCY  OR
ORGANIZATION   WHICH  SUBMITS  A  PROPOSED  HOMEOWNER  NATURAL  DISASTER
PREPAREDNESS, HOME SAFETY AND LOSS PREVENTION COURSE TO THE  SUPERINTEN-
DENT  FOR APPROVAL PURSUANT TO PARAGRAPH (D) OF THIS SUBSECTION, AND WHO
OR WHICH IS PREPARED AND ABLE TO OFFER SUCH COURSE TO INSUREDS UPON  THE
APPROVAL THEREOF.
  (B)  THE  SUPERINTENDENT  MAY  PROVIDE  FOR AN ACTUARIALLY APPROPRIATE
REDUCTION FOR A PERIOD OF THREE YEARS IN RATES OF HOMEOWNER'S  INSURANCE

S. 6406--B                         147

AND  PROPERTY/CASUALTY INSURANCE PREMIUMS APPLICABLE TO RESIDENTIAL REAL
PROPERTY FOR EACH TRIENNIAL COMPLETION OF A HOMEOWNER  NATURAL  DISASTER
PREPAREDNESS,  HOME  SAFETY  AND  LOSS  PREVENTION COURSE BY THE INSURED
OCCUPANT  OF  SUCH    RESIDENTIAL REAL PROPERTY. IN ADDITION, THE SUPER-
INTENDENT MAY ALSO PROVIDE FOR  ACTUARIALLY  APPROPRIATE  REDUCTIONS  IN
SUCH  RATES  FOR THE INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT, DEVICES OR OTHER CAPITAL
IMPROVEMENTS TO REAL PROPERTY WHICH CAN HELP TO  ELIMINATE  OR  MITIGATE
NATURAL DISASTER DAMAGE, IMPROVE HOME SAFETY OR PREVENT OTHER LOSSES.
  (C)  AN  INSURER,  UPON  APPROVAL  OF  THE  SUPERINTENDENT,  MAY  UPON
SUBMISSION OF A COMPLETION CERTIFICATE BY AN INSURED, PROVIDE AN ACTUAR-
IALLY APPROPRIATE REDUCTION, FOR A PERIOD OF THREE YEARS, OF THE PREMIUM
FOR SUCH INSURED'S HOMEOWNER'S INSURANCE OR PROPERTY/CASUALTY  INSURANCE
ON  THE  RESIDENTIAL REAL PROPERTY WHICH IS THE INSURED'S PLACE OF RESI-
DENCE.
  (D) THE SUPERINTENDENT MAY ESTABLISH, BY RULE OR OTHERWISE,  STANDARDS
OR  GUIDELINES  TO  BE  USED  BY  THE SUPERINTENDENT FOR APPROVAL OF THE
PROPOSED HOMEOWNER NATURAL DISASTER PREPAREDNESS, HOME SAFETY  AND  LOSS
PREVENTION  COURSES.  EVERY SUCH COURSE SUBMITTED BY AN APPLICANT TO THE
SUPERINTENDENT FOR APPROVAL MUST BE REVIEWED AND  SHALL  BE  SUBJECT  TO
APPROVAL BY THE SUPERINTENDENT.
  S  3. This act shall take effect on the first of January next succeed-
ing the date on which it shall have become  a  law;  provided,  however,
that  effective  immediately,  any actions necessary to be taken for the
implementation of the provisions of this act on its effective  date  are
authorized  and  directed  to  be  completed on or before such effective
date.

                                 PART OO

  Section 1. Subparagraph (ii)  of  paragraph  a  of  subdivision  3  of
section  667  of the education law, as amended by section 1 of part B of
chapter 60 of the laws of 2000, is amended to read as follows:
  (ii) Except for students as noted in subparagraph (iii) of this  para-
graph, the base amount as determined from subparagraph (i) of this para-
graph, shall be reduced in relation to income as follows:
  FOR THE 2016-2017 ACADEMIC YEAR:

Amount of income                    Schedule of reduction
                                    of base amount

(A) Less than seven thousand        None
    dollars
(B) Seven thousand dollars or       Seven per centum of excess
    more, but less than eleven      over seven thousand dollars
    thousand dollars
(C) Eleven thousand dollars or      Two hundred eighty dollars
    more, but less than eighteen    plus [ten] NINE per centum
    thousand dollars                of excess over eleven
                                    thousand dollars
(D) Eighteen thousand dollars or    Nine hundred eighty dollars
    more, but not more than         plus [twelve] TEN
                                    per centum of
    [eighty] ONE HUNDRED thousand   excess over eighteen
    dollars                          thousand dollars
  FOR THE 2017-2018 ACADEMIC YEAR:

S. 6406--B                         148

AMOUNT OF INCOME                    SCHEDULE OF REDUCTION
                                    OF BASE AMOUNT
(A) LESS THAN TEN THOUSAND          NONE
    DOLLARS
(B) TEN THOUSAND DOLLARS OR         3.19 PERCENT
    MORE BUT LESS THAN FIFTEEN
    THOUSAND DOLLARS
(C) FIFTEEN THOUSAND DOLLARS        12.88 PERCENT
    OR MORE BUT LESS THAN
    TWENTY THOUSAND DOLLARS
(D) TWENTY THOUSAND DOLLARS         22.56 PERCENT
    OR MORE BUT LESS THAN
    TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND
    DOLLARS
(E) TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND            32.24 PERCENT
    DOLLARS OR MORE BUT
    LESS THAN THIRTY THOUSAND
    DOLLARS
(F) THIRTY THOUSAND DOLLARS         41.92 PERCENT
    OR MORE BUT LESS THAN
    THIRTY-FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS
(G) THIRTY-FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS    51.60 PERCENT
    OR MORE BUT LESS THAN
    FORTY THOUSAND DOLLARS
(H) FORTY THOUSAND DOLLARS OR       61.28 PERCENT
    MORE BUT LESS THAN FORTY-FIVE
    THOUSAND DOLLARS
(I) FORTY-FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS     70.96 PERCENT
    OR MORE BUT LESS THAN
    FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS
(J) FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS OR       80.64 PERCENT
    MORE BUT LESS THAN ONE HUNDRED
    THOUSAND DOLLARS
  S  2.  This  act  shall take effect immediately and shall apply to all
awards commencing with the 2016-2017 academic year.

                                 PART PP

  Section 1. Subparagraph 1 of paragraph b of subdivision 1  of  section
156  of the public housing law, as amended by chapter 179 of the laws of
2006, is amended to read as follows:
  (1) have served in the armed forces of the United States for a  period
of  at  least  six months (or any shorter period which terminated due to
death or injury incurred in such service), provided some portion of  the
period  of  service was between the twenty-eighth day of February, nine-
teen hundred sixty-one to the  seventh  day  of  May,  nineteen  hundred
seventy-five,  OR  BETWEEN THE FOURTEENTH DAY OF SEPTEMBER, TWO THOUSAND
ONE TO THE THIRTY-FIRST DAY OF DECEMBER, TWO THOUSAND SEVENTEEN, and
  S 2. Section 156 of the public housing law is amended by adding a  new
subdivision 8 to read as follows:
  8.  AN  AUTHORITY SHALL GRANT A PREFERENCE IN THE SELECTION OF TENANTS
TO VETERANS  OR  FAMILIES  OF  VETERANS  WHO  HAVE  A  MILITARY  SERVICE
CONNECTED DISABILITY PROVIDED THAT SUCH VETERANS OR FAMILIES OF VETERANS
OTHERWISE  QUALIFY  FOR  OCCUPANCY  IN  SUCH AN AUTHORITY'S PROJECTS AND
PROVIDED FURTHER THAT SUCH AUTHORITY HAS COMPLIED WITH THE PROVISIONS OF

S. 6406--B                         149

SECTION 960.206 OF TITLE 24 OF THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS  RELATING
TO SUCH PREFERENCES.
  S 3. This act shall take effect on the one hundred twentieth day after
it shall have become a law.

                                 PART QQ

  Section  1.  Paragraph  (e)  of  subdivision 3 of section 402-b of the
public housing law, as added by chapter  3  of  the  laws  of  2010,  is
amended to read as follows:
  (e)  All  prospective  public  housing  and Section 8 tenants shall be
selected from a waiting list which shall be maintained by the  New  York
city housing authority in compliance with the federal public housing and
Section  8  laws  and all applicable rules and regulations. The New York
city housing authority and each respective project  owner  shall  screen
tenants  and  jointly  have  final approval over tenant selection all in
accordance with aforementioned laws, rules and regulations. All prospec-
tive public housing tenants shall be taken from the waiting list in  the
order  in  which  they  applied  for  the size appropriate unit, subject
however to preferences and priorities provided for in [the public  hous-
ing  law]  THIS  CHAPTER  and  all  applicable  rules  and  regulations;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER THAT, ANY PRIORITY OR PREFERENCE OFFERED TO APPLICANTS
BASED ON THEIR RESIDENCE IN A CITY OWNED, OPERATED OR  CONTRACTED  HOME-
LESS  SHELTER  MUST  ALSO  BE OFFERED EQUITABLY AND EVENLY TO APPLICANTS
RESIDING IN A CITY OWNED, OPERATED OR CONTRACTED DOMESTIC VIOLENCE SHEL-
TER OR IN A DOMESTIC VIOLENCE SHELTER LICENSED BY THE OFFICE OF CHILDREN
AND FAMILY SERVICES.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART RR

  Section 1. Subparagraph (i) of paragraph  (b)  of  subdivision  17  of
section  489  of the real property tax law, as added by chapter 4 of the
laws of 2013, is amended to read as follows:
  (i) except as otherwise provided  in  this  section  with  respect  to
multiple  dwellings,  buildings and structures owned and operated either
by limited-profit housing companies established pursuant to article  two
of  the  private  housing  finance law or redevelopment companies estab-
lished pursuant to article five of the private housing finance  law,  or
with  respect  to  a group of multiple dwellings that was developed as a
planned community  and  that  is  owned  as  two  separate  condominiums
containing  a total of ten thousand or more dwelling units, any multiple
dwelling, building or structure that is owned  as  a  cooperative  or  a
condominium  that  has an average assessed value of [thirty] FIFTY thou-
sand dollars, ADJUSTED ANNUALLY AFTER JANUARY FIRST, TWO THOUSAND  EIGH-
TEEN BY THE MOST RECENT COST-OF-LIVING ADJUSTMENT PERCENTAGE USED BY THE
UNITED  STATES  COMMISSIONER OF SOCIAL SECURITY TO DETERMINE THE MONTHLY
SOCIAL  SECURITY  BENEFITS  PAYABLE  TO  INDIVIDUALS,  AS  PROVIDED   BY
SUBSECTION (I) OF SECTION FOUR HUNDRED FIFTEEN OF TITLE FORTY-TWO OF THE
UNITED  STATE CODE, or more per dwelling unit shall only be eligible for
such benefits if the alterations or improvements for which such multiple
dwelling, building or structure has applied for the benefits pursuant to
this section were carried out with substantial governmental  assistance;
and
  S  2.  Subparagraph  (ii)  of  paragraph 3 of subdivision d of section
11-243 of the administrative code of the city of New York, as amended by

S. 6406--B                         150

local law number 49 of the city of  New  York  for  the  year  1993,  is
amended to read as follows:
  (ii)  is  owned  as  a condominium and is occupied as the residence or
home of three or more  families  living  independently  of  each  other;
provided,  however,  that, in addition to all other conditions of eligi-
bility for the benefits of this section, except for  multiple  dwellings
in  which units have been newly created by substantial rehabilitation of
vacant buildings or conversions of non-residential buildings, the avail-
ability of benefits under this  section  for  such  multiple  dwellings,
buildings  or  structures  shall  be  conditioned  on the following: (a)
alterations or improvements to at least  one  building-wide  system  are
part of the application for benefits, and (b) (i) the assessed valuation
of such multiple dwelling, building, or structure, including land, shall
not exceed an average of [thirty] FIFTY thousand dollars, ADJUSTED ANNU-
ALLY  AFTER  JANUARY  FIRST,  TWO  THOUSAND  EIGHTEEN BY THE MOST RECENT
COST-OF-LIVING ADJUSTMENT PERCENTAGE USED BY THE UNITED  STATES  COMMIS-
SIONER OF SOCIAL SECURITY TO DETERMINE THE MONTHLY SOCIAL SECURITY BENE-
FITS  PAYABLE  TO  INDIVIDUALS, AS PROVIDED BY SUBSECTION (I) OF SECTION
FOUR HUNDRED FIFTEEN OF TITLE FORTY-TWO OF THE UNITED  STATE  CODE,  per
dwelling  unit  at  the  time  of the commencement of the alterations or
improvements, and (ii) during the three years immediately preceding  the
commencement  of  the  alterations  or improvements the average per room
sale price of the dwelling units or the stock allocated to such dwelling
units shall have been no greater than thirty-five percent of the maximum
mortgage amount for a single family home eligible for  purchase  by  the
Federal  National  Mortgage  Association; provided that if less than ten
percent of the dwelling units or an amount of stock less than the amount
allocable to ten percent of such  dwelling  units  was  not  transferred
during  such preceding three year period, eligibility for benefits shall
be conditioned upon the multiple dwelling, building, or structure having
an assessed valuation per dwelling unit  of  no  more  than  twenty-five
thousand  dollars  at the time of the commencement of the alterations or
improvements. Provided, further, that such benefits shall  be  available
only  for  alterations or improvements commenced on or after June first,
nineteen hundred eighty-six.
  S 3. The opening paragraph  of  paragraph  (a)  of  subdivision  1  of
section  489  of  the real property tax law, as amended by section 19 of
part A of chapter 20 of the laws of 2015, is amended to read as follows:
  Any city to which the multiple  dwelling  law  is  applicable,  acting
through  its local legislative body or other governing agency, is hereby
authorized and empowered, to and including January first,  two  thousand
[nineteen] TWENTY, to adopt and amend local laws or ordinances providing
that any increase in assessed valuation of real property shall be exempt
from taxation for local purposes, as provided herein, to the extent such
increase results from:
  S  4.  The  closing  paragraph  of  subparagraph 6 of paragraph (a) of
subdivision 1 of section 489 of the real property tax law, as amended by
section 20 of part A of chapter 20 of the laws of 2015,  is  amended  to
read as follows:
  Such conversion, alterations or improvements shall be completed within
thirty  months after the date on which same shall be started except that
such thirty month limitation shall not apply to conversions of  residen-
tial  units  which are registered with the loft board in accordance with
article seven-C of the multiple dwelling law  pursuant  to  subparagraph
one  of  this  paragraph.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing, a sixty month
period for completion shall be available for alterations or improvements

S. 6406--B                         151

undertaken by a housing development fund company organized  pursuant  to
article eleven of the private housing finance law, which are carried out
with  the  substantial assistance of grants, loans or subsidies from any
federal,  state or local governmental agency or instrumentality or which
are carried out in a property transferred from such city if  alterations
and  improvements  are  completed  within  seven years after the date of
transfer. In addition, the local housing agency is hereby  empowered  to
grant  an  extension of the period of completion for any project carried
out with the substantial assistance of grants, loans or  subsidies  from
any  federal,  state or local governmental agency or instrumentality, if
such alterations or improvements are completed within sixty months  from
commencement  of  construction. Provided, further, that such conversion,
alterations or improvements shall in any event  be  completed  prior  to
June  thirtieth,  two thousand [nineteen] TWENTY.  Exemption for conver-
sions, alterations or improvements pursuant to  subparagraph  one,  two,
three  or  four  of  this  paragraph  shall continue for a period not to
exceed fourteen years and begin no sooner than the first  quarterly  tax
bill  immediately  following  the  completion of such conversion, alter-
ations or improvements. Exemption for alterations or improvements pursu-
ant to this subparagraph or subparagraph five of  this  paragraph  shall
continue for a period not to exceed thirty-four years and shall begin no
sooner  than  the  first  quarterly  tax  bill immediately following the
completion of such alterations or improvements. Such exemption shall  be
equal  to the increase in the valuation which is subject to exemption in
full or proportionally under this subdivision for ten or  thirty  years,
whichever  is  applicable. After such period of time, the amount of such
exempted assessed valuation of such improvements  shall  be  reduced  by
twenty  percent  in each succeeding year until the assessed value of the
improvements are fully taxable.   Provided, however, exemption  for  any
conversion,  alterations  or  improvements  which are aided by a loan or
grant under article eight, eight-A, eleven, twelve, fifteen  or  twenty-
two of the private housing finance law, section six hundred ninety-six-a
or  section ninety-nine-h of the general municipal law, or section three
hundred twelve of the housing act of  nineteen  hundred  sixty-four  (42
U.S.C.A.  1452b),  or  the Cranston-Gonzalez national affordable housing
act (42 U.S.C.A. 12701 et.  seq.), or started after July first, nineteen
hundred eighty-three by a housing  development  fund  company  organized
pursuant  to article eleven of the private housing finance law which are
carried out with the substantial assistance of grants, loans  or  subsi-
dies  from any federal, state or local governmental agency or instrumen-
tality or which are carried out in a property transferred from any  city
and  where alterations and improvements are completed within seven years
after the date of transfer may commence at  the  beginning  of  any  tax
quarter  subsequent  to  the  start  of  such conversion, alterations or
improvements and prior to the completion of such conversion, alterations
or improvements.
  S 5. This act shall take effect immediately.

                                 PART SS

  Section 1. The administrative code of the city of New York is  amended
by adding a new section 25-111-a to read as follows:
  S  25-111-A  CITY  PLANNING  COMMISSION  TO  REGULATE THE LOCATION AND
CONTINUED OPERATION OF SUPPORTIVE HOUSING FACILITIES AND SOCIAL SERVICES
CENTERS. A. THE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION SHALL REGULATE AND MAY RESTRICT
THE LOCATION  OF  SUPPORTIVE  HOUSING  FACILITIES  AND  SOCIAL  SERVICES

S. 6406--B                         152

CENTERS,  AND  SET  THE CONDITIONS FOR THE RENEWAL OF LEASES OR PLANS OF
OPERATION FOR SUCH FACILITIES AND CENTERS.   ADDITIONALLY, UPON  PASSAGE
AND  FILING  WITH SUCH COMMISSION OF A RESOLUTION BY THE COMMUNITY BOARD
IN  WHICH  A FACILITY OR CENTER IS LOCATED, THE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION
MAY SET THE CONDITIONS FOR THE RENEWAL OF A LEASE OR PLAN  OF  OPERATION
OF SUCH FACILITY OR CENTER.
  B.  FOR  THE PURPOSES OF THIS SECTION, "SUPPORTIVE HOUSING FACILITY OR
SOCIAL SERVICES CENTER" MEANS A MULTIPLE RESIDENCE OR CENTER OPERATED BY
THE STATE, THE CITY, OR A NOT-FOR-PROFIT  ORGANIZATION,  WHICH  PROVIDES
HOUSING  ACCOMMODATIONS AND SUPPORT SERVICES TO TEN OR MORE RESIDENTS OR
FIFTY OR MORE NON-RESIDENT CLIENTS PER  DAY  WHO  HAVE  MENTAL  ILLNESS,
TRAUMA,  ABUSE, CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY AND/OR CHRONIC ILLNESS; AND SHELTERS
FOR THE HOMELESS, OR ABUSED WOMEN AND CHILDREN.
  C. THE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION SHALL NOT AUTHORIZE THE  ESTABLISHMENT
OR  LOCATION,  OR,  UPON  PASSAGE  AND  FILING WITH SUCH COMMISSION OF A
RESOLUTION BY THE COMMUNITY BOARD OF THE LOCALITY IN WHICH A FACILITY OR
CENTER IS LOCATED, THE RENEWAL OF THE LEASE OR A CONTRACT TO FINANCE THE
OPERATION, OF A SUPPORTIVE HOUSING FACILITY OR  SOCIAL  SERVICES  CENTER
UNTIL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH.
  D.  NO  SUPPORTIVE HOUSING FACILITY OR SOCIAL SERVICES CENTER SHALL BE
ESTABLISHED OR LOCATED IN THE CITY, NOR, PURSUANT TO  SUBDIVISION  H  OF
THIS SECTION, SHALL THE LEASE FOR OR A CONTRACT TO FINANCE THE OPERATION
OF  SUCH  A  FACILITY  OR  CENTER BE RENEWED, UNTIL THE OPERATOR THEREOF
SHALL HAVE FILED NOTICE OF SUCH PROPOSED OR EXISTING SUPPORTIVE  HOUSING
FACILITY OR SOCIAL SERVICES CENTER WITH THE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION AND
THE  COMMUNITY BOARD OF THE LOCALITY IN WHICH SUCH FACILITY OR CENTER IS
PROPOSED TO BE LOCATED OR IS LOCATED.    SUCH  NOTICE  SHALL  CONTAIN  A
DESCRIPTION  OF  THE SCOPE, NATURE, SIZE AND KINDS OF TREATMENT PROGRAMS
TO BE PROVIDED, THE SPECIFIC ADDRESS OF  THE  FACILITY  OR  CENTER,  THE
NUMBER  OF  ANTICIPATED  RESIDENTS OR CLIENTS, THE ENTITIES THAT FINANCE
ITS ESTABLISHMENT OR OPERATIONS, AND THE AMOUNT OF FINANCING  ISSUED  TO
ESTABLISH  AND OPERATE SUCH FACILITY OR CENTER STATED AS BOTH A SPECIFIC
DOLLAR AMOUNT AND AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF ALL MONEYS USED
TO ESTABLISH AND OPERATE SUCH FACILITY OR CENTER.
  E. NOT LESS THAN FORTY-FIVE DAYS NOR MORE THAN NINETY  DAYS  AFTER  AN
OPERATOR'S  NOTICE  PURSUANT  TO SUBDIVISION D OF THIS SECTION, THE CITY
PLANNING COMMISSION SHALL HOLD A PUBLIC COMMUNITY FORUM FOR THE  PURPOSE
OF OBTAINING PUBLIC AND COMMUNITY BOARD INPUT CONCERNING THE ANTICIPATED
IMPACT  OF  THE  PROPOSED SUPPORTIVE HOUSING FACILITY OR SOCIAL SERVICES
CENTER, OR THE CONTINUED OPERATION  OF  SUCH  FACILITY  OR  CENTER  UPON
RENEWAL  OF  THE  LEASE  OR  CONTRACT TO FINANCE ITS OPERATION, UPON THE
COMMUNITY AND IF THERE IS AN OVER CONCENTRATION OF SUCH  FACILITIES  AND
CENTERS  IN  THE AFFECTED COMMUNITY.  SUCH IMPACT MAY INCLUDE AND RELATE
TO ANY POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT UPON THE COMMUNITY CAUSED BY SUCH FACIL-
ITY OR CENTER BEFORE, DURING OR AFTER ITS ESTABLISHMENT OR RENEWAL,  AND
THE  OVER CONCENTRATION OF SUCH FACILITIES AND CENTERS WITHIN SUCH LOCAL
COMMUNITY. THE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION SHALL AFFORD COMMUNITY  MEMBERS,
REPRESENTATIVES OF THE LOCAL COMMUNITY BOARD, LOCAL BUSINESSES AND RESI-
DENTS  A  REASONABLE OPPORTUNITY TO SPEAK ABOUT RELEVANT MATTERS AT SUCH
COMMUNITY FORUM AND MEASURES THAT  MAY  HELP  TO  MITIGATE  AGAINST  ANY
ANTICIPATED  OR  PAST  ADVERSE  IMPACTS UPON SUCH COMMUNITY.  EVERY SUCH
FORUM SHALL BE HELD UPON  NOT  LESS  THAN  TWENTY  DAYS  NOTICE  TO  THE
AFFECTED COMMUNITY AND THE LOCAL COMMUNITY BOARD.
  F. THE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION SHALL, PRIOR TO ESTABLISHING THE DATE,
TIME AND LOCATION OF THE PUBLIC COMMUNITY FORUM, CONSULT WITH AND OBTAIN
THE  ADVICE  AND CONSENT OF THE APPROPRIATE COMMUNITY BOARD AS TO ESTAB-

S. 6406--B                         153

LISHING A CONVENIENT DATE, TIME AND LOCATION TO CONDUCT  THE  FORUM  FOR
THE  LOCALLY  IMPACTED  COMMUNITY.  SUCH  FORUM LOCATION SHALL BE WITHIN
REASONABLE PROXIMITY OF THE  PROPOSED  SUPPORTIVE  HOUSING  FACILITY  OR
SOCIAL SERVICES CENTER, AND IN SUITABLE FACILITIES THAT PROVIDE ADEQUATE
ROOM AND ACCESS TO HEAR PUBLIC COMMENTS PRESENTED.
  G.  NOT LESS THAN SIXTY DAYS, NOR MORE THAN NINETY DAYS, AFTER HOLDING
A COMMUNITY FORUM THE CITY PLANNING COMMISSION SHALL, AFTER DUE  CONSID-
ERATION  OF  THE  COMMENTS AT SUCH FORUM, EITHER APPROVE, MODIFY OR DENY
AUTHORIZATION OR REAUTHORIZATION  FOR  THE  LOCATION,  ESTABLISHMENT  OR
CONTINUED  OPERATION  OF  THE  SUPPORTIVE  HOUSING  FACILITY  OR  SOCIAL
SERVICES CENTER, OR SUGGEST AN ALTERNATIVE LOCATION FOR SUCH FACILITY OR
CENTER. IF SUCH APPLICATION IS APPROVED OR MODIFIED UPON  APPROVAL,  THE
COMMUNITY  BOARD  SHALL OBTAIN SUCH DECISION AND THE LENGTH OF TIME SUCH
FACILITY OR CENTER IS AUTHORIZED TO REMAIN  IN  OPERATION.  SHOULD  SUCH
APPLICATION  BE  DENIED,  THE  SPONSOR  OF  SUCH  APPLICATION  SHALL  BE
PRECLUDED FROM REAPPLYING FOR APPROVAL OF THE LOCATION, ESTABLISHMENT OR
OPERATION OF SUCH FACILITY OR CENTER, OR ANY SIMILAR  TYPE  FACILITY  OR
CENTER, FOR A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS FROM THE DATE OF SUCH DENIAL.
  H.  THE PROVISIONS OF SUBDIVISIONS D, E, F AND G OF THIS SECTION SHALL
ONLY APPLY TO APPLICATIONS FOR THE CONTINUED OPERATION OF  A  SUPPORTIVE
HOUSING  FACILITY  OR SOCIAL SERVICES CENTER PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION IF
THE COMMUNITY BOARD OF THE LOCALITY IN WHICH A  FACILITY  OR  CENTER  IS
LOCATED  PASSES AND FILES WITH SUCH COMMISSION A RESOLUTION REQUESTING A
HEARING ON SUCH RENEWAL AT LEAST ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY DAYS  PRIOR  TO  THE
EXPIRATION OF THE EXISTING LEASE OR CONTRACT. UPON PASSAGE AND FILING OF
SUCH  A RESOLUTION, NO SUCH FACILITY OR CENTER SHALL CONTINUE TO OPERATE
UNTIL SUCH PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL BE COMPLIED WITH.
  S 2. This act shall take effect on the sixtieth  day  after  it  shall
have become a law.

                                 PART TT

  Section  1. The social services law is amended by adding a new section
98 to read as follows:
  S 98. SENIOR HEATING ASSISTANCE PROGRAM. 1. THE  OFFICE  OF  TEMPORARY
AND  DISABILITY  ASSISTANCE,  SUBJECT TO APPROPRIATIONS, SHALL ESTABLISH
AND OPERATE A SENIOR HEATING ASSISTANCE PROGRAM FOR  ELIGIBLE  RESIDENTS
OF  THE  STATE  WHO  ARE SIXTY-FIVE YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER AND WHO DO NOT
RECEIVE  ASSISTANCE  UNDER  THE  LOW-INCOME  ENERGY  ASSISTANCE  PROGRAM
AUTHORIZED PURSUANT TO SECTION NINETY-SEVEN OF THIS TITLE.
  2. EACH SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT SHALL PARTICIPATE IN THE SENIOR HEAT-
ING  ASSISTANCE  PROGRAM  TO  ASSIST  ELIGIBLE  RESIDENTS  FOUND IN SUCH
DISTRICTS TO RECEIVE SUCH ASSISTANCE  PURSUANT  TO  THIS  SECTION.  ONLY
THOSE  RESIDENTS  SIXTY-FIVE YEARS OF AGE OR OLDER, WHO ARE NOT ELIGIBLE
FOR OR ARE NOT RECEIVING ASSISTANCE UNDER THE LOW-INCOME ENERGY  ASSIST-
ANCE  PROGRAM, AND HAVING AN ANNUAL HOUSEHOLD INCOME OF FIFTY-FIVE THOU-
SAND DOLLARS OR LESS FOR A SINGLE PERSON HOUSEHOLD OR HAVING  AN  ANNUAL
HOUSEHOLD  INCOME  OF SEVENTY-FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS OR LESS FOR A HOUSE-
HOLD OF TWO OR MORE PERSONS, SHALL BE  CERTIFIED  AS  ELIGIBLE  FOR  AND
ENTITLED TO RECEIVE SENIOR HEATING ASSISTANCE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION.
  3. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION OF LAW TO THE CONTRARY, THE AMOUNT OF
ANY  SENIOR  HEATING  ASSISTANCE  PAYMENTS  OR ALLOWANCES PROVIDED TO AN
ELIGIBLE RESIDENT SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED HOUSEHOLD INCOME OR  RESOURCES
FOR ANY PURPOSE.

S. 6406--B                         154

  4.  EXPENDITURES  MADE  BY A SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT PURSUANT TO THIS
SECTION, INCLUDING THE COSTS OF ADMINISTRATION, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO  ONE
HUNDRED PERCENT REIMBURSEMENT BY THE STATE.
  5.  AN  ELIGIBLE RESIDENT SHALL RECEIVE THE FOLLOWING ANNUAL BENEFITS,
PAYABLE TO THE ELIGIBLE RESIDENT OR THE VENDOR OF THE HEATING FUEL:
  (A) IF THE HOUSEHOLD SPENDS EIGHT HUNDRED SEVENTY-FIVE DOLLARS OR MORE
ANNUALLY FOR OIL, KEROSENE OR PROPANE FOR HOUSEHOLD HEATING, THE BENEFIT
SHALL BE FIVE HUNDRED SEVENTY-FIVE DOLLARS;
  (B) IF THE HOUSEHOLD SPENDS EIGHT HUNDRED DOLLARS OR MORE ANNUALLY FOR
WOOD, WOOD PELLET, COAL, CORN OR OTHER DELIVERABLE  FUEL  FOR  HOUSEHOLD
HEATING, THE BENEFIT SHALL BE FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS; AND
  (C) IF THE HOUSEHOLD SPENDS SIX HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS OR MORE ANNUALLY
FOR  ELECTRICITY OR NATURAL GAS FOR HOUSEHOLD HEATING, THE BENEFIT SHALL
BE THREE HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS.
  6. (A) IN ADDITION TO THE BENEFITS PAYABLE FOR HEATING EXPENSES PURSU-
ANT TO SUBDIVISION FIVE OF THIS SECTION, THE SENIOR  HEATING  ASSISTANCE
PROGRAM  SHALL PROVIDE ASSISTANCE TO ELIGIBLE RESIDENCE FOR THE ONE-TIME
PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF ENERGY STAR RATED WINDOW  AIR  CONDITIONING
UNITS  OR,  IF  THE  INSTALLATION  OF  SUCH UNITS IS NOT FEASIBLE IN THE
HOUSEHOLD, THE ONE-TIME PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF FANS.
  (B) THE OFFICE OF TEMPORARY AND DISABILITY ASSISTANCE SHALL  ESTABLISH
A LIST OF HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS THROUGH-
OUT  THE  STATE  WHO  ARE QUALIFIED TO SELL AND INSTALL AIR CONDITIONING
UNITS AND FANS PURSUANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION. EACH SUCH CONTRACTOR  SHALL
BE COMPETENT IN THE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF AIR CONDITIONING UNITS AND
SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL, COVERING, STORAGE AND/OR REINSTAL-
LATION OF AIR CONDITIONING UNITS AND FANS, AS NECESSARY, PROVIDED PURSU-
ANT TO THIS SUBDIVISION.
  (C)  EACH  HOUSEHOLD  OF AN ELIGIBLE RESIDENT MAY RECEIVE A SINGLE AIR
CONDITIONING UNIT OR FAN COSTING NOT MORE THAN  EIGHT  HUNDRED  DOLLARS,
INCLUDING THE INSTALLATION THEREOF. THE OFFICE OF TEMPORARY AND DISABIL-
ITY  ASSISTANCE SHALL PAY THE FULL COST OF SUCH AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OR
FAN PAYABLE TO THE ELIGIBLE RESIDENT OR THE QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR.
  (D) ELIGIBLE RESIDENTS SHALL ONLY BE ENTITLED TO  ASSISTANCE  PURSUANT
TO  THIS SUBDIVISION IF THEY HAVE A DOCUMENTED MEDICAL CONDITION THAT IS
EXACERBATED BY HEAT, MEET THE HOUSEHOLD INCOME REQUIREMENTS OF  SUBDIVI-
SION TWO OF THIS SECTION, DO NOT HAVE A WORKING AIR CONDITIONING UNIT OR
HAS  AN  AIR  CONDITIONING UNIT THAT IS FIVE YEARS OLD OR OLDER, HAS NOT
RECEIVED AN AIR CONDITIONING UNIT PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF  SECTION
NINETY-SEVEN  OF THIS TITLE WITHIN THE PREVIOUS TEN YEARS, AND HAS FILED
AN APPLICATION THEREFOR WITH THE APPROPRIATE SOCIAL SERVICES DISTRICT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS ESTABLISHED BY THE DEPARTMENT.
  7. THE COMMISSIONER OF TEMPORARY AND DISABILITY ASSISTANCE  IS  HEREBY
AUTHORIZED  TO  PROMULGATE ANY RULES AND REGULATIONS NECESSARY TO IMPLE-
MENT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately, except that subdivision 6
of section 98 of the social services law, as added  by  section  one  of
this act, shall take effect May 2, 2016.

                                 PART UU

  Section 1. Subdivision 2 of section 564 of the labor law is renumbered
subdivision 3 and a new subdivision 2 is added to read as follows:
  2.  EXCLUSION  FROM  COVERAGE. THE TERM "EMPLOYMENT" SHALL NOT INCLUDE
SERVICES RENDERED BY AN INDIVIDUAL WHO  IS  AN  ALIEN  ADMITTED  TO  THE
UNITED  STATES TO PERFORM AGRICULTURAL LABOR PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 214(C)

S. 6406--B                         155

AND 101(A)(15)(H) OF THE FEDERAL IMMIGRATION AND NATIONALITY ACT IF,  AT
THE  TIME  SUCH  SERVICES ARE RENDERED, THEY ARE EXCLUDED FROM THE DEFI-
NITION OF EMPLOYMENT IN SECTION 3306(C) OF THE FEDERAL UNEMPLOYMENT  TAX
ACT.
  S 2. This act shall take effect immediately.
  S 2. Severability clause. If any clause, sentence, paragraph, subdivi-
sion,  section  or  part  of  this act shall be adjudged by any court of
competent jurisdiction to be invalid, such judgment  shall  not  affect,
impair,  or  invalidate  the remainder thereof, but shall be confined in
its operation to the clause, sentence, paragraph,  subdivision,  section
or part thereof directly involved in the controversy in which such judg-
ment shall have been rendered. It is hereby declared to be the intent of
the  legislature  that  this  act  would  have been enacted even if such
invalid provisions had not been included herein.
  S 3. This act shall take effect immediately  provided,  however,  that
the applicable effective date of Parts A through UU of this act shall be
as specifically set forth in the last section of such Parts.